Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club.

ORREY BOTANICAL CL

GENERAL INDEX.

(Illustrated articles are designated by an asterisk * before the page number.)

Antidromy of Plants, 379.
Archegoniates, the Classification of the, 124.

Botanical Notes, 182, 233, 275, 331, 370, 470.

Botany of the Southeastern alted Cotes Stndies
in the, *43, “Bs.

Brinton, Dr. J. Bernard, Biographical Sketch of
(with portrait), 93.

Bryology, Contributions to American, *62.

Buxbaumia aphylla, so.

Calamagrostis scopulorum, Jones, 517.
Characeae, Japanese, 68.
Characeous Plants of Maine, Contributions to the,

ee: dh
Citations, Rules for, 130.

Contributions to American Bryology, *62, *447.
Contribution to the Characeous. Plants of Maine,
397-
ConTRIBUTORS:
len, T. F., 68.

Bailey, W. W., 470.

ate a Hendley, 1, 394.
Beringer, rge M., 93.

Bicknell, Eugene P., 211, 351.
Bolley, H. L., Sec’y, 408.

Boyer, Charles S., 171, 260.

Britton, Elizabeth G., 36, 62, 447.
Britton, N. L., 220, 460, 470.
Canby, William M., 162. '

Hill, E. J., 71.
Hollick, Arthur, 225, 460.
elliffe, Smith Ely, 274.

Miller, A. W
Olle, dea rw

e +» 390.
Peck, Chas. 3 oe ee 485.
Pollard, Charles Louis, 231, 513.
Rich, Wm. P., sr.

Rydberg, P. A., 306.
Schneider, bet 189, 494-
Setchell, Albert, 341, 424.

Small, John K., 43, 74, 365, 399-

Tracy, S. M., 174.

Trelease, Wm., 329, 331-

Underwood, Lucien M., 124.

Vail, Anna Murray, 25, 228, 458, 500.

Ward, Lester F., 308.
Cryptogamic Notes from Long Island, 274.
Cyanophyceae, Notes on some New Rngland, 424.

Description of a new problematical Plant from
the Lower Cretaceous of Arkansas, *387.

Desmids of the United States, Some new and
rare, #289.

Diatomaceous Deposit at St. Augustine, Florida,
a Fossil marine, 171.

Diatomaceous Deposit from an Artesian Well at
Wildwood, N. J., 260.

Eaton, Daniel Cady (with portrait), 341.
Emory’s Report, On the two editions of, 394.

Family Nomenclature, 1, 77, 216.

Flora of Richmond County, New York.
tions and New Localities, 460.

Florida Plants, Notes on Some, 141.

Food Piants of the North American Indians, 98.

Fossil marine Diatomaceous Deposit at St.
gustine, Florida, A, 171.

Fungi, New Species of, 198, 362, 434, 485-

Fungi, New Species of Parasitic, 174.

Genus Cenchrus in North America, The, 298. ,

Genus Cracca, A Revision of the North American
Species of, 25.

Genus Galactia in North America, A Study of,

500.

Genus Sanicula in the United States with Descrip-
tions of two new Species, *351.

Genus Scouleria, a Revision of the, with Descrip-
tion of one new Species, *36.

Genus, Zenobia, The, 231.

Grasses, New or Noteworthy American, 419, 463.

Addi-

511.
Hybrid Oaks from the Southern States, Some new,
% .
H a boreale and Related Species, 2tr.

Index to Recent Literature Relating to American ;
Botany, 52, 89, 134, 185, 235, 283, 337» 374+
415, 442, 478, 519-

Japanese Characeae, 68. &

Juncus scirpoides and its Immediate Relatives,
302.

Lichens of Newfoundland and Labrador, An En-
umeration of the, 2:

_ Lichens, Some Special Phylogenetic Adaptations
in,
Lichens, the Biological Status of, 189.

iv

Malpighiaceaeand Zygophyllaceae,A Preliminary
List of North American Species of, 228.
Missouri Botanical Garden, 329.

Nelumbo Lutea, Preliminary Notes on, *266.
New Fungi, 362.
‘New or Noteworthy American Grasses, 419, 463,

517:

New or Noteworthy North American Phanero-
gams, 220.

New Plants from Idaho, 48.

New Plants from the Cretaceous of Kansas, De-
scriptions of Three, *225,

New Species of Fungi, 198, 434, 485.

New Species of Parasitic Fungi, 174.

New Species of Physalis, 306.

New Species of Ustilagineae and Uredineae, 57.

Nomenclature Question, The, 233, 308.

Notes on some Cyanophyceae of New England,

424. :
Notes on some Florida Plants, 141.
Notes on some southern Cassias, * 513.

Oklahoma Plants, Observations upon some, 390.
On the Carpets of Opulaster malvacea, 271.

On the two editions of Emory’s Report, 394.
Opulaster malvacea, On the Carpels of, 271.

Papers read before the Section of Botany, A. A.
A. 5., Springfield Meeting, 413.

Personal Nomenclature in the Myxomycetes, 431.

Phanerogams, New or noteworthy North Ameri-

can, 220.
Physalis, New Species of, 306.

Pignuts, The, 331.

Preliminary Notes on Nelumbo lutea, * 266.

Proceedings of the Botanical Club, A. A. A. 5.,
Springfield Meeting, 408.

Proceedings of the Botanical Society of America,
Springfield, Meeting, 414.

Proceedings of the Club, 51, 87, 133, 183, 234, 281,
440, 477, 518.

Redfield, John H. (with portrait), 162.
Reviews, 78, 276, 331, 370, 400, 472.
Rules for Citation, 130.

Some special phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens,

494.
Sinrnilien:; Vegetable, 465.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United
States, * 43, * 365.
Study of the Genus Galactia in North America,

A, 500.
| Systematic Botany of North Ameriza, The, 180.

Teratological Notes, * 396, * 399."
Tradescantia Virginica var. i qi.
Tumble Mustard, 370.

Two New Mountain Plants, 273.

Two Undescribed Species of Phyncheath: 458.

Ustilagineae and Uredineae, New Species of, 57.
Vegetable Spiralism, 465.
Young, Herbert A., 51.

GENERIC INDEX.

Abies, 211.
Abutilon, 383.
Acacia, 56, 99, 391-
Acer, 52, 340, 367, 384, 460, 482.
Acerates, 392. i
Achnanthes, 261, 274, 275-
Acnida, 288.
Acolium, 259.
Aconitum, 412, 474.
Acorus, 466.
Actinidia, 279.
Actinocyclus, 172.
—— 53-

iantum, gI, 349-
Adoxa, ae seit

Aecidium, 60, 61, 136, 237, 284, 363» 364, 392s 443:

Aeschynomene, 143.
Aesculus, 219, 384.
Aethusa, 460,
Agaricus, 203, 204, 286, 489.
Ageratum, 136.
Agoseris, 186.
Agrimonia. 460.
Agropyrum, 518.
Agrostis, 138, 463, 464.
Atra, 511.
Akebia, 279
Alectoria, 113, 242.
Alliaria, 282.
Allionia, 223, 224, 284.
Allium, 53, 173-
Allocarya, 186, 416.
Alnus, 461.
7. pa, 405.

A, 3372 479-
rg aging 395, 483-

Anabaena, 427, °.
inten
Andromeda, 153, 231, 232; 437-
Andropogon, 143, 145, 146, 437-

a e, 412.
ngioridium, 432, 433-

» 460.
Anthurium, 480
_ Anthurus, 337.
ne Anychia, 170.
_ Apera, 405.
_ Aphaerena, 137.

en i ieee

Apios, ror.

Aplopappus, 186.
Aporophallus, 23%.
Aquifolium, 3. .
Aquilegia, 91, 236, 460, 473-
Arabis, 137, 475-

Arachis, 136, 281, 445.
Aralia, 225.

Archilejeunea, 287.
Arctium, 417.
Arctostaphyllos, 120, 40:.
Arcyria, 333-

Ardisia, 483.

Arenaria, 362.

Arethusa, 445-

Argemone, 392; 475-
Argylia, 285.

Arisaema, 106

Aristida, 135; 143, 145-
Aristolochia, 54.

Armeria, 405. ~

Arnica, 57-

Arthothelia, gt.
Arthrodesmus, 296, 297, 416.
Arthonia, 258.

Arthronia, 91.

Arthrospira, 430, 431, 482.
Artotragus, 337-

Arum, 467.

Asarum, 170.

Aschersonia, 436, 440.
Asclepias, 134, 137, 1432 153+ 154, 238, 392-
Asimina, 143, 474-
Aspergillus, 210, 286.
Aspicarpa, 228.

Aspidum, 53, 137» 169, 179, 284, 322, 350 406, S2z-
Aspilia, 337-

Asplenium, 91, 179, 35°-
Aster, 59, 138, 182, 273, 284, 375, 391-
Asterella, 140.

Asteridium, 176, 177, 288, 479-
Asterina, 139, 2372 435- >
Asterionella, 275-
Asteroma, 237.

Asterula, 82, 237-
Astragalus, 54, 284, 338, 284.
Atta, 413.

Aulacodiscus, 261.

Auliscus, 261.

Azalea, 282, 437, 461.
Azolla, 441, 462.

Baccharis, 391, 392-
Badhamia, 334-
Baeomyces, 252-
Baileya, 395-
Balsamorrhiza, 110.

Baptisia, 45, 238-
ula, 442-

Batemaria, 417.

Battarrea, 208, 286.

Bejaria, 145.

Berberis, 135, 474-
Berchemia, 147-

Berlandiera, 143.
Betencourtia, sor.
Betula, 92, 338, 417.
Biatora, 252, 253, 254, 375.
Biddulphia, 173, 261, 275.
Bigelovia, 375.
Blumenavia, 238.
Bocconia, 383.
Boehmeria, 140.
Boerhaavia, 156.
Borsduvalia, 375.
Bolelia, 338.

Boletinus, 206, 286.
Boletus, 207, 286, 477.
Bonapartea, 158.
Boretta, 406.
Botridium, 402.
Botrychium, 170, 444.
Brachiolejeunea, 287.
Bradburya, 324.
Brasenia, 474.
Brassica, 224, 278, 413.
Braya, 285.
Brebissonia, 261.
Breweria, 143, 144, 154, 155, 238.
Brintonia, 338.
Brissonia, 25.
Brittonamra, 25.
Brodiaea, 114.

Bromus, 512.
Brousonnetia, 461.
Bruchia, 350.
Brugmansia, 481.
Bryophylium, 382, 384.
Bryum, 442.

Buda, 405.

Buechnera, 393.
Buellia, 256, 257, 258, 260,
Buettneria, 24.
Bumelia, 144, 392.
Bursa, 407.
Buthograptus, 56.
Buxbaumia, 50, gl, 350.
Byrsonima, 229.

Cabomba, 138.
Cactus, 116.

Caeoma, 185, 210, 286.
Caffea, 381, 384,
Calamagrostis, 517.
Calicum, 259, 493.
Calla, 106.
Calliprora, 416.
Callithamnion, 52.
Callithamnopsis, 56.

Calymperes, 339, 442.
Calycanthus, 24.

Capnoides, 405, 406.
gee :
Capsella, 376, 407, 417.
pine orc 147.
Capsovia, 427.
Cardamine, 1

ma 147, 148
Cardiospermum, 147, S
-Carduus, 324, 446. :

Carex, 58, 82, 220, 221, 222, 223, 267, 273, 284, 375,

vi

Carpinus, 377.

Carum, 108, 109.

Carya, 331.

Cassandra, 231.

Cassava, 438.

Cassia, 219, 392, 513, 514, 515, 516.
Cassiope, 231.

Castalia, 147, 286, 407, 473.
Castanopsis, 377.

Catasetum, 520.

Catopteris, 168.

Caulerpa, 402.

Cavendishia, 92.

Ceanothus, 143, 186, 393.
Celastrus, 468.

Celtis, 147.

Cenchrus, 298, 299, 300, 301, 416.
Centaurea, 461.

Centrosema, 324.
Cephalanthus, 151, 392.
Cerataulus, 261.

Ceratiola, 144.

Ceratiomyxa, 235, 283.
Ceratomyces, 140,
Ceratophyllum, 138.
Cercocarpus, 135.

Cercospora, 82, 178, 179, 288, 438, 479.
Cereus, 116, 478, 482, 484, 522.
Cetraria, 240, 241.
Chaetocladus, 56.

Chalara, 285.

Chamaedaphne, 231.
Chamaeraphis, 422.
Chapmania, 143.

Chara, 52, 68, 79; 71, 138, 398, 427» 43°, 444, 468.

Chaunostoma, gz.
Cheilanthes, 350.
Chimaphila, 224, 225.
Chloris, 423, 424, 481.
Chlorogalum, 114.
Chondrioderma, 332, 334.
Chondrophora, 338.
Chrysobalanus, 438.
Chrysoma, 186.
Chrysopogon, 58, 59.
Chrysopsis, 441
Chrysothamnus, 338, 375-
Cicendia, 405.
Creuta,:238,

Cimicifuga, 135, 474-
Cirsium, 324.

Cladium, 6r.

Cladonia, 191, 194, 250, 251.
Cladop! 430.

Clados

Clematis, 278, 473, 474, 493.
Cleome, 238, 475.

Clitocybe, 199, 286,
Clitoria, 392, 500.
Cnicus, 110, 143.
Closterium, 291, 207» 427-
Cocconeis, 261, 275.
Colmil, 25.
rye oae » 500, 501.
ollema, 192, 197, 198, 246.

Colletotrichum, 135, 374, 4375 479-
Collen? 186, 285, 520.

ia. 286, 486.
ie
Sologania, soz.
Colubrina, 53.
Colus, 238.

Commelina, 143, 160, 238 437-
Completoria, 337-
Conomitrium, 350.
Conopholis, 234. 461.
Convallaria, 384.
Convolvulus, 154, 395, 461.
Cooperia, 391.

Coprinus, 205, 206, 286, 491.
Cordia, 483.

Corema, 169, 171.

Coreopsis, 47, 48 92, 147, 481-
Coronilla, 460,

Coronopsis, 324-

Coronopus, 407-

Corticium, 210.

Cortinarius, 203, 286.
Corydalis, 405, 475-

Corylus, 339, 416.
Corynephorus, 407.

Coscinodon, 277, 499, 447» 448» 449-

Cosinodiscus, 173, 261, 262.

Cosmarium, 238, 299, 292, 293» 294» 296, 297,298,416. Ephemerum, 67, 442.
6

Cosmocladium, 296, 298, 410-
Cosmos, 521.
Costaria, 139.
Covillea, 229, 288.
Ctenium, 423-
Cucurbita, 100, 415.
Cuscuta, 339, 417-
Cycas, 384.
Cycloloma, 392.
Cycloteila, ie.
Cymatopleura, 275-
Cymbella, 262, 274-
Cymopterus, 110.
Cynanchum, 337-
Cynodontium, 277.
Cynoglossum, 461.
Cynosciadium, 391-
Cyperus, 44, 60, 115, 161.
Cypressus, 376.
Cypripedium, 462.
Cyrtodeira, 336-

‘ Cyrtopodium, 99, 519-
Cystopleura, 262.

Daimonelix, 83, 89, 186.
Danthonia, 469.
Daphnopsis, 521.
: oe gt.
rluca, 437, 479°
ee ts
Deanea, 415.

Delphinium, 53, 375; 383» 474» 489-

Desmanthus, 391, 392-
Desmonema, 428.
Diachea, 334.
Dianthus, 219.
Dicentra, 475-
Dichomyces, 140.

Dicranella, 411, 449» 45, 451, 452-

Dicranodontium, 451
Dicranum, 415, 45° 451-
Dictydium, 332.
Dictyophora, 238.
Se omimeer 333-
idymosphaeria, 439, 479-
Dieffenbachia, tt od és
Digitaria, 419, 42°.
Dimerosporium, 175, 237, 288-
Diodia, 151.
Dioscorea, 412.
Diospyros, 178, 339-
Diplazium, gt-
Diplodia, 177, 178, 288.

Vii

| Dothidella, 237.

, Dryopteris, 322, 405, 462.
| Drosera, 159.

| Dysphinctium, 292-

Eastwoodia, 53.

| Eatonia, 511.

Eccilia, 201, 286.

| Echinocactus, 287.
Echinopsis, 91.

| Echinospermum, 324-
Ectocarpus, 402-

| Elaeagnus, 122.

Elodea, 24, 138, 405» 406.
| Elymus, 517, 518.

Encyonema, 262, 274-
Endocarpon, 196, 259-
Enslenia, 238.

| Entoloma, 200, 201, 286, 489.
Entyloma, 57, 136-

Ephestia, 416.
Epidendrium, go.
Epigaea, 236.
Epilobium, 131, 138, 330-
Epipactis, 405.
| Epithemia, 275-
| Equisetum, 377, 389, 468-
Eragrostis, 287, 495-
Eranthis, 475-
Erianthus, 419, 481.
Erigeron, 137, 186, 237, 238, 416.
Eriodictyon, 482.
Eriogonum, 143, 391.
Eriophorum, 462.
Eriophyllum, 416.
Erodium, 468, 449-
Ervum, 5°3, 5°7-
Erycina, 9°.
Eryngium, 147, 237-
Erysimum, 285.
Erythrina, 135, 437-
Erythronium, 230, 415-
Euasplenium, gt.
Euastrum, 292, 297-
Eucantharomyces, 149.
Euglena, 402.
Euglenopsis, 136.
Eunotia, 262, 275-
Euoaia, 174.
Eupatorium, 134, 136, 337-
Euphorbia, 393, 439-
Euphrasia, 179-
Eupodiscus, 173, 275-
Evernia, 241-
Excipulina, 209 , 286.
Exoascus, 238, 339-

Fagonia, 229.
Fagus, 187, 287-
Falcata, 121.
Faxonia, 53-
Festuca, 362-
Fimbristylis. 145-
Fissidens, 54, 442-
Flammula, 202, 286, 489.
Floerkea, 237
Flukigeria, 55-
Fomes, 362; 443-
Forestiera, 53-
Forsythia, 467-
Fothergilla, 52t- »
Fragaria, 219.
Fragilaria, 275-
Fraxinus, 153, 461-
Frittellaria, 237-
Froelichia, 392-
Fucus, 402.
Fuligo, 432, 433-
Funarta, 469-
Fusarium, 414-

| Encalypta, 452, 453» 454) 455 455, 457+ 458.

Vili

Galactia, 391, 438, 500, 50T, 502, 503, 504, 505, 506, | Hyalodiscus, 173, 263.

507, 508, 509, 510, 511.
Galega, 25, 27, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35.
Galinsoga, 55.

Galium, 477.

alphimia, 228.
Garberia, 152.
Garovaglia, 442.
Gaultheria, 120, 461.
Gaura, 391, 392.
Gaylussacia, 120.

nista, 54.
Geranium, 89, 469.
Gerardia, 461, 393.
Gilia, 338.
Ginko, 219.
Gloeosporium, 185.
Gloeotrichia, 450.
Glossopetalon, 1 37-
Glyceria, 405, 406, 512.
Glycine, 503.
Glycyrrhiza, 108.
Gnaphalium, 46r.
Gomphonema, 262, 263, 274.
Gomphrena, 288.
Gonatozygon, 291, 297.
Gonioptecis, 137.
yera, 405, 406.

Goniothecum, 173.
Sordoatn, 438.

rammatophora, 173, 275.
Graphis, 258. ebts
Grevillia, 435.
Grimmia, 36, 37, 41, 435 448.
Guajacum, 229.
Gymnogramme, 337-
Gymnostomum, 277.
Gymnosporangium, 188,
G YS, 405, 406.

Habenaria, 53, 15 » 186, 462.
Halenia, pr fag é .f
Halicteres, 468.
Hamamelis, 412.
Haplomitrium, 402.
Haplosporella, 82, 449, 479.
Hariota, 139. :

lia, 428.
Hebeloma, 202, 286,
Hedysarum, 508,
Heimatomyces, 140,

Um, 147. _
Helianthella, 142, 152. ;
Helianthemum, 147, 148, 238.
Helianthus, 100, IOT, 103, 393, 444, 479-

Hendersonia, 178, 288, 436.
a,

|

ydrocoleum, 429.
Hydrolea, 154.
Hydrosera, 26 35 374.
Hydrothyria, 197, 496.
Hygrobiella, 188.
Hygrophorus, 200, 211, 286, 486, 487.
Hymenophyllum, 350.
Hymenophytum, 188.
Hyophila, 442.

Hypericum, 46, 148, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 283.

Hypholoma, 204, 286, 490.
Hypnum, 339.
Hypocrella, 237.

Hyptis, 89.

Hystrix, 518,

Tex, 3, 176, 177.
Ilicium, <7, Ss,
Impatiens, 383, 385, 441.
Indigofera, 392.
Inocybe, 488.

Ipomoea, 461.

Iris, 89, 178, 187, 375, 386, 416, 467.
Isactis, 426,

Isariopsis, 438, 479:
Ischaemum, 175.
Isoetes, g2.

Isopyrum, 413.
Isotachis, 287.

Itayahya, 238.
Ithyphallus, 238.

Iva, 521.

Ixophorus, 422, 423.

Jacaratia, 92.

Jamesoniella, 188.

Janusia, 228,

Jatropha, 143, 188, 393.
Jeffersonia, 442.

Joosia, 469.

Jubaea, 522.

Juglans, 483.

Juncoides, 405, ‘
7

3302 415, 416, 467.
Jungermania.
Juniperus, 118.

Kallstroemia, 230.

Kalmia, 377, 413, 461, 482.
Kantia, 237.

Koellia, 368.

Kraunhia, 324.

Ki istera, 135, 137, 149 324» 392-

Laboutbenia, 140.
Lachnoca

ja, 176, 288,

i aE:
Larrea, 56, 229, 230, 288,
Lastrea, 137, 406,
Lathyrus, 139, 399-
Laternea, 233.

Lecanactis, 2:8,

Lentibularia, 219. ‘
Lepidium, 53° 137; 272, 385.

JUNCUS, 44, 45, 92, 139, 145, 281, 302, 303, 304, 30

Lepidodendron, 470.
Lepigonum, 325, 405.
Lepiota, 198, 199, 286.
Lepra, 198.
Leptochloa, 175.
Leptogium, 197, 246, 495-
Leptoglossum, 210, 386.
Leptonia, 201, 286.
Leptorchis, 405.
Leptotherium, 82.
Lesquerella, 475.
Leucobryum, 442.
Lencodictyon, sor.
Leucothoé, 146, 231, 232-
Lewisia, 111.
Liatris, 143, 152, 461.
Ligusticum, 363.
Lilium, 170.
Limodorum, 145, 158.
Limonium, 405, 406.
Limosella, 519.
Linanthus, 186, 375.
Linum, 393-
Liparis, 405. :
Liquidambar, 467.
Liriodendron, 54, 285, 376, 383, 415.
Liriodendropsis, 415.
Liriophyllum, 54.
Lissocarpa, 521.
Lithophragma, 338.
Lithothamnion, 285.
Litobrochia, gt.
Litsia, 440.
Lepargyrea, 324.
Lobelia, 383, 484.
Lophopappus, 55-
Lophotocarpus, 287.
Lotus, 469.
Ludwigia, 392, 393-
Lupinus, 108, 186, 325-
Lunaria, 310.
pees 4°. .
ycogala, 333, 334-
Lycoperdon, 107, 209, 286, 477-
Lycopersicum, 47.
Lygodesmia, 143- |
Lygodium, 170, 481.
Lyngbya, 285, 428, 429-
Macrocarpaea, 483.

Macromitrium, 442.
Macrosporium, 493.

9
Magnolia, 146, 176, 278, 286, 439, 449, 474-

Mallinoa, 136.
Mallotium, 197, 496.
Malpigia, 229.
Malvaviscus, 446.
Mammillaria, 116.
Manihot, 136.
Marasmius, 487. -
Marattia, 135-
eg 405, 406.
arsilia, 161, 283, 393-
Masdevallia, at ”
Maxillaria, 417.
Maytenus, 483.
Medeola, 114.
Medicago, 385, 460.
Megapterum, 393-
Melasmia, 209, 286.
Meliola, 237.
Melioloa, 434, 438.
enamel 483.
ogramma, 82, 440, 479-
Melosira, 173, 263, 275-
Melothria, 151.

IX

| Metzgeria, 136.
| Meum, 405.
| Mibora, 405.
| Micrasterias, 292, 297-
Microchaete, 427.
Microcoleus, 427
Microseris, 111, 338-
Microsphaera, 52.
Mikania, 446.
Mimosa, 413.
Mimulus, 90, 185, 237, 285-
Mirabilis, 135
Mitchella, 141.
Mitella, 137
Mnioides, 406.
Mnium, 414.
Mocinna, g2.
Monilea, 135.
Monilia, 238.
Monniera, 46, 47, 92, 393-
Monnina, 236, 479-
Monoblepharis, 483.
Montanoa, 136.
Mormodes, 480.
Morongia, 143.
Mosquitoxylum, 483.
Mongeotia, 445-
Muhblenbergia, 135.
Musa, 383.
Musineon, 337.
Mutinus, 238.
Mycena, 199, 200, 286, 486.
Mylittopsis, 377-
Myosotis, 383-
Myosurus, 474-
Myriophyllum, 138.
Myrsine, 436, 483.

Naias, 138.
Nasturtium, 405, 475-
Naucoria, 486.
Navicula, 173, 263, 264, 274-
Neckeria, 405.
Needhamia, 25.
Neillia, 271.
Nelumbium, 324, 384.
Nelumbo, 102, 120, 266, 270, 271» 324» 376.
Nemophila, 479, 519-
_ Neogoezia, 519, 529.
Neosyris, 375
Nephroma, 245-
Nephromium, 194, 497-
Nicotiana, 104, 105, 383, 443-
Nidulariopsis, 416, 481.
Nitella, 68, 69, 79> 71, 85, 134, 398, 402-
Nitzschia, 264, 275-
Nolina, 158, 238-
Nostoc, 197, 428, 429-
Nostochopsis, 427.
Notothylas, 138.
Notylia, 417.
Nummularia, 362.
Nuphar, 325, 497-
Nymphaea, 120, 147, 407, 460, 473-

Obolaria, 413-
Octoblepharum, 442.
Odonia, 500.

Odontidium, 265.

Oenothera, 151, 339, 381 383-
Oligonema, 333-

Olpidium, 185-

Omphalia, 200, 286.

Onagra, 392, 460.

Onoclea, 235, 283, 412-

| Opulaster, 271, 272, 376, 460.
Opuntia, 115, 116, 393» 417» 428-

Orontium, 102, 106.

Orthaea, 521.

Orthotrichum, 52.

Osbertia, 186.

Osmunda, 288.

Ostryra, 377.

Oxalis, 45, 56, 139, 336, 338, 519.
Oxycoccus, 407.

Oxytropis, 405.

Pachyma, 107.
Paleohillia, 387, 388, 390.
Palmella, 402.

Panaeolus, 205, 286.
Panax, 138.

Panicularia, 405, 406, s12.
Pannaria, 246, 375.

Panicum, 137, 175, 301, 419, 420, 421, 422, 423,435,

441, 462, 451.
Parmelia, 191, 194, 242, 243, 244, 407.
Parodelia, 2 37.
Paronychia, 156.
Parosela, 392, 393.
Parrotia, oY fae
Paspalum, 175, 420.
Passiflora, 104, 392.
Paullinia, 522.
Paulownia, 467.
Pavonia, 480.
Pediastrum, 140.
Peganum, 231.
Pelargonium, 383, 469.
Pelexia, 417.

Peronospora, 364, 443.
Sa 144, 156, 157, 238.
usaria, 249.
Pestalozzia, 177, 178 288,
Petalostemon, 324.

US, 99, 100, 460.

X; 541 339, 480.
ile 8
n, 366.
Phormidium, 427, 430°.
Phyllachora, 210, 237, 449, 479.
Phyllocactus, 188.
Phyllospadix, 53.

x

Placodium, 246, 247.

| Plagiogramma, 265.

| Plantago, 46r.

| Platanus, 226.
Pleurosigma, 173, 265, 274.

| Pleurotaenium, 290.

| Pleurothallis, 90, 376, 417.

| Plowrightia, 135.

| Pluchea, 54, 174, 392.

| Pluteolus, 203, 286,
Pluteus, 488

| Pneumaria, 407.
Poa, 138, 465, 511, 517.
Podosira, 173.

| Podostigma, 145.

| Polychidium, 197, 496.
Polygala, 236, 479.

| Polygonatum, 405.

| Polygonum, 56, 139, 235, 280, 281, 383.

| Polymnia, 136
Polymyxus, 261, 265.
| Polanisia, 144.
| Polyplocium, 492.
| Polyporus, 207, 286, 409, 418, 493.
| Polypodium, 137, 146, 444, 520.
| Polystichum, 405, 406.
Populus, 131, 286, 462.
| Porlieria, 229.
Portulaca, 143.
| Potamogeton, 142, 374, 393, 462.
| Poterium, 405, 406.
| Pottia, 442.
Pottiariparia, 469.
_ Primicorallina, 56.
| Prionodon, 339.
| Prochynanthes, 442.
_ Prosopsis, 120, 121, 363, 385.
| aad et 198, 402.
| Protophyllum, 227. ‘
Pome, 238.
| 519-
| Psathyrella, 82, 490.
| Pseudauliscus, 265.

| Pteris, g1, 115, 210.

| Prerocaulon, 143.

| Pterospermites, 227.
| Priloria, 87.

| Puccinellia, 512, 512.

| Puccinia, 58, 59, 60, 61, 136, 174, 185, 237, 284, 288,

t 363> 435» 442, 443.

_ Punctaria, 52.

| Pycnanthemum, i
Pyrenula, 191, 198, 260.

| Pyrola, 461.

| Pyrrocoma, 186,

| Pyrus, 278.

| Pythium, 235, 283.

|
| Quercus, 74, 75, 76, 89, 92, 118, 11g, 137, 139, 140,
| 142, 146, 178, 330, 339, 365, 367, 377, 383, 392,

396, 4375 443, 462, 519.

Radiofilum, 140.
| Railardella, 186.
| Ramalina, 240.

Ramisia, 521,
| Ramularia, 57.

| Raveoelt 63, 36
| Ravenelia, 90, 132, 23 » 364, 443.
| Rebusta, tt 3?» 237s 363, 364, 443.

» 82.
Rhaphoneis, 173, 265.

| Prunus, 103, 132, 219, 237 278, 283, 286, 339, 442,

xi

Rhexia, 145, 150, 238. | Sisyrinchium, 375, 385-
Rhizophidium, 52, 283. | Smilax, 113, 114, 144, 1465 179.
Rhizosolenia, 174, 275- | Solanum, 112, 238, 279, 285, 412, 413, 481, 521.
Rhododendron, 287. Solidago, 145, 147, 152, 182, 338, 368, 369, 393, 461,
Rhoikosphenia, 274. | 519.
Rhus, 54, 285, 338) 339, 392, 4175 443» 444, 482. | Solorina, 245, 497.
Rhynchosia, 143, 149, 150, 238, 458, 459- | Sorosporium, 363, 443-
Rhynchospora, 144. | Sparassis, 207, 208, 286.
Rhynchostegium, 469. | Spathyema, 106.
Ribes, 54, 91, 136, 137, 285, 338. | Specularia, 192,405, 406.
Riccia, 402. | Spergularia, 324, 325, 405-
Richardia, 15t, 382. | Spiesia, 138, 405, 406.
Ricinus, 383, 469. Spiraea, 237.
Rinodina, 249. | Spiranthes, 158, 380, 405, 406.
Rivularia, 426, 427, 482. | Spirogyra, 185.
Roripa, 186, 187, 405, 460. | Sphaeralcea, 364.
Rosa, 122. Sphaerella, 82, 176, 288.
Rosellinia, 439, 479- | Sphaerophorus, 259.
Rubus, 150, 460, 471. | Sphagnum, 92, 344, 346, 442, 443-
Rudbeckia, 139, 378- | Sporobolus, 55, 143, 463, 464, 405, 518.
Rumex, 44, 92, 137, 237» 33° 367) 444» 480, 482. Sporotrichum, 237.
Ruppia, 426. | Stachys, 177, 461.
Russula, 477. | Statice, 405, 406.
Staurastrum, 294, 295, 297, 298-
Sabal, 146, 147. Stauroneis, 265, 274.
Sabbatia, 393. Stemona, 3.
Sagedia, 259. | Stellaria, 171, 324, 405.
Sagittaria, 105, 106, 287, 330, 364. | Stenophyllus, 143, 161, 238.
Salix, 90, 383, 385, 462, 482, 521. | Stenorrhynchus, 158.
la, 54, 92, 135, 130, 138, 187, 188, 417,466, 481. | Stenosiphon, 393.

Salvinia, 462. Stephanodoria, 186.
Sambucus, 151, 444. | Stephanogonia, 174.
Samolus, 137. | Stephonopyxis, 174.

* Sanguinaria, 89, 287. Stereocaulon, 249.
Sanguisorba, 405. Stereum, 82.
Sanicula, 237, 35t» 352s 353» 354» 355» 356, 3579 358, | Sticta, 245, 495s 496, 497» 498, 499» 509.

359, 360, 361, 442. Stictina, 495, 496, 497, 498.

Saracha, 483. Stictodiscus, 174.
Sassafras, 177, 225, 226, 283. Stigonema, 444.
Saussurea, 350. Stillingia, 143, 392-
Savastana, 405, 406. Stipa, 423, 49, 481.
Saxifraga, 58, 137- Stipulicida, 148, 238.
Scabiosa, 171. Stropharia, 204, 286, 489-
Scaevola, 436. Streptanthus, 338.
Scenedesmus, 427, 439. Surirella, 265, 275, 374-
Schinus, 186. Sweetia, 500.
Schistidium, 65, 66. Symploca, 428. 429, 439.
Schizaea, 169, 441. | Synchytrium, 89.

- Schizophyllum, 439, 479- | Synedra, 265, 275-
Schizostega, 478. | Syntherisma, 420.
Schizothrix, 429. | Syrrhopodon, 442.
Schoenocaulon, 439- Systegium, 442.
Scholecotrichum, 178, 288. :

Schollera, 497 461. Tabellaria, 275- is
+ 30s 37s 38, 39+ 49, 41, 425 43» 135- Talinum, 107, 39%.
Scirpus, 115. Taphrina, 178, 286.
Scirrhia, 435. Taraxacum, 375-
Sclerotina, 135. Taxodium, 92.
se er open 446. Tayloria, 442.
Scutellaria, 54 Tecoma, 177, 178.
Scytonema, 428. Tephrosia, 25, 27, 28, 29» 30, 31, 32, 33» 34» 35» 51¥-
Secotium, 492. 4 Terpsinoe, 265.
Securidaca, 479. Tessela, 275.
Sedum, 287. Tetracyclus, 266.
ers 259. ‘Tetraedron, 140.
enipedium, 520. Tetraploa, 179, 288.
Senebiera, 324, 407. Teucrium, 54, 147-
Senecio, 137, 186, 337, 375, 376- Thalictrum, 53, 474-
onium, 333- Thamnolia, 194, 252-
Septoria, 192, 437, 479- Thelephora, 492.
4 Sequoia, 186, 375. Theloschistes, 242.
Sericocarpus, 461. Thelotrema, 249-
Sesuvium, 391, 392- Thermopsis, 186.
. Setaria, 161, 175, 422, 423- Thryallis, 228.
herdia, 121, 122, 324. Tiarella, 58.
Sida, 137. Tibouchina, 339-
Sigmatella, 442. Tilia, 278, 460.
Sieglingia, 365, 407, 482. Tillaea, 138.
Silene, 57, 460. Tillandsia, 158.
Silybum, 405. Tilmadoche, 432, 433-
Sinapis, 224. Tipularia, 462.
Sisymbrium, 370, 385, 443, 477 Tissa, 186, 324, 405.

Tolypothrix, 428.
Townsendia, 349.
Trabutia, 237.
Tradescantia, 71, 72, 73, 1375 143, 147, 462.
Trematodon, 442.
Trentepohlia, 188.
Tribulus, 230, 23r.
Tricamphora, 332.
Triceratum, 174, 263, 266, 275.
Trichia, 333.
Tricho aena, 238.
Tricholoma, 485.
Trichomanes, 479.
Trichostema, 54, 445.
Trifolium, 53, 139, 186, 219, 409, 519.
Triglochin, 375. |
Trilisa, 145.
Triodia, 407.
Tripsacum, 420.
Teena

thelium, 259.
Tsyblidium, 237. : y

a, 43, 44, 207, 209, 442, 467.

Tubsriat 202, 286, oh
Tubulina, 333.
Tussilago, 465.
Tylostoma, 209, 286.
Typha, 467.

Udora, 24,374, 405. 406, 462.
leomyces, 237.
Ulex, 460.
Ulmaria, 52.
Ulmus, 147.
Uncinula, 413.
Unona, 446.
Umbellularia, 340.
Umbilicaria, 244, 245.
Urceolaria, 249.
tenon Nie 36 8
©, 55» 2375 416, 435, 436, 437, 438, 479.
Urochloa, 422, i al
Uromyces, 57, 136, 237, 284, 436.
241.

snea,
Ustilago, 57, 136, 175, 288, 237, 362, 443, 481.
Utricularia, 52, 146, 155, 156, 478.
Vaccinium, 54, 120, 153, 285.

Valeriana, 112, 460. .

Valsa, 210, 211, 286,

Vi a, 142, 234, 469, 470.

Xii
bod

| Vanilla, 417.
| Vascoucellia, 92.
| Vaucheria, 339.
| Veratrum, 185, 384.
| Verbascum, 383.
| Verbena, 137.
Verbesina, 136.
| Vermicularia, 177, 288.
| Vernonia, 136, 143.
Veronica, 46r.
Verrucaria, 198, 259.
Vicia, 186, 522.
Victoria, 147.
Vilfa, 463, 464.
Viola, 286, 313, 377,475, 484.
Vitis, 104, 226, 237, 283, 330.
Vittaria, 147.
Volutella, 82, 337.
Volvaria, 487, 488.
Volvox, 402.

Weingaertneria, 407.
Weldenia, 186. :
Whipplea, 364,
Willoughbaeya, 16.
Wistaria, 324.
Wolffia, 462.
Woodsia, 349.
Wyethia, 110.

Xanthidium, 295, 296, 297.
Xanthium, 417. aided
Xanthorrhiza, 474.
Ximenia, 141, 144.
Xolisma, 153.

Xylaria, 237.
Xylographa, 258.

Xyris, 159, 160, 238.

Yucca, 119, 158, 288, 330, 377, 392, 440.

Zamia, 107.
Zea, 99, 520,
Sensula 231, 232, 286.
Zephyranthes, 287. : a
Zinnia, 395, 412.
izania, 53.
Zizia, 60.
Zygodesmus, 82.

Zygophyllum, 230.

VoL. 22. JANUARY, 1895. No. 4.

BULLETIN

OF THE

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

EDITED BY
‘NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

* AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB.

CONTENTS:

PAGE, PAGE,

Family Nomenclature: }vAn Hendley Barn- | Deby gn 5 a ee ee ee a ae ele

MOO SS LS ee tees FT New Plants from Idaho: Lomis F. Hender- :

A Revision of the North American Species of | SOM, we ek ee ER Seen ee 48

the Genus Cracca: Anna Murray Vail, 25| Burbaumia aphylla; Geo. GC. Kennedy, 50

_ A Revision of the Genus Sceuleria with De- | Herbert A. Young: Wm. P. Rich, 2... 5%

scription of one new Species: Efizabeth G. . PROceEDINGS OF THE CLUB... . ce
detitem (Yate ate) os is ae 36 Inpex To recent LirERATURE RELATING

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern | ToAmeRICANBorany .-.-+... 52
United States—Ill: F¥okn K. Smeadl (Plate |

PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB.

“Tan Naw Ena Pennine House,

REY BOTANICAL CLUB.
OFFICERS FOR 1895.

| President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice Protienté,
T. F. ALLEN, M. D. L, H. LIGHTHIPE.

, Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary,
HENRY H, RUSBY, M. D., JOHN K. SMALL,
College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia College, New York City.

Editor, een Oy hee ‘Treasurer,
N L. BRITTON, Ph. D, HENRY OGDEN,
Columbia College, New York oF sere 1 Pine Street, New York City,

f
i

BULLETIN

OF THE
~ TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
Vol. 22. Lancaster, Pai Sintacs 15, 1895. No. 1.
Family Nomenclature, i

By JoHN HENDLEY BARNHART.

Although for over a hundred years botanists have recognized
certain natural groups of plants, variously called “orders” or
“families,” the naming of these groups has been full of incon-
sistencies, and subject entirely to the caprice of each writer.
When we come to consider the fact that no author has ever con-
sistently followed any rule in naming such groups (some have
even called the same family by two or more different names in
the same work) it seems strange that the present confusion is
no greater than it is.

In spite of the fact that there are no rules, there is a marked
tendency toward the use of uniform terminations in the naming of
all groups of codrdinate rank higher than genera. In the case of
family names this tendency has shown itself by the extension of
the use of the termination ‘“-aceae,” until this has become uni-
versally recognized as a distinctive mark of family rank. Yet
some of the usual names are improperly formed from the generic
root upon which they are based, while quite a number of the
families retain names which aresnot founded upon genera at all.

This latter class requires special consideration. A generic
name stands or falls with its typical species, and why should not a
family name stand or fall with its typical genus? Such names as
Umbelliferae, Cruciferae, Leguminosae, Labiatae, Gramineae, Com-
_ positae, etc., are not named after genera. Nor do these names

2

express characteristics peculiar to the families to which they are
applied. The Araliaceae are as truly umbelliferous as the Um-
belliferae; the Capparidaceae, like the Cruciferae, have cruciform
flowers; in the Dipsacaceae the flowers are “composite,” as in the
Compositae. Not being founded upon genera, such names may
be applied to very different groups, even though they have the
correct termination -aceae. The name Lomentaceae has been
used for a division of Leguminosae, and also for a group of Cruci-
ferae, and these two applications of the name, while equally appro-
priate, are at the same time alike improper. Custom, then, is the
‘only excuse for the continued use of this class of names. But it
has proven true in the case of generic and specific nomenclature,
that custom must yield to inflexible law; and surely the same
should hold in the case of family nomenclature.

What, then, should this law be? The evident preponderance
of opinion demands as its most important feature the uniform
termination -aceae. Then it must be recognized that the family
names must be properly formed from the roots of generic names.
‘ Next in importance is the law of priority, so necessary for stable
botanical nomenclature. As the history of family names is fol-
lowed out practical questions arise from time to time, and for
their decision new provisions suggest themselves, and in this way
gradually have been formulated the following rules for family
nomenclature, which it is the object of this sketch to propose,

Rules for Family Nomenclature.

Rule r, The name of each natural family shall consist of the
root of the accepted name of a recognized genus belonging to
that family, with the addition of the termination aceae.

Rule 2. The name of each natural family shall be the oldest
name published in accordance with Rule 1, for any group of
plants, based upon the accepted name of any recognized genus
belonging to that family.

Rule 3. The family name aust be published in Latin, and in
the plural number, though not necessarily in the nominative case.

Rule 4. Authorities shall be cited for family names in the same
manner as for generic names. If the original author of a family

ee ‘name spells the root incorrectly, his name shall be cited in paren-

3

‘theses, foliowed by the proper citation of the authority who first
spells the name correctly.

Rule 5. In conformity with the accepted rules of generic and
specific nomenclature, no family name shall be accepted on the
autnority of any work published prior to the first edition of
Linné’s Species Plantarum, in 1753.

The words “order” and “ family” have usually been used in-
terchangeably in botany, but judging from the present tendency it
appears likely that in the future the name “order” will be re-
stricted, as has long been the case in zodlogy, to groups of higher
rank than families. For this reason the word family has been
used in the proposed rules.

It will be well, perhaps, to elucidate the various points touched
upon by the rules, by giving a few illustrations.

Rule 1. The family name should consist of a generic root with
the termination -aceae. Thus the family founded on the genus ,

- Triuris (root: TRIURID) should be called 7riuridaceae, Lindl., not
7nuraceae, Gardn., nor yet 7rzuriaceae, Miers.

It should be based on the name of a recognized genus.
‘ Palmaceae’”’ is not founded on a genus, and cannot stand.
‘«« Aquifoliaceae”’ is founded upon the genus Agwifolium, which is
not now usually recognized, but is considered a section of //ex.

‘The author who thus disposes of Aguzfolium cannot consistently
use the name Aquifoliaceae.

It should be founded on the accepted name of a genus. The
genus on which Lindley established his family Roxburghiaceae is
still recognized, but its accepted name at present is the older one
Stemona, and hence for the family must be accepted the newer
name Stemonaceae.

Rule 2. Over twenty-five names have been proposed ending in
-aceae and founded upon genera now included in the family Lili-
aceae. Of these the oldest which fulfills the conditions of Rule 1
is the one just mentioned, which was proposed by Adanson in
1763.

Rule 3. In 1819 De Candolle published the new families which

_ he called, in French, “ Fumariacées ”’ and Frankeniacées ” (Théor.
Elém. 244), but they were not published in Latin for two years,
when S. F. Gray published Frankeniaceae, and De Candolle him-

+

self Fumariaceae. Again, Schlechtendal, in Linnaea, in 1826, re- ~~
ferred to the “ Melanthiaceen,” but the Latin name first appeared

in 1830 in Lindley’s Natural System.

Bartling, in 1830 (Ord. Nat. 144), proposed a group “ Cen-
taureacea.” This form was probably intended for the neuter
plural, but might be the singular of Centaureaceae. In any event
it does not fulfil the requirements of this rule. However, in 1873,
Pfeiffer, in his Nomenclator Botanicus, referring to Bartling, spells
the name Centaureaceae, thus duly publishing it.

In 1825 Nees von Esenbeck, making a list of the plants belong-
ing to the family which he called « Gesneriées,” entitled the list
« Generum familiae Gessneriacearum brevis expositio.” Although
the name Gessneriaceae occurs nowhere else in the article, and in
this instance only in the genitive case, this constitutes a true pub-
lication of the name according to the rule under consideration.

Rule 4. Citation. There are many illustrations of this rule in
the accompanying list.

Rule 5. While this rule brings family nomenclature into line
with specific and generic naming, it is desirable for another
reason. In 1759 Bernard de Jussieu laid the foundation of the
Natural System, which is now so universally accepted. As 2
nothing on the subject was published between 1753 and 1759,the
latter date might have been taken as a starting-point but for the
convenience of uniformity.

The following list has been prepared in accordance with, and
in illustration of, the proposed rules. The omissions may be
many ; the errors, it is to be hoped, are few. Additions to this
list and corrections of it will be gratefully received.

It will be well to remember, however, that many of the refer-
ences in published books are not to be trusted, for they refer to

places where the group is described, it may be under a very differ-
ent name.

List of the Natural Families According to the Classification
Adopted in Engler and Prantl’s Natuerlichen Pflan-
zenfamilien. Corrected in accordance
with the proposed rules,

This list includes only the Spermatophyta or seed-producing
plants; it includes only names which end in -aceae; it includes
only names which are formed, directly or indirectly, from the |

5)

name of some genus. This last restriction throws out such
names as:

AMENTACEAE, GLUMACEAE, PALMACEAE,
AMPELIDACEAE, GRAMINACEAE, PAPILIONACEAE,
ANTHERACEAE, GRANATACEAE, PATMACEAE,
ASPERFOLIACEAE, GROSSULACEAE, PISTILLACEAE,
AURANTIACEAE, HIPPOCASTANACEAE, POMACEAE,
BALSAMACEAE, HOLORACEAE, POTAMIACEAE,
CAMPANACEAE, HypDROCARYACEAE, PYRENACEAE,
CERACEAE, LABIACEAE, ROTACEAE,
CEREACEAE, LABIATACEAE, SAPONACEAE,
CHLAENACEAE, LENTICULACEAE, SARMENTACEAE,
COMPOSITACEAE, LENTISCACEAE, ScITAMINACEAE,
CONACEAE, LOMENTACEAE, SPATHACEAE,
DRUPACEAE, LUPULACEAE, STELLACEAE,
ERUCACEAE, NUCAMENTACEAE, STROBILACEAE,
FICOIDACEAE, NUCULACEAE, SYNANTHERACEAE,
FRUMENTACEAE, OLERACEAE, UMBELLACEAE, ETC.

Names formed by prefixing Eu- to the generic root have been
omitted also, as

EUBUXACEAE, EULACTUCACEAE, EULOBELIACEAE, EUVERNONIACEAE.

The signs used are as follows: 5

* Signifies that the family name is founded on more or less
than the root of the generic name. In some of these cases it is
formed by the addition of “-eae” to generic roots ending in “ ac”’;
e. g. Smilac-eae. Such names are perfectly correct for tribes,
though improper for families. |

+ Indicates that the generic root is wrongly spelled.

t Marks family names formed from generic names which are
not recognized by Engler and Prantl.

§ After a citation means that it is accepted on some authority
believed to be trustworthy, but the reference has not been verified
by actual comparison with the original work. In any such case
it is possible that the publication may not have been in accordance
with the proposed rules. ;

The families which, in this list, are numbered respectively 129-
137, 153-159, 175-182, 208-210, 227-229, 234, 235, and 243-248

6

i

(all inclusive) have not yet been treated by Engler and Prantl, and
of course their exact limitations and the generic names which will
be recognized are largely matters of conjecture.

1. CYCADACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 312 (1836).
CyYCADEACEAE* Reichb. Consp. 40 (1828).

ZAMIACEAE Reichb. Handb. 139 (1837).

2. CORDAITACEAE Engler; Engl. & Pr. Nat. Pfl. 2: part 1: 26 (1889).

3. PINACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 313 (1830).
DamMarACcEAg£t Link, Abh. Berl. Ak. f. 1827, 157 (1830).
SALISBURIACEAE} Link, Handb. 2: 523 (1831).
TAXACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 316 (1836).
PINEACEAE* Horan. Tetract. Nat, 22 (1843).
JUNIPERACEAE Horan, Tetract. Nat. 22 (1843).
CUPRESSACEAE Walp. Ann. Bot. 3: 444 (1853).
ABIETACEAE Walp. Ann. Bot. 3: 446 (1853).
PopOCARPACEAE Walp. Ann. Bot. 3: 448 (1853).
ABIETINACEAE*® KI. & Grcke. Bot. Erg. Wald. 31 (1862),
TAXODIACEAE Schimp. Paleont. Veg. 2: 309 (1870).
ARAUCARIACEAE Strasb. Conif, 25 (1872).

Called ConIFERAE by Engler & Prantl.

4. EPHEDRACEAE Dumort. Fl. Belg. 9 (1827).8
FHOACEAE} Agardh, Aphor. 204 (1825).

GNETACEAE Lindl. Bot. Reg. ¢. 2686 (1834).§

5. .TYPHACEAE J. St. Hil. Expos. Fam. 1: 60 (1805).

6. PANDANACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 361 (1836).

7. SPARGANIACEAE Agardh, Theor. Syst. Pl. 13 (1858).

8 ZANNICHELLIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 61 (1829).
ZANICHELLIACEAE} Dumort. Anal. Fam. 59 (1829).
ZOSTERACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 65, 66 (1829).
RupPiACcEAE Horan. Tetract. Nat. 22 (1843).
POTAMOGETO ACEAE Engl. Fuehr. Bresl. Bot. Gart. 18 (1886).§
POSIDONIACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 644 (1891).
CYMODOCEACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 644 (1891).

9. NAJADACEAE (Lindl.) Asch. Linnaea, 35: 160 (1867).
NAIADACEAE Lindl. Nat, Syst. Ed. 2, 366 (1836).

1o. APONOGETONACEAE Engler, Bot. Jahrb. 8: 261 (1887).
APONOGETACEAE* Agardh, Theor. Syst. Pl. 44 (1858).

11, SCHEUCHZERIACEAE Agardh, Theor. Syst. Pl. 44 (1858).
JuNCAGINACEAEt Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 367 (1836).
LILAEACEAE Hieron, Ber, Ges. Nat. Berl. 116 (1878).$

12, ALISMACEAE DC. FI. Franc. 3: 181 (1805).

13. BUTOMACEAE §. F. Gray, Arr. Brit. Pl. 2: 217 (1821).

14. TRIURIDACEAE Lindl. Veg. Kingd. 213 (1847),
TRIURACEAE* Gardn. Trans. Linn. Soc. rg: 160 (1843).
TRIURIACEAE* Miers, Trans. Linn. Soc, 21: 43 (1850).

mm,

a8

T

15. ELODEACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 54 (1829).
VALLISNERIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 54, 55 (1829).
HyDROCHARACEAE® Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 335 (1836).
HyDROCHARIDACEAF} Lindl, Veg. Kingd. 141 (1847).
HyYDROCHARITACEAE (Lindl.) Asch, Linnaea, 35: 158 (1867).
HALOPHILACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 644 (1891).
STRATIOTACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb, 2: 645 (1891).
OTTELIACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 645 (1891).
THALASSOIDACEAE} Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 645 (1891).
BLYXEACEAE* Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 645 (1891).
HyYpDRILLACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 645 (1891).

16. POACEAE R. Brown, Flind. Voy. App. 2, 583 (1814).
STIPACEAE HBK., Nov. Gen. 1: 121 (1815).
AVENACEAE HBK. Noy. Gen. 1: 143 (1815).
FesTucAceaE HBK. Nov. Gen. 1: 143 (1815).
ARUNDINACEAE HBK. Nov. Gen. 1: 148 (1815).
Horpeacear HBK. Nov. Gen. 1: 179 (1815).
OLyRACEAE HBK. Noy. Gen, 1: 196 (1815).
BAMBUSACEAE IIBK. Nov. Gen. 1: 199 (1815).
BROMACEAE Dumort. Agrost. Belg. 82 (1823).
PHLEACEAE Dumort. Agrost. Belg. 83 (1823).
LotaAceaAE Dumort. Agrost. Belg. 95 (1823).
MILIACEAE Dumort. Agrost, Belg. 135 (1823).
SPARTINACEAE Link, Hort. Berol. 1: 46 (1827).§
EcHINARIACEAE Link, Hort. Berol. 1: 197 (1827).$
CHONDROSIACEAEt Link, Hort. Berol. 1: 269 (1827).§
PASPALACEAE Link, Hort. Berol. 1: 269 (1827).§
MELICACEAE Link, Hort. Berol. 1: 271 (1827).§
ZEACEAE Reichb, Consp. 55 (1828).

TRIPSACEAE* Dumort. Anal. Fam. 64 (1829).
ROTTBOELLIACEAE Kunth, Gram. 150 (1830).§
ANTHISTIRIACEAE Presl, Reliq. Haenk. 1: (1830).§
VILFACEAE} Trinius, hinnaea, ro: 302 (1835).
SESLERIACEAE W. Koch, Synops 788 (1837).
PAPPOPHOREACEAE® Parlat. Fl. Palerm. 1: 127 (1845).$
SESSLERIACEAE}+ Fries, Summ. Veg. Scand. 1: 80 (1846).
AGROSTACEAE* Pfeiff. Nomencl. Bot. r: 85 (1873).
Called GRAMINEAE by Engler and Prantl.

17. CYPERACEAE J. St. Hil. Expos, Fam, 1: 62 (1805).
ELYNACEAE Reichb. Consp. 55 (1828).

SCLERIACEAE Reichb. Consp. 56 (1828).
ScrrPAcEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2 : 654 (1891).

18. ARECACEAE Reichb. Consp. 72 (1828).

CorvPHACEAE Reichb. Consp. 73 (1828).
NIPACEAE Brongn. Enum. Genr. 15 (1843).

ae SABALACEAE Schimp. Paleont. Veg. 2: 486 (1871).
PHOENICACEAE Schimp, Paleont. Veg. 2: 496 (1871).

Nee pe ecesnaeensamnee erect a ea

8.

BoRASSACEAE Schimp. Paleont. Veg. 2: 499 (1871).
LEPIDOCARYACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 649 (1891).
CEROXYLONACEAE* Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 649 (1891).
PHYTELEPHANTACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 649 (1891).
Called PALMAE by Engler and Prantl.
19. CYCLANTHACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 362 (1836).
LupoviAcEAE Drude; Engl. & Pr. Nat. Pfl. 2: part 3, 93 (1889).

20. ARACEAE Neck. Act. Ac. Theod. Palat. 2: 462 (1770).
ORONTIACEAE R. Brown, Prodr. 1: 337 (1810).
Pist1aAcEAE HBK, Nov. Gen. 1: 81 (1815).

CALLACEAE Reichb. Consp. 44 (1828).

ACORACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 365 (1836).
CoLocaSsIACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb, 2: 646 (1891).
PHILODENDRACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb, 2: 646 (1891).
LASIACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 646 (1891).
MONSTERACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 646 (1891).
PoTHOIDACEAE* Kerner, Pftanzenleb, 2: 646 (1891).

21. LEMNACEAE Dumort. Fl. Belg. 147 (1827).§

22, FLAGELLARIACEAE Agardh, Theor. Syst. Pl. 20 (1858).

23. RESTIONACEAE Hieron.; Engl. & Pr. Nat. Pf. 2: part 4, 3 (1888).
REsTIACEAE* R, Brown, Prodr. 1: 243 (1810),

24. CENTROLEPIDACEAE Hieron. Abh. Nat. Ges. Halle, 205 (1873).
DEVAUXIACEAE}} Dumort. Anal. Fam, 62, 63 (1829).
DesvAuXIACEAEt Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 386 (1836).

25. MAYACACEAE Walp. Ann. Bot. 3 : 662 (1853).
MAYACEAE* Meisn. Pl. Vasc. Gen, 406, 407 (1842).

26. XYRIDACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 388 (1836).

27. ERIOCAULACEAE Lindl. Veg. Kingd. 122 (1847).
ERIOCAULONACEAE* OK, Rev. Gen. 745 (1891).

28. RAPATEACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 60, 62 (1829).

29. BROMELIACEAE J. St. Hil. Expos. Fam. 1: 122 (1805).

30. COMMELINACEAE Reichb. Consp. 57 (1828).
COMMELYNACEAE} Endl. Gen. 124 (1837).

31. PONTEDERIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 59, 61 (1829).
PONTEDERACEAE* Martius, Consp. 7 (1835).
PONTEDERAEACEAE} OK. Rev. Gen. 718 (1891).

32. PHILYDRACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 357 (1836).
PHYLIDRACEAE}+ Horan. Tetract. Nat. 22 (1843).

33- JUNCACEAE (Vent.) Dumort. Comm. Bot. 66 (1822),
JONCACEAEt Vent. Tabl. 2: 150 (1799).

34. STEMONACEAE Fr. & Sav. Enum. Pl. Jap. 2: 92 (1879).
ROXBURGHIACEAE$ Wallich, Pl. As. Rar. 3: 50 (1832).

35- LILIACEAE Adans. Fam. Pl. 2: 42 (1763).

ALLIACEAE Batsch, Gen. PI. Jenens. 10, 30 (1786).
TULIPACEAE Batsch, Gen, Pl. Jenens. 11, 30 (1786).
SMILACEAE* Vent. Tabl. 2: 146 (1799).
CoLcHICACEAE DC, FI. Frang. 3: 192 (1805).

Se a Pa ee

9

MELANTHACEAE® R, Brown, Prodr. 1: 272 (1810).
ASPHODELIACEAE® S, F. Gray, Arr. Brit. Pl. 2: 174 (1821).
PHYLESIACEAE+ Dumort. Anal. Fam. 53, 54 (1829).
ASTELIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 59, 61 (1829).
XANTHORHAEACEAE} Dumort. Anal. Fam. 60, 62 (1829).
PHILESIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 97 (1879).
CONVALLARIACEAE Link, Handb, 1: 184 (1829).
DRACAENACEAE Link, Handb. 1: 187 (1829).
MELANTHIACEAE Lindl. Nat, Syst, Ed. 1 (1830).§
TRILLIACEAE Lindl, Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 347 (1836).
GILLIESIACEAE Lindl, Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 348 OP);
KINGIACEAE Endl. Gen. 132 (1837).

LAXMANNIACEAE Horan. Tetract. Nat, 23 (1843).
FUNKIACEAE} Horan. Tetract. Nat. 23 (1843).
ASPHODELACEAE Horan. Tetract. Nat. 23 (1843).
HAWORTHIACEAE Horan. Tetract. Nat. 23 (1843).
ASPARAGACEAE Horan. Tetract. Nat. 23 (1843).
NARTHECIACEAE Fries, Summ. Veg. Scand. 1: 65 (1846).
LAPAGERIACEAE Kunth; Walp. Ann. Bot. 3: 646 (1853).
HERRERIACEAE Kunth; Walp. Ann. Bot. 3: 646 (1853).
OPHIOPOGONACEAE Kunth; Walp. Ann. Bot. 3; 646 (1853).
ASPIDISTRACEAE Kunth; Walp. Ann. Bot. 3: 646 (1853).
UvuLARIACEAE Walp. Ann. Bot. Bot. 3: 650 (1853).
PHORMIACEAE Agardh, Theor. Syst. Pl. 7 (1858).

36. HAEMODORACEAE R. Brown, Prodr. 1: 299 (1810).
HAEMADORACEAE} Reichb, Consp. 60 (1828).
HeMoporaceEAE+ Dumort. Anal. Fam. 58 (1829).
WACHENDORFIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 61 (1829). :
HoeMoporaceEAFf A. Rich. Sert. Astrol. 80 (1834).

37. LEUCOJACEAE Batsch, Gen. Pl. Jenens. 10, 30 (1786).
ALSTROEMERIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 58 (1829).
CAMPYNEMACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 58 (1829).
AGAVEACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 58 (1829).
AMARYLLIDACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 328 (1836).
PANCRATIACEAE Horan. Tetract. Nat. 23 (1843).
HyypoxipAceAe Lindl. Veg. Kingd. 154 (1847).

38. VELLOZIACEAE Drude, Phanerog. 333 (1879).

39. TACCACEAE Reichb. Consp, 44 (1828).

40. TAMACEAE Gray, Arr. Brit. Pl. 2: 189 (1821).
DroscorEaceak Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 359 (1836).
Droscorrpaceae} Kl. & Greke. Bot. Erg. Wald. 42, 55 (1862).
STENOMERIDACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 666 (1891).

41. IXIACEAE Ecklon, Verzeichn 18 (1827).§

MorAEACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 58 (1829).
IRIDACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 332 (1836).
42. MUSACEAE J. St. Hil. Expos. Fam, 1: 151 (1805).

10

43. ALPINIACEAE Link. Enum. 1: 228 (1821).
CurcuMACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 20, 25 (1829).
ZINGIBERACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 322 (1836).
AMOMACEAE Horan. Tetract, Nat. 22 (1843).

44. CANNACEAE Link, Enum. r: 1 (1821).

45. MARANTACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 1 (1830),

46. BURMANNIACEAE Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. 1: 27 (1830).
THISMIACEAE Miquel, Fl. Ind. Bat. 3: 615 (1858) §
ARACHNITACEAE Philippi, Cat. Pl. Vasc. Chil. 278 ( 1881).

47- ORCHIDACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 336 (1836)
VANILLACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 341 (1836).
APOSTASIACEAE Lindl, Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 342 (1836).
LimoporaceaE Horan. Tetract. Nat. 22 (1843).
NEOTTIACEAE Reichb. f. Poll. Orch. Gen. 9 (1852).§
ConntacEart Reichb, f. Bot. Zeit. 929 (1852).
RODRIGUEZIACEAE Reichb. f. Bot. Zeit. 929 (1852).
CHLORAEACEAE Reichb, f. Bot, Zeit. 1 (1853).
CypRIPEDIACEAE KI. & Greke. Bot. Erg. Wald. 33, 38 (1862).
OPHRYDACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb, 2: 661 (1891).
EPIDENDRACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 661 (1891),
VANDACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb, 2: 661 (1891).

48 SAURURACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 184 (1836).

49. PIPERACEAE HBK. Nov. Gen. 1: 46 (1815).

50. CHLORANTHACEAE Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. r: 78 (1830).

5'. LACISTEMACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 183 (1836).

52, CASUARINACEAE Lindl. Veg. Kingd. 249 (1847).
Casuaracear* Lindl. Nat, Syst. Ed. 2, 181 (1836).

53- JUGLANDACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 180 (1836).

54. MYRICACEAE Dumort, Anal. Fam. 95 (1829).

55. LEITNERIACEAE Drude, Phanerog. 407 (1879).

56. SALICACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 186 (1836).

57- CORYLACEAE Mirbel, Elem. 2: 296 (1815).

BeTULACEear Agardh, Aphor. 208 (1825),

58. FAGACEAE Drude, Phanerog. 409 (1879).
CasTANEACEAE Baill. Dict, Bot, 1: 650 (1884 ?),

59. ULMACEAE Mirbel, Elem. 2:905 (1815).
CELTIDACEAE Walp. Ann. Bot. 3: 394 (1853).

60. ARTOCARPACEAE Horan. Tetract. Nat, 25 (1843).
CANNABINACEAE Lindl, Veg. Kingd. 265 (1847).
Moraceae Lindl, Veg. Kingd. 266 (1847).
CANNABACEAE* A. Braun; Asch. Fl. Brand. 58 (1864).g
Dorsrentaceag Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 680 (1891).
ConocePHALacear Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 680 (1891).

61. URTICACEAE Reichb, Consp. 83 (1828).

PHENACEAE* Weddell, Ann, Sc. Nat. Ser. 4, 1: 175 (1854).

62. PROTEACEAE J. St. Hil. Expos. Fam. 1: 185 (1805).

_ Prrsoniaceac} Klotsch, Linnaea 20: 471 (1847).

68.

70.

71.

72.

73-

74-

75-
76.

77:
78.

it

. LORANTHACEAE D. Don. Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 142 (1825).

VISCACEAE Miers, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (II.) 8: 179 (1851).
MYZODENDRACEAE Hieron.; Engl. & Pr. Nat. Pfl. 3: part 1, 198 (1889).

- SANTALACEAE R. Brown, Prodr, 1: 350 (1810).

CanopiAceatt Presl. Epimel. Bot. 608 (1850).

. GRUBBIACEAE Endl. Gen. 327 (1838).
- OLACACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 32 (1836).

OvaceaeE* Benth. Trans. Linn. 18: 677 (1841).

SCHOEPFIACEAE Blume, Mus. Bot. Lugd. 1 : 175 (1850).

APTANDRACEAE Miers, Ann. & Mag. N. H. Ser. 2, 7: 206 (1851).

OLACINACEAE* KI], & Grcke. Bot. Erg. Wald. 151 (1862).
CYNOMORIACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 394 (1836).

BALANOPHORACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 525 (1836).

LATHRAEOPHILACEAE Leand. de Sacram.; A. St. Hil. Ann. Sc. Nat. Ser 2.

7: 32 (1837).

LOPHOPHYTACEAE Horan. Tetract. Nat. 21 (1843).

SARCOPHYTACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2; 708 (1891).

SCYBALIACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 708 (1891).

. ASARACEAE Link, Enum. 2: 1 (1822).

ARISTOLOCHIACEAE Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. 1: 81 (1830).

APAMACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 700 (1891).
RAFFLESIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 13, 14 (1829).

CyYTINACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 392 (1836).

APODANTHACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 700 (1891).

HY DNORACEAE Graf zu Solms, Bot. Zeit. 66 (1874).§
POLYGONACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 211 (1836).

ERIOGONACEAE Walp, Ann. Bot. 3: 297 (1853).
CHENOPODIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam: 15, 17 (1829).

CHENOPODEACEAE} Martius, Consp. 15 (1835).

SALSOLACEAE Mogq.-Tand.; DC. Prodr. 13: part 2, 41 (1849).

ATRIPLICACEAE Simonkai, Enum. Fl. Trans. 465 (1886).
AMARANTACEAE (J. St. Hil) Martius, Nov. Act. Ac. Leop. 13: part I, 215

(1826).

AMARANTHACEAE} J. St. Hil. Expos. Fam. 1: 204 (1805).
BATIDACEAE Dammer; Engl. & Pr. Nat. Pfl. 3: part Ia, 118 (1893).
CYNOCRAMBACEAE Pouls.; Engl. & Pr, Nat. Pfl. 3: part 1a, 121 (1893).

THELYGONACEAE} Caruel, Nuov. Giorn. Bot. It. 5: 170 (1873).
BASELLACEAE Mog.-Tand. Chenop. x (1840).

PETIVERIACEAE Link, Handb. 1: 392 (1829).

RIvINIACEAE} Dumort. Anal. Fam. 17 (1829).

PETIVERACEAE® Lindl. Nix. Pl. 16 (1833).

PHYTOLACCACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 210 (1836).

79. ALLIONIACEAE Reichb. Consp. 85 (1828).

NycraGInaceAEt Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 213 (1836).

So. TETRAGONIACEAE Reichb.; Moessl. Handb. 1: 52 (1827).§

MEseMBRYACEAE® Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 56 (1836).
SESUVIACEAE Horan. Tetract Nat. 29 (1843).

*

12

AIZOACEAE A. Braun; Asch. Fl. Brand. 60 (1864).§ ?
MESEMBRIANTHEMACEAE Lowe, FI. Madeir. 306 (1868).
MOLLUGINACEAE Rohrb.; Martius, Fl. Bras. 14; part 2, 228 (1872).

81. PORTULACACEAE Reichb. Consp, 161 (1828).
PoRTULACEAE* Juss. Gen. 312 (1789).

82. ALSINACEAE Wahlenb. Fl. Suec. 2: Ixxiv (1824).
CORRIGIOLACEAE Reichb.; Moess]. Handb. 1: 51 (1827).§
STELLARIACEAE Dunnort. FI. Belg. 106 (1827) §
QUERIACEAE DC. Prodr. 3: 379 (1828).
CARYOPHYLLACEAE} Reichb. Consp, 206 (1828).
TELEPHIACEAE Link, Handb. 2: 45 (1831).

. PARONYCHIACEAE Link, Handb. 2: 420 (1831).
SILENACEAE Lindl, Nat, Syst. Ed. 2, 124 (1836).
ILLECEBRACEAE Lindl, Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 127 (1836).
SCLERANTHACEAE Lind], Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 213 (1836).
MALACHIACEAEt C, Koch, Linnaea, 15: 709 (1841). |
LOEFFLINGIACEAE} Fzl.; Walp. Repert. 1: 263 (1843).

83. NYMPHAEACEAE DC. Propr. Méd. Ed. 2, 119 (1816).
NetumBtaceAe} Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 13 (1836).
CABOMBACEAE A. Gray, Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 4: 46 (1837).
EuRYALACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 699 (1891).
NuPHARACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 699 (1891).
BARCLAYACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb, 2; 699 (1891).

84. CERATOPHYLLACEAE A. Gray, Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 4: 41 (1837).

85. MAGNOLIACEAE J. St. Hil. Expos. Fam. 2: 74 (1805).
SCHIZANDRIACEAE*® G, Don, Gen. Syst. 1: 191 (1831).
SCHIZANDRACEAE Martius, Consp. 39 (1835).
WINTERACEAE} Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 17 (1836).

86. LACTORIDACEAE Engler, Bot. Jahrb. 8: 53 (1887).

87. TROCHODENDRACEAE Prantl; Engl. & Pr. Nat. Pfl. 3, se 2: 21 (1891)-

88. ANONACEAE DC. Syst. 1: 463 (1818).

ANNONACEAE} Link, Enum. 2? 87 (1822).

89. MYRISTICACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 15 (1836).

90. RANUNCULACEAE Juss. Gen. 231 (1789).
PAEONIACEAE DC. Prodr. 1: 64 (1824).

CALTHACEAE Presl, Fl. Sicul. 1: 20 (1826).§
POEONIACEAF} Presl, Fl. Sicul. 1: 26 (1826).
HELLEBORACEAE Spach, Hist. Veg. Phan. 7: 285 (1839).8
NIGELLACEAE Agardh, Theor. Syst. Pl. 76 (1858).

91. LARDIZABALACEAE Lindl. Veg. Kingd. 303 (1847).

92. PODOPHYLLACEAE DC, Prodr..1: 111 (1824).
DiPHYLLEIACEAE Schultz, Nat. Syst. Pfl. 328 (1832).
BERBERACEAE* Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 7 (1836)
BERBERIDACEAE Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. Am. r: 49 (1838).
NANDINACEAE Horan. Tetract. Nat. 30 (1843).

ili ta ok a ie sete eee ea aS

a ee ee ee

LE ey pe ee

13

93. MENISPERMACEAE DC, Prodr. 1: 95 (1824).

94. CALYCANTHACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 159 (1836).

95. MONIMIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 16 (1829).
ATHEROSPERMACEAE Lindl, Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 189 (1836).

g€ CASSYTHACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 16 (1829).
LAURACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 200 (1836).
CassYTACEAE} Horan. Tetract. Nat. 24 (1843).
PERSEACEAE Horan. Tetract Nat. 25 (1843).
LiTsEACEAE Benth. & Hook, Gen. Pl. 3: 149, 160 (1880).

97, HERNANDIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 14, 16 (1829).
ILLIGERACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 202 (1836).
GYROCARPACEAE KI]. & Grcke. Bot. Erg, Wald. 151 (1862).

98. PAPAVERACEAE B. Juss. Hort. Trian. (1759).
FUMARIACEAE DC, Syst, 2: 104 (1821).

99. BRASSICACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 58 (1836).
Called CRUCIFERAE by Engler and Prantl.

‘too. TOVARIACEAE Pax; Engl. & Pr. Nat. Pf. 3: part 2, 207 (1891).

1o1. CAPPARIDACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 61 (1836).
CLEOMEACEAE Horan. Tetract. Nat. 31 (1843).

102, RESEDACEAE S. F, Gray, Arr. Brit. Pl. 2: 665 (1821).
ASTEROCARPACEAF} Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 688 (1891).

103: MORINGACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 43, 48 (1829).

104. SARRACENTACEAE La Pylaie, Mem. Soc. Linn. Par. 6: 379 (1827).§

103. NEPENTITACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 204 (1836).

106. DROSERACEAE §, F. Gray, Arr. Brit. Pl. 2: 664 (1821),
DIONAEACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 14 (1836).

DrionaceAe* Dumort. Bull. Ac. Brux. 4: 447 (1838).

107. PODOSTEMACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst, Ed. 2, 190 (1836).
PHILOCRENACEAEf Bongard, Mem. Ac. St. Pet., Ser. 6, 1: 72 (1835).§
TRISTICHACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 673 (1891).
WEDDELLINACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 673 (1891).
HyYDROSTACHYDACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 673 (1891).

108. SEDACEAE Neck. Act. Ac. Theod. Palat. 2: 487 (1770).
CRASSULACEAE DC, FI. Franc. 4: 382 (1805).

109, CEPHALOTACEAE Lindl. Key (1835) §

110. ESCALLONIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 35, 37 (1829).
RIBESIACEAE* Reichb. Consp. 160 (1828).

SAXIFRAGACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 36, 38 (1829).
HyYPRANGEACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 36, 38 (1829).
GROSSULARIACEAE{ Dumort. Anal. Fam. 37, 42 (1829).
PARNASSIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 44, 49 (1829).
BAUERACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 1 (1830).
BREXIACEAE Lindl Nat. Syst. Ed. 1 (1830).
FRANCOACEAE A. Juss. Ann. Sc. Nat. 25: 9 (1832).
PHILADELPHACEAE Lindl, Nat. Syst, Ed. 2, 47 (1836).

Itt.
112,
113.
114.

115.
116.

117.

118, CONNARACEAE R. Brown, Exp. Cong. App. 5, 431 (1818).

14

RoussAEACEAE} DC. Prodr. 7, part 2: 521 (1839).
PoLyosMACEAE Blume, Mus. Bot. Lugd. 1: 258 (1850).
IxXERBIACEAE Griseb. Grundr, Syst. Bot. 122 (1854).

RovussEACEAE (DC.) Griseb. Grundr. Syst. Bot. 123 (1854).

ITEACEAE Agardh, Theor. Syst. Pl. 151 (1858).

CUNONIACEAE R. Brown, Flind. Voy. App. 3, 548 (1814).
MYROTHAMNACEAE Niedenzu; Engl. & Pr. Nat. Pfl. 3: part 2a, 103 (1891)

PITTOSPORACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 31 (1836).
ALTINGIACEAE Hayne, Flora, 1: 172 (1830).
AMBRACEAE® Reichb. Consp. 113 (1828).
HAMAMELACEAE® Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 48 (1836).
PARROTIACEAE Horan. Tetract. Nat. 28 (1843).
HAMAMELIDACEAE Lindl. Veg. Kingd. 784 (1847).
AMAMELIDACEAE Pfeiff. Nomencl. Bot. 1: 129 (1873).
BRUNIACEAE R. Brown, Abel Journ. App. 374 (1818).
PLATANACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 187 (1836),
ROSACEAE B. Juss. Hort. Trian. (1759).
AGRIMONIACEAE DC. Fl, Franc. 4: 448 (1805).
FRAGARIACEAE Nest. Potent. 14 (1816).
SPIRAEACEAE Dumort. Comm. Bot. 59 (1822).
POTENTILLACEAE IIBK. Nov. Gen. 6: 215 (1823).
SPIREACEAE + D. Don. Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 227 (1825).
HAGENIACEAE Reichb. Consp. 145 (1828).
AMYGDALACEAE Reichb, Consp. 177 (1828),
CLIFFORTIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 18 (1829).
CHRYSOBALANACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 158 (1836).
SANGUISORBACEAE Lindl. Veg. Kingd. 561 (1847).
NEILLIACEAE Miguel, Fl. Ind. Bat. 1: 390 (1855).S
DRYADACEAE Frank; Leunis, Synops. Pf. 2: 160 (1885).
POTERIACEAE Frank ; Leunis, Synops. Pf. 2: 173 (1885).

119. CASSIACEAE Link, Handb. 2: 135 (1831).

FaBACEAEt Reichb. Consp. 149 (1828).

SOPHORACEAE Link, Handb. 2: 143 (1831).

MiMmosacEAe Reichb. Fl. Exc. 437 (1832).

VictacEaE C. Koch, Linnaea 12: 727 (1841).
CAESALPINIACEAE KI. & Greke. Bot. Erg. Wald. 157 (1862).
PHASEOLACEAE Pfeiff. Nomencl. Bot. 2: 668 (1874).

Called LEGUMINOSAE by Engler and Prantl.

120. GERANIACEAE J, St. Hil. Expos, Fam. 2: 51 (1805).

VIVIANIACEAE Klotsch, Linnaea ro: 433 (1836).
VIVIANACEAE} Agardh, Theor. Syst. Pl. 203 (1858).

LEDOCARPACEAEt Kl. & Grcke. Bot. Erg. Wald. 121 (1862).

"121, OXALIDACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 140 (1836).
122, TROPAEOLACEAE Lindl. Veg. Kingd. 366 (1847).

Sr sea

ie Gia eta ee Oe AOE

Zines

Settee

123.
124.
125.

126.

127,

128.

129.

130.

131.

132.

133.

134.

135.

136.

137.

15

LINACEAE Dumort. Comm. Bot. 61 (1822).

HUGONIACEAE Arn.; Wight & Arn. Prodr. 1: 71 (1834).
HUMIRIACEAE A. Juss; A. St. Hil. Fl. Bras. Mer. 2: 87 (1829).8
ERYTHROXYLACEAE A, Rich. Pl. Vasc. Cub. 254 (1842).§
MALPIGHIACEAE Vent. Tabl. 3: 131 (1799).

HIRAEACEAE Griseb,; Martius, Fl. Bras. 12: 3, 75 (1858).
NITRARIACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 1 (1830).

GUAIACEAE* Reichb. Consp. 200 (1828).

ZYGOPHYLLACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 133 (1836).
CNEORACEAE Engler; Engl. & Pr. Nat. Pfl. 3: part 4, 93 (1890).
RUTACEAE Juss. Gen, 296 (1789).

PTELEACEAE Kunth, Ann. Sc. Nat. 2: 354 (1824).

XANTHOXYLACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 135 (1836).

ZANTHOXYLACEAE} Meisn. Pl. Vasc. Gen. 64 (1837).

CORREACEAE Agardh, Theor. Syst. Pl. 229 (1858).

CITRACEAE Drude, Phanerog. 391 (1879).

BORONIACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb, 2: 676 (1891).
SIMARUBACEAE DC. Bull. Soc. Philom. 2: 209 (1811).

SURIANACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 142 (1836).

SIMABACEAE* Horan. Tetract. Nat. 31 (1843).
BURSERACEAE Kunth, Ann. Sc. Nat. 2: 346 (1824).

BALSAMEACEAE Dumort. Anal, Fam. 36, 41 (1829).

BURSERIACEAE* G, Don, Gen. Syst. 2: 79 (1832).

AMYRIDACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 165 (1836).
MELIACEAE Vent. Tabl. 3: 159 (1799).

CEDRELACEAE A. Juss. Mem. Mus, 1g: 213, 247 (1830).
TRIGONIACEAE Martius, Consp. 51 (1835).
VOCHYSIACEAE Mart. & Zucc. Noy. Gen. 1: 123 (1824).

ERISMACEAE Dumort. Anal, Fam. 41 (1829).

VocuyacEAE* Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 1 (1830).
TREMANDRACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 43 (1829).
POLYGALACEAE Reichb. Consp. 120 (1828).

KRAMERIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 20, 23 (1829).
CHAILLETIACEAE DC. Prodr. 2: 57 (1825).

138. EUPHORBIACEAE J. St, Hil. Expos. Fam. 276 (1805).

RictnaceaE Nor.; Dup.-Thouars, Veg. Il. Afr. 28 (1807).§
HuraceaAg Dumort. Anal. Fam. 45 (1829).

ScEPACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 171 (1836).
TREWIACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 174 (1836).
STILAGINACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 179 (1836).
ANTIDESMACEAE Horan. Tetract. Nat. 25 (1843).
BENNETTIACEAE} Schnizl. Icon. ¢. 77? (1843).§
BERTYACEAE Agardh, Theor. Syst. Pl. 190 (1858).
PeraceaE Klotsch, Tricoce. 12 (1860) §

ACALYPHACEAE Klotsch, Tricocc. 12 (1860).§

16

PHYLLANTHACEAE Klotsch, Tricoce. 12 (1860).§

DAPHNIPHYLLACEAE Muell.-Arg.; DC. Prodr. 16: part 1, 1 (1869).

TITHYMALACEAEt Kerner, Pflanzenieb. 2: 674 (1891).

139. CALLITRICHACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 191 (1836).
STELLARIACEAEt Mac M. Metasp. Minn. Val. 344 (1892).

140. EMPETRACEAE Dumort. Fl. Belg. 106 (1827).§

141. CORIARIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 87 (1829).

142, BUXACEAE Dumort. Comm, Bot. 54 (1822).

143) LIMNANTHACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 142 (1836).

144. SPONDIACEAE Kunth, Ann. Sc. Nat. 2: 362 (1824).
TEREBINTACEAE}}{ Juss. Gen. 368 (1789).
TEREBINTHACEAE} DC, FI. Frang. 4: 613 (1805).
ANACARDIACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst Ed. 1 (1830).

145. CYRILLACEAE Lindl. Veg. Kingd. 445 (1847).

146. ILICACEAE Lowe, Fl. Madeir. 2: 11 (1868).
AQUIFOLIACEAEt DC. Prodr. 2: 11 (1825).

147. CELASTRACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 119 (1836).

148. HIPPOCRATEACEAE HBK. Nov. Gen. 5: 136 (1821).

149. STACKHOUSIACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 118 (1836).

150. ICACINACEAE Miers, Ann. & Mag. N. H. Ser. 2, 9: 218 (1852).
PHYTOCRENACEAE Miers; Lindl. Veg. Kingd. Ed. 3, 271a (1853).
BARRERIACEAEt Martius, Consp. 41 (1835).

151. STAPHYLEACEAE DC. Prodr. 2: 2 (1825).
STAPHYLACEAE*® Reichb, Consp. 200 (1828).
OcHRANTHACEAEt Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 78 (1836).

152. ACERACEAE J. St. Hil. Expos. Fam. 2: 15 (1805).
ACERINACEAE* KI]. & Grcke. Bot. Erg. Wald. 124 (1862).

153. AESCULACEAE Lindl; Orb. Dict. 1: 155 (1841).

Called HippocasTANaCEAE by Engler and Prantl.

154. SAPINDACEAE R. Brown, Exp. Congo, App. 5, 427 (1818).
PAULLINIACEAE HBK. Nov. Gen. 5: 99 (1821).
DoDoNAEACEAE HBK. Nov. Gen. 5: 130 (1821).

155. MELIANTHACEAE Endl. Gen. Supp. 5: 80 (1850).

156. IMPATIENTACEAE (nom. nov.).

BALSAMINACEAE} Dumort. Anal. Fam. 46 (1829).

157- SABIACEAE Blume, Mus. Bot. Lugd. 1: 368 (1851).
MILLINGTONIACEAE} Wight & Arn. Prodr. 1: 115 (1834).
WELLINGTONIACEAE+} Meisn, Pl. Vasc. Gen. Comm. 207 (1840).

158. FRANGULACEAE DC. FI. Franc. 4: 619 (1805).

RHAMNEACEAE* D; Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 188 (1825).
RHAMNACEAE Dumort. Fl. Belg. 102 (1827).§
GouaNIACEAE Reichb, Consp, 145 (1828).

PHYLICACEAE Agardh, Theor. Syst. Pl. 186 (1858).

159. LEEACEAE DC. Prodr. 1: 635 (1824).

VITACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 30 (1836).

ee ee ge ees

17

160, ARISTOTELIACAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 37, 41 (1829).
ELAEOCARPACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 97 (1836).

TILIACEAE Juss, Gen. 289 (1789).

SPARMANNIACEAE Agardh, Theor. Syst. Pl. 260 (1858).

162, MALVACEAE Neck. Act. Ac. Theod. Palat. 2: 488 (1770).
GOETHEACEAE Reichb. Consp. 204 (1828).

SIDACEAE Dumort, Anal. Fam. 46 (1829).
MALVAVISCACEAE Presl, Relig. Haenk. 2: 1, 135 (1831).
GossYPIACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 681 (1891).

163. BOMBACACEAE Schum.; Engl. & Pr. Nat. Pfl. 3: part 6, 53 (1890).
BoMBACEAE* HBK. Noy. Gen. 5: 294 (1821).

164. BUETTNERIACEAE (R. Brown) HBK. Nov. Gen. 5: 309 (1821).
BuTTNERIACEAEt R. Brown, Flind. Voy. App. 3, 540 (1814).
STERCULIACEAE IIBK. Nov. Gen. 5: 310 (1821).
HERMANNIACEAE HBK. Nov. Gen. 5: 312 (1821).
DoMBEYACEAE HBK. Nov. Gen. 5: 313 (1821).
ByTTNERIACEAE} DC. Prodr. 1: 481 (1824).
BUETTNERACEAE* Trattin. Gen. Nov. (1825).

TRIPHACEAE*} Reichb. Handb. 291 (1837).§

165. DILLENIACEAE R. Brown, Flind. Voy. App. 3, 541 (1814).
DELIMACEAEt DC, Syst. r: 396, 397 (1818).

166. EUCRYPHIACEAE Gay, Bot. Zeit. 6: 130 (1848).

167. OCHNACEAE DC. Ann, Mus. 17: 410 (1811).
OCHNEACEAE* D, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 224 (1825).
SAUVAGESIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 44, 49, (1829).

168. CARYOCARACEAE Szysz.; Engl. & Pr. Nat. Pfl. 3: part 6, 153 (1893).
RHIZOBOLACEAE} Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 76 (1836).

169. MARCGRAVIACEAE Choisy; DC. Prodr. t: 565 (1824).
MARGRAVIACEAE} Dumort. Anal. Fam. 43 (1829).
MARCGRAAVIACEAE} Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 1 (1830).
NORANTEACEAE Martius, Consp. 61 (1835).

QUIINACEAE Engler; Martius, Fl. Bras. 12, 1: 477 (1888).
QUIINEACEAE* Choisy, Descr. Gutt. Ind. 12 (——).§

171. SCHIZOCHLAENACEAE (nom. nov.).

Called CHLAENACEAE by Engler and Prantl.
172. THEACEAE DC. Prodr. 1: 529 (1824).
TERNSTROEMIACEAEt R. Brown, Abel Journ. App. 378 (1818).
LaPLaceaE*t DC, Prodr. 1: 526 (1824).
TERNSTROMIACEAE}t Agardh, Cl. Pl. 18 (1825).
CAMELLIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 43, 47 (1829).
173. STACHYURACEAE Gilg; Engl. & Pr. Nat. Pf. 3: part 6, 192 (1893).

161.

~

°

170,

- 174. SYMPHONIACEAE Presl, Symb. Bot. 1: 71 (1832).

C.ustaceakE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 74 (1836).
HyPericaceak Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 77 (1836).
CAMBOGEACEAE*t Horan. Tetract. Nat. 32 (1843)-

*

18

Called GUTTIFERAE by Engler and Prantl.

175. SHOREACEAE Roxb.; Wall. Catal. ». 4405 (1832).§
DIPTERACEAE*® Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 98 (1836).

’ LopurrAceaE Endl. Gen. 1014 (1840).
DirrEROcARPACEAE Eichl. Bluethendiagr. 2: 262 (1878).

176. ELATINACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 88 (1836).

177. FOUQUIERACEAE DC. Prodr. 3: 349 (1828).
FouQuIERIACEAE* Dumort. Anal. Fam 27 (1829).
REAUMURIACEAE G. Don, Gen. Syst. 3: 155 (1834).
TAMARICACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 126 (1836).
TAMARISCACEAE+ Lowe, Fl. Madeir. 46 (1868)

178. FRANKENIACEAE §, F. Gray, Arr, Brit. Pl. 2: 663 (1821).

179. CISTACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 91 (1836).

180. BIXACFAE Reichb. Consp. 190 (1828).

181. CANELLACEAE Martius, Nov. Gen. 3: 163 (1829):

182, VIOLACEAE DC, FI. Franc. 4: 801 (1805),

LrongEaAceakt A. DC. Prodr. 8: 668 (1844).
LEONIACEAE (A. DC.) Agardh, Theor. Syst. Pl. 142 (1858).

183. SAMYDACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 16, 18 (1829).
PAROPSIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 37, 42 (1829).
FLACURTIACEAE} Dumort. Anal, Fam. 44, 49 (1829).
FLACOURTIACEAE (Dumort.) Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. t (1830).
KIGGELARIACEAE Link, Handb. 2: 221 (1831).
BLACKWELLIACEAEt Schultz, Nat. Syst. Pfl. 444 (1832). :
PATRISIACEAE Martius, Consp. 58 (1835).

HoMALIACEAE Lindl, Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 55 (1836).
PANGIACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 70 (1836).
184. TURNERACEAE HBK. Nov. Gen. G: 123 (1823).

185. MALESHERBIACEAE D. Don, Edinb. N. Phil. Journ. 2: 320, 321 (1827)-

186. PASSIFLORACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam, 37, 42 (1829).
MopeEccacEAE} Agardh, Theor. Syst. Pl. 386 (1838).

187, CARICACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam, 37, 42 (1829).
PapavAceAEt Blume, Batav. Cour. (1823).

188. LOASACEAE Reichh. Consp. 160 (1828).
CEVALLIACEAE Griseb, Grundr. Syst. Bot. 136 (1854).

189. BEGONIACEAE R. Brown, Exp. Cong. App. 5, 464 (1818).

190. DATISCACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 13, 14 (1829).

191, OPUNTIACEAE HBK. Nov. Gen. 6: 64 (1823).
Cacraceart Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 53 (1836),
PERESKIACEAE+ Salm-Dyck, Otto & Dietr. Gartenz. 61 (1840).8
LEUCHTENBERGIACEAE Salm-Dyck, Otto’s Gartenz. 188 (1854) §

192, GEISSOLOMACEAE Sonder, Linnza 23: 105 (1850).

193 PENAEACEAE Sweet, Hort. Brit. 488 (1826).

194. OLINIACEAE Presl, Abh. Boehm, Ges, Folge 5, 3: 467 (1845).§
OLINACEAE* Kl. & Grcke. Bot, aig Wald. 152 (1862).

octal

195.

196.
197.

198.

203.

204.

205.

206.

207.

19

DAPHNACEAE J. St. Hil. Expos. Fam, 1: 180 (1805).
THYMELEACEAE} Reichb. Consp, 82 (1828).
AQUILARIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam, 15, 18 (1829).
THYMELACEAE* Lindl, Nat. Syst. Ed. 1 (1830).g
THYMELAEACEAE (Reichb.) Reichb. Fl. Exc. 164 (1831).

ELAEAGNACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 194 (1836).

LYTHRACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 100 (1836).
LYTHRARIACEAE* Dumort. Anal. Fam. 36, 39 (1829).
AMMANNIACEAE Horan. Tetract. Nat. 29 (1843).

* CUPHEACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 698 (1891),
LAGERSTROEMIACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 698 (1891).

HENSLOWIACEAE (Lindl.) Martius, Consp. 14 (1835).
HENSLOVIACEAE} Lindl. Bot. Reg. 20: ¢. 7686 (1834).
CRYPTERONIACEAE A. DC. Prodr. 16, part 2: 677 (1868).
BLATTIACEAE Niedenzu; Engl. & Pr, Nat. Pfl. 3: part 7, 16 (1892).

. PUNICACEAE Horan. Tetract, Nat. 30 (1843).
. NAPOLEONACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 28, 29 (1829).

BELVISIACEAE} Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 1 (1830).
LECYTHIDACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 523 (1836).
BARRINGTONIACEAE Lindl. Veg. Kingd. 754 (1847).

. RHIZOPHORACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 40 (1836).

MYRTACEAE R. Brown, Flind. Voy. App. 3, 546 (1814).
MyRTEACEAE* Nees, Noy. Act. Leop. 11, 1: 113 (1823).
CHAMAELAUCIACEAE Lindl. Veg. Kingd. 721 (1847).
LEPTOSPERMACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 691 (1891).

TERMINALIACEAE J. St. Hil. Expos, Fam. 1: 178 (1805).
COMBRETACEAE R. Brown, Prodr, 1: 351 (1810).

BLAKEACEAE Reichb. Consp. 174 (1828).

MELASTOMACEAE*® R. Brown, Exp. Cong. App. 5, 434 (1818).
RHEXIACEAE Martius, Consp. 64 (1835).

MEMECYLACEAE® Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 40 (1836).

MourIRIACcEAE Gardn. Hook. Journ. Bot. 2: 22 (1840).

MIconiAceakt C. Koch, Berl. Gartenz. 241 (1857).§
MELASTOMATACEAE Krasser; Engl. & Pr. Nat. Pfl. 3: part 7, 130 (1893).
CHARIANTHACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 697 (1891).

EPILOBIACEAE DC, Prodr. 3: 35 (1828).

ONAGRACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 36, 39 (1829).
FucuHstaceak Dumort. Anal. Fam. 39 (1829).
CIRCAEACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 1 (1830).
JUssIEUACEAE Drude, Phanerog. 385 (1879).
OENOTHERACEAE Drude, Phanerog. 385 (1879).

TRAPACEAE Dumort. FI. Belg. 90 (1827).§

Called HypROCARYACEAE by Engler and Prantl.

GUNNERACEAE Endl. Gen. 285 (1837).

HA.oraGaceAE*} Horan. Tetract. Nat. 25 (1843).
HALORRHAGIDACEAE KI. & Grcke. Bot. Erg. Wald. E51 (1852).
Hrppuripacear Sag. & Schn. Fl. Carp. Cent. 2: 23, 468 (1891).

Aig

20

208. HEDERACEAE Linn. Ord. Nat. (1764).
ARALIACEAE Vent. Tabl. 3: 2 (1799).
PANACEAE* Reichb. Consp 144 (1828).
HELWINGIACEAE Morren & Dec. Bull. Ac. Brux. 169 (1836).
Hetvincraceart Agardh, Theor. Syst. Pl. 310 (1858).
209. AMMIACEAE Presl, Delic. Prag. 1 (1822).§
SILERACEAE Presl, Delic. Prag. 1 (1822).§
BotacEaE® Reichb.; Moessl. Handb. 1: 45 (1827).
APIACEAE Lindl, Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 21 (1836).
Called UMBELLIFERAE by Engler and Prantl.
210, NYSSACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 13 (1829).
CoRNACEAE Link, Handb. 2: 2 (1831).
GARRYACEAE Lindl. Bot. Reg, 20: ¢. 7686 (1834).
ALANGIACEAE Lindl, Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 39 (1836).
AUCUBACEAE Agardh, Theor. Syst. Pl. 303 (1858).
air. CLETHRACEAE Klotzsch, Linnea, 24: 12 (1851).
212, PIROLACEAE (Agardh) Drude; Engl. & Pr. Nat. Pfl. 4, part 1: 3 (1889).
PyRoOLaceAk+ Agardh, Cl. Pl. 18 (1825).
MonotrRopACceaE Lindl. Nat. Syst, Ed, 2, 219 (1836).
PyROLEACEAE*+ Brongn. Enum, Gen. 72 (1843).
Hyporiryaceart Kl. & Grcke. Bot. Erg. Wald. 99 (1862).
213. LENNOACEAE Solms-Laub. Abh, Nat. Ges. Halle, rr: 174 (1870):
214. ERICACEAE DC. FI. Frang. 3: 675 (1805).
RHODORACEAEt Vent. Tabl. 2: 449 (1799).
VACCINACEAE® Lindl, Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 221 (1836).
VACCINIACEAE Lindl. Veg. Kingd. 757 (1847).
MENZIESIACEAE Klotzsch, Linnzea 24: 11 (1851).
SIPHONANDRACEAE Klotzsch, Linnza, 24: I1, 13 (1851).
ARBUTACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb, 2: 671 (1891).
OxycoccacEAEt Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 713 (1891).
215. STYPHELIACEAE Reichb, Consp. 127 (1828).
RICHEACEAE Reichb, Consp. 128 (1828).
SPRENGELIACEAE Reichb, Consp. 128 (1828).
LYSINEMACEAE Reichb. Consp. 128 (1828).
EPACRIDACEAE Lindl, Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 222 (1836). .
216. DIAPENSIACEAE Link, Handb, 1: 595 (1829). :
GALACEAE* DC, Prodr. 7, part 2: 776 (1839). 4
217. ARDISIACEAE Juss. Ann. Mus. 15: 350 (1810).
THEOPHRASTEACEAE* D, Don; Lindl. Bot. Reg. an: ¢. 7764 (1835):
MYRSINACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 224 (1836).
MyRSINEACEAE G. Don, Gen. Syst. 4: 7 (1837).
AEGICERACEAE* A. DC, Prodr. 8: 141 (1844).
218. PRIMULACEAE Vent. Tabl. 2: 285 (1799).
LYSIMACHIACEAE Reichb. Consp, 127 (1828).
ANDROSACEAE* Reichb. Consp, 128 (1828).
HorToniaceak Reichb. Fl. Exc. 398 (1831).
219. ARMERIACEAE racic Comm, Pee: 61 (1822).

220,
221.

222.
223.

224.

Pe

226.

227.

228.

229.

230.

231.

23 2.

233.

21

PLUMBAGINACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 269 (1836).
STATICACEAE Trautv. Bull. Ac. Pet. 14: 250 (1856).
BUMELIACEAE (nom. nov.)
SAPOTACEAEt Reichb. Consp. 135 (1828).
DIOSPYRACEAE Drude, Phanerog. 377 (1879).
EBENACEAE} Vent. Tabl. 2: 443 (1779).
SYMPLOCACEAE Miers; Lindl. Veg. Kingd. Ed. 3, 593 (1853).
HALESIACEAE Link, Hanbd. 1: 667 (1829).
STYRACEAE* Reichb.; Moessl. Hanbd. 1: xlii (1827).§
STYRACACEAE A. DC, Prodr. 8: 244 (1844).
OLEACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 1 (1830).
LILACEAE Vent. Tabl. 2: 306 (1799).
JASMINACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 308 (1836).
BOLIVARIACEAE Griseb. Gentian. 20 (1836).§
JASMINEACEAE * G. Don, Gen. Syst. 4: 58 (1837).
SYRINGACEAE Horan. Tetract. Nat. 27 (1843).
SALVADORACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 269 (1836).
AZIMACEAE Wight & Gardn. Calcutta Journ. 6: 52 (1845).§
SPIGELIACEAE Martius, Nov. Gen. 2, 2: 132 (1827).
STR YCHNEACEAE * Blume, Bijdr. n. 16: 1018 (1826).$
LOGANIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam, 21, 26 (1829).
-POTALIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 21, 26 (1829).
STRYCHNACEAE Link, Handb. 1: 439 (1829).
FAGRAEACEAE Meisn Pl. Vasc. Gen. 167 (1839).
GENTIANACEAE Dumort. Anal, Fam. 20, 25 (1829).
MENYANTHACEAE G, Don, Gen. Syst. 4: 167 (1837).
ERYTHRAEACEAE Griseb. Gen. et Sp. Gent. 69 (1839)-$
CHIRONIACEAE Horan. Tetract. Nat. 27 (1843).
EXACEAE * Benth. & Hook. Gen. Pl. 2: 800 (1876).
APOCYNACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 299 (1836).
Vincaceae Horan. Tetract. Nat. 27 (1843).
STAPELIACEAE Reichb.; Moessl. Handb. 1: 40 (1827).§
ASCLEPIADACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 302 (1836).
HoyaceaeE G. Don, Gen. Syst. 4: 107 (1837).
CONVOLVULACEAE Vent. Tabl. 2: 394 (1799).
DICHONDRACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 20, 24 (1829).
CuscuTAcEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 20, 25 (1829).
PORANACEAE Agardh. Theor. Syst. Pl. 364 (1858).
POLEMONIACEAE DC. FI. Franc. 3: 645 (1805).
POLEMONACEAE * Vent. Tabl. 2: 398 (1799).
CopeaceaE+ D. Don, Edinb. Phil. Journ. ro: 111 (1824).
COBAEACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 20 (1829).
HYDROLEACEAE HBK. Nov. Gen. 3: 125 (1818).
HyprovaEAceaEt Dumort. Anal. Fam. 20, 25 (1829).
RomanzoviacEAE} Dumort. Anal. Fam. 26 (1829).
HyYDROPHYLLACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 271 (1836).
EHRETIACEAE Schrad. Diss. Asperif. 20 (1820).§

22

CorDIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam, 20, 25 (1829).
BorAGINACEAEF} Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 274 (1836).
ONOSMACEAE Horan. Tetract. Nat. 28 (1843).
BorRAGINACEAE (Lindl.) A. Gray, Man. Ed. 2, 319 (1856).
234. VERBENACEAE J. St. Hil. Expos. Fam. 1: 245 (1805).
VeERBACEAE® Link, Enum. 1: 174 (1821).
STILBACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 280 (1836).
PHRYMACEAE Schauer; DC. Prodr. 11: 520 (1847).
DuRANTACEAE Agardh, Theor. Syst. Pl. 295 (1858).
PETRAEACEAE Agardh, Theor, Syst. Pl, 364 (1858).
235. LAMIACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 275 (1836).
NeEPETACEAE Horan, Tetract. Nat. 28 (1843).
SALVIACEAE Drude, Phanerog. 374 (1879).
Called LABIATAE by Engler and Prantl.
236. NOLANACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 20, 24 (1829).
237. SOLANACEAE Pers Ench. 1: 214 (1805).
RETZIACEAE Bartl. Ord. Nat. 192 (1830)
CrSTRACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 296 (1836).
SCLEROPHYLACEAE*® Miers, Lond. Journ. Bot. 7: 57 (1848).
ATROPACEAE Miers, Ann. & Mag. N. H. Ser, 2, 3: 163 (1849).
238. RHINANTHACEAE J. St. Hil. Expos, Fam, 1: 227 (1805).
MELAMPYRACEAE Dumort. Fl Belg. 32 (1827).§
LINDERNIACEAE Reichb. Consp. 123 (1828). >
CAPRARIACEAE Reichb. Consp. 124 (1828).
HALLERIACEAE Link, Handb, 1: 506 (1829).
SCOPARIACEAE Link, Handb. 1: 822 (1829).
ARAGOACEAE D, Don, Edinb, N. Phil. Journ. rg: 113 (1835).

S1BTHORPIACEAE D, Don, Edinb. N. Phil. Journ. 1g: 114 (1835)-

SELAGINACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed, 2, 279 (1836).
SCROPHULARIACEAE Lindl, Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 288 (1836).
SCROFULARIACEAE} Horan. Tetract. Nat. 27 (1843).
VERONICACEAE Agardh, Theor. Syst. Pl. 392 (1858).
ERINACEAE Pfeiff. Nomencl. Bot, 1: 1236 (1874).

_ 239. PINGUICULACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 19, 23 (1829).

UTRICULARIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 19, 23 (1829).
LENTIBULARIACEAE} Lindk Veg. Kingd. 686 (1847).

240. OROBANCHACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 287 (1836).
LATHRAEACEAE Walp. Ann. Bot. 3: 204 (1853).

241. CYRTANDRACEAE Jack, Linn. Trans. 14, 1: 23 (1823).
GESSNERIACEAE} Nees, Ann. Sc. Nat. 6: 295 (1825).
GESNERIACEAE (Nees) Dumort Anal. Fam. 28, 30 (1829).
GESNERACEAE* Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 283, 286 (1836).

af RAMONDIACEAE Gren. & Godr, Fl. Franc. 2: 506 (1850.)$

242, COLUMELLIACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 1 (1830).

243. BIGNONIACEAE Pers. Ench. 2: 168 (1807)

- CRESCENTIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 20, 24 (1829).
: ~~ MARTYNIACEAE Link, Handb, 1: 504

23

PEDALIACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 281 (1836).
SFSAMACEAE Drude, Phanerog. 373 (1879).

245. GLOBULARIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 19, 21 (1829).
GLOBULACEAE* Dumort. Comm, Bot. 55 (1822).

246. ACANTHACEAE J. St, Hil. Expos. Fam. 1: 236 (1805).

247. MYOPORACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 279 (1836).
BonTIACEAE Horan. Tetract. Nat. 27 (1843).

248. PLANTAGINACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 267 (1836).

249. RUBIACEAE B. Juss. Hort. Trian. (1759).

CoFFEACEAE Batsch, Tab. Affin. 233 (1802).
CINCHONACEAE DC. Ann. Mus. 9: 217 (1807).
GUETTARDACEAE DC. Ann. Mus. g: 217 (1807).
GARDENIACEAE HBK. Nov. Gen. 3: 407 (1818).
HAMELIACEAE HBK. Nov. Gen. 3: 413 (1818).
PsYCHOTRIACEAE Cham. & Schlecht. Linnaea 4: 4 (1829).
OPERCULARIACEAE Dumort, Anal. Fam, 29, 32 (1829).
LyGopysopDEacEAE}t Bartl. Ord. Nat. 123, 207 (1830).
LyGopDysIACEAE*}} Martius, Consp. 31 (1835).
GALIACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 249 (1836).
NAUCLEACEAE Meisn, Pl. Vasc. Gen. 157 (1838).
MORINDACEAE Schimp. Paleont. Veg. 2: 874 (1872).

250. VIBURNACEAE Dumort. Comm. Bot. 56 (1822).
CAPRIFOLIACEAEt Vent. Tabl. 2: 593 (1799).
LinneEACEAEt Dumort. Fl. Belg. 55 (1827).§
LINNAEACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 33 (1829).
LoNICERACEAE Drude, Phanerog. 370 (1879).
SAMBUCACEAE Kerner, Pflanzenleb. 2: 711 (1891).

251. ADOXACEAE Fritsch; Engl. & Pr. Nat. Pf. 4, part 4: 170 (1891).

252. VALERIANACEAE Batsch, Tab. Affin. 227 (1802).§

253. MORINACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 32 (1829).
DipsaceaE* B, Juss. Hort. Trian. (1759).

DipsacacEak Lindl. Veg. Kingd. 699 (1847).

254. CUCURBITACEAE B. Juss. Hort. Trian. (1759).
ZANONIACEAE Blume, Bijdr. 15: 936 (1826).
ZANNONIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 103 (1829).

255. CAMPANULACEAE Juss. Gen. 163 (1789).
LoBELIACEAE Dumort. Comm. Bot. 57 (1822).
SPHENOCLEACEAE Martius, Consp. 31 (1835).
DELISSEACEAE Presl, Prodr. Mon. Lobel. 46 (1836).
CyPHIACEAE A. DC. Prodr. 7, part 2: 497 (1839).
NEMACLADACEAE Nutt. Amer. Phil. Trans. N. Ser. 8: 254 (1843).
CYPHOCARPACEAE Miers, Lond. Journ. Bot. 7: 61 (1848).

256. BRUNONIACEAE Reichb. Consp. 91 (1828).
GOoDENIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 28, 30 (1829).
SCAEVOLACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 242 (1836).
GoODENOUGHIACEAE + Schum.; Martius, Fl. Bras. 3, part 3: 161 (1894).

257. CANDOLLEACEAE Schoenl.; Engl. & Pr. Nat. Pfl. 4, part 5 : 79 (1889).

>

24

STYLIDIACEAE ¢ Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed, 2, 240 (1836).

258. CALYCERACEAE Lirdl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 251 (1836).
259. CARDUACEAE Neck. Act. Ac. Theod. Palat. 2: 465 (1770).

15. ELODEACEAE, L£lodea Michx. is known as Udora Nutt.

CICHORACEAE * B, Juss. Hort. Trian. (1759).
CHICORACEAE * + Neck. Act. Ac. Theod. Palat. 2: 463 (1770).
GUNDELIACEAE DC. Ann. Mus. 16: 153 (1810).
VERNONIACEAE HBK. Novy. Gen. 4: 39 (1820).

INULACEAE Presl, Delic, Prag. 1 (1822).§

JACOBACEAE* ¢ Dumort. Fl. Belg. 65 (1827).§
GRINDELIACEAE Reichb. Consp. 107 (1828).

PsIADIACEAE Reichb. Consp. 107 (1828).

CALENDULACEAE Reichb. Consp, 112 (1828).
AMBROSIACEAE Reichb. Consp, 112 (1828).

IvaceaE Reichb. Consp. 112 (1828).

CYNARACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 32 (1829).
ACARNACEAE ¢ Link, Handb, 1: 684 (1829).
EuPAToRIACEAE Link, Handb. 1: 729 (1829).
PARTHENIACEAE Link, Handb. 1: 816 (1829).
HIERACEAE* D, Don, Edinb. N. Phil. Journ. 6: 306 (1829).
TARAXACEAE* D. Don, Edinb, N. Phil. Journ. 6: 307 (1829).
CICHORIACEAE Reichb, Fl. Exc. 248 (1831).

MUTISIACEAE Lessing, Syn. Compos. 92 (1832).
NASSAUVIACEAE Lessing, Syn. Compos. 396 (1832).
ASTERACEAE Lindl. Nat. Syst. Ed. 2, 251, 253 (1836).
NASSAVIACEAE} Endl. Gen. Suppl. 1: 1386 (1841).
EVACEAE*® Schultz-Bip.; Walp. Repert. 2: 955 (1843).
CassINIACEAE Schultz-Bip. Flora, 1: 129 (1852).
CENTAUREACEAE Pfeiff. Nomencl. Bot. 1: 646 (1873).
HELIANTHACEAE Pfeiff. Nomencl. Bot. 1: 1579 (1874).
LacTucaceaE Drude, Phanerog. 369 (1879).

Called ComposirTAaE by Engler and Prantl,

NOTES ON A FEW OF THESE NAMES,

Hence this family

bocomes VALLISNERIACEAE Dumort. Anal. Fam. 54, 55 (1829).

94. CALYCANTHACEAE. Calycanthus L. should be called Buettneria Duham.

(see Kearney, Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 173). As this family contains but one

genus, it must be called BUETTNERIACEAE (nom. nov.),

164. BUETTNERIACEAE,, The name Auettneria Loefl. being no longer tenable,

this family should be called STERCULIACEAE HBK. Nov. Gen. 5: 310

(1821).

25

A Revision of the North American species of the genus Cracca.

By ANNA MurRAyY VAIL.

The genus Cracca was established by Linnaeus first in Fl. Zey.
139-141 (1747) and then in Sp. Pl. 752 (1753), the genus being
based on Cracca Virginiana. In the Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 1062 (1763)
it was Galega Virginiana, and after that the synonymy becomes
more and more complicated and names for the genus appeared in
quick succession among which are: Co/inil Adans. 1763; Need-
hamia Scop. 1777; Brissonia Neck. 1790; Reinera Moench, 1802;
and finally Zephrosia Pers. 1807, under which all the Linnaean
species of Cracca have been described until 1891, when Kuntze in
Rev. Gen. Pl. 173 transferred them all to the original generic title.

Bentham in Oerst. Kjoeb. Vidensk. Meddel, 8 (1853) estab-
lished a genus Cracca based on a West Indian species, Galega
Caribaea, Jacq. Am. 212, ¢. 725 (1781). The six known spe-
cies of which genus have been transferred by Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI.
164 to the genus Brittonamra.

Bentham and Hooker in 1867 gave the number of the spe-
cies of Tephrosia as 90, of which some 16 are ascribed to
Africa and America. Taubert, in Engler & Prantl Nat. Pfl. part
tor: 269 (1894), gives 120 as the total of species, ascribing
few to America. The following revision is an attempt to
clearly describe especially the rather difficult Southern State spe-
cies. As far as is known twelve species are native within the
boundaries of the United States and two C. purpurea and C. cinerea
are cosmopolitan plants, the latter known in North America only
from ballast ground in Alabama. The Mexican and _ tropical
American species are as yet imperfectly known and are more

numerous than it is supposed.*
The genus is accepted as described by Bentham and Hooker,

a

under Zephrosia.

* The following species appears to be undescribed :

Cracca ScHortir n, sp. =
Perennial from a somewhat woody base, more or less cinereous or silvery-strigdse
throughout. Stems branching, angled, 3 dm. or more high, erect or decumbent. sti-
pules 4-7 mm. long, subulate, persisting; petioles 1-25 cm. SS 4-7 es
long, obovate-oblong in outline; leaflets 5-7, obovate or obovate-oblong, I~2.5 -
long, 5-15 mm. wide, retuse, minutely apiculate, strigillose above, silvery or cinereo

26

ARTIFICIAL KEY TO THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES.

Flowers few or crowded in oblong panicles or racemes at the summit of the simple or
branched stems (somewhat elongated and spicate in C. devocarpa).
Leaflets linear-oblong or elliptical, panicles sessile or short-peduncled.
Stems erect, simple ; pubescence on the sessile, crowded panicle silvery ; legume
cinéreous—pubescent-or villous . 2... ee a 1. C. Virginiana,
Stems erect, branching ; pubescence on the sessile or short-peduncled, crowded
panicle tawny; legume rusty or tawny, villous or tomentose. . 2. C. eucantha.
Stem erect, sub-simple or branching; pubescence on the short-peduncled pani-
cle appressed-cinereous; legume yellowish, glabrous. . . 3. C. dedocarpa.
Leaflets obovate or sub-orbicular; panicles long-peduncled.
Stems prostrate or ascending; legume yellowish, velvety pubescent.
4. C. Lindheimeri.
Flowers fascicled or more or less remote, forming a somewhat spicate long-peduncled
inflorescence.
Stems erect, pilose with mostly spreading rusty hairs; leaflets g-25 cuneate-
EE OT ae Seae A Surtees Kee TS PRL Ae 5. C. onobrychotdes.
Stems decumbent or ascending, pilose with reflexed or spreading rusty hairs;
leaflets 5-15, oval or oblong, or in the variety linear-oblong. , . 6. C. spicata.
Flowers scattered, single or geminate, forming a slender, elongated, spicate inflor-
escence, much exceeding the leaves. . . . ......2...-- 7. C, purpurea.
Flowers single or geminate, scattered at the summit of slender ancipital peduncles,
mostly exceeding the leaves (often shorter in C. ambigua); flowers white, turning
reddish or purple.
Petioles much longer than the leaflets.
Stems erect, very slender, flexnous ; leaflets linear. . . 8. C. angustissima.
Stems trailing or assurgent; peduncles and leaves erect; leaflets oblong or
CHECALCODION DY oi5 475 es Soe i Re ee 9. C. ambigua.
Petioles the length of or shorter than the leaflets (leaves sessile or nearly so in
C. chrysophylle).
Stems decumbent or assurgent, slender; leaflets mostly acute at each end,
POHEKOCL Oe ee es re 10. C. hispidula.
Stems assurgent, leaflets oblong-obovate. 11. C. Smallit.
Stems prostrate, spreading.
Leaflets 1-7 cuneate-obovate, silky-hirsute beneath.
12. C. chrysophylla.

Ne Me aes LR ae SAT ae kee he pe A eS tae “glee Aa eg

PE Bee ee SE

strigose and somewhat glaucous beneath, the terminal one usually considerably
_ larger than the lateral ones; racemes 1 dm. or less long; flowers few, 6 or 7 mm.
__ long, scattered along the slender ancipital peduncle; bracts minute, setaceous ; calyx-
_ teeth setaceous, as long as the tube; corolla rosé-purple; vexillum minutely hirsute ;
legume 3-5 cm. long, 4 mm. wide, straightish, strigose; seeds 5-6, oblong-ovoid,
truncate at the ends, brownish. .
_ Nearest to C. purpurea, from which it differs in the apparently constant broadly
obovate leaflets.
< U. S. Colombia, Cartajena, Schott, Leguminose No. 16; Ruatan Island, Bay of
Honduras, G. F. Gaumer, No. 50, 1886.

__ Types in Herb, Columbia College (Schott.) and Herb. U. S. Depart. Agric.

27

Leaflets 5—13-oblong or oblong-obovate, strigose beneath.
13. C. Floridana,

Flowers few, in short-peduncled somewhat spicate racemes, exceeding the leaves.
Stems prostrate or ascending; leaflets, 13-17, oblong or linear-oblong, cinereous-
PuOercenh ce i aes a ee 14. C. cinerea,

I. CRACCA VIRGINIANA L,

Cracca Virginiana L. Sp. Pl. 752 (1753).

Galega Virginiana L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2: 1062 (1763).

Tephrosia Virginiana Pers. Syn. 2: 329 (1807).

Perennial from a woody base and long, tough, ligneous root,
villous-pubescent or canescent throughout. Stems growing in
patches, simple, erect, 3-6 dm. high, angled and striate; leaves
elliptical or linear-oblong in outline, 6-10 cm. or more long, sub-
sessile; stipules caducous; leaflets 11-21, 1-3 cm. long, linear-
oblong or elliptical, obtuse or acutish, apiculate, glabrous or nearly
so above, silky-villous beneath, often becoming-glabrate with age;
raceme terminal, oblong, sessile; pedicels 5-10 mm. long; calyx
silky-villous, the teeth acuminate, cuspidate, mostly longer than
the tube; corolla cream-colored, streaked with purple or pink;
vexillum pubescent on the outer surface; legume 3-5 cm. long,
4-5 mm. wide, straight or somewhat falcate, villous; seeds 4-8
oblong-ovoid, rounded or truncate at the ends, brownish, mottled
with black. ;

Dry sandy soil, throughout the eastern half of the United

States and Canada to North Mexico.
Original locality: Virginia, Canada.
Type in Herb. Linn.

CRACCA VIRGINIANA HOLOSERICEA (Nutt).

Tephrosia holosericea Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. 7: 105 (1834).

Tephrosia Virginiana var. holosericea Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am..
I: 296 (1838 .

Stems and racemes densely villous; leaflets sericeous on both
sides, often sub-lanceolate and acute; legume densely villous or
tomentose,

Arkansas (Nuttall), Illinois (Pitcher), Wisconsin (Liders),
Louisiana (Hale).

Original locality: Plains of Arkansas.

2. CRACCA LEUCANTHA (H. B. K.) Kuntze.
Tephrosia leucantha H. B. K. Nov. Gen. 6: 460, 4 577 (182 3).
Cracca leucantha Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 175 (1891).

28

Perennial from a stout root, cinereous or rusty villous-pubes-
cent throughout. Stems 3-6 dm. or more high, erect, branching,
angled and striate; leaves elliptical in outline, 1 dm. or more
long; stipules setaceous, caducous; petioles 1-2 cm. long, leaflets
19-25, 2-3 cm. long, oblong, obtuse, often retuse, apiculate,
the terminal one often obovate, minutely pubescent above, silky,
cinereous-pubescent or villous beneath; raceme oblong, sessile
or short peduncled; pedicels 5-8 mm. long; bracts 5-8 mm. long,
villous; flowers 1.5 cm. long; calyx villous, tawny or rusty, the
teeth acuminate, shorter, or as long as the tube, corolla cream-
colored(?), vexillum pubescent on the outer surface; legume 3-4
cm. long, straight or somewhat falcate, spreading, rusty-villous or
tomentose; seeds 6-9, oblong-ovoid, pale greenish, smooth.

Very close to C. Virginiona, from which it differs in the branch-
ing stems, more numerous leaflets, and the tawny pubescence of
the inflorescence and legumes.

Arizona, New Mexico, Mexico.

Original locality: Near Guanajuato, South Mexico.

3. CRACCA LEIOCARPA (A, Gray) Kuntze.

Tephrosia lewcarpa A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 2: 36 (185 3).
Cracca letocarpa Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 175 (1891).

Perennial from a thick, lignescent root, appressed cinereous-
pubescent. Stems 3 dm. or more high, many from the same root,
sub-simple, angled and striate; stipules 4-6 mm. long, setaceous,
persisting ; petioles t-3cm. long; leaves linear-oblong in outline ;
leaflets 17-12 or more, linear-oblong, 2-4.5 cm. long, 5-7
mm. wide, obtuse or acutish, apiculate, glabrous above, sericeous
and cinereous beneath; racemes terminal and axillary, short-
peduncled, exceeding the leaves; bracts caducous; pedicels 5-8
mm. long; flowers 2 cm. or less long; calyx cinereous, the subulate
teeth as long as the tube; corolla purplish; vexillum minutely
pubescent ; legume 3-5 cm. long, 6 mm. wide, straight, yellowish,
glabrous; seeds about 10, sub-orbicular or ovoid, brownish.
Mature seeds not seen.

New Mexico, Arizona, Mexico.

Original locality: New Mexico, Wright (No. 965) and North
Mexico.

Authentic specimen in Herb. Columbia College.

4. Cracca LINDHEIMERI (A. Gray) Kuntze.
Tephrosia Lindheimeri A. Gray, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 6: 172
(1850). , ;

29

Cracca Lindheimeri Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 175 (1891).

Perennial from a tuberous and ligneous root, cinereous-pubes-
cent or sericeous throughout. Stems prostrate or ascending, rather
stout, flexuous, branching, spreading, 6-12 dm. long, more or less
angled ; leaves oblong, linear-oblong or obovate-oblong in outline;
stipules somewhat persisting; leaflets 9-17, roundish-obovate,
nearly sub-orbicular, or obovate-cuneate, 23 cm. long, apiculate,
pubescent above, densely sericeous or velvety-pubescent beneath ;
racemes loosely many-flowered; peduncle 1-2 dm. long; flowers
1.5—2 cm. long ; pedicels and bracts 5-8 mm. long; calyx sericeous,
the acuminate teeth about the length of the tube; corolla red-
purple, vexillum pubescent; legume 3-4 cm. long, 5-9 mm. broad,
undulate, densely velvety-pubescent, tawny or yellowish; seeds
about 4, broad, nearly orbicular, brownish.

Texas, New Mexico, North Mexico.
Original locality, Muskit prairies, on the Liano, Lindheimer

(No. 592).
Type in Herb. Columbia College.

5. CRACCA ONOBRYCHOIDES (Nutt.)- Kuntze.

Tephrosia onobrychoides Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. 7: 104 (1834).

Tephrosia angustifolia and T. multiflora Featherman, Bot. Rep.
Lousiana Univ. 73 (1871).

Cracca onobrychoides Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 175 (1891).

Perennial from a somewhat woody base, more or less pilose
with spreading rusty hairs throughout. Stems erect, somewhat
stout, simple or branching, flexuous, striate and angled above ;
stipules 8-12 mm. long, often persisting; petioles 1-3 cm. long;
leaves oblong or linear-oblong in outline, 1-1.6 dm. long; leaflets
13-25, 2-5 cm. long, cuneate-obovate or oblong, obtuse,
often retuse, apiculate, pubescent or glabrate above, more or
less closely silky-pilose beneath; raceme terminal or axillary,
rusty-villous or rarely glabrate, 3-6 dm. long; bracts 5 mm.
long, subulate, mostly caducous; pedicels slightly longer than
the bracts; flowers I-1.§ cm. long, 2-several together on al-
ternate nodes often the whole length of the peduncle; upper
calyx-teeth shorter than the tube, the lower one subulate and
longer: corolla white turning to pale scarlet; vexillum pubescent
on the outer surface, green toward the middle; legume 3-5 cm.
long, 5 mm. wide, linear, acute, somewhat falcate, spreading,
puberulent; seeds 6-10, round-oblong. Mature fruit not seen.

Arkansas, Indian Terr., Louisiana, Alabama, Texas.
Original locality: In the plains of Arkansas.

30

6. Cracca spicata (Walt.) Kuntze.
Galega spicata, Walt. Fl. Car. 188 (1788).
Galega villosa Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 67 (1803).
Tephrosia villosa Pers. Syn. 2: 329 (1807).
Tephrosia paucifolia Nutt. Gen. 2: 119 (1818).
Tephrosia hispida DC. Prodr. 2: 250 (1825).
Galega paucifolia Curtis, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 1: 122 (1837):
Tephrosia spicata Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 296 (1838).

Tephrosia: mollissima Bertol. Bot. Misc. g: 10, z. 3. (Bot. Zeit. >

g: 902) fide A. Gray, Am. Journ. Sci. (2) 14: 115 (1852).
Cracca spicata Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 175 (1891).

Perennial from a long, stout root, more or less rusty-hirsute, of
villous throughout. Stems decumbent or ascending, simple or
diffusely branching, flexuous, spreading, somewhat angled above,
clothed with mostly spreading or reflexed rusty hairs and a shorter,
retrose, appressed pubescence, often becoming glabrate with age
below; stipules 5-10 mm. long, sometimes persisting ; leaves 5
_cm.—1.5 dm. long, oblong or linear-oblong in outline, the upper
ones subsessile, the lower short petioled (1-3 cm.); leaflets 5-15,
1-2.5 cm. long, 7-12 mm. wide, oval, oblong or cuneate-
oblong (the terminal ones often obovate), obtuse, mucronate, often
reflexed, minutely pubescent, silky-villous or glabrous above, rusty-
villous beneath, often reflexed; racemes terminal and axillary;
peduncles ancipital, ;-3 dm. long: bracts 5-10 mm. long, subulate,
mostly persisting; flowers I-1.5 cm. long, remote, few or several
together at the summit of the peduncle; calyx-teeth subulate,
hispid, slightly longer than the tube; corolla white, turning
purple; vexillum pubescent; legumes 3-5 cm. long, 5-6 mm.
wide, linear, acute, straightish ; seeds 8-12, ovoid, brown.

Differing from C. onobrychoides in its more slender and de-
cumbent habit, fewer flowers and less silky pubescence. Growing
in low sandy pine lands mostly among grasses, notable for its
ascending stems and erect peduncles. Depauperate specimens
with the flowers in the axils of the upper leaves have been

collected in Florida. Virginia to Florida, westward to Tennessee
and Mississippi.

Original locality not given.

Type in Herb. Walter.
CRACCA SPICATA FLEXUOSA (Chapm.)

«Tephrosia flexuosa Chapm.; Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 297
(1838). : ;

:%

Kg a ccpcioiebaatbe Really De Si PROLAPSE OS

31

Lephrosia hispidula y Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 297 (1838).

Stems becoming glabrate; leaflets 2-7 pairs, linear, acute,
emarginate, reflexed, the terminal one much elongated.

Florida and Alabama.

Original locality : Florida (Chapman).

Type in Herb. Columbia College.

7. CRACCA PURPUREA L,

Cracca purpurea L. Sp. Pl. 752 (1753).

Galega piscatoria Ait. Hort. Kew. 3 : 71 (17869).

Tephrosia leptostachya DC. Prodr. 2: 251 (1825).

Lephrosia adscendens Macfad. Fl. Jam. 257 (1837).

Lephrosia tenella A. Gray, P|. Wright, 2: 36 (1853).

Annual or perennial from a slender woody base, glabrate or
strigillose. Stems 1-6 dm. high, erect or ascending, branching,
spreading, strigillose on the angles, often glabrate or glabrous and
glaucous, striate above; stipules setaceous, often persisting; peti-
oles 1-3 cm. long; leaves 6 cm.—1 dm. long, oblong or linear-ob-
long in outline; leaflets 7-17, 2-5 cm. long, linear, linear-ob-
long or oblong-cuneate, obtuse, or acute at each end, apicu-
Jate, glabrous above, strigillose or glabrate, lighter and often
glaucous beneath ; racemes terminal and axillary, 1-2 dm. long ;
peduncles ancipital; flowers 510 mm. long, very short pedicelled ;
bracts setaceous ; calyx-teeth as long as the tube; corolla white,
turning purple; vexillum minutely pubescent; legume 3-5 cm.
long, 3-4 mm. wide, linear or slightly falcate, strigillose or gla-
brate ; seeds 6-10, oblong brown.

A very variable species with a long and complicated list of sy-
nonyms. Known everywhere in tropical and subtropical coun-
tries. Two distinct strains have been collected in the United
States, the broader-obtuse leaved form occurs in East Florida, and
the narrow acute-leaved form (C. tenella) in Texas, Arizona, etc.

O. Kuntze (Rev. Gen. Pl. 173) has united c. purpurea and
several other species to C. villosa L. The latter has a villous
calyx with long, acuminate teeth and a short reflexed, tomentose
legume and is not known from America.

Florida, Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, Mexico. Also in East-
ern Central America, Eastern South America to South Brazil, and
in the West Indies.

_ Original locality: Ceylon.

32

8. CRACCA ANGUSTISSIMA (Shuttlw.) Kuntze.

Tephrosia angustissima Shuttleworth ; Chapm. Fl. 96 (1860).
Cracca angustissima Kuntze Rev. Gen. Pl. 174 (1891).

Perennial from a somewhat woody base, very slender, glabrate
or minutely pubescent. Stems 3-6 dm. long, prostrate, diffusely
branching, flexuous; stipules 3-7 mm. long, setaceous, persist-
ing; petioles 3-9 cm. long; leaves linear-oblong in outline;
leaflets 5-17, 1-3 cm. long, 2-3 mm. wide, linear, acute at
each end, minutely pubescent beneath; racemes terminal or axil-
lary ; peduncles 5-10 cm. long; flowers 8-12 mm. long, solitary
or geminate; bracts setaceous, persisting; pedicels 7-10 mm.
long; calyx-teeth subulate, about the length of the tube; vexillum
pubescent; legume 3 cm. or more, 4 mm. wide, minutely hirsute,

somewhat inflated at maturity; seeds 6-8, ovoid, truncate at the
ends, black. '

Pine barrens, South Florida, near Eau Gallie, Indian River,
A. H. Curtiss, N. Am. Pl. No. 584.

Original locality: South Florida, Rugel.

g. Cracca Ampicua (M. A. Curtis) Kuntze.

Galega ambigua Curtis, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 1: 121 (1837).
Tephrosia hispidula pg. Torr. & Gray Fl. N. Am. 1: 297 (1838).
Liphrosia ambigua Chapm. F1. 96 (1860).

Cracca ambigua Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 174 (1891).

Perennial from a woody base, and long, ligneous root, hirsute
with short spreading, somewhat viscid hairs. Stems 3-4 dm. or
more high, trailing or assurgent, often purplish, dichotomously
branching, straggling, angled; stipules 5-7 mm. long, lanceolate,
persisting; petioles 3-8 cm. long; leaves 7 cm—1.5 dm. long,
remote, linear-oblong in outline; leaflets 7-11, linear-oblong to
cuneate-oblong or obovate, 2-14 cm. long, 5-15 mm. wide, acutish
or mostly obtuse, apiculate, coriaceous, glabrous and yellowish-
green above, appressed hirsute with whitish hairs and the veins
often turning reddish or purplish beneath; peduncles 1-1.5 cm.
long, ancipital; flowers few, 10-12 mm. long; bracts 5 mm. long,
persisting; calyx-teeth subulate, as long as the tube; vexillum
pubescent; legume 4 cm. or more long, 4 mm. wide, straightish ;
seeds 8-13, ovoid, brown, variegated with black.

High pine lands, dry sandy soil. Trailing, with ascending

and almost erect leaves, leaflets and peduncles, or stems ascending — |

with a somewhat bushy habit.
North Carolina and Florida, westward to Mississippi.

etl

33

Original locality : Sandy woods near Wilmington, North Caro-
lina.
Type in Herb. Columbia College.

10, CRACCA HISPIDULA (Michx.) Kuntze.

Galega hispidula Michx, F1. Bor. Am. 2: 68 (1803).

Tephrosia hispidula Pers. Syn. 2: 329 (1807).

Lephrosia gracilis Nutt. Gen. 2: 119 (1818).

Lephrosia elegans Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. 7; 105 (1834).

Cracca hispidula Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 174 (1891).

Perennial from a slender, woody base, minutely appressed-
hispid or glabrate. Stems 1-3 dm. or more long, decumbent or
assurgent, dichotomously branching, straggling, angled; stipules
2-5 mm. long, subulate, sometimes persisting; leaves 3-6 cm.
long, linear-oblong in outline, short-petioled, (5-10 mm.) the
upper ones often sessile; leaflets 7-13, elliptical, oval-oblong, or
linear-oblong, 8 mm.—2 cm. long, 4-8 mm. wide, acutish, some-
times obtuse, apiculate, reflexed, glabrous above, appressed hirsute
with whitish hairs and the veins often turning purplish beneath ;
peduncles terminal and axillary, ancipital, 5-1o cm. long; flowers
solitary or geminate, scattered at the summit of the peduncle, 10-
12 mm. long; bracts 2-5 mm. long, setaceous; calyx-teeth acute
as long as the tube; vexillum minutely pubescent; legume about
4 cm. long, 4-6 mm. wide, straightish or slightly falcate, minutely
hispid ; seeds 8-12, ovoid or nearly orbicular, brownish.

Low pine lands, sandy soil, stems ascending, rarely prostrate
or trailing, leaves and peduncles erect, leaflets reflexed, smaller
and more acute than the other species in this section.

Virginia and North Carolina to Florida, westward to Louisiana.

Original localities: Virginia, Carolina and Georgia.

Type in Herb. Michaux.

11. CrRaccA SMALLII.

Cracca intermedia Small, Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 303 (1894), not
Tephrosia intermedia Graham; Hook. FI. Brit. Ind. 2: 112 (1879).

Perennial from a woody base, pubescent throughout and some-
what viscid. Stems 4-6 dm. long, branched from the base, spread-
ing, assurgent, flexuous, more or less angled; stipules subulate,
caducous; leaves oblong-obovate in outline,6-12cm. long; petioles
I-cm. long; leaflets 3-11, oblong-obovate, I-3 cm. long, 6-14 mm.
wide, glabrous and yellowish-green above, strigose with whitish

34

hairs and becoming somewhat purplish beneath, truncate at the
apex, apiculate; peduncles 8 cm., 1-5 dm. long; bracts subulate, 5-7
mm. long; flowers I cm. long, mostly solitary or geminate, remote;
calyx-teeth lanceolate, acuminate; vexillum minutely pubescent;
legume 3.5-4 cm. long, about 4 mm. wide, straightish, strigillose;

seeds 5-9, oblong or oblong-ovoid, compressed, smooth, variegated
with black.

Dry and poor “ blackjack thickets.” Differing from C. chyy-
sophylla in its assurgent habit, the greater number and shape of
the leaflets, the smaller flowers and larger seeds, as well as the
character of the pubescence on the under surface of the leaflets.

Florida, Chapman, Curtiss; Georgia, Boykin.

Original locality: near Jacksonville, Florida (Curtiss).

Type in Herb. Columbia College.

12. CRACCA CHRYSOPHYLLA (Pursh) Kuntze.
Tephrosia chrysophylla Pursh, F\, Am. Sept. 489 (1814).
Galega prostrata Nutt. Gen. 2: 120 (1818).

Cracca chrysophylla Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 174 (1891).

Perennial from a long ligneous root. Stems prostrate, 3 dm.-
1 m. long, dichotomously branching, clothed with a close, short,

somewhat viscid and spreading silvery or tawny pubescence; sti-_

pules subulate, caducous; leaves 3—5 cm. long, oval in outline, ses-
sile or very short petioled ; leaflets 3-9, (rarely 1-foliolate,) 1-3 cm.
long, 7 mm.-—2 cm. wide, cuneate-obovate, obtuse, often retuse,
sometimes apiculate, coriaceous, glabrous and yellowish-green
above, silky hirsute and somewhat lighter or rusty beneath, the ter-
‘minal one often conspicuously larger than the lateral ones; pe-
duncles 4-6 cm. long, axillary, ancipital; flowers 1—-1.5 cm. long,
few; bracts 5 mm. long, subulate, persisting ; calyx-teeth acumin-
ate,as long as the tube ; vexillum minutely pubescent ; legume 3-4
cm. long, 5-7 mm. wide, minutely hispid, straightish, erect of
spreading ; seeds 8—10, oblong, ovoid, or sub-orbicular; brownish or
greenish, variegated with black.

_ Pine lands. Truly prostrate, with prostrate leaves, widely
spreading, forming broad mats.

Georgia to Florida and westward.

Original locality: In Georgia.

CRACCA CHRYSOPHYLLA:‘CHAPMANNI n. var.

A low prostrate slender plant with stems 2 dm. or more long; |
aoe leaves 1-2 cm. long; leaflets 5-10 mm. long, oblong or obovate,

35

apiculate, glabrous above, appressed silky-hirsute beneath ; legume
2 cm. long, 3 mm. wide, minutely hirsute, 4-7 seeded.

St. Joseph’s, Florida, Chapman.
Type in Herb. Columbia College.

13. CRACCA FLORIDANA N. sp.

Perennial from a short, somewhat creeping ligneous root.
Stems prostrate, 2-6 dm. or more long, dichotomously branching,
spreading, angled above, clothed with a short appressed or spreading
often somewhat viscid pubescence ; stipules 3-5 mm. long, subulate,
often persisting ; petioles 1-2.5 cm. long; leaves 4~10 cm. long, ob-
long or rarely linear-oblong in outline; leaflets 9-13, oblong or
oblong-obovate obtuse or truncate at the apex apiculate, 1.5—3
cm. long, 5-12 mm. wide, glabrous and yellowish-green above,
lighter, strigose with whitish hairs and the veins turning reddish
beneath ; peduncles terminal and axillary, 7 cm._2 dm. long; bracts
subulate; pedicels 5-8 mm. long; flowers solitary or geminate,
I-1I.5 cm. long ; legume 3-4 cm. long, 4 mm. wide, erect, straight,
strigillose ; seeds 6-10, oblong, ovoid, grayish or brownish varie-
gated with black. ;

Differing from C. chrysophylla in its more numerous, narrower
leaflets and the pubescence of the lower surface, which is that of
C. Smallit. \t is very close to the latter, from which it differs
however, in its truly prostrate and spreading habit, narrower and

more numerous leaflets.

Central Florida, G. V. Nash, Nos. 494%, 1198, 1263, 1334,
1552, 1615. Louisiana, New Orleans, Dr. Ingalls.

Types in Herb. Columbia College.

14. CRACCA CINEREA (L.) Morong.
Galega cinerea L.. Amcen. Acad. 5: 403 (1759).
Tephrosia cinerea Pers. Syn. 2: 528 (1807).
Cracca cinerea Morong, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 7: 79 (1 892).

_ Perennial from a stout, ligneous root and woody base. Stems
prostrate, diffuse, or ascending, 3-6 dm. or more long, appressed
cinerous-pubescent, or with somewhat spreading rusty” hairs
above, becoming glabrate with age, angled and channelled above ;
Stipules 3-8 mm. long, subulate, acuminate, persisting ; petioles 5
mm. to 1.5 cm. long; leaves oblong in outline, 4-10 cm. long ;
leaflets 16-17 oblong, linear-oblong, 2-5 cm. long, 4-8 mm.
broad, the basal and terminal ones often obovate-oblong, obtuse
or acutish at the apex, acute at the base, glabrous above, —
_ 0us-strigose or pubescent beneath, becoming often glabrate wi

36

age; racemes. 7-8 cm. long; flowers 1 cm. long, geminate or in
clusters, scattered; bracts subulate or setaceous, persisting ; calyx-
teeth acuminate, as long as the tube; corolla purplish, vexillum
pubescent; legume 3-4 cm. long, 4 mm. wide, spreading, ciner-
eous-pubescent or glabrate, straight; seeds 6-9, ovoid, somewhat
truncate at the ends, brown.

Ballast ground, Mobile, Alabama (Ch. Mohr); Mexico and the
West Indies, etc.

Original locality: Jamaica.

I am much indebted to Dr. N. L. Britton for his help and
counsel in this study and for the use of the Herbarium of Colum-
bia College. Mr. G. V. Nash has given me valuable assistance
with copious field notes of the Florida species.

Mr. Coville also very kindly loaned me the collection of the
United States Department of Agriculture for examination.

Contributions to American Bryology.—IX.

ad sient S, BRITTON.

A REVISION OF THE GENUS SCOULERIA WITH DESCRIP.
TION OF ONE NEW SPECIES.

(PLATE 227.) ©

The genus Scouleria was founded by Wm. Hooker in 1830,
on specimens collected by Dr. Scouler at Observatory Inlet, de-
scribed as S. aquatica, and subsequently distributed in Drum-
mond’s Musci Americani as No. 63, collected in the Columbia
and Portage Rivers. A few autograph duplicates of Dr. Scouler’s
Specimens were also distributed in this country, and Dr. Torrey
was fortunate i in possessing one of them, as well as a set of Drum-
mond’ s Mosses.

_ dn. 1851. GC. Mueller ' transferred Scomleria aquatica to Grimmia
as G. Scouleri,and Lesquereux and James in the Manual 1884
followed his example. Mitten in 1869 also subordinated the
‘genus to Grimmia, describing one new species Grimmia patagonica
(Journ. Linn. Soc. 12: 96, 1869), which Jaeger (Adumb. 1875)

_ changed to Scouleria patagonica.. Since then the genus has been

37

maintained as valid: In 1889 Kindberg described in the BULLETIN
S. aquatica var. nigrescens, which Mueller in 1890 raised to specific
rank as S. Nevit. In Macoun’s Catalogue, 1892, another species
was described by Kindberg S. MJuelleri, and in a recent number
of Hedwigia Mueller described S. aguatica var catilliformis from
Roll’s collections. This makes four species and one variety thus
far described in the genus:

Having had occasion to examine critically some specimens re-
ceived from the Department of Agriculture, collected in the State
of Washington by Leiberg and Sandberg, I found it necessary to
see authentic specimens and original descriptions of all the species.
These we have been fortunate in possessing either in the Torrey
or Jaeger herbaria, where we found Lobb’s specimens of S. pata-
" gonica, and the others have been sent us by Prof. Macoun, and by

Dr. Watson in former years.

As a result we have reached different conclusions from those
of Miiller and Kindberg, and are of the opinion that S. aguatica is
a very variable species, within certain narrow limits. That the
forms which have been separated from it as S. Mevit, and S. Muel-
/ert, intergrade with it is beyond question, and I have been able to
prove that the characters which have been relied on to found spe-
cific differences may all be found on one specimen, of either or
any of the species distributed under the new names. There are
some characters which seem to have been given too much weight,
and others too little. I find that the tendency to differentiation of
the cells bordering the leaves, runs through all the species, and
reaches its maximum in the Patagonian specimens, by the forma-
tion of a thick border just inside the margin, composed of paren-
chyma cells on the upper surface of the leaf, with yellow prosen-
chymatous cells on the lower surface like those composing the
vein, giving the leaf the aspect of being triple-veined. In Wat-
son’s specimens from Spokane Falls, which I have described as a
new species, S. marginata (presumably those referred to in the
Manual under G. Scouleri) I also find this character developed
though in a less marked degree. The margins are bistromatic, or

else the cells are larger and darker in color, though never as
dense and dark, as in S. patagonica. — Specimens of S. aquatica

var. nigrescens, also show an upward continuation of the basal

38

submarginal prosenchymatous cells, and this is more or less evi-
dent in all the specimens, even Scouler’s of S. aguatica, though
much less prominent in the young green leaves from the apex ot
the stems than in the older leaves, where they become different
jated in color, showing as yellow streaks, irregularly between the
vein and margin, but always near the margin.

Another peculiar character, which has been mentioned in S
patagonica, but not in any other species, is the development of
filamentous radicles on the vein at base. Mitten described them
« Nervo obscuro inferne dorso radicellis vestito.’ This character
is very prominent in some of our specimens, and in fact is hardly
absent from any of them, the whole lower surface of the vein in

some leaves being densely covered with scattered or tufted, seem ,

ingly glandular hairs. The serrations of the margins too, are very
variable, and of no value for distinguishing the species. The
young green leaves. are always more sharply and _ irregularly set-
rate, generally also at the apex, but the older leaves on the same
stems, are often entire at apex, and indistinctly serrate below; I
have even seen leaves quite entire, on the same plants. The teeth
are often black and swollen, though this is never a constant chat-
acter. :

The cucullate apex, for which Mueller has named the var. caéil-
liformis, is due to the bending of the vein a short distance below
its apex. This too seems to be a character of the younger leaves.
They also vary in being serrate on the back near the apex, and the
_ vein is sometimes much thickened, and prolonged to the summit of
the leaf, as figured by Schwaegrichen, instead of ending below the
apex as it usually does. The color and size of the 3-4 rows of
marginal cells of the leaves also varies, and in some leaves the
green quadrate cells of the margins are so sharply differentiated
from the elongated narrower submarginal ones, that they form am
undulate border next to a deep yellow fold on each side.
ScouULERIA AQUATICA Hook. Bot. Mise. 1: 33, ¢. 78 (1830).

A portion of the type specimens collected by Scouler are in
our possession, and the following description was drawn from
them, giving measurements which Hooker did not give.

Plants 5-6 cm. long, stems flexuose, sparingly branched ; lower

. s 2 : leaves abraded, sede eaten lanceolate, 4 mm. lene by 1.5 mm.

i
t
7
. 7
¥
t
;

39

wide, apex cucullate, rounded, entire or serrate, vein ending below
it, not filamentous at base ; margins serrate only above the middle,
not bordered, the cells only slightly larger and darker, upper cells
irregular, 10-013 mm.; basal rectangular, rarely a few prosen-
chymatous cells. were seen just inside the basal margin, mostly
pale and rectanglar. Spores .o48-.050 mm., smooth, brown.

On consulting the original description and plate, we find that
Scouleria aquatica was originally described as black, and the type
specimens are quite as dark as Macoun’s specimens of var. nigres-
cens, thus invalidating the first and most conspicuous character of
that variety. The leaves are described as dark green, the upper
ones only as green. The border of the margin is indicated by
submarginal lines in figures 2—3 of the original plate.

The specimens distributed in our set and Prof. Macoun’s of
Drummond’s Mosses No. 63 differ from Scouler’s and from each
other slightly. Prof. Macoun has three plants, two are 12-13 cm.
long, large, coarse, simple stems, and sterile, with the leaves long
and broad, coarsely serrate and bordered with yellow, the vein
strongly filamentous, the submarginal basal cells yellow and pro-
senchymatous, and the lower margins undulate. The third plant
in his set is a small branching, fertile one, with black abraded
leaves, shorter and denser, often entire, with the margins yellow
and thickened. Our specimens of Drummond's No. 63 are like
these, the leaves being only 2-2.5 mm. long, and differing from
Scouler’s in their blunt, flat, entire apex with the basal cells more
distinctly prosenchymatous and yellow. They were cited in the
original description of S. aguatica.

It seems evident from the above that, as originally founded,
this species was recognized as variable, for we have indicated three
discrepancies in the original specimens and descriptions. The
larger forms may be referred to the variety migrescens Kindb.,
which may be distinguished by the taller plants, darker and
coarser than the type, with long simple stems, large black leaves,
often blunt and entire at apex, the basal cells yellow or brown,
prosenchymatous, with the vein often thickened and serrate at

apex and filamentous at base.

Scouterta Nevi Miiller, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 17: 273 (1890).
The description given in Macoun’s catalogue for S. Nevit is

more than half devoted to S. aguatica, and from it we gather that

40

the main difference is the width and ‘shape of the leaves, and the
broad, rounded entire apex. We have seen all of Prof. Macoun’s
specimens, and tried the following experiment; taking several
stems from different ‘plants, we divided them into 5-6 sections
each, and compared the leaves. In all cases we found that the
upper green leaves at the tips of the branches were longer and
narrower, more acuminate and more sharply serrate, with the apex
also serrate and generally cucullate; the lower cells also were
seldom differentiated, generally paler and oblong, not prosenchy-
matous. The lower leaves on the same plants were shorter and
broader, often entire and rounded at apex, the cells denser and
darker, and often yellow with traces of prosenchymatous cells.

We have not been able to find that any of the characters are
constantly associated together, so that we cannot maintain S. Vev7
as a species, even if the name had priority over the var. igrescens ;
but there seems to be sufficient reason in maintaining the latter as
a variety, as we have shown from the descriptions of Drummond's
specimens and Macoun’s collections.

We found one of Macoun’s specimens of “« S. Nevii” agreed
with the specimens from Yale labelled var.-virescens (Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club 16: 93, 1889), having the upper leaves of that brilliant
emerald green color which is so striking in these specimens. Oa
the younger and smaller plants the leaves are green. Large,
coarse, old plants, with ragged leaves, are almost black.

ScouLerta Mue.tert Kindb.; Macoun’s Catalogue, 6: 62 (1892).
Macoun’s Canadian mosses, No. 558.

The description calls for different specimens from those of No.
558, which we have received from Prof. Macoun. Those sent us
are undoubtedly referable to S. aquatica, with which they agree in
every way. The poe reads the median basal cells “ linear,
porose and aeroUs,, the apex entire rounded, and the margin
“pale orange.” In our specimens the basal cells are rectangular,
with a few very faint traces on some of the leaves of the yellow
prosenchymatous cells referred to in the description. The apex
is as often serrate as entire, and the marginal cells are green, in

6-7 rows, and though larger and more distinct than the inner
ones, are = not “pale orange.”

41

We have taken particular pains to see as many specimens of
Macoun’s No. 588 of S. Muelleri,as possible, thinking that perhaps
there might be a mixture of specimens, and perhaps our S. mar-
gimata be found among the number. But Prof. Macoun assures
us that the species is local, and all the specimens of this number
were collected from the same place and grew on the same rock:
This is very interesting, for the specimen in our set agrees with
Scouler’s specimens of S. aguatica, the ones from Prof. Eaton’s set
are referable to var. nigrescens, and these last of Macoun’s, he
assures me, are. the very ones from which Kindberg named S.
Muelleri.

Key.

Leaves bordered by slightly larger, thick-walled cells, in a single layer, green,
yellow or black, peristome present, . ee SP EET Ny nee I. aquatica,

Leaves bordered by larger, denser cells in a double layer, often prosenchymatous
almost to apex, peristome absent,..........2.+--+- seeeesees 2. marginata,

1. SCOULERIA AQUATICA Hook.

Scouleria aquatica Hook. Bot. Misc. 1: 33, ¢ 28 (1830).

Grimmia Scouleri Miill. Syn. Musc. Frond. 2: 654 (1851).

Scouleria aquatica var. virescens Kindb. Bull. Torr. Club, 16: 93
(1889).

Scouleria Muetleri Kindb. Macoun’s Cat. part 6: 62 (1892).

Scouleria aquatica var. catilliformis Mill. Hedwigia, 32: 207

(1893).

Plants dark green or black, gregarious, growing in tufts; stems
rigid, simple or branching, 5-15 cm. long; leaves when old
abraded, only the veins remaining, upper green, walls less thick-
ened, more prominently serrate than the lower, which are often
black, entire, bordered with yellow or black thick-walled cells;
vein thick, ending below the apex, often arched and serrate on
back above and filamentous below; apex rounded and flat or cu-
cullate, serrate or entire; basal cells variable on the same mi
on the upper leaves pale often entirely rectangular, on a soe
Often yellow or brown, with streaks of prosenchymatous cells, ae
inside the Margin, extending upward irregularly, the 2
rectangular, often undulate. Capsules almost immerse i ai
short seta, oblate-spheroidal, becoming more depressed after .
dehiscence of the lid, which remains attached to the oo >
and exserted, long after maturity; calyptra Oa es =
Single, red, teeth 16, irregularly divided and broken, often falling

42

with the lid; spores large, smooth, .037-.059 mm. maturing in
May and June to August and September.

A variable species, growing on rocks in mountain streams,’

more or less local, but abundant.

Original locality: Observatory Inlet, Scouler, 1829. Distrib-
uted from the Columbia and Portage Rivers in Drummond's North
American Mosses, No. 63. Also collected by Lyall in the Columbia
River, by E. Hall in Oregon, Bolander in California, Leiberg in
Traille River and Lake Pend d’Oreille, Idaho, and by Macoun in
several localities in British Columbia and Vancouver Island.

Ta. SCOULERIA AQUATICA NIGRESCENS Kindb. Bull. Torr. Club, 16:
~ 94 (1889).
Scouleria Nevii Miiller, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 17: 273 (1890).

_ Plants coarse and rigid, in large dense black tufts ; stems 10-
-15 cm. long, brittle, and clothed with the persistent veins of the

leaves, branching above; leaves 2-3 mm., oblong lanceolate, blunt:

and entire at the rounded apex, vein ending below it, often radicu-
lose at base; margins serrate, basal cells rectangular next the vein,
prosenchymatous near the margin, but extending upward only a
short distance; some leaves simply hyaline at base with all cells
rectangular.

Original locality «On rocks in Nanaimo River, Vancouver
Island. Also collected at Sicamous, B. C., in 1889, and Rogers

Pass, Selkirk mountains, B. C., in 1890 and 1885. Distributed as

No. 388 of Macoun’s Canadian mosses.
These four specimens, presumably named by Kindberg, illus-
trate the variation of the species, two being large, coarse plants,
with larger leaves and the basal cells prosenchymatous, the other

two small branching plants, with short leaves, and the basal cells
scarcely prosenchymatous.

2. SCOULERIA MARGINATA n. sp. Plate 227.

_ Plants 3-4 cm. high, gregarious in dense black tufts; stems
_Wiry and naked at base, branching and densely leafy above;

leaves crowded, curled and twisted when dry, only the uppermost
green, 2-3 mm. long, oblong lingulate, serrate above the middle,
or obscurely serrulate near the base, teeth occasionally black and
thickened ; apex blunt, entire or toothed, vein thick, ending below
it, smooth on back; basal cells green rectangular, a narrow band,
__ near the margin elongated, prosenchymatous, forming a dark dense
__ border nearly to the apex of the leaf, saperposed by rounded small

43

cells; perichaetial leaves surrounding the capsules, ovate-lanceolate;
capsules, small, broader than long, cupuliform when old; lid persist-
ent on the columella, bordered with red; peristome none, mouth
bordered ; spores .048-.054 mm., green with a minutely roughened
coat, maturing in August and September.

“Spokane Falls, Washington Territory, collected by Sereno
Watson, September 24, 1870.” Presumably the same specimens
are referred to in the manual under G. Scouleri, Miiller, as being
abundant. Distributed with the plants collected on Clarence
King’s Expedition on the Exploration of the 4oth Parallel.

Since collected by Marshall A. Howe on rocks just above the
water in the Sacramento River, Sims, Shasta county, Cal., August
IO, 1894.

Closely allied to S. Patagonica, but the marginal cells are less
dense, often only one layer of cells, but larger and square in
section.

Description of Plate 227.

Fig. 1. Plants natural size, 2. Capsule enlarged, lid on. 3. Capsule after de-
hiscence of lid. 4-5. Outlines of leaves. 6. Basal cells of leaf. 7. Apex of leaf.
8. Cells from the middle of the leaf, showing the elongated, submarginal cells. 9.
Cross-sections of leaf, showing the thickened margins. 10. Cells from the upper sur-
face of the leaf. 11. Spores.

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States,—III.
By Joun K, SMALL,

(PLATE 228.)

TsvGa Carorintana Engelm. Coult. Bot. Gaz. 6: 223 (1881).
This tree can now be added to the flora of Georgia. Formerly
it was known only from the Carolinas and Virginia. There it
grew at altitudes ranging from 2,100—5,000 feet. I found it in
1893 growing on the southern ledges of the cafion at Tallulah
Falls, thus extending its range many miles to the south and its
altitude to 1,600 feet. It was most plentiful about 300-400 feet
above the river and reached no great development on account of
the scarcity of soil and the perpendicular position of its place of
growth. As was the case in all the other localities where I saw

: . 1

44

this species, 7suga Canadensis was present and rather the more
plentiful of the two, thus serving to show the great contrast
between these two hemlocks.

Cyperus souarrRosus L.

This most beautiful little species of Cyperus has been found
for the firsttime on the North American continent at Jacksonville,
Florida, by Mr. A. H. Curtiss. The Florida Specimens agree
exactly with Wright’s Cuba collection, No. 3355 (distributed as
C. aristatus), also with plants from the Antilles, Surinam (Schwein-
itz), and Bailies’ Niger Expedition of 1857-9 as well as with East
Indian specimens.
Juxcus GrorGianus Coville.*

RUMEX SPIRALIS n. sp.

- Perennial, slender, glabrous, light-green, somewhat glauces
cent. Rootstock woody, creeping, 1-2 dm. long; roots fibrous;
stem erect, 8-9 dm. long, simple or sparingly branched above,

oh ee acai

~- * Juncus Georgianus Coville n. sp.

: Perennial, densely tufted, 20 to 35 cm. high; stems erect, barely exceeding I mm.
in diameter, striate when dry; leaves all radical; sheaths striate, stramineous, loose,
minutely auriculate, commonly 2 to 4 cm, long, the innermost closely embracing the
stem and sometimes reaching a length of 8 cm.; blades erect, some of them reaching
at least the base of the inflorescence, transversely flattened, nodeless, striate on the
back, I mm. or less in width, sometimes involute when dry, sharply acute at apex;
inflorescence paniculate, about 5 to 10 cm. high, strict or only slightly spreading 5
lowest involucral leaf foliose, not exceeding the panicle ; flowers rarely more than 25,
usually not more than 10, inserted singly on the branches of the panicle, prophyllate;
perianth 4 to 6 mm. long, its parts subulate-Janceolate, when young with a green mid-
rib, usually reddish brown lateral stripes, and hyaline margins, when old stramineous ;
stamens 6, one-half to two-thirds the length of the perianth, the anthers 1.5 to 2 mm.
in Jength and several times longer than the filaments ; style and stigma long, the
former often reaching 2, the latter 3, mm. in lengta; capsule about three-fourths a5 _
long as the perianth, narrowly oblong-lanceolate in outline, obtuse or broadly acute,
mucronate, 3 celled ; seed about 0.4 to 0.5 mm. in length, oblong, reticulate, the areola
linear and arranged transversely on the seed in about sixteen longitudinal rows.
Type specimen in the U. S. National Herbarium, collected in May, 1869, 0D
Stone Mountain, Georgia, by William M. Canby.
a This plant is most nearly related to Funcus tenuis, but is easily distinguishable
eo! from that species by its long radical leaves, its longer and brown-striped perianth,
__ Rarrower capsules, and especially by its very long anthers. Contrasted with Ysscws
_ tenuis, the long radical leaves, short stems, and large inflorescence of ¥. Georgianus
give the plant a characteristic general appearance. Mr. Canby’s specimens were dis-
_ tributed doubtfully identitied as ¥. semwis, and no botanist seems to have collected
__ the plant since, until Mr, Small rediscovered it July 4, 1893, on the summit of Stone
Mountain, at the altitude of 1686 feet. He collected it also on Little Stone Mountain,
July 7, 1893, between 1,000 and 1,100 feet altitude. — : pans
hae ey - FREDERIC VERNON COVILLE.

>

45

leafy throughout, slightly flexuous, strongly channeled, woody
below; leaves lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, 6-13 cm. long,
1.5—4.5 cm broad, acute or sometimes attenuate at the apex, the
lower ones obtuse or truncate at the base, the upper acute or
acuminate at the base, all rather long petioled, coriaccous, light
green, undulate and crisped, neither prominently nor conspicu-
ously nerved; petioles strict, 2-5 cm. long; orceae cylindric
nearly one half as long as the internodes; inflorescence terminal,
simply paniculate, naked; racemes (fruiting) 5-12 cm. long,
dense, rather erect, the terminal one- usually about twice as long as
the lateral ones ; calyx 2 mm. broad ; pedicels varying from 2-4
mm. in length, jointed below the middle; wings broadly ovate
cordate, broader than high, 1 cm. long, I-1.2 cm. broad, straw-
colored, sometimes slightly constricted below the apex, conspicu-
ously and prominently nerved, crenulate and undulate, each one
bearing an oblong-ovoid callosity, the three wings strongly spirally
twisted ; achene broadly oblong-ovoid, 3 mm. long, short-pointed,
chestnut colored, its faces nearly flat, its angles conspicuously
margined. Plate 228.
Found growing in the mud on the margins of ponds near
Kenedy, Carnes county, Texas, by Mr. A. A. Heller, collected in
flower and fruit on May 26, 1894. The altitude of the station is
about 400 feet. Ao. IDS! |
Its nearest relative is Rumex altissimus, from which, however,
it differs in having more characteristically lanceolate leaves, which
are longer-petioled, crisped and the larger ones more or less trun -
cate at the base instead of acuminate. The panicle of &. spiralis
is more open, not leafy, and its racemes are denser and thicker.
Wings twice to thrice as large as in X. altissimus invest the broadly
oblong-ovoid achene. The former are broader than high and
strikingly cordate, whereas those of &. a/tissimus are higher than
broad, not strongly cordate and less prominently nerved. So far
as observed three callosities are developed throughout.

Baptista SereNAE M.A. Curtis, Amer. Journ. Sci. (I.) 7: 406
(1845). ete
The range of this species, heretofore confined to the upianre
and foot-hills in South Carolina and Georgia, has now been ex:
tended into the low country by its discovery by Miss samt:
A. Taylor in the pine barrens about Summerville, South: Carolina.

OxaLis rEcurva Ell. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 1: 526 (1821). 2
- Since writing my paper on the above species, which was

46

published in the November Butters, the plant has been found
by Prof. A. Ruth and Mr. T. H. Kearney, Jr., at Wolf Creek,
Eastern Tennessee, and by myself at the Falls of the Yadkin Rive’
in Stanley county, middle North Carolina, where it grows in the
sand in shady places at the bottom of the cafon. The lathes
locality is within the range as formerly known, but the former 15 4
little west of the range shown in the above cited paper.
Hypericum Buckteyi M. A. Curtis. Amer. Journ. Sci. 44: 80
(1843).
When on the summit of the Thomas Bald, on the Georgia and
North Carolina boundary, in 1893, I encountered a peculiar Hyper

icum. This summit is nearly 5,300 feet above the sea level and

is remarkable for its shape, which is almost knife-like, being but
a few yards broad and three miles long by actual measurement.
The top, which is composed of soil and outcropping gneiss, is free
from timber, except a few scattered red oaks. On the gneiss out-
crops this Hypericum forms dense cushions and mats, rising above
the ground only two inches. Altitude has had a striking effect om
the species there and at first sight one is not inclined to refer it to
the above. The locality is in view of the original and later stations
for H. Buckleyi and a comparison with all the material at hand
shows these differences. Its leaves are at least one-half smaller
than the usual and rather constant form. The seeds are one-third
smaller and more curved, while the flower and all its parts, together
with the capsule,are also one-third smaller than those from the
neighboring territory.

MONNIERA CRENULATA N. Sp.

Perennial, bright green, very aromatic. Stem procumbent of
decumbent, creeping, ascending at the ends, 3-6 dm. long,
branched from the creeping nodes, more or less channeled, pilose
with rather rigid, irregularly jointed hairs; leaves broadly of
orbicular-ovate, 1.5-2.5 cm. long, 1.5~2.2 cm. broad, subcordate
and amplexicaul, obtuse or slightly emarginate at the apex, re-
_motely but distinctly crenulate, mostly eight-nerved, obscurely
_ pilose-ciliate near the base and on the midrib beneath, glandular-

punctate, exceeding the internodes, except on the lower part of

the stem; pedicels I-1.5 cm. long, pilose; bractlets 1 cm. long,
_ very similar to the leaves in shape, texture, etc., but eciliate ex-

cept a tuft of hair at the apex; calyx segments lanceolate, ciliate,
- nearly equalling the bractlets; corolla campanulate, 1-1.3 cm.

- eemrsttaecsieteaeteene OED
SRI EN SM I ME

eee ee

&.

47

long, slightly unsymmetrical, cleft for about one-third of its length ;
style about equalling the distal pair of stamens; capsule ovoid-
oblong.

Found by Mr. A. H. Curtiss, growing in the bottom of ditches
between Jacksonville and Trout Creek, Florida, on July 13th 1893.
- The above described species is related to Monniera amplexi-
caulis of Florida, but is easily separated from it by its much larger
size, its broader leaves, the elongated pedicel and the larger flowers.
In some respects it is closely related to J. lanigera of the tropics,
but in the latter species the nerving of the leaves is pinnate and
the intenodes longer than the leaves, while in JZ. crenulata the
leaves are flabellinerved and longer than the intenodes.

-LYCOPERSICUM ESCULENTUM Mill.

Is spontaneous about the village of Stone Mountain, Georgia,
and also at points along the Georgia Railroad.

COREOPSIS LONGIFOLIA n. sp.

Annual or perennial (?) from an enlarged and somewhat woody
base, slender, glabrous, bright green. Stem erect, 7-10 dm.
long, simple or sparingly branched at the summit, not angled but
channeled by twelve or thirteen grooves, leafy on the lower half,
naked above, ‘slightly flexuous; leaves linear-oblong, linear-
lanceolate or linear, 7-10 cm. long, .2-1 cm. broad, acutish,
acuminate at the base, long-petioled, reduced above to narrow and
inconspicuous bracts; petioles 6-8 cm. long, very narrowly
winged, enlarged at the base, in most cases forming a short sheath
which clasps the stem; heads 1-6, about one hundred flowered,
3-4 cm. broad; rays yellow, eight, 1.5-2 cm. long; spatulate
or oblanceolate, three-cleft, the segments acutish or the middle one
obtuse ; the outer involucral scales lanceolate, marked with a dark
rib, the inner scales twice as long as the outer, oblong-elliptic,
thin, acutish, tipped with brown; floral scales, linear, 6 cm. nt
acutish ; flowers, 4 cm. long, style slightly exserted, two-c oh
achene obovoid or spatulate in outline, black, the soe mostly
fugacious, the wings pectinate, the segments equal or nearly so.

Related to C. angustifolia, from which species it differs in its
more slender build, the striking length of the leaves and the
larger flowers. The achene is also larger and of a darker sar
In C. angustifolia to the wings of the achene are cut in an eater
manner and the awns persistent, while the wings in C. longifo a
are regularly and evenly divided and the arms mostly oe !

The type was found in dry, grassy pine woods about Jackso
ville, Florida, by Mr. A. H. Curtiss on October 16, 1893.

48

V COREOPSIS MAJOR LINEARIS N. var.

Perennial by a slender creeping root-stock, slender, sparingly
and inconspicuously pubescent. _ Stem erect, 3-5 dm. long, simple,
conspicuously channeled ; leaves three-parted, the segments linear,
3-11 cm. long, 1-3 mm. broad, acuminate at both ends ; heads
solitary, 3-4-cm. broad ; outer involucral bracts 4 mm. long, oblong,

obtuse; rays oblong obtuse, somewhat two-cleft; achene smaller
than in the typical form.

Although reluctant to describe varieties the above is so distinct
from Coreopsis major that it would be hardly fair to pass it. It is
much more distinct than the variety Oe/meri. The strongest
characters are’ the very slender build and the strikingly narrow
leaf-segments which average about 2 mm. in breadth. Their
length is also greater than we find the ordinary forms of the type

I noticed the plant at different localities in middle Georg},

and collected it on Little Stone Mountain, at the base of Stone —

Mountain, and also in the Yellow River Valley, in Gwinnette
county. ;

Coreopsis Major Walt. Fl. Cor. 214 (1788).

_ A peculiar state of this species has been coming to my notice
for a year or two. It is the above with its leaves undivided, there
being two opposite and entire leaves at each node in place of the
normal three-parted ones. It seems to have been first collected
by Dr. and Mrs. Britton, at Black Mountain Station, North Caro-
lina. Later Mr. Heller secured it near Salisbury, N. C., and last
season (1893) I came upon it at the western base of Stone
Mountain, Georgia. Besides having this state we have an inter-
mediate one in which the upper leaves are entire and the lowet
ones three-parted in the usual manner. This latter was secured
by Dr. and Mrs. Britton at Balcony Falls, Virginia (1885).

New Plants from Idaho,
By Louis F. HENDERSON.

-PHACELIA. IDAHOENSIS, n. sp.

_ A foot and a half to two feet high, from nearly glabrous at
bottom to slightly villous-hirsute in the inflorescence, leafy to the
top ; radical and lower cauline leaves about 5 inches long, on peti-

’

<

49
oles from an inch and a half to two inches in length, pinnately
parted or divided into broad or comparitively narrow inch-long,
cleft divisions, dark above, light beneath, and delicately strigose ;
middle cauline leaves short-petioled, upper sessile, all pinnately
cleft or parted; short spikes crowded during anthesis in a naked
spike-like thyrsus about 3 inches long by 34 inch thick, in fruit be-
coming more elongated and open; flower buds violet blue, becom-
white-blue on opening; flowers open-campanulate, cleft barely to
the middle, and bearing the vertical appendages of P. sericea ; an-*
thers oval; styles 2-cleft at apex, these with the stamens hardly
longer than the corolla; capsule ovate, short-a€uminate, con-
tained within the marcescent-persistent ,coxolla, 12+22-seeded;
seeds oblong-oval, generally irregularly and strongly angled by
pressure, acute at one end, less so at the other, longitudinally and
rather deeply alveolate, the walls’ separating the alveolations thin
and sharp.

Common in moist, natural meadows of Craig Mountains, Nez
Perces county, at about 3000 ft. alt. A single specimen in fruit
was found on the St. Marie’s River, Kootenai county, proving
that the plant must be well distributed in Northern Idaho. That
the species is closely related to P. sericea A. Gray, is evident on close
inspection. In aspect, however, it is very different, and the rela-
tionship would hardly be suspected. It differs from this species in
being nearly glabrous, erect, and 2-3 times as high; in its stamens
and style being never more than half again as long as the corolla;
in its thyrsus being much more slender and rather longer; finally
in the deeper alveolations of its strongly angled seeds. It differs
from the var. Lya//i in its taller stature, in its narrower and longer
thyrsus, and, if the flower and seed characters are those of the
type, in these also. As the writer has no good specimen of the

variety, on the last points he is doubtful.

CLAYTONIA ARENICOLA N. sp.

Annual with delicate, fibrous roots, 2-6 inches high: radical
leaves linear-spatulate, the broadest not over 2% lines wide (gen-
erally about a line wide), I-2 inches long, tapering from near the
obtuse apex into a delicate petiole ; cauline leaves a single pair,
similar to the radical but shorter, opposite and distinct: racemes
numerous and prolifically flowered, the flowers on pedicels, Yy-%
inch long; petals pink-white, 3 lines long, emarginate ; seeds %
line long, shining and resembling those of C. Siéirica but only
half.as large. 4

Dry, sandy banks along streams as well as dry pine woods,

Ma Rat Carden

50

Idaho and Eastern Washington. This plant has been referred for

me to C. spathulata var. tenuifolia Gray. I am convinced that
this ought not to go into C. spathulata Dougl., for throughout this
whole country the cauline leaves are never united but spatulate-
linear. The flowers are also much larger and in much loosef }
racemes than in this species. Prof. E. L. Greene has sent mea —
species very near this, only differing in the shape of the cauline
leaves, the leaves in his specimen being linear and slightly em
larged at the base, while in this species they are invariably spai- —
late-linear. 1 should not think this enough to found a species —
upon and separate it. from his species, which he names C. Sypso
philoides Fisch. & Meyer, were it not that Dr. Gray says (ProG
Amer. Acad. 22: 282) that C. gypsophiloides F. & M. is the —
same as the ¢ype of the species, viz.: C. spathulata of Douglas. —
Relying upon this, I give this plant of mine the specific name of
arenicola. If it proves that Dr. Gray is wrong and Prof. Greene —
tight, this name of mine would probably sink into a synonym
of C. gypsophiloides.

UNIVERSITY OF IDAHO,

Buxbaumia aphylla L,

Buxbaumia aphylla is generally considered a rare moss, and a
from its large and peculiar capsule it could not escape notice if it _
were at all common. My friends Messrs. Chas. E. and Edwin
Faxon inform me that usually single plants, or at most two OF —
three together, have rewarded their patient search. But this De :
cember it has been very abundant, particularly in the Blue Hill
region, and in one locality of less than 200 feet square I counted
the following patches of it: Nine of about one inch square con
taining from ten to fifteen plants each; one of three by two inches
of seventy plants; one of two by four inches of eighty-one plants; —
three patches each about as large as my hand crowded with plants,
of which one contained two hundred and eighty specimens. I was
reminded of the pictures of a Roman legion under its testudo
shields marching to attack a walled town. The locality where
‘these are growing was burned over in a wood fire eighteen months |

51

ago, and the soil is yet charred from its effects, and nine months
later what underbrush had started was pretty effectually cut off by
the Park Commissioners, so that the conditions under which these
plants grew were different from any they would: have found there
in the past fifteen years that I have known the place. I would be
very glad to know if anyone has ever found this moss in such
abundance. . Gro. G. KEnNepy.

READVILLE, Mass.

Herbert A. Young.

The news of the death, at Toledo, Ohio, December 8, of Herbert
A. Young, formerly of Revere, Mass., will be received with regret
by his many friends in. this vicinity.. He early in life became
interested in botany, and in 1882 published the “Flora of Oak
Island,” a botanical station in the vicinity of Boston, familiar to
botanists since the days of Jacob Bigelow. He later became in-
terested in the sedges, grasses and mosses, and contributed largely ©
to these sections of the Flora of Middlesex County, Mass.

He was a good scholar and a keen botanist, but in recent
years the demands of his profession as a civil engineer, and later
as an officer of the Mexican Central Railway, have prevented his
giving much attention to his favorite study. He passed away at
the early age of thirty-seven, but he had already accomplished a
work that entitles him. to the esteem and remembrance of the
botanists of Boston and vicinity. Ws. P. Ricu.

Boston, December 26, 1894.

Proceedings of the Club.

TursDAY EvENING, DECEMBER IITH, 1894.

The regular meeting of the Club was held in the lecture room
of the new building of the College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th
street. The evening was very stormy. Vice-President Allen
occupied the chair and there were forty-eight persons present.

The Committee on Membership reported favorably upon the

52

nomination of Mis Harriet B. Elder, of 515 Lexington avenue,
City, who was unanimously elected an ‘active member.

Mr. Lighthipe reported the transfer of the Club’s herbarjum
to its mew quarters in the College of Pharmacy building.

The paper of the evening was then presented by Dr. Rusby,
on “ Pharmaceutical Botany.”

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany,

Allen, T. F. Note on Chara sejuncta A. Br. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,
21: 526. 24 D. 1894.

Anderson, C. L. Some new and old Algae but recently recognized
* on the California coast. Zoé, 4: 358-362. 7 fig. 1894.
New species in Punctaria and Callithamnion, —
Arechavaleta, J. Contribucion al Conocimiento de los Liquenes
Uruguayos. Ann. Mus. Nac. Montevideo, 2: 173-186. 1594.

Arechavaleta, J. Las gramineas Uruguayas (continuatine). Ann.
Mus. Nac. Montevideo, 2: 93-171. figs. 1894.

Armendariz, E. Apuntes acerca de una Contrahierba de Mexico.
‘La Naturaleza (II.) 2: 380-382. 1894.

Atkinson, G. F. Intelligence manifested by the Swarm-spores of

Rhizophidium globosum (A. Br.) Schroeter. Bot. Gaz. 19: 503, 504:
26 D. 1894.

Atkinson, G. F. Microsphaera densissima (Schwein.) Peck. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, 21: 528, 529. 24D. 1894).

Bain, S. M. Notes on U:ricularia inflata Walt. Asa Gray Bull.
32S s 4; Sv- Je. rhage. é

Barnhart, J. H. Udmaria Uimaria(L.). Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 21:
49t. 23 N. 1894.

Beal, W. J. The Sugar Maples of Central Michigan. Ann. Rep. | |
Sec. State Board Agric. Mich. 33: [Reprint, pp. 8. figs. 18¢4.]
Best, G. N. Orthotrichum gymnostomum Bruch. Bull. Torr. Club,

Si: 527,528. 24 D. 189%.
Records this species from Newfoundland,

Blochman,I.M. Californian Herb lore.—V, Erythea,2: 162, 163-
1 O. 1894. :
Medicinal character of various plants.

53

Botanical Congress, Madison. Proceedings, 1893. 8vo. pp. 60.
Madison, Wisconsin. Je. 1894.

Brandegee, T. S. Additions to the Flora of the Cape Region of
Baja California—II. Zoé, 4: 398-408. pl. 77. 12. Mr. 1894.

' Faxonia, new genus of Compositae. New species and varieties in 7halictrum,
Ranunculus, Colubrina, Carica, Forestiera and Adelia.

Brandegee, T.S. Two undescribed Plants from the Coast Range.
Zoé, 4: 397% 380. pl. 70. 12. Mr. 1894.

Lastwoodia elegans, new genus and species of the Compositae, and Lepidium
Faredi,
Bray, W.L. See Uline, E. B.
Clarke, C.B. On certain authentic Cyperaceae of Linnaeus. Journ.
Linn. Soc. 30: 299-315. 6 O. 1894.

References to many American species,
Coville, F. V. The Wild Rice of Minnesota. Bot. Gaz. 19: 504-509.
26 D. 1894.
Davenport, G. E. Two new Ferns from New England, with some
observations on Hybridity and Nomenclature. Bot. Gaz. 19: 492-

497. 26D. 1894.

Describes Aspidium cristatum <A. marginale and A. simulatum.

Davy, J.B. Transcripts of some Descriptions of California Genera and
Species.—II. III. IV. Erythea, 2: 148-153. 1 S.; 164-170. 1 O.;
185-187. 1 N. 1894.

Deane, W. Lemna Valaiviana Philippi. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 21:
490. 24N. 1894.

Dudley, W.R. Phyllospadix, its Systematic Characters and Distribu-
tion. Zoé, 4: 381-385. ‘26 F. 1894.
Fernald, M. L. Notes from the Gray Herbarium. Zoé, 4: 379, 380.

26 F. 1894.

New species and varieties in Habenaria, Allium and Trifolium.
Fernald, M. L. See Robinson, B. L.
Fernow, B.E. The Battle of the Forests. Nature, 50: 116.
Greene, E. L. Corrections in Nomenclature.—V. Erythea, 2: 192-
194. 1D. 1894.
Greene, E. L. Novitates occidentales.—VIII. IX. Erythea, 2: 181-

385. 1. N.; 189-192. 1 D. 1894. ; a
itched aie species in Ranunculus, Delphinium, Phacelia, Amsinchia and

Trifolium,
Greenman, J. M. See Robinson, B. L.

1894.

54

Guppy, H. B. On the Habits of Lemna minor, L. gibba and L.
polyrrhiza. Journ. Linn. Soc. 30: 323-330. 6 O. 1894.

Heald, F. De F. Contribution to the comparative Histology of Pul-
vini and the resulting photeolitic Movements. Bot. Gaz. 19: 477-491:
pl. 34. 26 D. 1894.

Hill, E. J. Salsoli Kali Tragus. Bot. Gaz. 19: 506, 507. 26D.
1894. :
Notes early appearance of the Russian Thistle in [linois and Indiana.

Hollick, A. Wing-like Appendages on the Petioles of Liriophyllum
populoides Lesq. and Liriodendron alatum Newb., with Description of

the Latter. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 21: 467-471. pl. 220, 222. 24
N. 1894,

Howe, M. A. Chapters in the early History of Hepaticology.—Il.
Erythea, 2: 143-147. 15S. 1894.

Jack, J. G. Notes on Trees and Shrubs. Gard. & For. 7: 294. 25
Jy.; 306. 1 Au.; 315. 8 Au.; 326. 15 Au. 1894.
Notes on various species of Vaccinium; Genista in Massachusetts; R2des.

Jelliffe, S. E. Cryptogamic Notes from Long Island.—II.' Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, 21: 489. 24 .N. 1894.
List of 13 Hepaticae.

Jones, M. E. Contributions to Western Botany.—VI. Zoé, 4: .366-
369. 1894.
New species in Phlox and Astragalus.

Jones, M. E. Systematic Botany. Zoé, 4: 374-379. 1894-

Kearney, T.H., Jr. Some new Florida Plants. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,
21: 482-487. 24N. 1894.

Describes Scutellaria integrifolia multiglandulosa, Trichostema suffrutescenss
Pluchea foetida imbricata, Teucrium Nashii, Physalis arenicola, Aristolochia
Nashii and Rhus Blodgettii, new species and varieties.

Kerr, W. C. Survival of Storm-injured Leaves. Proc. Nat. Sci. Asst.
Slt 52. 8 Dy 2894;

Linn, A., and Simonton, J. S. Fissidens hyalinus in Pennsylvania. :
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 21: 529. 24 D. 1894.

Mocifio y Sesse. Flora Mexicana. La Naturaleza (II.) 2: App- 9-
48. 1893; 49-88. 1894.

Peck, C. H. Annual Report of the State Botanist of the State of New
York. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 47: [reprint pp. 48]. 1894-
Peckholt, T. Brasilianische Nutz-und Heilpflanzen. Pharm. Rund. —
12: 187-199. Au.; 240-242. O.; 285-287. D. 1894.

55

Pieters, A. J. The History of the Uredineae. Asa Gray Bull. 3: 8:
8-10. Ja. 1895.

Pound, R., F. E. Clements and others. Additions to the reported
Flora of Nebraska made during 1893. Bot. Surv. Nebr. 3: 5-20.
18 Je. 1894.

List of 182 additions, including descriptions of 13 new species of Fungi.
Robinson, B. L. Contributions from the Gray Herbarium of Harvard

University, new series. —VI. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci. 29: 273-

330. 23 My. 1894.

Contains: I. The North American Alsineae ; Il. Descriptions of Mr. Pringle’s
Mexican collections; I1I. Notes on the Genus Ga/insoga ; IV, Miscellaneous notes
and new species.

Robinson, B. L. and Greenman, J. M. Contributions from the
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, new series.—VII. Proc.
Am. Acad. Arts and Sci. 29: 382-394. 29 Je. 1894,

Further new and imperfectly known plants collected in Mexico by Mr. Pringle.

Robinson, B. L. and Fernald, M. L. Contributions from the Gray
Herbarium of Harvard University, new series.—VIII. Proc. Am.
Acad. Arts and Sci. 30: 114-123. 27 Au. 1894.
New plants collected by C. V. Hartman and C. E. Lloyd in northwestern Mexico.

Rovirosa, J. N. Viaje 4 Teapa y 4 las Sierras que concurren 4 la
Formacion de su Valle. La Naturaleza (II.) 2: 269-293. 1894.
Contains an account of the flora of the region.

Rusby, H. H. Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 21: 487-489. f/. 225, 226. 24N. 1894. ;

Describes and figures Lophopappus (Compositae) with LZ. foliosus and Fluck-
igeria (Gesneriaceae) with 7. Fritschii.

Russell, H. L. The Fixation of free Nitrogen by Plants. Bot. Gaz.
Ig: 284-293. 16 Jl. 1894.

Saint-Lager, Dr. Traditional Interpretation of Linnaean Nomencla-
ture. Erythea, 2: 194-201. 1 D. 1894. (Translation).

Scribner, F. L. ° Lower California Grasses. Zoé, 4: 385-393- 26

F, 1894. sag
An enumeration of 69 grasses collected by Mr. T. S. Brandegee, in Lower al

nia in 1893. Sporobolus expansus proposed as new.

Scribner, F. L. Grasses of Tennessee. Part II.

Exp. Sta. Bull. 7: 1-141. 787 figs. 1894.
Descriptions and illustrations of all the grasses known to occur in the State.

Univ. Tenn. Agric.

56

Small, J. K. Twospeciesof Oxadis. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 21: 471-
475. pl. 222-223. 24N. 1894.

Describes and figures O. recurva Ell. and: O. grandis n. sp.

Small, J. K. Notes on some of the rarer Species df Polygonum. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, 21: 476-482. p/. 22g. 24N. 1894. :
Figures P. boreale,

Stevens, F. Pistillody; staminody; teratelogy. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 21: 489, 490. 24N. 1894.

Sturtevant, E. L. Notes on Maize (continued). Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 21: 503-523. 24 D. 1894.

Villada, M.M. La Goma Loca de Mexico—I. La Natuaraleza (II.)
2: 383-385. pl. 78. 1894.

Pictures of Larrea Mexicana Moric. and Acacia filicina Willd.

Whitfield, R.P. On new Forms of Marine Algae from the Trenton
Limestone, with Observations on Buthograptus laxus Hall. Bull, Am.
Mus. Nat. Hist. 6: 351-358. A/. zz. 20 D. 1894.

Callithamnopsis, Chaetocladus and Primicorailina are proposed new genera.

SCOULERIA MARGINATA E. G. BRITTON.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 228,

a,
i
ea
LT ww

SS, NNW iN, aT
a SSE We

SOE Ga
S uix))

SOS thi
URSELF

- (WZ
“AHI ee vi

)
ONS
"

GA

SE LA
LEZEEZ==>

=
rl
<
=
i? 9)
n
—
ll
<
x
bd
a
Dn
~
we
Ss
=)
om

—

ee eee ae se

Second=-Hand Books for Sale.

The following botanical works, owned mainly by the late Mr. Justus F. Poggen-

burg, are offered for sale by the Secretary of the Torrey Botanical Club at prices
considerably below those ordinarily charged. Purchasers are requested to order by
number, remitting the amount in advance to Ff.. H. RUSBY,

96.

97.

- Hough, Am, Woods, 3 vols. ey: an i
. Hussey, Geographical Survey of Kentuc
80, International Scientists’ Directory for 1885, 1888 and 1889. 25 cts. '
. Ives, Colorado River of the West. Good. $2.00.

222 West 132d Street, New York City.

Apgar, Plant Analysis, 2 copies, 1 new, the other partly used. 25 cts,
Barton and Castle, British Flora Medica. Good. $2.00,
Beck, Botany of Northern and Middle States. 50 cts.

- Bertram, Flora von Braunschweig, Good. 50 cts,

- Bigelow, Florula Bostoniensis, 1st Ed. $2.50.

- Botanical Gazette, full set; vols. 1 to 12 bound; the rest unbound. $20.00.
- Botany.—Library of Useful Knowledge. Good. 25 cts. :

- Brereton, Prodromus Flor. Columb. _ 50 cts.

. Buchenau, Flora von Bremen and Oldenburg. 50 cts.

- Buckley, A Short History of Natural Science.. 50 cts.

. Cassel, Outlines of Botany. Good. 25 cts,

- Cooke, Manual of Botanical Terms. Good. 30 cts.

- Cooley, Easy Experiments in Physical Science. 50 cts.

- Darby, Botany of the Southern States. Fair. 75 cts.

» Darlington, Memorials of Bartram and Marshall. $2.00.

- Darwin, Fertilization of Orchids by insects. $1.00.

- De Candolle and Sprengel, Elements of the Philosophy of Plants, 50 cts.
- Dewey, Rep. on Herbaceous Flowering Plants of Massachusetts. 50 cts.
» Eaton, Manual of Botany. Vol. 2 only. s5octs.

Eaton, Botany of N, A. Poor. $1.00.

. Elliott, Botany of S. C. and Ga. Poor. $7.00.
. Emory, Mex. Bound. Surv. Vol 1. Fair. $2.00.
66 66

« « Botany, including Cactaceae. $8.00.
= Mil. Rec. 1848. Poor. 50 cts.

. Flint, Grasses and Forage Plants. 50 cts..

Florula Ludoviciana. Poor. $1.50.
Fontaine, Older Mesozoic Flora of Virgiania.. Handsomely bound, Good. $3.00.

. Foster & Whitney, Lake Superior Land Dis. $1.00.
. Fremont, Exploring Expedition, Oregon and California, 1843-44. $1.00.
ci7 [i7 “ee ee

66 -45- 50° cts.
“ ‘“ “ “ “ “ -51. 5octs.

Freyburger, Organischen Drogen. 25 cts.
Fuller, Practical Forestry. Good as new. 75 cts.

. Gould, Grasses and their Culture. Handsomely bound. Good, $1.00.

. Gray, Manual, 1st Ed. Bound with lessons. Fair. $2.00.

. Green & Congdon Class Book of Botany. Good. 75 cts. :
. Hayden’s Surveys, 1870-71 (Montana). 2 vols. $1.00.

Hayden’s Surveys, vol. 7, Lesquereaux, Cretaceous Flora, $3.00.
Henderson, Gardening for Pleasure. Good. 25 cts.
“ ‘“ ‘ “ Good. 25 cts.

és f Plants. Poor. $1.00. we :
Hand Book of Plan d in perfect condition. Each $5.00.

y—Botany. . Unbound, 50 cts.

Johnson’s Botanical Teacher. 10 cts. “B." $1.00.

. Geological Survey of Kentucky—Timber and Botany, -
. Leimbach, Menteches Botanische Monatschrift, vol. 3, bound. Good. 50 ¢

Lesqueraux and James, Mosses of N. A. $2.59.

. Lightfoot, Flora Scotia. 2vols. Poor. $2.00.
. Lincoln, Mrs. Botany. Handsomely bound and very good. 25 cts.

. Lindley, Introduction to Botany. Fair. 75 cts.
“ ‘“ Good.

$1.00.
« Treasury of Botany. 2 vols. Good as new. $3.60.
Linne, Set veut Translated from the 13th Ed. zvols. Handsomely bound.
Good. $4.00
Linney, Geographical Survey of Kentucky—Botany. Unbound. 50 cts.
Lloyd, Drugs and Medicines of the U. S. $3.00.

99. Luerssen, Grundzuge der Botanik. $1.00.

1o1. MacMillan, Metaspermae of the Minnesota Valley. $2.00.
103. Marcy, Red River of Lousiana. $2.00,
104 Martyn, Miller’s Gardeners’ Dictionary (1807). 4 vols. Good. $8.00.
105. Martyn, Language of Botany. 25 cts.

106. Naturalists’ Directory for 1888. 10 cts.

108. Noll, Bot. Class Book and Flora of Pa. $2.50.

1og. Orton, Comparative Zodlogy. Good. 50 cts.

Int. Parker, Rocky Mountain Exploring Tour. 50 cts.

113. Pittonia. Partial set. Unbound. $3.00.

115. Porcher, Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests. $4.00.

116. Porter, Flora of Col. 2 copies; 1 bound, $3.00; the other unbound, $2.50.
117. Poulsen (Trelease), Micro Chemistry. 50 cts.

120, Proc. Am. Ac. Arts and Sci. Several volumes. $2.00.

121. Provancher, Flora Canadienne. Poor. $1.00.

123. Rattan, Popular Californian Flora. Good as new. 75 cts. :

124. Reports U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1871 to 1882 inclusive. $1.50.
125. Rolfe & Gillette, Chemistry. 25 cts.

126. Rothrock, Rep. on the Bot. West of the rooth Meridian. Good. $3.00.
127. Rousseau, On Elements of Botany, Addressed to a Lady. Covers gone. 50 cts.
129. Sargent, Forests of the U.S, roth Census. $4.00.

131. Smith, James Edward. Botany. Good. 50 cts.

133. Squier, Tropical Fibres. Fair. 25 cts.

134. Steele, Fourteen Weeks in Astronomy. Good. 35 cts.

“ce

135. * ¢ Zoélogy. Good. 35 cts.
190,;.-°% ” s Geology. 35 cts.
137. a Chemistry. Poor. 35 cts.

138. Key to Steele’s Sciences. 35 cts.
139. Swezey, Cat. of the Plants of Wisconsin. 50 cts.
142. Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, full set, Vols. 1 to 16 bound, the rest un-
bound. $25.00.
143. Memoirs of the Torrey Bot. Club. Full set. $10.00.
144. Torrey, N. Am. Cyperaceae. $2.00.
147. Torrey, Compendium. $1.00,
148. Torrey, Flora of New York. 2 Vols. Handsomely bound. Good. $14.
150. Trans. and Proc. of the Edinborough Botanical Society. Vol. 13. Good. 25 cts.
151. Trans, and Proc, N. Y. Academy of Sciences. Full set. $20.00.
152. Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Science. Vol. 12. Good. $10.
158. Wilson, Jussieu’s Elements of Botany. 25 cts.
159. Winchell, Nat. Hist. Surv. Minnesota. Handsomely bound. Good. $1.50.
162. Wood, Alphonso, Botanist and Florist. Poor. 75 cts.
164, Young, Familiar Lessons in Botany. 25 cts.
165. Report New York State Museum Nat. History. Fullset. $10.00.
166. Barton (Dr. B. S.), Elements of Botany. Vol. 1. 25 cts.
175. Hooker, Icones Plantarum. 4 vols., 1836. $4.00.
176, Michaux, Flora Boreali Americana. 2 vols., 180 3- $4.00.
177. Lindley, Introduction to Botany. 2d Ed., 1835. 50 cts.
178. Lindley, Natural System. 2d Kd., 1836. 50 cts.
179. Jussieu, Genera Plantarum. 1789. $1.00.
180. Babington, Manual British Botany, 1843. 50 cts.
181. Nuttall, Genera N. A. Plants. 1818 (2 copies). Each $2.50.
182, Paxton, Botanical Dictionary. 1868, $1.50.
183. Torrey & Gray, Flora N. A. 2 vols., 1836-43. $8.00.
184. Gray, Synoptical Flora, Vol. 2, Part I. 1878. $2.00.
185, Watson, Bibliographical Index. 1878. $1.00.
186. Endlicher, Enchiridon Botanicum. 1841. $2.50.
187. Darlington, Flora Cestrica. 1837. $1.00,
188. Bigelow, Flora Boston. 1837. $1.00.
189. Flint, Grasses and Forage Plants. Ed. 4, 1859. 50 cts.
Igo. Tuckerman, Synopsis New England Lichens. 1848. 50 cts.
191, Elliott, Botany South Carolina and Georgia. 2 vols., 1816-24. $10.00.
192. Sweet, Hortus Britannicus, Ed. 2, 1840. $1.00,
193. Torrey, Flora of New York. 2 vols., 1843. $10.00.
_ 194. Muhlenberg, Descriptio Uberio Graminum. 1817. $1.00.
te Torrey, Compendium Flora United States. 1824. $1.00.
_ 196, Beck, Botany Northern and Middle States. 1833. 50 cts.
_ 197. Torrey, Phanerogamia of Pacific North America. 1 4. $5.00.

*

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia

College.

Seige et Ee as gg gl 8 el ea 25 cents,

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)

The Genus Hicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . 25 cents.

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
a alts and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L.

ritton.
The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains

and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . 25 cents.
Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa,
Adans... By:N. L. Britton (1889), "se. . , 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
(2BB O75 isi lig SE ee a a ey . . 25 cents,
A List of State and Local Floras of the United States and British America,
By N. L. Britton (1890), Do Rs cae War Gide Ara I.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
ock (1890), .. poe ee pe apa eS 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton

Bae a ET 25 cents.

(1890),
The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.

Se ee, Ree ene ta ae cae gee we my | Ree A og

(i8gt), 6 2 eee ee . . . 25 cents.
Notes on the North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong
(1891), . Cite ee bee Nga _ 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
C8BOY), cc oo eae aoe re fee ee “. ., 25 cents,
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By brpsroes

ica. Las Bren (FS02), FS 4 Pee
she cose GHC ok tear oon otosi, Bolivia. By N.

L. Britton (1892), . . aa Vie ce, . . 25 cents.
The Anatomy of ite Stem of Wistaria Sinensis. By Carltcn ~ ied
(1892), wine 5 Ue So ee eo :
New or "eotsosiby North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. come

he a Re a en te ere
Fick hie repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By pad
Britton (1892), ao belay Pee age ra Sosa!
A Preliminary List of American Species of Zolygonum. By Jo ay ae
I Bs sts s ee ae ‘ we pene Aer eS le
a New a aie of Listera, with Noteson Other Orchids. By oe ae
(1893), ere ee ae :
The North American Species of Lespedeza. By NLT. mages 1893).

1888-1890. By Thomas os and N.L.
Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), ere By Carlton roe

An Examination of the Seeds of some Na i :
I oes ee, Oa EL aw i - . . - . . . . - cont t;

rode Mec on American Species of /olygonum. By John ve =

Dad ecient Phanerogams, VII. By N. L. Britton

New or Noteworthy North American
(1893), Si pier et ace ee ek ewe te ee Oe

. » 2§ cents.

.

No. 39. Contributions to American Bryology, ITI.— Notes on the North American

Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, . 25 cents.
No. 40. New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby (1893), . 25 c ents
No. 4t. The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Appalachian Mountain Sys-.

tem. By John K. Small (1893), . . . . . . 25 cents
No. 42. Notes upon various Species of Iridaceze and other Orders. By Thoma
PRO CXYBOR) ho 6 hy cake he SN eg 25 cents.
No. 43, Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By '. H. Kearney, Jr.
€ES93)y 0 Gs « . 25 cents.

No. 44. Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum—\{. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . 25 cents.
No. 45. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, 1. By John K.

Small (1894),.. . . 25 cents. -
No. 46. Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other

Species. By A. A. Heller (1894) 25 cents.
No. 47. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIIL. By 'N.L. Brit-

ton. (1894), . . . . 25 cents.
No. 48. Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American

Species of Wetssia (Llota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents.
No, 49. A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of

Cuscuta. By W. D. Matthew (1893), . . . . 25 cents.
No. 50. A Study of the Genus Psoralea in America. By Anna Murray Vail
I i 5 es es BR 25 cents.
No. 51. Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution.
Ry: Ns E.R: (Raa ei a Pee Boke 25 cents.
No. 52. Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum.
By Elizabeth, G. Britton (1894), .. .. . | 25 cents.
No. . New and interesting Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small (1894),
25 cents.
No. 54. Contributions to American Bryology, VII. A revision of the ie Phys-
: comitrium. By Elizabeth G. Brittop (1894), . . 25 cents.
No. 55. The Genus Cassia in North America. By Charles Louis Pollard (1894),

25 cents.

No. 56. A Revision of the Genus hachéa. By N. L. Britton (1894), “ae cents.
No. 57. New or little known Plants of the Southern States. By ~ EB Kearney, Jr.
tag Re, ee er eae ee ee 25 cents.

No. 58. A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By
Carlton C. Curtis (1894), . . . 25 cents.

No. 59. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K.

Small (1894), . 25 cents.

No. 60. Contributions to the Auction Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus
Sruchia, with Descriptions of Types and one new Species. By Elizabeth

K Beige ea er ae 25 cents.

No. 61. The Smilacez of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894)

25 cents.
No. 62. A preliminary Revision of the Genus Lathyrus in North America. By
Theodore G. White (1894),

SC he a se ae 25 cents.

No. 63. Two Species of Oxalis. By John K. Small ( 1894) 25 cents
No. 64. Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small
(1894), : . . . 25 cents.

No. 65. Some new Florida Plants. “By ae oe Kearney, r. (1894), . . . 25 cents.
No. 66. Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. Je; (1898), 1894), 25 cents.

The series as above listed will be supplied for $10.
Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in Ne tt
dur be hades Oh w Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton,
Address

PrRor. N. L, BRITTON,

Columbia College,
NEW YORE CITY.

*+HER BARIUM FOR SALE. +

I desire to sell the European part of my herbarium (75 fasc.
phanerogamia and filices), containing considerably more than
half the European flora; all species are in good condition and
represented by abundant specimens from various localities.

Dr. P TAUBERT,
S. W. 47 York Str. 58, Berlin, Germany.

CHARACEZ OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characez of America is
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of Witel/a, as fol-
lows: WVitella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
shipii, Allen; Missouriensis, Aen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A, Br. ;
slomerulifera, A, Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates can be prepared; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

TT. ES. AIL,
10 East 36th St., N. Y¥.

American Algae. Century I. 1894.

The first hundred of a carefully prepared series of American Algae is now offered
for sale at the uniform price of ten dollars net ($10.00). The edition of Century I. is
limited to twenty-five. The plants have been determined with great care and have
been compared with such standard specimens as those of Wittrock and Nordstedt, Go-
mont, etc. Century I. comprises only freshwater forms from the Upper Mississippi
Valley. The set is arranged in a handsome quarto volume, with printed labels and
abundant material for critical ‘study. Microscopic measurements and other details are
incorporated in the labels. The first Century contains several rare varieties, as for ex-
ample, Sphaeroplea, a new gigantic species of 7étraspora,a new calcareous Chacto-
Phora and others. A specially fine series of Cladophora is included, comprising fif-
teen different species and varieties. It is believed that this, the first set of freshwater
Algae published in America, wil] prove of value to herbaria that may acquire it,

JOSEPHINE E. TILDEN,
University of Minnesota, Minneapo:is, Minn.

MEMOIRS

Address orders ‘to

w» FROM THE ...

Department of Botany of Columbia College.

A new series.of papers under this title will be commenced in January, 1895. They
will be printed in ie 2 and issued as matter becomes available. bi . tha
contain “A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Pol ygont gtd
Mr. John K. Small, consisting of about 150 pages of text and 86 plates. pri
of this number is $6.00. The Memoirs will not be sent in exchange.

Remittances and applications for sample pages may be made to

PROF. N. L. BRITTON,

COLUMBIA COLLEGE, NEW YORK CITY.

-# LIST OF #* >:

Pieridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern North America.

The subscriptions to the official list prepared by a Committee of the Botanical Club,
A, A. A. S., call for 380 copies. We have had 400 copies made and bound up at the
price of $1.00 for paper binding and $1.25 for cloth binding, so that there remain 20
copies not yet taken. After these are sold, the list can only be had in the form of Me-
moirs Torrey Botanical Club, Vol. V., at the regular price, or $3.00.

EDITORS,
Torrey Botanical Club.

THE ANNUAL CATALOGUE

OF THE

Vienna Botanical Exchange Society

Will be issued in December. It will contain about 4,000 names of spe-
cies, forms and hybrids for exchange or sale, some of which have never
been offered in any similar publication. The number of new species
offered is large. It may be obtained gratis by addressing the undersigned,

T. DORFLER,

Burgering, 7, Wienna, A-ustria.

Library Catalogue Cards # Cases.

Send for sample cards and prices.
Examine cards used for Bibliography of American Botany.

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.,

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.

cael

ae

WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J.

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL-
WAYS ON HAND, INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

oe ESTABLISHED 1851. 7s vat pe
EIMER & AMEND,
MANUFACTURERS AND Pees OF ,
Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,
205, 207, 209 & au Third Ave,

Corner of 18th Street, - NEW YORK. :

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED vie:
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR

|B. March’s Szline Chemical Stone
Ware. ee

Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically
Pure and Common Filter Paper. —

Doctor C, Gciesbler’ $s Saccharome-
ters (Polariscopes).

Prof. .Jolly’s S aee Gravity Bal-
ances, etc. : :

Le Brun F. Desmontes & oe of

Paris, Platinum.

| H. Tronesdorft’s C. P. Chestieale”

: SPECIALTIES: eeieconies Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass-
ware, Porcelain from the Royal Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem
jan and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure

_ Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, -Copperware, — Bunse
Burners and Combustion Formac: ‘Apparatus and Chemicals for

: oe Chemists.
: "LABORATORY ouTrITS

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(1) THE BULLETIN.

This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1894 over 45 pages monthly with
many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.

Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, to shillings. Agents for —
England, Messrs. DuLau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England.

Back NumBers.—The BuLietin was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
run on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 17 have been indexed sepa
rately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had for
50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20 and 21 are indexed sepa
rately. Price of each $2.00. Vol. 8 cannot now be supplied complete, but it is
planned to reprint some of its numbers.

(2) THE MEMOIRS.
The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 pet volume in advance. The numbers
ean also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each.

Volume 1, No. 1.—Studies of the Types of various Species of the Genus Caré#;
by Prof. L. H. Bailey. This cannot now be had separately.

No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts of New
Jersey and Staten Island, by Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents.

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Hepatic collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby
South America, with descriptions of many new species, by Dr. Richard Spruce. Price,
75 cents.

No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits, by Dr. E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 50 cents.

Volume 2, No. 1.—On Reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding
Parts, with two plates, by Professor Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents.

No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates, by Anna
Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents.

No. 3.—Studies in the Germination of Some North American Plants, with 15
plates, by Theodor Holm. This cannot now be had separately.

No. 4.—A Monograph of the North America Species of the Genus Po/yga/a, by
Dr. William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents.
Vol. 3.. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous ter
ritory, by John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents.
No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadacee with illustrations of all
the species, by Dr. Thos. Morong. Price $2.00.
No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants Collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang.
By H. H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents.
Vol. 4. No. 1.—Index Hepaticarum Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien M.
Underwood. Price, 75 cents.
No. 2.~-Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season of
4892. By John K. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, 50 cents.
ae Vol. 5. List of Northeastern American Plants of the Botanical Club, Americad
. Association for the Advancement of ee. Price, $3.00,

<4) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyta reported

i a a i eee Lee Th a Ok

FEBRUARY, 1895.

BULLETIN
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

.

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

EDITED BY
NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB.

CONTENTS:

PAGE,
New Bpeciap of Ustilagineae and Uredineae:
\ % B. Ellisand B. M. Everhart... .

Contributions to American Bryology—IX. 1.
__ The Systematic Position of Piyscomitrelia
Patens; 2, On a Hybrid growing with
Aphanorhegma serrata; 3.Ona eee
pean Hybrid of Physcomitreila patens:
Elisabeth G. Britton (Piates 229-231) _
Japanese Characeae—Il.: 7: F. Allen... 68
Tradescantia Virginica var. villosa Wat-

PAGE.
ar ey ae Y, Heved .<: 2. o
57 | Revrews.—The Life and writings of Rafin- —
| esque; Annual Report of the Stafe Botamist —
of New York; Additional Notes on the new —
Fossil, Daimonhelix ; Through Glade and
Mead; ‘The Characeae of America—Part2; _
List of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta of :
‘Northeastern North America... +. + 3
Procespincs or THE CLUB. . . PEE
: ‘Inpex. TO RECENT LrreRaTuRE RELATING ©
ro Ammrica® BOTANY ..-++.-+-- %

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

OFFICERS FOR 1895.

Freiivent P|
HON. ADDISON BROWN. Mente
; Vice Presiaents, : i | i : |
7. F. ALLEN, M. D. L. H. LIGHTHIPE. :
Recording Secretary, ; Corresponding Secretary, vf :

HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D., JOHN K. SMALL, 4
College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia College, New York Citys

Peaditor,: oes Treasurer,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., HENRY OGDEN,
Columbia College, New York City. 11 Pine Street, New York City,

Associate Editors,
_ EMILY L. GREGORY, Ph.D, = ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. By
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, | BYRON D. HALSTED, Se. Dy
oe Oe A i :

Cheats, <o Librarian,
lat iees ES _ ROGERS, EFFIE A. SOUTHWORTH.

fe Gee te Oe Committee on Finance, :

2 Committee on Seasons
s - CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, MISS" JEANNETTE B, GREENE, |
: ete i onverte eget thea hin A aan Sere, Sew Tonks Coy:

Library ana Herbarium Coutinittnc.

_ JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, _ _ HELEN M. INGERSOLL,
-EFFIE A. SOUTHWORTH, fe Rev. L. H. LIGHTHIPE.

| Committees 0 on the Locat Flora, o
ine PROF. THos. c PORTER, “wuazanere G. |. BRITTON,
JN. L. BRITTON, Ph. ae ; “MARIA O. LE BRUN,
Kage ‘iH. RUSBY, M. Be a ‘SMITH ELY JELLIBFE, M. D.

umbis atege, 4th Street eid Waadison &
lay of each month,

BULLETIN

OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLU
Fob zu. Lancaster Panacea, em

New Species of Ustilagineae and Uredineae.

By J. B. ELtis AND B. M,. EVERHART.

Ustiraco Wasuinctoniana E. & E.
On leaves of some grass, State of Washington, spring of 1892

(E. R. Lake).

Sori linear, 1 mm.—2 cm. long, covered at first by the lead-
colored epidermis, soon exposed and then mass of spores nearly
black. Spores globose, 8-10 “ diam., olive-brown, minutely
echinulate and filled with numerous small nuclei. The sori are
sunk in the substance of the leaf, which is finally eaten away and
perforated by them.

Closely resembles Ustilago longissima (Sow.), but the spores are

larger and minutely echinulate.

Entytoma arnicauis E. & E.
On leaves of Arnica cordifolia, Latah county, Idaho, July,

1893 (C. V. Piper, No. 122).

Spots amphigenous, deep rusty brown above, paler below,
subangular, 2-4 mm. diam., with a pale yellow shaded border.
Sori subepidermal. Spores spherical, hyaline at first, then pale
brown, 10-12 » diam., with a smooth epispore 1%4-2 , thick.
Conidia (Ramularia arnicalis E. & E. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil.
1891, 85) hypophyllous subcylindrical 15-20X2}4—-3 #, 2-3-nu-
cleate, the upper end mostly a little curved, borne on subfascicu-
late hyphae 12~-20X2 Yy-3 #.

UrRomyces putcuerius E. & E.
On leaves and petioles of Szlene ? sp. Lake Chelan, Wash.

Aug. 1892 (Lake & Hall).

58

III. Sori scattered or circinate, mostly hypophyllous, small
(7% mm.), naked, nearly black. Teleutospores obovate or ellipti-
cal, becoming chestnut-brown, 22—28%18-—22 », epispore smooth,
rather thick, moderately thickened at the rounded apex. Pedicels
35-50 » long, stout, hyaline. There was no indication of any
Aecidium on the specimen examined.

UROMYCES CARICINA E. & E.
On leaves or culms of Carex scoparia, Alcove, N. Y., July,

1893 (C. L. Shear, No. 81). I. & III.

_ Sori scattered, oblong, %-1 mm. long by about % mm. wide,
covered by yellowish epidermis, not confluent. Uredospores
sparingly mixed with the teleutospores in the same sori, ovate or
elliptical, pale, tuberculo-echinulate, 20-22X14-16. Teleuto-
spores obovate, pale below, rounded at the apex, or often with a
distinct hyaline papilla, epispore smooth, strongly thickened and
dark colored at the apex, 19-23+14-16. Pedicels yellowish,
about as long as the spores.

Uromyces Caricis Pk. has naked cinnamon-colored sori and
larger spores.

“

PUCCINIA TRIFOLIATA E, & E.

On Jiarella trifoliata Seattle, Wash. June 1892 (Prof. C.V. Piper)-

I. Aecidium on the slightly swollen stems and _ petioles.
Erumpent, closed at first, soon open and cup-shaped, about
mm. diam., thin, margin toothed. Spores ovate or subglobose,
15-20 » diam., yellowish, epispore slightly echinulate, ampht-
genous.

Il. Uredo sori small, pale cinnamon color, y%-Y% mm. diam.,
naked above. Uredospores obovate or globose, 15—22 / in the
longer diam., rather closely echinulate, hyaline, becoming pale
brown.

III. Teleutospores in larger (1 mm.) nearly black naked
sori, elliptical, 22~-3515—20 », pale chestnut brown, rounded at
each end, contents granular, scarcely constricted at the septum,
epispore scarcely thickened at the apex, and when examined dry,
under a high power, covered with a network of raised lines.
Pedicels very short, almost wanting. :

Differs from the other related species on Ziare//a and Sasifrag@
in the presence of Uredo and also in other particulars.

-PUCCINIA SUBSTERILIS E. & E. ENA. F. 3141.] c.
On Chrysopogon sp. Fort Collins, Colo., March, 1894 (C. F-
Baker, No. 219). :

Mostly hypophyllous. Sori (II. and III.) superficial, pulvinate
elliptical, black-brown, 4-1 mm. long, naked. Uredospores

59

echinulate, globose or elliptical, 20-3018-22 “, brownish-black,
epispore nearly equally thickened throughout ; pedicels slender
hyaline, subpersistent, 20—30 long. Teleutospores (in the same

_ Sori as the uredospores), oblong or clavate, pale, constricted at
the septum, 22~30X12-15 «, epispore smooth, mostly not at all or
only slightly thickened at the rounded or subtruncate apex.

The uredospores are abundant and well developed, while the
teleutospores are few in number and apparently not well matured.

This is quite distinct from P. omnivora E. & E. and from P.
Chrysopogt Barcl.

Puccinia omnivora E. & E. [N. A. F. 3049.]

On Chrysopogon nutans, leaves and stems, Newfield, N. J.,
autumn 1893.

II. and III. Uredospore sori minute, narrow, 1-2 mm. long,
at first covered, then rupturing the epidermis and discharging the
yellow, globose or subelliptical, 18-22 “, subechinulate spores.
III. Sori amphigenous, but mostly hypophyllous, oblong or
% linear, 1 mm.—1 cm. long, \% mm. wide, at first covered, but soon
bare and margined by the ruptured epidermis, nearly black. Te-
leutospores elliptical to oblong, 22-40%12-16. K, scarcely con-
stricted, mostly rounded at each end, but those in the center of
the sori narrower and paler, and gradually attenuated into the
Stout, 50-70X4-6 », yellowish-hyaline pedicel, upper cell darker,
and in the shorter, elliptical spores mostly rounded at the apex
without any distinct papilla, the narrower, paler spores with a dis-
tinct yellowish-hyaline obtusely conical papilla, epispore smooth,
distinctly thickened at the apex.

Has the habit of P. graminis, but the spores are decidedly

smaller, both the uredo and teleutospores.

Puccinta macnoecia E. & E. :
On leaves of Aster pulchellus, Mts. above Lake weet: deen:

Aug. 1892 (Lake & Hall).

III. Teleutospores slender-clavate, 40-50x14-16 Ms .
almost hyaline below, epispore smooth, much thickened at t “5 ce
and darker, slightly constricted, crowded in broad(2-3 me be he
nearly black, hypophyllous sori, which are partly a <i cad
epidermis. The upper surface of the leaf is marke as meh
brown spots corresponding to the sori on the opposite side. as
Spores are mostly regularly rounded at the apex, ot Cars a the
_Obtusely pointed or even truncate. Pedicels about as long a
spores.

Differs from P. As¢eris in its large, dark sori.

60

PucciniA PHILIBERTIAE E. & E.

(P. Gonolobi Rav. var. Philibertiae Pk. in M. E. Jones’ list of
western plants, not described.)

On leaves and follicles of Philbertia viridiflora ? Britton and
Rusby, near Las Cruces, New Mexico, Oct., 1892 (E. O. Wooton,

No. 43). :
Amphigenous, but mostly hypophyllous. Sori hemispherical,
dark chestnut brown, 13-34 mm. diam., superficial, mostly circin-
ate around a compact central group of several confluent or con-
nate sori; on the follicles the sori are densely crowded, covering
the entire follicle, which is thus dwarfed and rendered abortive.
Teleutospores elliptical or obovate, 20~-30y<15—20 #, scarcely con-
stricted, rounded and obtuse at the apex, lower cell a little paler
and often narrowed at the base, epispore smooth, scarcely thickened
at the apex, contents of the cells granular. Pedicels slender, sub-
hyaline, 55-65 “ long. Mesospores abundant, mostly smaller.

Puccinia ZiZiaE E. & E.
On leaves of Zizia cordata, Pullman, Wash., September, 1893
(Prof. C. V. Piper, No. 164).

III. Amphigenous but mostly epiphyllous. Sori small (4-M%
mm.), not confluent, nearly black, soon naked; seated on smal
(1-2 mm.), whitish, irregularly shaped spots, which are often con-

fluent. Teleutospores obovate, elliptical or oblong-elliptical, “
22-30X15—20 #, only slightly constricted ; epispore smooth, rather

thin or only slightly thickened at the rounded apex. Pedicels
hyaline, about as long as the spores.

Differs from P. dudlata, in its darker sori, smaller spores and, a5 &

far as yet known, in the absence of any Aeccidium.

PUCCINIA NIGROVELATA Ell. & Tracy.
On Cyperus strigosus, Mississippi (Tracy). I] & III.

Uredospores in short (1-2 mm.), oblong-elliptical sori, suf be
rounded by the erect margin of the ruptured epidermis, ovate OF —

elliptical, pale yellowish, aculeolate, 15-24 (mostly 15-20) 12-15

u, Mass of spores cinnamon colored, | Teleutospores in flat sori, .
I-3 mm. long, 34~—1 mm. broad, closely covered by the epidermis,

which appears black by translucence, clavate-oblong, 35-55% 14-18

“, broadly constricted, lower cell pale and narrowed to the pedicel, J
upper cell broader and darker, epispore smooth, thickened at the

apex, which is either rounded or obtusely pointed, with or without

a hyaline papilla. Pedicels mostly shorter than the spores. The :
teleutospore sori at length open by a longitudinal crack along

the middle.

61

Puccinta Crapu EIl. & Tracy.

On Cladium effusum, Ocean Springs, Miss., Aug., i889 (Prof.
S.M. Tracy). II. & III.

On the culms and peduncles of the cyme. -Sori small, ellip-
tical, subconfluent, so as often to envelope and cover the peduncles
for 2 or more cm. in extent; at first covered, then bérdered by the
ruptured yellowish epidermis. Uredospores ovate or elliptical,
22-25 X20 #, or subglobose, 18-20 #, at first hyaline, then deep red-
brown (or ferruginous-yellow while lying in the sori) aculeate.
Teleutospores in similar but much darker colored sori, clavate or
oblong, 45-60X18—22 «, constricted, deep brown, lower cell nar-
rower and paler, epispore smooth or slightly granular-roughened
above, strongly thickened at the obtusely rounded apex, or with
an oblique papilla, or sometimes subtruncate-flattened. Pedicels
shorter than the spores, hyaline or slightly colored, stout. The
uredospores are also pedicellate.

PUccINIA GRANULISPORA Ell. & Galloway.
On stems and leaves of Alum cernuum? Montana, 1890

(Prof. F. D. Kelsey). ;

II. and III. Sori linear, 4-1 cm. long, shorter on the leaves,
¥% mm. wide, at first covered, then exposed by a longitudinal
cleft in the epidermis, but only slightly prominent. Uredospores
Subglobose, pale, faintly echinulate, 20-30X15~-20 #. pepe
spores oblong, clavate or obovate, 45-60%20-25 /, smooth, wit
granular contents, slightly constricted, upper cell subglobose re
elliptical, darker, moderately thickened at the rounded or ae
pointed or often truncate apex, lower cell paler, cuneate. Pedicels
shorter than the spores, colored. Mesospores not abundant,
shorter, obovate, 20-23 / long.

Differs from P. Porri in its linear sori and larger teleutospores.

AEcIpIum cytinpricum E. & E.
On leaves of Houstonia angustifolia, Osborne, Kansas, June,

Da hyll bseriate along each
Spe ia? Aecidia hypophyllous, subseriate ¢

sae ithe AGEs white, atc about 1 mm. high, sini 3
minutely subfimbriate-dentate. Spores orange-red, angular-g “di
bose, smooth, 18-22 #. The upper side of the leaves is ange io
less blackened and papillate from the projecting bases of the
aecidia. . : =

‘Differs from Accidium houstoniatum Schw. in its elongated, cy-

lindrical aecidia.

62

Contributions to American Bryology—IX.
By ELIZABETH G. BRITTON.
(PLATES 229-231.)
I. THe SysTEMATIC POSITION OF PHYSCOMITRELLA PATENS.

It must have occurred to every student of the mosses of the
United States that the foot-note* at the bottom of page 39 of
Lesquereux and James’ Manual indicated a curious state of
classification, and this feeling is increased when a study of the
specimens and literature convinces him that the facts which have
been taken for fixing arbitrary lines are still open to question and
have been disputed by several well-known bryologists. The
questions in doubt are these:—Has Physcomitrella patens a de-
hiscent, differentiated, lid? and is it distinct generically from
Aphanorhegma? We propose to answer both these questions in
the affirmative.

The history with regard to European specimens is best shown
by the following citations :—

PHYSCOMITRELLA PATENS (Hedw.) Br. & Sch.
Phascum patens Hedw. Descr. 1: 28. pl. ro (1787).
Physcomitrella patens Br. & Sch. Bryol. Eu. 1: p/. 3 (1849).
Aphanorhegma patens Lindb. in Ofv. K. Vet. Akad. Forh. 580
(1864).

Limpricht (Rab. Kryptfl. 4: 174. 1886) and Braithwaite (Brit.
Mosses, 2 : 127. 1890) maintain Physcomitrella as a genus and state
that the capsule is indehiscent, or the lid not differentiated ;
hence the former places it among the cleistocarpous mosses, and
the latter, following Lindberg and Hampe, classes it with the
Funariaceae. The latter is undoubtedly its most natural alliance.
Lindberg claims to have seen the lid. Schimper in the last edition
of the Synopsis Muscorum (1876) says that he has not seen it.

“ De operculi vestigi a Clarissimo Lindberg laudato adhuc nil vidi.”

*« Aphanorhegma serratum, Sulliv., differs from this spec.es (Physcomitrella
patens) only in the regular dehiscence of the capsule, which divides in the middle and
is therefore considered as operculate or stegocarpous, though no discoloration nor any
kind of modification of the texture is observable on the line of disruption. But for
this regular dehiscence Aphanorhegma should be described here merely as a variety
_ _ of Physcomitrella patens. It is therefore a remarkable connecting link between the

: Ephemereae : nd the Physcomitrieae, which resemble each other also in the areolation
of the leaves.”

r 63

We have taken pains to see all the available American ma-
terial of Physcomitrella patens in the Sullivant herbarium as well
as in that of the Department of Agriculture and others. In Drum-
mond’s Southern Mosses, No. 5, collected near St. Louis, the
specimens are still in perfect condition for examination. Many
of the capsules have not split, but several of those which have
show with a low magnification a perfectly circular rim. Under a
high magnification, after boiling and mounting, the walls are torn
irregularly, but a distinct median line of separation, where the
cells are elongated with longer transverse walls, was seen, even on
the irregularly torn capsules.

No. 30, Sull. & Lesq. Musci Bor. Am. Ed. 2 (1865), collected
in Ohio, also are in fine condition. Few of the capsules have
split, but after mounting in glycerine jelly, three capsules did split
regularly in half, and although we have seen no differentiation of
the cells along the suture, yet from its regularity, we suspect it is
there. It is almost impossible to determine this after the dehis-
cence of the capsules, as the walls are so thin, the cells so tender,
that in boiling to get rid of the spores, the walls are injured be-
yond possibility of examination. The stomata are basal, and
Seem partly immersed. |

In Sullivant’s own herbarium we found specimens from Colum-
bus, Ohio, collected in 1852, several capsules of which had split
regularly in half as seen by reflected light with a low power,

Quite recently we have received from Fort Snelling, Minne-
sota, specimens collected by Grace E. Sheldon on October I,
1894, which show a differentiation of the cells around the middle
of the capsule. Fig. 8 of our-plate was drawn from these speci-
mens. These capsules are very fresh and young, the cells of the
walls still contain chlorophyll, and are more distinct than any we
have seen. Starting from the stomatose base, the longest diame-
ter of the cells is vertical, they measure .013%.027 mm., gradually
the cells become larger, still keeping their longest diameter verti-
cal, and twice the length of the shortest, measuring .027.054.
At the line of dehiscence the cells are transversely elongated,
three times longer than wide, and measures .o16xby .054 mm.

Taking the above observations only for what they are worth,
it seems to me that we may at least give the question the benefit

64

of a doubt, and would advise any one having access to fresh
material of this rare and interesting species, and who is familiar
with modern laboratory methods, to do some careful bleaching
and staining, and try to prove conclusively whether P. parens be-
longs with the Cleistocarpous mosses or not.

The stomata as figured by our artist do not agree with fig. 59
of Limpricht’s Laubmoose (Rab. Kryptfl. 4: 158), but in all our
specimens they seem to be more or less immersed, and it is only
in deep focussing that the outlines appear distinct.

There seems to be some uncertainty as to the position of the
antheridia in Physcomitrella patens. Schimper in the Bryologia
(¢. 3) figures them in basal buds, but in the Synopsis Muscorum
(Ed. 2, 1876) he corrects himself, saying they are axillary to the

“upper leaves. As in Aphanorhegma they have also globose-tipped
paraphyses.

Limpricht says they may be either naked and pseudo-
lateral under the perichaetium or on a branch, seldom at the base
of the vaginule ; the paraphyses may be thread-like or globose-
tipped. We have not been able to verify any of these statements
from fresh American material.

The genus Aphanorhegma was founded by Sullivant in 1848
(Gray’s Man. Ed. i.,647. 1848). Physcomitrella was not published
till 1849 (Br. & Sch. Bryol. Eu. fasc. 42). In his search after ear-
lier names, Lindberg seems to have allowed dates to have more
weight than facts. From the accompanying plates and descrip-
tions, it seems to me that we cannot consider Physcomitrella pa-
tens and Aphanorhegma serrata as congeneric, much less is one
“merely a variety of the other.”

Description of Plate 229, Physcomitrella patens (Hedw.)
Br. & Sch.
1. Plants, natural size.
2-3. Two enlarged, showing the immersed ——
"4. Outlines of leaves.
5. Half of the base of one leaf enlarged, showing cells.
6. Apex enlarged.
7. Capsule enlarged, showing the stomatose base, and irregular line of dehis-
’ ence, the parenchymatic walls and large apical cells.
8. Cells of the walls still further enlarged, showing the transverse elongation of
ogg in the middle of the capsule, the ey ones above.
+ .g. Apex of capsule enlarged.

oS ae

\ > ees Sapa ea i. 7 ( ed 2-—
rooting at base of the innovations ; leaves crowded,

63

ro. Spore.

11. Same much enlarged, snowing the spines,

12. ‘Stoma, enlarged, showing the overlapping cells,
13. Calyptra.

Description of Plate 230, Aphanorhegma serrata Sull,
- Plants, natural size.
. Same, enlarged.
. Outlines of leaves.
- Cells at base of one side of leaf.
- Cells of the apex.
. Perichaetial leaves removed, showing the antheridia mixed with the arche-
gonia in the upper ax:ls,
6-7, Distinct antheridial clusters.
8. One of the globose-tipped paraphyses.
9. Leaves removed, showing the subapical innovations of the stems and the

Aw Bw dn

nearly sessile capsules, } wt ety
To. Single capsule enlarged, showing median dehiscence and flaring rim.

II. Spores, one enlarged, showing spines.

12. Collenchyma cells below the mouth showing the thickened walls.
13. Cells of lid.

14. Two stomata enlarged.

15. Calyptra.

2. On A Hysprip GROWING WITH APHANORHEGMA SERRATA Sull.

(PLATE 231.) .

These specimens were distributed in Drummond’s mosses of
the Southern States (1841) as No. 20, labelled as follows:

Schistidium Serratum, Nov, Sp. eee
‘e ids . . a.
Foliis obovatis acuminatis sub apicum serratis, capsula hemisphaeric

Near St. Louis, growing with Phascum serratum.

In the set belonging to the Columbia College Herbarium, there
is an unmistakable “hybrid between Aphanorhegma serrata and an
unknown Physcomitrium, probably P. turbinatum, though, of course,
the hybrid is not characteristic, as the archegonial om =
Aphanorhegma, and the antheridial plant was not distributed an
could not be as easily determined. oe
Aphanorhegma po @ X Physcomitrium aes sagt $ (?). :

Schistidium serratum Hook. & Wilson in Drummond's Sout
€rn Mosses no. 20 (1841).

Plants 3-5 mm. high, gregarious, bushy ; stems b

s

ranching and
3 mm. long,

oe re ee i serrate
lanceolate or oblanceolate, from an oblong base, margins

66

above, marginal cells inflated with oblique walls; vein ending
below the apex, or excurrent into the subulate tip. Sporophyte .
of two kinds. The normal, immersed ones of A. serrata, splitting
in half when mature, becoming broadly flaring, with several rows,
810, of dark collenchymatic cells bordering the mouth and form-
ing the whole of the lid; the spores rough, .024-.027 mm. The
hybrid sporophytes exserted ; seta 2-6 mm. ; capsule turbinate, not
splitting in the middle, but with a smaller apical lid, which is
bordered by one row of denser cells and is composed of parenchy-
matic cells, as well as the walls of the capsule ; mouth bordered by
two rows of dense oblong cells, and a persistent well-differentiated
annulus ; spores .016—.018 mm., immature.

Type locality near St. Louis, Missouri; type specimen No. 20,
Drummond’s Southern Mosses, in the Herbarium of Columbia
College.

I wrote to Kew for information concerning Hooker and Wilson's
specimens, and Mr. Wright says they also have a mixture in Drum-
mond’s No. 20, but he does not mention any exserted capsules.
“Some of the plants have broad leaves, similar to those of
Phascum patens,as is shown by Sullivant in Mem. Acad. n. ser
3:60. @ rr (1848) and in Sullivant’s Icones, ¢. 57. Others have
longer, narrower leaves; and an almost sessile capsule, with a
regular operculum. On another specimen (13b, Mississippi,
Drummond) Wilson has written ‘In this tuft is also found Phascum
patens.”

Drummond's specimens were supposed to be the ones on
which Sullivant founded his genus Aphanorhegma, but it is clear,
on consulting his herbarium, that his set of Drummond’s mosses
could not have supplied the figures which are given in the Me-
moirs of the American Academy (3: 60. 4 2. 1848), for he had
only a few old ragged plants of No. 20 with deoperculate cap-
sules. He distributed in the Musci Alleghanienses No. 198
(1846) specimens from Virginia and Ohio, as Schistidium serratum,
and in the original description of Aphanorhegma in Gray's Manual
he makes no mention of Drummond's specimens, and gives the
distribution “from New England to Ohio.” These must be the
types of the genus, and the ones figured in the Icones Muse. ¢. 57:

67
Description of Plate 231,

All the plants taken from Drummond’s Southern Mosses, No. 20.

1. A plant of Aphanorhegma serrata bearing three normal capsules, old, im-
mersed and empty, with a flaring mouth, broader than the depth of the capsule; the
Spores measure .024~.027 mm., and are rough and brown.

1a. Hybrid sporophyte, with exserted seta 6 mm. long, the capsule not splitting
in the middle, but with a smaller lid, the mouth bordered by two rows of cells and
an annulus, the spores imperfect, .016-.018 mm.

2. A plant of Aphanorhegma serrata with one old, flaring, immersed capsule,
spores .024—.027 mm.; to the left, on a separate branch, two younger capsules,

immersed and immature.
3. The lower plant is Aphanorhegma serrata with a single immersed flaring

capsule, the spores .027-.029 mm.

3a. Another immersed, flaring capsule with mature spores .o27 mm. in diameter.

3b. Four other branches, all bearing exserted capsules, less flaring than the
other two and bordered by only two rows of cells with a distinct annulus, the spores®
imperfect and massed together in the sporesac.

3d. was found in place on 3c., but in boiling it fell off.
cells of the lid are quite different from that of Fig. 6.

4. A simple, unbranched plant of Aphanorhegxa serrata, showing the shape

just after dehiscence.
5. Same, enlarged, showing the 8 rows of thick, collenchymatic cells bordering

the mouth.
6. Lid of same, enlarged; also composed of collenchyma.

7. Spores spinosely roughened, .024—.027 mm. from Fig. 4.
8. A normal plant of Aphanorhegma serrata with two capsules, one old and

flaring, the spores .024-.027 mm., the other just splitting in half, with the calyptra
still on.
3. On A European Hysprip OF PHYSCOMITRELLA PATENS.
There has been recorded in Europe another hybrid which
makes a curious parallel between Aphanorhegma and Physcomitrella,
and it seems to have puzzled European bryologists, for they do
not agree in the interpretation of the facts. The synonymy is as
follows ne
Puyscomirretta Hamper Limpr. (Rab. Kryptfl. 4: 175. 1886).
Physcomitrella patens X Physcomitrium sphacricum.
Physcomutrella patens var. pedicellata Br. & Sch. Br. Eu. 4 37
(1849).
Ephemerum patens var. anomalum Hampe in sched.
Aphanorhegma patens var. anomalum Hpe.; Lindb. in Ofv. K.

Vet. Akad. Forh. 580 (1864). ae ae
Physcomitreila patens var. anomala Hpe.; Milde in Bryol. Sil.

_ I9t (1869). :

It will be seen that the

68

Milde says of it that the capsules are long-stalked with unmis-
takable indications of a lid. These specimens were collected at
* Blankenburg in the Harz Mountains by Hampe.

Schimper, Hampe, Lindberg, Braithwaite, Husnot, Sullivant
and Lesquereux and James (our American authorities probably
cited the European) all state that P. patens may have the cap-
sules either immersed or exserted, and Boulay states that it is very
variable and that the different forms may be found growing
“ pell-mell” in the same locality.

Limpricht, in a foot note to his description of P. Hampei, says
that Lindberg claims to have seen this form in the axils of the

leaves of P. patens but that he has never seen it.

_ We havea slight addition to make from our own observations,
for in the Jeger Herbarium we find authentic specimens of
Hampe’s labelled: “ Ephemerum patens var. anomalum. Seta
exserta. p. Blankenburg. Ex. herbar. E. Hampe, 1865.” These
specimens show what Limpricht says he has not seen, two kinds
of capsules on the same plant.

One plant which we have mounted has two capsules; the
lower one small, immersed, with thin walls and characteristic large
apical cells of Physcomitrella patens. The other is exserted on a
thick seta 2 mm. long, with regular distinct cells in the walls of
the capsules and a differentiated lid. The exserted capsules are
almost all either young or aborted, so that no spores have been
seen, but one old capsule has been found with the lid off, showing
the mouth bordered with an orange-colored rim of cells and a dis-
tinct annulus. The immersed capsules are on the lower part of
the plants, as in our hybrid; most of the capsules are older and

have perfected their spores with measure .024~.027 mm. and are
rough.

Japanese Characeae—ll,
By T. F. ALuen.

11. Chara coronata Ziz.,collected in Province Ise, differs in no
essential point from the forms of Nos, 2 and 3.

12. Nitella Faponica Allen, from a new locality in Province
Ise, namely Yamagami ; distributed with No. 14, under the ex-
_ siccatae number 9.

_*

69

13. NITELLA PULCHELLA sp. nov.

Nitella polyarthrodactyla, monoica, gloeocarpa.

Stems about 460 in diamater. Verticels consist of eight
or nine leaves (with an occasional simple, undivided leaf, but
not heterophyllous.) Leaves about 150 in diam., thrice di-
vided, primary segment much longer, (2680) ; first node bears
6-7 secondary segments, 68 diam., 600 long; second node
bears 5 tertiary segments, 34 in diam., 175 to 200 long; oc-
casionally one of these divisions is undivided like a simple ter-
minal with three cells; the third node bears four to six (usually
four) two-celled terminals, 25. diam., 170 to 240 long. The ter-
minals are two (rarely 3) celled, the cells about equal in length;
the terminal cell is not mucroniform, but terminates, rather ab-
ruptly, in a sharp point (some collections more elongated and
slender) ; other specimens, terminals very short, forma brachyteles.
The fertile verticils are somewhat compact and borne upon pedi-
cels arising from the stem within the primary verticils ; the entire
fertile verticil becomes a globular, gelatinous mass. The leaves
of the fertile verticil are usually scvice divided, the antheridia
borne on the second node are about 225 in diam., and decidedly
stipitate, the stipes 200 long and 54 indiam. The oogonia are
borne on both nodes of the leaf, single; usually on the terminal
node, sessile, the coronula minute.

- The oospore, dark reddish, is 250 long, 200 broad, with 7-8
prominent ridges, the surface is strongly reticulated, the reticulae
5-12 in diam. :

The relationship of this beautiful species is not clear, in some
features it may be related to NV. ¢érichotoma A. Br., but it is clearly

separated from it as well as from the subspecies Zeyhert and

Lechleri. 2s
It may be considered remotely similar to WV. gelatinosa A. Br.,

of Australia, where species of the polyarthrodactylae-gloeocarpae
section most abound, but this species remains quite unique and

individual.
No. 14, Nitella Japonica, additional collections, more mature,

from Yamagami, Province Ise, distributed as exsiccatae No. 9.

No. 15, NITELLA SUBGLOMERATA JAPONICA var. NOV.

Verticels consist of a large number of leaves, often 12 to 16,
apparently irregularly in a double series, some eo some
shorter, but all twice divided ; the first node bears t ei sea i
and three secondary divisions, the second node also he t oe
oogonia and three terminals; rarely one of the secon ay ivi
sions does not form a node, but remains as a simple one-celled ter-

70

minal; the terminals of the second node, usually three in number,
are one-celled and acuminate above the middle, terminating in a
sharp point which is solid. .

The oogonia are aggregated, three together, at each node of
the leaf, not closely sessile, with a rather large and persistent
coronula, the lower cells of which appear to be spreading, as in
some sub-species of the polygiochin group, in all from 350 to 400
long. The oospore is marked with 6 striae, 204 long, 180 to 190
broad. The membrane of the spore is strongly reticulated, the
reticulae averaging 5 “in diameter. This Japanese form differs
mainly in the somewhat smaller spores, which are much more
strongly reticulated; the antheridia also are smaller, 200 in diam.
This species was collected in Mikawa, Seishin pond, and distrib-
uted as No. 15 of my Japanese exsiccatae.

No. 16. NITELLA SUBLUCENS sp. nov.

Nitella diarthrodactyla, homoeophylla, monoica macrodactyla,
subflabellata, gymnocarpa. Fertile verticils contracted into dense
terminal or axillary heads, long overtopped by the sterile leaves;
verticils very dissimilar. The long sterile leaves are surmounted
by a crown of about four minute two-celled leaflets. Fertile
leaves twice- rarely thrice-divided, terminal segments usually four,
short, two-celled, the lower of the two cells inflated, theterminal
cell a sharp mucro, oogonia clustered at the base of the fertile ver-
ticils and at the first node of the leaves; oospore, 285 long and
broad, globular, six or seven striate. The present specimens are
too immature to determine the character of the membrane of the
spore. Antheridia about 200 in diameter. |

This species is closely allied to WV. translucens (Pers.) Ag; from
which it differs by its smaller size, and especially the much
smaller oospore (and its locality).

This species was collected in Sagami, Kodsu, and distributed
as No. 16 of my Japanese exsiccatae.

17. Chara gymnopitys A. Br. var. “ alpha” A. Br.

This form, though not exactly corresponding to gymnopitys
genuina A, Br., seems to be on the border between that and var.
(deta) duriuscula A. Br., both from Australia; and as A. Braun
has left var. “ Alpha” blank, it may well be occupied by this
variety. The stems are about 306 in diam., with small, conical,
broad-pointed spines; leaves about 8, stipules 16, the cortex cells
double, alternately large and small, often with additional, partially

71

developed cells, so that sections show about 20 cortex tubes;
bracts at the leaf-nodes equally developed. all around, slender,
long, acuminate-pointed, about 60 in diam. The oogonia seem to
be distinctly stipitate, the oospores average 560 long by 365 to 390
broad, with 8 (10-11) striae. The coronula is short, broad and
square-shaped. Antheridia are rather rarely found, 293 in diam.;
when present, conjoined.

This species was collected in Mikawa, Tennu pond, and dis-
tributed as No. 10 of my Japanese exsiccatae.

No. 18, same species and variety as the last, collected in To-
kio, Shinbashi pond, and distributed as No. 11 of my exsiccatae
Japonicae. Nos. 19, 20 and 21, Nitella pulchella Allen, collected
respectively in Chikubushima pond, Mikawa Tennu pond, and
Tokio Shinbashi pond, and distributed as Nos. 13 and 14 in my
exsiccatae Japonicae.

As a matter of record it may be well to add that the following
list of Exsiccatae Japonicae has been distributed as far as speci-
mens would allow; of WV. sudblucens Allen only fourteen speci-

mens could be sent out.

CHARACEAE JAPONICAE EXSICCATAE.
DISTRIBUTAE A T. F. ALLEN.

I
1 Chara fragilis Desv. 11 Chara gymnopitys A. Br.
2 Nitella coronata Ziz. var “alpha” A. Br.
3 Nitella coronata Ziz. 12 Nitella paucicostata Allen.
4 Nitella Japonica Allen, 13. Nitella pulchella Allen.
5 Nitella mucronata A. Br. 14 Nitella pulchella Allen.
yar. tenuior A. Br. 15 Nitella subglomerata A. Br. :
Nitella Japonica Allen. var. Japonica Allen.
Nitella orientalis Allen. 16 Nitella sublucens Allen.
Nitella pulchella Allen. 17 Nitella oligospira A. Br.
Nitella Japonica Allen.

CO ON a

10 Chara gymnopitys A. Br.
var. “alpha” A, Br.

i

Tradescantia Virginica var. villosa Watson.

There are doubts whether this is a variety of 7radescantia Vir-
ginica L. or should have specific rank. Forms are found which
apparently connect the extremes and make it difficult to draw the

'

72

line of separation. As the two are found growing in company at
Forest Hill, in the southern border of Chicago, and where they
are clearly distinct, I have had a good chance to observe them for
several years in their native condition. I first met with the vari-
ety in 1878, and have watched it more or less since. At that
time it was not easy to refer this low or dwarf plant, broad leaved,
green and early maturing, to 7vadescantia Virginica as described
in the books, usually a much taller, smooth, narrow-leaved and
glaucous plant, which kept on flowering throughout the summer.
Still more than their different look, it was their early flowering
and disappearance which particularly called attention to them.
Rafinesque, in the species which he made out and gives in his
_ “New Flora and Botany of North America,’ calls some “ vernal”
and others “estival.”* This holds good between the two found
here. Notes made in 1878 give the time of gathering as May
30th. Those of 1880 state that hundreds were examined on June
11th, and none were in flower, all having gone to seed. 7vades-
caniia Virginica was then fairly in its season of bloom, only a few
having passed that stage. May 12, 1894, a few of the low kind
were found in flower; on the 21st they were in great abundance.
At the latter date but three of the other form were found in flower
after a long search. On June 19th half a dozen flowers of the
low form were discovered after a search of an hour or more in
spots where the plants were most numerous. The taller form was
then in full bloom everywhere. The stems of the low form were
mostly dead or dying, some lying flat on the ground. Their sea-
son was virtually over. A number of plants of 7: Virginica were
seen in flower August 16th. The last one observed was on Au-.
gust 29th, except a single plant on October 2d, probably a case
of flowering the second time. The broad leaved form behaves
like a vernal plant, early in the season maturing its buds for the
coming year, its aerial parts then disappearing, a process mostly
completed by the last of June. . Some of the other form will have
passed their floral season then, but others keep up the succession
so that they are common or even abundant in July. I have as
yet detected the low kind in but one locality, while the other
grows in profusion wherever the conditions are suitable.

*lic. p. 84

——

ne Re OR reg

73

The two do not intergrade here, something which might be
expected where they are so intimately associated in some places
that both forms can be taken up with the same handful of earth,
with their roots intermingling. Hence there is little difficulty in
distinguishing each, their involucral leaves in most cases being at
once decisive. Sometimes the typical form becomes low, and oc-

casionally pilose, generally in poor soil or in the sand region, but

it preserves the main characteristics of the plant, and rarely de-
ceives one.

As found here the following descriptions will give their points
of similarity or difference:

TRADESCANTIA VIRGINICA L.

Plants glaucous, stems single or clustered, 1-5 feet high, gen-
erally 114-3 feet, simple, or frequently branched, smooth. Leaves
channeled, narrow, linear to linear-lanceolate, scarcely ciliate ex-
cept at base, the sheaths and base of the leaves on the lower part
of the stem sometimes pilose. Involucral leaves mostly shorter

than the stem-leaves, generally much shorter, often abruptly con-

tracted from an ovate base, which usually sheaths the umbel when
in bud. Umbel simple, many flowered. Peduncles and calyx
smooth. Flowers blue, varying to purplish blue. Roots coarsely
fibrous, variable in color, whitish to yellow.

Abundant in open woods, fields and borders of woods.
May—August.
T. Virernica L. var. vi.tosa Watson.

Plants green, rarely glaucous, stems single or oftener clustered,
2-15 in. high, mostly 5-10 in., simple or occasionally branched,
sometimes flexuose, smooth or hairy. Leaves flattish, promi-
nently nerved, broadly linear to linear lanceolate, ciliolate, hairy
or roughish with short hairs, especially the upper, the lower be-

_coming smooth or smoothish. Involucral leaves usually longer

and broader than the stem leaves, %4-11% in. wide, gradually”
tapering from the base, which scarcely or not at all sheaths the sim-
ple, many flowered umbel. Peduncles and calyx villous. Flow-

-€rs commonly purplish-blue, varying to blue. Roots coarsely

fibrous, yellow, often deep yellow. :
Woods or borders of woods, frequently in rather dense woods.

May-—June.*

* Torrey (Flora of the Northern and Middle Sections of the United States, 1824,
335); ene: Bs T. Virginica as if he had this form in hand. He says pe is
‘‘about a foot high,” the involucrum “large, 2-leaved,” « flowers algae h "2
is given as the time of flowering. He adds, “ My specimensare from Lake Michgan.

! By. OL.

Cuicaco, ILL.

‘

74

Some new Hybrid Oaks from the Southern States.
By JouHNn K. SMALL.
(PLATES 232-235.)

The following is a record of some observations on several
interesting forms of Quercus growing in North Carolina and
Georgia, together with a striking hybrid existing in two well-
marked forms, found in Lake county, Florida, by Mr. Geo. V.
Nash, during his collecting trip of last season. :

Quercus PHELLOS X Q. DIGITATA.

A large and stout tree with rough scaly bark, reaching a
height of from twenty to thirty-five meters, and. having a trunk |
diameter ranging from six to nine decimeters. Trunk forking
several feet from the ground, the divisions thence branching, the
branches rather erect and the branchlets straggling ; leaves oblong,
obovate or oblanceolate, 5-20 cm. long, 2-10 cm. broad, mostly
entire and undulate or somewhat crisped, or more or iess twO- ~
_ lobed or three-lobed near the apex, acute or obtuse at the apex,

acute, obtuse or subcordate at the base, the upper surface dark-
green and glabrous, the lower brown and more or less tomentose
with reddish brown, stellate hairs, especially about the midrib and
principal nerves ; mature fruit not seen. (Plate 232.)

Hills west of the Falls of the Yadkin River, North Carolina.

In 1892 I found a small grove of peculiar looking oak trees in
a very shallow depression in the foot-hills of the Falls Mountains,
just west of the Falls of the Yadkin River, in Stanley county,
North Carolina. Specimens were collected, but there was not
time for a thorough investigation of the case. The specimens
suggested a form of Q. Rudkini(Q. Phellos * Q. nigra), and some
were distributed under that name. Each succeeding year I have >
observed the trees and their surroundings, and am now confident
that the parents are not those of QO. Rudkini, but Q. Phellos and
Q. digitata, the two prevailing species of the immediate region.
Q. mgra, one of the undoubted parents of Q. Rudkini, was not
observed within several miles. The form of Q. digitata, which iS
apparently one of the parents of the hybrid under considera-
tion, is not that with long, falcate leaf-lobes, but one common
through the pine woods in the middle country of the Southern —
States. Its leaf is not as deeply lobed and has a more cuneate

—

75

outline. As in the case of the following hybrid, this one pro-
duces on the same branches leaves almost identical in shape with
those of the parents. Many, however, are intermediate, in vari-
ous degrees resembling one or the other of the parent forms.
The texture is about intermediate, and the pubescence on the
lower surface less than in Q. digitata and much more than exists
in true QO. Phellos.

The cup and acorn, although not mature, each exhibit charac-
ters which suggest Q. digitata rather than Q. nigra. Most of the
trees noticed had the peculiar habit of forking about three feet
from the ground into two erect secondary trunks. This charac-
ter, together with the striking irregularity in the shape of the
foliage, makes the trees quite conspicuous among their associates.

QUERCUS GEORGIANA X Q. NIGRA.

A small tree of a dark-green color and a somewhat straggling
mode of branching, ranging from three to ten meters in height and
having a trunk diameter varying from ten to twenty-five centimeters
clothed with a dark, smooth, glabrous bark, which becomes rough

onthe trunk. The leaves are mostly obovate in outline, sometimes

oblong, 4-20 cm. long, 2.5-15 cm. broad, 3-5-lobed, dark green
and shining above, brown and dull beneath, glabrous on both sur-
faces, except a small tuft of stellate hairs in the axils of the nerves
on the lower side, obtuse or acute, equilateral or inequilateral at the
base, the, sinuses either shallow or deep, sometimes penetrating
almost to the midrib; the lobes rounded or square-oblong and
slightly lobed at the ends, all ending in a slender apiculation; fruit
12-15 mm. long, 13-16 mm. broad, short-stalked, peduncle 4-6
mm. long; cup saucer-shaped or slightly turbinate, reddish, the
scales triangular, the acorn depressed-globose, pubescent, some-
times sparingly striped, ending in a short, abrupt apiculation.
(Plate 233.)

Northern slope of Stone Mountain, DeKalb county, Georgia.

On the northern slope of Stone Mountain, at an altitude of
about 1300 feet, there is a grove of stunted trees of various
species of oaks, Quercus Georgiana and Q. nigra predominat-
ing. I had been in the grove a number of times, but noticed
nothing peculiar until January, 1894, when my attention was
called to some odd shaped leaves on the ground and anomalous
acorns on the branches overhead. This material suggested a hy-
brid form. Last September I visited the same spot to secure

fresh foliage from the trees and make some further observations.

: 76

Q. Georgiana and Q. nigra were the only species in the imme-
diate vicinity, and the trees in question appear intermediate be-
tween the two. In place of the graceful port of the preceding
‘species there was a certain amount of the rugged habit of the
latter. The texture of the foliage is intermediate, and leaf forms
suggesting both species occur on the same branches. Mature
fruit also has traces of the characters of that of both the parents.
The accompanying plate gives some of the extreme leaf forms.

Quercus CATESBAEI X Q. CINEREA.

Form A, in which Q. cinerea predominates (No. 1586).

A small tree with the habit of Q. civerea, ranging from two and
one-half to four meters in height, with a trunk diameter ranging
from six to twelve centimeters, branching about one meter from the
ground; the branches somewhat spreading, clothed with a smooth,
striate bark; the young shoots tomentose with dark-colored
trichomes. The leaves are narrowly obovate or oblanceolate, some-
times elliptic or lanceolate, 5-15 cm. long, 2-6 cm. broad, entire,
undulate and more or less crisped or partially 3-7-lobed, either on
‘one side or on both, acute or acuminate at both ends, short-petioled
or sessile, the upper surface light and very bright green, the lower
surface lighter but rather dull and more or less tomentose, the mid-
rib and nerves white but not prominent above, prominent beneath,
the lobes short-apiculate; cup hemispheric-turbinate, 13-14 mm.
broad, 10 mm. high, nearly sessile. (Plate 234.)

Growing in dry, sandy soil,in high pine lands on the road be-
tween Umatilla and Lake Ella (about two miles from the latter
place) in Lake county, Florida.

Form B, in which Q. Catesbaei predominates (No. 1577)-

_ Asmall tree, with much the habit of Q. Catesbaei, reaching #
_ height of two or three meters and having a trunk diameter of six t0
nine centimeters, the trunk branching from within 3 or 5 dm. of
‘the ground, the branches more spreading than in the former.
Branchlets conspicuously marked with white lenticels, the young
twigs white-tomentose; leaves mostly oblong in outline, some
times obovate, 6-15 cm. long, 3-10 cm. broad, usually 5—7-lobed,
sometimes 2~-3-lobed or nearly entire, more or less irregular
and inequilateral, acute or obtuse at the base, short-petioled,
the lobes narrow, acute and apiculate by a long, sharp bristle,
somewhat tomentose beneath, the nerves prominent and conspicu-
ous on both surfaces. Flowers and fruit not seen. (Plate 235) 3

_... Grows in dry, sandy soil in high pine lands, on the road beé-
tween Umatilla and Lake Ella (about three-fourths of a mile from
_ the latter place) in Lake county, Florida. :

77

Family Nomenclature.

By Dr. V. HAvarp.

Much credit is due Mr. Barnhart for taking up and elaborating
this important problem which now forces itself upon the attention
of botanists for a satisfactory solution. Uniformity and stability
in family nomenclature are as desirable and necessary as in genera
and species, and therefore such nomenclature must be built upon
secure foundations and placed within the dominion of law.

The advantages of a common ending for all family names are
obvious and generally recognized, and the ending most habitually
used is aceae. There seems to be no valid reason why it should
not be applied under all circumstances; it does no violence to
logic, grammar or analogy, and there should be no difficulty in
Sacrificing custom and tradition to law and uniformity.

To this extent I agree with Mr. Barnhart, and I also recognize
the wisdom of not going behind the Species Plantarum of 1753.

To his rule that the root of the family name shall always be
that of the accepted name of a recognized genus belonging to
that family, I am inclined to demur, and would instead offer the
following propositions :

1. The name of each natural family shall be the oldest name
properly published, changing its termination into aceae if other-
wise ended.

2. The name shall be properly published, if in Latin, in the
plural number, and accompanied with description clearly based
upon one or more genera of said family.

My reasons for dissenting are the following:

1. Priority is the fundamental law of nomenclature and must

dominate every other consideration. As the original author of a

genus name is allowed entire freedom in his choice (within the
limits of correct construction) and receives credit for it, so should
the author of a family name.
2. Genera are often separated only by minor wad secondaty char-
acters, so that their limits are variously estimated, and their names
accordingly liable to change with the discovery of new species.
Should the family name share the risk of this instability?

\

78 oe

3. A family name constructed from a genus name logically
implies that said genus is the most important, and that the char-
acters of the family are, in the main, those of this genus, while in
reality the genus may be one of the least important and materially
differ in its structure from that of other genera, ¢. g., Cassiaceae,
which is proposed for Leguminosaceae and Carduaceae for Com-
positaceae.

4. A family name should, so far as possible, describe a charac-'
ter common to all or a great number of genera in the family, and
this seems to have been the praiseworthy aim of several of the
distinguished authors to whom we owe the existing nomenclature.
The fact that plants of other families may have the same character
does not matter; there can be no hard and fast line in classifica-
tion. Forthis reason I prefer Cruciferaceae to Brassicaceae, Gram
naceae to Poaceae, Contferaceae to Pinaceae, Umbelliferaceae to .
Ammuaceae, etc., even though it is true that umbels are also found
in Araliaceae, and cruciform flowers in Capparidaceae.

5. Our main object being stable uniformity, the rule which

will accomplish it with the least disturbance, and preserve the
most of the familiar old names should be preferred ; if priority 1
sufficient for the purpose we must reject ane more radical and sub-
versive rule of Mr. Barnhart.

Concerning tribal names I presume there is no question that
they should invariably be formed from the root of a generic name

with the addition of the termination eae, as is the usage of our
best authors.

Reviews.

The 2 Life and Writings of Rafinesque siPreoared for the Filson
Club and read at its Meeting, Monday, April 2, 1894. By Richard
Ellsworth Call.

Filson Club Publications, No. 10. 4to, broad margins, pp. 227-
plates 5. John P. Morton & Co., Louisville, Ky., 1895.

This splendid volume, creditable both from a literary and from
an artistic standpoint, had its inception, so the preface informs
oe, in an attempt to clear up certain matters connected with
S ue synonymy of the Poiawides,, in which family of molluscs

79

Rafinesque was much interested and in which he did such valuable
work.

The Filson Club is an organization having for its object the
collection and preservation of original matter connected with the
history of the State of Kentucky, hence the publication of this
volume as a recognition of « the first resident professor-naturalist
Within the limits of the State.”

Constantine Samuel Rafinesque [Schmaltz]* was born in Ga-
lata, near Constantinople, October 22, 1783. His father was
French, his mother of German parentage. His early life was
spent in France and Italy, and his first essay, written in 1796, was
in the form of a journal, describing a tour to Genoa. That he
early had the instincts of a naturalist is manifest, for by the time
he was fifteen years old he had made collections of plants, fishes,
birds and shells, and apparently took but little interest in boyish
Sports or games, or in association with other youths of his own
age,

His first visit to America was in 1802, and here he remained,
mostly in the vicinity of Philadelphia, until 1805, when he re-
turned to Italy. There he remained fora period of ten years,
during which time he wrote many papers, dealing not only with
Matters in connection with his surroundings, but also others based
upon his observations and. experiences while in America. His
domestic life was unhappy, however, and doubtless had much to
do with his subsequent eccentric manners. In his description of
Sicily he says: « She offers * * * a fruitful soil, a delightful
climate, excellent productions, perfidious men, deceitful women.”
In 1815 Rafinesque left Europe forever and set sail for America
Once more. His arrival was dramatic in the extreme, and doubt-
less still further heightened his pessimistic ideas. At midnight,
November 2d, in a dense fog, the ship ran aground off Fisher's
Island, in Long Island Sound, and all the results of his years of
toil, mercantile and scientific, were lost.

He finally came to New York and accepted a position as pri-
vate tutor in a wealthy family. He soon resigned this position,

* He added this, his mother’s name, for prudential reasons, on his return to ltaly,
in order that he might pass for an American and thus avoid certain political compli-
cations in which he feared he might become involved.

80

however, and went to Philadelphia, where he found several good
friends and other persons, it seems, who were not, for we hear of him
during his stay there as having been bankrupted in a business ad-
venture and defrauded of all his savings by the falseness of a fel-
low-countryman, to whom he had intrusted his affairs while on his
exploring expeditions into what was then called the West, between
the Alleghanies and.the. Mississippi.

Through the influence of one of ‘his’ Philadelphia friends he
secured an appointment to a professorship in the Transylvania
University, at Lexington, Kentucky, upon the duties of which —
position he entered in the fall of 1819. Here he passed seven
busy years, during which time he made extensive collections, ¢S-
pecially in conchology and botany, wrote and published many
papers, attended to his duties at the University and acted as sec-
retary of the Kentucky Institute—the first scientific society formed
within the State. One of his great ambitions seems to have been
to found or to assist in the foundation of a botanic garden at Lex-
ington, and in 1823 he presented the matter before the State Leg-
islature with such success that the Senate psssed a bill to that
effect, but it failed of passage in the Assembly. He then under-
took to push the scheme by means of private subscription and the

_. formation of a joint stock company. An act of incorporation

was secured, ground was purchased and planting was actually
begun, but those upon whom he relied failed to meet their obliga-
tions and the attempt was finally abandoned. This embittered
and saddened him still further, and he says: « * * * this garden
would have been my delight; I had traced the plan of it, with a
retreat among the flowers, a greenhouse, museum and library;
but I had to forsake it at last and make again my garden of the
woods and mountains.”

He does not seem to have been in touch with his associates in
_ the University, who took but little interest in his scientific work,
and he was doubtless impatient of their criticisms and indiffer-
ence. Added to this, the students ridiculed him and finally, in
June, 1825, he left Lexington and once more made his way t®
Philadelphia. During the next fifteen years he seems to have

lived in a hand-to-mouth manner, practicing medicine in his ow?

: _ way, lecturing at the Franklin Institute and assisting in the estab-

i

- + Re,
Ei. ane es
(iibinies

8]

lishing of a savings. bank. This latter seems to have met with
Success, but although it was in existence at the time of his death,
his end came to him amidst surroundings of absolute poverty,
alone, in a garret in a poor quarter of Philadelphia in 1840.*

His estate consisted entirely of personal property—mostly
books, unpublished manuscript and specimens of natural history.
The latter had suffered much from his inability to properly care
for them, and a large part of his plant collection was sold as waste
Paper. Eight dray loads comprised the material which he left
behind. Some of this is yet preserved in the National Museum;
another portion was secured by the University of Pennsylvania
through Mr, Isaac Burk, and many of his botanical specimens
finally went to the Jardin des Plantes in Paris, and the Philadel-
phia Academy of Natural Sciences. The final settlement of his
estate left it indebted to the administrator in the sum of $14.43.

This, in brief, is the outline of his life as given in the first sixty-
nine pages of the volume. Accompanying this are two portraits,
One taken from a painting in the collection of the Wisconsin His-
torical Society, the date of which is uncertain, and another as he
appeared in 1810 at the age of twenty-seven, besides which there
is a photographic reproduction of one of his letters to DeCandolle,
written in 1838.

Following this is a bibliography, arranged in chronologic
Sequence, enumerating 203 publications, containing 420 titles. It
is almost impossible to conceive, in these days of specialization,
the wide range of his mental activity of which these give evidence.
Botany, Zodlogy, History, Social and Political Economy, Mete-
orology, Geology, Poetry, Philosophy, Book Reviews, Jour-
nals of Travel, Astronomy, Physics, Archaeology, Ethnology,
Medicine and other subjects which might be classed as subdivi-
sions of the above, all received his attention.

There is also a chapter devoted to a list of publications in
which Rafinesque or his works are mentioned by other authors
and an appendix giving a copy of his will, which, in addition to
the part describing as to how he wishes his property to be dis-

* According to an article by Thos. Meehan, published in the Philadelphia Public.
Ledger a few years ago, the exact date of which is unknown to me, Rafinesque is

Said to have died September 18, 1842.

Pees

walle
ee ae

82
posed, contains the clause, “I wish my body to be burnt rather
than buried, as I do not want to contamine the earth by decay,
nor be a cause of desease to other men. My ashes, if they can be:
collected, I wish to be deposited in a Urn, to be kept with my
collections.”

Apparently his property and certainly his body, was not dis-
posed of in accordance with either the letter or spirit of this docu-
ment, and his biographer says that he “appears to have been de-
spoiled of his rights in nomenclature while living; he was de-

‘spoiled of his possessions when dead.” :

Many of the most interesting details contained in the volume
are necessarily omitted in this review, but attention should be
called, at least, to the titled headings, “ Rafinesque’s Name in
Nomenclature,” where he is commemorated both generically and
specifically in botany and zoology ; “ Medals, Diplomas and Other
Honors,” in which a list of these, conferred upon him by scientific
societies at home and abroad is given; “ Rafinesque and Evolu-
tion;” “ Rafinesque’s Literary Style;” “ Personal Appearance of
Rafinesque,” etc. : :

The volume is a model of its kind and isa fitting tribute to the
versatile man whose life it memorializes, A. H.

Annual Report of the State Botanist of New York. Charles H.

Peck. pp. 48 (From the 47th Report of the New York State
- Museum of Natural History, Albany, 1894).

Mr. Peck’s report for the year 1893 contains a great deal of
important and valuable information. It deals with the poisonous
toadstools ; gives a list of plants added to the State Herbarium,

| of which 40 species were not before represented, gives notes on
species not before reported in any of his communications, there
being 14 new Fungi here described in the genera Psathyrella,
_—- Merulius, Stereum, Discosia, Haplosporella, Rhabdospora, Volutella,
_ Cercospora, Peziza, Sphaerella, Clavaria, Leptothyrium, Zygodesmus,
Asterula and Melogramma, not all from New York State, how-
_ ever; and under “ Remarks and Observations” we find a variety
_ of interesting notes on distribution and on characters of numerous
_ species. Dr. E. C. Howe contributes the description of Carev
Peck n. sp., the C. Emmonsii elliptica Boott, considering it more
nearly’ related to C. deflexa than to C. Emmonsii. NL. B.

7 aS
mene
a

83

Science. This weekly journal of research and discovery,
abandoned for some months has been revived under most favorable
circumstances and bids fair to give American students a reputable
and authoritative medium of rapid and regular publication. It is
published under the codperation of the following Editorial Com-
mittee: S. Newcomb, Mathematics; R. S. Woodward, Mechanics .
E. C. Pickering, Astronomy; T. C. Mendenhall, Physics; R. H.
Thurston, Engineering; Ira Remsen, Chemistry ; Joseph Le Conte
Geology ; W. M. Davis, Physiography ; O. C. Marsh, Paleon-
tology; W. K. Brooks, Invertebrate Zoology; C. Hart Merriam,
Vertebrate Zodlogy; N. L. Britton, Botany ; Henry F. Osborn,
General Biology; H. P. Bowditch, Physiology; J. S. Billings,
Hygiene; J. McKeen Cattell, Psychology; Daniel G. Brinton, J.
W. Powell, Anthropology.

Volume I of the new series was begun January 4th, and the
seven numbers so far issued are replete with matters of both
general and special interest. In these days of extreme special-
ization and enormous publication, the student tends to confine
himself to his chosen sphere of thought, and to know as much
aS possible about that little sphere, and it would seem in many
cases as little as possible about everything else. This tendency
has been especially noticable in America, and we may now hope
that it will be in large measure corrected by the publication of
the journal here noticed.

Manuscript intended for publication and books or papers in-
tended for review should be sent to Professor J. McKeen Cattell,
Garrison on Hudson, N. Y. The subscription is fixed at $5.00 a
year and should be sent to the Publisher of Science, 41 East 49th
St., New York City. We bespeak a cordial support of the enter-
prise by all American botanists.

Additional Notes on the new Fossil, Daimonelix ; its Mode of
Occurrence, its gross and minute Structure. E. H. Barbour.
Univ. Studies, Univ. Neb. 2: 1-16. fl. 7-72.

This exceedingly interesting contribution to the literature of
problematic organisms is the second one on the subject by the
author since the original ‘‘ Notice of new gigantic Fossils,” pub-
lished in Science, 19: 99-100. jigs. I—3. The name has evidently

‘seemed somewhat provincial to the author, so he begins the paper

84

with the modest excuse that it was adopted in deference to the
ranchmen and early settlers who used to know the fossils as
« Devil’s corkscrews,” or “ fossil twisters.” They have been ex-
amined by botanists, geologists and paleontologists and have
been considered as plants, animal burrows and “ accidents.” If
they are to be classed with the latter, the author justly says:

“Such accidents should be immortalized.” Sections examined
under the microscope, however, show a structure which is cellular
but not vascular, and the author concludes that they represent a
new order of aquatic plants, “ resembling the red sea weeds more
closely than anything else.” The illustrations are to be particu-
larly commended, as they represent the location of the fossils in
the field at a distance, single specimens close to, microscopic Sec
tions and a general view of the collection as it appears in the Mu-
seum of the University. A. H.

American Algae. Century I. 1894. Josephine E. Tilden, Uni-
versity of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn.

The first distribution of this collection of fresh water algae
from the upper Mississippi Valley has made its appearance.
All the specimens, including some rare forms, are mounted upon
good white card paper in a quarto volume. Labels, includ-
ing descriptive details, are printed, and the material has evidently
been determined and arranged with great care. The work as 4
_ whole has only commendable features. It will certainly prove to
be of great value to the few herbaria who may be fortunate enough
to acquire it, as the edition is limited to twenty-five copies.

3a

Through Glade and Mead.—Under this attractive title Mr.
Joseph Jackson presents a most pleasing account of the flora of
of Worcester county, Mass. This large county, extending across
the centre of the State, embraces a very diversified topography-
We have the high peak of Mt. Wachusett, with a few plants ap-
proaching the sub-alpine character; the rocky cliffs of West
minster, the Purgatory Chasm near Uxbridge, and many fine
__ lakes and ponds, swamps and forests. All this region Mr. Jack-

_ son has made peculiarly his own. He takes the reader at once
e into his confidence, and with charming talk by the way leads

85

him to his chosen haunts. He knows the poets well, and culls
from them their sweetest thoughts. In these days, when so much
of our botanical reading has an aggressive and controversial turn,
it is refreshing to escape into the fens and forests. Every page
in this book is odorous with wild flowers and tuneful with bees
and birds.

The volume is amply illustrated by photogravure impressions
of actual Worcester county scenes, or of typical wild flowers.
Thus the peat-meadow given opposite to page 196 is enough to
fill a botanist’s soul with envy; and who would not love to wan-
der through the path in the frontispiece ?

The series of familiar papers is followed by a catalogue of the
plants thus far found in the county, following the last edition of
Gray’s Manual as to nomenclature. The author, who is eminently
fair minded, says: “In the present state of botanical nomenclature,
and for the purpose for which this catalogue is intended, I have
not thought it wise or necessary to adopt proposed changes not
yet generally accepted. The student in such matters can easily
adapt himself to changing conditions.”

The press-work and general composition of the book are very
Satisfactory, indeed elegant. W. W. Balzey.

Lhe Characeae of America. T.¥F. Allen. Part II. Fascicle 2.
Issued December, 1894. Pages 9-17, plates 8, species 9, illus-

trated.
In this fascicle Dr. Allen has described and figured three new

species of Nitella, N. Bastini, N. dilatata,and N. annularis, and
six others are figured and described, \V. capitata, N. praclonga,
NV. clavata, N. Macounii, N. axillaris,and N. Morongit. E. G. B.

List of Preridophyta and Spermatophyta growing without Culti-
vation in Northeastern North America. Prepared by a Committee
of the Botanical Ciub, American Association for the Advancement
of Science, 8vo, pp. 377. New York, 1893-1894.
_ This work, originally issued in signatures to members of the
committee and such other botanists as expressed a desire for it in
that form, is now sent complete, simultaneously with its appear-
ance as Vol. 5, Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club.

_ It had its first definite inception at the Rochester, N. Y., meet-

86

ing of the American Association for the Advancement of Science
in 1892, after the botanists there present had been engaged in an
earnest consideration of the principles of plant nomenclature for
many years, a subject of discussion in which most American
botanists had taken part. An interchange of views between those
who were present showed that while there were many differences
of opinion in regard to details all were practically agreed as to
certain fundamental principles. A committee was, therefore, ap-
pointed to prepare a draft of a code, which draft was subsequently
presented, discussed, amended and finally adopted. This is now
known as * The Rochester Code.”

This committee was then continued with power to prepare and
print a list of the plants embraced within the area covered by the
sixth edition of Gray’s Manual of Botany, with the addition of the
States of Kansas and Nebraska, and the Canadian Provinces from
Manitoba to Newfoundland, in accordance with the principles
enunciated in the code. The committee immediately went to
work and were able to present the list, in manuscript form, almost
complete, at the next meeting of the Club, at Madison, Wis., in
1893.

The committee was then increased by two members, and was
authorized to proceed with the printing of the list. Several minor
points not determined by the Club, such as capitalization, insertion
or omission of commas and use of trinomials, were referred to the
committee with power, decided by vote of the members, and the
final result is the volume now before us.

That it will meet with the approval of over three-fourths of the
working botanists in America, we think there can be no question.
The Rochester Code is and has been accepted by such a large

‘Majority that it is safe to say no work of magnitude could hope
for future success here if based upon different principles. Some of
the minor rules adopted in the printing, however, are not yet 5°
generaily accepted and may be expected to remain as matters of
discussion for some time to come. Commas may be either omitted
or retained between the specific or varietal name and the authority;
capital letters may or may not be used tor specific or varietal
_ names derived from persons or places, etc., and varieties may OF
-May not be written as trinomials. These are minor matters.

87

What concerns us most nearly is that, unless the citations of
date of publication for some of the names should have been
wrongly determined, we now have established a permanent basis
for our nomenclature, and an amount of condensed study with-
in our grasp, for which all botanists owe the committee a
deep debt of gratitude. The labor of this research and of the
verifications which were necessary only the members of the
committee can appreciate, and we are perfectly willing to forgive,
in advance, any errors in this respect which may and probably
will be discovered when the list comes to be put into practical use.
Each species and variety is given a consecutive number, beginning
with 1. Ophioglossum vulgatum L., and terminating with 4336.
Ptiloria tenuifolia (Torr.) Raf., the sequence being in accordance
with Engler and Prantl’s “ Natiirliche Pflanzenfamilien.” To the
list is added an appendix containing references to typographical
€rrors, wrong determinations, changes in synonymy and about
fifty additional species.

The committee to whose labors we are indebted consists of N. ~
L. Britton, John M. Coulter, H. H. Rusby, Wm. A. Kellerman,
Fredk. V. Coville, L. M. Underwood, Lester F. Ward, Edward L.
Greene and Wm. Trelease. A. H.

Proceedings of the Club.
Annual MEETING, TUESDAY EvENING, JANUARY. 8, 1895.

The President in the chair and seventeen persons present.

Mr. Leonard Barron and Rev. A. P. Ekman were elected ac-
tive members.

The following officers were elected for 1895:

President, Hon. Addison Brown; Vice-Presidents, Dr. T. F.
Allen, Rev. L. H. Lighthipe ; Recording Secretary, Dr. Henry H.
Rusby; Corresponding Secretary, John K. Small; Editor, Dr. N.
L. Britton; Treasurer, Henry Ogden; Associate Editors, Dr. Emily
L. Gregory, Anna Murray Vail, Arthur Hollick, Dr. Byron D.
Halsted, A. A. Heller; Curator, Josephine E. Rogers; Librarian,
Effie A. Southworth.

Under the reading of communications, a letter was read
from Prof. Dr. A. Cogniaux accepting the honorary member-

88 -

ship which had been conferred upon him, with warm expressions
of appreciation. A communication: was then read from Mr.
Joseph Crawford announcing the death, on December 6th, of Dr.
J. Bernard Brinton. The Secretary remarked briefly on the life
and character of Dr. Brinton, and announced that an obituary
notice was being prepared which would appear in the BULLETIN.
A committee consisting of Dr. Britton and Dr. Rusby was then
appointed to draft appropriate resolutions, and to present copies
of the same to the family of the deceased.

The death was also announced, by the President, of Prof. E. H.

Day, which occurred in Algiers on January 4th. At the same time
he remarked upon the high character of the deceased as a scien-
tist, a teacher and a gentleman of refinement. Similar remarks
were also made by Mrs. Britton and by Mr. Ogden, and a com-
mittee consisting of Mr. Ogden and Mrs. Britton was appointed
to draft suitable resolutions and to present the same to the family
of the deceased and to the President of the Board of Education
of New York City.

The paper of the evening was then presented by Mr. A. A.
Heller, entitled “Collecting in Western Texas,” illustrated by
specimens of the flora.

WEDNESDAY EVENING, JANUARY 30, 1895.

The President in the chair and thirty persons present.
Mrs. Annie M. Smith, of 78 Orange street, Brooklyn, was
elected an active member. .
On behalf of the Committee appointed to draft resolutions
concerning the death of Prof. Day, a report was Ces by Mr.
Ogden and a copy placed on file.
_ ‘The announced paper of the evening, on “ Food Plants of the
American Indians,” was then read by Dr. Valery Havard, and
“proved to be one of the most interesting and valuable communi-
cations presented to the club in recent years. It will be published
in a subsequent issue of the BULLETIN.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 229.

PHYSCOMITRELLA PATENS (HEDW.) BR. & SCH.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 230.

APHANORHEGMA SERRATA SULLIV.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 231.

a <
tansregeeett es

A HYBRID OF APHANORHEGMA SERRATA.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 232.

l

QUERCUS PHELLOS X QUERCUS DIGITATA.

a

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 233.

QUERCUS GEORGIANA X QUERCUS NIGRA. —

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 234.

io

QUERCUS CATESBAEI X QUERCUS CINEREA.—Form A.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 235.

QUERCUS CATESBAEI & QUERCUS CINEREA.—Form B.

a

89

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.

Ayres, H.B. The Muskeag Spruce. Gard. & For. 7: 504. f. 80.
19 D. 1894.

Barbour, E. H. Additional Notes on the new Fossil, Daimonelix,
its Mode of Occurrence, its gross and minute Structure. Univ.
Studies, Univ. Neb. 2: 1-16. /. r-72. 1894.

Cross sections under the microscope show these fossils to have been plants with a
Structure that was cellular but not vascular.

Barnhart, J. H. Family Nomenclature. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22;
I-24. 15 Ja. 1895.

Bastin, E. S. Laboratory Exercises in Botany. 8vo. pp. 540. jigs.
fl. 87. Philadelphia. 1895.

Designed for the use of colleges and other schools where botany is taught by
laboratory methods. '

- Bastin, E.S. Some further Observations on the Structure of San-
guinaria Canadensis. Am. Journ. Pharm. 67: 4-9. f. 1-5. Ja.
1895.

Bastin, E.S. Structure of Jrés. Am. Journ. Pharm. 67: 78-83.
f. 4-5. Ja. 1895.

Bessey, C. E. The Russian Thistle in Nebraska. Agric. Sci. 8: 286.
Je-S. 1894. .

Briquet, J. Decades Mentharum novarum. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 2:
691~709.: D. 1894.

Descriptions of a large number of proposed new varieties in AZentha, some of them

American.

Briquet, J. Sur un singulier AHypts brésilien. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 2:
715-719. D. 1894.

Description and discussion of Hyftis Glaziovi?.

Britten, J. Jane Colden and the Flora of New York. Journ. Bot. 33:
12. Ja, 1895.

Bush, B. F. Hybrid Oaks in Western Missouri. Gard. & For. 8:

a2. . 2% Ja. 1895.
Carleton, M. A. Uredineae Americanae exsiccatae. Bot. Gaz. 20:

32. 18 Ja. 1895.
Clendenin, I. Syachytrium on Geranium Carolinianum. Bot. Gaz.

20: 29-31. fl. g. 18 Ja. 1895.

S, Geranii n. Sp.

90

Coe, C. H. The so-called Florida Sea-Beans. Gard. & For. 7: 502-
504. f. 79. 19 D. 1894.

Coulter, J.M. Formulae for Life histories. Bot. Gaz. 20: 31. 18 Ja.
1895.

Coupin, H. The Thorns of Plants. Pop. Sci. Month. 46: 498-501
figs. ¥. 1895. (Translated from La Nature.)

Dietel, P. Die Gattung avenelia iene Hedwigia, 33:
367-371. 20 D. 1894.

Describes R. Farlowiana, R. Indigoferae Tranzschel and R, Mexicana Tranz-
schel as new species.

Ellis and Everhart. Analytical Key to Ellis and Everhart’s North
American Pyrenomycetes. Pamphlet, pp. 11 [1894].

Ellis, J. B., arid Everhart, B. M. New Species of Fungi from
various Localities. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1894: 322-386. 30
N. 1894 (reprint).

Fawcett, W. Two new Orchids from Jamaica. Journ. Bot. 33: 12
Ja. 1895.

Descriptions of Epidendrum tridentatum and Pleurothallis uncinata. °

Fawcett, W., Editor. . Notes on Castleton Gardens. Bull. Bot. De-
part. Jamaica, 1: 161-200. D. 1894.

- Fernald, M. L. Salix balsamifera. Gard. & For. 8: 28. 16 Ja.

1895. ;

Greene, E.L. Mimulus luteus and some of its Allies. Journ. Bot. 33:
4-8. Ja. 1895.

Henderson, L.F. New Plants from Idaho. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,
22: 48-50. 15 Ja. 1895. ,

Describes Phacelia Idahoensis and Claytonia arenicola.

Hollick, A. Additions to the Local Flora. Proc. Nat. Sci. Assn.
Staten Island, 4: 55. 12 Ja. 1895.

Ja. 1895.

A native of Central America and Cuba. ;

ue ‘Hooker, i ea BR Cyrtopodium virescens. Curt. Bot. Mag. 51: p/. 7396.

Ja. 1895.
A native of Brazil,

ae D. iets a5

Hooker, J. D. Acacia spadicigera. Curt. Bot. Mag. 51: pl. 7395:

Hooker, j- D. Brycina echinata, Curt. Bot. Mag. 50: /. 7389.

sic

" ae sila - a.

91

Jenman, G.S. Adiantum Capellis-veneris Gard. Chron. 16: 690.
8 D. 1894.
Note on the occurrence of the species in Jamaica.

Jenman, G.S. Asplenium Harrisi (Luasplenium). Gardn. Chron.
17: 69. 19 Ja. 1895.
A new species from Blue Mountain Peak, Jamaica.

Jenman, G. S. Asplenium (Diplasium) tenebrosiun n. sp. Gardn.
Chron. 16: 690. 8D. 1894.
A new species from Jamaica.

Jenman, G.S. Prris (Litobrochia) regia. Gardn. Chron. 17: 39.
12 Ja. 1895.
A new species from Jamaica.

Johnson, D. S. The Crystallization of Cellulose. Bot. Gaz. 20:
16-22. 18 Ja. 1895.

Keffer, C. A. Black Walnut in the West. Gard. & For. 8: 12. 9
-Ja. 1895.

Keffer, C. A. Green Ash in the West. Gard. & For. 8: 32. 23 Ja.
1895.

Kennedy, G.G. Buxbaumia aphylla L. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22:
59, 5%. 15 Ja. 1895. :

Knowlton, F. H. Vanilla and its Cultivation. Pop. Sci. News, 29:
I, 2. figs. Portrait. Ja. 1895. .

Kurtz, F. Die Flora des Chilcatgebietes in Siidéstlichen Alaska.
Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 19: 328-431. 1894.

Ribes laxiflorum var. inermis is described as new, and a long list of species
given with localities,

Kurtz, F. Die Flora der Tschuktschenhalbinsel. Engler’s Bot. Jahrb.
IQ: 431-493- 1894.
A long list of species. f

Meehan, T. <Aguilegia Canadensis. Meehan’s Month. §: 21, 22.
pl. 2. F. 1895.

Meehan, T. Darlingtonia Californica. Meehan’s Month. 5: 1, 2.
Bl. zr. Ja. 1895. :

Meyer, R. Die interessanten Arten der Gattung Zchinopsis. Mon-
atssch. Kakteenk. 4: 184-186. figs. 20 D. 1894.

Miller, J. Arthroniae et Arthothelii species Wrightii in Insula Cuba

lectae. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 2: 725-736- D. 1894. i
Descriptions of several species in botlr genera, with critical notes on others.

92

Mohr, C. Die Wilder der Alluvial Region des Mississippi in den
Staaten Louisiana, Mississippi und Arkansas. Pharm. Rund. 13: 14,
15. Ja. 1895.

Taxodium distichum is the species under consideration.

Palmer, T.C. Jsvetes saccharata. Bot. Gaz. 20: 32. 18 Ja. 1895.

Ramirez, J. La Mocinna heterophylla. Ann. Inst. Med. Nacional, 1:

~ 205-211. pl. 2-5. Au. 1894.
The author is trying to prove that the genus MJocinna will stand next to Carica

and Yacaratia of the Passifloraceae and Vascoucellia DC.

Rich, W. P. Herbert A. Young. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 51. 15
Ja. 1895.
Notes the death of this botanist.

Rodway, J. Nature’s Triumph. Pop. Sci. Month. 46: 456-465. F.
1895.

Describes the reversion of neglected plantations to a state of nature.
Rothrock, J. T. River Birch. Forest Leaves, 4: 185. D. 1894.
With two illustrations of Betula nigra in Pennsylvania. ;

Sargent, C.S. Quercus Texana, Gard. & For. 7: 514-516. /. 82;
&2. 19 D. 1894.

Sargent, C. S., Editor. A monstrous form of the Black Spruce.
Gard. & For. 8: 44.f. 7. 30 Ja. 1895.

Illustration of Picea Mariana. :

Selby, A.D. The Russian Thistle in Ohio. Journ. Columbus Hort.

Soc. g: 127-132. p/..6, 7. S. 1894.

Small, J. K. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United

3 States.—III. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 43-48. 15 Ja. 1395.
Describes Funcus Georgianus Coville, Rumex spiralis, Monniera crenutata

and Coreopsis longifolia as new species.

Smith, J. D. Undescribed Plants from Guatemala and other Cen-
tral American Republics.—XIV. Bot. Gaz. 21: 1-11. pl. J-3-
18 Ja. 1395.

Describes 13 new species with plates of Cupparis Pavlleane, Cavendishia callista
and Chaunostoma mecistandrum, the latter a new genus (Labiatae).

Vail, A.M. A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus
Cracca. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 25-36. 15 Ja. 1895.
Description and synopsis of 14 species; C. Floridana new.

Warnstorf, C. Characteristik und Ubersicht der nord-, mittel-, und

stidamerikanischen Torfmoose nach dem heutigen Standpunkte der

: Sphagnologie. Hedwigia, 33: 307-337. 20D. 1894.

____ Synopsis and brief diagnoses of 85 species of Sphagnum.

-

— : -
Se

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia

College.

N. L, Britton and. H.-H. Rusby (1887), 2. f kossee Gd, 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
(ROBB eG ns eas es a pea eaie Ad 25 cents,

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains

and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . . . 25 cents.
Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa,
Adans.’ By N. 15) Britton (1880)3 voi. eos . + . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
(1889), ce 6 A seagate fied eee ane ie 25 cents.
A List of State and Local Floras of the United States and British America,
By NW. 1. Britton: (1800) 950-2 es ee ee $1.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
Bek CHRD og a ee ee °25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
25 cents.

(1890), re es ge No ag 2) RE ab Rc gilts Whe te es ne) Tha a es eee cae
The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.

CIROTS) oS ae ic aa a ee ee 25 cents.
Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong
CECT es a res ges te 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
CSOOES Se ae ee ae = 25 cents,
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
25 cents.

Ries (1892), .. . . . i Nh Se aie wie eee
A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus A/ei/omia occurring in the

United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents.
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North

Atmerita.< By IN 1 Britton (i892) si ae fs 25 cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
Tc RIGO (BSG D5 bse es Ge Pas Oe ~~ » 25 Cents.
The Anatomy of the Stem of Wisteria Sinensis. By Carltcn C. Curtiss
CS ee a a a ee ee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. L. Britton
C1909), ice A eee pO ee ane 25 cents.
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L.
Rr ites: (2B Od ie eS ge as a a eg eS 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of American Species of 7olygonum. By John K. Small
(ba be ee eas ee R wneiayace Be 25 cents,
A New Species of Zistera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong
(903) si a a a ae eG __ . 25 cents.
The North American Species of Lesfedesa. By N. L. Britton (1893).
25 cents.
An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay,
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the assistance of
Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), . . + - + se ee ee $1.50
An Examination of the Seeds of some Native Orchids, By Carlton C. Curtis
CISG3 95 a A 5 ee nee 25 cents.
Further Notes on American Species of Folygonum. By John 0 fore

I Bs ROG ae ee ieee ee my Re wee ae ee er A ee ia

Romo motes North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. pang

BG oS oe oe ee 2

No. 54.
No. 55.

No. 56.
No. 57.

No. 58.
No. 59.
No. 60.

No. 61.
“No. 62.

No. 63.
No. 64.

No. 65.
No. 66.

Contributions to American Bryology, I1I.—Notes on the North American

Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, . . . . 25 cents.
New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby (1893), . 25 cents.
The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Appalachian Mountain Sys-

WE TO ee (ESOS ys ke a aS ee 25 cents,
Notes upon various Species of Iridacez and other Orders. By Thomas
POON CIO ie ih ok whe ak ok fee a A we 25 cents,
Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
RAs ets he Pe ep We ety SMO e eyes . . 25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American

ROE CEB OO ie Os ee AEC re
Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other

eee ee cy.

SME EO ie ok Se, . . 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, V._Notes on the North American
Species of Weissia (Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents.
A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of
Cuscuta. By W. D. Matthew (1893), . tre ee : . 25 cents,
A Study of the Genus Psora/ea in America. By Anna Murray Vail

ft Mineo Me oaks Cw ich aCe : .., 25 cents,
Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum.

PR i ee iw

92 ea ee ORL ee

25 cents.
A Revision of the Genus Zechea. By N. L. Britton (1894), . . 25 cents.
New or little known Plants of the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.

RO pik ees Ghats) Wb pias 4: ok eae 25 Gente:
A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By
hart Ge Cate CAR i oe ‘ 25 cents.

Pe tant a Oe eM Me Me dae Oy i ag Ogee pl gs ee Oe

Te nck es a5 cents:
Two Species of Oxalis. By John K. Small (1894) .. . . . 25 cents.
Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small

ee hee ek ep pat ren ena ee een eine rg 25 cents.
Some new Florida Plants. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . . . 25 cents.

i

The series as above listed will be supplied for $10.

Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton,
may be had for $2.

Address

PROF. N. L, BRITTON,

Columbia College,
NEW YORK CITY.

Number, remitting the amount in advance to

4.
7,

9.
ro,

Second=Hand Books for Sale.

The following botanical works, owned mainly by the late Mr. Justus F, Poggen-
burg, are offered for sale by the Secretary of the Torrey Botanical Club at prices
considerably below those ordinarily charged. Purchasers are requested to order by

H. H. RUSBY,

222 West 132d Street; New York City
Apgar, Plant Analysis, 2 copies, 1 new, the other partly used. 25, cts.

Barton and Castle, British Flora Medica. Good, $2.00.
Beck, Botany of Northern and Middle States. §0 cts.
Bertram, Flora yon Braunschweig. Good. 50 cts,

- Botany.—Library of Useful Knowledge. Good. 25 cts.

- Brereton, Prodromus Flor. Columb. 50 cts.

» Buchenau, Flora von Bremen and Oldenburg. 50 cts.

- Buckley, A Short, History of Natural Science. 50 cts.

- Cassel, Outlines of Botany. Good: 25 cts.

- Cooke, Manual of Botanical Terms. Good. 30 cts.

- Cooley, Easy Experiments in Physical Science. 50 ts.

- Darby, Botany of the Southern States. Fair. 75 cts.

- Darwin, Fertilization of Orchids by insects. $1.00.

- De Candolle and Sprengel, Elements of the Philosophy of Plants,
- Dewey, Rep. on Herbaceous Flowering Piants of Massachusetts.
. Eaton, Manual of Botany. Vol. 2 only. 59 cts.

Eaton, Botany of N. A. Poor. $1.00.
Emory, Mex. Bound. Surv. Vol. 1. Fair. $2.00.
9 a « Botany, including Cactaceae. $8.00,

rhs Mil. Rec. 1848, Poor. 50 cts.

. Flint, Grasses and Forage Plants. 50 cts.

Fontaine, Older Mesozoic Flora of Virginia. Handsomely bound.

Foster & Whitney, Lake Superior Land Dis. $1.00.

Fremont, Exploring Expedition, Oregon and California, 1843~44.
“ “ “ “e &c “6 ~45-
“ “7: “ec “ “ “ec +5 :;

Freyburger, Organischen Drogen. 25 cts.

- Fuller, Practical Forestry. Good as new. 75 cts.
. Gould, Grasses and their Culture. Handsomely bound. Good. $1.00.
» Green & Congdon Class Book of Botany. Good. 75 cts.
» Hayden’s Surveys, 1870-71 (Montana). 2 vols. $1.00.

Hayden’s Surveys, vol. 7, Lesquereaux, Cretaceous Flora. $3.00.
Henderson, Gardening for Pleasure. Good. 25 cts.

8 - - = Good. 25 cts.

é Hand Book of Plants. Poor. $1.00. _

50 cts.
50 cts.

Good, $3.00.

$1.00.
50 cts.
50 cts.

. Hough, Am, Woods. 3 vols. New and in perfect condition. Each $5.00.
. Hussey, Geographical Survey of Kentucky—Botany. Unbound, 50 cts.

80. International Scientists’ Directory for 1885, 1888 and 1889. 25 cts.

82,

Ives, Colorado River of the West. Good. $2.00.
Johnson’s Botanical Teacher. 10 cts. ‘

83. Geological Survey of Kentucky—Timber and Botany, * B.” $1.00.
Leimbach, Deutscher Botanische Monatschrift, vol. 3, bound. Good. 50 cts.

86,
88,
89.

gt,

92.
93.
94.

Lightfoot, Flora Scotia. 2vols. Poor. $2.00.

Lincoln, Mrs. Botany. Handsomely bound and very good. - 25 cts.

Lindley, Introduction to Botany. Fair. 75 cts.
se - Good. $1.00.
“Treasury of Botany. 2 vols. Good as new. $3.00.

Linne, Syst. Veg. Translated from the 13th Ed. 2 vols. Handsomely bound,

Good. $4.00

- 96. Linney, Geographical Survey of Kentucky—Botany. Unbound. 50 cts.

97. Lloyd, Drugs and Medicines of the U.S. $3.00.

#

. Luerssen, Grundzuge der Botanik. $1.00.

MacMillan, Metaspermae of the Minnesota Valley. $2.00.
Marcy, Red River of Lousiana. $2.00,

. Martyn, Miller’s Gardeners’ Dictionary (1807). 4 vols. Good. $8.00.
. Martyn, Language of Botany. 25 cts.

Naturalists’ Directory for 1888. 10 cts.
Orton, Comparative Zodlogy. Good. 50 cts.

. Pittonia. Partial set. Unbound. $3.00.
. Porcher, Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests. $4.00.

Porter and Coulter, Flora of Colorado, $2.50.
Poulsen (Trelease), Micro Chemistry. 50 cts.

. Proc. Am. Ac. Arts and Sci. Several volumes. $2.00.

Provancher, Flora Canadienne. Poor. $1.00.
Rolfe & Gillette, Chemistry. 25 cts.

. Rothrock, Rep. on the Bot. West of the tooth Meridian. Good. $3.00,
- Rousseau, On Elements of Botany, Addressed to a Lady. Covers gone. 50 cts.
. Smith, James Edward, Botany. Good. 50 cts,

133. Squier, Tropical Fibres. Fair. 25 cts.

134. Steele, Fourteen Weeks in Astronomy. Good. 35 cts.

B35. of “ Zoblogy. Good. 35 cts.

1a0.. * ve - Geology. 35 cts.

i a se se Chemistry. Poor. 35 cts.

138. Key to Steele’s Sciences. 35 cts.

148. Torrey, Flora of New York. 2 Vols. Handsomely bound. Good. $14.
150. Trans. and Proc. of the Edinborough Botanical Society. Vol. 13. Good. 25 cts.
151. Trans. and Proc. N.Y. Academy of Sciences. Full set. $20.00.

152. Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Science. Vol. 12. Good. $10.
158. Wilson, Jussieu’s Elements of Botany. 25 cts.

162.

179.
181.
182.
185.
186.
188.

189.

- Wood, Alphonso, Botanist and Florist. Poor. 75 cts.

Young, Familiar Lessons in Botany. 25 cts.
Barton (Dr. B. S.), Elements of Botany. Vol. 1. 25 cts.

- Hooker, Icones Plantarum. 4 vols., 1836. $4.00.

Jussieu, Genera Plantarum. 1789. $1.00,

Nuttall, Genera N. A. Plants. 1818 (2 copies). Each $2.50.
Paxton, Botanical Dictionary. 1868. $1.50.

Watson, Bibliographical Index. 1878. $1.00.

Endlicher, Enchiridon Botanicum. 1841. $2. 50.

Bigelow, Flora Boston. 1837. $1.00.

Flint, Grasses and Forage Plants. Ed. 4, 1859. 50 cts.

-*# LIST OFEK--

Pieridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern North America

The subscriptions to the official list prepared by a Committee of the Botanical Club,
A. A. A. S., call for 380 copies. We have had 400 copies made and bound up at the
alopd of $1.00 for paper binding and $1.25 for cloth binding. There remain a few
en not yet taken. After these are sold, the list can only be had in the form of Me-
moirs Torrey Botanical Club, Vol. V., at the regular price, or $3.00.

EDITORS,
Torrey Botanical Club.

THE ANNUAL CATALOGUE

OF THE

Vienna Botanical Exchange Society

Will be issued in December. It will contain about 4,000 names of spe-
cles, forms and hybrids for exchange or sale, some of which have never
been offered in any similar publication. The number of new species
offered is large. It may be obtained gratis by addressing the undersigned,

Ts. DORF CER,

Bureringe, 7, Vienna, Austria.

JUST OUT.
Gray’s Forest, Field and Garden Botany,

Revised by Bailey, $1.30. Postage, 15 cents.

Lister’s Mycetozoa, 70 plates, all American species included, $4.00.
Postage, 18 cents. This is the latest monograph of the Myxomy-

cetes yet produced. ,
Everything useful to Botanists.

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.,

CAMBRIDGE, MASS. _ 2

WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J.,

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICR OSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL-
WAYS ON. HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK. CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

*+HERBARIUM FOR SALE.+

I desire to sell the European part of my herbarium (75 fasc.
phanerogamia and _ filices), containing considerably more than
half the European flora; all species are in good condition and
represented by abundant specimens from various localities.

Dr. P. TAUBERT,
S. W. 47 York Str. 58, Berlin, Germany.

~ CHARACEA: OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characez of America is -
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of Vited/a, as fol-
lows: LVitella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
shipii, Allen; Missourtensis, Allen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
glomeruiifera, A. Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates can be prepared ; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. -Address

A St eee
10 East 36th St., N. Y.-

American Algae. Century I. 1894.

The first hundred of a carefully prepared series of American Algae is now offered
for sale at the uniform price of ten dollars net ($10.00). The edition of Century I. is
limited to twenty-five. The plants have been determined with great care and have
been compared with such standard specimens as those of Wittrock and Nordstedt, Go-
mont, etc. Century I. comprises only freshwater forms from the Upper Mississipp!
Valley. The set is arranged in a handsome quarto volume, with printed labels and
abundant material for critical study. Microscopic measurements and other details are
incorporated in the labels. The first Century contains several rare varieties, as for ex-
ample, Sphaeroplea, a new gigantic species of 7etraspora,a new calcareous Chaeto-
phora and others. A specially fine series of Cladophora is included, comprising -fif
teen different species and varieties. It is believed that this, the first set of freshwater
Algae published in America, will prove of value to herbaria that may acquire it.

Address orders to JOSEPHINE E. TILDEN,
- University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn.
MEMOIRS

Department of Botany of Columbia College.

A new series of papers under this title was commenced in January, 1895. They
will be printed in quarto and issued as matter becomes available. Vol. I., No. 1, to be
issued in March, will contain «A Monograph of the North American Species of the
Genus Polygonum,” by Mr. John K. Small, consisting of about 150 pages of text and
86 plates. The price of this number is $6.00. The Memoirs will not be sent in eX
change. :

Remittances and applications for sample pages may be made to

PROF. N. L. BRITTON,
- COLUMBIA COLLEGE, NEW YORK CITY.

ESTABLISHED I851I.

EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, :

205, 207, 209 & am Third Ave,

Corner of 18th Street, NEW YORK.

SOLE. AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR ma
E. March’s Szline Chemical Stone —
Ware. < ; ‘i *
‘Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically —
Pure and Common Filter Paper. _
Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome:. ~~
ters (Polariscopes). }
Prof, Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bal-
ances, etc. ;
Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co., of
. Paris, Platinum. oO

EH, Hc encadod "etd Cheeta

: SPECIALTIES 5 geek cece Apparatus, Normal Graduated oe
_ ware, Porcelain from the Royal Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem-
ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure
_ Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’s
Burners and Combustion se: ae and Chemicals for

Sugar Chemists.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(1) THE BULLETIN.

This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four
‘pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1894 over 45 pages monthly with
many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.
Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for —
_ England, Messrs, Dutau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England. :
Back NuMBers.—The BuLLETIN was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these
_ five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
run on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 17 have heen indexed sepa-
rately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had for —
_ §0 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols, 18, 19, 20 and 21 are indexed sepa- ~
rately. Price of each $2.00. Vol. 8 cannot now be supplied complete, but it is
: planned to sks some of its penn

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

fe The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers e
can also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each.

_ Volume 1, No. 1.—Studies of the Types of various Species of the Genus Carex,
by Prof. L. H. Bailey. This cannot now be had separately.

‘No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algze hitherto observed on the Coasts of New
Jersey and Staten Island, by Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. :

No. 3-—An Enumeration of the Hepaticze collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby _
h Agneritc, wilh descriptions of many new species, by Dr. Richard stir Price,
| No. 4—On Seedless Fruits, by Dr. E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, so cents.

Volume +: No. 1.—On Reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding
bce with two sista wad page Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents.

: the Botany of ‘Vi inia, with two lates, by Anna
Marray Vail and Arthur Hollick. ‘Price, 75 eee “i

No. 3.—Studies in the Geramnstion of Some North Asada Plants, wi with 15,
by Theodor Holm. This cannot now be had separately.

Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous ter
ritory, by John K. Small and A. A, Heller. Price, 50 cents.

No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadacex: with illustrations of ail
the species, by Dr. Thos. Morong. Price $2.00.

eet Enumeration of th 1 el
HIER pee e — Collected in Bolivia riled Bang.

Vol. 4 ae 1Inder Hepatcarum Part I, Bibliography. By Lucien Me

MARGH, 1895. _

BULLET

MONTHLY JOURNAL OF

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

OFFICERS FOR 1895.

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice Presiaents,

T. Fi. ALLEN, M. D. L, H. LIGHTHIPE.
: Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary,
ine HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D., JOHN K. SMALL,
aE, College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia College, New York City. _

Editor, Treasurer,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., _ HENRY OGDEN,
_ Columbia College, New York City. 11 Pine Street, New York City.

es Associate Editors, $

EMILY L. GREGORY, Ph. D., - ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. B,
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, = «BYRON 1), HALSTED, Se. Ds
| A. A. HELLER. :

Curator, : : : : _ Librarian,
SENS pn ROGERS. _ EFFIE AS SOUTHWORTH.

. gL EES lee eben y= Committee om Finance,
€. 1 KANE on oe — WM, E. WHEELOCK.

"CORNELIUS VAN. BRUNT, _ MISS JEANNETTE B. GREENE,
a ae Bes Ser re ae a ei Eat, New York City.

‘heres: ana Herbarium Comsesties

“osteuine E. ROGERS, = HELEN M. INGERSOLL,
RFETE A. SOUTHWORTH, ae _Rev.-L. H. LIGHTHIPE.

“Committee on the Local Flore, .
ee " PHANEROGAMIA, tie ooh aes eer ha. et oa ii CRYPTOGAMIA,
: ‘Pow: THOS, fe PORTER, Mee ahs ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,
N. L mee Do ; I

|
|

.

IN OF THE

SR el ea

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB

Biographical Sketch of Dr. J. Bernard Brinton.

[Wirt PorTRAIT].

The botanical community of Philadelphia has met with an
almost irreparable loss in the very sudden death, on December
6, 1894, of the distinguished scientist, Dr. J. Bernard Brinton,
the founder of the Philadelphia Botanical Club.

The many expressions of sympathy and high regard which
have been received by his family from his fellow members of the
Academy of Natural Sciences, the Torrey Botanical Club and
numerous other scientists with whom he was engaged in active
correspondence, prove conclusively that his premature death
causes a vacancy which will be difficult to fill.

He was preéminent in more than one respect ; most emphati-
cally, however, in the happy faculty of imparting to others his own
enthusiasm and love for the study of the Natural Sciences. He
was noted for the accuracy of his observations in field excursions,
in which he was generally recognized as the leader and guide, —

His methods were always painstaking and careful, and in his
aim to secure choice specimens no trouble, labor nor expense
was too great. His botanical specimens were preserved by the
most approved methods, mounted in the most artistic style and
identified with the most scrupulous care. His mechanical ingen-
uity was frequently exercised in preparing specimens of fruits,
stems and other organs, so as to advantageously exhibit their in-
ternal structure. In his desire for absolute accuracy he frequently

sent difficult genera to monographers for scrutiny and revision.

: ra 2 94

This solicitude for accuracy made his herbarium exceedingly val-
uable for reference and comparison to his unmerous friends, who
were in the habit of congregating in his botanical workroom.
This place, built as an addition to his home, was familiary known
as ‘The Den.” Here he delighted in receiving his friends and
exhibiting his scientific collections and numerous devices for faci-
litating botanical studies.

He was endowed with a marvellous memory for names and
physical characteristics. This gift frequently enabled him to
recognize specimens which he had not met with for many years.
It was always a matter of gratification to him to surprise his sci-
entific visitors with the demonstration of his mechanical skill as
an amateur cabinet-maker. He personally constructed in the
most skillful manner, his herbarium cases, tables, stands, micro-
scopical cabinets, etc., with a degree of perfection rarely excelled
by expert artisans. He also prepared, with that same mechanical
skill, all his own collecting presses, which combined the several
features of collecting portfolio and drying press. He was a micro-
scopist of no ordinary ability, and took considerable interest in the
application of this instrument in the investigation of vegetable his-
tology. His collection of minerals in microscopic crystals has,
' perhaps, never been excelled in beauty and in the neatness dis-
played in their mounting. His dexterity in the dissection of bo-
tanical specimens was frequently envied by his less expert com-
panions. While so ardently devoted to nature in her various
manifestations, Dr. Brinton did not overlook the advantages of
linguistic attainments. In his earlier life, much of his time was
devoted to the study of German, in which language he conversed
fluently. He was also proficient in Latin and French.

Physically, Dr. Brinton seemed to embody the highest ex-
pression of perfect manhood. His commanding presence and
graceful bearing stamped him at once asa leader, His powerful
frame enabled him to endure and overcome great hardship and
fatigue.

_ Dr. J. Bernard Brinton was born near Waynesburg, Chester
County, Penna., August 16, 1835. His parents belonged to the
religious Society ‘of Friends. His early education was received
at this place and subsequently at the High School in Philadelphia,

95

during the short residence of the family in that city, previous to
removal to a farm in Maryland, in 1848. He began the study of
medicine in 1857 and matriculated at the Jefferson Medical Col-
lege, from which school he was graduated on March 25, 18509.

During his college course, the attention of Prof. Samuel D.
Gross was attracted to him by the assiduity displayed in his
studies, and furthermore by the successful management of an
aneurism case treated by digital compression. Asa result he was
appointed Chief of the Surgical Clinic soon after graduation. He
lectured on Practical Anatomy at the Philadelphia School of
Anatomy and Operative Surgery, and also conducted a Quiz on
Materia Medica. From his graduation to the breaking out of the
Civil War he was an active practitioner of medicine, and in 1860
was a delegate to the American Medical Association, held in New
Haven, Conn.

But the fire of patriotism proved too strong for the peaceful
tenets of his fathers, and led him early in the war to apply for the
position of assistant surgeon in the regular army. He success-
fully passed the rigorous examination, and his commission was
dated April 16, 1862, signed by the President, Abraham Lincoln,
and Edwin M. Stanton, Secretary of War.

On September 14, 1863, he was appointed Medical Purveyor
to the Army of the Potomac, and he retained that position to the
close of the war. During his entire army life he continued his
botanical studies and collection of plants. At this time it was his
good fortune to meet another officer equally interested in the study
of the same science, Maj. Gen. G. K. Warren. A wayside flower
served as a means of introducing these officers, and the occa-
sion of that meeting was a favorite reminiscence of Dr. Brinton.
The collections he made during the Virginia campaign were cap-
tured by the Confederate, Col. Mosby, at Belle Plain, May 12,
1864, and burned with the supply wagons. Dr. Brinton himself
barely escaped capture. May 13, 1865, he was brevetted Captain
and Major for gallant and meritorious services, and on Novembet
16th, of the same year, he resigned from the army. His services
to the Union were marked by his usual application and devotion
to his sense of duty; and his report at the close of his term of office

was considered a remarkably accurate record for one handling a
vast amount of material under such turbulent conditions.

96

Returning to Philadelphia, he continued in the practice of
medicine for a few years. Desiring more leisure time for the
study of his chosen science, he abandoned medicine and engaged
in various manufacturing pursuits. On October 29, 1878, he was
elected a member of the Academy of Natural Sciences, and in
the same year he connected himself with the Botanical Section of
that institution. He was faithful in attendance and contributed
numerous specimens, notes and verbal communications. He was
an indefatigable collector and made numerous excursions in Penn- |
sylvania and neighboring States. He made a special study of the
peculiar flora of the Pine Barrens of New Jersey, in which depart-
ment he was recognized as an authority. He acceptably filled
‘ numefous positions of honor and trust in the Academy of Natural
Sciences, and at the time of his death was a member of the Board
of Councillors. During the session of the American Association
for the Advancement of Science, in Philadelphia, in 1884, he was
elected a member, and he acted as guide to an excursion of visit-
ing botanists to the pine barren region of New Jersey.

Only the ardent lovers of nature can understand his feelings on
that occasion, when the main object was to show, Dr. Asa Gray
and Mr. Caruthers, President of the Linnean Society, the se-
cluded Schizea pusilla Pursh. Nor can the joy of those gentle-
man be expressed when‘their eyes rested on that quaint fern form
for the first time.

He was elected to active membership in the Torry Botanical
Club of New York, January, 1891. Although publishing but
little on botanical subjects, he corresponded with most of the bo-
_tanical authorities in America and made numerous exchanges-
Perhaps his most important labor consisted in inducing the young
to study botany, and his greatest pleasure seemed to be in impart-
ing to others, either in the field or in his “den,” a portion of his
rich store of knowledge. Chiefly with this object in view, he
founded the Philadelphia Botanical Club, in December, 1892, of
which he was the President from its organization until the time of
his decease.

The fundamental aim of the Club is to study the local flora and
prepare an herbarium representing the plants found within a

radius of fifty miles. gee: of the members gratefully remember

97

the aid they have received in the study of the science from Dr
Brinton, whom they regard as their botanical preceptor. An in-
. timate friend, Professor F. Lamson-Scribner, has forcibly expressed
this sentiment in the following language :

“Those who have been with Dr. Brinton in his botanical excur-
sions, as I have, will say with me, that in the field he was a keen |
observer and zealous collector, observing and collecting with an
enthusiasm which was always contagious to his party.”

« The results of these trips, which we enjoyed to the utmost, have
enriched the herbaria of many scientific institutions and those of
botanists in all parts of our country. His work and his conversa-
tion rarely failed to excite the ambition of others, and I am confi-
dent that many young men have received inspirations from their
associations with Dr. Brinton, leading them to become better
botanists or more earnest students.”

Dr. Brinton was married on November 13, 1862, to Sallie W.
Clemens, of Philadelphia. A married daughter and two sons sur-
vive him. As a source of consolation, after the death of his wife,
he engaged more earnestly in botanical studies. It is a peculiar
coincidence that he had expressed an intention of retiring from
the Presidency of the Botanical Club, and at the time of his de-
cease had in preparation a farewell address. His last evening was
spent at the home of a lifelong friend, and the following verses
were discussed, which now seem to have fittingly foreshadowed
the final sleep that should soon come to one of the participants:

* Oever de stillen Straten,
Geit klar de Glockenslag,
God’ Nacht! Din Hart will slapen ;
Un’ Morgen is ook een Dag.

Noch eenmal lat uns spriken ;
Goden Abend, gode Nacht!
De Maand schient up de Daken

Uns Herrgott, halt de Wacht,”

A. W. MILLER, M. D.,

Gro. M. BERINGER,

Jos. CRAWFORD,
Committee.

98

Food Plants of the North American Indians.

By Dr. V. HAVARD, U. S. ARMY.

The maxim that “Necessity knows no law” is well exemplified
in the diet of the North American Indians who, when driven by
stress of hunger, eat whatever the animal and vegetable kingdoms
bring within reach, so that it may be truly said of some tribes that
they reject nothing which their teeth can chew or their stomachs
digest, however tasteless, unclean and repulsive.

A review, therefore, of all the Indian food plants would include
hundreds of species and be as tedious as unprofitable. I shall
confine myself, in this paper, to the most important; those formerly,
or yet, habitually used.

The subject naturally divides itself into two heads: Ist, plants
- cultivated; 2d, plants growing wild; and of the cultivated plants
we may consider separately those introduced and those which are
indigenous.

At the time of the discovery of America many tribes had
already emerged from a wild nomadic life and, although still
largely depending upon game and fish, were entering upon a par-
tial sedentary agricultural state. So far as a chronic state of war-
fare would permit, land was set apart for farming purposes and
upon it was almost invariably planted the triad of vegetables:
maize, pumpkin or squash, and beans. This primitive agriculture
was mostly pursued on and east of the Mississippi; in the arid in-
terior comparatively small areas were occupied by agricultural
tribes, and these dwelt chiefly in New Mexico. and Arizona, and
along the Missouri, Platte and Arkansas rivers.

The vegetables just mentioned were introduced from the south,
being indigenous to Mexico or South America where a compara-
tive state of civilization had fostered their evolution, and soon
_ found their way to the St. Lawrence river and from the Atlantic
to the Rio Colorado of the West. Cartier found them at Mon-
treal in 1535, Champlain among the Five Nations in 1603,
Hudson along the river bearing his name in 1609, the English at
Jamestown in 1607, De Soto in the Gulf States in 1539, Mar-
_ quette, Hennepin and La Salle in the Mississippi States, Cabe¢a

99

de Vaca among the Pueblo Indians in 1528, and Alarcon on the
Colorado in 1542.

The Pacific Coast tribes did not cultivate the soil and depended
entirely on the spontaneous products of land and water. It is re-
markable that these tribes, although having more or less inter-
course with the Missouri Indians on the east and the Pueblo Indians
on the south, and always on the verge of starvation, failed to
introduce and cultivate the maize or other vegetables. Lewis and
Clarke in their memorable expedition across the continent, from
the Missouri to the mouth of the Columbia, in 1804 and 1805,
found plenty of maize and beans at the Mandan villages, about 60
miles above the present town of Bismarck, N. D., but none north
or west of that point.

Maize (Zea Mays L.) is probably indigenous to the southern
highlands of Mexico. Under the civilization of the Mayas, Na-
huas and Aztecs this precious plant received special care and
many varieties were developed. Humboldt states that the Aztecs
began to cultivate it in 666 A. D. It rapidly spread northward
and, it is estimated, in the year 1000 had already reached the
eastern States. At the time of the landing of Columbus it was
the principal and most common crop of all agricultural Indians, as
itsoon became that of the white settlers. According to E. L.
Sturtevant, one of our best authorities on the history of garden
vegetables, the various agricultural species of maize: the flints,
dents, softs, sweets and pops appear to be aboriginal forms, and
we have no evidence that any new varieties have resulted from
our three centuries or more of civilized cultivation. The very
hardy form grown in Maine, and which must ripen its grain in
three months from the day of planting, is certainly of Indian de-
velopment, and so are the peculiar red and blue varieties culti-
vated in New Mexico as well as on the upper Missouri.

The common Kidney Bean (Phaseolus vulgaris Savi) is a South
American plant; its culture under many varieties spread rapidly
_ through Mexico and the States to Canada and was, next to Maize,
the most important crop of farming Indians. The finding of seeds
of this species by Professor Witmack in the prehistoric graves of
Arizona, not only completed the demonstration of its American
origin but likewise proved the antiquity of its culture in our own

100

country. It is also probable that the Lima Bean (P. /unatus L.),
which is of Brazilian origin, was used by our Southern Indians.

The third genus of introduced plants cultivated in pre-Colum-
bian time is Cucurbita. The Common Pumpkin (C. Pepo L.) as
well as the Squash (C. maxima Duch.) are natives of South or
Central America and were grown coextensively with the preced-
ing by North American Indians some of whose names, as ap-
plied to certain varieties, have endured to this day. The China or
Barbary Squash (C. moschata Duch.) was also thought by Asa
Gray to be of American origin and, if so, was doubtless known
to our Southern Indians.

We come next to the consideration of native plants cultivated
by the Indians. It may at once be stated that our gardens and
orchards, unless we except the Jerusalem Artichoke and the Sun-
flower, do not contain a single plant developed by the Indians
from any of our wild species. In exculpation we may say that, so
far as fruits were concerned, an abundant supply could always be
relied upon, while as regards roots, tubers or bulbs, it seems
very doubtful whether there are more than two or three sus-
ceptible of marked improvement. It is only during the last
49 or 50 years that we have ourselves mostly evolved our
many orchard forms of native fruits, while we have not yet
produced a single vegetable. The Indians certainly exhib-
ited commendable promptness and industry, after the ad-
vent of the whites, in introducing such fruits as were shown
to be desirable. Thus the Peach brought into Mexico soon after
the conquest was, according to the testimony of Du Pratz, found
in general cultivation among the Indians of Louisiana when the
French settled that province in 1698, and had become abundant
in Georgia at the time of the settlement of the English in 1732.
Wm. Bartram describes the carefully planted Orange groves of the
Indians which he noticed in 1773. The early introduction and
propagation of these two plants by the Indians led to the erroneous
impression that they were of American origin.

Of the native plants cultivated by Indians we have no very
clear or precise information, but I believe the following list in-
cludes most, if not all of them. The first place belongs to the
Jerusalem Artichoke (Helianthus tuberosus L.). It produces many

101

edible tubers, sometimes 2 inches in diameter, in our day mostly
used for the feeding of cattle, horses and pigs, but which were
precious to the Indians on account of their hardiness and prolifi-
cacy, retaining possession of the soil for many years. These
tubers were mentioned by Champlain. in 1603 and brought to
France by Lescarbot who, in 1612, describes them as being “as
big as small turnips, excellent to eat, with the taste of artichoke
but more agreeable, and multiplying in a wonderful way.” As
the plant is native of the valleys of the Ohio and Mississippi and
does not reach any part of Canada, it is evident that the Canadian
and New England Indians who planted it must have obtained it
from the tribes further south and west, so that we may infer a
rather large area of cultivation. The Jerusalem Artichoke is, so
far, the only contribution of North America, exclusive of Mexico,
to the vegetable garden of the world, and it can be said to be an
aboriginal contribution. Strange to note, it is now much more
cultivated in the Old World than on this continent.

The allied species H. doronicoides Lam., found from Ohio to
Missouri, and for a while erroneously thought to be the original
of the Jerusalem Artichoke, has similar tubers although of coarser
texture; it is quite probable it was also cultivated. The “ Indian
Potato” of the Assiniboine tribe, mentioned by Bourgeau, is the
tuber of a formof H. giganteus. \., which ranges. from Minnesota
to the Saskatchawan river:

Apios Apios (L.) MacM. (A. tuberosa Mcench), the Ground-Nut,
has edible round or pyriform tubers strung upon long subterranean
shoots, varying in size from a nut to a hen’s egg; they contain a
large proportion of starch and have, when cooked, somewhat the
taste of potatoes, being wholesome and nutritious. Rafinesque
tells us that this plant was formerly cultivated by the Indians, and
still by the Creeks at the time of his writing, not only for the tubers
but also for the seeds which, he thinks, are as good as peas. It
must have been extensively used by the eastern and southern In-
dians as all early explorers mention it and some were saved by it
from starvation. The tubers were the “Penacs” of the ae
the “Hopnis” of the eastern tribes, and apparently the “Openauk
of Hariot, seen in Virginia in 1584 and described as “a kind of
round root, some as big as walnuts, some far greater, found in

102

moist and marshy grounds, growing many together in ropes as
_ though they were fastened with a string.’ Asa Gray said that
had civilization started in America instead of Asia, “ our Ground-
Nut would have been the first developed esculent tuber and would
probably have held its place in the first rank along with potatoes.
and sweet potatoes of later acquisition.” In this connection it
should be said that native cultivation does not appear to have had
any effect upon the size and quality of this tuber, and that experi-
“ments by Vilmorin and others with a view to its improvement
have not been successful, although hardly continued long enough
to be conclusive. The tuber is of slow growth, requiring two or
three years before reaching sufficient size to be useful, and its
creeping, scattering habit renders the harvest laborious.

Neiumbo lutea Pers., the Yellow Nelumbo or Water Chiquapin,
is the finest of our water-lilies, occurring from the Great Lakes to
the Gulf, and westward to Minnesota and Nebraska. In the
northern Atlantic States it has only been found in the Delaware
river below Philadelphia, in Swartswood Lake, N. J., and in the
Connecticut valley, so far out of its range as to lead to the gen-
eral supposition that the Indians brought and naturalized it in
these local habitats. Although difficult of propagation the plant
was certainly worthy of the effort. The spindle-shaped, often
angled and furrowed tubers are 5 to 10 inches long and weigh
from 2 to 8 ounces ; when baked they have, says Dr. G. Engel-

mann, a pleasant, sweet and mealy taste much resembling that of
the sweet potato, without anything reminding one of their growth
in stagnant water. The boiled or baked seeds have the taste of
chestnut and are highly nutritious, while the petioles and young
leaves may be eaten“as~spinage.

Orontium aquaticum L., or Golden Club, the « Tawkee” or
“ Tawkin” of the Indians, is also an aquatic perennial with deep,
bulbous rootstock and large pea-like seeds. Both roots and seeds
were much prized by the Indians and, according to Peter Kalm,
by some of the white colonists as well; the seeds specially being,
after sufficient cooking, quite palatable. This plant grows in
ponds along the coast from Massachusetts to Florida. It has also
been found in isolated places further inland, near the site of Indian
villages, where it is supposed to have been propagated by the

natives; but this is a mere hypothesis. —

103

The following native plants were cultivated for their fruit.

The Common Sunflower (#7. annuus L.) is an American plant
which, under several forms, extends from the ‘arctic circle to the
tropics and from the Missouri river to the Pacific. It was com-
monly cultivated by the Indians, from Canada to Mexico, west
and east of the Mississippi, being for many of them a staple article
of food. The seeds were parched, ground and made-into a pala-
table and nutritious bread said by Palmer and Douglas to be
hardly inferior to corn bread. By expression they yield about 20
per cent. of an excellent table oil which the Indians, more mindful
of their appearance than of their diet, mostly used for anointing
their hair and skin. The culture of this plant in Canada was
noticed by Champlain and, a few years after, by Sagard; in that
region the seeds must have been obtained from beyond the Missis-
sippi and a little south, through the agency of intervening tribes.
As in the case of H. svéerosus it is interesting to note that this
native plant is much more extensively cultivated in the Old World
than in the New.

Prunus Americana Marsh, and P. nigra Ait., our two species
of Wild Yellow or Red Plum, were, according to several authori-
ties, planted by the New England and Canadian natives, and from
the many forms discovered farther west it is not improbable that
this culture extended to the Mississippi. Some forty-five horticul-
tural kinds derived from them are described by Prof. Bailey, and it
is not assuming too much to suppose that several of them are due
to variations initiated by Indian industry. It is probable enough,
however, that the native orchard was seldom regularly planted,
but oftener the accidental result of seeds dropped in the vicinity
of camping grounds and villages.

Prunus angustifolia Marsh, the Chickasaw Plum of the South,
is regarded by Prof. Sargent as native of the eastern slopes of the
southern Rocky Mountains and of the plateaus extending thence
to the Mississippi, and as having been introduced by the Indians
into the southern Atlantic States where it soon became exten-
sively naturalized. Clumps of it were found about all Indian vil-
lages, and the variations thus started have doubtless developed
into some of our seventeen horticultural forms.

Of the cultivation of Prunus hortulana Bailey, the common

104

native species of the middle Mississippi region, we have no direct
evidence; but as Plums were planted north and south of that
region it is quite probable.that.the differentiation which has re-
sulted in giving ‘us some twenty-six horticultural forms is also of
Indian origin.

At least one species of grape was cultivated for its fruit. V2tes
Arizonica Eng. has been found growing in rows near Fort Whipple,
Ariz., which may be accepted as conclusive evidence of its culture
by the Pueblo Indians. It was unfortunate that the Grape thus
selected should be described by Munson, the eminent viticulturist,
as the least promising of all the species for improvement in fruit.
Considering the ease with which Grapes are propagated, by seeds,
cuttings or layers, it is likely enough that other species were
grown, specially V. Laérusca, our northern Fox-Grape, although
there appears to be no proof of it.

It seems quite probable that the Pecan and one or more Hick-
ories were more or less planted, as the abundance of nuts is often
alluded to by the first explorers. Wm. Bartram, in the account
of his travels through the South in 1773, mentions an Indian
plantation of Shellbark Hickory. There is likewise some ground
for the belief that our native Red Mulberry was cultivated, the fine
quality and great quantity of the fruit being mentioned by De Soto
and others.

The last of this group of food plants, so far as I know, is Pass?-
flora incarnata L.., the Maypop of the Southern States, which was
cultivated by the Indians of Virginia. Says Captain John Smith:
« They plant also maracocks, a wild fruit like a lemon, which in-
creases infinitely’; elsewhere he refers to it as ‘‘pleasant”’ and
“wholesome.” The fact is that it contains but little nutriment
and does not appear susceptible of improvement. The plant itself,
on account of its spreading perennial and deep roots, is a noxious
weed,

For the sake of completing the list of plants cultivated by abor-
igines I may be allowed to mention one or two which, although
not food plants, were propagated with full as much industry and
success as the Maize or the Sunflower ; I mean species of Tobacco
(Nicotiana). The Common Tobacco (NV. Zabacum L.), of South

America, was not known to our Indians except perhaps as var.

105

undulata Sendtner, the Yaqui Tobacco grown by some of the
natives of Arizona and California. The Tobacco cultivated by our
Southern and Eastern Indians was the Mexican species VV. rustica
L. now naturalized and occasionally found as a weed, while on the
Missouri and farther west the native V. guadrivalvis Pursh was
mostly used. The var. mu/tivalvis Gray of the latter, a form de-
rived from cultivation, or perhaps a distinct species, has been used
by the Pacific Indians from time immemorial and is said, by
Douglas, to be the only vegetable which the natives of the Co-
lumbia cultivated.

I shall now proceed to enumerate the native plants which in
their wild or uncultivated state furnish food to the Indians.

Roots, TUBERS AND BuLss.

Sagittaria latifolia Willd. (S. variabilis Eng.), the Common
Arrow-head, is an extremely variable species, extending from the
Atlantic to the Pacific and from British America to Mexico. It
has tuberous oblong roots the size of a hen’s egg, but sometimes
as large as a man’s fist, which either boiled or roasted were much
consumed by the natives all over the land. It was the “ Katnis’”
of the eastern tribes, the “ Wabesipinig” or Swan Potato of the
Chippeways in Minnesota, and the “ Wappatoo” of the Columbia
river Indians. It appears to have been, next to Camas, the most
useful root of the Pacific slope natives; its name recurs almost on
every page of certain chapters of Lewis and Clarke’s narrative from
which I quote the following: “The most important spot is Wap-
patoo Island, a large tract lying between the Multnomah and an
arm of the Columbia. The chief wealth of this island is found in
the numerous ponds of the interior which abound with the com-
mon Arrow-head. The bulb, to which the Indians give the name
of Wappatoo, is their great article of food and almost the staple
article of commerce on the Columbia. It is never out of season,
so that at all times of the year the valley is frequented by the
neighboring Indians who come to gather it. It is collected
by the women ; each takes a light canoe into a pond where the
water is as high as the breast, and by means of her toes separates
from the root the bulb which, on being freed from the mud, rises
immediately to the surface of the water and is thrown into the

106

canoe. In this manner these patient females will remain in the
water for several hours, even in the depth of winter.”

A form with very large smooth leaves, about as wide as long,
from Central to Southern California, thought by Parish to be the
introduced S. Sinensis Sims, is cultivated by the Chinese in Cali-
fornia for its tubers.

We next come to the roots furnished by the Arum Family
(AraAcgakE). All the plants of this order are impregnated with an
intensely acrid and pungent principle. The pangs of hunger
must indeed have been keen which drove the natives to experi-
ment with them, but the happy discovery was made that drying
and cooking dissipated this noxious acridity and that the roots
contained a large proportion of nutritious starchy food. Avzsaema
triphyllum (L.) Torr., the Indian Turnip of our woods, has a bulbous
rounded or flattened root, I to 2 inches in diameter, which, ac-
cording to G. H. Harris, is the “« Hopnis”’ of the Seneca Indians
and once their habitual bread-root. Peltandra Virginica (L.) Kunth,
the Arrow Arum, has a short, very thick, deep-seated rootstock,
sometimes 6 inches in diameter and weighing 5 or 6 tbs., the
«“ Tawho,” “ Tuckah” or “ Tuckaho”’ of the natives, and, accord-
ing to Capt. J. Smith, the root chiefly used for food by the Vir-
ginia Indians. “In one day,” says Peter Kalm, “a savage will
gather enough for a week. . Unless carefully roasted it will
prickle the throat extremely, but he so manages it in case of ne-
cessity as to make bread of it.” He adds that hogs are very
greedy of the roots and grow fat upon them. Bartram told him
that the savages also boiled the spadix with the berries and de-
voured them as a great dainty. According to Rafinesque the
seeds may be used as a substitute for pepper. The other species,
P. sagittaefolia (Michx.) Morong, has somewhat similar roots.

The roots of Calla palustris or Water Arum, Orontium aquati-
cum ot Golden Club, and even of Spathyema foetida (L.) Raf., our
Polecat Weed, were also used but to a lesser extent. Colocasia
antiquorum Schott and C. esculenta Schott were introduced into
the Southern States at a very early date, but probably not before
the advent of the whites.

_ Imay mention here, not as a root, but as a root growth, the
true “ Tuckahoe” or “Indian Bread” of the Southern States, 2

107

fungus, Pachyma cocos Fries (Lycoperdon solidum), springing from
the roots of trees in sandy soil, of about the size of a man’s head,
with scaly woody bark and white, homogeneous granular interior.
It is, like other fungi, destitute of starch but contains about 80
per cent. of carbo-hydrates almost entirely in the shape of insipid
pectin whose nutritive value is still undecided but probably not
' great.

On the low grounds of Southern Florida grows a beautiful plant
of the Cycapacar, Zamia integrifolia Willd., the « Coontie” of the
Indians, which contains in the caudex and roots about 65 per
cent. of an excellent starch sometimes called Florida arrow-root.
This plant supplied the Seminoles with food during their long
wars with the United States and is now more or less cultivated.

Certain species of Claytonia, which we cultivate in our gardens
for their delicate beauty, grow from deep edible bulbs whose crisp
flesh and nutty flavor were much prized by the natives. I may
mention C. l2rginica and C. Caroliniana of the eastern States and
€. Caroliniana sessilifolia Torr. of the Rocky Mountains and west-
ward. C. megarrhiza Parry has a large fleshy tap-root, but it is
confined to the summits of the Rocky Mountains and seldom
available. C. perfoliata Don, of the Pacific States, where it is
known as “Spanish Lettuce,” is eaten as salad and cooked as
greens.

Another elegant little plant of the same Purslane Family is
Talinum aurantiacum Eng., found everywhere in Texas west of
the Pecos river and whose tuberous root is quite edible when
cooked.

If we now leave the eastern States and extend our investigation
westward, beyond the Mississippi, the first plant deserving of at-
tention is Psoralea esculenta Pursh, the “« Pomme de Prairie” or
“ Pomme Blanche” of the Canadian explorers and voyageurs, the
« Prairie Turnip” or “Prairie Potato” of the Americans, the
“ Tipsinah ” of the Sioux and the “ Tahgu” of the Osage Indians.
It is widely distributed, being most abundant on the dry table-
lands of the Missouri region, from Montana through Dakota and
Nebraska to Kansas. The tuber is irregularly elliptical or conical
in shape, ranging in size from a large filbert to a hen’s egg, aver-
aging 114 to 2 inches in length. On section it is seen to be com-

cagriellew

108

.

posed of a white granular substance easily pulverized into a light —
starchy flour. Raw it has a very palatable farinaceous flavor
entirely devoid of bitterness; cut into slices and dried it is easily
kept and may be found to this day in all the tents of the Sioux
Indians for whom it has always been a staple food. They gener-
ally eat it cooked, and as they appreciate the advantages of a mixed
pot-au-feu, boil it with tripe, fattened pup or venison. According
to an analysis by Mr. Clifford Richardson (from material I sent
him) the tuber contains 70 per cent. of starch, about 5 of a sugar
new to chemistry, and 9 of nitrogenous matter under several
forms. No serious and prolonged attempt has as yet been made to
- develop this tuber by cultivation and selection; such attempt is
certainly desirable and, if successful, would give us a toothsome,
wholesome and nutritious vegetable, remarkable for its large pro-
portion of starch and nitrogen, and peculiarly adapted to our arid
regions.

Five other species have, likewise, tuberous edible roots: P.
hypogaea Nutt., a smaller plant than the preceding, with a some-
what more southern range and probably often confounded and
collected with it by the Indians; P. Californica Wats. (P. mephitica
Wats.) and the allied, if distinct, P. castorea Wats., ranging from
Colorado to California, and affording food to the Pah-Utes; P.
canescens Michx. of the Southern States, remarkable for its very
long subterranean stem ending with a large conical tuber, evi-
dently too deeply buried to have been noticed by the natives; P.
subacaulis T, & G., a rare and local- Tennessee species.

Another member of the Leguminous family is our Wild Liquor-
ice (Glycyrrhiza lepidota Nutt.), mostly noteworthy as a very bad
weed in the west, everywhere too prevalent. The long slender
-thizome has a faint sweetish taste of liquorice, and the Indians
sometimes chew it for its supposed tonic and expectorant effects.
Much more valuable to the natives is the Chenook. Liquorice, a

Lupine (Lupinus littoralis Dougl.), of the coast of Oregon and

_ Washington, with long tapering granular roots which, when roasted,

yield a pleasant farinaceous food.

- Our native Umbellifers yield a certain number of useful edible.
_ roots. To my taste and within my experience, the most delicately

_ flavored (in the raw state) is that of Carum Gairdneri B. & H., the

109

“Yamp” or “ Yampah” of the west, extending from the Rocky
Mountains to California and Britis‘: Columbia, being particularly
abundant on the Little Snake, or Yampah,river. The fusiform ‘or
conical roots are in close clusters of 2-5, about an inch long anda
half-inch thick, consisting, within the blackish skin, of a pure white,
farinaceous substance. They have a delicious sweet nutty
aromatic flavor, without any bitterness or astringency. Raw or
cooked, they have always been highly valued by Indians, specially
the Shoshones and tribes of the Snake river and tributaries, as well
as by all explorers and settlers. Bears and pigs are very fond of
them, often tearing up large tracts of ground in their search.
Chemically, they are remarkable for the large proportion of sugar -
and albuminoid matter they contain. There is little doubt that
if susceptible of enlargement by culture, the Yamp would soon
become a favorite in the vegetable garden. :

Two other species, C. Kelloggit Gray, the “ Wild Anise” of
Central California, and C. Oregonum Wats., have similar roots.
# Probably still more important to the Indians, among the Um-
bellifers, on account of its wide distribution and abundance, is the
genus Peucedanum of which we have some 46 rather closely re-
lated species. Ten, ranging from the Rocky Mountains to the
northern Pacific Coast, have tuberous edible roots more or less
used by the natives. The tubers are seldom. over an inch in
diameter and almost entirely made up of an homogeneous white
starchy substance, palatable when raw, with a faint celery-like
flavor, but generally roasted or baked and pounded into flour

from which nutritious and wholesome bread or cake is made. ~~

The best tuber is probably that of P. Candyi C. & R., the “ Chuk-
lusa” of the Spokane Indians. It contains, according to an
analysis by Prof. H. Trimble, 17 per cent. of starch, 11 of saccha-
rose, 3 or 4 of albuminoids and 15 or 16 of mucilage. The tuber
of P. eurycarpum C. & R., the “ Skelaps” of the Spokane Indians,
has also been examined by Prof. Trimble, who found 35 per cent.
of starch, about 10 of albuminoids, only 2 of saccharose and 3 or |
4 of mucilage, a composition surprisingly different from that oF
the preceding. The bulb of P. farinosum Geyer, the “ Tuhwha
of the Spokanes, is equally good ; to it, as well as to other species,
the name « Biscuit-root” has been given by the whites.

110

Other tuberous species worthy of mention are P. Geyert Wats.,
P. ambiguum T. & G., and P. Cous Wats., the Indian designation
« Kous”’ applying likewise to other species.

The allied genus Cymopterus contains also species with thick
elongated or tuberous, more or less edible roots, much prized by
the Indians of the Rocky Mountain region and the Great Basin.
The best known, as esculents, are C. globosus Wats., C. glomeratus
Raf., C. montanus T.& G. The latter has a fusiform parsnip-like
root the size of a man’s finger, of a very agreeable taste, and a
good vegetable in early spring when soft and tender. C. Fendlert
Gray, the “ Chimaja” of the Mexicans, is impregnated with a
pleasant anisate volatile oil, and used to flavor meats and make
bitters in New Mexico. C. purpureus Wats. is used as a pot-herb
to season soup and mush by Navajo Indians.

The immense family of the Composirak presents very few plants
for our consideration; the most noteworthy belong to the genus
Cnicus or Thistle. Lewis and Clarke describe a Thistle on the
Lower Columbia called “Shanataque” by the natives, with fusiform
root a foot long and about the size of a man’s thumb which when
baked becomes very palatable and “the sweetest vegetable eaten
by the Indians.’’ Mr. Thomas Howell thinks the plant must be
Cnicus edulis Gray, although the specific name of the latter refers
only to the esculent*qualities of the young stems which are fleshy
and tender; the value of the root appears to have been overlooked.
Fremont speaks of another Thistle, not determined, found on the
middle and lower part of Bear river (in Idaho and Utah), with
root the size of a carrot and very agreeably flavored. I may also
mention C. Drummondi Gray, whose edible roots are stated to
have saved from starvation a lost explorer of the Yellowstone
Park in 1870.

The genus Balsamorrhiza Hook., of the Rocky Mountains and
the Pacific States is characterized by thick and deep roots which
exude a terebinthine balsam. They are edible, raw or cooked,
after peeling off the thick bark which contains most of the bal-
samic oleo-resin. Not only the roots but also the young stalks
and the seeds were used for food by the Indians.

The same remarks apply to the allied genus Wyethia Nutt.,
which has likewise fleshy roots and large albuminous seeds.

Ill

The last edible Composite to be mentioned is Microseris nutans
Gray, with succulent almost transparent roots full of a bitterish
milky juice, which are eaten raw by the Nez Percés Indians.

The PortuLacaceak contain one species noted from the earii-
est days as an important Indian food plant, Lewssta rediviva
Pursh, the « Spatlum ” and « Chitah” of the natives, the “ Bitter-
root’ of the whites, ranging from the Rocky Mountains to the
Pacific, and giving its name to the Bitter-root mountains of Mon-
tana. It is a handsome little plant and very remarkable for its
wonderful vitality, having been revived and successfully planted
after being kept months in herbarium. The roots, 3 or 4 or more,
are curled and twisted and seldom thicker than a goose quill; their
brownish-red bark is intensely bitter while the inner white and
farinaceous part is quite palatable and nutritious, although having
in the raw state a slight bitterish flavor. Boiled or otherwise
cooked they are excellent food, extensively used by the Indians.
An analysis by Prof. Trimble yielded about 15 per cent. of gum
and mucilage, 3 or 4 of albuminoids and 8 or 9 of starch; no evi-
dence of sugar could be obtained. The statement once made by
a too credulous observer, and since often repeated by authors that
this root “abounds in concentrated nutriment,” is certainly very
much exaggerated. The other species, L. drachycalyx Eng. has
similar roots.

In the Matvacear we find but one genus with fleshy edible
roots, Callirrhoe Nutt. One of the handsomest species, C. digitata
Nutt. of the southern plains, has a fusiform root, in shape and size
between a small turnip and a parsnip, said to be even more pleas-
ant tasted than that of Psoralea and highly prized by the natives.
C. pedata Gray, of the Texas prairies, and ‘other species have
similar farinaceous roots.

The showy genus Amoreuxia, of the BrxiNeag, is represented —
in our country by A. Wrightii Gray, of southwest Texas and A. pal-
matifida DC. (A. Schiedeana Planch.) of Arizona and Mexico. The
roots of the former are greedily devoured by peccaries and other
animals; those of the latter when roasted have the taste of : the
Parsnip and carrot, and are eaten by the Papago and Pimo Indians

as well as by the Mexicans under the name of “ Sayas.”
- Turning to the mountains of New Mexico, Arizona and Texas,

112

we find two Potatoes, Solanum tuberosum boreale Gray and S.
Jamesu Torr., whose tubers have always been among the chief
articles of food of the Navajo Indians. The var. doreale is so far
removed and cut off from its Andean type, by the absence of in-
termediate Mexican and Central American forms, as to make their
close relationship a very interesting fact in geographic botany.
Its tubers differ only from those of the Common Potato by their
smaller size, being from half to three-quarters of an inch in diam-
eter, and by a peculiar aroma. The tubers of S. /amesii are still
smaller, dark-colored and usually covered with minute tubercles.
These plants are hardy and of easy growth, readily responding to
cultivation, so that it seems strange that the Navajo or Pueblo
Indians should not have planted and developed them. The tubers
of var. doreale are readily improved in size, as shown by Prof.
~ Bailey who has obtained some 4 inches long still retaining their
distinguishing aroma. This variety of the Common Potato is be-
yond a doubt the most promising native food plant of North
America outside of Mexico, and was the one most worthy of the
_ attention of the aborigines.

In about the same region and extending north into British
America is found the “ Kooyah” or “ Tobacco-root ” of the French
(Valeriana edulis Nutt.), with large fusiform perpendicular root-
stock dividing below into deep and thick branches. This root,
black outside and bright yellow inside, is remarkable when fresh
for its very repulsive odor and taste, resembling those of chewing
tobacco, but when thoroughly cooked is sweet, palatable and nu-
tritious. This plant is of great importance to the Indians of the
Great Basin andthe Northwest. Fremont, on reaching Bear river,
in northern Utah, wrote: “I ate here for the first time the
Kooyah, the principal edible root among the Indians who inhabit
the upper waters of the streams on the western side of the Rocky
Mountains.” I doubt whether this plant is worth cultivating for
its root, but its medicinal properties. might be profitably in-
vestigated.

The Lily Family (Littaceag) contributes quite generously to
the vegetable diet of the Indians, as I shall now proceed to show.
| Taking everything into account, abundance, size, taste and nu-

_ tritiousness, the best of all native bulbs is doubtless that of the

113

Camas or Quamash (Camassia esculenta Lindl.),a showy plant
ranging from the Rocky Mountains to California and British
Columbia, sometimes so abundant on rich meadows as to tint
them a uniform light blue color, suggesting, as expressed by an
early explorer, “a lake of clear water.” The bulb is globular-
ovoid, resembling a small onion; raw it has.a mucilaginous, rather
insipid taste, but baked it acquires the flavor as well as the color
of chestnut. Lewis and Clarke were probably the first white men
to eat it, as told in their narrative: “ The Indians set before us a
small piece of buffalo-meat, some dried salmon, berries and several °
kinds of roots. Among these last is one which is round and much
like an onion in appearance and sweet to the taste; it is called
Quamash and is eaten either in its natural state or boiled into a
kind of soup or made into a cake called « pasheco.” After our
long abstinence this was a sumptuous treat.”

Camas has always been one of the chief articles of subsistence
of all Indians in and west of the Rocky Mountains. They usually
bake it in heated pits, sometimes mixed with a black hair-like
lichen (Alectoria jubata) which grows in profusion on Larzx occt-
dentalis, the result being a dark brown homogeneous soft mass
which is fashioned into large cakes.

The other four species of Camassia described, all closely inter-
related, have the same kind of edible bulb, with the exception of
C. Cusickii Wats., the largest and finest, whose bulb is said, perhaps
without sufficient investigation, to be nauseous and very acrid.

The bulbs of all the species of Adium, or Garlic, are more or
less edible and nutritious in spite of the strong-scented volatile
oil they contain; many references are made to the ‘Wild Leekes”
and “Wild Onions” by the first explorers who were sometimes
compelled to follow the example of the Indians and eat them to
Sustain life; however, it was their abundance all over the land
which gave them value rather than their quality.

Several species of Siilax have thick knobby tuberous root-
Stocks, which were utilized by our southern Indians. The most
noted is S. Pseudo-China L., with extensively spreading and fas-
Cicled roots containing a large proportion of starch readily obtained
as a reddish sediment by washing in water, and formerly, accord-
ing to Bartram, made into soup, bread or jelly. Later these roots

114

were used by the white settlers, mixed with molasses and parched
corn or rice, to make a very wholesome and palatable beer. The
rootstocks of S. Bona-nox L., S. glauca Walt., S. rotundifolia L.
and S. Beyrichi Kunth (S. auriculeta Chap.) were indiscriminately
collected and used with those of the last.

Another eastern plant of this family, but of little consequence,
is the Indian Cucumber-root (Medeola Virginiana \..) with hori-
zontal yellowish rhizome, 1 to 2 inches long, having a sweetish
cucumber-like taste and more medicinal than nutritious. ;

The Star Tulips and Mariposa Lilies of the genus Calochortus
so abundant and conspicuous in the Pacific States, have nearly all
edible farinaceous bulbs. The best known, as food plant, is C.
Nuttalla T. & G. which extends eastward to the Rocky Moun-
tains and even the prairie region beyond; it is the “Sego”
of the Indians and Mormons; the bulb is about the size of a wal-
nut, very palatable and nutritious, and is still used not only by
Indians but by hunters and miners as well.

Brodiza Smith, a California genus, has likewise edible bulbs ;
those of B. congesta Smith and B. capitata Benth., although small,
are agreeably sweet and mucilaginous.

Hesperocallis uudulata Gray, the Desert Day Lily, grows in the
Colorado and Mohave deserts; it has a deep-buried ovate-globose
bulb 1 to 4 inches in diameter, with firm palatable and refreshing
flesh, quite welcome to Indians and explorers in the absence of
other vegetables.

Chlorogalum pomeridianum Kunth., of California, is better
known as a soap and a fiber plant than as a food plant, but it is
also sometimes ealled, and for good reason, “ Wild Potato.” The
egg-shaped bulb is 1 to 3 inches in diameter and about 4 long,
thickly covered with coarse brownish fibres resembling the coir of
the cocoa-nut. A chemical investigation by Prof. Trimble
showed 1.87 per cent. of saponin (or 6.95 in the absolutely dry
bulb), as well as glucose, saccharose and mucilage. The large
_ proportion of saponin accounts for the use of the bulb as a valued
substitute for soap. Cooking eliminates all acrid and injurious
_ substances, rendering the bulb good, wholesome food with much
the taste of camas. —

_ In the Sedge Family (CypEracea), we only find 2 or 3 food

115

plants of minor interest. The Great Bullrush ( Scerpus lacustris L.)
is a widely distributed plant, ranging from the Atlantic to the
. Pacific and from British America to the tropics. The stalks and
leaves are commonly used by many tribes for mats and baskets ;
the pollen, beaten off and collected on a cloth, is-sometimes made
into cake. The thick fleshy rootstock of var. occidentalis Wats.,
the « Tule” of the Pacific States, is baked and eaten by hungry
Indians. Gen. J. Bidwell describes a honey produced abundantly
on a form of “tule” in Nevada, and eagerly gathered by the
natives.

Two species of Cyperus, the Chufa (C. esculentus L.) and the
Nut-Grass (C. rotundus L.) are extremely noxious weeds in the
eastern and southern States on account of their rapid propaga-
tion by tuberiferous stolons and difficult extirpation. The Indians,
however, looked upon them with favor because of the small edible
tubers, specially those of Chufa, which are sweet and palatable,
and even now occasionally planted as food for swine.

Finally, it remains to mention one Fern, the Common Brake
or Bracken (Preris aguilina L.), the most widely distributed of the
order. The blackish rootstocks are eaten in parts of Europe and
by some of our Pacific Indians. ‘They have a pungency,” say
Lewis and Clarke, “which was disagreeable to us, though the
natives eat them voraciously, and they seem to be very nutritious.”

FRUITS,

The Indians eat not only all the native fruits which we eat and
have more or less improved, but also many others for which we
have never cultivated a taste. It is only of these specially aborigi-
nal fruits that Ivshallsspeak.

In the Cactus Family the genus Opuntia, economically speak-
ing, is probably the most important. Even the fruit of our little
Prickly Pear (O. vulgaris Haw.) is not entirely worthless, but it is
in the arid regions of the Southwest that we find a majority of our
50 native species in their best development. The fruit has a pecu-
liar and mucilaginous taste, sometimes pleasantly acid, but often
insipid and mawkish. It contains little nutriment, but quenches
thirst in the desert. O. Engelmanni Salm, ranging from the mouth
of the Rio Grande to the Pacific, is the most noteworthy ; not

116

only do Mexicans and Indians eat its fruit with avidity, but the
leavesas well when necessity requires. The leaves, or rather joints,
of this and allied species are very juicy and an important fodder
for cattle and sheep, being at once food and drink.

The Mexican Prickly Pear or Tuna (O. 7uua Mill.), cultivated
in Mexico from time immemorial, and whose fruit is found in all
the markets of that country, was not known to our Indians; it
was brought by the Spaniards into Florida and California where
it is now naturalized.

The seeds, not only of the fruit of Opuntia but of all edible
species of the order, are often separated by the Indians, parched
and pulverized and made into excellent gruel.

Most remarkable is the Giant Cactus (Cereus giganteus Eng.)
the Suhuara or Pitahaya of the Mexicans and the vegetable wonder
of Arizona, a tree mostly without branches, the straight, grooved
shaft 30 to 50 feet high. The fruit is 2 to 3 inches long, full of a
rich crimson pulp of a fine flavor and a great dainty to the
Apaches, Pimos and Papagos. From it they prepare a clear
light-brown syrup used as a substitue for sugar, and a fermented
liquor having the taste and smell of sour beer.

Still larger, sweeter and finer is. the fruit of GC. Thurderi Eng.,
the Pitahaya Dulce, common in Sonora and Lower California but
not yet observed in the United States. Half a dozen other arbo-
rescent species of Cereus with edib‘e fruit have been described
from Northern Mexico and Lower California. Of the low and
cespitose species, by far the most interesting from our standpoint
is the Straw Cactus (€. stramineus Eng.) of Western Texas. The
ripe fruit is red, 1% inches long and 1 thick, with thin skin bear-
ing but few spines and easily peeled off; the seeds are so fine as
to be unnoticed; it is equal or superior, in quality and flavor, to
the best strawberry.

The genus Mammillaria or, as revised by Prof. Coulter, Cactus,
contains many native species bearing red berries of excellent
taste ; I have eaten these with great relish on the Upper Missouri
from C. viviparus and in Western Texas from C. Heyderi and others,
while in Southern California C. Goodrichii is said Bie Orcutt to
yield a delicious strawberry-like fruit.

I may close my remarks upon this order by a mention of the

117

Peyote (Anhalonium fissuratum Eng.) of the rocky highlands of
Western Texas and Northern Mexico, a plant which, when chewed,
is said to produce a sort of delirious intoxication and on that ac-
count sometimes called « Dry Whisky.” Another species (A.
Lewini) of the Lower Rio Grande and Mexico possesses the same
remarkable properties. Both are well worthy of investigation.

The seeds or “nuts” of many species of Pine are large and
albuminous, forming, in several parts of the country, not only an
important but almost an indispensable source of subsistence to the
Indians. They are oily and often have a strong terebinthine or
bitter taste when raw, but after being roasted they are not only
nutritious but also pleasantly flavored.

Our best known Nut Pines are the Single-leaved Pine (Pinus
monophylla Torr.), so precious to the Indians of the Great Basin,
and the Two-leaved Pine or Pifion (P. edulis Eng.), perhaps only a
variety of the preceding, ranging from Colorado to Texas and
Arizona. The wingless secds are elliptical or globose in outline .
and half an inch in length. Speaking of their value to the In-
dians Dr. Newberry says: ‘‘ They are treasured as their choicest
delicacies, and a handful of pine-nuts is to an Indian child as much
of a treat as are sugar-plums to our boys and girls. Some of
the Pifton groves on the flanks of the Sierra de la Plata, in South-
western Colorado, have evidently been visited periodically by the
Pueblo Indians for ages, for fragments of their peculiar ornamented
pottery cover the ground.”

The Mexican Nut Pine (P. cembroides Zucc.), with leaves mostly
in threes but with the same seeds, extends north into Arizona and
Lower California. Also belonging to this group is P. Parryana
Eng., of Southérn California and Lower California, with leaves
mostly in fours.

The Sugar Pine (P. Lambertiana Dougl.) of the Pacific slope,
the most gigantic species of the genus, with cone sometimes a foot
and a half long, has edible seeds a half-inch long.. The Gray-leaf or
Digger Pine of California (P. Sabiniana Dougl.) has a shorter,
thick, massive cone with black seeds, the largest in the genus,
_ Nearly an inch long; these are collected in immense quantities by
the Digger Indians for winter use, being not only a nutritious
food but very digestible and specially suitable for delicate

118

stomachs. Nearly related to the preceding is P. Coulteri of the
coast ranges south of San Francisco, with stout, long, strongly
incurved cone-spines, and somewhat smaller but equally pala-
table seeds.

Another genus of Conifers, /wniperus, contains three species
whose fruit deserves mention: //. occidentalis Hook., with its
several varieties, extending from Texas to the Northern Pacific
coast; /. Californica Carr. of Southern California, with a variety
extending to Utah and Nevada; /. pachyphloca Torr. of Western
Texas, New Mexico and Arizona, apparently merging into /.
Mexicana Schl. of Northern Mexico. They all bear abundant
globose greenish or copper-colored berries with a mealy, resinous
and not very unpalatable taste. Those of the last-named species
are the largest (often half inch in diameter) and best ; I have eaten
them, not greedily, but without repugnance. Mexicans and In-
dians consume large quantities of these berries and make them
into abread which, Dr. Palmer says, is of “ chaffy and saw-dust
consistency.” According to the same authority this bread con-
tains the following constituents which would indicate unexpected
nutritiousness: Water 14.34, protein compounds 5.69, starch
17.87, sugar 10.66,

Another fruit of much importance to the Indians is that from
many of our Oaks. Acorns contain starch, fixed oil, citric acid and
sugar, as well as astringent and bitter principles. They are some-
times sweet enough to be eaten raw without preparation, but it is
generally necessary to rid them of their bitter principle ; this is
done by shelling and skinning, then pounding them into meal and
washing thoroughly in water; the meal is then ready for boiling
into mush or baking into*cake or bread. Not long’ago’l received
specimens of Quercus Garryana from Fort Gaston, in Northern
California, with the information that the acorns were still a com-
mon article of food among the Hoopah and other Indians of that
reservation. To remove the bitterness they place the meal in @
hole dug in wet sand, so that in gathering it up more or less sand
is unavoidably mixed with it, enough to have a decided effect
upon the teeth. My informant, a medical officer, tells me that he
has seen an Indian 45 years old with the crowns of his otherwise
healthy teeth half gone, while, in Indians 60 years old, itis not un-
common to see all the teeth worn down, even with the gums.

119

The White Oaks have sweeter and more palatable fruit than
the Black Oaks, and it is mostly from them that the Indians sup-
ply themselves. In California the large conical fruit of Q. /obata
Nee is considered best by the natives who collect enormous
quantities of it for winter use. Further north, that of Q. Garryana
Dougl. is held in the same esteem. All the Live Oaks yield
Sweet palatable acorns, from the eastern Q. Virginiana Mill. to
Q. undulata Torr., Q. oblongifolia Torr., Q. pungens Liebm., Q.
Emoryi Torr., of the Rocky Mountain region, and QO. Engelmanni
Greene, of Southern California. Our eastern Indians consumed
large quantities of the acorns of Q. Virginiana, also obtaining
from them a sweet oil much used in cooking; they, likewise, ate
the acorns of QO. Michauxii Nutt. and Q. prinoides Willd.

Of the Black Oaks the only one affording food to the Indians
is Q. agrifolia Nee, the Coast Live Oak of California.

_Of the Walnuts and Hickories our Indians knew how to take
full advantage, and sometimes from the nuts obtained delicacies
apparently unknown to us; thus Bartram states that the Creeks
pound the nuts and cast them into boiling water which is then
passed through a very fine strainer; the thicker oily part of the
liquid thus preserved is called hickory milk; it is as sweet and
rich as fresh cream, and an ingredient in most of their cookery,
specially hominy and corn cakes.

Our species of Yucca are not only handsome and ornamental,
but the section Savcoyucca of our arid southwestern territory pro-
duces fleshy, banana-like, fruits of agreeable taste, wholesome and
nutritious. Unfortunately the fertilization of these plants, depend-
ing largely, if not entirely, upon the agency of certain moths, is
often imperfect, so that well developed fruit is scant. Y. daccata
Torr. is the most widely distributed of our species, ranging under
several forms from Southern Colorado to Texas, California and
Mexico. The ovate or cylindric, more or less beaked fruit is 3 to
5 inches long,with pulp about a half-inch thick over the large seeds.
As birds and insects are very fond of this fruit and have the first
chance at it, Indians and Mexicans collect it when still green and
let it mature in their dwellings; they also eat it green after baking
in hot ashes. The young flower buds, when about to expand, are
roasted and a prized article of diet. I may also mention that

120

the leaves of this very useful plant yield strong, flexible textile
fibres, while the caudex and root are rich in saponin and an ex-
cellent substitute for soap. Y. macrocarpa Coville has a stout
arborescent trunk 10 to 30 feet high and 1 to 1% in diameter, and
still larger fruit. Y. Schottid Eng., of Southern Arizona, also be-
longs to this section, as well as Y. 7veculeana Carr., of Northern
Mexico.. ae

The NYMPHAEACEAE contain two plants whose seeds are, or
were, highly prized by the natives, Nelumméo lutea already specially
noticed for its roots, and Nymphaea polysepala (Eng.) of the north-
_ern Pacific slope. The former is called Water Chinquapin, from
the resemblance of its seeds in shape and taste to the Chinquapin
chestnut of the South; they are eaten raw or cooked and said to
be even more delicate food than the roots. The latter plant dif-
fers from the eastern V. advena chiefly in having a larger number
of sepals and a larger fruit ; the pod is often the size and form of
an egg, filled with well flavored and nutritious seeds which con-
stitute one of the most valuable winter stores of the Klamath
Indians.

The Ericaceae are rich in finely flavored fruits; the many

species of Gaylussacia, Vaccinium and Gaultheria furnish the

Indians with a notable proportion of their vegetable food. Two
species of Arctostaphylos are likewise utilized by the natives of
California, A. Manzanita Parry, the Common Manzanita of the
coast range, and A. tomentosa Dongl.,the Hairy Manzanita of the
western part of the State. The small apple-like fruit is decidedly
acid before maturity, tasting somewhat like an agreeably tart apple
and used for making a cooling drink in summer. When ripe and
dried, it is pounded and made into cake or bread.

The Mezquite (Prosopis juliflora DC.) is one of the most wide-
spread of trees, ranging from the Atlantic to the Pacific, along the
entire Mexican border, and from the Indian Territory, through
Texas and Mexico, to South America. It thrives best on bottom
lands, where it acquires somewhat the size and aspect of an apple-
tree, but will grow almost anywhere, its long slender tap-roots
dipping down to great depths in quest of moisture. On arid and
fire-swept plains the spreading superficial roots absorb most of the
nutriment, becoming thick and tortuous, while hardly any growth
is Sranast — ground.

121

The Mezquite is invaluable to the Mexicans and Indians of our
Southwestern territory, to whom it supplies food and fuel, and
sometimes bad beer. The fruit is a yellow bean-like pod, 6 to 8
inches long, filled around and between the seeds with a sweet and
very palatable pulp; it contains more than half its weight of as-
similable nutritive principles? of which the most important is sugar
in the proportion of 25 to 30 per cent. Most herbivorous animals,
specially the horse, mule and donkey, are fond of this pod and
thrive upon it. :

A second species deserves mention, P. pubescens Benth., the
Screw-Bean or Tornillo, so well characterized by the screw-like
fruit. It is abundant from western Texas to California and south-
ward into Mexico. The pulp of the bean is even finer than that
of the Mesquite, but is too scant to be of much importance.

Another but very different plant of the Lecumnosae affording
fruit to the Indians is Falcata comosa (L.) Kuntze (Amphicarpa
monoica Ell.), the Hog Peanut, a slender, twining perennial, ranging
from Canada to Florida and westward to Dakota. The rudimentary
lower flowers, borne on filiform creeping branches, bury themselves
into the ground where they mature usually only one large fleshy,
obovate or pear-shaped seed. This subterranean seed is edible
and nutritious. I have seen the Indians dig it up in the spring as
far north as Bismarck, N. D. The seeds of the pods on the
upper branches, are said to be as good as peas for the table.

Along the banks of the upper Missouri and its many tribu-
taries, grows the Bullberry (Shepherdia argentea Nutt.), a most
abundant and ubiquitous shrub, sometimes forming miles of im-
passable thickets. The pistillate plant becomes covered with a |
profusion of small globose, nearly sessile, bright red berries, which
contrast prettily with the bluish-white foliage; they are very acid
and hardly edible until touched by frost in the early days of
October, when they are sweetened and acquire a pleasant flavor.
They have always been one of the staple foods of the Sioux and
other Indians who eat them raw and stewed or mixed with other
esculents. The whites use large quantities of them for making a
delicious jelly, preferred by many to currant jelly. An analysis by
Prof. Trimble gave the following constituents: water 71.28, nitro-
genous substances 0.14, free acid (citric and malic) 2.45, total

Sugar 5.47, mucilage and pectin 0.42.

122

The other species, Shepherdia Canadensis Nutt, the Soapberry
of the northern States and British America, bears yellowish-red,
sweetish-acidulous and bitter berries; these, according to Prof.
Penhallow, contain 0.74 per cent. of saponin to which they owe
their persistent bitter taste and their well known property of foam-
ing when triturated in a little water and beaten up; the thick
cream-like, strawberry-colored foam thus produced is a favorite
dish of the natives and, if sweetened, quite palatable. The ber-
ries are also preserved, dried or made into jam.

Another plant of this family, with edible fruit, is Alacagnus
argentea Pursh, the Silverberry of our northern middle States, and
an attractive garden plant on account of its silvery-white foliage
and the delicious fragrance of its flowers. The globose berry is
dry and mealy and not at all appetizing.

The fruit or hip of several of our wild Roses, after being touched
by frost, is sweet and palatable; as it persists through most of the
winter, when hardly anything else is available, it sometimes be-
comes useful food to the natives as well as to birds and mammals.
Rosa Nutkana Presl., the Nutka Rose, ranging from the northern
Pacific coast to the Rocky Mountains, is the most showy of west-
ern Roses, having the largest flower and fruit; the latter is juicy
and pleasantly acidulous and an excellent antiscorbutic for the
Indians of Alaska.

Passing over the many native plants yielding edible seeds,
specially of the Gramineae, I shall close with the notice of a few
of those whose stem and foliage afford food to the Indians. In
this connection the genus Agave is first to be mentioned; it is
essentially Mexican, only a few species extending into our southern
territory, and has always been of the greatest economic importance.

The sap of A. Americana, a species sparingly naturalized, but not
indigenous, north of the Rio Grande, is converted into a weak alco-
holic beverage called “pulque,” the national drink of Mexico.
Other species, baked, supply the “ mezcal de comer,” an excellent
article of food, and also, by fermentation and distillation, a strong
drink called “aguardiente mezcal.” The edible part consists of
the thick juicy base of the leaves, the fleshy axis and central bud,
together forming the “cabeza” or head which is slowly baked in
a pit or oven. In the raw state no sugar can be discovered in

123

these plants, but only a citro-glucosid which by heat is converted
into grape sugar and citric acid, so that, by cooking, the cabeza is
rendered very sweet and pleasant to the taste.

Our Indians were not slow in learning the value of Agave from
the Mexican natives; from time immemorial they have utilized
our indigenous species, and wherever these grow can be found the
stone-lined pits in which the mezcal heads are, or were, baked for
food. As our native species do not yield sap enough for the pro-
duction of pulque, and the process of fermentation and distillation
is too complicated for native art, it follows that our Indians never
obtained any alcoholic drink from them.

A. Parryt Eng. is the Mezcal of New Mexico and Northern
Arizona, one of the staple foods of the Apaches. When properly
Prepared it is saccharine, palatable and wholesome, mildly acid,
laxative and antiscorbutic. 4. Palmen Eng. takes its place in
southern Arizona. 4. Washzeni Eng. is the common Mezcal
species of the mountains of western Texas, while A. deserti Eng.
is that of southern California and adjoining deserts.

On the mesas and foot-hills of western Texas and northern
Mexico where Agave is rare, the observant Indians discovered a
plant which takes its place and is equally useful, furnishing both
food and drink. This is Dasylirion Texanum Scheele, the Bear-
Grass of the Americans and Sotol of the Mexicans. When
trimmed down, the head or edible portion consists entirely of the
thick, €xpanded and imbricated bases of the leaves; it is refresh-
ing and palatable even in the raw state, but of much better flavor
when cooked. By fermentation and distillation, the Mexicans ob-
tain from it a strong whisky called Sotol mezcal, of penetrating
smell and peculiar taste, and the common alcoholic beverage of the
frontier population.

The LeNNoacear have several interesting food plants, the prin-
cipal of which is Ammobroma Sonorae Torr., the Sand-food, a
leafless parasite in the sand-hills of southern Arizona and Lower
California. The long fleshy stem, creeping in the sand, is edible
Taw and cooked, but specially palatable when boiled or roasted,
the taste being variously described as that of a sweet potato or the
heart of a cabbage. It is eagerly eaten by Cocopa, Papago and
Yuma Indians, as well as by the Mexicans. It is a valuable
Substitute for water in the desert.

124

The Classification of the Archegoniates.

By Lucien M. UNDERWOOD.

There has hitherto been much looseness in the codrdina-
tion of the groups of plants above what have been regarded the
natural orders and at the same time wide difference in usage in
group names. It is equally apparent that in some respects
the botanists have followed a different system of nomenclature
from the zodlogists, and they have not even followed a uni-
form or consistent system among themselves. While it is
not possible to crowd a series of forms within the limits of a rigid
classification, or accurately coordinate all natural groups of plants
in equally related categories, it certainly is possible to follow cer-
tain broad principles and maintain a uniformity of nomenclature
for the higher groups as well as for genera and species. Leaving
particulars for further discussion there ought to be no difficulty in
securing the adoption of the following system of group names and
sequences : =

SuB-KINGDOM.
Crass.
ORDER.
FAMILy.
GENUS.
SPECIES.

This is in skeleton the exact usage of the zodlogists and con-
forms more nearly with the greater portion of the more recent

usage among those whose work is connected with cryptogamic “ee

botany. The differences that have been most prominent have
arisen among the phanerogamic botanists, and some of the differ-
ences have even become almost hoary-headed from long usage-
Indeed incipient baldness marks not a few of them, and perhaps 4
proper ventilation of some of the remainder will cause this to be-
come even more apparent.

1. In place of the term sud-fingdom, so generally used by
zoologists, the term series has been used. The use of the former

125

must eventually be followed by all who deal in taxonomy, if con-
sistency is to be maintained. :

2. There has been a standing confusion of the terms order and
Jamily, The term “natural order” has a considerable antiquity, but
has been confined Slargely to the Spermatophytes. While crypto-
gamic botanists have by no means been uniform in their termino-
logy, they have in the majority of instances clearly distinguished
these two group names. In this they have followed the lead of
the zodlogists, for there would be no opportunity in animal classi-
fication to confound such distinct group names as the order Car-
nivora and the Jamily Canidae. And yet the Ranunculaceae have
been called indiscriminately a natural order (or simply an order)
andafamily. On account of this general confusion among the plants
which are popularly the best known, it will be all the more diffi-
cult for a time to introduce a uniform and consistent system.
And yet it seems to need no argument to show that there is no
good reason for perpetuating this confusion in our terminology,
and the stand taken on this point by the German systematists, and —
quite consistently carried out in a number of the most elaborate
floras that have ever appeared in any country, will go far toward
establishing the correct terminology.

3. There has also been a tendency to use the term cofort, much
as we have used the term order in the proposed system. This
Was introduced by Lindley, and its adoption by Bentham and

Hooker has had the tendency to fix its use especially in those
quarters where other emanations from the same source have had
much weight. As the Spermatophytes are not all of the vegetable
world and much less not all of the domain of living things, it be-
comes a question when we broach the matter of uniformity of
usage as to whether we shall follow a generally established prin-
ciple or merely a localized usage. Since all zodlogists and
the great majority of cryptogamists have already established
the term order to include a group of families, it would seemingly
be folly to attempt to adopt the term cohort in place of the term
order. Here priority of use might well. be argued in addition to
the axiom that a part is not more important than the whole. :

The adoption of intermediate groups such as sub-classes, sub-
Orders, sub-families and sub-genera can well be left to monog-

126

raphers of special groups, for their necessity will evidently vary in
every group of plants. It would be a consummation devoutly to
be wished if their use anywhere were restricted as much as possi-
ble, for a too extended and minute subdivision is not only not de-
‘manded by most groups of organic forms, but when introduced in
excess tends more to confusion than otherwise and often obscures
the real groupings of allied forms.

So far as tniformity of termination is concerned it would seem
that the termination-a/es could properly be adopted for orders and
the termination-aceae for families where this would not interfere
with long established names. In this connection uniformity would
seem to be of more importance than priority, especially as the
limitations of these larger groups have been so long a matter of
uncertainty and variety of opinion. In the groups above orders,
there would seem to be less necessity for uniformity of termination
than in the orders and families themselves.

In order to illustrate the matter of uniformity of terminology

‘and as a contribution toward securing this uniformity, I present
‘the following arrangement of the sub-kingdom known as Arche-
goniata. It will be necessary as an introduction to state the limt-
tation of that group as we understand it. In the present
condition of our knowledge of plant forms, we can probably find
no more satisfactory primary division of the plant world than the
following, though of course we are still very far from a natural ar-
rangement. It is practically the arrangement followed in the
Engler-Prantl series* with minor modifications.

Sub-kingdom MyCEtTozoa.

Sub- kingdom THALLOPHYTA,

Sub-kingdom ARCHEGONIATA.

Sub-kingdom SPERMATOPHYTA.

A few remarks may be to the point in explanation of this di-
vision, which in its lower half is necessarily artificial and unsatis-
factory.

1. The slime moulds are evidently sufficiently distinct from
other plants to warrant a separation in this way. That they have
undoubted affinities with the animals no one can doubt, but it is
equally clear that they have decided affinities with at least two

* Die natirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, 2: 1, 1-2.

127

groups of plants, the bacteria and the moulds (Mucorini), that can-
not be disregarded. While their structure and function causes
them to stand somewhat midway between plant and animal, it
would seem more consistent in a systematic arrangement to place
them at the bottom of. the plant world.

2. Until the inter-relations of the algae and fungi can be more
definitely known and some suitable system devised that shall make
it possible to unite allied forms on a rational basis, it will be best
to maintain this unnatural and heterogenous group which we call
Thallophyta. It is true, as has been stated, that the group is
Practically undefinable, but that is always true of the last division
of any series in which those forms are placed that do not conform
to any known natural arrangement. The close alliance of some
of the lower fungi and algae .absolutely precludes the idea of
establishing these as primary groups, and of the various systems
of subdivision that have been maintained there are none thet seem
to be founded on real or natural relationships. Unsatisfactory as
the group is, we see no present improvement that can replace it..

3. As has been often maintained, there is not a wide distinction
between a simple Riccia and some of the green algae, and the
group Archegoniata is not entirely distinct at its lower limit.
This, however, is true of any great group when its outliers are all
known, for evolution has not yet resulted in the destruction of all
the connecting links. We have for the same reason excluded the
Characeae from this group because of their apparently stronger
affinities with the other green algae. For a similar reason we
have included the Gymnosperms at the upper limit because their
affinities when properly. understood seem to link them more
strongly here than with the higher plants.

With these limitations we present the following outline of the
classification of the Archegoniata.

Sub-kingdom ARCHEGONIATA.
Class BRYOPHYTA.
(Sub-class Hepaticae.) *
Order Marchantiales.
*I have placed these subgroups in parenthesis as representing group names that

Modern research seems destined to retire toa merited oblivion. I have elsewhere
discussed their abandonment more in detail. Cf Proc. A. A. A.S. 43: 259-274, 1894.

128

Family RICCIACEAE.
Family MARCHANTIACEAE.
Order Jungerianiales.
Family METZGERIACEAE.
Family }UNGERMANIACEAE.
Order Anthocerotales.
Family ANTHOCEROTACEAE.
(Sub-class Musct.)*
Order Sphagnales.
Family SPHAGNACEAE.
Order Andraeales.
Family ANDRAEACEAE.
Order Archidtales,
Family ARCHIDIACEAE.
Order Bryales.
(I omit the somewhat numerous families of
this order as unnecessarily extending this
_ illustration.)
Crass PTERIDOPHYTA.
Order Filicales.
Family OPHIOGLOSSACEAE.
Family MARATTIACEAE.
Family HYMENOPHYLLACEAE.
Family OSMUNDACEAE.
Family ScHIZAEACEAE.
Family GLEICHENIACEAE.
Family PoL_ypapiacear.
Family CYATHEACEAE.
Family MARSILEACEAE.
Family SALvINIACEAE.*
Order Equisetales.
Family EQuisETACEAE.
Family CALAMARIACEAE (fossil).+
Order Sphenophyllales.
Family SPHENOPHYLLACEAE (fossil).+
Order Lycopodiales.
Family LycopoprAcEae.

_* See foot-note on preceding page.

129

Family Psttoraceae.
Family LepipopENDRACEAE (fossil).+
Family S1GiLiartaceak (fossil).+
Family SELAGINELLACEAE.
Family Isorracear.+
Crass GyMNOSPERMAE.

Order Cycadales.
Family Cycapacear.

Order Cordaitales (fossil).

Order Pinales.
Family Pixnacear. (Cowiferae.)

Order Guetales.
Family GNETACEAE.

The above classification is not proposed from the fact that it
contains anything especially novel, but is merely an adaptation of
the principle of uniformity in the terminology of the lower groups.
So far as unlike things can be compared at all, the above families,
as indicated, are groups equivalent with the so-called “ natural
orders ”’ of the higher plants, e. g. Ranunculaceae, Liliaceae, Orcht-
@aceae, etc.. The separation of the Gymnosperms entirely from
the Spermatophytes will doubtless jostle with the ideas of those
Who still sandwich them in between the Monocotyledons and
Dicotyledons, unaware of the modification that has taken place in
our ideas of homology in the past two decades, while they have
been asleep and failed to note the march of progress over their heads.
In some instances it may be desirable to introduce a few subdivi-
sions, but in the above I have purposely left them out except in
One instance, that the simplicity of the arrangement might be the
More apparent. They should not appear except for sufficient
and well founded cause.

GREENCASTLE, INDIANA.

* No lineal series of these families can represent their true affinities.
t+ The position of many of these fossil forms is still problematical.
} The position of this family is by no means permanently decided.

130

RULES FOR CITATION

Adopted by the Madison Botanical Congress and Section G, A. A. A- Ss

Writers and publishers of botanical matter are earnestly requested
to adopt the forms here recommended. - Examples of various cita-
tions illustrating the application of the rules in specific cases are
given. Correspondence may be addressed to Secretary of the Com-
mitlee on Bibliography, 1284 Massachusetts A ve., Cambridge, Mass.

In each complete citation there should be given the following
items:

a. Author’s surname in full, followed by a comma.

6. Exact title, verbatim, following the capitalization required
by the usage of the language in which the title is written, but not
necessarily the capitalization employed.

c. Name of periodical or work, abbreviated in accordance with
list of journals and catalogue of authors under recommendation I.
a. b,*

d. Series, if any, in Roman capitals.

é. Volume number in bold face Arabic numerals, followed by
colon. In case there is no volume number, the number of the
part, heft, lieferung, or fascicle is to occupy this place but is to
be printed in Arabic numerals of ordinary face. When a volume
is composed of parts separately paged the number of the part
shall be written as an index figure to the Volum2-number. Vol-
umes in parts with continuous paging require no designation of
parts.

f. Page, in Arabic numerals of ordinary face. In case paging
of the paper is in Roman numerals these should be used, pre‘er-
ably small caps. Re-paging in reprints and separates is to be in-
dicated by enclosing the numerals in parentheses. In case the
original paging is unknown an em dash should occupy its place,
the reprint paging being given in accordance with the foregoing

*See Proc. Mad. Bot. Cong. 45. Je 1894. 2

51

Tile, ‘No individual or unique paging is to be cited under any
circumstances.

g. Figures, plates and exsiccate are to be printed in Italic
Arabic numerals, the number designating the figure or plate to
be preceded .by the abbreviations f. and pi., respectively, in Ital-
Ics. d. following a page number may be used, when desired, to
indicate description of a species.

h. Exact date must be given if possible, written in the mode
and with the abbreviations for months used by Library Bureau.*
The year at least must be given.

7. Punctuation. Except the comma following the author’s
name, and the colon following the volume number all the items
are to be separated by periods. If another citation follows in the
Same line it is to be separated from the first by an endash. Spe-
cific, generic and. varietal names are to be written and punctuated
in the method used in the ‘‘List of Pteridophyta and Spermato-
eg issued under the direction of the Botanical Club, A. A.

J. If it is considered desirable to give other data than series
number (if any), volume number, page and date, these should
be added in brackets after the date. But useless or unnecessary
data should be avoided.

k. Citations of reviews, abstracts, and all such secondary refer-
ences should be enclosed in parentheses.

Examples.

vy Lagerheim, G. von. Ueber das Vorkommen von Eu-
ropzischen Uredineen auf der Hochebene von Quito.
Bot. Centralb. 54:324~-331. 1893.

2. Trelease, W. A revision of the American species of

Epilobium occurring north of Mexico. Rept. Mo. Bot.

Gard. 2:69-117. pi. z-g8. 22 Ap18ogl.

3- Sargent, C. S., Editor. Populus monticola. Gard.

ae and For. 7:313. f. 56. 8Ag 1894.

*Those abbreviations are as follows: Ja, F, Mr, Ap. My, Je, Jl, Ag, S, O, N,
D; i. e., the initial of the month followed by the first distinctive letter.

152

Dietel, P. Die Gattung Ravenelia. Hedw. 33: 22-48.
' pl. 1-5. 30Ja. 49-69. 15Ap 1894.
The foregoing are correct forms for catalogue by author. The

following illustrate cases arising under the rules indicated by
the letter preceding.

El. and Everh. Pyren. 491. My 1892.
Proc. Phil. Acad. 1894: 53-59. 1894.

The year number, 1894, is the volume number, and not neces-
sarily the year cf publication. E. g.,

Bessey, Am. Pomol. Soz. 1885: 42. 1886.
Mez, C. Bromeliacece. III. Flora Brasiliensis 115:
425-634. pl. Sr-r1rg. 1F 1894.

Saccardo, P. A. Syll. Fung. 77:481. N 1890.

j- Bull. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. 9:39-42. 2Mr

1894.
Not 9?; nor 9 part 2; nor 1894 [part 2].

j- Linn. Sp. Plant. 62:125. 1852. [ed. Willd.]

Gray, A. Man. Bot. 225. 1890. [6th ed.]

Peck, C. F. Rep. N.Y. Mus. 47:— (18). N 1894.

Ell. and Rverh. N. A. F. 7642. F1889.

Rept. Mo, lsut. Gard. 2:98. d. pl. 28. 22 Apr89gt.

Beringer, Am. Jour. Pharm. 66:220 My 1894.—Tu
lasne, Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. III. 7:85. d. pl. 2. f- 3-
1847.

Bailey, The Japanese plums in North America. Bull.
Cornell Exp. Sta. 62:3-36. Ja1894._ [Illust.]

The figures are not numbered.

Ell. and Kell. Jour. Myc. 1:12. d@. Ja1885.—(Hedw.
24:45 d. Je1885.) Peck, (Grev. 222111. Je1894.)

133

Proceedings of the Club.
Tugspay EveninG, FEBRUARY 12TH, 1895.

Vice President Allen in the chair and 29 persons present.

Lieut. Wm. Lassiter, 1st Artillery, U. S. Army, was elected
an active member. —

A communication from the Secretary of the Council of the
Scientific Alliance of New York, transmitting a draft of a pro-
posed act for incorporating the Council, was read. The matter
was discussed by the chairman, Mr. Van Brunt, and the Secretary.
On motion and unanimously carried, it was

Resolved, That this Society approves of the measure outlined
in the proposed act of incorporation just presented by the Council
of the Scientific Alliance of New Y ork, and, so far as this Society
is concerned, hereby authorizes the said Council to procure the
Passage of the said act by the Legislature and thereafter to carry
the same into effect. :

A communication from Professor Halsted, who was announced
to speak on «“ Abnormalities in Plants due to Fungus Diseases,”
was read, stating his inability to be present.

The paper of Mr. Van Sickle, deferred from the last meeting

was then presented, entitled. “:Notes. from my Herbarium.” The
speaker exhibited and remarked upon a very large number of the

rarer plants of northern New Jersey, representing numerous un-
recorded localities and several species hitherto unknown to occur
within the State. The communication was a very valuable addi-
tion to our knowledge of the distribution of the local flora and
will be published in a subsequent issue of the BULLETIN.

Professor Britton read the announced paper of the evening,
“The Family Ranunculaceae,” outlining his proposed treatment
of the group in the “ Systematic Botany of North America.”

WEpNEsDAY EVENING, FEBRUARY 27TH, 1895.
Vice President Allen in the chair and about 165 persons

present.

Miss Beatrix Jones was elected an active member.

The announced paper of the evening was then read by Le
Cornelius Van Brunt, entitled « Wild Flowers in and about New

134.

York City.” The paper was illustrated by a large number of lan-
tern slides made and colored from nature, the beauty of which
elicited many expressions of admiration from the audience. The
paper was discussed by the Secretary, who expressed the hope
that those present would follow up their acquaintance with our
wild flowers made from the lantern slides, by a personal acquaint-
ance made in the field during the coming season, in connection
with the excursions of the Cluband of the summer class in botany.
Dr. Britton called attention to the scientific features of such ac-
curate illustrations, by which he had noted that a rare species of
Asclepias, A. decumbens, not previously reported from this locality,
occurred in the vicinity of New York. He also mentioned the
strong contrast between the lowland and mountain forms of Ee
patorium purpureum as endorsing his view that they were distinct
species.

Dr. Britton called attention to two important publications, viz.,
1, American Algae, Century 1, 1894, by Miss Josephine E. Tilden,
of the University of Minnesota; 2, Phycotheca boreali-Ameri-
canae, fascicle 1, by Messrs. Collins, Holden and Setchell.

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.

Allen, T. F. Japanese Characeae—II. Bull. Torr. Bot, Club, 22:
68-71. 26 F. 1895.
Describes Nitella pulchella, N. subglomerata Faponica, and N, sublucens as

new.

Arthur, J. C. Black-knot and other Excrescences. Trans. Ind. Hort.
Soc. 1894: 76-80. 1894.

Arthur, J. C. Discrimination of Diseases without the Use of the Micro-
scope. Amer. Florist, g: 646. 22 F. 1894. Also Ann, Rep. Am-
Carnation Soc. 1894: 8-14. 1894. :
Describes seven or eight fungous diseases of carnation and tells how to recognize”

them aided only by a hand lens.

Arthur, J. C. and Holway, E. W. D. Uredineae exsiccatae et
icones. Fascicle I. Decorah. pp. 4. f/. 7. 31 packets of specimens.
S. 1894.

Contains 17 species of Eaten ay with drawings of the — on a uniform
scale of magnification.

135

Bastin, E.S. Structure of Cimicifuga. Am. Journ. Pharm. 67: 121-
128. f. 7-7. Mr. 1895. :

Bates, J, M. Notes on the Trees of Northern Nebraska. Am. Nat.
28: 1034-1036. D. 1894.

Beach, S. A. Some Observations on the Life-history of Plowrightia
morbosa (Schw.) Sacc. Ann. Rep. N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta: (Geneva)
1893: 686-688. 1894. - ruts

An infection of young nursery stock from the conidia of 1892 (or possibly from
ascospores of the following winter), produced an outbreak of the knots in June, 1893;

Bessey, C. E. Notes on the Distribution of the Yellow Pine in Ne-
braska. Gard. & For. 8: 102— -103. 13 Mr. 1895.

Britton, E.G. Contributions te American Bryology—IX. A Revis-
- ion of the Genus Scouleria with Description of one new Species.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 36-43. A/. 227. 15 Ja. 1895.

Describes S. marginata from Washington and California.

Britton, E.G. Contributions to American Bryology—X. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 22: 62-68. AZ. 229-271. 26 F. 1895.

Discussion of Physcomitrella patens and Aphanorhegma serrata and a hybrid of
the latter with some Physcomitrium, with plates.

Britton, N. L., and Kearney, T. H.,Jr. An Enumeration of the
Plants collected by Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox and others in Southeastern
Arizona. Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 14: 21-44. Ja. 1895.

New species in Aristida, Muhlenbergia, Mirabilis, Berberis, Cercocarpus,

Lrythrina and Kuhnistera.

Budd, J. L. The Russian Thistle in its natal Home. Bull. Iowa
Agr: Exp. Sta. 26: 30-33. 1894.

Campbell, D. H. Observations on the Development of Marattia Doug-
fasii Baker. Ann. Bot. 8: 1-20. f/. 7-2. Mr. 1894.

Campbell, D. H. The Origin of the sexual Organs of the Pteri-
dophyta. Bot. Gaz. 20: 76-78. 16 F. 1895.
Cheney, L. S. Leucoplasts. . Bot. Gaz. 20: 81. 16 F. 1895.
Chester. F. D. Report of Mycologist. Sixth Rep. Del. Exp. Sta.
18y3: 103-132. Ja. 1895.
Gives treatment for Peach rot (Monilea) ; observations on rot of scarlet clover
(Sclerotina T> rifoliorum), Colletotrichum in cow pea seed and ripe rot ( Cod/eto-
trichum phomoides) of tomatoes.

Collins, F. S., Holden, I. and Setchell, W. A. Phycotheca Bore-
ali-Americana. Fascicle I. Malden, Mass. 1895.

136

Coulter, J. M. New or noteworthy Compositae from Guatemala.
Bot. Gaz. 20: 41-53. p/. 5-6. 16 F. 1895.
Describes Vernonia Luxensis, V. Heydeana, V. Shannonti, Ageratum rugosum,

Eupatorium griseum, E. vernonioides, Willougbaeya globosa, Mallinoa (n. g:)

corymbosa, Polymnia Quichensis, Montanoa Samalensis, Verbesina Donnell-

Smithii, Peresiopsis (n. g.) Dennell-Smithit, with plates of the two new genera.

Coville, F. V. Report of the Botanist U. S. Department of Agricul-
trure for 1893. Rep. Secy. Agric. 1893: 235-244. 1894.

Crandall, C.S. The Russian Thistle. Bull. Col. Agr. Exp. Sta. 28:
pp. 18. £7. 6. S. 1894.

Davis, B. M. Zuglenopsis ; a new Alga-like Organism. Ann. Bot. 8:
377-390. pl. 19. D. 1894.

Deane. W. Notes from my Herbarium—I. Bot. Gaz. 20: 12-!5-
18 Jy. 1894.

Dewey, L. H. The Russian Thistle. Cir. Div. of Bot. U. S. Dept.
Agric. 3; pp. 8. f. 3. 1894.

Eggleston, W. W. The Flora of Mt. Mansfield. Bot. Gaz. 20:
72-75. - 16: F.1895.

Ellis, J. B. and Everhart, B. M. New Species of Ustilagineae and
Uredineae. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 57-61. 26 F. 1895.

Species of Ustilago, Entyloma, Uromyces, Puccinia and Aecidium.

Foerste, A. F. Botanical Notes. Bot. Gaz. 20: 78-80. 16 F. 1895-
Spreading of raspberry bushes and superposed buds and leaf scars. 2

Ganong, W. F. An Outline of Phytobiology. Educational Review,
St. John, New Brunswick. Je. 1894 [Reprint, pp. 15, St. John,
1894].

Gepp, A. Additional Notes on Mr. W. R. Elliott’s Hepaticae. Journ.
Bot. 33: 82-84. Mr. 1895.
Notes on Lejeunea and Metzgeria.

Guignard, L. Sur l’existence et la localisation de l’emulsine daus les
plantes du genre Manthot. Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 4: 101-107. 1894-

Guppy, H. B. On the Habits of Zenna minor, L. gibba and L.
folyrhiga. Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 30: 323-330. 6 O. 1894.

Halsted, B.D. Some fungous Diseases of Beats. Bull. N. J. Exp.
Sta. 107: pp. 13.f. 5. 10 Ja. 1895.

Handy, R. B. Peanuts: Culture and Uses. Farm. Bull. U. S. Dept
Agric. 25: pp. 24, fig. 1895.

137

Harms, H. ~ Plantae Lehmannianae in Colombia et Ecuador collectae-
Passifloraceae. Beibl. Engler’s Bot Jahrb. 18: Hft.5.1-14. 21 Ag.
1894.

Havard, V. Family Nomenclature. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 77,
78. - 26 F. 1895.

Hay, G. U. Report on Botany. Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. New Bruns-
wick, 12: 69, 70. 1894.

Heller, A. A. Botanical Explorations in Southern Texas during the
Season of 1894. Contrib. Herb. Franklin and Marshall College 1:
1-116, pf. 9: 6 F. 1895.

List of a-large number of species with synonymy, and critical notes, novelties
being described in Panicum, Rumex, A mor pha, Kuhnistera, Sida, Samolus, Asciep-
tas, Cressa, Verbena, Pentstemon and Hou:t. nia.

Hieronymus, G. Plantae Lehmannianae-in Colombia et Ecuador
collectae additis quibusdam ab aliis collectoribus ex iisdem regionibus :
allatis determinatae et descriptae.-Compositae. Engler’s Bot. Jahrb.
19: 43-75. 13 Ap. 1894. :

Hill, E. J. Zradescantia Virginica var. villosa Watson. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 22: 71-73. 26 F. 1895.

Hooker, J. D. Aphaerema eee Curt. Bot. Mag. 51: A/. 7398.
F. 1895.

Native of South Brazil.

Howe, M.A. Chapters in the early History of Hepaticology.—HII.,
IV. Erythea, 3: 1-6, 25-30. 1 F. 2 Ja. 1895.

Review of Columna, Caspar Bauhin and others.

Howell, T. New Species of Pacific Coast Planis. Erythea, 3: 32-36.
1 F. 1895.

New species in Lepidium, Arabis, Cardaminée, Mitella, Saxifraga, Ribes, Ert-
Seron, Senecto and Phacelia.
Jenman, G.S. Aspidium (Lastrea) basiattenuatum. Gard, Chron.
17%. 132. 2 F: 1896:
A new species from Jamaica.
Jenman, G. S. Polypodium ( Gontopterts) nigrescentium.
Chron. 17: roo. Ja. 1895.
A new species from Jamaica.
Koehne, E. Glossopetalon eisnamtvacn n. sp. Gartenflora, 43:

237-240. f. 52. 1 My. 1894.
Koehne, E. Quercus Gambelit. Gartenflora, 44: 6-10: f: 7. 1 Ja.

1895.

Gard.

138

Knuth, P. E. Loew’s Bluthenbiolozische Floristik die mittleren und
nérdlichen Europa sowie Grénlands. Biol. Centr. 15: 78. 15 Ja.
1895.

A brief review of Loew’s work.

Lindau, G. Beitrage sur Argentinischen Flora. Beibl. Engler’s Bot.
Jahrb. 19: Hft. 4.8. 28 D. 1894.

Macoun, J. The Forests of Canada and their Distribution, with Notes
on the more interesting Species. Trans. Royal Soc. Can. 12: Sec.
4. 3-20. 1894.

Macoun, J. M. Contributions to Canadian Botany—lI.-II. Can.
Rec. Sci. 6: 23-27. Ja.; 76-88. Ap.; 141-153. N. 1894.

Record of new localities and critical notes. New species and varieties by Trelease
in Efilobium, in Spiesia by Britton, in Agrostis and Poa by Scribner.
Macfarlane, J. M. Irrito-contractibility in Plants. Biological Lec- —

tures, Wood’s Holl, 1893: 185-209. 1894.

Meehan, T. Aster spectadilis. Meehan’s Month.: 5: 41, 42. AY 3:
Mr. 1895.

Mobius, M. Ueber einige an Wasserpflanzen beobachtete Reizer-
scheinungen. Biol. Centr. 15: 1-14; 33-44. 1 Ja. and 15 Ja.
1895.

Discussion of irritable organ-positions in Ceratophylium, Naias, Ranuncu Us,
Cabomba, Myriophyllum, Elodea, Hippuris, Callitriche and Chara.

Mohr, C. Die Walder des Siidlichen Alabamas. Pharm. Rund. 13:
30-33- FF. 1895. (Concluded. )

Mottier, D. M. Contributions to the Life-history of Votothy/as.
Ann. Bot. 8: 391-402. p/. 20, 27. D. 1894.

Nash, G. V. American Ginseng ; its Commercial History, Protection
and Cultivation. Bull. U. $. Dept. Agric. Div. Botany, 16: PP-
22. fig. 1895.

Discusses Panax guinguefolium.

Newcombe, F.C. The Cause and Conditions of lysigenous Cavity-
formation. Ann. Bot. 8: 403-421. D, 1894.

Nichols, M. A. Observations on the Pollination of some of the Com-
positae. Proc. lowa Acad. Sci. 1: 100-103. 1894.

Owen, M.L. Tillaca simplex. Bot. Gaz. 20: 80, 81. 16 F. 1895-

Pammel, L. H. Botany of the Russian Thistle. Bull. Iowa. Agric.
Coll. Exp. Sta. 26: 8-26. p77. 1894. |

Pammel, L. H. Results of crossing Cucurbits.' Bull. Iowa Agric-
Coll. Exp. Sta. 23: 906-917. pl. 2, f. 2. 1894.

159

Pammel, L. H. Some obnoxious Weeds of Iowa. Rep. Iowa State
Agric. Soc. 1893: 437-442. 1894.

Praeger, R.L. Juncus tenuis Willd. Journ. Bot. 33: 86. Mr. 1895.
Allusion to its occurrence in Ireland,

Reiche, K. Zur Kenntniss der Chilenischen Arten dur Gattung Oxa/is.
Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 18: 259-305. p/. 9. 1894.

Ridgway, R. Additional Notes on the Native Trees of the Lower
Wabash Valley. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 17: 409- 421. 1894.
Measurements given of many species.

Robertson, C. The Philosophy of Flower Seasons and the phaeno-
logical Relations of the entomophilous Flora and the anthophilous -
Insect Fauna. Am. Nat. 29: 97-117. ~/. 8-10. F. 1895.

Rolfe, R. A. New Orchids. Kew. Bull. 1894: 361, 363, 364, 392,

393-395. 1894.

Descriptions of a large number of Runhans species.
Sargent, C. S. Notes on North American Oaks. Gard. & For. 8:
92-93. f. 13-14. 6 Mr. 1895.

Description and illustration of a new oak; Quercus Toumey?, from the hills of

Southeastern Arizona.

Sargent, C. S., Editor. The Forests of the Wabash Va alley. Gard. &
For. 8: 101-102. f. 46-17. 13 Mr. 1895.

Saunders, De A. A preliminary Paper on Costaria with Description
of a new Species. Bot. Gaz. 20: 54-58. f/. 7. 16 F. 1895.

C. reticulata from California.
Schilling, A. J. Anatomisch-biologische Untersuchugen iiber die
Schleimbildung der Wasserpflanzen. Flora, 78: 280-364. 4 Je. 1894.
Schlichter, R. Britrige zur Kenntniss Siidamerikanischen Asclepia-
daceen. , Beibl. Engler Bot. Jahrb. 18: Hft. 4. 1-37. 22 Je. 1894.
Schumann, K. Aariota salicornioides. Monatss. Kakteen K 5:
22-20. figs. F. 1895.
Scribner, F. L. Giant Knotweed or Sachaline. Cir. Div.
S. Dept. Agric. 5: pp. 4. f. 3. 1895.

Discusses Polygonum Sach dinense and its value as a forage plant.

Scribner, F. L. The Flat Pea (Lathyrus sylvestris Wagneri.) Cir.
Div. Bot. U. S. Dept. Agric. 4: pp. 7./. 2. 1895.

Small, J. K., and Vail, A. M. Report on the Botanical Exploration
of Southwestern. Virginia during the Season of 1892. Mem. Torr.
Club, 4: 93-201. p/. 75-82. 1893-1894.

Enumeration of several hundred species and descriptions of the following as new :
Trifolium Virginicum, Rudbeckia Brittonti and Asterina Leemingtae.

Bot. U.

140

Small, J. K. Some new hybrid Oaks from the Southern States. Bull.
- Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 74-76. p/. 272-275. 26 F. 1895.

Smith, E. F. Length of Vessels in Plants. Science (II.) 1: 77-
18 Ja. 1895.

Some notes culled from Strasburger’s “Bau und Verrichtungen der Leitungsbahnen
in den Pflanzen.”

Spalding, V. M. The Traumailopic Curvature of Roots. Ann. Bot.
423-450. pi. 22. D. 1894.

Spruce, R. Hepaticae Elliottianae, insulis Antillanis St. Vincintii et
Dominica a cler, W. R. Elliott annis 1891-1892, lectae. Journ.
Linn. Soc. 30: 331-372. pl. 20-70. 5 F. 1895.

Twenty-six new species are described.

Stitzenberger, E. Notes on Western Lichens. Erythea, 3: 39-3?
1 F. 1895. '

Stubbs, W.C. Ramie (Bochmeria nivea). Uses, History, Composi-
tion, Cultivation, etc. Bull. La. Exp. Sta, 32: 1126-1146. 1895-

Thaxter, R. Notes on Laboulbeniaceae with Descriptions of new
Species. Proc. Am. Acad. 30: 467-481. 1895.
New species in Laboulbenia, Heimatomyces, Dichomyces, Eucantharouy¢ a
(new genus), and Ceratomyces.

Tilden, J. E. American Algae—Century I. 1894.
Exsiccata of 100 species.

Underwood, L. M. Notes on our Hepaticae—III. The Distribution
of the North American Marchantiaceae. Bot. Gaz. 20: 59-7!- 16
F. 1895. -
Describes Asterella Pringlei from Mexico, and A. Austini and A. Wr ight

from Cuba.

Urban, I. Additamenta ad cognitionem florae Indiae occidentalis—H.
Myrtaceae. Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 19: 562-576. 28 D. 1894.

Waite, M. B. The Pollination of Pear Flowers. Bull. Div. Veg:
Path. U. S. Dept. Agric. 5: pp. 110. pl. 72. f. 5. 1894.

Wallace, R. W. Calochortus Plummerae. Garden 47: 8- 2: F.
1895.

West, Me and West, G. S. New American Algae. Journ. Bot. 33°
52. F s808. :

A new variety of Pediastrum duplex Meyen, and new species of Tetraedron and
of Radiofilam,

West, W. Some recently published Desmidieae. Journ. Bot. 33°
65-70. Mr. 1895.

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

No. 4.
No.

No. 6,
No. 4,
No, 9.

_ [The numbers omitted from this list are out of print, ]
A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By

N. L, Britton and H. H. Rusby (1887), ........., 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
RE SBB yg oe arid Neh cle orig ae Mane ae ee 25 cents,

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H, Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.) ;

The Genus Hicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton ( 1888), . 25 cents.

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
oh Neg and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N, L.

ritton.

and the Adjacent Region, By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . .-. . 25 cents.
Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa,
Adans.- By N. 1. Button (1389), . 0.) os » . . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
RIBEG eo Seer. Reade meg Saas, ity: . . 25 cents
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
OCR CARB eS Pe ee pee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
RAB oe i CNB NS a a ee ey 25 cents.

The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.

USO eee ae ee ean 25 cents.
Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong
CiS6t je eee eee Gee age 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
27 PRES ie ge LE Sasa abnor atate nie ie ste “+e . 25 conta,
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Sogn
25 cents.

Ries (1892), .. . . . Be eee Scar cai
A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus J/eiomia occurring in the
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents.

A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North
25 cents.

America. By N. L. Britton (1892),. .....--- eh Fo
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N,
£, Britton (rS9a) pe ee ES ONE RIN G ee eran
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. L. Britton
CINGG he se a et Se ne ee ee
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. me
Britton (1892), Bat neck Woes po pt eh a aS 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By et =
GBD es lO Mates ee sot
A New Species of Zistera, with Noteson Other Orchids. By Bagot tn
cc ameter get pe er Our Par So an ee Vics . 25 cen
The N aeicce Species of Lespedeza. By N. L. Britton (1893), 25 cents.

$1.50

Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small
Gey HE eats ae aOR verre Sere SS
Noteworthy 1 VII. By N. L. Britton

New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams,

SUG ok re: ee ok ee ee : r
Contribatices to American Bryology, I11.—Notes on the North American

ts.
tem. By Joltn K. Small (1893), - - - + + +7 tt 25 cents,
Notes upon various Species of Iridacez and other aia af meray

de ee By a UE ane aa ae

Morong (1 PEC ae
Notes eg Ss Roce of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. A. Kearney, Jr.

ae (1893), hae eS ee ok wits

121. Provancher, Flora Canadienne. Poor. $1.00.

125. Rolfe & Gillette, Chemistry. 25 cts.

126. Rothrock, Rep. on the Bot. West of the tooth Meridian. Good. $3.00.

131. Smith, James Edward. Botany. Good. 50 cts.

134. Steele, Fourteen Weeks in Astronomy. Good. 35 cts.

135. diy ft Zoélogy. Good. 35 cts.

136. ad Geology. 35 cts.
aS Gt “ Chemistry. Poor. 35 cts.

138. Key to Steele’s Sciences. 35 cts.

148. Torrey, Flora of New York. 2 Vols. Handsomely bound. Good. © $14. ;
150. Trans. and Proc. of the Edinborough Botanical Society. Vol. 13. Good. 25 cts.
151. Trans. and Proc, N.Y. Academy of Sciences. Full set. $20.00. A ee

152. Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Science. Vol. 12. Good. $10.

158. Wilson, Jussieu’s Elements of Botany. 25 cts.

164, Young, Familiar Lessons in Botany. 25 cts.

166, Barton (Dr. B. S.), Elements of Botany, Vol. 1. 25 cts.

175. Hooker, Icones Plantarum. 4 vols., 1836. $4.00.

182. Paxton, Botanical Dictionary. 1868. $1. 50.

_ 185. Watson, Bibliographical Index. 1878. $1.00.

186. Endlicher, Enchiridon Botanicum. 1841. $2.50.

THE HERBARIUM OF THE LATE DR. J. BERNARD BRINTON |

-.. 1S OFFERED FOR SALE....

It consists of nearly 10,000 species and varieties, mounted in
the best possible condition, having been renovated by Dr. Brinton
just a few months ago. They are all typical specimens, preserved
and mounted by himself. He was careful in his own collections,
and his exchanges were for the best only. It ranks among the
finest of private herbaria, and the individual or institution obtain-
ing it will be greatly enriched in botanical science.

His Binocular Microscope, Zentmayer’s United States Army
Hospital Stand, 6 Eye Pieces, 6 Objectives, Camera Lucida, Para-
bolas, Polarizing Apparatus, etc., etc., is also offered.

Likewise, Microscopical Cabinet of personal construction and
Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, complete. .

Address,
THEO: oe BRIN EON,

755 CORINTHIAN AVE., PHILADELPHIA, PA.-

CHARACEA OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characez of America is
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of JVize//a, as fol-
lows : LVitella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
shipit, Allen; Missouriensis, Allen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
Slomerulifera, A. Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). ‘These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates can be prepared ; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

Tl =. ALIEN,
10 East 36th St., N. Y.

i va

MEMOIRS

+ FROM THE ...

Department of Botany of Columbia College.

A new series of papers under this title was commenced in January, 1895. They
will be printed in quarto and issued as matter becomes available. Vol. I., No. 1, to be
issued in a few days will contain “A Monograph of the North American Species of the
Genus Polygonum,” by Mr. John K. Small, consisting of about 150 pages of text and
dh sxtoges The price of this number is $6.00. The Memoirs will not be sent in ex-
change,

Remittances and applications for sample pages may be made to

PROF. N. L. BRITTON,
COLUMBIA COLLEGE, NEW YORK CITY.

-* LIST OFF: >:

Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern North America.

The subscriptions to the official list prepared by a Committee of the Botanical Club,
A, A. A. S., call for 380 copies. We have had 400 copies made and bound up at the
price of $1.00 for paper binding and $1.25 for cloth binding. ‘There remain a few
copies not yet taken. After these are sold, the list can only be had in the form of Me
moirs Torrey Botanical Club, Vol. V., at the regular price, or $3.00.

EDITORS,

Torrey Botanical Club.

WK COLLECTION

OF

econ
——— en

South Eu ropean [losses.

A large collection of the Musci of Southern Europe, including spec
‘mens from Portugal, Spain, Southern France, Italy, Dalmatia, Turkey
and Greece, is offered for sale at the price of 20 Marks or 25 Francs per
century (selections 25 p. c. more) by

M. FLEISCHER (Rome, via. Sistina, 75 D.) and
Dr. C. WARNSTORF (Neuruppin, Prussia). eee

...WE OFFER A NEW PATTERN...
OF

COLLECTING KNIFE,

EVERYTHING USEFUL TO BOTANISTS.
Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.,

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.

WILLIAM WALES. Fort Lee, N. J.

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S Al-
WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

ESTABLISHED I851.

EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

205, 207, 209 & 2m Third Ave,,

: Corner of 18th Street,

NEW YORK.

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES|
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR |

E. “March's Szline Chemical Stone

Ware.
Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically
Pure and Common Filter Paper.
Baclir C. Scheibler’s Saccharome-
ters (Polariscopes).

Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bal-
ances, etc. :

Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co., of
Paris, Platinum. Se

H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. -

‘SPECIALTIES, :—Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass- —
ware, Porcelain from the Royal Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem- —
jan and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure —
Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’s
Burners and — Combustion Furnaces, kagianet and Chemicals for

: Sugar Chemists, 2

LABORATORY ouTF ITS.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(1) THE BULLETIN. a
This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1894 over 45 pages monthly with
many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum. —
Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents |
England, Messrs. Dutau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England. :
Back NumBers.—The BuLETin was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these
_ five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed yo
Tun on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five Eirgisn:
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 17 have been indexed sepa-
‘Yately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had for
50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols, 18, 19, 20 and 21 are indexed sepa
_ ‘Yately. Price of each $2.00. Vol. 8 cannot now be supplied complete, but it is
planned to reprin‘ some of its numbers,

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers.
can also be purchased singly and an inyariable price will be fixed for each.

_ Volume 1, No. 1.—Studies of the T
by Prof. L. H. Bail

ot

with two plates, by Professor Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents.
yntr 1s to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates, by Anna
Pnice, 75 cents. ey oa
h mination of Some North American Plants, iar
This cannot now be had separately.

of the North America Species of the Genus Polygala, bf

APRIL, 1895.

+

(OF THE

— TorREY BOTANICAL CLUB

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

.

EDITED BY

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB.

(CONTENTS:

PAGE.

Hoked on'some: Florida Maids Geo. V. Nash 141 | poh Sibi Mee Redfield Semi
John i, Redfield: Wm. MM. Canty (with | Herbarium Fund; Announcement of the
Ww os, Roe | 2) eet seecting oF Vie Aaperices aeiiass
A fossil marine ‘Diatamacsote Deposit at St. my Si
_ Augustine, Florida : Charles S. ag - 17%
New Species of Parasitic Fungi: S. Mo
Tracy and F.S. Earle... . . coe
The Systematic Botany of North America Si

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
OFFICERS FOR 1895.

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN

Vice Presiaents,
¥, Fo ALLEN, M.D. L, H. LIGHTHIPE.

Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary,
HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D., JOHN K. SMALL,
College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia College, New York “

Editor, — Treasurer,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., HENRY OGDEN,
Columbia College, New York City. 11 Pine Street, New York City

Associate Dilltes,
_ EMILY a GREGORY, Ph, D., - ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. a
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, % BYRON b. HALSTED, Se. Be
ee . _A. A. HELLER.

Curator, 5 - _ Librarian,
JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS. _EFFIE A. SOUTHWORTH.

Cee ee Ga ee A Coeenstiee on Yavhaes,
: : - I. KANE. e x oer Tea WM Ee WHEELOCK.
Committee on dibisdisiias: .

co: NELIUS VAN BRUNT, | MISS JEANNETTE B. GREENE, ‘
es ote Base. New York ides = 54 W. s6th Street, New York City-

RS . bavary ana Biitthe Committee,
. | JoseHiNE RROGERS, ©. * HELEN M. IN NGERSOLL, —
or a POU EPWORTH, A _ Rev. L, H. LIGHTHIPE.
ees: on the Lecat Riva:
- CRYPTOGAMIA,
"ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,

BULLETIN OF THE
OS Ae iA Rae once

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Notes on some Florida Plants,

By Gro. V. NASH.

The section of Florida visited by me, and where I spent some
five or six months collecting the flora, had never before been sys-
tematically explored botanically. One or two parties had col-
lected for a few weeks in the winter season, but no one had spent
any great length of time, and so it was practically a virgin field
for the botanist. Its flora is most interesting, both in new and
rare forms. The northern and tropical vegetation seem to overlap
here. Ximenia Americana, a common West Indian shrub, and
Mitchella repens, our common partridge berry, which has a far
northern range, were equally common. This is a fair example of
the extreme diversity of the forms.

Eustis, a beautiful little town in the high pine land country, was
the centre of my operations. This is situated on a lake of the
Same name, some six miles long and three miles wide, connected
with Lakes Griffin and Harris by the Ocklawaha River. It is
about 25 miles from the Gulf, an equal distance from the Atlantic,
and some 160 miles south of Jacksonville. I confined my opera-
tions to a radius of 12 miles of this place.

Lake county, a small section of which I explored, is situated in
Central Peninsular Florida, right in the heart of the lake region.
It seemed strange at first to find in a country where the soil is prac-

tically nothing but sand, such a superabundance of lakes. They

are everywhere. Five or six can be seen at once from the tops of

142

-

some of the slight elevations in the high pine land. They vary
in size from only a few hundred feet to several miles. There are
two groups of them: first, the large ones, which are really widen-
ings of the Ocklawaha River, and second, the small, clear-water
lakes. These latter are never very large, and the water contained
in them is as clear as crystal. These are particularly numerous
in the high pine land. They have no apparent inlet or outlet, and
as a rule occur in deep depressions. How it is that the water re-
mains so perfectly clear and limpid is hard to explain. Compared
with our northern lakes, they contain little vegetation. /otamo-
getons, Vallisneria, and other forms so common in the lakes of
the North, are entirely absent, and are to be found only in the
Ocklawaha River and the large lakes alluded to above.

Another peculiarity about these clear-water lakes is their varia-
tion in elevation. The case of Lakes Alfred and Irma will illus-
trate this feature. They lie a little to the southeast of Eustis, and
are only separated by a steep hillside some 500 or 600 feet long,
Lake Imra being at the top of the hill. The difference in eleva-
tion is about 65 feet. One or two small streams, rising in this
hillside, flow into Lake Alfred. But in spite of this its waters
gradually lowered during the entire summer, and when I left in
September the lake was nearly dry. The waters of Lake Irma,
on the contrary, remained at the same level, although it is consid-
erably higher and would be expected to drain into Lake Alfred.

As stated before, the flora of this section is very rich, and this
fact is due to the exceeding variation in the physical features of
the surrounding country. There are five well-marked areas, the
flora of each one being different, and having certain plants pecu-
liar to itself. These might be designated as: High Pine Land,
“ Scrub,” Low Pine Land, “ Bayheads’’ and « Hammocks.”

Of these the high pine land is the greatest in extent. The
tall timber is composed entirely of the long-leaved or yellow pine,
Pinus palustris. The trees have perfectly straight trunks, rising
to a height of 50 to 75 feet, the branches all being borne near the
top, leaving the trunks entirely naked. The two other prevailing
trees are Quercus Catesbaei and Q. cinerea, the shining bright
green deeply cut leaves of the former making a strong contrast to
the narrow entire and grayish-green foliage of Q. cinerea. The

145

Leguminosae are well represented, and in fact the members of
this family predominate among the herbaceous plants. Chap-
mania Floridana, Aeschynomene hispidula, Morongia angustata,
Rhynchostia cinerea, Crotalaria Purshii, Cracca ambigua and C. chry-
Sophylla are the ones met with everywhere. Among the more
frequent of the Compositae are Berlandiera subacaulis, Pterocaulon
undulatum, Cuicus spinosissinus Elliottii, Lygodesmia aphylla, Ver-"
nonia angustifolia, Hieracium megacephalon, Helianthella grandi-
Jlora and Liatris secunda. Among other plants characteristic of
this region are: Tvadescantia rosea, Asclepias amplexicaulis,
Asimina pygmaca, Commelina angustifolia, Polanisia tenuifolia,
Breweria angustifolia, Stilingia sylvatica, Croton argyranthemus,
Jatropha stimulosa, Eriogonum longifolium and E. tomentosum, Por-
tulaca pilosa, Ceanothus microphyllus and Pirigueta Caroliniana. The
grasses are represented by few species, but these occur in great
numbers. Aristida stricta, Sporobolus juncea, Andropogon argy-
vaeus and A. longiberbis are the commonest. There is only one
member of the Cyperaceae that occurs in any quantity and that is
Stenophyllus Waret.

The high pine land is subject to annual fires. The cattle
growers burn off the old grass, so that the roots will start up and
give a crop of young, succulent shoots. It is wonderful what a
variety of features protect the plants against these destructive
fires. Pinus palustris has a very thick bark at the base of the
trunk, and the thickening is very noticeable in the shape of a sud-
den swelling just above the ground. All the herbaceous plants
have large underground parts, tubers or thick roots, which
store up nutriment and protect them. Commelina angustifolia
has an immense fascicle of fleshy horizontally spreading roots,
which anchor the plant deep in the ground and keep its
soft, tender parts out of harm’s way. Tradescantia rosea has a
similar arrangement. The provision for the preservation of Hfe/t-
anthella grandiflora from extinction is even more noticeable.
Buried in the ground, 6 or 8 inches deep, is an oblong tuber;
the stem arising from this, instead of pushing abruptly upwards,
continues horizontally, sometimes for a distance of 12 or 18 inches,
and then rises obliquely to the surface; no matter how much the
fire may damage the aerial portions, the plant has a supply of nu-

144

triment, enough to enable it to start up again atonce. The above
are only a few instances of the many means which insure the
preservation of the different species.

The “scrub” flora is entirely different from that of the high
pine land, hardly a single plant being common to both; in fact
these two floras are natural enemies and appear to be constantly
fighting each other. The only large tree growing in this region
is Pinus clausa, which is markedly different from P. palustris, the
pine of the high pine land. The latter is a tall, straight tree,
with the branches restricted entirely to the top. P. causa, oh the
contrary, is branched almost from the very base and does not at-
tain a height of over 30 feet. Its needles are very fine, and it has
received the name of the “spruce pine.” The great part of the
growth in the “ scrub” is made up of scrub oaks, which are so var-
iable that no two of them seem to be alike, and how many species
there may be would be hard to tell. | Only a number of years of
close study in the field could determine this. Cevatiola, with its
heath-like leaves, occurs here very abundantly. Persea humilis, a
most beautiful little shrub, makes itself very conspicuous by its
bright brown silky pubescence, which is noticeable a long way off.
Bumelia lanuginosa is very common, as is Ximenia Americana.
Smilax Beyrichii climbs all over the scrub oaks, and is the only
one of this genus observed growing in the “scrub.” One of the
most beautiful plants of this part of Florida is Breweria grandt-
flora, with its large, bright blue flowers. The stems, with their
_ peculiar gray-green erect leaves, spread out in all directions over
the white sand. I remember one place, several acres in extent,
where this plant reached its perfection, the stems sometimes eight
or nine feet long, fairly covering the ground in all directions, with
hundreds of the flowers in sight. It is remarkable that a plant of
such luxuriance and beauty can thrive in an area so devoid of
moisture as the “scrub,” and yet it selects and confines itself ex-
clusively to this region. Only one species of Cyperaceae is to be
found here. Thisis Rynchospora dodecandra, and is quite common.
Grasses there are absolutely none. For some reason this family
is unable to obtain a foothold. Occasionally some member of the
Andropogoneae tries it, but soon dies, not being able to stand the
opposition it meets with for more than a few months. ,

145

I spoke above of the antagonism of these two floras. This is
so marked that there is no mistaking it. Wherever they come to-
gether the line of division is very distinct. A bare space of pure |
white sand usually separates the two. On one side you will see
the tall Pinus palustris as far as the eye can reach, and on the
other the diffusely branched P. clausa of much lower stature.
You may look in vain in the “scrub” for plants occuring in abun-
dance just over the line in the high pine land, and vice versa.
The strip of bare white sand dividing the two is neutral ground,
and each seems to jealously guard against the other's gaining a
foothold there. The soil of these two sections was apparently
originally the same pure white sand. That in the high pine land
is now darker in color, being probably due to the charcoal de-
posited there by the annual fires. This seems to be the only dif-
ference. As fires are of rare occurrence in the “scrub,” the
plants have made no provision against it, and so when a fire does go
through it causes great havoc, almost entirely killing the pines
and oaks. It is fortunate that fires are of such rare occurrence.

The flora of the low pine land region is not so distinct. It
grades into that of the high pine land. Each has its separate and
peculiar plants, but the line of demarcation is not so evident.
Pinus serotina and P. heterophylla are the prevailing trees. Some
of the plants which are peculiar to and characteristic of this region

re: ° Podostigma pedicellata, Trilisa odoratissima, Solidago Chap-
mant, Bejaria racemosa, Cracca hispidula and C. spicata, Eryngium
yuccaefolium synchaetum, Rhexia ciliosa and R. serrulata, Bletia
verecunda, Limodorum parviflorum and Juncus marginatus pine-
torum. The commonest member of the Cyperaceae is Fimbristylis
puberula, which occurs in great abundance throughout the low
pine land. Aristida stricta also occurs here, as well as in the high
pine land. Andropogon Floridanus is quite common and.a very
showy member of that genus. =

The low pine land occupies an intermediate position between
the high pine land and the flatwoods. The latter is not repre-
sented near Eustis, and so I did not get a chance to do any col-
lecting among that flora, which differs in a marked degree from
that of any other section.

The large swamps, lying generally along the low pine land,

146

‘have a peculiar flora and one quite interesting. These are locally
known as ‘“‘bayheads,” so called, I presume, from the large number
of bay trees, Magnolia Virginiana, that occur in them. The shrubs
most prominent are fiers mitida and Leucothoe racemosa.
Gordonia Lasianthus, with its large white showy flowers, occurs in
quantity along the margins. It ranges in height from ten to thirty
feet, and when in full bloom isa very pretty sight. The plant
most common, and which attracts the eye above all others, is the
ever prevailing Swlax laurifolia. It climbs and clambers over all
the shrub; and bushes, and makes the “ bayheads” almost im-
penetrable. Here and there open places will be found where
sphagnum grows in quantity, and in such spots one is almost
sure to find Utricularia fibrosa, with its large showy yellow flowers.
And in the very wet places Peltandra sagittacfolia makes itself
conspicuous by its showy ivory-white spathes. Amdropogon
brachystachys occurs in the vicinity of “‘ bayheads” and I found it
no where else.

The soil of all the above, excepting the “ bayheads,” is pure
sand, overlying a stratum of clay, the depth of sand varying from
a few feet in the low pine land to as much as fifty feet in the high
pine land. In places the clay comes to the top, and the character
of the vegetation entirely changes. This forms what is locally
known as ‘hammock land.” It isa heavy clay soil, and is gen-
erally subjected to continuous inundation during the rainy season,
which lasts from about June to September. Quercus virens, the
live oak, is the principal tree, and often attains a great height. The
most conspicuous object to the eye of a northerner is certainly the
Cabbage Palmetto, Sabal Palmetto. It rises toa height of 50 to 75
feet, overtopping all the other vegetation. These trees are very
plentiful and can be found in all stages of growth, from the young
plant only a few feet high to the tall ones just alluded to. Until
they attain a considerable size they retain the bases of the petioles
of the old leaves. This gives the young palms a different appear-
ance from the one they assume later when they shed these, expos-
ing the slim symmetrical trunk to view. So unlike do they seem
that at first sight it is hardly possible to believe that they can be
the same in different stages of growth. In some sections the
Golden Fern, Polypodium aureum, as well as the Old Man’s Beard,

hee 147

Vittaria lineata, take possession of the trunks of the young palmet-
tos, thrusting their roots down between the sheaths and the trunk.
A palmetto thus adorned is certainly a beautiful object.

The blue palmetto, Sadal Adansonit, also occurs in the “ ham-
mocks.” It never attains a height of more than three or four feet.
Among the other plants restricted to the hammock lands are: Zra-
descantia pilosa, Coreopsis Leavenworth, Solidago Leavenworthii,
Flelenium nudiflorum, Teucrium Nashii, Berchemia scandens, Cardio-

Spermum microcarpum, Eryngium Baldwinii, Ulmus Floridana and
U. alata, Celtis Mississippiensis and Capsicum baccatum.

Owing to this exceeding variation in the physical conditions
of the country explored, I was enabled to secure a large number of
species, some 800, several of them being new to science and
others additions to the flora of the United States. The range of sev-
eral plants was extended much further south. I also secured a
number of rare things hitherto poorly represented in herbaria.
The following are some of those of peculiar interest :

1153, 1180. CASTALIA RENIFORMIS (Walt). [Mymphaea rentformis

Walt.)

This was found growing commonly in Lake Ella. There
seem to be two forms of it, one growing along the shore, the
other in water 10 to 20 feet deep. The two merged into each
other, and a careful comparison showed them to be the same.
The rootstocks of the shore form were secured and there was no
indication of any tubers. The leaves varied from 6 to 8 inches in
diameter in the shore form, to nearly 2 feet in the one growing in
deep water. The edges of the latter were distinctly turned up,
much as in the Victoria Amazonica and occurred in large masses,
making it difficult to propel a boat through them. The flowers
were long and entirely without odor, with the exception of a faint
Suggestion of that given off by apples.

815. Eler1anrHemum Nasui Britton, n. sp.

Diffusely branched from a thick woody, horizontal root, the
branches decumbent or ascending, slender, terete, densely stellate-
tomentose even when old, leafy, 2-4 dm. long. Leaves oblong or
linear-oblong, densely stellate-canescent on both sides, ste at
both ends or the lower obtuse at the apex, I1.5-3 cm. long,

3-6 mm. wide, short-petioled, the margins somewhat revolute ;
flowers all alike in terminal leafy-bracted thyrsi; pedicels 2-5 mm.

148

long, divergent and ascending; outer sepals subulate ; inner sepals
oval-oblong, very obtuse, firm, concave, 3-4 mm. long; petals _
yellow, broadly cuneate, slightly eroded, 5 mm. long; stamens
about 15, shorter than the petals; ovary globose, puberulent.

Nearest to 7. arenicola Chapm., but very different in its thyr-
soid, not corymbose, inflorescense, and obtuse inner sepals. It
occurs in the “scrub.”

14. STIPULICIDA FILIFORMIS n. sp.

A diffusely branched glabrous annual, of very slender habit,
1-2 dm. high. Radical leaves orbicular, acute, about 4 mm. 1
diameter, on slender petioles 5-7 mm. long; bracts triangular-
subulate, about 1 mm. long; inflorescence capitate, 1~2-flowered ;
flowers about 1.5 mm. Jong, sessile or slightly stalked; sepals 5,

scarious-margined, oval, obtuse, the inner 1.5 mm. long, I mm.
broad, outer about two-thirds as long ; petals 5, oblong, 2 mm. long,
-75 mm. broad, entire or somewhat eroded at apex, minutely 3-5-
toothed on each side near the base; stamens 3, opposite inner
sepals; filaments linear, .75 mm. long, .25 mm. broad; anthers
oval, .5 mm. long, .3 mm. wide; capsule globose, obscurely 3-
angled; seeds more or less triangular in outline, flattened, less
than .5 mm. long.

Differs from S. sefacea in being much more slender; in the 1
florescence, which is composed of fewer and sessile flowers, and
in the shorter bracts. ;

One of the few plants that grow in both the “scrub” and high
pine land. It prefers the latter, and attains a much more luxuriant

growth there. Begins to flower in March and continues through-
out the summer.

755. Hypericum aspalathoides Willd.

This has been considered as a variety of //. fascicularts. The
two occur very commonly around Eustis and are clearly distinct
species. The latter is found invariably around the lake shores
and grows from 4 to 12 feet high, sometimes forming a small ee
with a trunk 2 to 3 inches in diameter. The leaves are long and it
flowers about the middle of April, maturing its fruit early in hae
gust. H. aspalathoides never occurs along the lake shores, but in
the low pine land. It is a small undershrub, 1 to 3 feet high, has
much shorter leaves, does not flower until five or six weeks later,
and matures its fruit sometime in September.

149

673. Hibiscus incanus Wendl.

This has been put*in with A. Moscheutos but it certainly ap-
pears distinct from that plant. Its flowers are always pure white
with a deep purple centre. The leaves are softly pubescent on
both sides, and are very seldom lobed at the apex, and when they
are the lobing it is very slight.

378. Cardiospermun microcarpum Kunth.

Of frequent occurrence in the “ hammock lands,” climbing up
the bushes and small shrubs. It appears to be new to the flora of
the United States. It occurs in the West Indies, and so its turn-
ing up in Florida is not a matter of great surprise. It has much
smaller fruit than C. Halicacabum L., which is very common in
South Florida. ,

261. Amorpha virgata Small.
Mr. Small found this on Stone Mountain, Georgia, and it has
now been found in Florida, several hundred miles further south.

1523.” KuHNISTERA Fray (Chapm.) (Fetalostemon Feayt Chapm.).
This occurs very commonly in both the “scrub” and high

Pine land. It forms large clumps 3 to 4 feet across. The flowers

are a bright lavender. A white-flowered form was also found

(No. 1524).

1336. RHYNCHOSIA CINEREA N. sp.

Perennial. Stems numerous, trailing, branching, 6-10 dm.
long, 3-angled, striate, clothed with appressed cinereous pubes-
cence; stipules brown, ovate, acuminate, 3-4 mm. long; leaves
from 3-5 cm. long, 3-foliolate, terminal leaflet largest; petiole
11-20 mm. long, rachis 5-9 mm; leaflets appressed-pubescent
above and on the veins beneath, somewhat rugose; lateral ones
unequally ovate or orbicular-ovate, 13-23 mm. long, 9-18 mm,
wide ; terminal leaflet larger, orbicular-ovate to depressed-orbicu-
lar, 15-26 mm. long, 13-30 mm. wide; petiolules about I mm.,
covered with a dense cinereous, appressed pubescence; flower-
clusters about as long as petiole ; peduncle 3-5-flowered ; pedicels
slender, 1-3 cm. long ; calyx somewhat 2-lipped ; lower lip 3-parted,
divisions lanceolate, acuminate, middle one 13 mm. long, a little
exceeding the lateral ones; upper lip 2-cleft, teeth acuminate;
Ovary pubescent; pod oblong, obliquely acute at apex, 16 mm.
long, 8 mm. broad, appressed-pubescent, 2-seeded ; seed orbicular,
flattened, 5 mm. in diameter, mottled brown.

Nearest to R. somentosa Ell., which has a climbing habit, larger

150

leaflets, a yellowish brown spreading pubescence, and the young
pod densely pubescent, almost villous. In &. cinerea the pod is
sparingly appressed-pubescent. Grows only in the high pine land
region.

70. Rubus cunetfolius Pursh.?

There is some doubt as to this being this species, but more ma-
terial is needed to decide the matter. It grows strictly erect and
is armed with most aggressive spines. The leaves are much
larger and the pubescence seems to differ. There is a specimen in
the Columbia College Herbarium collected by Mr. A. H. Curtiss,
No. 791, which appears to be the same thing.

1142.’ CRATAEGUS FLAVA INTEGRA Nn. var.

A small tree 4-5 metres high with spreading branches. Bark
light gray; on new shoots reddish-brown ; leaves obovate, more or
less undulate especially at the apex, glandular on the margin, acu-
minate at base and narrowed into a slender glandular petiole,
10-13 mm. long. Fruit (not fully ripe) globose, on villous ass
cels, 5-15 mm. long.

. Collected in vicinity of Lake Ella in old fields, July 2. - The

fruit was green though apparently full grown. The flowers were
not seen. :

948. Dresera capillaris Poir.

This plant occurs in great abundance along the shores of the
clear-water lakes, and seems to be confined to them. It never
grows more than 2 or 3 inches high. There is another form
which is also quite common, but it is much taller.

1218. RHEXIA FLoRIDANA n. sp.

Whole plant of a dark olive green, diffusely branched from a
woody base, 2-4 dm. high, branches ascending. Pubescence
glandular-hirsute, spreading; leaves linear, 1.5-4 cm. long, I-3
mm. wide, smooth on both sides, one-nerved, remotely and
sharply spinulose-serrulate, acute, sessile, narrowed at base;
flowers short-pediceled; calyx-tube cylindric-campanulate, spar-
ingly glandular-hirsute, about 1 cm. long; lobes triangular to
ovate-lanceolate, about 2 mm. long, I mm. broad at base; petals
purple, mucronate, mucro about 1 mm. long; fruiting calyx 13
mm. long, neck 6 mm. long, 3 mm. in diameter, globose portion
about 6.5 mm. in diameter ; seeds snail-shaped, .6—.75 mm. long,
irregularly ridged.

Very distinct and well marked. Its dark color and very nar-

151

row leaves readily distinguish it from all the other forms of this
genus,
Found growing in quantity in wet clay soil on east bank of
canal leading from Hicks’ Prairie, near Eustis. Collected early
in July.
515. Ginothera sinuata L. (?)
The stems of this plant are prostrate and 3 or 4 feet long,
with leaves nearly entire or but slightly toothed. It appears quite
different from the true plant, which is very common about Eustis.

865. Melothria pendula L. (?)

There are two forms of this occurring commonly. One, the
ordinary plant, climbs over the bushes and tall weeds, and has
thin sharply angled leaves with a broad open sinus at base. The
other is always prostrate, and has thicker and more obtusely lobed
leaves, with the sinus at base almost closed.

377. Sambucus Canadensis L.

This often attains a height of 10 to 15 feet, with a trunk 6 to 8
inches in diameter. Its leaves are very dark green and shining
above, with long acumination.

892. Cephalanthus occidentalis L.

In the cypress swamps this often reaches a height of 30 feet,
- with a trunk 5 to6inchesin diameter. The leaves are also corres-
pondingly large, some of those measured being over 17 inches
long.

730. Richardia Brasiliensis Gomez.

This appears to be new to the United States. It is evidently
introduced, as it occurred only in one place along the railroad
track, but it appeared at home and well established.

729, 1346. Diodia hirsuta Pursh.

Why this plant should have been put in with D. Virginiana is
hard to understand. The mistake would certainly not have been
made had the two been seen growing. They are entirely differ-
ent. The latter is a glabrous plant with large thick leaves. D.
hirsuta is very hairy with much smaller leaves and larger fruit.
It occurs in dry sandy soil or in open swamps. In the former

situation the stems are prostrate, forming mats on the ground.

s

In the latter they are only decumbent at base, being erect for the
last 10 or 12 inches.

1183. Garberia fruticosa A. Gray.

Only a few specimens of this very rare shrub were secured.
The plant seemed to be very common, but the flowers were
scarce. It probably blooms much later. The shrub is some 4 or
5 feet high.

691. Solidago Leavenworth T. & G.

This rare golden-rod is by no means common. It occurred in
only one or two places.

1225. Helianthclla grandiflora A. Gravy.

The tubers of this showy composite exude a copious resinous
matter.

1711. Liatris secunda Ell.

This is the L. pauciflora of the Synoptical Flora where the above
name is cited as a synonym. It is clearly not the plant Pursh
had in view; he divides the genus into two sections, tuberous
and non-tuberous. The first contains the species now placed in
Liatris, the second is composed of a number of plants, part of
which are now put in Carphephcrus, the others in 7ivilisa. L.
paucifiora occurs in this latter group. The description given of
it is clearly not that of a Zzatris, as now understood.

390.” HIERACIUM MEGACEPHALON nN. sp.

Annual, whole plant generally of a purplish hue, ste,,s 3-5
dm. high, channeled, strongly pilose especially at the base. Radi-
cal leaves broadly oblanceolate, 8-12 cm. long, 2-3 cm. wide, den-
ticulate, pilose, particularly on the upper surface and the midrib
beneath; cauline leaves oblong to oblong-ovate, decreasing in
size towards the inflorescense, lower 4-6 cm. long, 1.5-2 cm.
broad, truncate at base, sessile; inflorescence corymbose-panicu-
late, densely glandular-pubescent; involucre 8-10 mm. long;
achenes fusiform.

Grows only in the high pine land. Flowers from March—May.

This seems to belong near H. Gronovii, and the achene
certainly places it near that species. Its inflorescence, large
heads, and dense glandular-pubescence clearly separate it from
that plant. Moreover, H. Gronovii does not begin to flower in

153

Eustis until late in August, whereas this plant flowers early in the
spring.
700. “XOLISMA FRUTICOSA (Michx.)

(Andromeda ferruginea fruticosa Michx.) This certainly is
specifically distinct from Xolisma ferruginea, which grows from
6-12 feet high, has light green leaves which are very much rolled
in on the margins, and flowers early in March. X. fruticosa never
attains a height of more than 6 feet, has a much stricter habit,
very dark leaves which are not revolute, and does not flower until
two months later. This difference is quite marked in herbarium
specimens, but in the field there can be no mistaking it.

573. Vaccinium stamineum L.?

This occurs in very dry sandy soil, and has much smaller
leaves than usual. They are thick, somewhat rugose and of a
light green color. The true plant occurs in similar situations, but
is much larger and thinner leaved.

941, 1698. Fraxinus epiptera, Michx.

-In the herbarium of Columbia College there are two things
placed under /. platycarpa. One of these has fruit over half an
inch wide, elliptical in outline, gradually narrowed at each end.
The other has linear-oblong fruit” This latter I found in quan-
tity in the cypress swamps and it is evidently distinct from the
broad-fruited form. Its leaves are thicker and entire, or occasion-
ally with very obscure serrauion. It grows from 20-50 feet high
and fits very well the description of the F. efiptera of Michx.,and I
have called it that. The broad-fruited one is F. platycarpa.

796. Asclepias Feayi Chapm.
This was obtained in but one place, in the low pine land. Its

pure white flowers, large in proportion to the size of the plant,

make it very conspicuous.

419. Asclepias decumbens L.

This is very common in the high pine land country. Although
it is hard to detect any difference between the flowers of this
species and A. suderosa, in the fruit the characters seem to be
good. The latter has a pod about 3 inches long and 34 of an inch
wide, while in A. decumbens the pod is considerably longer than
A

iAim

: ne x Th con tk, afforeS hacks ( bans CAL AAA. > eee cat

154

this and hardly 4 an inch broad. The relative difference between
length and breadth is very marked.

1092. “ASCLEPIAS ACERATOIDES Nn. sp.

-Perennial. Stems decumbent or erect, dark purple, simple or
branched, terete, striate and puberulent; leaves smooth on both
sides, those of the stem nearly orbicular or very broadly oblong,
about 5 cm. long, 3.5-4 cm. broad, emarginate, rounded at base,
on petioles about 8 mm. long; those of the branches oblong, 3-3-5
cm. long, 1-2 cm. broad, apiculate, more or less acute at base, on
petioles 2-4 mm. long; umbels borne in the axils of the upper
leaves, 20-50-flowered; peduncles puberulent, 2-3 cm. long;
pedicels slender, puberulent, about 1.5 cm. long; sepals greenish,
lanceolate, reflexed, acute, 2.5 cm. long; petals greenish, ob-
long-lanceolate, reflexed, obtuse, 6 mm. long, 2 mm. wide; lobes
of the crown white with a greenish keel, flattened, semi-lanceo-
late, 5 mm. long, acute at each end, short-stalked; horn protrud-
ing from the middle of the lobe, horizontal, resting on the column,
tip more or less ascending ; column sessile, 2 mm. high ; pod erect
or ascending, puberulent, lanceolate, obtusely acuminate, about 8
cm. long, 1.5 cm. wide, on a twisted and reflexed thickened
pedicel.

This. plant very much resembles an Acerates. It grows ex-
clusively in the “scrub,” flowering late in June and through July.
1715. Hydrolea corymbosa Fl.

Occurs in swamps and is very scarce. I searched for it
carefully, but failed to secure more than a few specimens. It
grows in the tall grass and might be easily overlooked.

609. Convolvulus repens L? :

This differs from the ordinary plant in having pure white
flowers, the lobes of the leaves decidedly divaricate-spreading, the

pubescence stronger, and in a distinct climbing habit. It may be
only an extreme form.

Zz
770.” BREWERIA VILLOSA Nn. sp.

_ Whole plant villous-pubescent. Stems several from a peren-
nial root, simple or much branched, trailing; leaves oblong to
oblong-ovate, 2.5-7 cm. long, 7-20 mm. broad, obtuse, apiculate,
rounded at base, on petioles 2-8 mm. long; peduncles equalling
or exceeding the leaves, 1-7-flowered; bracts shorter than the
pedicels; sepals oblong to ovate-lanceolate, 8-11 mm. long, 3-4
mm. broad, acuminate, villous; corolla 1.5-2 cm. long, white;
filaments filiform-subulate, two-thirds as long as corolla, adnate
and villous for two-fifths their length, lower part of free portion

155

pubescent; anthers 1.5 mm. long; ovary villous, 2-celled, cells 2-
ovuled ; styles 2, adhering for one-third their length; capsules on
erect pedicels, ovate, villous at apex, 2-celled, cells 1-seeded;
seeds yellowish. brown, ovate, compressed, flat on one side, 5 mm.
long, 3 mm. broad.

Found in low lying oak land in the vicinity of water. Near-
est to B. aquatica but readily distinguished by its larger white
corolla, villous filaments and adhering styles.

Nos. 771 and 1508 appear to be the same. They have larger
and thinner leaves and are not so villous. They grew in more
shaded situations, and this probably accounts for the variation
in the leaves and pubescence. In No. 770 the peduncles almost
invariably exceed the leaves and are many flowered. In Nos. 771
and 1508 the leaves and peduncles are nearly equal, and the
latter often only 1-flowered. :

O71," BREWERIA ANGUSTIFOLIA Nn. sp.

Stems numerous, from a perennial root, trailing, slender, 8-10
dm. long, more or less depressed-pubescent. Leaves narrowly
linear, 2.5—7 cm. long, 1.5—3.5 mm. broad, glabrous or pubescent,
acute, sessile or on petioles not exceeding 2 mm. in length; pe-
duncles slender, 1-flowered, about equaling the leaves, appressed-
pubescent; bracts shorter than the pedicels; sepals elliptical to
oblong, acute, smooth, ciliate, 7-10 mm. long, 2.5-3 mm. broad ;
corolla white, about 2 cm. long; filaments villous with jointed
hairs, about one-half as long as coralla, adnate for one-third their
length ; styles 2, three-fourths as long as coralla, adnate for one-
third their length ; ovary villous at apex; capsules 8 mm. long, on
recurved pedicels, oval, acute, with a tuft of hairs at the apex, 2-
celled, cells 1-seeded.

Grows only in the high pine land region, where it is very
abundant. It has been confused with B. Aumistrata and B. Pick-
eringit, from both of which it is evidently distinct. It differs from
the former in its larger flowers, very narrow leaves, invariably
I-flowered peduncles, and 2-seeded capsule. From the latter it
can be separated by its much shorter bracts, villous filaments,
styles adnate for a much shorter distance, and like the stamens,
included.

1299. Utricularia resupinata B. D. Greene.

Occurs very plentifully along the shores of several of the

clear-water lakes. A few specimens of it were secured by Dr.

156

Garber and Dr. Porter was the first to note the extension of its
range into-Florida. It seems to have been reported from no in-
termediate stations.

248. Utriculana oligosperma St. Hil.

This is the largest of its genus occurring in Florida. It is found
in both the rivers and lakes, and is quite common. It reaches
its perfection in Lake Ella, where the stems often attain a length of
6 to 8 feet and the branches spread 2 to 3 feet. The growing end
is of a beautiful pink color, the middle portion a dark green, and the
decaying end a rich brown. It is entirely floating, forming a
beautiful object spread out in the water, and looks like a large
sea-weed. Its flowers are an inch in diameter and yellow. It is
found in South America, and the extension of the range to cen-
tral Florida, where it is evidently indigenous, is remarkable. On
a specimen of a Utricularia in the Columbia College Herba-
rium, collected by Dr. Chapman, is a note to the effect’that the
plant appeared in the bay at Apalachicola in 1842, but entirely
disappeared in a short time. This specimen proves to be this
same thing.

974. Boerhaavia decumbens Vahi.

This plant was very plentiful, much more common than the
other species growing with it, B. erecta. It always occurred in
cultivated ground or its vicinity and may be introduced. I can-
not find that it has been reported from the United States before.
1185. Paronychia herniariodes (Michx.) Nutt.

This rare plant was found growing quite freely in one locality
near Tavares. It’occurred in dry sandy soil just west of the rail-
road bridge crossing the Ocklawaha River. It had been pre-
viously known only from Georgia and North Carolina.

435. Persea pubescens (Pursh) Sargent.

Dr. Chapman published this as a variety of P. Carolinensis. It
has several well-marked characters which seem sufficient to jus-
tify its elevation to specific rank. In P. Borbonia (L.) Spreng.
(P. Carolinensis Nees) the leaves and inflorescence are glabrous, the
peduncles equaling or shorter than the petioles, and fruit fully a
half inch indiameter. In P. pudescens the Jeaves and inflorescence
are strongly pubescent, the peduncles generally much exceed

157

the petioles, and the fruit is but little more than half as large, of a
light blue color.

574.’ PERSEA HUMILIS n. sp.

A compact shrub, 2-3 metres high, with branchlets, young
leaves, and whole inflorescence covered with a dense bright brown
sericeous pubescence. Branches dark slate-color; leaves from el-
liptical to oblong, 4.5-8.5 cm. long, 2~3 cm. wide, more or less
revolute on the margins, acuminate at both ends, obtuse at apex,
yellowish green, smooth and slightly shining above, blackish and
pubescent beneath, the midrib very prominent; petioles from 1-2
cm. long; inflorescence capitate ; peduncles stout, 4-7 mm. long,
generally 3-flowered; flowers about 6 mm. long; sepals erect, obtuse,
outer ones oval, 2 mm. long, shorter than the stamens, inner oblong,
5 mm. long, exceeding the stamens; fruit purplish black with a
bloom, globose, 15 mm. in diameter, on peduncles about 15 mm.
long ; seed globose, 11 mm. in diameter.

This seems to be nearest to P. Borbonia(L.) Spreng. It differs
in its smaller size, shorter, stouter and fewer-flowered peduncles
which elongate in fruit; and especially in the dense brown seri-
ceous pubescence of the young leaves and branchlets. This latter
feature makes the shrub very conspicuous, and seems to be unusual
in the genus. This, moreover, flowers some five weeks later than
P. Borbonia. ;

Occurs exclusively in the “scrub,” where it is very common.
Collected at Eustis in flower in May. Fruit kindly collected on
November 8th at the same place and sent to me by Mr. W. T.
Swingle.

1397a.’CROTONOPSIS SPINOSA N. sp.

An erect much branched annual, 4-7 dm. high, clothed with
stellate-pubescence. Branches erect; leaves linear to linear-ob-
long, 1.5-3 cm. long, 2-5 mm. broad, acute at both ends, on
petioles 1-2 mm. long; fruit spiny; seeds ovoid to ellipsoid,
only slightly flattened, 2 mm. long, 1.5 mm. broad, minutely
pitted. :

Differs from C. dinearis in having a more strict habit, smaller and
much less flattened seeds, narrower leaves, and fruit covered with
spines.

Collected by Mr. W. T. Swingle at Dunellon, July 24.

1700. Habenaria blephariglottis (Willd.) Torr.
Evidently an abnormal form of this plant. Its parts are nearly

158

twice as large as usual. Some of the flowers are slightly tinged
with orange.

6. LimoporuM PARVIFLORUM (Lindl.) (Calopogon parviflorus Lindl.)
Quite common in the low pine land. It grows from 6 to 12
inches high. Its flowers are deep purple, much resembling those
of L. tuberosum of the north, which is also common, but flowers
much later. L. parviflorum was in full bloom early in March.

557,” STENORRHYNCHUS Jaiscana (Watson.) (Spzranthes Jaliscana

Watson.)

Finding this plant in Florida was a surprise. It-was previously
known only from Mexico.

857, 1703. Tillandsia juncea Le Conte.

This has been placed with 7? setacea Sw. by Mr. Baker, in
his monograph of the Bromeliaceae. The two are very common
where I collected and are clearly distinct. 7: se¢acea has erect
setaceous leaves, very narrow at the base while in 7: juncea the
leaves are much stouter, with a much broader base, and are
conspicuously recurved, The specimens in the Columbia College
herbarium collected by Dr. Chapman and so named are'evidently
another species, the 7: Balbisiana R. & S. Le Conte says [Ann.
Lyc. N. Y. 2: 131 (1828)] that his species very much resembles the
figure of Bonapartea juncea in Flora Peruviana, p/. 262. The
plant referred to above certainly does bear a strong resemblance
to this figure. |
1562. Yucca filamentosa L. var.

There are two forms of Y. filamentosa occurring in this region.
One flowers in May, has conspicuously twisted leaves which gener-
ally are strongly recurved and rather short, and matures its fruit in
July.. The other is taller, has whiter flowers in a larger panicle,
longer and more erect leaves which are narrower in proportion,
and does not flower until August. They grow in similar sit-
uations. With these differences it hardly seems possible that
they can be the same.

459. “Nouina BRITTONIANA n. sp.

Roots a cluster of long spreading fleshy fibres. Radical
leaves 40-70, recurved and prostrate, forming a dense mass around
the base of the plant, linear, 1-2 metres long, s-1o mm. wide,
strongly scabrous on the margins, attentuated into a long slender

159

point; cauline leaves setaceous, 1-3 dm. long, about I cm. broad
at base; stem arising from a bulbous base, 1-2 metres high; in-
florescence paniculate, ovoid to oblong in outline, 3-4 dm. long ;
flowers in clusters of 2 or 3 on erect pedicels 3-5 mm. long ; peri-
. anth segments elliptical to elliptical-ovate, 4 mm. loag, 2 mm.
wide, glandular at apex; filaments flat, broadly subulate, 2 mm.
long, .5 mm. broad; anthers 1.5 mm. long ; cells oblong, .75 mm.
broad; ovary 3-celled, orbicular-ovoid, truncate, somewhat trique-
trous; stigmas sessile; capsule orbicular, on slender recurved
pedicels about I cm. in length, 8-9 mm. long, 10 mm. broad,
cordate, retuse, triquetrous, 2 of the cells 1-seeded, the other gen-
erally empty.

Grows in dry, sandy soil in the high pine land region. Some-
times five or six plants occur together, and then it makes a very
showy appearance in flower.

This plant is named in honor of Dr. N. L. Britton who has
given me much help and advice in working up my collections, and

to whom I wish to extend my thanks for his many kindnesses.
1389. Xyris platylepis Chapm. .

This is found in the low pine land region and occurs with either
white or yellow flowers (No. 1377.), the former by far the more
frequent.

954. Ayris torta Sm.

This is the commonest species, inhabiting the low pine land.
It invariably has white flowers, a fact which does not seem to have
been noted before.

1584. Xyris SMALLIANA n. sp. .

Plant smooth, glabrous and shining throughout. Leaves about
one-half as long as scape, linear, 3.5-6 dm. long, 3-9 mm. wide,
striate, the lower half purple; sheath from 2.5—4 dm. long, striate,
with a blade from 1-10 cm. long; scape erect, scarcely striate,
7-10 dm. tall, nearly terete, 1-edged throughout, flattened and 2-
edged just below the head, one edge being much more prominent,
heads ellipsoidal, about 2 cm. long, 1 cm. in diameter when ma-
ture, ovoid in the early flowering state; scales orbicular-obovate,
entire, 5-6 mm. long, 3-5 mm. wide; lateral sepals conspicuously
exserted, 8 mm. long, 1 mm. wide, curved, wing gradually broad-
€ning to the top where it is from one-half to two-thirds as wide as
the sepal, lacerate-fimbriate for the upper third; petals yellow;
capsule obovoid, obscurely triquetrous, placentae parietal; seeds
from cylindric-oblong to cylindric-obovoid, more or less curved,
pointed at both ends, striate, about .6 mm. long, .2 mm. wide.

160 +

Growing in shallow water at Lake Ella and in very wet soil
along edge of cypress swamp north of Trout Lake, near Eustis.
No. 539. X. zorta and X. fimbriata are the only other species in the
United States with exserted sepals, the former with white petals.

a3
1525. COMMELINA SWINGLEANA N. Sp.

Stems 1-3 dm. high, smooth, sparingly branched, prostrate or
ascending, from a compact fascicle of descending fleshy roots 3-5
cm. long; sheaths inflated, 6-9 mm. long; leaves linear to linear-
lanceolate, 4-6 cm. long, 5~7 mm. wide, glabrous or slightly pu-
bescent; peduncles about 5 mm. long, pubescent; spathe more or
less pubescent, 2 cm. long, I cm. broad, falcate-acuminate,
rounded posteriorly ; the two large petals deep blue, reniform, 12
mm. long, 17 mm. broad, claw 3-4 mm. long; capsule depressed-
globose, 5 mm. long. 4 mm. broad, obscurely 3-lobed, 3-celled,.
cells 1-seeded; seed broadly oval in outline, somewhat com-
pressed, flat on one side, smooth, dark-brown.

The stems of this plant are generally prostrate, about 1 dm.
long ; occasionally one is found with longer and ascending stems,
but they are very rare. Collected in the high pine land region at
Umatilla early in August.

There are two specimens in the Cofuiiibis College herbarium
which evidently belong here, one collected by Dr. vce ec and
the other by Mr. Blodgett at Key West.

Near to C. hamipila Sauvalle, of the West Indies. That is dif-
fusely branched; has a smaller seed, gray in color, narrower and
longer leaves, longer sheaths, not inflated, and an ovoid capsule. ~

Named in honor of Mr.- W. T. Swingle, Director of the Sub-
Tropical Laboratory at Eustis, to whom I wish to extend my
thanks for the many favors shown me. His knowledge of the
country and flora, which were freely imparted, enabled me to make
much more valuable and extensive collections than would have
otherwise been possible.

1015. Peltandra sagittaefolia (Michx.) Morong.

Occurs in the bayheads, generally among sphagnum. It is by
no Means common.
148. Lachnocaulon Beyrichianum Sporleder.

This is another rare plant, but very common around Eustis,

along the shores of the clear water lakes. It grows in small tufts,
generally among tall grass.

161

1295. Lachnocaulon Beyrichianum Sporleder ?
Appears to be the same as No. 148, but the heads are much
larger than the original description calls for.

1407. Cyperus leucolepis Carey.

This rare plant was previously only known from a single col-_
lection. I found it growing quite freely in one place at Eustis.
Its silvery white scales make it very conspicuous among the tall
grass.

“ STENOPHYLLUS FLORIDANUS Britton, n. sp.

Similar to S. capillaris, culms filiform, erect, 10 cm. to 20 cm.
tall, much exceeding the thread-like leaves. Sheaths ciliate;
spikelets linear, acute, several-flowered, rich brown, 4 mm. to 8
mm. long, I mm. wide, sessile and densely capitate in 4s to 10s at
the summit; scales ovate-lanceolate, keeled, about I mm. long,
with a minute slightly spreading tip; achene obovoid, 3-angled,
light-colored, slightly longer than thick, the angles rounded, the
faces somewhat concave, the whole surface cellular-reticulated, its
cells oblong; style glabrous, 3-cleft for about one-fourth its length.

Dry sandy soil, high pine land.

566. Setaria flava Kunth.
This appears to be new to the United States.

1382. Setaria Ventenati Kunth.
Also an addition to the flora of the United States.

831. Marsilia vestita H. & G.
This was found growing in abundance at Orange Bend, the

same place from which Prof. Underwood reported it. The plant
occurs along the track on both sides of the depot for about one-
quarter ofa mile. Itis confined to that limited area so far as I could
find out. Its occurrence at such a distance from its ordinary range —
and its limitation to this small section point very strongly to its

being introduced.

162

John H, Redfield.
By Wm. M. CAnsy.

(WITH PORTRAIT.)

On the banks of the beautiful Connecticut and near the center
of the State of the same name is to be found the place anciently
and still called Middletown; and, in accordance with a custom
nowhere so common as in New England, of retaining for offshoots
from the original settlements the name of the mother town with a
prefix or a suffix, the little hamlet, a few miles up the river, was
of old called by the somewhat picturesque name of “Middletown
Upper Houses,” now, alas! changed to the unmeaning one of
Cromwell. Here,on July 10, 1815, the subject of this sketch was
born. He could claim John and Priscilla Aiden among his an-
cestors and was in every way of pure New England blood. Many
of his family had been sea captains, a vocation nowhere repre-
sented by more honorable, hardy and vigorous men than on our
northern coast. His father, William C. Redfield, at this time a
country storekeeper in humble circumstances, was a man of enter-
prising character and of an unusually inquiring and vigorous mind.
The son only knew his mother as an invalid and she died when
he was but four years old; and although his father married after-
ward, he was again bereaved; so that his son owed much of his
good bringing-up to a widowed relative who came to take charge
of the household and who, according to the custom of those days,
did not stint the lessons to be derived from the “ New England
Primer” and the “Shorter Catechism.” Other lessons, more
pleasant perhaps, came to him early from his father and served to
stimulate his inherited scientific tastes.

The following pleasant account is of one of these which oc-
curred when he was six years old during a long ride taken soon
after the storm long known as the “Great September Gale.” *
“My father’s habits of close observation led him to watch the
fallen trees and the effects of that destructive wind. At Middle-
town the wind had been from the southeast and the trees lay

* See Oliver Wendell Holmes’ poem “The September Gale.”

163

with their heads northwestward; but on reaching Berkshire he
was surprised to see that they lay in an opposite direction and he
repeatedly called my attention to the fact. In conversing -with
the residents of that region as to the time these trees were pros-
‘trated he was still more astonished to learn that the wind, which ©
at 9 p. M. had been from the southeast at Middletown, had been
at Stockbridge from the northwest precisely at the same hour.
* * * * It did not appear to him possible that two winds of
such violence should be blowing against each other at the dis-
tance of only seventy miles. The only explanation of this para-
doxical phenomenon was one which he was then led to accept
hypothetically, but which he afterwards confirmed by years of ob-
servation and innumerable facts.” It was thus that the elder Red-
field was led to the theory of the rotary as well as progressive
movement of storms which procured him so much note as a
meteorologist.

Our friend’s first public education came from the district
school, which his father had taken great pains to have above the
usual standard. In addition, there were the “spelling classes”
and ‘friendly associations,” and a small circulating library—
agencies which he acknowledged to have been helps to him in his
aspirations for knowledge, as they have been to many others. Of
the effects of the “spdllling class” exercises he says: “I am fool-
ish enough to believe that those winter evening battles were more
useful and creditable than some of the athletic contests which in
these days are doing so much to brutalize young men, and which,
by their attendant betting leading to the worst results of gam-
bling, are tending to make old and thoughtful men raise the
question whether colleges are not becoming institutions to be
avoided.”

Of books at this time there were but few, but all he could get
he read with avidity. Like every one else, he was fascinated with
Bunyan’s Pilgrim’s Progress, both as to the story and the quaint
old prints. He writes: “That of Apollyon’s battle with Christian
so excited my imagination that when, being a little older, I was
sent to the wood pile in the fast darkening twilight of a winter after-
noon to bring in the evening supply of wood, I never felt alto-
gether secure from that dreadful demon until the last armful was

164

fairly in;’ which leads one to wish that these Apollyons would
always scare the bad boys and never the good ones.

One other book, forgotten now perhaps, gave him the bent
towards botany, which afterwards so much occupied him. This
was Thornton’s Grammar of Botany.

About this time steam navigation was occupying the father’s
mind and after some efforts in that way on the Connecticut his
attention was turned to the Hudson. He was thus frequently in
New York for long periods while the son’s education was con-
tinued for a year and a half at Stamford. Finally, in 1824, the
family was removed to New York. The boy was now sent
to the High School where, under the influence and _ instruc-
tion of one of the teachers, a Mr. Barnes, he was instructed
in mineralogy and had many a pleasant ramble in the
country in his company. His school education was _ finally
completed by a short course which he provided for himself
at a private school, but between these two periods he at-
tended the chemical lecture course of Dr. Torrey, an associa-
tion which must have had great influence in his-pursuits in
after life. His first business occupation was in a dry goods store,
where he continued long enough to acquire a thorough detesta-
tion of it. He then assisted his father in his steam transportation
ventures and this occupied his business hours for many years. It
is of more interest to us to know that his love of science continued
and was intensified when, in 1836, he became a member of the New
York Lyceum of Natural History, of which Dr. Asa Gray was
then the Librarian and Superintendent. Here was commenced
that friendship which was destined to be close and lasting. It was
at this time that he acquired a taste for conchology, in which he
made much progress and which resulted in a number of papers on
this subject published in the Annals of the Lyceum. He thor-
oughly explored the country in the vicinity, over land much of
which is now probably closely built upon, and in every way which
the time at his command and his means permitted strove to
advance the scientific interests of himself and his associates. As
early as 1846 he became a member of the Academy of Natural
Sciences, of Philadelphia. In 1843 he made a very happy mar-
riage and this, perhaps, was the eventual cause of his removal to

165

Philadelphia in 1861, where he long held a prominent position in
the extensive and well-known car wheel works of A. Whitney &
Sons, with the members of which his marriage connected him.
His allegiance was necessarily transferred from the Lyceum to the
Academy, of which he soon became a life member, and was gradu-
ally advanced to many of its most important and laborious offices.
Thus, in 1870, he became a member of its Council and was also
made Conservator of its Botanical Section, the latter a most im-
portant office as it placed the various and very important herbaria
in his charge. He was Corresponding Secretary of the Concho-
logical Section in 1879, and after having been long a member of
its Publication Committee was made its Chairman in 1891. It
will thus be seen how important his services were to this institu-
tion and how great the esteem in which his good sense and active
exertions as well as his wise and thoughtful counsel were held by
his associates. But beyond all this, and especially after his retire-
ment from business cares in 1885, he accomplished a great work
which no one else connected with the Academy had time to do and
for which, indeed, no one was better fitted than he. When he
took charge he found four distinct herbaria as follows: that of Dr.
C. W. Short; that of Schweinitz, composed principally of Fungi,
very many of them types; the General Herbarium, and the North
American Herbarium, the latter of which is of the utmost value,
not only because of its size and completeness, but also because it
contains a large number of the type specimens of Nuttall, Pursh
and others of early botanists of this country. The specimens in
these were loose in sheets of paper, very often those of more than
one collector huddled in together, with the labels but loosely
attached to the specimens. With great care and good judgment,
and an indefatigable energy, he brought order out of this con-
fusion, so that at last he had got the greater and more-valuable
parts of the herbaria arranged and mounted and properly cata-
logued. Nor did his benefations end with this, for he purchased
all valuable sets of plants and bestowed them upon the Academy.
The tender and appreciative minute adopted by it and hereafter
appended is but a fitting testimony to his usefulness and unselfish

devotion.
Mr. Redfield lived for many years in one of the pleasantest

166

parts of Philadelphia and quite close to the Academy. He made
occasional botanical excursions, of which notable ones were to the
mountains of North Carolina in company with Dr. Gray and other
botanists. There could not have been a more delightfully cheer-
ful and obliging travelling companion. The writer well remem-
bers that on one occasion when at Linville Falls, in what was
then the wildest and least frequented part of the country, Mr. Red-
field “ turned up missing,” to the serious concern of the rest.of the
party. After considerable search he was found sitting on a mossy
bank, writing up his diary with the utmost serenity, cheerfully an-
swering anxious inquiries by saying, “Oh, I knew you would
come for me.” In later years his summers were spent on Mt.
Desert Island. The excellent catalogue of its flora lately pub-
lished by Mr. Rand and himself attest his industry while there.

It is impossible to speak too highly of Mr. Redfield’s personal
character. Honorable, sincere, courteous, cheerful, always ready
to do a kind act or to say a gracious word, he displayed that true
nobility of character which comes of right principle faithfully ad-
hered to, yet without a trace of aceticismn or austerity.

Mr. Kand writes: « He was always being good and doing good.
I have letters lamenting his death from young botanists, whose
names even he may not have remembered or known, all telling the
same story,—‘ he was so good to us, so kind in his interest and
help, so courteous to us in ourignorance.’”” The Rev. Dr. Dickey
said of him: “I have touched many good lives and found pleasure
and example in close intercourse with many, * * * * but I have
never touched a smoother life than this. * * * It was not the
quietness of silence—it was like the soothing murmur of a mount-
ain brook ; there was a beauty and fragrance like the beauty and
fragrance of wild flowers, in this simple yet vigorous life.”

And ‘so one cannot wonder that he won sincere and lasting
affection and left a bright example of a right-living, true-hearted
and attractive gentleman. Once, indeed, the serenity and happi-
ness of his old age was broken by the stroke of a severe bereave-
ment; but it only the better showed the strength of his character.

_ “And thé more
Fate tried his bastions, she but forced a door
Leading to sweeter manhood and more sound.”

167

After some weeks of failing health he died on the twenty-
seventh of Febrauary last, in the eightieth year of his age.

A beautiful western grass, the sigs fees flexuosa commemo-
rates his name and services.

Appended are testimonials of learned societies and a bibli-
ography.

FROM THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES.

The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia has heard
with deep sorrow the announcement of the death of John H. Red-
field, who, in his unselfish devotion to its interests, has long been
one of its most active benefactors.

Always an earnest student of nature his last years of deserved
freedom from business engagements were devoted to his favorite
studies in connection with the Academy, and to the arrangement
and care of the Herbarium.

The steady growth and admirable condition of the botanical
collection constituted an enduring memorial of his industry and
zeal. | :
As Chairman of the Publication Committee and Member of
the Council the same fidelity and discretion characterized the dis-
charge of his duties.

He was a man of strong but tender character; firm in his sup-
port of the right, but tolerant of all honest difference of opinion ;
cheerful, gentle, modest and cultured. Time to him was one of
his most precious possessions, yet he was ever gladly at the service
of those requiring advice or assistance.

He was an earnest student, a wise counsellor and a steadfast
friend. His encouragement and loving sympathy endeared him
to his associates, who felt for him a’ personal affection which
enables them to appreciate the irreparable loss sustained by his
family, to whom they would offer their heartfelt sympathy.

FROM THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES.
The Academy has learned with sorrow of the death of Mr.
John H. Redfield, at his home, in cinta sae on February lav

1895.
Mr. Redfield was one of the earliest members of the Lyceum

of Natural History, having been elected in 1836. During his

168

years of residence in New York he was most active in furthering
the work of the Lyceum, a frequent contributor to its proceedings
and the author of several conchological papers which were printed
in its Annals. In connexion with his father, Mr. W. C. Redfield,
he published, in Vol. IV. of the Annals, the first description of
fossil fishes from the Mesozoic rocks of America, proposing the
name of the genus Catopfterus and its type species C. gracilis, be-
sides some others, for specimens from the Triassic beds at Dur-
ham, Conn. He was thus the pioneer in this important branch
in American palaeontology. He held the office of Recording
Secretary of the Lyceum in the years 1887-8, and of Correspond-
ing Secretary for the entire period from 1839 to 1860. After
his removal to Philadelphia he did not lose his interest in the Ly-
ceum, but continued his relations with it as a Corresponding Mem-
ber, not only through the whole period of its existence under the
old name, but also when the organization was changed and en-
larged into the Academy and down to the time of his death.
When the memorial volume was published, in 1887, Mr. Redfield
furnished a large amount of most valuable data and reminiscences,
which are embodied and acknowledged at many points in the book.

Although personally known to but few of our present mem-
bers, many have known of his great work in connexion with the
Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, and by reason of
this, and his early prominence in our Society, he has had our pro-
found respect and grateful esteem. It is, therefore,

Resolved, That it is the sense of the Academy that in the death
of Mr. John H. Redfield, American science has lost a critical and
enthusiastic student, a liberal patron and a devoted friend; and the
Academy a co-laborer who greatly aided in its early period of
organization, as an officer and a scientific investigator, and who
was almost the last to connect’ its present membership with the
generation of its founders and pioneers.

FROM THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Mr. John H. Redfield, a highly esteemed active member of the
Club since the time of its organization, the last but one of its
original incorporators, a frequent contributor to our publications,
the Conservator of the Botanical Section of the Philadelphia
Academy of Natural Sciences, and well-known to the botanical

169

world as an author and editor, died at his home in Philadelphia,
February 27th, 1895. Therefore it is
Resolved, That the following record be made in our minutes:

As a scientific co-laborer, we found in Mr. Redfield an enthusiastic
lover of nature and of knowledge for its own sake, an energetic
and persistent worker in the field and in the closet to the very end
of a long and memorable life, and a gentleman of ripe culture and
pleasant manners, always generous and helpful to others, and,
though firm in his convictions as to what was right, ever modest
and courteous in the expression of them.

Resolved, That in his death we mourn the loss of a valued as-
sociate and an ardent and faithful friend.

Resolved, That this action be printed in our proceedings and a
copy thereof transmitted to the family of the deceased.

List of Scientific Papers and Notices by John H. Redfield.

1. Fossil Fishes of Connecticut and Massachusetts, with a Notice of an unde-
scribed Genus. Ann, N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. 4: 35. pZ 2. 1837.

2. Descriptions of some new Species of Shells. Ann, N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. 4:
163. p22. 1846.

3. On the distinctive Characters of Cyfraea reticulata of Martyn and Cyfrae
histrio of Menschen. Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. 4: 417. 1. 7. 1847.

4. Descriptions of new Species of ABullia and Marginella, with Notes upon
S. B. Sowerby, Jr.’s Monograph of the latter Genus. Ann, N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. 4:
491. pir. 1848. e

5. Description of new Species of Margined/7, with Notes upon sundry Species of
Marginella and Cypraea. Ann. N.Y, Lyc. Nat. Hist. 5: 224. 1852.

6. Descriptions of new Species of Helidicae. Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist. 6:
14. M. 1853.

7. Descriptions of new Species of Shells. Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat{Hist. 6:
130. 7 Al. Ap. 1854.

8. Descriptions of two new Species of North American Helicidae. Ann. N.Y,
Nat. Hist. 6: 170. D. 1850.

9. Description of a new Species of Mfarginella. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
1860: 174. My. 1860.

Io. Letter to His Excell. Rawson H. Rawson, Governor of the Bahama Islands,
with a Chart of the Bahama Hurricane of Oct., 1866. In Gov. Rawson’s Report in
Blue Book for 1866, 2,3. Mr. 1853.

11. Note on the first Discovery of Schisaea pusilla. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila. 1869: 13. Ap. 1869.

12. Search for Corema Conradii in Monmouth County, N. J. Proc. Acad. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila. 1869: gt. My. 1869; Amer, Nat. 3: 327, Au. 1869.

13. Notes upon the Monograph of the genus Marginella in Reeve’s Concholo-
-gia Iconica. Tryon’s Amer, Journ. Conch. 5: $8 7 pZ QO. 1869.

14. New Locality of Aspidium aculeatum in Stony Clove, Catskill Mountains.

Amer. Nat. 3: 495. N. 1867. |

170

15. Observations on Marginellidae, introductory to a catalogue of the known re-
cent and fossil species, Tryon’s Amer. Journ. Conch. 6: 2. Jl. 1870.

16. Are certain Species of Botrychium epiphytic? Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
1870: 91. Au. 1870.

17. Rectification of the Synonomy of certain Species of A/arginelia, Tryon’s
Amer. Journ. Conch. 6: 172. 0. 1870,

18. Catalogue of the known Species, recent or fossil, of the Family Marginelli-
dae. Tryon’s Amer. Journ. Conch. 6: App, 215. Q. 1870.

19. Tetramerism in Lilium auratum Lindl, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 2: 32.
Au, 1871.

20. Oaks and Mistletoe. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 4:13. Ap. 1873.

21. Fertilization of Asarum Canadense, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 4: 21. Je.
1873.

22. Dr. Torrey and Torrey’s Peak. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 5: 18. Ap. 1874.

24. On Rd rcimiane ebenoides. Proc, Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila. 1874: 154. D.
1874.

25. Geographical Distribution of Ferns of North America, Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club,6: 1. Ja. 1875.

26. Notes upon Anychia dichotoma. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 6: 61. N. 1875.

27. Note upon Dr, Torrey’s first Trip to the New Jersey Pines, prefixed to a let-
ter of his dated July 9, 1818. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 6: 82. Mr. 1876.

28. Notice of the Botanical Correspondence of Zacharias Collins, in Possession
of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
1876: 81. Jl. 1876. :

29. Southern Localities of Lygodium palmatum. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 6: 232.
My. 1878. .
30. Obituary notice of Robert H. Brownne. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,6: 291. F.
1879. :

31. Aspidium aculeatum in Pennsylvania. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 6: 291.
F. 1879. _

32. Aspidium aculeatum at Bushnellsyille Clove in Catskill Mountains. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club,6: 331. Au. 1879.

_» 33. Notes of a Botanical Excursion into North Carolina. Bull. Torr. Bot, Club,
6: 331. Au. 1879.

34. Dissent from Mr. Meehan’s Views upon the Timber-line of ne Mountains.
Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila. 1880: 345. N. 1880.

35. Herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 8: 42, Ap. 1881.

36. The Muhlenberg Herbarium, ° Bull. Torr, Bot, Club, 8: 80. Jl. 1881.

37. Aspidium Lonchitis Swz. in Colorado. Bull, Torr. Bot. Club, 8; 105. S.
1881, ;

38. Occurrence of Hieracium aurantiacum in the Catskill Mountains. | Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, 8: 112, O. 1881; Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1881: 429.. D.
1881. e

39. Biographical Sketch of Dr. William Baldwin. Bot, Gaz. 8: 233. Je. 1883,

40. Note upon the Date of a Letter from Dr. Torrey. to.Amos Eaton. Bot. Gaz
8: 317. O. 1883. i

171

41. Corema Ccnradii and its Localities. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 11: 97. S. 1884.

42. Obituary Notice of John Williamson. Bull. Torr, Bot. Club, 11: 104.
S. 1884.

43. Further Notes upon Corema Conradti. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 12: 93.
S. 1885.

44. Insular Vegetation; Flora of Great Duck Island, Maine. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 12: 103. O. 1885.

45. On the Flora of Martha’s Vineyard and Nantucket. Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila. 1885: 378. D. 1885.

46. Still further Notes upon Corema Conradii. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 13: 220,

N. 1886.

47. Euphrasia officinalis on the Coast of Maine. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 232.
D. 1886,

48. On Insular Floras.' Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,.13: 245. D. 1886.

49. Rediscovery of Corema Conradii in Monmouth County, N. J. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 16: 192. Jl. 1889; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1889: 135. Jl. 1889.

50. Pinus Banksiana with Corema Conradii on Schoodic Peninsula, Coast of
Maine. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 16: 295. N. 1889: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila,
1889: 344. N. 1880.

51. Stellaria hemifusa on the Coastof Maine. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 17: 38.
F. 1890.

52. Notice of the Occurrence of Scadiosa australis near Pittsfield. Mass, Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, 19: 341. N. 1892. :

53. Obituary Notice of Isaac C. Martindale. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 20: 98.
1893.
54. Preliminary Catalogue of the Plants growing on Mt. Desert and adjacent
Islands. By Edward L. Rand and John H. Redfield. Cambridge. 1894.

A rosaity marine Diatomaceous Deposit at St. Augustine, Florida.

By CHARLES S, Boyer.

In-1886 an artesian well was sunk at the Ponce de Leon Hotel,
at St. Augustine, Florida. Samples of earth from different depths
were sent to Mr. Lewis Woolman, who proposes to publish the
results of his investigations into the geological character of the
different strata. A layer of bluish clay at a depth of between 85
and 135 feet was found to contain diatoms, spicules, foraminifera
and a few polycistinae. Unfortunately, the material was very
small in amount, and the diatoms occurred in but two layers at
the depths of 90 and 120 feet, so that the list furnished below,
although exhaustive of the material obtained, appears to but indi-
cate the existence of a richer bed which, it is hoped, may be

172

brought to light by another well-boring or the discovery of some
outcrop.

It may be briefly stated, according to Mr. Woolman’s conclu-
sions, that the diatomaceous clay bed immediately overlies an
Eocene deposit and is beneath a Pleistocene. As will be noticed,
the diatoms correspond, to a great extent, to those of the great
Miocene beds of the Atlantic coast, such as the Richmond, Not-
tingham and Atlantic City deposits; the presence of one form, at
least, if not two, appears to indicate a correspondence with the
Barbadoes deposit, which is now claimed to be Pliocene, while
other forms are still extant. It is, therefore, difficult to determine
to what period the Florida deposit belongs.

The following are the forms :—

Actinocyclus Ehrenbergtt Ralfs, several varities.

A, ellipticus Grun., rare.

A. interpunctatus Ralfs.

A. Ralfsu (Wm. 5m.) Ralfs.

A, subtilis (Greg.) Ralfs, var.

Actinoptychus Grundleri A. S.

A, undulatus Ralfs, several vars.

_ A. vulgaris Schum., several vars.

Aulacodiscus Crux Ehr., rare. :

A. mammosus (var. extans?) Grev., very rare. Diam. 0. 152 mm.
Surface, central portion, flat to about one-half of the radius, outer
edge distinct but somwhat turned inward at the inflations, giving
a slightly quadrangular outline. Central space in one specimen
round, in the other irregular. Width of bullae adout one-fourth the
radius. In Greville’s figure the width appears to be about one-
half. The processes are also smaller in the Florida form. Not
being able to secure a specimen of Greville’s species for compari-
son, I am unable to determine the differences further. Mr. Adre.
Le Tourneur, of Paris, from an examination of a photopraph sent
him, thinks it may be the variety extans (Grev.) Rattr. This
beautiful form is quite rare, only two nearly perfect valves and
three fragments having been noticed. It has not been found, here-
tofore, we believe, in any other of the continental deposits, and its

presence appears to link the Florida diatoms with those of Barba-
does.

“ans

A. Mollert Grun.

A. Rogersit (Bail.) A. S., common at 90 ft.

The deposit presents all the forms figured by Schmidt, with a
number of intermediate variations.

Biddulphia Tuomeyi (Bail.) Roper. Several variations of this
form approach 2. e/egantula Grev., and others are much smaller
than the type.

Coscinodiscus apiculatus Ehr.

C. marginatus Ehr.

C. emphalanthus Ehr.

C. perforatus Ehr.

C. radiatus Ehr.

C. vobustus Grev.

The forms of Coscinodisct noticed furnish an interesting study
of variations, especially in those which approach apzculatus and
marginatus.

Craspedodiscus coscinodiscus Ehr., 120 ft.

Lupodiscus radiatus Bail. A form with five ocelli occurs rarely
at the depth of go ft.

Goniothecum odontella Ehr., 90 ft.

Grammatophora maxima Grun. var.? rare.

Fyalodiscus laevis Ehr.

FT. subtéis Bail. The markings in the greater number of
specimens examined are much coarser than in the type form. In
some valves which present a greenish color when dry, numerous
spines are seen at regular intervals, and the zone between umbil-
icus and margin resembles that of 7. maximus, P. Petit (Diato-
mee’s de l’le Campbell, f/. z. fig. 7). Other forms without spines
correspond closely to the var. Japonica of Castracane (Rep. on
Diat. coll. by H. M. S. Challenger, p/. 78. fig. 4).

Melosira sulcata (Ehr.) K., abundant.

Navicula Lyra Ehr., very rare, 90 ft.

NV. praetexta Ehr., very rare, 90 ft.

Pleurosigma affine, var. fossilis Grun.

Podoswa Montagnei Kiitz.? , very rare, 90 ft. This form is
doubtful as the rim is wider and the general appearance more.
robust than in any. of the figures published.

Khaphoneis gemmifera Ehr.

174

Rhizosolenia sp. ?

Stephanogonia (Mastogonia) actinoptychus Ehr., rare.

Stephanopyxis appendiculata Ehr.

S. corona (Ehr.) Grun.

S. turris (Grev.) Ralfs, rare.

Stictodiscus Trunanii Witt. ?, very rare, 90 ft. This form differs
from that figured by Truan and Witt. (Die Diat. der Polycyst. von
Jeremie in Hayti, p/. 4. figs. 23 & 24), inasmuch as the rim is less
definite and the outline slightly irregular. Only one imperfect
specimen was found. It appears to form another link between
the continental and insular deposits.

Triceratium condecorum Ehr., rare, 90 ft.

T. Kainit E. A. Schultze, rare,-120 ft.

T. semicirculare Brightw.— Euoata Brightwellii Ralfs.

T. spinosum (Ehr.) Bail.

New Species of Parasitic Fungi.
By S. M. Tracy anp F; S. Earte.

[Type specimens in the herbaria of the authors, of the U. S. Department of Agri-
culture, of Rutgers, Harvard and Columbia Colleges. ]

PUCCINIA NOTABILIS n. sp. III. Amphigenous; sori black, con-
fluent, forming small hemispherical or irregular masses on the
bracts and petioles or involving the larger stems, forming fusiform
black gall-like swellings two or three times their diameter and
3-4 cm. in length; teleutospores uniformly oval and obtusely
rounded, slightly constricted, epispore smooth, thickened at the
apex, 55-60 by 30-33 ; pedicel hyaline or slightly tinted, very
long and flexuous, 225-275 ps.

On Arrow-wood (Pluchea borealis ?) Rio Penasco, New Mexico,
January, 1895.

Puccinia Paspati n. sp. II. Usually hypophyllous, sometimes
amphigenous; sori linear, sometimes confluent, dark brown;
uredospores globose or obovate, very abundantly and sharply
echinulate, brown, 24 by 25-30 w. III. Sori linear, darker than

te uredo sori, usually on the leaf sheaths; teleutospores irregular,
35 by 27 to 30 by 35 yp, usually oval, much constricted, with the
slender nearly hyaline pedicel attached obliquely to one side of
the lower end, often orbicular with the septum vertical and the

175

pedicel attached either to the septum or near it, and the epispore
of both cells distinctly thickened at the apex.

On Paspalum virgatum, New Orleans,.La., November, 1894.

UstiLaco Crus-Gatii n. sp. Involving the panicles and upper
nodes, making the panicles abortive and forming pustules some-
times I cm. in diameter at the nodes; spore masses powdery,
black, at first covered by a gray membrane; spores oval or sub-
globose, fuscous, sharply echinulate, 9-10 by 11-13 p.

On Panicum Crus-galli, Salt Lake City, Utah, August, 1887.

This seems to approach U. AMaydes, but the spores, though
equally echinulate, are uniformly larger and more elongated.

UstILaGo. TONGLINENSIS n. sp. Spore masses infesting the
Ovaries and causing the glumes to open widely at maturity, black ;
spores globose, dark brown, sharply and thickly echinulate, 9-11 y.

On Jschaemum ciliare, Tonglin, Singapore. H. N. Ridley.

UsTILAGO ORNATA n. sp. Infesting the ovaries. Spore masses
black, pulverulent, 20-30 mm. in diameter; spores subglobose,
very thickly beset with strong and prominent echinulations which
give the spore a burr-like appearance, 12-12 by 15 yp. Panicles
bearing affected ovaries always remain partially enclosed within
the sheath of the upper leaf.

On Leptochloa mucronata, Starkville, Miss., November, 1894.

UstTILaGo PERTUSA n. sp. Infesting the ovaries ; spore masses
hard and compact, black, finally pulvinate; spores small, globose, |
€pispore covered with prominent irregular verrucose projections,
5-7 fe

On Setaria macrochaeta, Queensland. F. M. Bailey, 1890.

Ustiraco pustutata n. sp. Infesting the ovaries, or forming
rounded bullate swellings which often surround the entire stem
and branches of the panicle, or form irregular distortions on the
leaves and sheaths; spore masses dark brown, long covered by a
stramineous membrane which is a distortion of the tissues of the
host, 25—75 mm. in diameter; spores dark brown or fuscous, sub-
globose or oval, cell-wall very thin, slightly echinulate, 7.5 to 9 y.,
or 7 by 9 ps. 2

On Panicum proliferum, Starkville, Miss., October, 1894.

Dimerosporium MacnoriaE n. sp. Epiphyllous, on small in-
_ definite areas ; mycelium of dark brown irregular branching and
Septate hyphae; conidia clavate, dark colored, 4-5-septate, 7-8
by 45-55 #; perithecia depressed-hemispherical, black, usually in
clusters of 5 to 10, astomous, 50-100; asci numerous, broadly
- oval or obovate, 8:spored, 35-40 by 45-50, paraphysate; para-
physes thread-like, colored towards the tips; sporidia biseriate, at

176

first hyaline, dark fuliginous when mature, obovate, I-septate,
constricted, 9-10 by 20-23 p.

On living leaves of Magnolia Virginiana, Ocean Springs, Miss.,
May, 1894.

AstTeripiIuM ILricit n. sp. Hypophyllous; mycelium none;
perithecia black, scattered, orbicular, aplanate, membranaceous,
cellular, not radiant, fragile, wrinkled, 200-400 #4; asci numerous,
suborbicular, 8-spored, 30~40 ; sporidia subpyriform, often curved,
granular, colorless, at first uniseptate, becoming 3-septate at ma-

so. turnty.

On living leaves of [/icium Floridanum, Ocean Springs and
Biloxi, Miss., March, 1889.

LagsrapiA ILiiciicoLa n. sp. Amphigenous, occupying large
irregular brownish subarid definitely limited areas, usuaily in-
volving the apical half of the leaf; perithecia very numerous, scat-
tered, erumpent, more abundant on the upper surface, black,
membranaceous, suborbicular or lenticular, obscurely ostiolate,
finally collapsing; asci without paraphyses, clavate, stipitate,
thickened at the apex, 40-50 by 10-12 »; sporidia ovoid or fusi-
form, continuous, hyaline, granular, about 15 by 5 yp.

On living leaves of ///icitum Floridanum, Ocean Springs, Miss.,
March, 1892.

_ SPHAERELLA ANDROMEDAE n. sp. Hypophyllous; spots none ;
perithecia abundant, scattered, often covering the entire lower
surface of the leaf, black, erumpent, ostiolate, at length collapsing ;
asci obovate, somewhat thickened at the apex; sporidia oval,
hyaline, uniseptate, cells about equal; 7-8 by 2.5-3 4.

On living leaves of Pieris nitida, Ocean Springs, Miss., March,
1888.

LEMBOSIA ANGUSTIFORMIS n. sp. Epiphyllous, on raised brown
irregularly stellate blisters; mycelium scant; perithecia black, long
and narrow, often flexuous, seldom branched, 60-80 by 175-300 /4;
subiculum reduced to a few short flexuous slightly fuscous
branching threads; asci broadly oval, about 15 by 18 4; sporidia
obovate, somewhat unequally uniseptate, constricted, at first hya-
line, becoming light fuliginous, 8-10 by 4-5 p.
On flex coriacea, Ocean Springs, Miss., May, 1894; Biloxi,
Miss., July, 1894.

This differs widely from the following in gross appearance on

the leaf, in the narrower perithecia, less conspicuous subiculum
and smaller asci and sporidia.

LEMBOSIA PRINOIDES n. sp. Epiphyllous, on orbicular pallid

177

spots; mycelium scant, brown; perithecia scattered, black, sub-
carbonaceous, fimbriate-margined, elliptical, subacute, often fork-
ing, 200-350 by 120-150; subiculum of dark brown irregular
nodular usually continuous and branching brittle threads; asci
ovate, 8-spored, 30-35 by 15-18; sporidia elliptical, unequally |
uniseptate, somewhat constricted, subhyaline, becoming fuligi-
nous, 10-15 by 4-5 p.

On Mex coriacea, Biloxi, Miss., July, 1893.

Lemposia Iniiciicora n. sp. Epiphyllous, on large light
brown orbicular or irregular areas; perithecia numerous, super-
ficial, carbonaceous, usually linear and strict, occasionally trian-
gularly stellate, 100 by 300-400; subiculum of light brown
flexuous transparent continuous variously branching and anas-
tomosing threads; asci very numerous, oval or ovate, 8-spored,
25-30 by 12y; sporidia oval, uniseptate, slightly constricted,
ends obtusely rounded, hyaline, at length slightly colored, 8-10 by
by 3-4 p.

On LMicium Floridanum with Asteridium (llicit, Ocean Springs,
Miss., March, 1889.

VERMICULARIA STACHYDIS n. sp. Perithecia scattered, sub-
superficial; setae somewhat floccose and nodular, septate, oliva-
ceous, paler towards the tips, which are obtuse and slightly en-
larged ; conidia falcate, attenuate at each end but without evident
basidia, guttate, at length faintly 4-5-septate, 35-40 by 3-4 p.

On dead stems of Stachys affinis, Starkville, Miss., October,

1893.
This differs from other described species in the larger, at length
several-septate conidia, and the weak rather light colored setae

with swollen tips.

DIPLODIA MINUTA nN. sp. Scattered over indeterminate whitened
areas; perithecia erumpent, small, 90-120 yp, membranaceous,
smooth, ostiolate; sporules minute, oval, uniseptate, not constricted,
light yellow, 6-8 by 3-4 p. oe

On living stems of Zecoma radicans, with Pestaloszia breviaris-
fata, Starkville, Miss., March, 1895. :

DieLtopia SaAssAFRAS n. sp. Perithecia very numerous over
large areas, black, hemispherical, erumpent, finally opening by an
irregular fissure; sporules numerous, ovat=, fuscous or nearly
black, with a very distinct hyaline septum near the smaller end,
13-14 by 5-6 p. :

On living twigs and branches of Sassafras, Starkville, Miss.,

April, 1894.

178

HENDERSONIA TAPHRINICOLA n. sp. Epiphyllous, on white
bordered spots. Perithecia scattered, black, erumpent, at length
collapsing; conidia truncate, cylindrical, fuliginous, 2-septate,
constricted at the septa, 12-14 by 4-5 p.

On old whitened blisters of Zaphrina on Quercus Virginiana,
Ocean Springs, Miss., February, 1887.

PesraLozziaA CLIFTONIAE n. sp. Epiphyllous, on orbicular
arid brown-bordered spots. Acervuli scattered, bursting through
the dried epidermis; conidia obovate, sometimes curved, 4-septate,
septa often oblique, three medial cells fuliginous, the upper two
dark and opaque, the lower one paler, basal cell colorless, small,
short, acute, abruptly contracted to the short stipe; apical cell
reduced to a short colorless apiculus bearing the three widely
divirgent setae, 16-18 by 8 yw; setae 12-14 p.

On living leaves of Cliftonia ligustrina, Ocean Springs, Miss.,
November, 1893.

PESTALOZZIA BREVIARISTATA n. sp. Acervuli scattered over in-
definite whitened areas, black, at length collapsing ; conidia curved,
elliptical, 5—septate, apical and basal cells colorless, medial cells
fuscous, septa often diagonal, 25-27 by 7-8 »; stipe hyaline, half
the length of the conidium, somewhat swollen at the base, often
deciduous; arista single, strongly oblique, thickened, scarcely
one-fourth the length of the conidium.

On living stems of Tecoma radicans with Diplodia munuta,
Starkville, Miss., March, 1895.

SCOLECOTRICHUM PUNCTULATUM n. sp. Amphigenous; spots
indefinite ; hyphae in small caespitose clusters, irregularly flexu-
ous and nodular, olivaceous, 2~3-septate, 60-70 by 5-6 p; conidia
oval or oblong, ends obtusely rounded, fuscous, epispore distinctl
granulose or punctulate, typically uniseptate but often continuous,
and occasionally 3-septate, 15-20 by 6-8 p.

On /ris pabularia, Starkville, Miss., January, 1894.

CERCOSPORA FLEXUOSA n. sp.. Forming large indefinite effused
patches on the under side of the leaf. Hyphae ferruginous, ir-
regularly flexuous throughout, sometimes branched, many-septate,
denticulate, 75-150 by 4-5 »; conidia obclavate, fuscous, 2-6,
3-4-septate, not constricted, 20-30 by 4-5 p.

On leaves of Diospyros Virginiana, Biloxi, Miss., July, 1892, and
Ocean Springs, Miss., October, 1880.

This differs from C. Dzospyri(Thum.) Cke. in its septate hyphae

and much longer spores, and from other Cercosporas reported on
the same host in the absence of definite spots.

179

CERCOSPORA GRAMINICOLA n. sp. Spots none; amphigenous
and most abundant on the midvein; hyphae caespitose, straight
or somewhat flexuous, fuscous, 2—3-septate, 75-100 by 4-5 ;
conidia clavate, continuous when young but finally becoming 1—3-
septate, fuscous, 35-40 by 7.5-10 yp...

On languishing leaves of Phleum pratense, Starkville, Miss.,
November, 1894.

Crercospora Hiniscr n. sp. Hypophyllous, on large indeter-
minate areas; hyphae fuliginous, clustered, somewhat itregular,
once or twice septate near the base, 25-40 4; conidia obclavate,
somewhat curved, hyaline, guttulate, at length faintly 3~-5-septate,
40-60 by 3-4 pu.

On living leaves of Azbiscus esculentus, New Orleans, La., No-

vember, 1894.

CERCOSPORA MARITIMA n. sp. Amphigenous; not forming defi-
nite spots, but densely effused over considerable dark-colored
areas ; hyphae fasciculate, mostly straight, olive brown, 5~6—sep-
tate, often swollen at the septa, 40-100 by 4-6 ys: conidia paler,
elongated, straight or slightly curved, mostly uniseptate, the upper
cell shorter and broader than the lower, 50-60 by 5-7 yz.

On Croton maritimum, Horn Island, Miss., March, 1892.

CrRcospora MISSISSIPPIENSIS n. sp. Amphigenous, but more
abundant on the under side of the leaf. Spots small, brownish,
irregular, usually bounded by the veins, surrounded by an irregu-
lar raised and darker border having a pallid outer margin; hyphae
divergent, irregularly floccose, nodular, usually uniseptate above
the somewhat bulbous base, 60-70 by 5 4; conidia fuscous, nar-
rowly clavate, tapering from the rather obtuse apex to the attenu-
ated filiform nearly hyaline base, 4-8 or more septate, 75-150 by
4-5 p
On Smilax glauca, and S. rotundifolia, Starkville, Miss., No-
vember, 1893.

TETRAPLOA DIVERGENS n. sp. In black irregularly linear masses;
conidia broadly oval, dark-fuliginous, 12-14 by 8-9, quarter-
_ nately divided, each division usually 2-septate, and terminated by
an obtuse semi-transparent continuous divergent horn-like pro-
jection, 4-5 win length.

On living or languishing leaves of Panicum agrostidiforme,

Starkville, Miss., October, 1894.

180

The Systematic: Botany of North America.

The Board of Editors of the “Systematic Botany of North
America” announce the following arrangements for the mono-
graphing of groups thus far decided on. Other assignments will
be reported as made. It is requested that collectors communicate
material for study to the monographers, even of the commoner
and well-known species, so that the geographical distribution may
be presented as accurately as possible.

Myxomycetes: Mr. O, F. Cook, Huntington, N. Y, (at present abroad).

Scuizomycetes: Prof. H. L. Russell, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.

CHLOROPHYCEAE: In charge of Prof. Geo. L. Atkinson, Cornell University.

PHycoMyYCETES: Prof. Byron D. Halsted, Rutgers College, New Brunswick, N. J.

SACCHAROMYCETES: Dr. J. Christian Bay, State Bcard of Health, Des Moines, Iowa.

TAPHRINEAE: Prof. Atkinson.

HELVELLINEAE: Prof. Lucien M. Underwood, Greencastle, Ind.

PEZIZINEAE, PHACIDINEAE: Mr. Ellis J. Durand, Cornell University.

FUNGI IMPERFECTI: Prof. Byron D. Halsted, Rutgers College, and Mr. J. B. Ellis,
Newfield, N. J, °

USsTILAGINEAE: Prof, Halsted.

UREDINEAE: Prof. J. C. Arthur, La Fayette, Ind.

POLYPORINEAE: Prof. Underwood.

BOLETINEAE, AGARICINEAE: Prof. Chas. H. Peck, State Museum, Albany, N. Y.

GASTEROMYCETES: Mr. A. P. Morgan, Preston, Ohio.

HEPATICAE: Prof, Underwood.

Musci—Acrocarpi-: Mrs. N. L. Britton, Columbia College, New York City; //euro-

_ carpi Prof. C. R. Barnes, University of Wisconsin; Sphagnaceae: Mr. John

K. Small, Columbia College, New York City.

PTERIDOPHYTA: Prof. Underwood.

TYPHACEAE, SPARGANIACEAE, NAIDACEAE, JUNCAGINACEAE: Manuscript of the late
Dr. Thos. Morong.

ALISMACEAE: Mr, Jared G, Smith, U. S, Department of Agriculture.

HyYDROCHARITACEAE: Manuscript of Dr. Morong,

GRAMINEAE: In charge of Prof. F, Lamson-Scribner, U.S. Department of Agriculture.

CYPERACEAE: Prof. L. H. Bailey, Cornell University, and Prof. N. L. Britton, Col-
umbia College.

ARACEAE: Manuscript of Dr, Morong.

LEMNACEAE: Mr. E. P. Sheldon, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn.
ERIOCAULACEAE: Manuscript of Dr. Morong,

COMMELINACEAE: Mr. J. N. Rose, U.S, Department of Agriculture.
JuNncAcEAE: Mr. F. V. Coville, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

LILIACEAE: Mr J. N, Rose.

SMILACEAE: Manuscript of Dr. Morong.

181

DioscorEACEAE: Prof. A. S, Hitchcock, Kansas Agricultural College, Man-
hattan, Kansas,

SAURURACEAE, PIPERACEAE, CASUARINACEAE: Mr. T. H. Kearney, Jr., U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture.

JUGLANDACEAE: Prof. N. L. Britton.

MYRICACEAE: Prof. Britton.

LEITNERIACEAE: Prof. Wm. Trelease, Missouri Botanical Garden.

SALICACEAE: Mr. M. S. Bebb, Rockford, Ill. (Saéix).

BETULACEAE, FAGACEAE, ULMACEAE, MorACEAE; Mr. Geo. B. Sudworth, U. S.
Department of Agriculture.

URTICACEAE, LORANTHACEAE, SANTALACEAE, OLACACEAE, ARISTOLOCHIACEAE:
Mr, T. H. Kearney, Jr.

POLYGONACEAE: Mr. John K. Small, Columbia College.

CHENOPODIACEAE: Mr. Willis L. Jepson, University of California, Berkeley, Cal.

AMARANTHACEAE: Messrs. E. B. Uline and W. L. Bray, Lake Forest University»
Lake Forest, Ill. ‘

PHYTOLACCACEAE: Prof. A. S. Hitchcock, Kansas Agricultural College.

PORTULACACEAE: Mr. Jepson.

NyYMPHEACEAE: Prof. Chas. A. Davis, Alma College, Alma, Mich.

RANUNCULACEAE: Prof. N. L. Britton.

MENISPERMACEAE: Prof. A. S. Hitchcock.

CALYCANTHACEAE: Mr, T, H, Kearney, Jr.

GERANIACEAE, OXALIDACEAE, LINACEAE: Prof. Wm. Trelease.

MALPIGHIACEAE, ZYGOPHYLLACEAE, RUTACEAE: Miss Anna M. Vail, Columbia
College, New York City.

SIMARUBACEAE, BURSERACEAE, MELIACEAE: Mr. Geo, B. Sudworth.

POLYGALACEAE: Dr. Wm. E, Wheelock, Columbia College:

CALLITRICHACEAE: Studies of Dr. Morong.

MALVACEAE: Mr. J. Burtt Davy, University of California.

GUTTIFERAE, HypERICACEAE: President John M. Coulter, Lake Forest University.

CISTACEAE: Prof. Britton.

EMPETRACEAE: Prof. Hitchcock.

LIMNANTHACEAE, AQUIFOLIACEAE, CELASTRACEAE, HIPPOCRATACEAE, STAPHYLEA-
CEAE, ACERACEAE, HIPPOCASTANACEAE, SAPINDACEAE, BALSAMINACEAE!
Prof. Trelease.

RHAMNACEAE: Mr. Willis L. Jepson.

ViTaAcEAE: Prof. L. H. Bailey.

LoasacreaE: Dr Wm. E. Wheelock.

CACTACEAE: President Coulter.

THYMELEACEAE, ELEAGNACEAE: Prof. Hitchcock,

HALORACEAE: Studies of Dr. Morong.

ARALIACEAE: Prof, Hitchcock.

UMBELLIFERAE; Pres. Coulter and Mr. Kose.

CORNACEAE: Pres. Coulter.

CLETHRACEAE, PYROLACEAE, MONOTROPACEAE, LENNOACEAE, ERICACEAE, DIAPEN-
SIACEAE: Mr. F. V. Coville, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

182

MYRSINACEAE, PRIMULACEAE, PLUMBAGINACEAE,. SAPOTACEAE, EBENACEAE, SYM-
PLOCACEAE, STYRACACEAE, OLEACEAE, LOGANIACEAE: Mr. John K. Small,
Columbia College.

GENTIANACEAE: Mr. Chas, L. Pollard, U. S. Department of Agriculture.

BORAGINACEAE: Prof, Edward L. Greene, University of California,

VERBENACEAE: Prof, A. S. Hitchcock. .

SOLANACEAE, SCROPULARIACEAE: President Coulter.

CICHORIACEAE, COMPOSITAE: Prof. Greene (Aster and Solidago by Prof. Thos. C.
Porter, Lafayette College, Easton, Penn.).

Botanical Notes.

A Redfield Memorial Herbarium Fund. It has been decided
that no better monument to the memory of John H. Redfield
could be erected than to arrange for completing and caring for the
work he loved, and to which he gave freely so many years of his
life—namely, the Herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences.
- Mainly through his disinterested labors, it stands to-day scarcely
second to any in the United States, containing, besides many un-
named, over thirty-five thousand named species of flowering plants
and ferns, the half of which have been verified and fastened down.

No one can probably be found to give the years of time he so
freely gave. In order to carry on the work, and add to the col-
lection, as exploring expeditions afford the opportunity, it has
been proposed to establish a fund for its maintainance.

Mr. Redfield’s will provides that his herbarium, minerals,
shells and scientific works shall be sold to help the Herbarium—
thus furnishing a nucleus for the proposed fund. It is in mind to
raise $20,000, but the interest of any sum that may be contributed
can at once be made available. Statements will be furnished from
time to time to contributors, keeping them informed of the pro-
gress of the contributions. Checks may be made payable to the
order of Thomas Meehan, Director, or Stewardson Brown, Treas-
urer, and mailed to either at the Academy of Natural Sciences,
Nineteenth and Race streets, Philadelphia.

Announcement of the next Meeting of the American Microscopical
Society. The next meeting of the American Microscopical Society
will be held at Cornell University, in Ithaca, N. Y., August 21, 22
and 23, 1895, that is the week previous to the meeting of the

183

American Association for the Advancement of Science, which is
to be held in Springfield, Mass.

The unsurpased beauty of the location of the University, and
the richness of both its terrestrial and aquatic fauna and flora,
make this an ideal place for holding the meeting. It is equally
attractive to the student of natural history and to those who love
beautiful scenery.

The University buildings, which will be at the disposal of the
' Society, are especially adapted for the formal presentation of
papers, blackboard illustrations, hanging of diagrams, etc., as well
as for any demonstration that authors may desire. to make. The
armory is very conveniently located, both for the University and
for the city, and a soiree there can hardly fail to be a great success.

Besides the attraction of papers and demonstrations by mem-
bers, nearly all the opticians have expressed not only a willingness
but a desire to be present and make an exhibit of their micro-
scopes and microscopical apparatus, thereby affording the mem-
bers an opportunity to see all the new and standard apparatus.

A special feature of the coming meeting will be the setting
apart of one or more sessions for the reading of papers on methods
and the demonstration of special or new methods. The chairman
of the local committee, Professor W. W. Rowlee, or the President,
will be glad to receive requests from those who desire to have
some specially difficult method or structure elucidated, and an
effort will be made to get some member particularly expert in such
subject to demonstrate it before the Society.

Proceedings of the Club.

Turspay Eventnc, Marcu 12th, 1895.
Vice-President Lighthipe in the Chair and 24 persons present.
The following were elected active members: Mr. Claude Crit-
tenden, Mrs. Wm. Starr Dana, Mr. Eugene H. Van Nest, Mr.
James P. Gardner, Mr. S. Cook.

The Committee appointed to draw up resolutions on the death
of Dr. J. Bernard Brinton presented a report which was accepted,
and a copy of it placed on file.

184

The Instruction Committee reported progress, and submitted
the prospectus of the summer class for 1895. The report was
accepted.

The Chair appointed the following Field Committee for 1895:
Chairman, Mr. Small; Mrs. Britton; Mr. Tyler; Mr. Van Sickle;
Dr. Rusby.

The announced papers of the evening were then presented
as follows:

George V. Nash, “Remarks on some new and little-known
Plants of Central Florida.” Illustrated by specimens. (Published
in this issue of the BULLETIN.)

Elizabeth G, Britton, “Some Notes on the Genus J/nium.”
(To be published in a subsequent issue of the BULLETIN.)

A. Cogniaux, “ Descriptions of new Melastomaceae from Bo-
livia,’ communicated by Dr. Rusby. (lo be published in a sub-
sequent issue of the BULLETIN.)

WEDNESDAY EVENING, MARCH 27TH, 1895.

Dr. Britton in the Chair and 34 persons present.

Mr. Eugene Smith, Miss Bliss, Miss Augusta Bliss and Miss
Edith Parish were elected active members.

Dr. Britton announced the death of Mr. John H. Redfield,

and remarked upon his life and labors. The Secretary also spoke

upon the subject. Mr. Small moved that the Chair appoint a
committee of three to draft suitable resolutions. Upon the adop-
tion of the motion, a committee was appointed, consisting of Mr.
Small and Professors Porter and Rusby.

Dr. Albert Schneider read his announced paper on “ The Bio-
logical Status of the Lichens,” maintaining that they are entitled
to recognition as an independent group, and not to be classed as
a division of either Algae or Fungi. It will be published in a
subsequent issue of the BuLLETIN.

185

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.*

Alwood, W. B. Ripe Rot or Bitter Rot of Apples.. Bull. Va. Agric.
& Mech. Coll. (II.) 3: 59-82. p/. 2. My. 1894.
Description of Gloeosporium fructigenum Berk, with a bibliography.
Bailey, L. H. Experimental Evolution amongst Plants. Am. Nat.
29: 318-325. Ap. 1895.
' Argument that species have repeatedly been evolved by cultivation.
Bastin, E. S. Structure of Veratrum viride. Am. Journ. Pharm.
67: 196-203. f. r-6.:. Ap. 1895.
Brandegee, T. S. Mimulus Clevelandit. Gard, & For. 8: 134. f.
20. 3 Ap. 1895.
A new species from Southern California. :
Britton, N. L. Publication by Signatures. Erythea, 3: 50-52. 1
Mr. 1895.
With notes on the subject by E. L. Greene.
Clinton, G..P. Relationship of Caeoma nitens and Puccinia Peckiana.
Bot. Gaz. 20: 116, 117. 16 Mr. 1895.

Cogniaux, A. Orchidaceae.—II. Flora Bras. 117: 158-318. £d.
35-75-15 Ja. 1895.

Durand, E. J. Sporangial Trichomes in certain Ferns. Bull, Torr.
Bot. Club, 21: 408. 1894.

Durand, E. J. The Development of O/idium, one of the Chytridia-
ceae. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 21: 410. 1894,
Describes briefly the development of O/pidium entophytum, A. Braun, in the
cells of Spirogyra.
Gibson, W.H. Welcomes of the Flowers. Harper’s Mag. 1894: 551

—556. figs. Mr. 1894.

Discusses relation of insects to flowers, wild and cultivated.

Golden, K. E. Movements of Gases in Rhizomes. Proc. Am. Assoc.
Ady. Sci. 43: [reprint, pp. 10]. 1894.

Graves, J. A., Chairman. The Pteridophyta of North America,
north of Mexico. Linnaean Fern Bull. 9: pp. 23. Binghampton,
1895.

A numbered list of species and varieties.

* It is requested that omissions from this list be communicated to the editors.

186

Greene, E. L. Ceanothus leucodermis, n. sp. Kew Bulletin, 97: 15.
Ja. 1895...

Description of a new species from California, found in Kew Herbarium; with
discussion of C. d aricatus.
Greene, E. L. Corrections in Nomenclature-—VI. Erythea, 3: 36.
1 F. 1895.

Greene, E. L. Novitates occidentales.—XI. Erythea, 3: 44~-49.

1 Mr. 1895.

New species of Ranunculus, Roripa, Tissa, Trifolium, Raillardclla, Crepis,
Allocarya, Collinsia and Habenaria.

Greene, E. L. Novitates occidentales.—X. Erythea, 3: 17-24.

1 F. 1895.

New species in Vicia, Lupinus, Trifolium, Thermopsis, Ranunculus, Erigeron,
Pyrrocoma, Senecio, Agoseris, Phacelia and Linanthus.

Greene, E. L. Observations on the Compositae.—VIII. Erythea, 3:

6-15. 2 Jl. 1895.

Discusses Aplopappus and Chrysoma with several transfers of species. Establishes
the genera Stephanodoria, Petradoria and Osbertia for previously described species.
Greene, E. L. Some Species of Dodecatheon. Erythea, 3: 37-4°-

1 Mr. 1895.

Describes D. radicatum, D. alpinum, D. tetrandrum Suksdorf and D, conjugens.
Hansen, G. Flora of the Seguoia Region collected in the Counties of

Amador, Calaveras and Alpine, State of California. Pamph. pp. 14-

1 Ja. 1895.

A list of several hundred species.

Hasse, H. E. Lichens of the Vicinity of Los Angeles.—I. Erythea,

3: 41-44. 1 Mr. 1895.

Havard, V. Food Plants of the North American Indians. Bull.

Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 98-123. 27 Mr. 1895.

Hooker, J. D. Schinus dependens. Curt. Bot. Mag. 51: pé. 7400.

Mr. 1895.

Native of South America.

_ Hooker, J. D. Weltenia candida. Curt. Bot. Mag. 51: pl. 7405.
Mr. 1895.

Native of Mexico and Guatemala.

Kelsey, F. D. Some Field Notes. Bot. Gaz. 20: 117-118. 16 Mr.
1895.

Kenyon, F. C. In the Region of the new Fossil, Daemonelix.
Am. Nat. 29: 213-227. pl. rz. figs. Mr. 1895.

From the mode of growth the analogies of the organism are thought to be “ among
some of the lower plants and grasses,”

187

Knoblauch, E. Die Nomenclature der Gattungen und Arten. Bot.
Centralb. 61: 1-6. Ja. 1895.

Lagerheim, G. de. See Patouillard, W.

Lemmon, J. G. A new Calochortus. Erythea, 3: 49-50. 1 Mr.
1895.

C. codlinus from Central California.

Linsbauer, L. Beitrage zur Vergleichenden Anatomie der Capri-
foliaceen. Verh. Zool. Bot. Gesel. Wien, 45: 43-68. A/. 6. 1895.

Meehan, T. /r’s cuprea. Meehan’s Month. 5: 61-62. p/. g. Ap.
1895.

Miller, A. W., Beringer, G. M., and Crawford, J., Committee.
Biographical Sketch of Dr. J. Bernard Brinton. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 22: 93-97. Portrait. 27 Mr. 1895.

Muller, J. Graphideae Eckfeldtianae in Louisiana et Florida lectae,
additis observationibus in Graphideas Calkinsianas ejusdem regionis.
Bull. Herb. Boiss. 3: 41-50. F. 1895.

Pammel, L.H. Botany of the Russian Thistle. Bull. Iowa Agric.
Coll. Exper. Sta. 26: 8-25. Af. 8 1894.

Pammel, L.H. Further Notes on Cladosporium carpophilum. Proc.
Towa Acad. Sci. 1: 92, 93. 1894.

Pammel, L. H. Powdery Mildew of the Apple. Proc. Iowa Acad.
Sci. 1: 92. 1894.

Patouillard, W. et Lagerheim, G. de. Champignons de I’Equa-
teur. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 3: 53-74. p/. 2. F. 1895.

Descriptions of fifty new species.

Robertson, C. Flowers and Insects.—XIII. Bot. Gaz. 20: 104-110.
16 Mr. 1895.

Robertson, C. The Philosophy of Flower Seasons and the Phaeno-
logical Relations of the Entomophilons Flora and the Anthophilous
Insect Fauna. Am. Nat. 29: 97-117. p/. 8. F. 1895.

Robinson, B. L. On the ‘List of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta
of Northeastern America,’’ prepared by the Nomenclature Committee
of the Botanical Club. Bot. Gaz. 20: 97—103. 16 Mr. 1895.

Sargent, C. S., Editor. The Cherokee Rose. Gard, & For. 8: 114.
J. 18. 20 Mr. 1895.

Sargent, C. S., Editor. The Winter Aspect of Trees. Gard. &

& For. 8: 121. f. 79. Mr. 1895.
With illustration of the Beech-tree.

188

Schumann, K. Phyllocactus Thomasianus. Monats. Kakteenk. 5:

6. pl. 20 Ja. 1895.

Stephani, F. Hepaticarum species novae.—VII. Hedwigia, 34: 43-

Qo." 15. F. 2895.

New species of Heréerta, Hy grobiella, Hymenophytum and Famesoniella includ-
ing Herberta dura from Straits of Magellan, 1. pumila from Argentina, and Fames
_ ontella Leiboldiana from Mexico.

Stevens, W.C. Apparatus for Physiological Botany. Bot. Gaz. 20:

89-96. pi. 9-12. 16 Mr. 1895.

Terry, W. A. Diatoms of the Connecticut Shore.—VII. Am. Mo.
Mic. Journ. 16: 41-47. 1895.

Underwood, L. M. The Classification of the hes ree aes Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 124-129. 27 Mr. 1895.

Underwood, L. M. The Relation of the Red Cedar to our Orchards.
Trans. Indiana Hort. Soc. 1894: 81-84. 1895.
Popular account of Gymsnosporangium macropus and G. globosunt.

Walker, Ernest. How Plants use Spines and Prickles. ‘Trans.
Indiana Hort. Soc. 1894: 86-92. 1895.

Wildeman, E. de. TZvrentepohita Pittieri. La Notarisia, 9: 6-7-
1894.
A new species from the leaves of various plants in the forests of Costa Rica.

Wiley, H.W. Sweet Cassava ;: its Culture, Properties and Uses. Bull.
Div. Chemistry, U. S. Dept. Agric. 44: pp. 16. f I. pl, 2. 1894.
Discussion of Fatropha Manihot.

Wilson, J. The Russian Thistle—(Salsola Kah Tragus). Bull. lowa
Agric. Ex. Sta. 26: 3-7. 1894. :

Wooten, E. D. New Mexico Weeds. Bull. N. Mex. Agric. Exp. Sta.
rte 90. 7. a5. Oe. 1864.

Wright, J. S. A Guide to the Organic Drugs of the United States
Pharmacopoeia. r2mo., pp. 118. Eli Lilly & Co. 1895.

Gives brief accounts of drugs and the species yielding them, and a conspectus of
the natural orders of plants,

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

No. 4.
No. 5.
No. 6.

«

[The numbers omitted from this list are out of print. ]
A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By

N. L. Britton and H. H. Rusby (1887),: .° 3 2-42 es 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L, Britton
CIOBS SS ee ee ee ek ee oe ee 25 cents,

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)

The Genus Hcoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . 25 cents.

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N,. L.
Britton.

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains

and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . . . 25 cents.
Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa,
Adans.: By N.-L. Britton (1880), 66 Gee . . . 25 Cents,
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
C1SSQ) eo ee ee Ear a ee eee 25 cents.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
Ock. (1890) 5 sige ey aa er gees 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N, L. Britton

25 cents.

Sai A et ES ae ee ae Oe a ig a i Se ee, ce eS Re a es Be

CNSRTD Sis pa fs ee ee ee a . . ,25 cents.
Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong
CiBOK) SON Eo re ee ee eee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
Gigi ee ee gin, 2h gic hia gus “s+. 25 cents,
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
Base (1B0P Se ae a ae 25 cents.

America. By N. L. Britton (1892),. . ..- +. > - + + . 25 cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
Ev BON (ISOS ys 2 os eo eis es jae 4s ee See
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. L. Britton
(1898), eee eee ir de eee ear er 25 cents.
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L.
Beth CSS) a ee ee a 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small
C808) y a ee ee ee ew. 25 cents,
A New Species of Listera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong
CSO 305 eee PE a nis G . 25 cents.

Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), .. 0. - +e ee $1.50
Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John - eo
(1893 Re ier ee ee ae ig gr aie aa Be ea A Oe ing MM Oe ht Rm ee oe ates * .
New or Ficmcunatiry North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. L. Britton
CE) eo ee ie ee ee ._. 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, I1I.—Notes on the North cao
oe. .

tem. By John Kc Small (1892), so es eee 25 cents,
Notes soe Se Species of Iridaceze and other Orders. By —
Mie CIR Ss a ee es 25 cents,
T. H. Kearney, Jr.

Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By
CRUE ie i a ee ee 4 + . 25 cents.

No. 44. Contributions to American Bryology, 1V. Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum—II. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . 25 cents.
No. 45. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, I. By John K.

SUE SROs paw 5t Soe oe ac Ae ee ca . , . 25 cents.
No. 46. Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other
Speties.. By Ac A. -Heller. (1894) °- 9.14) 5 is Se - ,- 4 25 cents:
No. 47. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit-
ROME Ig ce ar erie a ee ei teie Oho ie SS eie 25 cents.

No. 48. Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American
Species of Weissta (Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents.
No. 49. A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of

Cortuie. > By: We, Matthew (1503)i jj: 05 ee ee 25 cents.
No. 50. A Study of the Genus Psoralea in America. By Anna Murray Vail
; PAA oe ers Cb tet wn ere a ae a pe ae he 25 cents.
No. 51. Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution.
BG er rE CE DOR ic 2s ye gs Nig te Se tei eos 25 cents.
No. 52. Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum.
By BP BGaey tas STEAM LE SOAN ioe gees te pe 25 cents.

No. 53. Newand interesting Species of Polygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents.
No. 54. Contributions to American Bryology, VII. A revision of the Genus Phys-

comitrium. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), ........- 25 cents.
No. 55. The Genus Cassia in N. America, By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents.
No. 56. A Revision of the Genus Lechea. By N. L. Britton (1894), . . 25 cents.
No. 57. New or little known Plants of the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.

EODN ope ae a te 6 es ee ae gs 25 cents.
No. 58. A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By
NI oe ATKIN TOUNG es ge ke ta eek ee 25 cents.
No. 59. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K.
TEs UN AC? Gea CEN got Demy ea Sara ee IgG RNa ence 8 Rear Negeri Ms 25 cents.

No. 60, Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus
Sruchia, with Descriptions of Types and one new Species. By Elizabeth

SSO BtOR CLEOA YS Sa os eee oe Np ee 25 cents.
No. 61. The Smilacez of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894)
25 cents.

25 cents.
25 cents.

Soe ete Seas ha ee NN

ee ae, Oe ee

ee ee i ea ee ae ae gy ge Te 25 cents.

_ No. 65. Some new Florida Plants. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . . . 25 cents.
No. 66. Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby(1894), 25 cents.
No. 67. Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), . . 25 cents.
No. 68. A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus Cracca. By
PaWaDn: POURINE WOAL LIDGE So ie oe ge ae ne 25 cents.

A ee a 25 cents.
No. 70, Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, III. By John K.
OU CR cn og te Sey . . 25 cents.

No. 71. An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U. S.

Peat Sek eee, Soe Se, ee See

No. 72. Contributions to American Bryology, X. 1. The Systematic Position of

Ehesber-G, Briton (48), | . 25 cents.
No. 73. oe 16 hybrid Oaks ee the Southern States. By John K. Small
CS ae Re eee ee ie a go aa 25 cents.

The series as above listed will be supplied for $10.

Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton,

may be had for $2. Address
PROF. N. L, BRITTON,

Columbia College,
NEW YORK CITY.

Second=Hand Books for Sale.

The following botanical works, owned mainly by the late Mr. Justus F; Poggen-

burg, are offered for sale by the Secretary of the Torrey Botanical Club at prices
considerably below those ordinarily charged. Purchasers are requested to order by
number, remitting the amount in advance to H. H. RUSBY,

TI5.

116.
120.

222 West 132d Street, New York City.

. Barton and Castle, British Flora Medica. Good, $2.00.

- Beck, Botany of Northern and Middle States. 50 cts.

. Bertram, Flora von Braunschweig. Good. 50 cts.

. Botany.—Library of Useful Knowledge. Good. 25 cts.

. Buchenau, Flora von Bremen and Oldenburg. 50 cts.

- Buckley, A Short History of Natural Science. 50 cts.

. Cassel, Outlines of Botany. Good. 25 cts.

. Cooley, Easy Experiments in Physical Science. 50 cts.

. Darby, Botany of the Southern States. Fair. 75 cts.

. Darwin, Fertilization of Orchids by insects. $1.00.

. De Candolle and Sprengel, Elements of the Philosophy of Plants. 50 cts.
. Dewey, Rep. on Herbaceous Flowering Piants of Massachusetts. 50 cts.
. Eaton, Manual of Botany. Vol. 2 only. 50 cts.

. Eaton, Botany of N. A. Poor. $1.00.

- Emory, Mex. Bound. Surv, Vol. 1. Fair. $2.00.

a Mil. Rec. 1848. Poor. 50 cts.

. Flint, Grasses and Forage Plants. 50 cts.

. Foster & Whitney, Lake Superior Land Dis. $1.00.

. Fremont, Exploring Expedition, Oregon and California, 1843-44. $1.00.
“ec “ee ce z “

“ “6 -45. 50 cts.

“6 ‘“ “ ‘“ “ ‘“c —51. 50 cts.

Freyburger, Organischen Drogen. 25 cts.
Fuller, Practical Forestry. Good as new. 75 cts.

. Gould, Grasses and their Culture. Handsomely bound. Good. $1.00.
. Green & Congdon Class Book of Botany. Good. 75 cts.
. Hayden’s Surveys, 1870-71 (Montana). 2 vols. $1.00,

Henderson, Gardening for Pleasure. Good. 25 cts.
Sy $6 “ “ Good. 25 cts.

. Hough, Am, Woods. 3 vols. New and in perfect condition. Each $5.00.
. Hussey, Geographical Survey of Kentucky—Botany. Unbound, 50 cts.
80. International Scientists’ Directory for 1885, 1888 and 1889. 25 cts.

Ives, Colorado River of the West. Good. $2.00.
Johnson’s Botanical Teacher. Io cts. :
Leimbach, Deutscher Botanische Monatschrift, vol. 3, bound. Good. 50 cts.

. Lightfoot, Flora Scotia. 2vols. Poor. $2.00. 4

Lincoln, Mrs. Botany. Handsomely bound and very good. 25 cts.

Lindley, Introduction to Botany. Fair. 75 cts.
e “ Good, $1.00.

Linney, Geographical Survey of Kentucky—Botany. Unbound. 50 cts.
Luerssen, Grundzuge der Botanik. $1.00.

- MacMillan, Metaspermae of the Minnesota Valley. $2.00.
- Marcy, Red River of Lousiana. $2.00,

Martyn, Miller’s Gardeners’ Dictionary (1807). 4 vols. Good. $8.00.

. Martyn, Language of Botany. 25 cts. ;

Naturalists’ Directory for 1888. 10 cts.

Pittonia, Partial set. Unbound. $3.00.

Porcher, Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests. $4.00,
Porter and Coulter, Flota of Colorado, $2.50.

Proc. Am. Ac. Arts and Sci. Several volumes. $2.00,

. Provancher, Flora Canadienne, Poor. $1.00,
. Rolfe & Gillette, Chemistry. 25 cts.
. Rothrock, Rep. on the Bot. West of the rooth Meridian. Good. $3.00.

Smith, James Edward. Botany. Good. 50 cts.
. Steele, erga Weeks in Astronomy. Good. 35 cts.
se Zodlogy. Good. 35 cts.
‘ a “ Geology. 35 cts.
is “ “ Chemistry.. Poor. 35 cts.

Key to Steele’s Sciences. 35 cts.
. Torrey, Flora of New York. 2 Vols. Handsomely bound. Good. $14.

Trans. and Proc. of the Edinborough Botanical Society. Vol. 13. Good. 25 cts.

. Trans. and“Proc. N. Y. Aeademy of Sciences. Full set. $20.00.

Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Science. Vol. 12. Good. $10.
Wilson, Jussieu’s Elements of Botany. 25 cts.

Young, Familiar Lessons in Botany. 25 cts.

Barton (Dr. B. S.), Elements of Botany. Vol. 1. 25 cts.

. Hooker, Icones Plantarum. 4 vols., 1836. $4.00,

Paxton, Botanical Dictionary. 1868. $1.50.

- Watson, Bibliographical Index. 1878. $1.00.
. Endlicher, Enchiridon Botanicum. 1841. $2.50.

THE HERBARIUM OF THE LATE DR. J. BERNARD BRINTON

-.. 1S OFFERED FOR SALE....

It consists of nearly 10,000 species and varieties, mounted in
the best possible condition, having been renovated by Dr, Brinton
just a few months ago. They are all typical specimens, preserved
and mounted by himself. He was careful in his own collections,
and his exchanges were for the best only. It ranks among the
finest of private herbaria, and the individual or institution obtain-
ing it will be greatly enriched in botanical science.

His Binocular Microscope, Zentmayer’s United States Army
Hospital Stand, 6 Eye Pieces, 6 Objectives, Camera Lucida, Para-
bolas, Polarizing Apparatus, etc., etc., is also offered.

Likewise, Microscopical Cabinet of personal construction and
Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, complete.

Address,
THEO. G: BRINTON,

755 CORINTHIAN AVE., PHILADELPHIA, PA.

- CHARACEZ OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characez of America is
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of JVited/a, as fol-
lows: JVitella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
shipii, Aen; Missouriensis, Allen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
Slomerulifera, A. Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates can.be prepared ; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

. Tl =. ATEN,
10 East 36th St., N. Y.

MEMOIRS

. FROM THE ...

Department of Botany of Columbia College.

VOLUME 1.

A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus
Polygonum. Quarto, pp. 178, 85 plates. Price, $6.00.

For copies address,
PROF. N. L. BRITTON,
COLUMBIA COLLEGE, NEW YORK CITY.

-# LIST OF*®:-:

Preridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern North America.

A few copies in paper binding remain
unsold. ° Price, $1.00.

EDITORS,
- Torrey Botanical Club.

HK COLLECTION

OF

South European [losses.

A large collection of the Musci of Southern Europe, including speci-
mens from Portugal, Spain, Southern France, Italy, Dalmatia, Turkey
and Greece, is offered for sale at the price of 20 Marks or 25 Francs per
century (selections 25 p. c. more) by

M. FLEISCHER (Rome, via. Sistina, 75 D.) and
Dr. C. WARNSTORF (Neuruppin, Prussia).

Botany by Correspondence.

FOR BUSINESS MEN AS RECREATION.

Sets of Ferns for Schools and Amateurs. First issue nearly
ready, 20 specimens, $1.60. Postage 10 cents.

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.,

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.

WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J,

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AlL-
WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

ESTABLISHED 1851. ~

EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

205, 207, 209 & an Third Ave,,

Corner of 18th Street, : NEW YORK. —

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES.
OF NORTH AMERICA, FORT

EB. March’s Szline Chemical Stone —
Ware. oe
Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically
Pure and Common Filter Paper.

Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- _
ters (Polariscopes). :

Prof. Jolly? s Specific Gravity Bale
ances, etc. =

Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co., of 7
Paris, Platinum.

H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. -

SPECIALTIES »>—Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass-
ware, Porcelain from the Royal Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem-
ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure

_ Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’s
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus and Chemicals for
Sugar Chemists,

“LABORATORY OUTFITS
FOR
"FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES ‘AND COLLEGI

Giass-Biowine, EEC, ‘Ganon 4 AND REPAIRING, ie

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.
(2) THE BULLETIN.

This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, | beginning with four
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1894 over 45 pages monthly with
many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per ‘annum.

Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 1o shillings, Agents for
England, Messrs, Dutau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England.

Back Numpers.—The BuLLerin was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive
‘in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
run on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
_ The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 17 have been indexed sepa-
- rately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had. for
50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20 and 21 are indexed sepa-
rately. Price of each $2.00, Vol. 8 cannot now be supplied complete, but it is
planned to reprin: some of its numbers. /

‘ (2) THE MEMOIRS. |

‘The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers
can also be purchased sing)y and an invariable price will be fixed for each.

Volume 1, No. 1.—Studies of the Types of various Species of the Genus Carex,
by Prof, L. H. Bailey. This cannot now be had separately. '

_ No. 2.—A List of the Marine Alge hitherto observed on the Coasts of New
Jersey and Staten Island, by Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents.

No. 3—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby.
‘South enesie, Wiee descriptions: of sagatda new species, by Dr. Richard Spruce. siete

#

On: Seedless Fruits, by Dr. E. Lewis Sturtevant. ‘Price, 5° cents. _

e a No... Ln: Reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding ©
two aera Py Professor ies D. ania a 50 cents.

VoL. 22,0 MAY, 1895,

BULLETIN = =)

-ToRREY Botanical CL

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

EDITED BY

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB. |

(CONTENTS:

PAGE, ;
The Biological Status of Lichens: Albert | Acetate in ite st bea
SERRE oe oI EO ag Sencwe Manes Sot FETT
New Species of Fungi: Ghee. Pack os 198| laceae: Anna Murray Vail ...... 2:
Hypericum boreale and related Species: The Genus Zenobia Don: Charles Bouts’
ect e Beat See ate eae pear: Din egy bate ee

urther Remarks on Family Nomenclature Borantcat Norss.—Nomenclatural + es 233
te eo wis ye ee See
Peer rer et pneicn Pham

taceous (Dakota | Group) of Kansas: Be
reas — 230s 237) Ha rte Testes

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
: OFFICERS FOR 1895.

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice Presiaents,

T. F. ALLEN, M. D. L, H. LIGHTHIPE.
Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary,
HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D., JOHN K. SMALL,
_ College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia College, New York City.
i Editor, sy 4 Treasurer,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., HENRY OGDEN,
Columbia m caliaes, New York City. aa Pine Street, New York City.

as os Associate Editors,

“EMILY - GREGORY, Ph.D, = = | ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. B.,
ANNA mee beget 2) BYRON BE. HALSTED, Se: Duy
a A HELLER.

Librarian,

commit on » Finance
- WM. E. WHEELOCK.

"HELEN M. INGERSOLL,
_ Rey, L, H, LIGHTHIPE.

BULLETIN

.- TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

The Biological Status of Lichens.

By ALBERT SCHNEIDER.

For reasons to be enumerated, our present knowledge of
lichens is very imperfect. Lack of attention is not the cause, as
the voluminous literature on the subject will testify. The refer-
ences, authentic and otherwise, number many thousands. It
would be an endless task to bring together all the monographs,
treatises, and especially the “ fragments,’ referring to lichens.
Lichenologists of ante-Schwendenerian time supposed that the
- question of the true nature of lichens and their position in the
vegetable kingdom was permanently settled. Nothing was left
for them to do but to issue “fragments” describing presumably
new species and varieties. Collectors set to work in widely dis-
tributed and circumscribed areas to add their mite to the heap of
confusion. We all know that the ultimate aim of science is to
systematize; but no system can be formed from unknown mate-
rial, whatever it may be. A scientist's first duty then is to study
(as far as possible) his material before attempting to classify it.
_ This careful studying of material is what the mass of lichenolo-
gists have heretofore failed to do. It is not my intention to enter
into a historical review of lichenology, as that has already been
thoroughly done by Krempelhuber and others. With the above
introduction I shall now attempt to make somewhat clearer the
_ Present status of general lichenology.

1906

The epoch-making researches of de Bary, Schwendener, Bor-
net and others have conclusively demonstrated the dual nature of |
the lichen structure ; that is, it consists of a colorless hyphal por-
tion homologous with certain filamentous fungi; and a green
celled portion homologous with certain low forms of algae. The
specific algal homologues have been pretty accurately studied out.
Concerning the specific homologues of the fungal portion our
knowledge is less accurate. But in regard to both symbionts
we are certain of their originally independent ancestral
forms. This theory of Bornet and Schwendener has from the
_ very first met with strong opposition from nearly all lichenologists
(taxonomists, so called). Even a considerable number of phys-
iologists and morphologists misconstrued evident facts with un-
scientific perversity, notably Itzigsohn, Famintzin and Baranetzky.
Even to this very day there are a number of lichenographers who
persist in ignoring or directly opposing Schwendener’s theory.
This is simply additional evidence of the correctness of the state-
ment “ None are so blind as those who do not wish to see.”

It would be useless to repeat the arguments based upon actual
experimentation which conclusively prove the correctness of
Schwendener’s theory. There is, however, a question which
Schwendener and his immediate followers have almost unani-
mously answered wrongly and that is the question of the true
position of lichens in the vegetable kingdom. During the ante-
Schwendenerian time, beginning with the earliest periods, most
lichenologists looked upon lichens as autonomous structures,
though this conclusion had no scientific basis founded on mor-
phology and physiology. Their characteristic distribution and
marked macroscopic appearance were thought sufficient to make
'them a distinct group. Schwendener assumed that lichens re-
sembled certain groups of fungi, both in structure and in their
manner of growth, and should therefore be classed under fungi as
ascolichenes and basidiolichenes. It is much to be regretted
that Schwendener did not see his mistake in time to avoid con-
fusion and unnecessary and unwarranted opposition to his theory.
I will frankly admit that I formerly thought it most expedient to
classify lichens as modified fungi. - But having since made a
special study of lichen morphology, I now consider such a pro-

191

cedure both unscientific and impracticable. This idea is not
original with me, nor do I stand as its only advocate. Many of
the most recent scientific writers, notably Reinke, strongly up-
hold this view. I shall briefly consider lichens from the stand-
points of morphology and physiology to show that they can only
be treated as autonomous structures having a phylogeny of their
own. I shall not consider it worth while to enter into word quib-
bling as to the meaning of “autoaomy.” If such were my desire
I might well deduce good arguments to show that angiosperms
are not autonomons, that they are simply modified gymnosperms,
that gymnosperms are modified pteridophytes, pteridophytes
modified mosses, etc., finally having it reduced to a primal cell;
this cell could still be reduced to organic matter, and that to in-
organic matter, etc. I shall consider as autonomous any compre-
hensive group of organisms having morphological and physiologi-
cal characteristics differing from those of any other comprehensive
group of organisms ; meaning by comprehensive group any col-
lection of allied individuals comprising natural species, genera and
families. I will first show why lichens cannot be classed as fungi.
The method of reproduction in lichens is wholly different from
that of fungi. It is true that lichen spores have a strong morpho-
logical resemblance to those of their probable homologues among
the fungi. Functionally they differ widely. They cannot be con-
sidered specific reproductive organs of lichens as they formerly
were of fungi, because they are not capable of developing into a
complete mature lichen or- even a fungus. They will indeed de-
velop a mycelial network which will however not produce spores
unless associated with its symbiotic alga. They can only be
looked upon as degenerate reproductive organs of their fungal an-
cestors. This degeneracy is the more marked as we ascend the -
scale of lichen development. Taking one of the lower types, as
exemplified in Pyrenula, we find spore organs having almost typical,
fungal characters; that is, apothecia are prominent, paraphyses
distinct and numerous, spore wall rather thick and colored, spores
distinctly septate. These are the usual characters of fungal spore
Organs. Considering some of the higher types as exemplified in
Parmelia and Cladonia, we find apothecia few or wholly wanting ;
when apothecia are present the asci are few in number, spore wall

192

comparatively delicate and colorless, spores non-septate. There
is no doubt that lichen spores still play a part in lichen reproduc-
tion. Zhis can however only take place when the spore with the
specific algal symbionts are placed in a suitable environment. That
is, spores and algae must fall upon a spot where the algae can
maintain existence independently until such time as the spores
shall develop a mycelial network with haustoria with which to sur-
round the algae, thus forming the beginning of a new lichen thallus.
Should, for example, the spores with the requisite algae fall upon
a dry rock the algae would die, and if the spores should subse-
quently develop there would be no algae with which to form a
lichen. From this it is evident that lichen spores must be very
unreliable as assistants in lichen reproduction. From the very
nature of things, lichen spores are not true reproductive organs of
lichens, hence their tendency to degenerate.

The question whether lichen spores are sexual or asexual
products is still unsettled. The observations of Stahl in’the case
of Collema microphyllum have not yet been verified. If his obser-
vations prove to be correct, then we may assume that lichen spores
are sexual products. I am, however, strongly inclined to believe
that Stahl’s observations were probably erroneous. From numer-
ous examinations of so-called “spermagonia,” I believe them to
be parasitic fungi, of which the “spermatia” are the spores.
From a rather hasty comparative study it seems probable that
their homologues are to be found in Septoria or allied genera.
For example, Septoria Speculariae presents the general morpho-
logical appearance of spermagonia. The fact that we readily re-
cognize Sep/oria as parasitic fungi lies only in the nature of things.
In case of Septoria the morphological and physiological contrast
between host and parasite is great, while in the case of spermago-
nia this contrast is only slight. No one would ever think of re-
cognizing Septoria Speculariae as the male reproductive organs of
Specularia perfoliata, upon which it lives. Such a suggestion
would certainly be highly ridiculous. Then why should sperma-
gonia of lichens be recognized as male reproductive organs, espe-
cially since no one has demonstrated that they play such a func-
tion? According to Wiesner, spermatia do develop a mycelium
which finally produces spermagonia. From this the true nature

195

of spermagonia may safely be conjectured. To say the least, it
is certainly unreasonable to assume that spermatia will at one
time function as non-sexual spores, and at another time as male
sexual organs. Further investigations will reveal the true nature
of things. The sooner this is accomplished the better, as many
lichenologists have already made the deplorable mistake of consid-
ering spermagonia as important characters in lichen classification.
To classify plants according to the characteristics of the parasites
found upon them would certainly be a questionable procedure in
modern taxonomy.

Other characteristics which distinguish lichens from fungi are
the presence of various chemical compounds, notably lichenin,
which is never found in fungi.

Characteristics which distinguish lichens from fungi also distin-
guish them from algae. There is certainly less similarity between
an alga and a lichen than there is between a fungus and a lichen,
though several attempts had been made to classify them as algae.
In general it may be stated that lichens resemble algae only in so
far as the algal symbiont resembles algae. The differences will be
brought out in the discussion of those characters which separate
lichens from both algae and fungi. For convenience sake I wil!
separate these characters into morphological and physiological.
These are the characters which fully establish the autonomy of
lichens.

MORPHOLOGICAL.

Lichens, macroscopically considered, have such a peculiar ap-
pearance that the most superficial observer is naturally led to
suppose that they form a group by themselves. They are found
in places where neither alga nor fungus can exist alone. Especially
peculiar is their ability to resist low temperatures. Freezing only
checks their growth. A temperature of —40 ° C. does not kill them.
Such crude observations are however not sufficient to establish
their individualism.

The lichen thallus is of special interest to the morphologist
since this structure is typically lichenological. It always consists
(Of the hyphal and algal symbionts. The algal symbiont is usually

More centrally located, being surrounded by the hyphae of the

194

fungal symbiont.. Three types of jichen thallus may be recognized,
namely, the crustaceous, the foliaceous and the fruticulose. The
crustaceous type is the most rudimentary and cannot be said to
to have even a dorsiventral structure, though one would naturally
expect this from the nature of things. The lower surface differs
only in having more numerous extended hyphal filaments to en-
able it to adhere more firmly to the substratum as well as to take
up soluble food materials. The second type already indicates a
considerable advance in the evolution of the lichen thallus. It is
typically dorsiventral. Dorsal and ventral layers are semi-cortical
in structure ; that is, the hyphal cells are closely united and have
only few air passages. Between these two layers is a layer
of loosely interwoven hyphal tissue in which are imbedded the
algae. From the lower surface extend the rhizoids. On the
_ upper are found the apothecia (with exceptions, example, Vepro-
muum) and soredia, besides the so-called “ spermagonia” and oc-
casionally accidental fungal and algal parasites. The third type
(as exemplified by the vertical thallus of Cladonia and Zhamnolia)
shows a typical radial structure. Numerous examples showing
the gradual gradation from the dorsiventral to the radial type can
be found. In the radial type there is an outer semi-cortical layer,
which usually differs from that of the dorsiventral cortical layer
in that itis more compact. The fungal cell walls have become
somewhat gelatinized and adhere very closely. Next to this layer,
on the inside, is the layer of loosely interwoven hyphae containing ~
the algae. The third and innermost layer consists of longitu-
dinal closely united hyphae. Sometimes this thallus is hollow in
the center, sometimes solid, containing a central core of closely
united longitudinal hyphae.

Soredia are also typical lichen structures. They are very
numerous in the higher forms of lichens (example, Parmelia sore-
diata), and are found on the dorsal surface of the thallus, more
frequently near the margin. Each soredium isin reality a miniature
thallus. It is usually spherical in form, the outer layer consisting
_ of closely united hyphal cells; the central portion consists of algal
cells and loosely interwoven hyphal filaments. Soredia contain
all the elements necessary for the development of a new lichen.

From what has been stated above, apothecia can not be looked

4 195

upon as typical lichen structures, yet their morphology is of great
importance in the consideration of lichen evolution and classifica-
tion. Some of the changes in apothecia indicating a probable
higher or lower stage of development have. already been referred
to. AsI intend to consider these changes more particularly in
a future paper on lichen classification, I shall at present omit
further discussions. I shall now briefly consider the physiological
characters which distinguish lichens from both fungi and algae.

PHYSIOLOGICAL.

In their method of growth lichens stand alone, The two
symbionts form a microcosmos which is enabled to perform the
necessary life functions which were originally inherent in both,
and in addition they have acquired new characteristics during their
phylogeny as lichens, which unmistakably stamp them as autono-
mous structures. . As a unit they can now exist where neither sym-
biont could exist alone. In spite-of this intimate mutualism, it
is not at all likely that the fungal symbiont is w/ol/y dependent
upon the algal symbiont for its food supply. For example, a
lichen spore may develop to a considerable extent as a sapro-
phyte upon: decaying wood, humus, and other dead organic mat-
ter; nor is it at all likely that a.lichen can develop upon purely
inorganic matter, as, for example, pure quartz crystals. Of course,
the spore, with the requisite algae or a soredium, has bound up
within itself a certain amount of extra food material, which enables»
development to begin in the absence of all organic matter. The
mycelial network then forms a structure for collecting within its
meshes organic substances, carried to it by air and water currents ;
_ this allows growth to continue. No amount of food supply will,
however, allow the fungal symbiont to mature without its algal
_Symbiont, excepting perhaps the lowest forms. Thus we see that
mutualism of fungus and alga is necessary to form a lichen.
The fungal symbiont, considered by itself, still retains its ancestral
function as a saprophyte ; in addition it has acquired the habits Or.
_ 4 semi-obligative parasite upon its algal symbiont. The algal
_ Symbiont, which has the function of chlorophyll-bearing plants in
general, that of assimilating carbon, must be looked upon asa
| facultative parasite, since it can exist and mature independently of

196

its fungal symbiont. This has been repeatedly demonstrated ex-
perimentally. Considered as a unit, the fungal portion of the
lichen supplies the algal with water, the necessary mineral sub-
stances, N., O. and H., from the underlying substratum and air.
The algal symbiont as a result of this unusual supply of food ma-
terials, forms an extra amount of carbon and nitrogenous com-
pounds, which is assimilated by the fungal symbiont. Thus it
is seen that the benefit derived from this association is mutual.
The term “mutualism,’ proposed by Tubeuf, is very appropriate
and may well supplant the equally correct but more complex ex-
pression “ mutualistic symbiosis,’ proposed by Frank.

Reproduction by means of soredia stands without a parallel
in the vegetable kingdom. They are of course asexual, and are
formed in the algal zone of the lichen thallus by the symbiotic
association of algae and hyphae. They may be designated as
mutualistic brood buds. They are really vegetative reproductive
organs, and on that account the objection may be raised that they
are not true reproductive organs. I shall not here enter into a
discussion on the ultimate difinition of reproductive organs. The
fact remains that soredia alone contain the necessary elements for
JSorming a new lichen. There is no doubt that the great majority
of lichens are reproduced from soredia; in fact, this is the only
means of reproduction in some species. The outer semi-cortical
hyphal layer of soredia enclosing the algae maintains a sufficient
‘degree of moisture to enable them to lie dormant for a long
period of time, or until conditions are suitable for their develop-
ment. They are certainly far more reliable than spores (associa-
ted with the necessary algae) as reproductive organs. In fact, as
Reinke has indicated, lichen reproduction by the aid of spores is
in most respects similar to reproduction by means of soredia. In
Endocarpon pusillum, for example, some of the algae are ejected
and with the spore adhere to the mucilaginous spore wall, thus
forming a sort of soredium in which the spore represents the
fungal element. If the algae are not ejected with the spores, the
chances for developing a new lichen must indeed be slight, for
reasons already given.

In my opinion sufficient reasons have been given why lichens
cannot be classed with fungi, much less with algae, and must

197

therefore be considered as an independent group. Based upon
morphological and physiological considerations this group would
naturally belong midway between fungi and algae.

In conclusion I shall offer a few suggestions on the probable
origin and phylogeny of lichens. There is little doubt that vari-
ous subdivisions of lichens indicate a polyphyletic origin. Of
this polyphylogeny either one or all of several forms may have
- occurred. For example, in ascolichenes, a certain fungal type may |
have (during its phylogenyas a lichen symbiont) become so modi-
fied by its symbiosis with a given algal type, as to enable it to as-
sociate with other algal species; or it may be that the same algal
type became adapted to one or even several fungal types. As to
what the conditions actually were we are at present scarcely able
to say. Of one thing we are, however, certain and that is that a
lichen is the result of the mutualistic association of a fungal and
an algal type. Though in general I agree with Reinke as to the
origin of lichens, yet I am not so ready to assume (theoretically)
that Co//ema represents the oldest lichen type. Cod/ema is the re-
sult of the symbiotic association of the alga Mostoc with some
fungus whose ancestral type is not definitely known. The mass
of the lichen structure consists of the alga. As compared with
some other lichens the following are some of the reasons why
Collema does not represent the lichen prototype: I. The alga
has undergone considerable change by way of adapting itself to
new environments. Originally it was no doubt accustomed to a
high degree of moisture (as is its present homologue, Nostoc com-
mune), while in its present form as a lichen it is able to exist on
tree trunks, rocks, etc., as most other lichens. 2. Its thallus
shows a considerable degree of differentiation, as exemplified in
the closely allied genera Hydrothyrio, Polychidium, Leptogium and
Mallotium. 3. Spores have probably become considerably degen-
erated as indicated by their thin colorless walls, and in many
Cases indistinct septae. As a rule apothecia are few, though there
are exceptions to this. 4. Soredia, though not numerous, are more
frequently present than in many other lichen forms.

The above are the main reasons why Collema is perhaps not
the prototype of lichens. In my opinion the true prototype of
oe lichens is perhaps to be found in those structures which were for-

198

merly recognized as pseudo-lichenes. They may be observed on
nearly every tree trunk, on fences, rocks, pavements, etc.; in fact,
anywhere where the lower forms of algae (especially Protococcus
viridis) can exist. Examination of these algae will find them
usually associated with fungal hyphae, sometimes forming ex-
tended thin thallus-like layers. The structure formerly recognized
as Lepra viridis is an excellent example. Though apothecia are
never found, yet I am inclined to believe that in so-called Lepra
we find the beginnings of a future lichen. At least there are
many lichens which show an inferior structure as compared with
Collema, and for that reason are ‘perhaps nearer the prototype.
As an example we may mention Pyrenula. Verrucaria perhaps
represents a degenerate type rather than a lower type of an as-
cending series, as is indicated by.a rudimentary thalline structure
associated with rudimentary or degenerate apothecia, spores and
paraphyses. Whether a given lichen represents a low type of an
ascending series or a degenerate higher form is in many cases dif-
ficult to decide; also the question as to the relative phylogenetic
ages of various lichen groups. There is perhaps little doubt that
basidiolichenes have hada much’ shorter phylogenetic history than
~ascolichenes. There are many problems in lichenology which
must be left to the conscientious morphologists and physiologists
to solve. In fact, we know so little of the life history of individual
lichens that the time for final specific arrangement has not yet
come. We, however, know sufficient of lichens as a whole to
give them a proper position in the vegetable kingdom which is
in reality the first step toward establishing a lichen system.
Their proper position I have attempted to indicate in this paper.

New Species of Fungi.

By CuHas. H, Peck.

LeEPIOTA FULVopIScA. Pileus thin, convex or nearly plane, ob-
tuse or umbonate, viscid. when moist, white, with the disk or umbo
fulvous or tawny-brown; lamellae narrow, close, free, white; stem
slender, flexuous, viscid, hollow, white or whitish, the base abruptly
bulbous, the annulus thin, membranous, pure white; spores ovate-
elliptical, .0003 to .0004 in. long, .00016 to .0002 in. broad, usu-

199

ally containing a shining nucleus and furnished with a slight
apiculus at one end.

Pileus 1 to 1.5 in. broad; stem 2 to 3 in. long, I to 1.5 line .
thick.

Plant fragile, growing among fallen leaves in woods. Pasa-
dena, California. January. Prof. A. J. McClatchie.

From Z. ilinita Fr. this species is separated by its tawny disk
of the pileus, its membranous annulus, the bulbous base of the
stem and the different shape of the spores.

CiirocyBe pusILLA. Pileus at first hemispherical or convex, |
then nearly plane, obtuse, sometimes with a very small umbo, dry,
pruinose, grayish, flesh thin, whitish; lamellae narrow, close, ad-
nate or decurrent, white; stem short, solid, pruinose, grayish ;
spores subglobose or very broadly elliptical, .00016 to .0002 in.
long. ‘

Pileus 3 to 8 lines broad ; stem about 6 lines long, scarcely 1
line thick.

Densely gregarious or subcaespitose. Onmanure. Pasadena.
February. MeClatchie. . |

: Apparently belonging to the tribe Disciformes and related to
C. Bresadolae Schulz, but an exceedingly small plant for that tribe.

CoLLyBIA ALBoGRISEA. Pileus fleshy, thin, convex or nearly
plane, often somewhat irregular on the margin, glabrous, whitish
or grayish, flesh white; lamellae broad, distant, adnate, a or
whitish, the interspaces often venose; stem nearly equal, ho 7
sometimes twisted, whitish or grayish, the lower part covered wit
a dense whitish, grayish or yellowish tomentum, the upper ees
naked or merely white-pruinose ; spores broadly elliptical, iene
00024 in. long, .00016 broad, generally containing a single shin
ing nucleus.

Pileus about 1 in. broad; stem 1.5 to 2 in. long, I to 2 lines
thick.
Plant often caespitose and then the pileus irregular from mu-
tual pressure. Among fallen leaves. Pasadena. January. Mc-
Clatchie.

The species belongs to the tribe Vestipedes. :

MYcENA ELEGANTULA. Pileus membranous, conical or cam-
‘ panulate, sulcate-striate, brown or purplish-brown ; lamellae distant,

ae adnate with a decurrent tooth, whitish or pallid with the edge

p ; :
_Purplish-brown, the interspaces (in the dried specimens) aoirea wee
transversely wrinkled; stem slender, hollow, glabrous, s

200

with a loose grayish fibrillose tomentum at the base ; spores oblong-
elliptical, .00035 to .0005 in. long, .00016 to .0002 broad, usually
containing one or two small nuclei.
Pileus, 4 to 10 lines broad; stem I to 2 in. long, .5 a line thick.
Gregarious or caespitose. Among fallen leaves under trees.
Pasadena. December. McClatchie.

This plant may be distinguished from the closely related JZ.
atromarginata Fr. by its smaller size and the purplish tint to the.

edge of the lamellae, and from JZ. purpurcofusca Pk. by its differ-
ently shaped, longer spores.

OMPHALIA SEMIVESTIPES. Pileus very thin, deeply convex or
subcampanulate, glabrous, grayish-brown in the dried state, paler
when fresh; lamellae rather broad, distant, arcuate, decurrent,
white or whitish; stem hollow, white or whitish, the upper half
glabrous, the lower half clothed with a white mycelioid tomentum ;
spores elliptical, .0002 to .00024 in. long, .00012 to .00016 broad.
Pileus 6 to 12 lines broad; stem about 1 in. long, 1 to 2 lines
thick.

Growing on much decayed wood. Newfoundland. May.
Rev. A. C. Waghorne.

This plant is apparently related to such species as O. setipes
Fr. and O. grisea Fr. and belongs to the tribe Mycenariae. _It is
easily recognized by the peculiar character of the stem. In the
dried examples the upper glabrous part of the stem is shriveled

and longitudinally striate, but the lower tomentose part is plump
and even as in the fresh plant.

HyGropuorus ELEGANTULUS. Pileus convex or nearly plane,
glabrous, viscid, grayish-yellow or slightly tawny, flesh white ;
lamellae distant, slightly decurrent, white; stem equal, solid, slightly
floccose-squamulose at the top, elsewhere glabrous, glutinous,
white or whitish, sometimes abruptly pointed at the base; spores
elliptical, .0004 in. long, .0002 to .00024 broad.

Pileus 1 to 2 in. broad; stem 2 to 3 in. long, 3 to 4 lines thick.

Woods. Maryland. November. T. Taylor.

The species belongs to the tribe Limacium, and is related to

- H. discoideus Fr., from which it may be separated by its solid stem
and larger spotes. : : ;

ENTOLOMA FERRUGINANS. Pileus fleshy, convex, obtuse or um-
bonate, often irregular, hygrophanous, glabrous, shining, dark
fuliginous or broccoli-brown, flesh whitish, fibrous and colored at

201

the surface; lamellae 4 to 7 lines broad, adnexed, easily splitting
transversely, grayish-salmon, becoming clay-color; stem solid,
glabrous, yellowish or cream-color, blunt at the base or sometimes
attenuated and radicating ; spores subglobose, irregular or angular,
-0003 to .0004 in. long.

Pileus 2 to 6 in. broad; stems 3 to 4 in. long, 4 to 8 lines or
more in thickness.

Under oak trees. Pasadena. February. McClatchie.

This plant is related to E. rhodopolium, but is separated from it
by its darker color and solid stem. According to Prof. McClatchie,
the fresh plants have a strong odor resembling that of ferric chlo-
ride, and chemical tests showed the presence of iron. It is pro-
nounced edible by him.

LepToniA EDULIS. Pileus thin, convex or centrally depressed,
with or without an umbo, velvety, dark-gray; lamellae rather
broad, subventricose, adnexed ; moderately close, at first whitish
or light drab, becoming flesh-color ; stem slender, hollow, colored
_ like the pileus, often with an abundant white mycelioid tomentum
at the base; spores subglobose, angular, apiculate at one end,
0003 to .0004 in. long, containing a single large nucleus.

Pileus 6 to 18 lines broad; stem 12 to 18 lines long, .5 to I
line thick.

Among grass and. weeds. Pasadena. _.January. |

According to Prof. McClatchie, this plant when fresh has a
nutty flavor and is edible. The velvety appearance of the pileus
has disappeared from the dried specimens. In some, the margin
of the pileus is striate, but in the fresh plant the margin is said to
be even.

Eccinia nicricans. Pileus thin, convex, umbilicate or cen-
trally depressed, subzonate, unpolished, grayish-black ; lamellae
broad, distant, decurrent, light-drab or brownish, becoming tinged
with flesh-color; stem short, hollow, grayish-black, commonly
with an abundant white mycelium ; spores angular, .0004 in. long,
nearly as broad, containing a single large nucleus. :

Pileus 6 to 18 lines broad; stem about 1 in. long, .5 to 1 line
thick.

_ Grassy ground. Pasadena. January.

Prof. McClatchie’s notes say that this plant has the odor and
flavor of butternuts and that it is delicious when cooked. Also
that when fresh the pileus is tomentose and the margin even, but
these characters are not clearly shown in the dried specimens.

202

PHOLIOTA ANOMALA. Pileus at first hemispherical or subconi-
cal, then convex, glabrous, hygrophanous, broccoli-brown when
moist, pale-yellow or cream-color when dry; lamellae adnate or
slightly decurrent, subarcuate, pale becoming brownish-ferruginous,
often white on the edge; stem cavernous or hollow with irregular
transverse partitions, sometimes containing a cottony tomentum,
whitish, with a slight evanescent annulus; spores elliptical, .0003
to .0004 in. long, .00016 to .0002 broad.

Pileus 8 to 18 lines broad; stem 1.5 to 2.5 in. long, 1 to 3 lines
thick.

Sticks and leaves lying on the ground. Pasadena. January.
McClatchie.

The species belongs to the tribe Truncigenae, section Hygro-
phanae. It is well marked by its fugacious annulus, subdecurrent
lamellae and peculiar cavernous stem.

HEBELOMA FOEDATUM. Pileus fleshy, convex becoming plane

or centrally depressed, glabrous, very viscid or glutinous, reddish
_ cinnamon, flesh yellowish-white; lamellae subventricose, emar-
ginate with a decurrent tooth, cinnamon-color, becoming mummy-
brown; stem solid, equal or slightly thickened at the base, fibril-

lose, paler than the pileus; spores broadly elliptical, .00024 to
.0003 in. long, .00016 to .0002 broad.

Pileus 1.5 to 3 in. broad; stem 1.5 to 2.5 in. long, 2 to 4 lines
thick.

Streets of Pasadena. December. McClatchie.

The species is apparently related to H. firmum, H. testaceum
and 7. glutinosum, from all of which it is separated by its small
spores. Its viscid pileus causes dirt to adhere to it in such quan-
tity as to give the plant a very defiled, unattractive appearance.

FLAMMULA ANOMALA. Pileus deeply umbilicate or infundibuli-
form, often irregular, glabrous, whitish; lamellae narrow, close,

decurrent, pale-ferruginous ; stem short, irregular, whitish ; spores
globose, brownish-ferruginous, .00024 in. broad.

Pileus about I in. broad; stem 6 to 12 lines long.

Plant commonly caespitose. Ground. Trexlertown, Pennsyl-
vania. October. Dr. William Herbst.

A whitish umbilicate pileus is unusual among species of Flam-
mula. This plant appears to belong to the tribe Gymnotae.

TUBARIA PALLESCENS. Pileus fleshy but thin, convex or nearly

plane, sometimes slightly depressed in the center, glabrous, hy-
grophanous, brick-red when moist, yellowish or cream color when

2058

dry; lamellae broad, adnate or slightly decurrent, tawny-buff,
becoming brownish-ferruginous; stem slender, hollow, yellowish,
with a white mycelium at the base; spores elliptical, .0003 in.
long, .00016 broad.

Pileus 5 to 10 lines broad; stem 12 to 18 lines long, .5 to 1
line thick.

Sticks and leaves under trees. Pasadena. January. McClatchie,

When young, slight vestiges of a veil are visible, connecting
the incurved margin of the pileus with the stem.

PLUTEOLUs LUTEUS. Pileus thin, at first subovate, then convex
or subcampanulate, glabrous, viscid, slightly striate on the margin,
yellow ; lamellae numerous, close, free or but slightly adnexed, yel-
lowish becoming ferruginous; stem slender, hollow, slightly
thickened toward the base, striate at the top and there sprinkled
with mealy particles, yellowish; spores elliptical, .0004 to .0005
in. long, .00024 to .0003 broad. :

Pileus 6 to 12 lines broad; stem 1.5 to 2.5 in. long, I to 2
lines thick. Plant very fragile, gregarious. Under trees. Pasa-
dena. December. McClatchie.

The yellow color and viscid pileus are prominent characters of 3
this species. In some of the dried specimens the lamellae appear
free, in others slightly adnexed, but because of the viscid pileus I
have referred the plant to the genus Pluteolus.

CorTINARIUS viRGATUS. Pileus thick, fleshy, hemispherical or
convex, obtuse or subumbonate, slightly viscid, ochraceous tinged
with olive-buff, conspicuously virgate with reddish fibrils, flesh
dingy-white; lamellae subdistant, adnexed, at first subcinnamon,
then ochraceous-russet ; stem short, stout, solid, enlarged and
fibrillose at the base, pale-ochraceous; spores subglobose or
broadly elliptical, .00024 to .0003 in. long, .0002 to .00024 broad.

Pileus 3 to 4 in. broad; stems about 2 in. long, 8 to 12 lines
thick.

Undér oak trees. Pasadena. February. McClatchie.

This species is well marked by its stout habit and by the red-
dish fibrils of the pileus. .

AGaricus Cauirornicus. Pileus at first subconical, becoming
convex, minutely silky or fibrillose, whitish, tinged with purple or
brownish-purple on the disk, flesh whitish; lamellae close, free,
Pink becoming. purplish, then blackisk-brown; stem rather long,
Solid or stuffed, equal or tapering upward, distinctly and rather
abruptly narrowed above the entire externally silky annulus, pallid

204

or brownish; spores broadly elliptical, .0002 to .00025 in. long,
.00016 to .0002 broad.

Pileus 1 to 3 in. broad; stem 1.5 to 3 in. long, 2 to 4 lines
thick.

Under oak trees. Pasadena. January. McClatchie.

This fungus is similar in size, shape and habitat to A. hemor-
vhoidarius, but it is unlike that species in color, in the adornment of
the pileus and in its color not changing where bruised or broken.

STROPHARIA BILAMELLATA. Pileus fleshy, convex, even, whitish
or yellowish, flesh pure white; lamellae close, adnate, purplish-
brown when mature; stem short, solid, white, with a well-developed
pure white annulus which is striately lamellate on the upper sur-
face; spores elliptical, purplish brown, .0004 in. long, .0002 to
to .00024 broad.

Pileus 1 to 2 in. broad; stem about 1 in. long, 3 to 4 lines
thick.

Streets of Pasadena. January. McClatchie.

This fungus is remarkable for the lamellated upper surface of
the rather thick membranous annulus. These lamellae are uneven
on the edge and in some cases they appear to extend upward on
the stem till they meet the true lamellae. The plant is said by its
discoverer to be edible. The color of the young lamellae is not
shown by the examples.

HypHotoma tonerres. Pileus thin, campanulate, even or ob-
scurely striate on the margin, fibrillose becoming glabrous, hygro-
phanous, yellowish-brown when moist, brown or isabelline-brown
when dry, the margin appendiculate with the very white floccose
fugacious veil; lamellae narrow, close, adnate, white or whitish,
becoming nearly black, often whitish on the edge; stem slender, |
long, hollow, striate at the top, white, with a white mycelioid

earth at the base; spores elliptical, 005 in. long, .0003
road,

Pileus 1 to 1.5 in. broad; stem 2 to § in. long, 1 to 2.5 lines
thick.

Plant fragile, growing among fallen leaves in very wet weather.
Pasadena. September. McClatchie.

The disk of the pileus is so thin and the stem so completely
hollow to the apex that in the dried specimens there is a depres-
sion or umbilicus in the center of the pileus.

205

PANAEOLUS INTERMEDIUS. Pileus campanulate or convex, even,
glabrous, moist or hygrophanous, grayish-brown ; lamellae ascend-
ing or subarcuate, subdistant, adnate, black* when mature ; stem
slender, often elongated, hollow, grayish-brown, white-pruinose at
the top; spores oblong-elliptical, .0005 to .0006 in. long, .00025 to
.0003 broad.

Pileus 6 to 12 lines broad; stem 2 to 4 in. long, .5 to 1 line
thick. :

Rich soil along gutters or in cafions. Pasadena. January.
McClatchie.

_ The margin of the pileus does not extend beyond the lamellae,
and this character with the slender stem suggests the genus
Psathyrella, but because of the absence of striae on the pileus it
seems best to refer the plant to the genus Panaeolus.

PANAEOLUS DIGREssUS. Pileus hemispherical or convex, gla-
brous, bay-red; lamellae very broad, plane, distant, adnate, pur-
_plish black with a white edge; stem short, floccose-fibrillose
toward the base, striate at the apex, hollow, a little paler than the
pileus ; spores broadly elliptical, .o005 to..0006 in long, .00035 to
.0004 broad.

Pileus 4 to 6 lines broad; stem about 1 in. long, 1 line thick.
On dung. Pasadena. July. McClatchie. 3

This plant also diverges from the generic character in its
lamellae extending quite to the margin of the pileus, and in its
unpolished stem.

Coprinus caLyprratus. Pileus when mature adorned with a
few grayish floccose scales and crowned with a persistent stellately
Split membranous dingy-yellow or subtawny calyptra, radiate

‘Striate to the disk, grayish-flocculent along the ridges of the striae,
blackish ; lamellae free, dark lead color becoming black; stem
equal, hollow, white, becoming blackish in drying except at the
base, neither annulate nor -distinctly volvate; spores elliptical,
black, .0006 to .o008 in. long, .00045 to .0005 broad.

Pileus about 2 in. broad; stem 3 to 4 in. long, 2-to 3 lines
thick. Open cultivated ground. Rockport, Kansas. August.

E. Bartholomew.

This species is well marked by the persistent membranous
calyptra that adheres to the summit of the pileus. Its margin is
split into four to six broad rays. The change of color in thestem
is similar to that ascribed to the stem of C. sterguilinus Fr., but our
Plant differs from that in its calyptra and in the absence of an an-

206

nulus and volva at the base of the stem. Only mature specimens .
were seen, consequently the characters of the young plant remain
unknown and the description to that extent is defective.

Coprinus Jonesul. Pileus submembranous, campanulate be-
coming broadly convex or expanded and split or revolute on the
margin, very blunt or truncate at the apex when young, everywhere
covered with tawny-gray or pale-cervine floccose scales which
wholly or partly disappear with age revealing the striate surface
beneath ; lamellae crowded, linear, free, at first white or whitish,
becoming black ; stem equal or slightly tapering upward, minutely
floccose, hollow, white; spores black, broadly elliptical, .0003 to
00035 in. long, .00025 broad, with an apiculus at one end.

Pileus 1 to 2 in. broad ; stem 2 to 3 in. long, 2 to 3 lines thick.

Plant fragile, sometimes caespitose. In a cellar. Vermont.
April. Prof. L. R. Jones.

The species is closely related to C. fimetarius, of which it might
easily be considered a variety, but it is easily distinguished by the
truncate apex of the young pileus, the differently colored scales and

the smaller spores. C. soboliferus Fr. has the pileus truncated at
the apex, but it is a very different species.

+

CopRINUS APICULATUS. Pileus membranous, campanulate or
deeply convex, acute 01 apiculate, furfuraceous, plicate-striate to
the disk, grayish; lamellae few, subdistant, reaching the stem,
black ; stem filiform, glabrous, white; spores elliptical, black, .0003
in. long, .00016 broad.

Pileus about 3 lines broad; stem I to 1.5 in. long, scarcely
_ half a line thick. Lewiston, Pennsylvania. Mrs. E. B. Noyes.

BOLETINUS BOREALIS. Pileus fleshy, convex, obtuse or subum-
bonate, brownish yellow, obscurely and somewhat reticulately
streaked with reddish-brown lines; pores large, angular, unequal,
slightly decurrent, brownish-yellow ; stem short, equal or slightly
tapering upward, brownish-yellow with a whitish mycelioid to-
mentum at the base ; spores oblong, .0004 to .0005 in. long .00016
to .0002 broad.
Pileus I to 2 in. broad; stem about 1 in. long.
Sandy soil. Capstan Island, Labrador. October. Waghorne.
The markings of the pileus appear as if due to the drying of
a glutinous substance. The radiating lamellae and the transverse

partitions of the interspaces are very plainly shown. Described
from two dried specimens.

207

BoLetus INFLExuS. Pileus convex, glabrous, viscid, yellow,
often red or reddish on the disk, the margin thin, inflexed, con-
cealing the marginal tubes, flesh whitish, not changing color
where wounded ; tubes rather long, adnate, yellowish, becoming
dingy-yellow with age, the mouths small, dotted with reddish
glandules ; stem rather slender, exannulate, solid, viscid, dotted
with livid-yellow glandules; spores yellowish, .0004 to .0005 in.
long, .00016 to .0002 broad.

Pileus about 1 in. broad; stem about 2 in. long, 2 to 4 lines
thick.

Open woods. Trexlertown. September. Herbst.

This Boletus belongs to the tribe Viscipelles. It is remarkable
for and easily recognized by the inflexed margin of the pileus,
which imitates to some extent the appendiculate veil of Boletus
versipellis. It sometimes grows in tufts. The paper in which
fresh specimens were wrapped was stained yellow. Boletus
Braunii Bres. has an inflexed margin, but that is a much larger
plant with a yellowish-brown pileus, a fibrillose stem and much
smaller spores.

PoLyporus ANcEPs. Effuso-reflexed or resupinate, inseparable
from the matrix, firm, subcorky but flexible, white; pileus narrow,
about 6 lines broad, laterally elongated or confluent, minutely
downy, sometimes. rugosely pitted; pores minute, subrotund,
commonly 2 to 3 lines long, the dissepiments obtuse; mycelium
white, permeating the bark and wood.

Dead trunk of hemlock, 7suga Canadensis. Stony Brook,
Massachusetts. October and November. Prof. E. A. Burt.

The plants are commonly resupinate, but sometimes reflexed,
forming a narrow pileus about half an inch broad but extending
laterally for several inches. They are suggestive of the first year’s
growth of P. connatus Fr., but they do not revive the next year,
and they have a different habitat. Though differing somewhat in
texture they are apparently related to such species as P. semisupt-
nus and P. semipiteatus, and with them they serve to connect the
genus Polyporus with the genus Poria.

Sparassis Herpsti.—Plants much branched, forming tufts 4 to
5 in. high and 5 to 6 in. broad, whitish, inclining to creamy-yel-
low, tough, moist, the branches numerous, thin, flattened, con-
Crescent, dilated above and spatulate or fan-shaped, often some-
what longitudinally curved or wavy, mostly uniformly colored,
Tarely with a few indistinct, nearly concolorous, transverse zones

208

near the broad entire apices; spores subglobose or broadly ellip-
tical, 0002 to .00025 in. long, .00016 to .0002 broad.

Trexlertown. August. Herbst.

The species is evidently closely allied to S. spathulata Schw.,
but differs especially in its paler color, with no rufescent hues, in its
much more branching habit and in the absence of any distinct
zones.

BATTARREA ATTENUATA. Exoperidium unknown; endoperidium
2 in. or more in breadth, the basal part hard, thick, even and con-
cave beneath, convex above and somewhat coarsely reticulate by
the bounding walls of broad shallow pits; stem 8 to 10 in. long,
gradually attenuated toward the base, hard, almost woody, solid,
rough except at the top with rather coarse spreading or reflexed
scales, brown externally, rusty-brown within; spores globose,
ferruginous, .0003 in. broad; threads of the capillitium destitute
of spiral thickenings.

Plants commonly growing in tufts of 3 to 5 individuals.

Dry sandy soil. Nevada. Collected by C. W. Irish; com-
municated by Dr. Thomas Taylor.

The single dried specimen from which, with notes kindly com-
municated by the collector, the above description was derived,
was past maturity and destitute of any volva or exoperidium.
The upper part of the endoperidium, which is apparently mem-
branous, had nearly all disappeared, and but a mere remnant of
the spores and capillitium remained. It is very unsatisfactory to
attempt the description of a species from such imperfect data, yet
the characters seen are so peculiar and distinct that I have been
willing to strain a point in order to make this remarkable plant
known. It does not agree rigidly with the characters ascribed to
the genus Battarrea, differing apparently in the solid stem, the
absence of spiral thickenings in the capillitium threads and in the
coarsely pitted subreticulate hymenial substratum, so that it might
easily be taken as the type of a distinct genus.

The dried specimen has a strong, unpleasant odor, indicating
its relationship to the Phalloideae. From the notes of Mr. Irish
we learn that the long stem, which is about half an inch thick at
the base and one and a half at the top, is almost wholly buried in
the soil, and that the plants appear above the surface only in
seasons after heavy snow falls, whose gradual melting has moist-
ened the earth deeply.

209

TYLOSTOMA SEMISULCATUM. Peridium subglobose, usually a little
longer than broad, 6 to 8 lines broad, Q lines long, glabrous above,
ferruginous-tomentose on the lower half ; ostiolum entire, stem
equal, about 2 in. long, even and glabrous or but slightly furfur-
aceous on the upper part, the lower part longitudinally sulcate, ©

‘whitish; spores ferruginous, globose, .00016 to .0002 in. broad;
threads of the capillitium colorless, not septate.

Sandy soil. Nevada. Collected by C. W. Irish; communi-
cated by T. Taylor. ares

This species is separated from 7. mammosum Fr. by its peri-
dium, which is tomentose on the lower half and not depressed, and
by its stem, which is distinctly furrowed’in its lower half.

Lycoperpon BEtui. Peridium about 2 in. broad, subglobose,
sessile, grayish or yellowish-brown, exterior peridium continuous,
adorned with numerous persistent hard angular irregular or sub-
stellate warts which are smaller toward the base, separable at ma-
turity from the inner peridium and falling away in flakes or patches;
the inner peridium thinner, paler, glabrous; capillitium composed
of long slender interwoven, slightly colored: and occasionally
branched filaments, a little broader than the diameter of the spores;
_ Spores globose, olive-brown, .00024 to .00028 in. broad.

Rocky ground. Digges Island, Hudson’s Bay. August. Col-
lected by R. Bell; communicated by Prof. J. Macoun.

This puff-ball is peculiar in its continuous but warty exterior
peridium, which is less friable than that of Z. separans, The peri-
dium appears to rupture irregularly, as in Calvatia. It is also well
marked by the dark olive-brown spore mass.

Excipurina opscura. Perithecia cupulate, 14 to ¥ line broad,
Sessile, black, the margin at first incurved, then erect, thin ; hyme-
nium subgelatinous; spores subfiliform, curved, plurinucleate or
obscurely pluriseptate, hyaline, .oo12 to .0018 in. long, .00016

road, supported on short sporophores.

Bark of hemlock trees, Tsuga Canadensis. Newfoundland.

Waghorne.

_ MEtrasmia imitans. Perithecia hypophyllous, membranous,
variable in size and shape, commonly subelliptical or oblong, some~

What confluent in nerve-following lines, rugosely uneven, black,

_ pening irregularly ; spores subcylindrical, straight or nearly so,

_ Colorless, sometimes obscurely plurinucleate, .0008 to .oor2 in,
long, .00016'to .0002 broad, oozing out and forming pallid globu~
‘ar or irregular masses or short thick tendrils.

210

Lower surface of living fronds of Freris aguilina. California.
Prof. M. A. Howe.

This fungus imitates Phydlachora pteridis in habitat and general
appearance, and might easily be supposed to be the conidial state
of it. The lines of the perithecia are more narrow and less prom-
inent. The masses of discharged spores are rather large and very
numerous and partly conceal the black perithecia beneath them.

CAEOMA ABERRANS. Pustules suborbicular, slightly elevated,
.5 to 1 line broad, at first covered by a whitish membrane which
finally disappears revealing the mass of orange-yellow spores;

spores subglobose or elliptical, smooth or nearly so, .0007 to .0009

* in. long.

Bark of living alder. Newfoundland. May. Waghorne.

This fungus is peculiar in its habitat. The spores do not easily
separate from each other, but possibly this is due in some measure
to immaturity.

ASPERGILLUS SUBGRISEUS. Grayish; sterile hyphae creeping;
fertile erect, continuous, simple, .0003 in. thick, terminating above
in an inflated subglobose vesicle .0012 to .0016 in. broad; sterig-
mata none or obsolete; spores globose, .00016 in. broad.

On Corticium amorphum. Newfoundland. Waghorne.

This species is separated from the related A. griseus by its

larger spores, continuous fertile hyphae and by the absence of
distinct sterigmata.

LerroGLossum LATuM. Club 3 to 6 lines long, nearly or quite
as broad, soft when moist, rather fragile when dry, compressed
and somewhat irregular, black; stem about as long as the club,
black ; asci clavate-cylindrical, .0045 to .005 in. long, about .0005
broad, 8-spored; spores crowded in the ascus, oblong or cylindri-
cal, straight or slightly curved, continuous, obtuse, colorless, .OO!
to .0o16 in. long, .0002 to .00024 broad; paraphyses colored,
thickened at the top and sometimes recurved.

Sandy soil. Labrador. September. Waghorne.

A species very peculiar in its broad compressed club. The
colored paraphyses are conspicuous under the microscope. They
project slightly above the surface of the receptacle and give it a
soft, almost velvety appearance. :

VaLsa BREVIS. Pustules numerous, rather prominent, peri-
thecia 10 to 20 or more in a pustule, nestling in the inner bark;
ostiola even, black, barely emerging from and dotting or oblitera-

211

ting the orbicular or elliptical erumpent subpulverulent disk; asci

-0008 to .oo! in. long; spores allantoid .00024 to .0003 in. long.
Bark of balsam fir, Adies dalsamea. Labrador. Waghorne.
This fungus is allied to but differs from Valsa Friesii in its

larger pustules, more numerous perithecia and shorter asci and

spores. The color of the disk is grayish or grayish-green.

HyGropHorus NiGRIDIus. Pileus fleshy, convex, obtuse or
subumbonate, glabrous, grayish-brown or black-brown, often a
little darker in the center, flesh white; lamellae distant, decurrent,
white; stem rather slender, solid, brownish, white at the top;
spores elliptical, .0004 to .0005 in. long, .00024 to .0003 broad.

Pileus I to 2 in. broad; stem 1 to 2 in. long, 2 to 4 lines thick.

Gregarious or rarely two or three united at the base. Pine and
fir tree woods. Prince Edwards Island. October and November.
J. MacSwain.

This fungus differs from A. caprinus Fr. in its smaller size,
glabrous pileus and larger spores. A description of it was pub-
lished in the Country Gentleman of November 29, 1894, but one
is here given that it may be more readily accessible to mycologists.

In many of the foregoing descriptions I have been obliged to
give the colors indicated by the dried specimens. It is not likely
therefore that they will in all cases agree rigidly with the colors of
the fresh plant.

| Hypericum boreale (Britton) and related Species.

By EvucENE P. BICKNELL,

At York Harbor, Maine, Hypericum Canadense L. abounds,
Presenting itself in varying forms; Hypericum majus (Gray) Britton
frequently grows with it, either strongly typical or with aberrant
tendency; Hypericum mutilum L. is common also.

More characteristic of the region, however, than any of these
is a small species, which grows in abundance in open situations,

about the muddy borders of pools or in moist sandy soil, and
_ Shows some interesting lines of variation. Some fragmentary
specimens, collected in 1888, were pronounced by Dr. Britton to

212
be the little known Hypericum Canadense var. minimum,* a plant
which had never been well understood, but which, on account of
its narrow leaves, had been associated unhesitatingly with /7.
Canadense. Now, however, the study of a full series of specimens,
collected at York Harbor in August, shows clearly that, though
in one of its forms the plant certainly bears a strong general re-
semblance to forms of H. Canadense, its real affinity is with 7.
mutium, to which, indeed, it is nearly allied. Certain noteworthy
differences, however, forbid its direct reference to that species,
and give it an identity which is unmistakable when once the plant
is understood. These differences, moreover, prove to be constant
over a wide area; at least there is nothing to discredit them in
specimens which show the plant to have an extensive distribution,
ranging along the coast and islands of Maine into Nova Scotia,
and westward through Canada. That it also extends southward
in the mountains is attested by a specimen from Luzerne county,
Pennsylvania, and one from ah elevated station in northern New
Jersey. .

It is to be noted of this New Jersey specimen that it shows : a
near approach to muzi/um and may, perhaps, be taken as presump-
tive evidence that the two plants intergrade. If such be the fact,

however, it is, after all, only a part of the complementary fact that
elsewhere the same plants have reached a condition of complete
separation. The sub-species of one region has become a full
species elsewhere in its range.

In cases such as this of complete differentiation in one region,
how are we to deal with intergradation in another? It is practicable
to recognize a plant at the same time as a variety and as a species

according as to whether it occurs in one or in another part of its
habitat? It can only be said that if this condition of things
exists in nature we cannot refuse to recognize it, and shall have to
adjust our methods to it as best we may. But while we cannot
dissect the facts of nature too delicately for certain purposes of
botanical study, for other, more general purposes, we can often
reach better practical results with duller tools. For general pur-

*Dr. Britton has since shown that the name minimum of Choisy is not properly

applicable to this plant, and has therefore designated it ve ‘pericum, Canadense vax.
boreale. Bull. Torr. Club, 18: 365. 1891.

213

poses, therefore, what shall be our practice in cases similar to the
one before us? The older idea would appear to have been; Some-
where a variety, everywhere a variety ; with equal, as it seems to
me with better reason, it may be held, Somewhere a species, every-
where a species; that is to say, everywhere where individuals
of such a regional species are found upholding the characters
which distinguish their type in the region of its perfect em-
ancipation. Let zutermediates be frankly accepted as inter-
mediates, not feared or avoided as elements of confusion or as
being necessarily prejudicial to this or that otherwise unexcep-
tionable “ species”; let them be sought for and studied ; in time we |
may come to learn from them, in one case perhaps, that they re-
present weakening links between diverging forms; in another,
that they afford indices to old relationships; in yet another, it
may be that they mark the first steps in a union of two allied
Species into a broader single one.

Upon these. views the plant here defined is named with specific
rank as Hypericum boreale (Britton). The conceptions of other
botanists may require them to write Wpericum mutilum boréale, or,
if even more conservative, Hypericum mutilum var. boreale. In
any case, the fact of nature sought to be expressed is the same.

‘Hypericum soreate (Britton), From 1-18 in. high, mostly
3-8 in.; stem obscurely quadrangular to terete, upright from an
assurgent, or reclined and rooting base, rarely erect from the root,
simple or cymose-branched. Main stem-leaves from elliptic-
linear to narrowly oblong and elliptic-oblong, or one or two
pairs in the cyme sometimes slightly broadened to a sub-clasping
base, those of the lower part of the stem much reduced and
crowded, oval to short-oblong, at the very base of the stem some-
times thickened and transformed into small lanceolate overlapping
Scales. The small form of the plant which has been known as
#1. Canadense var. minimum, has a simple stem, leafy-cymulose at
the top, bearing many pairs of nearly linear or linear-oblong leaves,
sometimes no larger than 3/’-4/x 1”. Another small form has
fewer short-oblong obtusely rounded, small leaves, mostly nar-
Towed to the base, but the pair which subtends the cymule some-
times broadened and sub-clasping. Larger plants may be cymose-
branched, even from the base, with narrowly oblong os
' elliptic leaves reaching an extreme size of 16”x 3" or 4’.

Cymes leafy-bracted throughout, varying from very simple =
_ few-flowered to compound and_ contractedly —
_ Bracts foliaceous throughout, oblong to linear, obtuse. Sepals

214

linear to oblong-linear, obtuse. Flowers about 2%" broad. Cap-
sules 2-214” long by 1-114” broad, oblong, rounded or abruptly ~
contracted to the apiculate apex, membranaceous and strongly
cross-wrinkled, the exposed portion deep purplish in color almost
from the first, and conspicuously exceeding the sepals. Seeds rela-
tively large, .03 inch long, linear, 3-5 times longer than broad, pale,
strongly longitudinally furrowed and minutely cross-lined, under
the microscope suggesting a miniature ear of corn.*

As compared with doreale, mutilum, though having sometimes
the assurgent base of the stem, is commonly erect from the root,
the stem distinctly quadrangular, the stem-leaves, which reach an
extreme size of 14’x'7’’, are throughout larger and much broader,
and vary in shape from ovate-orbicular to ovate-oblong, often
gradually narrowed from the broadly-dilated base to the obtuse
tip, sometimes oblong, but always with a broad sub-clasping base;
5-7-nerved, thin and much reticulated instead of thicker and often
3-nerved, with the reticulation sparse, obscure or wanting; the
cymes more compound and delicately dichotomous, with minute -
and setaceous instead of leafy bracts; the capsule smaller, even
only half the size(1’-2”” x 14-1’), mostly ovoid- or oblong-conical,
often but little exceeding the sepals, commonly greenish or, in age,
greenish-purple, instead of early deep purple; the seeds smaller,
oblong, only 2-3 times longer than broad, yellowish-brown and
shining instead of dull whitish, very minutely cross-wrinkled, not
furrowed, but sometimes indistinctly striate.

The seeds of doreate, while differing strikingly from those of
mutilum, resemble somewhat those of Canadense, which, though

* Besijes the York Harbor series, specimens of Hypericum boreale have been
examined, as follows:

Somesville, Mount Desert Island, Maine, Aug. 25, 1890, Edward L. Rand.

Prince Edward’s Island, Aug. 2, 1888, John Macoun.

St. John’:, Newfoundland, Aug. 6, 1894, B. L. Robinson and H. Schrenk.

Notre Dame du Lac, Termiscouta Co., Canada, Aug. 13, 1887, John I. Northrop.

« Vermont.”

Lily Lake, Luzerne Co., Pa, Aug. 16, 1889, John K. Small.

Morris Pond, New Jersey, Sept. 11, 1890, N. L, Britton.

This last is the apparently intermediate speci.ren already referred to. It is the
only example seen in which there are any minute bracts in the cymes.

Hooker’s description of A. guinguenervium of Walter, in Fl. Bor. Am. 1:
110, clearly refers to HH. doreale, as here defined, and as clearly excludes true 7.
mutilum, of which guinguenervium is a synonym. The habitat of the plant is given
as “Canada to Lake Winipeg. Dr. Richardson. Frequent in upper Canada.”

215

shorter, are of the same pale color, and are evidently striate—
striate-angled, however, rather than furrowed. The seeds of majus
prove to differ from those of Caxadense in respect of size, color and
Surface character, much as those of mutilum differ from those of
boreaie. The broad-based leaves of majus and mutilum here comes
_ to mind and suggests a sort of parallelism between Canadense and
majus on the one hand and éoreale and mutilum on the other.

It may be noted that sayus has the smallest and narrowest
seeds of the entire series; doreade, the smallest plant of all, having
the largest seeds.

The relationship between Canadense and doreale needs no ex-
tented comment. It is true that from the leaves alone some
forms of each plant would scarcely be regarded as different, but
the character of the inflorescence of each is perfectly destinctive :
Canadense will be found to differ constantly in its more strict and
compound, minutely bracted cymes, with more or less tapering cap-
sules and calyx lobes.

It has just been said that forms of Canadense cannot by the
leaves alone be separated from forms of doreale. This is equally
true of majus. All three species assume in some of their states a
narrowly. oblong form of leaf which is practically the same in all.
In specimens of majus, however, which exhibit this form of feaf,
the other distinctive characters remain unimpaired: it maintains
the large pod, long tapering sepals, and characteristic seeds. Not
So, however, Canadense. In the oblong-leaved form collected at
York Harbor, there is a general difference also in the inflor-
€scence and capsules; the cyme is less strict and more delicately
branched, even becoming somewhat diffuse, and the short-pedi-
celled capsules are more numerous and crowded, and only about
half the usual size, 1-2” instead of 22" long; the seeds also
take on a darker color, and seem to approach those of mutilum
Indeed, some examples of this form have much similarity =
less branched forms of mutilum, and actually seem to be impli-
cated somehow with that species. In fact, in the case of some
immature specimens, it can aaeoy be said to which species they
belong.

Compared with fully typical Canadense, this form reer .
striking contrast, and in studying the group I have found it con-
venient to label it var. parvicarpum.

Ox:

Further Remarks on Family Nomenclature.

By Dr. V. HAvarRpD.

It is generally admitted that the animal and vegetable king-
doms cannot be classified on the same lines and divided into
groups of the same value. Species and genera are nearly identi-
cal in the two kingdoms, but as we rise above genera the similar-
ity is less apparent and the higher we go the more doubtful be-
comes the analogy between the groups, so that near the summit
of the scale no comparison is possible. This is due to the great
dissimilarity in the nature of the organisms, the infinitely more
numerous and varied functions of animals and the greater diff-
culty of ascertaining their natural relationship. From these con-
siderations it follows that the application to both kingdoms of one
uniform and identical nomenclature is impracticable; but, were it
otherwise, the desirability of different and distinctive endings
would still be manifest.

-Zoologists appear to have reached a satisfactory uniformity in
the terminations of the names of their principal groups. As
early as 1845, the Association of American Naturalists, convened
at New Haven, adopted the following proposition:

. “ It is recommended that names of families should end uni-
formly in zdae and sub-families in dae.” :

These endings were then in general use; they were confirmed
at the meeting of the A. A.A. S., in. 1877, and are now invaria-
bly accepted... The name of the family or sub-family is a/ways that
of one of its genera with the above endings. It is to be noticed,
however, that animal families usually contain but few genera, not
rarely only 2 or 3, often only 3 to 5,and seldom more than 10 or
15. Perhaps they might be more correctly assimilated to botani-
cal tribes. The term ¢rile appears to be very seldom used by
zoologists, the name of the group intermediate between the fam-
ily and genus being mostly swd-family in inae. —

_ A cause of confusion, as pointed out by Mr. L. M. Underwood in
the March BuLLeETIN, is the variable conception of order, being con-
sidered by phanerogamic botanists a synonym of family, while, by
zodlogists and the majority of cryptogamists, it is applied to the

217

next higher group above family. It seems to me that’a desirable
step in the direction of uniformity would be taken if all botanists
would, in this regard, conform to the usage of zodlogists; for, al-
though we need not strive after similarity of nomenclature in the
two kingdoms, yet we should avoid, so far as practicable, the use
of the same appellations with a distinctly differeut meaning.

The termination in aceae is the one now generally accepted by
botanists for family names. It is strictly in accordance with good
Latin and otherwise unobjectionable. The vexed question is,
can it and must it be applied in all cases? A. de Candolle in his
“Laws of Botanical Nomenclature” (1867) establishes three ex-
ceptions:

Ist. When the genus from which is derived the family name
ends in zx or 2s (genitive icis, idis or iscis) the termination zeae,
‘deze or ineae is admitted: SALICINEAE, BERBERIDEAE, TAMARIS-
CINEAE.

2d. When the genus from which the family name is derived has
a name of unusual length, and there is no tribe founded upon it,
the termination in eae is admitted: DipTEROCARPEAE from Dipter-
ocarpus.

3d. For a few large families, named long ago, and now every-
where known under their irregular names, the latter are main-
tained: CruciFERAE, LEGUMINOSAE, GUTTIFERAE, UMBELLIFERAE,
Compositar, Lapiatar, CUPULIFERAE, CONIFERAE, PALMAE, GRAM-
INEAE.

These exceptions, when formulated, expressed the best con-
Servative usage of the day, but it is apparent they have lost much
of their strength and I doubt whether their illustrious author
would now insist upon the first two. The first has long since
been disregarded ; thus in Gray’s Manual, as well as in Pflanzen-
familien and Baillon’s Histoire des Plantes, we have SALICACEAE,
BERBERIDACEAE, PLANTAGINACEAE, ORCHIDACEAE, AMARYLLIDA-
CEAE, etc? The length of the name is a point upon which we
need not dwell; so long as a name is correctly constructed eed
number of syllables cannot be of much moment; thus in Baillon’s.
Histoire we have DiprEROCARPACEES and CENTROLEPIDACEES, and
in Pflanzenfamilien, PoraMOGETONACEAE, HyDROCHARITACEAE, etc.
It is therefore obvious that whenever the name of a family is de-

218

rived from that of a genus the termination in aceae is applicable
without exception.

The third exception presents serious difficulties. Here the
family name is descriptive, that is, not based upon a genus but
derived from some structural characteristic. Can the ending aceae
be applied to it? This ending (from akos or acus) is an adjective-
suffix, and therefore only applicable to a substantive, ¢. ¢.: rosa,
vosaceus ; lilium, liliaceus, &c., the e being inserted for reasons of
enphony. It cannot be affixed to adjectives (like compositus, conif-
erus, leguminosus, gramineus, &c.), and such names as COMPOSITA-
CEAE, CONIFERACAE, &c., with two adjective terminations, are
obviously inadmissible. But it happens that all family descriptive

“names (CoMPOSITAE excepted) are based upon a substantive (conus,
umbella, crux, legumen, labium, cupula, gramen, &c.), 30 that we can
replace the ordinary and variable adjective-ending by the uniform
aceae and correctly form such family names as CONACEAE, UMBEL-
LACEAE, LEGUMINACEAE, practically equivalent to CONIFERAE, Um--
BELLIFERAE, LEGUMINOSAE. The principle was recognized by
Linnaeus who adopted such descriptive names as AMENTACEAE,
PAPILIONACEAE, SPATHACEAE, &c.

But admitting, as we may, that CoNnACEAE and LEGUMINACEAE
are as correctly constructed as RosaceakE and LILIACEAE, it is still
true that, although with the same ending, they convey an entirely
different meaning; the former are plants wth cones, dearing le-
gumes, while the latter are plants “ke the Rose, similar to the
Lily; the former imply the possession of a certain character, the
latter imply similitude to atype genus. Clearly this is not admis-
sible. The uniformity we are striving for must be not only in
outward form but likewise in the mode of construction and in-
ward meaning.

We are thus forced to the conclusion that the ending aceae is
inapplicable to the names under consideration, and that no change
in their construction is possible or advisable. What is then to be
done? Two alternatives offer themselves: Leave them alone, as
they have stood for several generations of botanists, or abolish
and replace them by the first published generic names as proposed
by Mr. Barnhart. The latter course will commend itself to all who
think uniformity essential, and is urged upon us by the example

a

219

of zodlogists, but such a radical change will not be easily ac-
quiesced in. In the case of zodlogists, the family usually contain-
ing only few genera, it is comparatively easy to adopt the name
of one of them for that of the family, and, as a rule, the characters
of the adopted genus will not as widely differ from those of the
other genera as, say, Fragaria does from Prunus, Cassia from Tri-
folium or Pinus from Ginkgo, so that such name is readily accept-
able as representative of the family. It happens that the botanical
families in question are among the largest of the vegetable world
and it seems difficult to recognize CASSIACEAE as the representa-
tive of all Lecuminosag, and AmMiaceae as that of all UmBe.ir-
ERAE. The difficulty would be lessened if botanists, instead of
extending the boundaries of families as has been the tendency in
recent times, endeavored to restrict them to the lowest admissible
limits, those, for instance, of several of our well defined suborders.

I am not prepared to make a choice between the two alterna-
tives. Perhaps a majority of botanists would now prefer that the
old familiar names be maintained. Be that as it may, a decision
Will soon impose itself and, judging from the present trend of
thought, at least in this country, it is safe to predict that long and
honorable usage will eventually be sacrificed to the claims of
uniformity and stability.

If we admit the law that the family name must in all cases be
based upon that of a recognized genus, we still have difficulties to
surmount; what is a “recognized” genus? The comparative
instability of genera is well known; authors do not agree upon
their value and limitations; should the family name be exposed
to this insecurity? The danger of possible changes from that
Source is very much mitigated by A. De Candolle’s law:

“ An old genus name which has become the name of a section
Or species can be maintained as the radical of a family name:
LENTIBULARIACEAE from Lentidularia, HipPocASTANACEAE from
Aesculus Hippocastanum, CARYOPHYLLACEAE from Dianthus Cary-
ophyllus, etc.”

If this law can be accepted by nomenclature reformers, their
path will be made much smoother and we shall be the more readily
inclined to follow them thereon.

220

New or noteworthy North American Phanerogams.—IX.

By N. L. BRITTON.

“Carex Baivevi Britton, n. sp.

Carex tentaculata var. gracilis Boott, Il. 94. 1860. Not C. gra-
cults Rom:

Carex lurida var. gracilis Bailey, ee Torr. Club,1: 11. 1889.

After observing this plant over a wide range of territory for
several seasons, I have concluded to propose it as a species. I
obtained crucial proof of its distinctness from C. lurida last
autumn by finding the two growing side by side near Lake Placid,
N.Y. I think the following description will readily identify it.
It affords me much pleasure to associate the name of my friend,
Prof. L. H. Bailey, with this very beautiful sedge.

Glabrous, culms erect or reclining, very slender, minutely
scabrous above, 1°-2° long. Leaves slightly scabrous, elongated,
1’’-2”” wide, the upper and the similar bracts exceeding the culm ;
staminate spike solitary, short-peduncled ; pistillate spikes 1-3,
narrowly cylindric, very densely many -flowered, all erect or as-
cending, 9’’-2’ long, about 4” in diameter, the upper sessile, the
lower more or less stalked; perigynia inflated, ovoid, 214’’—3”
long, ascending, abruptly contracted into the subulate sootica
beak, prominently several-nerved, the lower about equalling, the

upper longer than the linear-subulate ciliate-scabrous scale ;
stigmas 3.

In bogs, Vermont to Pennsylvania, Virginia and Tennessee
along the mountains.

Another species has recently been distributed as C. Badleyt
from the Herbarium of Harvard University, but no description of
it has appeared, and 1 am informed by Dr. B. L. Robinson that it
is probably C. Raeana Boott, in which conclusion I concur.

_ Carex Asa-Grayi hispidula (A. Gray) Bailey, Bull. Torr. Club,
20: 427. 1803,

Carex Grayi var. hispidula A. Gray; Bailey, Mem. Torr. Club,

: 54. 1889.

The occurrence of trichomes on the perygynia in Carex, while
a very strong character in some groups, is evidently a poor one in
others. In the species under consideration it is so variable that
it does not seem to me to warrant the separation of the proposed

221
variety, especially as this does not appear to have other characters
nor any well marked distribution.as compared with the glabrous
plant.

CAREX WALTERIANA Bailey, Bull. Torr. Club, 20: 429. 1893.

This is another species whose perigynia vary from glabrous
to quite densely pubescent. Professor Bailey has proposed (loc.
cit.) a variety dvevis for those with glabrous perigynia. I find the
pubescence exceedingly variable ; it is true,as he remarks, that the
northern plants tend to have no pubescence, while the southern
ones have a great deal, but I have New Jersey specimens in which
the perigynia are hairy at the base and South Carolina specimens
whose perigynia are very nearly glabrous. Under these circum-
stances I see no desirability of separating the northern plant as a
Variety. :

CAREX BULLATA Schk. A form of this species with solitary
long-stalked spreading’ pistillate spikes is collected by Mr. Light-
hipe at Sand Hills, Middlesex Co., N. J. It was erroneously
recorded in my Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey as C.
Olneyi, which, after an examination of several authentic specimens,
I refer with confidence to C. monile.

Carex Hartu Dewey Am. Journ. Sci. (IL.) qr: 226. 1866.

Carex retrorsa var. Hartii A. Gray, Man. Ed. 5, 600. 1867.

Examination of a considerable suite of specimens convinces me
that this is a species distinct from C. retrorsa. 1 append a descrip-
tion:

Glabrous, culms very slender, smooth or very slightly scabrous
above, erect or reclining, 114°-2%° long. _Leaves elongated,
rough on the margins and lower side of the midvein, or. 3 ite,
the upper and the similar bracts much overtopping the culm ;
staminate spikes 1 or 2, the lower sometimes pistillate at the base,
borne on astalk 1%4’-1’ long; pistillate spikes 2-4, scattered, rather
loosely many-flowered, the upper sessile, the lower slender-stalked,
1’-2’ long, about y’ thick, all erect or ascending; perigynia in-
flated, ovoid-conic, spreading or the lower somewhat reflexed, prom-
inently few-nerved, about 3/’ long, gradually tapering into the long
2-toothed beak, 2-3 times as long as the lanceolate acute or acum-
ate scale; stigmas 3.

In marshes, Ontario to central New York (and Pennsylvania ?)

_ West to Michigan.

222

CAREX ATRATIFORMIS Britton.

Carex ovata Rudge, Trans. Linn. Soc. 7: 96. p/. 9. 1804. Not
Burm.

Carex atrata var. ovata Boott, Ill. 114. 1892.

This plant appears to me constantly different from the Euro-
pean C. atrata; I characterize it is as follows:

Glabrous, culms very slender, erect, sharp-angled, scabrous
above, 8’—2° tall, leafy only below. Leaves smooth or but
slightly scabrous, 1/’—114"’ wide, rarely over 6’ long, much shorter
than the culm; spikes 2-5, dense, oblong or oblong-cylindric, 4’/’—
12” long, about 214” in diameter, the terminal one usually stami-
nate at the base and sessile or nearly so, the others filiform-
stalked and drooping when mature; lower bracts %4’-114’ long,
very narrow, the upper ones subulate; perigynia flattened, ovate
or nearly orbicular, puncticulate, ascending, about 1/’ long, tipped
with a very short minutely 2-toothed beak; scales reddish-brown,
oblong, obtuse or subacute, slightly narrower than and about
equalling the perigynia; stigmas 3.

Newfoundland to the mountains of New England, west to the
Northwest Territory. . :

~ CAREX STRICTA XEROCARPA (S. H. Wright).

Carex xerocarpa S. H. Wright, Am. Journ. Sci. (II.) 42: 334-
1866.

This appears to me to be a very well marked variety, if not a
species distinct from C. stricta Lam. The pistillate spikes are
almost filiform, loosely flowered and about 1” in diameter. Be-
sides original specimens collected in central New York by the
describer of the species, I have it from Illinois, collected by J.
Wolf. :

Carex Haypen Dewey, Am. Journ. Sci. (II.) 18: 103. 1854.
Carex aperta Carey in A. Gray, Man. 547. 1848. Not Boott.
Carex stricta var. decora Bailey, Coult. Bot. Gaz. 13: 85. 1888.
Professor Bailey has shown that the plant referred to C. aperta

Boott, in the earlier editions of Gray’s Manual, is not the same as

the species of the Northwest to which the name was originally

applied. I am confident that it is specifically distinct from C.

stricta. 1 refer it to C. Haydeni with hesitation, although exam-

ination of an immature authentic specimen indicates that this name

may be correctly applied to it. The species may be characterized
as follows:

223

Glabrous, similar to C. s¢ricta but smaller, culm slender, scab-
rous above, seldom over 2° high. Leaves 1/114” wide, rough-
margined, shorter than or sometimes overtopping the culm, their
sheaths slightly or not at all fibrillose; lower bract foliaceous, about
equalling the culm; staminate spikes linear-cylindric, 6-15” long,
about 2’ in diameter, erect or somewhat spreading, all sessile
or nearly so, sometimes with a few staminate flowers at the sum-
mit; perigynia orbicular, obtuse, about 4" broad, faintly 2-4-
~nerved, minutely beaked, the orifice entire; scales lanceolate,
purplish, spreading, very acute, about twice as long as the peri-
gynia; stigmas 2.

In swamps, New Brunswick to Western Ontario, south to
Rhode Island, Pennsylvania, Wisconsin and Nebraska.

CAREX CosTaTA Schwein. Ann. Lyc.N. Y. 1: 67. 1824. Not Presl,

1819. :

Carex virescens var. costata Dewey, Am. Journ. Sci. 9: 260.
1825.

My observations on this plant lead me to believe it constantly
different from C. virescens Muh]. As the name applied to it by

«, U
Schweinitz has been used before, I propose for it"CAREX COSTEL-
LATA and give its characters as follows:

Similar to C. virescens but taller and more spreading, culms
slender, 1°_2 1%Z° long. Leaves 114’’-2” wide, pubescent, espe-
cially on the sheaths, shorter than the culm, the upper one and the
similar lower bract sometimes overtopping the spikes ; spikes 2=5;
narrowly cylindric, many-flowered, rather loose, ¥4’-1/% long,
1%” in diameter, erect or slightly spreading, the terminal one
Staminate below, the lower one commonly filiform-stalked; peri-
gynia oblong, densely pubescent, narrowed at each end, strongly
Several-ribbed, 1’ long, rather more than yn" thick, beakless, the
Orifice entire; scales ovate, scarious-margined, acuminate or
Cuspidate, shorter than the perigynia; stigmas 3.

In woods, Maine and Ontario to North Carolina, chiefly along

the mountains.

“ ALLIONIA BusuHI n. sp. Low, glabrous, somewhat fleshy; stem
Nearly white, diffusely branched, about 8’ high, the branches
slender, widely divergent; leaves narrowly linear, sessile, 1-3’ long,
1’’_114” wide, blunt, their width almost uniform from base to
pex; involucres clustered at the ends of the branches, at first
campanulate and longer than the flowers, at length rotate ane be-
_€oming 10” broad, membranaceous, pubescent, finely reticulate-
_ Veined, their 3 short lobes semi-circular, rounded, the mid-veins
_ prominent.

224

In dry ground. Jackson county, Missouri. August, 1893.
B. F. Bush. ee

Resembles 4. Bodin (Holzinger) Morong, which is much
- more slender, its involucres short-pedicelled in the axils, the lobes
ovate-oblong and acute. :

sae
RANUNCULUS ALLEGHENIENSIS n. sp.

Similar in aspect to R. adortivus and R. micranthus, glabrous,
stem widely branched, 1°-2° tall. Radical leaves reniform or sub-
orbicular, 6-2’ wide, long-petioled, crenate or some of. them
lobed, the teeth and lobes subacute; stem leaves sessile or the
lower petioled, divided nearly or quite to the base into linear acute
entire toothed or cleft segments; flowers about 2” broad; petals
oblong, glandular, not exceeding the calyx; head of fruit sub-glo-
bose or oblong, 2” in diameter; receptacle linear, about 2’ long,
pubescent ; achenes slightly compressed and margined, tipped with
subulate hooked or recurved styles of about one-half their length.

Mountains of Virginia and North Carolina. April-May.

Brassica JUNCEA (L.) Cosson, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 6: 609-
4859...

Sinapis guncea L. Sp. Pl. 668. 1753.

Annual, glabrous, somewhat succulent, stem erect, usually
stout, 2°-4° tall. Lower leaves runcinate-pinnatifid and dentate,
long-petioled, 4’-6/ long, the uppermost sessile or nearly so, lance-
olate or linear, commonly entire, much smaller; fruiting racemes
sometimes 1° long; pods erect or nearly so on slender ascending
pedicels, not appressed to the axis, 1-2’ long, rather more than 1’

wide, the conic-subulate beak one-fourth to one-third the length
of the body.

_ This plant has been sent to me from a aumber of points dur-
ing the past three years and I have collected it twice myself. It
seems to be fairly naturalized in some regions. As represented in
the specimens examined, it is readily distinguished from &. Siza-
pistrum Boiss. by the total absence of the hispid pubescence of that
species and by its erect longer and subulate-beaked pods.

In waste places, Southern New York and Pennsylvania to
Michigan and Virginia. Adventive or naturalized from Asia.
Also introduced into the West Indies and South America.

_ Cuimapnica Pursh. Additional proof of the non-publication
of Pseva Raf., as an older name for this genus is to be found in
Rafinesque’s review of “ A Manual of Botany for the Northern

225

States, compiled by the Editor of Richard’s Botanical Dictionary,”
Albany, 1817. The author of this work is reported to have been
Prof. Amos Eaton. Rafinesque’s review is printed in the “ Ameri-

«an Monthly Magazine,” 1: 426-430, September, 1817, where

among his criticisms he remarks, « He (Eaton) has not adopted the
good genera Pte Si a . ete,

Descriptions of new Leaves from the Cretaceous (Dakota Group)
of Kansas.*

By ArtTHuUR HOLLICK.
(PLATES 236, 237.)

During the past year one of the students f at Columbia Col-
lege was engaged under my direction in overhauling and nam-
ing the Dakota Group material in the Geological Museum, with
instructions to put aside all specimens which could not be satis-
factorily identified. I take pleasure in saying that the specimens
now under consideration were the only ones, except a few frag-
ments not capable of being satisfactory determined, which he
found necessary to thus separate; also to state that they appar-
ently represent three species and one variety new to the horizon, -
and to give him credit for having recognized them as posessing
characters different from those of any published plates or descrip-
tions with which they could be compared. All are from the
vicinity of Fort Harker, Kans.

SASSAFRAS (ARALIOPSIS) Lesq.

This subdivision of the genus Sassafras was made by Lesque-
reux to contain a number of leaves which might be classed with
either Sassafras or Aralia. Their systematic position is yet prob-
lematic, but they are included under the former genus in his post-
humous Flora of the Dakota Group, edited ae F, H. Knowlton.
(Monog. xvii. U.S. G.S., 1891.)

* Read by title at the meeting of the New York Academy of Sciences, February

u, 1895. j
" +Mr. Chas. R. Pollard, now Assistant Curator of the National Herbarium.

296

SASSAFRAS (ARALIOPSIS) DISSECTUM SYMMETRICUM N. var,

(Plate 236.)

Differs from S. (A.) dissectum Lesq. Cret. & Tert. Fl. 57; FI.
Dak. Gr. 101. p/. rg. f. 7, in its symmetrical branching, especially
that of the lateral primaries, which start from the base of the leaf
exactly opposite to one another and fork at an equal distance
above ; also in the fact that the blade of the leaf is not decurrent
along the petiole, but ends at the point where the lateral primaries
branch from the midrib.

I was at first inclined to describe this as a new species, but the
imperfect condition of the upper portion of the specimen seemed
to render this inadvisable, and its substantial agreement in essen-
tial particulars with S. (A.) dissectum decided me to class it asa
variety of that species.

Cissires HEEr.

This genus was founded by Heer, to include leaves presumably
allied to Czsszs, but subsequently made by other authors to in-

clude leaves having more or less resemblance to Vitis, Platanus,
Sassafras, etc.

CISSITES PLATANOIDEA Nn. sp.
(Plate 237. f. 2.)

Leaf symmetrical, 23¢ in. long by 23 in. broad, sub-orbicular
to fan-shaped in outline, abruptly decurrent at base, obscurely
3-lobed; margin undulate or obscurely dentate; nervation 3-pal-
mate, craspedodrome; midrib abruptly thickened below the point
where the lateral primaries branch off, also to a lesser extent be-
low the point where the upper secondaries branch off; secondaries
clustered together in two pairs above the middle of the midrib,
the upper pair extending to the margins, the lower pair merging
gradually into the tertiary nervation, of which it may perhaps be
considered to form a part; the latter forming polygonal meshes,
well defined; lateral primaries branched mostly from below, ob-
scurely from above near the extremities and abruptly thickened
below the point where the first secondaries branch off.

This leaf is suggestive of species which have been described
under the genera Sassafras (S. obtusum Lesq., etc.,) Platanus (P.
Heeri Lesq., P. obtusiloba Lesq., etc.), Cissites (C. ingens Lesq., etc.),

227

and Parrotia (P. Canfieldi Lesq.), but is clearly distinct from any of
these, and rather than erect a new genus I have decided to class
it with C7sszfes and to indicate other characteristics in the specific
name.

CISSITES ACUTILOBA Nn. sp.
(Plate 237. f. 3.)

Leaf 234 in. long by 234 in. broad, sub-orbicular in outline,
three lobed, lobes acute; nervation 3-palmate ; lateral primaries
long, almost equalling the midrib, somewhat incurved, margin en-
tire.

Differs from C. Harkerianus Lesq., with which it is closely
allied, in its more rounded outline, longer lateral primaries and

acute lobes and apex.

PROTOPHYLLUM Lesq.

This genus was founded by Lesquereux to include certain
leaves of an apparently synthetic type, some of which had been
described under the genera Credneria and Pterospermites. The
systematic position of the genus cannot yet be said to be defini-
tely determined, although in Fl. Dak. Gr. /. c. it is classed in the
Sterculiaceae. Whatever its systematic position may be there is
no doubt that our species belongs to the genus as defined. —

PROTOPHYLLUM QUERCIFORME nN. Sp.

-

(Plate 237, f. 1.)

Leaf 3% in. long by almost 3% broad at middle, rhombic-
vate in outline, rounded above, more or less abruptly narrowed
from middle to base, slightly acuminate at apex; margin undulate-
dentate; nervation craspedodrome; lower secondaries relatively
Slender, crowded together, branching from the midrib at an obtuse
angle; median ones stronger, more distant, branching from the
midrib at a more acute angle, forked two-three times; upper ones
again slender and branching as before at a more obtuse angle;
tertiary nervation uniform, slightly curved outward, simple, fine,

_ and at right angles to the secondaries throughout.

This leaf somewhat resembles P. Haydenii Lesq., but differs
in its smaller size, narrowed base and. more rounded apex. The
Superficial appearance suggests one of our broad leaved oaks, as
I have indicated in the specific name.

228

In conclusion I wish to acknowledge my indebtedness to Dr.
F. H. Knowlton of the United States Geological Survey for criti-
cisms and references in nomenclature and synonomy.

A Preliminary List of the North American Species of Malpighiaceae
. and Zygophyllaceae.

By ANNA Murray VAIL.

MALPIGHIACEAE.
1. JANUSIA A. Juss. Monog. Malp. 349. p/. 27. 1843.

JANuSIA GRACILIS A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 1: 37. 1852.

Distr. Arizona, New Mexico, Texas and Mexico.

2. ASPICARPA Rich. in Mem. Mus. Par. 2: 398. fl. 7. 1815.
1. ASPICARPA HYSSOPIFOLIA A. Gray, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 6:

167. 1850.

Distr. Téxas, New Mexico and North Mexico.

2. ASPICARPA LONGIPES A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 1: 37. 1852.

Distr. Texas, New Mexico, southern Arizona and North
Mexico,

Very close to A. humilis (Benth.), from which it differs mainly
in its trailing, and decumbent habit and somewhat larger leaves.*
3. THRYALLIS L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 554. 1763..Not Thryallis
) Mart. Nov. Gen. 3: 77. pd. 230, 2317. 1829.

THRYALLIS ANGUSTIFOLIA (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 89. 1891.
Galphimia angustifolia Benth. Bot. Sulph. 9. 1844.

_ Galphimia linifolia A. Gray, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 6: 166.
1850.

Distr. Western Texas to New Mexico, Lower California and
Mexico.

_ Very variable. The broader leaved form is
THRYALLIS ANGUSTIFOLIA OBLONGIFOLIA, (A. Gray.)

Galphimia linifolia 3 oblongifolia A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 1: 36

1852. It is found with the type and may possibly be a species.

* Aspicarpa Hartwegiana A, Juss. Arch. Mus, Par. 3: 598. 1843, is a synonym
of Gaudichaudia humilis Benth. Pl. Hartw. 6. 1839, fde Kew Index.

229 .

4. MALPIGIA -L. Sp. -Pla25.: 1783.

MALPiGIA GLABRA L. Sp. Pl. 425. 1753.
Malpigia nitida Mill. Gardn. Dict. Ed. 8: No. 5. 1768.
Distr. Texas, Mexico, West Indies and South America.

5. BYRSONIMA Rich. & Juss. Ann. Mus. Par, 18: 481. 1811.
Byrsonima Lucipa (Sw.) H. B. K. Nov. Gen. 5: 147. 1821.
Malphigia lucida Sw. F\.. Ind. Occ. 852. 1800.

Distr. South Florida and West Indies.

ZYGOPHYLLACEAE.
1. FAGONIA L. Sp. Pl. 386. 1753.

* Faconta CAuiFornica Benth. Bot. Sulph. to. 1844.
Distr. California, North and South Mexico.

2. GUAJACUM L. Sp. Pl. 381. 1753.

Guajacum Sanctum L. Sp. Pl. 382.. 1753.

Guajacum verticale Ortega, Dec. 8: 93. 1800.

Guajacum Sanctum var. parvifolium Nutt. Sylva, 3: 17. eas
Distr. South Florida, Bahamas, San Domingo, Porto Rico, etc.

3. PORLIERIA Ruiz & Pav. Prod. 55. p/. 9: 1794.

PoRLIERIA ANGUSTIFOLIA (Engelm.) A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 1: 28.
1852. .

Guajacum angustifolium Engelm. Wisliz. Rep. 29. 1848.

Distr. Texas and North Mexico.

4. COVILLEA.+

Larrea Cav. in Ann. Hist. Nat. 2: 119. pf. 18, 19. 1800. Not
Larrea Orteg. Hort. Matr. Dec. 15. pl. 2. 1797.

COVILLEA DIVARICATA (Cav.).
Larrea divarica‘a Cav. Ann. Hist. Nat. 2: 122. 1800.

* FAGONIA CALIFORNICA GLUTINOSA Nf. var.

Somewhat stouter, the leaflets larger; the terminal one sub-rhomboid, the whole
plant beset with sub-sessile, aromatic, gold-colored glands.

Sonora, Mexico, Pringle (1884); Los Angeles Bay, Lower California, Palmer
No, 546 (1887) ; Sta. Rosalia Island, Palmer, Lower California (1890).

The above name appears on 4 sheet of Mr. Pringle’s collection in Herb, Columbia
College, and I have not been able to find any printed reference to it.

+ Named in honor of Frederick Vernon Coville.

230

&

Zygophyllum tridentatum DC, Prodr. 1: 706, 1824.

Larrea Mexicana Moric. Pl. Nouv. Am. 71. £48. 1833-1846.

Larrea glutinosa Engelm. Wisliz. Rep. 9. 1848.

Distr. Southern Utah, Nevada, Arizona, Texas, New Mexico,
Mexico and in the deserts of Chili.

Careful examination does not reveal any characters that war-
rant keeping the Mexican species distinct from the South American.
The principal differences were found in the stamineal scale. The
latter is a very variable organ, and three.or four variations were
found, not only on the same plant, but in the same flower.*

5. JRIBULUS-L, Sp. Pi.:386..°-1753,

I. TRIBULUS CISTOIDES L. Sp. Pl. 387. 1753.
Distr. Florida, Texas, Mexico, Lower California, West
Indies and tropical America.

2. TRIBULUS TERRESTRIS L. Sp. Pl. 387. 1753.
Distr. Ballast Grounds, Hunter’s Point, Long Island, N. Y.;
South Carolina, Mexico and Brazil. A native of Southern
Europe, East Indies, etc.

6. KALLSTROEMIA Scop. Introd. 212. 1777.
I. KALLSTROEMIA CaLirornica (S. Wats.)
Tribulus Californicus S. Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. 11: 125. 1876.
‘Distr. Arizona, North Mexico and Lower California.
2. KALLSTROEMIA GRANDIFLORA Torrey; A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 1: 28.
1852.

Kalistroemia grandiflora var. detonsa A. Gray, PI. Wright. 1:
28. 1852.

Tribulus grandifiorus Benth. & Hook. Gen. Pl. 1: 264.
1862-67.

Distr. Texas, Arizona, New Mexico, California, North and
South Mexico, Guatemala.
3. KALLSTROEMIA Maxima (L.) T. & G. Fl. N. A. x: 213. 1838.
Tribulus maximus L. Sp. Pl. 386. 1753.
Tribulus trijugatus Nutt. Gen. 1: 297, 1318,

* The other species are Covillea nitida (Cav.) and Covillea. cuneifolia (Cav-)»
both from South America,and described under Larrea in Cav. Icon. 6: 40-41. p%
559, 500. 1801.

231

Tribulus decolor Macfadyen, FI. Jamaic. 186. 1837.
Distr. Kansas, Arizona, Texas, New Mexico, Florida, Mexico,
and common in tropical and sub-tropical America to Brazil.

7..PEGANUM L. Sp. Pl. 444. 1753.

Prcanum Mexicanum A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 1: 30. 1852. 2:
106. 1853.
Distr. New Mexico and Mexico.

The Genus Zenobia Don,

In 1834 David Don published « A New Arrangement of the
Ericaceae,”* in which he separated a number of species from the
large Linnaean genus Andromeda, creating at the same time sev-
eral new genera in which the detached species were included. Of
these additions, Cassandra (now Chamaedaphne), Casstope and
Leucothoe have long been recognized as distinct; but Zenodia,
although it was taken up by Bentham and Hooker,} has been
considered by Gray and later botanists only a subgenus of Andro-
meda. 1 here propose to restore it to its original rank, thus pre-
serving the arrangement of Don and of Hooker.

ZENOBIA Don.

Calyx free, 5-lobed; corolla campanulate with 5 rounded
lobes; stamens 10, on short basally dilated filaments; anther-
cells elongated, 2-awned; stigma simple; capsule depressed-glo-
bose, 5-angled, loculicidally 5-valved, many-seeded ; seeds oval,
with a spongy testa and fleshy albumen. Smooth or glaucous
shrubs with somewhat coriaceous strongly reticulated leaves, and
white flowers disposed in axillary fascicles.

ZENOBIA CASSINEFOLIA (Vent.).
Andromeda cassinefolia Vent. Hort. Cels. 1: 00. 1800.
Andromeda nitida Sims, Bot. Mag. fl. 970. 1803. Not Bartr.
Andromeda speciosa Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 256. 1803.

Fruticose, glabrous throughout; leaves coriaceous, oblong-
Ovate, acuminate, irregularly serrate, the earlier obtuse, the later
acute, length 5 cm., width 2.5-to 3 cm.: flowers in naked umbelli-
—————

* Edinb, N. Phil. Journ. 17: 158, 1834.
+ Genera Plantarum, 2: 587. 1873.

232

form fascicles; corolla not deeply 5-lobed, 6 to 8 mm. long; calyx
spreading, its lobes acutely triangular.

North Carolina to Florida.

ZENOBIA PULVERULENTA (Willd). |
Andromeda pulverulenta Willd. Sp. Pl. 2: 610. 1799. Bartr.

Trav. N. & S. Car. Georg. fl. 474. 1799, without synonymy or
description. . ;

Andromeda speciosa var. pulverulenta Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1:
256. 1803.

Fruticose, glabrous and prominently glaucous throughout;
leaves subcoriaceous, elliptical, entire or obscurely serrulate,
slightly cuspidate, acute when young, becoming obtuse; length
5.5 to 6 cm., width 2.5 to 3 cm.; calyx somewhat campanulate,
its lobes closely appressed to the corolla, and with the peduncle
glauco-pulverulent; corolla with lobes more acute than in cassine-

Solia..
Same range as the last, but less common.
This species was figured by Bartram,* who evidently considered
it worthy of something more than varietal rank, although he did
not describe it. Michaux placed it under his Andromeda speciosa,
and his example was followed by Pursh,+ who remarks in a note
on speciosa: “1 certainly must epincide with Michaux’s idea of A.
_ pulverulenta being only a variety, as I very frequently have seen
intermediate varieties and even had the trace of bothon one plant.”
While it is true that Z. pulverulenta exhibits a variable degree
of glaucosity, there are other characters which, on careful examin-
tion, serve to separate it from cassinefolia. The calyx in the one
case is campanulate, inthe other spreading, with smaller lobes, the
leaves are elliptical, and not oblong-ovate; and the peduncles in
pulverulenta are always prominently glauco-pulverulent, giving the
plant a very distinctive appearance. It is also possible that the
two species may hybridize, as they occur throughout the same

range, and this would explain the various forms which Pursh
claims to have seen on the same plant.

CuHaries Louis PoLLarD.

* Trav. N. & S. Car. and Georg, 1. c.
+ FL Am. Sept. 2: 294. 1814.

233

Botanical Notes.

Nomenclatural—_A_ document has recently been issued from the
herbarium of Harvard University, accompanied by a letter signed
by the curator of that establishment, objecting to the system of
nomenclature adopted almost unanimously by the botanists of the.
American Association for the Advancement of Science at meetings
held in Rochester, N. Y., 1892; Madison, Wis., 1893, and Brook-
lyn, N. Y., 1894, and recommending certain rules as substitutes.
It seems desirable that this document be brought-before our botan-
ists for their kindly consideration.

The principles, or it may be better expressed, lack of princi-
ples, which are here favored have, as a matter of fact, been most
seriously considered by the American Association botanists for
more than five years, and every one of them has been carefully
weighed and found wanting in its application to a stable system
of nomenclature. The proposed rules have, indeed, been framed
to support what has recently been fittingly termed the “discredited”
plan of nomenclature. Still it may be assumed that they will
receive a certain amount of support from plant collectors and
physiologists, at least until more books shall have been issued
based on the rules which have been proven by long trial in other
branches of biological science to give nomenclature the stability
which is so necessary. The way for these has been paved by that
magnificent work, the “Silva of North America,’ the most ex-
haustive and elegant botanical publication yet produced in our
country ; by several State and local floras; and by other papers
too numerous to mention. The want of easily accessible descrip-
tive floras, written on this very practical system approved by the.
botanists of the American Association, is the only circumstance
which retards its still wider adoption. There is every reason to
believe that these will soon be supplied.

254

Proceedings of the Club.

Turespay Eveninc, APRIL 9TH, 1894.

Vice President Lighthope presided and there were 27 persons
present.

The following persons were elected active members: Miss
Alice M. Isaacs, Prof. E. S. Burgess, Miss Francis M. Chapin, Mr.
John Dallas, Mr. Carl D. Schaeffer, Miss Adelaide Porter, Miss S.
LeB. Drumm, Mr. Wm. C. Alpers, Miss Helen Parish, Miss Mabel
Choate and Mrs. Hamilton Kean.

Mr. Small, for the committee appointed to draft resolutions
upon the death of Mr. Redfield, presented a report and submitted
resolutions. The report was accepted and the resolutions adopted.
[The resolutions were printed with Mr. Canby’s biographical
sketch of Mr. Redfield in the April BuLLETIN. |

The announced paper of the evening, entitled “ Vallsneria
Spirals,” was then read by Miss Effie A. Southworth. The paper
consisted of an exhaustive review of the literature of this subject,
some contradictory statements by different authors being con-
trasted, followed by an account of the work which had been done
by Miss Southworth looking toward an explanation of such dis-

crepancies, and the contribution of additional facts to our knowl-
edge of this plant.

WepbnesDAy Eveninc, Aprit 24TH, 1895.

Vice-President Allen in the chair and 29 persons present.

Mr. John G. Block and Mr. John H. Stottler were elected
active members.

Dr. Britton exhibited specimens of last year’s growth of Conopho-
lis Americana, found by Mr. Stottler on Staten Island, where it was
apparently parasitical on an oak. He stated that several hundred
plants were growing in this locality, comprising a patch about 10
feet square. Mr. Lighthipe reported two collections of this plant
in the vicinity of Woodbridge, N. J., and was able to state that in
one of the places there were only a few isolated plants. Dr.
Rusby had collected the plant a number of times, but had always

235

found but a few plants growing in one locality. He had also
noticed this peculiarity in the case cf C. Mexicana. Mr. Van
Sickle had found a patch of about 50 specimens growing upon the
top of the Palisades.

Dr. Britton called attention the 6th volume of Hough’s Wood
Sections, which was now ready for distribution and to the publica-
tion of Mr. Small’s monograph on Polygonum and exhibited copies
of both.

The announced paper of the evening was then read by Mr. H.
A. Siebrecht, entitled «Some Interesting Orchids of Cultivation.”
The paper was handsomely illustrated with living specimens in
bloom. The paper dealt with the history of the earliest collec-
tions and collectors of orchids, and-traced the development of
their cultivation up to the present time. Interesting facts concern-
ing their native habits and the best methods of growing the dif-
ferent classes were presented, and a discussion concerning their
special habits of growth and fertilization was introduced.

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.

Atkinson, G.F. Additional Note on the Fungi of Blowing Rock, N. C.
Journ. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 10: 78. 1894.

Atkinson, G. F. Additions to the Erysipheae of Alabama. Journ.
Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 10: 74-76. 1894.

Atkinson, G. F. Comparative Study of the Structure and Function of
the Sporangia of Ferns in the Dispersion of Spores. Proc. A. A. A.
S. 42: 253, 254. 1894.

Atkinson, G. F. Photography asan Instrument for Recording the ma-
croscopic Characters of Microdrganisms in artificial Cultures. Proc.
A.A. A.S. 42: 255. 1894.

Atkinson, G. F. Preliminary Note on the Relation between the sterile
and fertile Leaves of Onoclea. Bot. Gaz. 19: 374, 375: 1894.

Atkinson, G. F. Preliminary Note on the Swarm-spores of Pythium
and Ceratiomyxa. Bot: Gaz. 19: 375-378. 1894.

Atkinson, G. F. Some Septoriae from Alabama. Journ. Elisha Mitchell
Sci. Soc. 10: 76-78. 1894.

Atkinson, G. F. Symbiosis in the Roots of the Ophioglosseae. Proc.

. A. A.A. S. 42: 254,255. 1894.

236.

Atkinson, G, F, The Study of the Biology of Ferns by the Collodian
Method. 8vo. pp. 134. f. 763. London and N. Y., McMillan & Co.
1894.

Bailey, L. H. The Recent Apple Failures. Bull. N. Y. (Cornell)
' Exp. Sta. 84: pp. 34-f. 9. pi I. Ja. 1895.

Treats largely of apple scab, with colored plate.

Bailey, W. W. George Hunt. Bot. Gaz. 20: 176, 177. 20 Ap.
1895.

Bastin, E. S. Structure of Zfigaea repens. Am. Journ. Pharm. 67:
231-2306. f. I-37. My. 1895.

Bolley, H. L. Distribution of Weed Seeds by Winter Winds. Bull.
N. Dak. Exp. Sta. 17: 102-105. Mr. 1895.

Bolley, H. L. Effect of Seed Exchange upon Culture of Wheat.
_ Bull. N. Dak. Exp. Sta. 172 85-102. Mr. 1895.

Blodgett, F. H. On the Development of the Bulb of the Adder’s-
- tongue. Bot. Gaz. 20: 172-175. fl. 7g. 20 Ap. 1895.

Boyer, C.S. A fossil marine Diatomaceous Deposit at St. Augustine,
Florida. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 171-174. 18 Ap. 1895.

Britton, N. L. The Systematic Botany of North America. Bot. Gaz.
20: 177-179. 20 Ap. 1895.

. Announcement of assignments of groups to monographers.

Canby, W.M. John H. Redfield. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 162-
171. 18 Ap. 1895. ‘
Sketch of life, with bibliography and portrait.

Chodat, R. Polygalaceae novae vel parum cognitae. Bull. Herb.
Boiss. 3: 121-135. Mr. 1895.
Five new species of Polyga/a and fourteen of Monnina from Central oe South
America are described.
Coville, F. V. A Reply to Dr. Robinson’s Criticism of the ‘‘ List of

Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern America.” Bot.
Gaz. 20: 162-167. 20 Ap. 1895.

Coville, F. V. Report of the Botanist U. S. Department of Agricul-
ture for 1893. Rep. Sec. Agric. 1893: 235-244. 1894.

Deane, W. Notes from my Herbarium. II. Bot. Gaz. 20: 150-154-
20 Ap. 1895.

Eastwood, A. Two Species of Aquilegia from the anes Sonoran
Zone of Colorado and Utah. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. II. 4: 559-552.
pl. 18, 79. 19 Mr. 1895.

Aguilegia micrantha n. sp. and A, ecalcarata Eastwood are illustrated and de-
scribed.

237

Forbes, S. A. Experiments with the Muscardine Disease of the Chinch
Bug, etc. Bull. Ill. Exp. Sta. 38: 25-86. p/. 8. Mr. 1895.
Sporotrichum was cultivated upon chinch bugs, and also equally as successfully

upon a mixture of cornmeal and beef broth.

Gardner, F. D. Corn Experiments. Bull. Ill. Exp. Sta. 37: pp. 24.
F. 1895.

Cross-fertilization—Effect of removing tassals.

Greene, E. L. Novitates occidentales.—XII. Erythea. 3: 62-68.

t Ap, 1895.

New species in /loerkea, Calyptridium, Rumex, Spiraea, Eryngium, Sanicula,
Erigeron, Cladothamnus, Phacelia, Cryptanthe, Mimulus, Fritillaria.

Greene, E. L. Phytographic Notes and Amendments.—I. Erythea,
3: 53-57. 1 Ap. 1895. ;
Hennings, P. Fungi Goyazenses.. Hedwigia, 34: 88-112. 8 Ap.

1895.
Describes Fungi collected by Dr. E. Ule in Brazil. New species in Ustilago,

Uromyces, Puccinia, Cronartium,Ravenelia, Uredo, Aecidium, Asterina, Asterula,

Asteroma, Dimerosporium, Parodiella, Meliola, Hypocrella, Uleomyces (n. g.),

Ophioceras, Ti abutia, Xylaria, Phyllachora, Dothidella and Tryblidium.

Keffer, C. A. The Banksian Pine in the Nebraska Sand Hills. Gard.
& For. 8: 152. 1 My. 1895.

Kellerman, W. A. and Werner, W. C. Catalogue of Ohio Plants.
Geology of Ohio, 7: 56-406. 1895.

A list of plants of the state, citing distribution and known localities for the rarer

Species, prefaced by a bibliography.

Kindberg, N. C. Check-list of European and North American Momes:

~ Can. Rec. Sci. 6: 17-23; 72-76. 1894. [Also reprinted.]

Knobel, E. A Guide to find the Names of all wild-growing Trees
and Shrubs of New England by their Leaves. Pamph. pp. 41. 1894.

Knobel, E. Ferns and Evergreens of New England. Pamph. //. zz.
1895.

Koehne, E. [Critical notes on certain shrubs and trees, many of
them American.] Mittheil. Deutsch. Dendr. Gesell. 3 : [reprint, pp.
7-] 1894.

Lodeman, E. G. Black Knot of Plums and Cherries. Bull.
(Cornell) Exp. Sta. 81: pp. 24./.6. N. 1894.

Gives bibliography, manner which the fungus enters the host, and method of suc-
cessful treatment,

Lodeman, E.G. Some Grape Troubles of Western New York. Bull.

N. Y. (Cornell) Exp. Sta. 76: 410-454.f. 6. N. 1894.

‘Deals largely with fungous diseases, with figures and treatment.

NY.

238

Macoun, J. M. Contributions to Canadian Botany.—III. Can. Rec.
Sci. 6: 198-210. 1895. [Contr. Herb. Geol: Surv. Canada, III. ]

_ Record of numerous new localities and of several species additional to the Canadian

flora.

Meehan, T. Saptisia tinctoria. Meehan’s Month. 5: 81, 82. pl. 5.
My. 1895.

Meehan. T. John H. Redfield. Bot. Gaz. 20: 175, 176. 20 Ap. 1895.

Moller, A. Brasilische Pilzblumen. Bot. Mitth. aus den T ropen, 7:
pp. 152. pl. & 1895.
Description and illustration of fungi in the genera Protudera, Clathrus, Colus, La-

ternea, Blumenavia, Aporophallus, Mutinus, Ltajahya, Ithyphallus and Dictyo-
phora.

Nash, G. V. Notes on some Florida Plants. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,
22: 141-161, 18 Ap. 1895.
New species in Helianthemum, Stipulicida, Rhynchosia, Rhexia, Hieractum,
Asclepias, Breweria, Persea, Crotonopsis, Nolina, Xyris, Commelina and Steno-

phyllus.

Oliver, D. TZyricholaena Monachyron. “ook. Icon. Pl. 24: pl. 2374-
Ap. 1895.
A native of Cape Verde Islands introduced on St. Vincent.

Pammel, L. H. Potato Scab and its Preventive. Bull. Iowa Exp.
Sta, 27: 120-130. f. 3. 1895.

Pammel, L.H. The pte ai of Fungi. Gard. & For. 7; 248
249. 1894.

_ Brief notes on Zxoascus deformans and Monilia fructigena.

Pammel, L. H. Vergiftung durch Wasserschierling (Cicuta virosa
var. maculata.) Pharm. Rund. 13: 102-103. f. 7-¢ My. 1895.
Parish, S. B. Further Additions to the Flora of Southern California.

. Erythea, 3: 58-62. 1 Ap. 1895.

Robertson, C. Flowers and Insects.—_XIV. Bot. Gaz. 20: 139-1.49-
20 Ap. 1895.

Schmidle, W. Einige. Algen aus Denver, Colorado. Hedwigia, 34:
84, 85. fig. 8 Ap. 1895.
Describes Cosmarium mesochondrion new.
Schneck, J- Observations on the Spider-flower. Bot. Gaz. 20: 168-
170. fig. 20Ap. 1895. _
Notes on Cleome spinosa. : ?
Shull, G. H. Observations on Ansdenia albida. Bot. Gaz. 20: 17°
172. pl. 13. 20 Ap. 1895.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 236

1 o ae
aise ei Sa ae
Pees Oa ge ESRD ETE Se ASAE ey Ny -—_,
FU OOS Wa a eae ESR GLA ZORA)
TN es CORSA STEAL IS DO RINSE AS Sa aN
SR GER aan SO KON
| a L_——

oo AN EY
Con! hapeeer

<

Agta
b> % UK V SLL IRE BY SSR ES Ney RIES ATR ISON \Y
¢ {7 RNY / SRY PES BESTS 4
me YX LEO RRS NT DERRY PAR
MEANT L/ OP ENOO4 SERENE TTT
e \N a Le COATS P 5a rh PTE Sx | A> pee ©
SBSH a 77 USSSA DEAN eNincy Ect Anat \/
rrr | INCA ET FRR BER OS OSE CRY
Sh DONATION BI BASES sao
tt tb LRA Eid BURT PRE se
cng TAY LTT ELA SY Be se aneenee
E “a £X) oz ae S ) CY £/ cy Are Se
AHN Ee
Cry oY Cary p Cay sy
QQ PRY gy
C/I KY
. JLo

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 237.

»

KH

Y

5%) Openg eer
OPW Kee
yy eg LK

LA /

(AS
SAL

{Xo

ace

ISS

hea

Fic, 1. PROTOPHYLLUM QUERCIFORME HOLLICK.

IDEA HOLLICK.
CK.

LOBA HOLLI

Fic. 2. CISSITES PLATANO

Fic. 3. CISSITES ACUTI

'

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

No. A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By
N. L, Britton and H. H. Rusby (1887), . .. 2.205. . 25 cents.
No. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N, L. Britton
CERO a ore oe oe Wie pee a ae Ok Cet eae 25 cents,

not yet completed.)
No. 7. The Genus Hicoréa of Rafinesque. By N, L. Britton (1888), . 2§ cents.
No. 9. A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N, L.

Britton. j
The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains
and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. 2... . 25 cents.
No, 11. Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7Zéssa,
Adans. By N. L. Britton (1889),. ........ . . . 25 cents.
No. 13. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N, L, Britton
CIRSO) 5 is aR igh an eae eee errr sy | ts.
No. 15, <A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm, E, Wheel-
OCR CORO ea ee ee ee cee 25 .
No. 16. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britto

A Re, Ae Ake, Cant cage Ne Moker me aa See ade! Sar a mn, ey ey oy Ae WR RE a aS

(1890), ee
No. 17. The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.

CEOS a oe oe = eek nas a . . . 25 cents.
No. 21. Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong
Hiei hey eae a es ee oa 25 cents.
No. 22. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. EL. Britton
CES OD i Neen OS le sk ne Rs alleen 25 cents,
No. 24. Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyrés By Heinrich
RIGS CESORY Ss No ee ne a ae ae 25 cents.

Asberica. ..By N. L. Britton (1892),..°. =. 5 + se > +: 25 cents,

No. 27, Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
Ea Bie TSMR yi ee re ee a ne oe Boe a rae 25. cents.

No. 29. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. L. Britton
CISGR se a eee ete ee ; se le 25 cents,

No. 30. Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By. N. L.
PEIUON C1 SOD Sy re al Gilg Sa nie digi ce he ents 25 cents.

No. 31. A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. pesky Sm
ROO ee an eae ewes tite Bee cnr ‘

No, 33. We Mt hes of Listera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By eae

Me gs eta Rhee Ren kes RG ore
No. 34. The N Maticcss Species of Lesfedeza. By N. L. Britton (1893), 25 cents.

No. 35. An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay,
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the assistance of

‘ Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893),, .. » - - 2 ees _. $1.50

No, 37. Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John re aoe
Ue) ere ere cn ee Ss Sak on fo hae _. 25 cents,

No. 38. New Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. L. Britton
(1893), See ee gt GR Garle e wige gly ice ticark i ve ae oe gicee cents.

No. 39. Contributions to American Bryology, III.—Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, 25 cents.

fem: By John K. Small (1893), <i. eb eee a 25 cents-
No. 42. Notes ares ccs Species of Iridaceze and other Orders. By Thomas
ME COD, oe Oe ee ee 25 cents,

No. 43, - Notes on the’ Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
: (1893), Oem ge gone ge Rg eg i Od Ol eC CR Te

ae

Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum—II. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . 25 cents.

No. 45. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, I. By John K.
Som C100 ee cet oe SR ee pig oi ta eR ONES:
No. 46. Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other
Species. By A.A. Heller (1894))3 030. Vins ive ies vents.
No. 47. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit-
Oth TIBOR yn es eke comet Ne S ak eplane at 25 cents.
No. 48. Contributions to American Bryology, V._-Notes on the North-American
Species of Wetssta (Ulota), By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents.
No. 49. A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of
Cuscuta. . By W. D: Matthew. (1893), :503.. 6609 oe . 25 cents,
No. 50. A Study of the Genus Psoralea in America. By Anna Murray Vail
CEBOA) yates Ne ge geen i Sie a 25 cents.
No. 51. Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution.
BY NN. b. Britton C1804 yp) oe oe eee es aa 25 cents.
No. 52. Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum.
By wlivebeth: G,. Britton (1808) so ok So shee he eae 25 cents.
No. 53. New and interesting Species of Polygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents.
No. 54. Contributions to American Bryology, VII. A revision of the Genus /iys-
comitrium. By Elizabeth G, Britton (1894), ....-... 25 cents.
No. 55. The Genus Cassia in N. America. By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents.
No. 56. A Revision of the Genus Lechea, By N. L. Britton (1894),. . 25 cents.
No. 57. New or little known Plants of the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
CIDORY ae ete eee ee Roe ie eee, 25 cents.
No. 58. A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By
Corton. GC. Cartis (i894 yc ie a are sich a EER
No. 59. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K.
Sh Bic ge Eo Re aw aR eet ETT ORO eee oT E MPa 25 cents.
No. 60. Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus
Sruchia, with Descriptions of Types and one new Species. By Elizabeth
GucBrtton CiS0R yi Soe ie oe ee ei ea 25 cents.
No. 61. The Smilacez of North and Central America, By Thomas Morong (1894)
25 cents.
No. 62. A preliminary Revision of the Genus Zathyrus in North hese By
A emne Ah WUE UBOE Soi che aL ee bie, 25 cents.
No. 63. Two Species of Oxalis, By John K. Small (1894) .. 3 . . . 25 cents.
No. 64. Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small
Uc ss ee re ts. Cine PMO Nay gc ga ethe 25 cents.
No. 65. Some new Florida Plants. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . 25 cents.
No. 66. Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby(1894), 25 cents.
No. 67. Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), . 25 cents.
No. 68. A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus Cracca. By
Anna Murray ROS i eg Le Py deoae 25 cents.
No. 69. Contributions to American Bryology, IX. A Revision of the Genus Scoz-
wd ie Description of one New Species. By Elizabeth G. Britton
ER EOOS Fos) tale nie, Sepa ait ee ua ei 25 cents.
No. 70. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, III. By Fonn Kk,
Small (1895), . . . rect te Sie gin Tice bee at 25 cents.
No. 71. An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U. Se
A. and others, in Southeastern Arizona during the years 1892-1894. By
N. L. Britton and T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894),. . 2 ..... o cents.
No. 72. Contributions to American Bryology, X. 1. The Systematic Position of
Physcomitrella patens. 2, On a Hybrid growing with Aphanorhegma
serrata Sull. 3. On a European Hybrid of Physcomitrella patens. By
Eitaabeth , Betton (38089. i ee 25 cents.
No. 73. pee a hybrid Oaks from the Southern States. By John K. Small
e Pee oe ae Se ene cern ge ig cig Comite piel ag enlammis aa gh cents.

The series as above listed will be supplied for $ro. .

may be had for $2. Address

PRor. N. L. BRITTON,

Columbia College,
NEW YORE CITY.

Second-Hand Books for Sale.

The following botanical works, owned mainly by the late Mr. Justus F, Poggen-

burg, are offered for sale by the Secretary of the Torrey Botanical Club at prices
considerably below those ordinarily charged. Purchasers are requested to order by
number, remitting the amount in advance to Tiidic RUSBY

101,
103.
104,
10)

106,
113,
IIs.
116,
120,

, 222 West 132d Street, New York City.

- Barton and Castle, British Flora Medica. Good, $2.00.
. Beck, Botany of Northern and Middle States. 50 cts.

. Bertram, Flora yon Braunschweig. Good. 50 cts.

- Botany.—Library of Useful Knowledgé. Good. 25 cts.
- Buchenau, Flora von Bremen and Oldenburg. 50 cts.

- Buckley, A Short History of Natural Science. 50 cts.

. Cassel, Outlines of Botany. Good. 25 cts.

- Cooley, Easy Experiments in Physical Science. 50 cts.

» Darby, Botany of the Southern States. Fair. 75 cts.

Darwin, Fertilization of Orchids by insects. $1.00.
De Candolle and Sprengel, Elements of the Philosophy of Plants. 50 cts.
Dewey, Rep. on Herbaceous Flowering Piants of Massachusetts. 50 cts.
Eaton, Manual of Botany. Vol. 2 only. 50 cts.
Eaton, Botany of N. A. Poor. $1.00.
Emory, Mex. Bound. Surv. Vol. 1. Fair. $2.00.

- Mil. Rec. 1848. Poor. 50 cts.

- Flint, Grasses and Forage Plants. 50 cts.

. Foster & Whitney, Lake Superior Land Dis. $1.00. _

- Fremont, Exploring Expedition, Oregon and California, 1843-44. $1.00.
“ “ “s ““ “cc

& -45- 50 cts.

“c “cc “ “ “ec ce —5 I. 5° cts,

Freyburger, Organischen Drogen. 25 cts.

Fuller, Practical Forestry. Good as new. 75 cts.
Gould, Grasses and their Culture. Handsomely bound.
Green & Congdon Class Book of Botany. Good. 75 cts
Hayden’s Surveys, 1870-71 (Montana). 2 vols. $1.00.

Henderson, Gardening for Pleasure. Good. 25 cts.
“ “ ‘“ “ Good. 25 cts.

.Good, $1.co.

. Hough, Am, Woods. 3 vols. New and in perfect condition. Each $5.00.
. Hussey, Geographical Survey of Kentucky—Botany. Unbound, 50 cts.
80. International Scientists’ Directory for 1885, 1888 and 1889. 25 cts.

Ives, Colorado River of the West. Good. $2.00.

Johnson’s Botanical Teacher. 1o‘cts. :
Leimbach, Deutscher Botanische Monatschrift, vol. 3, bound. Good. 50 cts.

- Lightfoot, Flora Scotia. 2 vols. Poor. $2.00.
. Lincoln, Mrs. Botany. Handsomely bound and very good. 25 cts.

- Lindley, Introduction to Botany. Fair. 75 cts.
“ “ec

Good. $1.00.

Linney, Gerigtaphiral Survey of Kentucky—Botany. Unbound. 50 cts.

» Luerssen, Grundzuge der Botanik. $1.00.

MacMil lan, Metaspermae of the Minnesota Valley. $2.00.

Marcy, Red River of Lousiana. $2.00.

Mision: Miller’s Gardeners’ Dictionary (1807). 4 vols. Good. $8.00.
Martyn, Language of Botany. 25 cts.

Naturalists’ Directory for 1888. 10 cts.

Pittonia. Partial set. Unbound. $3.00.

Porcher, Resources of the Southern Fields and Forests. $4.00.

Porter and Coulter, Flora of Colorado. $2.50.

Proc. Am. Ac. Arts and Sci. Several volumes. $2.00.

121,
125.

Provancher, Flora Canadienne. Poor. $1.00.
Rolfe & Gillette, Chemistry. 25 cts.

Rothrock, Rep. on the Bot. West of the rooth Meridian. Good. $3.00.

Smith, James Edward. Botany. Good. 50 cts.

- Steele, Fourteen Weeks in Astronomy. Good. 35 cts.

“ ‘ ee Zoblogy. Good. 35 cts.
“ & i Geology. 35 cts.
“ “ “ Chemistry. Poor. 35 cts.

- Key to Steele’s Sciences. 35 cts.
Torrey, Flora of New York. 2 Vols. Handsomely bound. Good. $14.
Trans, and Proc. of the Edinborough Botanical Society. Vol. 1 3- Good. 25 cts.
. Trans. and Proc. N. Y, Academy of Sciences. Full set. $20.00.

Transactions of the Kansas. Academy of Science. Vol. 12.

Wilson, Jussieu’s Elements of Botany. 25 cts.
Young, Familiar Lessons in Botany. 25 cts.

. Barton (Dr. B, S.), Elements of Botany. Vol. 1. 25 cts.

Hooker, Icones Plantarum. 4 vols., 1836. $4.00.
Paxton, Botanical Dictionary. 1868. $1.50.

. Watson, Bibliographical Index. 1878. $1.00.
. Endlicher, Enchiridon Botanicum. 1841. $2.50.

A Small Collection of Botanical Books

Including B, and H. Genera Plantarum, Loudon’s Arboretum, Gerard’s
Herbal, Parkinson’s Paradisi, Sowerby’s Eng. Botany, Bentley & Tri-
men Medicinal Plants, Elwes’ Genus Lilium, Goodale’s Wild F lowers,
Eaton’s Ferns, Howard’s Illustrations of Quinologia of Pavon, Howard’s
Illustrations of Quinologia of E. I., Michaux & Nuttall N. A. Silva,
Torrey’s Botany: State of N. Y., Emerson. Trees and Shrubs of Mass.,
Baillon’s History of Plants, Pickering’s Chronology, Seeman’s Flora
Vitrensis.
A complete set Publications of Torrey Club.
A complete set Botanical Gazette.
A complete set Lochman’s Photographs of Medicinal
Plants (138). 7
- All in perfect condition and many in handsome bindings.
Will be sold at auction with other books, Monday, May 27, by
BANGS & CO.,
731 and 741 Broadway, New York,
To whom apply for catalogue.

CHARACE OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characeze of America is
_ now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of JVite//a, as fol-
lows: WVitella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
shipit, Allen; Missourtensis, Allen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
glomerulifera, A. Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates can be prepared ; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address
Te. ALIEN,
10 East 36th St., N. Y.

MEMOIRS

» FROM THE ..

Department of Botany of Columbia College,

VOLUME 1.

A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus
Polygonum. Quarto, pp. 178, 85 plates. Price, $6.00.
_ For copies address,
PROF. N. L. BRITTON,
COLUMBIA COLLEGE, NEW YORK CITY.

-# LIST OF®-

Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern North America

A few copies in paper binding remain
unsold. Price, $1.00.

EDITORS,
dees Botanical Club.

ve FOR SALE. oe

Gray’s Genera of the Plants of the U. S. 186
Plates by Sprague,

Harvey’s Nereis Boreali-Americana. 50 Colored
Plates,

Wood’s Fresh Water Algae of North America.
(Unbound. ) 21 Plates

Send address for a list of few other works for sale by

' F. W. DEWART, 2907 St. Vincent Ave., St. Louis, Mo.

Botany by ‘Correspondence.

FoR BUSINESS MEN AS RECREATION.

Sets of Ferns for Schools and Amateurs. First issue nearly
ready, 20 specimens, $1.60. Postage 10 cents.

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.,

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.

- WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J.

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AIL-
WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

ESTABLISHED 1851.

EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, —

205, 207, 209 & 2 Third Ave,

4 Corner of 18th Street, E NEW YORK.

| SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR”

E. March’s Szline. sae ite Stone :
Ware. eas
Schleicher & Schuell’s toe és
Pure and Common Filter Paper. _
Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- &
ters {Polariscopes). ue
Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bal-

ances, ¢tc.

Le Brun F. Deamontes & are we
Paris, Platinum. :

H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals.

RCLAL TIES: i Retesuacopiedl Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass-
ware, Porcelain from the Royal Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem-~
: jan and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure
- Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’s-
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, —— and Chemicals Sor:
ee Chemists. oe ;

"LABORATORY OUTFITS

FERTILIZERS, ae ASSAVERS, UNIVERSITIES AND. - COLLEGES
mere Garpie anv RErAmINc. are

"PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(1) THE BULLETIN.
This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1894 over 45 pages monthly with —
many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.
Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 1o shillings. Agents for
England, Messrs. Durau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England.
Back Numpers.—The Bu.tetin was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive
‘yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
run on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 17 have been indexed sepa-
rately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had for
cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20 and 21 are indexed sepa-
rately. Price of each $2.00. Vol. 8 cannot now be sepiiiet complete, but it is
mnec to sae some n Ort its numbers. Ay

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

e Fitelt eens price is fixed’ at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers
be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each.

fume. 1, No. 1.—Studies of the Types of various Species of the Genus Carex, Y
of. L. H. Bailey. ‘This cannot now be had separately.

2.—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts of New
and Stat Island, by Isaac C, Martindale. Price, 50 cents.

Enumeration of the Hepatic collected by Dr. H. H. ane
1 descriptions sape new species, by Dr. Richard Spruce, Price,

: Lewis Sturtevant, Price, bye cents.

_ JUNE, 1895,

LLE TIN

OF THE

TorREY BorantcaL C

x

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

3 Sbiven BY ee
NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

2

CONTENTS:
An Enumeration of the Lichens of New- — [Becca Note ata

SB Dieiees ue Cigak hid aa tatetan
Well at Wildwood, N. J.: Charles S.

“THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
OFFICERS FOR 1895. ;

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

7 Vice Presiaents,

ee F, ALLEN, M. D. L. H. LIGHTHIPE.
i | Becindur Sivas, Corresponding Secretary,
HENRY H, RUSBY, ™M. D., _ JOHN K. SMALL,
| College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia College, New York City.
ae Editor, : Treasurer,
ei N. 3 BRITTON, Ph. D., _ _ HENRY OGDEN,
Columbia College, New York City. 11 Pine Street, New York City,
Rayo. com ene hon i Associate Editors,
EMILY i$: GREGORY, Sede Bet ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. B.,
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, Reon so BYRON D. HALSTED, Se. De nl
rach a AA HELLER. !
a Si . Curator, Pisaecgetane ae . _bieariin,
opus EL ROGERS, oe _EFFIE A. SOUTHWORTH.

Committee om Finance,
a, WM. E, WHEELOCK.

: “Conishtifat chia
HELEN 3 M. INGERSOLL,

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
Vol. 22. Lancaster, Pa., June 25, 1895. s No. 6.

An Enumeration of the Lichens of Newfoundland and Labrador,

By JouHn W. ECKFELDT.

The purpose of this paper is to present as full a list of all
authenticated lichens that are to be found in the much unex-
plored regions of Newfoundland and Labrador, as has been af-
forded during a number of years’ sojourn in these lands. The
entire field of exploration has been the work of the untiring Rev.
A. C. Waghorne, who has been located there through parochial
work, and during such residence has endeavored to secure all such
plants as it has been possible for him to obtain. The labor has
been attended with many difficulties; the inconveniences for trav-
eling, the character of the climate, and the ruggedness of the
country have hindered and delayed him in his efforts. The gen-
eral character of these plants may be regarded as sub-arctic;
many, however, are strictly more boreal in distribution, while
others are of more southern climes. The determination of these
plants has been attended with some difficulty, owing to the great
tendency to variation, depending in part on the nature of the cli-
mate, and the character of the substratum. The entire work has
been subject to my supervision, and a number of the more diffi-
cult species, as well as some new types (particularly in the Leca-
norei and Lecidacei), have been under the kind observation of Dr.
F. Arnold, of Munich, and Dr. J. Hulting, of Norrkoping. A few
species are regarded as new and these will be described. The list
embraces a large number of types common to both hemispheres.

240

Most of the lichens of Newfoundland and Labrador were collected
from the following localities: Trinity Bay, on the southeastern
coast; others from Notre Dame Bay, and a few from White Bay,
further north from Placentia Bay to the Labrador. On the La-
brador the collection was principally made in the Straits of Belle
Isle, then along the coast from Battle Harbor north to Seal Is-
lands, and thence about Sandwich and Gross waters to Hamilton
Inlet.
RAMALINA Ach.
R. calicaris (L.) Fr.
Var. canaliculata Fr.
Var. farinacea Schaer.
R. intermedia Del.
Thallus whitish, pale straw color and glaucescent, erect, dicho-
tomously branched, divided and the apices attenuated and divided
with frequent soredia on the edges, the cortical layer more fila-

mentous.. Apothecia terminal, subtended by elongated forked ex-
tremities of the lacinia, pale yellow. Spores hyaline, ellipsoid

uniseptate.
R. rigida (Pers.) Tuck.
R. pusilla Prev.
Var. geniculata Tuck.
R. minuscula Ny\. ( Alectoria minuscula Ny\.)

Thallus densely entangled, small and quite scabrous, apothecia

not seen in our specimens. A plant closely allied to R. pusilla
Prev. from which it distinctly differs.

R. polymorpha Ach.
R. pollinaria Ach.
R. pollinariella Ny\.

Thallus small and finely divided, mostly sorediferous, erect,

pale straw color. Plants generally sterile. R. minuscula. f. pol-
finariella Ny.

CETRARIA Ach.
C. muricata Ach.

_ Thallus smaller than in the following species, more densely
intricate and caespitose, compactly ramulose, terete to sub-

terete, and frequently compressed, smooth, shortly branched,
the branches becoming spinulose at the apices.

C. aculeata Ach.
C. Richardsonit Tuck.

241

C. arctica Hook.

C. oaontella Ach.

C. Fendlert Tuck.

C. commixta Nyl.

Thallus clear bright brown to fuscescent, smooth, irregularly
laciniate, divided; laciniae erect, much entangled, plane, the mar-
gins not elevated, apices obliquely furcate, uniform in color, be-
neath paler; apothecia reddish brown, disk rugose, margin granu-
lose ; spores simple, hyaline, oblong, — mic.

C. Fahlunensts (L.) Schr.

C. Istandica (L.) Ach.

Var. crispa Ach.
Var. Delisaei Borr. (C. htascens Th. Fr.)

C. ciliaris Ach.

C. lacunosa Ach.

C. nivalis Bell.

C. aureus Tuck.

C. glauca (L.) Ach.

Var. fusca Fl. Thallus brown and dark.

C. juniperina L.

Var. Pinastri Ach.
Var. serrestris Schr.
C. saepincola Ehrh.
C. saepincola var. chlorophylla Wahl.

Evernia Ach.
E. prunastri (L.) Ach.

Usnea Ach.
U. barbata (1..) Fr.

Var. ceratina Schr.
Var. jirta Fr.
F. strigosa Ach.
Var. florida Fr.
F. glabrescens Nyl.
Var. dasypoga Fr.
Var. plicata Fr.
U. longissima Ach.
U. trichodea Ach.
U. cavernosa Tuck.

242

ALEcToRIA Ach.

A. divergens (Ach.) Nyl.
A. jubata L.
Var. implexa Fr.
Var. chalybetformis Ach.
Var. bicolor Fr.
Var. prolixa Ach.

A. capillaris (Ach.) Nyl. (A. judbata var. cana Ach.)

Thallus pale, hoary to yellowish-rufescent, much elongated
and frequently branched ; branches flaccid, densely entangled and
somewhat compressed, angular, lacunose beneath; apothecia un-
known. ,

A. ochroleuca (Ehrh.) Nyl.

Var. vigida Fr.
Var. osteina Nyl.
Var. nigricans Ach. (A. nigricans Ny}.)
Var. circinata Fr.
~ Var. sarmentosa Ny\l.

THELOSCHISTES Norm.

L chrysopthalmus (L.) Norm.
T. parietinus (L.) Norm.
Var. aurcola Ach.

Thallus brighter yellow to orange, rounded, lobate, sinuately
incised, thicker, crenate, the margins erect, granulate; apothecia
sub-crenate.

T. lychneus Ny).
T. polycarpus Ehrh.
Var. pygmaeus Fr.
_T. concolor Dicks. (Xanthoria candelaria Ny\.)

PARMELIA Ach.
P. aurulenta Tuck.

P. tiliacea (Hoff.) Flk.
Var. sublaevigata Ny).
P. cetrata Ach.
P. Borreri Turn.
Var. rudecta Tuck.
P. saxatilis (L.) Fr.

243

P. saxatilis var. panniformis (Ach.) Schr.

P. saxatilis var. sulcata Ny.

P. saxatilis {. furfurascens Schr. Thallus very furfuraceous.

P. saxatilis var. omphaloides Fr.

P. fraudans Ny}.

This has been regarded as a subspecies of P. saxatilis and fre-
quently taken for that species, but has distinctions worthy of
specific rank.

P. physodes (U..) Ach.

Var. vittata (L.) Ach.
Var. enteromorpha Tuck.
Var. odscurata Ach.

P. encausta (Sm.) Nyl.

P. encausta var. alpicola Ny).

P. colpodes (Ach.) Nyl.

P. olivacea (L.) Ach.

P. olivacea var. aspidota Ach.

P. olivacea var. panniformis Nyl.

P. olivacea var. sorediata (Ach.) Nyl.

P. lanata (L.) Wallr.

P. stygia (L.) Ach.

P. conspersa (Ehrh.) Ach.

P. leucochlora Tuck.

P. centrifuga (L.) Ach.

P. incurva (Pers.) Fr.

P. ambigua (Wulf.) Ach.

Var. albescens Wahl. (P. hyperopta Ach.).

Puyscia DC.

P. hypoleuca (Mull.) Tuck.

P. comosa Esch. (P. galactophylla Willd).
P. leucomela (L.) Michx.

P. ciliaris (L.) D. C.

P. ciliaris var. crinalis Schr.

P. aquila var. detonsa Tuck.

P. pulverulenta (Schreb.) Nyl.

P. pulverulenta var. leucoleiptes Tuck.

P. pulverulenta £. muscigena Auct.

244

P. stellaris L.
P. stellaris {. adscendens Fr.
P. astrotdea (Fr.) Nyl.
P. tribacia (Ach.) Tuck. (P. erosa Bort.)
P. hispida Schreb. (P. tenella Ach.)
P. crispa (Bers.) Nyl.
P. caesia (Esch.) Nyl.
P. obscura (Ehsh.) Ny).
Var. endochrysea Ny.

Umpsiuicaria Hoff.
U. rugifera Nyl.

U. cylindrica (L.) Del.

U. proboscidea (L..) Sten.

U. arctica Ach. (U. proboscidea v. arctica (Ach.) Tuck.)

U. anthracina (Wulf.) Schr.

U. polyphylla (L.) Hoff.

U. flocculosa Hoff.

U. hyperborea Hoff.

U. erosa (Web.) Hoff.

U. Muhlenbergu (Ach.) Tuck.

U. hirsuta (Ach.) Sten.

Var. grisea Th. Fr.

U. vellea (L.) Nyl.

U. Pennsylvanica Hoff.

U. spodochroa Ehrh.

Thallus varying from moderately large and irregular to small
and orbicular, thin, flattish and spreading, with an irregular
waving crenate margin in the smaller forms, pale ashy to light
purplish brown in older specimens, paler at the centre and mealy;
beneath brown and minutely granulose and thickly covered
with irregular stout brownish fibrils; apothecia very numerous,
sessile and scattered towards the border, elevated, stout and robust,
orbicular, disk prominent, rounded and conspicuously papuloid,
surrounded by a thick, even or fissured margin, smooth, black;
spores ellipsoid, simple, 3 mic.

The occurrence of this Scandinavian lichen in this country is
rather remarkable.

U. pustulata (L.) Hoff.

Var. papulosa Tuck.

245

U. LapraporensE Hulting n. var.

Thallus thinner than the preceeding, small, from ash color be-
coming olivaceous or brown, rugulose, papulose, papules scattered,
remotely prominent, beneath finely granular, foveolate, foveoli
small, contracted, sanguineous within; apothecia reddish-brown,
orbicular with a well raised margin I-2 mm. broad; spores large,
orbicular $2 mic. Onrocks associated with the preceding variety.
Labrador.

Sticta Schreb.

S. amplissima (Scop.) Mass.

S. herbacea (Huds.) Ach.

S. pulmonaria (L.) Ach.

S. guerizans (Michx.) Ach.

S. limbata (Sm.) Ach.; evidently quite new to this region.
S. aurata (Sm.) Ach.

S. scrobiculata (Scop.) Man.

NEPHROMA Ach.

N. arcticum (L..) Fr.
LV. expallidum Ny).
NV. laevigatum Ach.
Var. parile Ny).
N. Lusitanicum Schr.

PELTIGERA Willd.

P. venosa (L.) Hoff.
P. apthosa (L.) Hoff.
P. polydactyla (Neck.) Hoff.
P. rufescens (Neck.) Hoff.
P. pulverulenta (Tayl.) Nyl. (P. scabrosa Th. Fr.)
P. matacea (Ach.) Fr.
P. canina (L.) Hoff.
Var. spuria Ach.
Var. sorediata Schr.
Var. spongiosa Tuck.

SoOLORINA ACH.

S. crocea (L.) Ach.
S. saccata (L.) Ach.

246

PuysMA Mass.

P. luridum Mont. A single specimen found.

PANNARIA Del.

P. hypnorum (Hoff.) Koerb.

P. lanuginosum (Ach.) Koerb.

P. rubiginosa (Thunb.) Del.

P. leucosticta Tuck.

P. brunnea (Sw.) Mass. (P. pestzoides Sw.)
P. microphylla (Sw.) Del.

P. lepidiota Th. Fr.

P. tryptophyllum (Ach.) Man.

P. carnosa Dicks.

P. WAGHORNEI n. sp.

Thallus thickened, congested and irregular, fissured, conglom-
erate, coarsely granulate, rugulose, from reddish brown to pur-
plish and seated upon a thin limiting hypothallus; apothecia scat-
tered but frequently conjoined, small, rounded and erect, and at
length flat, with a prominent margin, from pale reddish to

rufescent ; spores ellipsoid, simple, aa mic.

On turfy earth. Evidently a distinct and well marked species,
and not closely related to any other.

P. plumbea (Leight.) Del.

CoLtemaA Hoff.
P. melaenum Ach.
P. flaccidum Ach.

Leprocium Fr.

L. lacerum (Sw.) Fr.
L. tremelloides (L.) Fr.

Var. cyanescens Ach. (Collema cyanescens Schaer.)

PLacoptum DC,
P. elegans (Link.) DC.
P. murorum (Hoff.) DC,

F. minitatum Hoff. Thallus fulvescent, punctate; apothecia
bright.

P. cirrochroum (Ach.}; Hepp.

247

P. auranhacum (Leight.) N. H.
P. cerinum (Hedw.) N. H.
Var. pyraceum Ny)l.

F. pyrithronum Ach. Thallus gray to brownish, more or less
rugulose; apothecia small, sunken and concave, pale green to buff-
colored. Spores eee mic,

P. crenulatum Wahl.
P. cvitellinum (Ehrh.) N. H.
Var. aurellum Ach.

LecaAnora Ach.

L. rubina (Vill.) Ach.
L. muralis (Schrb.) Schr.
Var. Garovagli Anzi.
Var. saxicola Scur.
L. pallida (Schrb.) Schr. .
L. sordida (Pers.) Th. Fr.
L. atra Huds.
L. dispersa (Pers.) Nyl.
L. badia (Pers.) Ach.
L. Hageni Ach. (L. umbrina Mass.)
F. sostericola Nyl.
L. subfusca (L.) Ach.
Var. hypnorum (Wulf.) Ach.
Var. argentata Ach. (L. campestris Schr.)
Var. atrynea Ach.
Var. coilocarpa Ach.
Var. distans Ach. ( L. chlarona Ach.).
F. rugosa Pers.
L. symmictera Nyl.
Closely allied to Z. varia v. symmicta Ach., but differs as to
the reaction. K—C. orange.
L. atrosulphurea (Wahl.) Ach.

L. OcHRACEORUBESCENS Arnold n. sp.

Thallus scattered, elevated, roundish or irregular, greenish or
yellow, granular, granules at length becoming tortulose and dis-
tinct ; apothecia prominent, elevated, biatorine, sessile and finally
conglomerate, proper margin depressed or quite wanting, brown-
ish green to olivaceous with a delicate bloom, spores ellipsoid

248

hyaline, °—tmic. On sandstone. This species is closely re-
lated to L. Swartsit Ach.
L. varia (Ehrh.) Nyl.
Var. symmicta Ach.
Var. intricata Nyl.
Var. saepincola Fr.
Var. polytropa Ehrh.
F. dlusoria Ach.
Thallus evanescent, thin, apothecia dispersed, infrequent, large,

disk plane, frequently convex, pale yellow, margin frequently oblit-
erated.

L. ventosa (L.) Ach.
L. elatina Ach.
Var. ochrophoea Tuck.
Var. minor Tuck. (Haematomma Crsmonica Belt).
L. pallescens (L.) Schr.
Var. rvosella Tuck.
L. tartarea (L.) Ach.
F. leprosa Ny}.
F. telephoroides Th. M. Fr.
F. grandinosa Ach.
F. macrocarpa Th. Fr.
L. cenisia Ach.
L. cinerea (L.) Somf.
Var. laevata Fr.
L. calcarea (.) Somf.

_ L. cCINEREO-RUFESCENS (Ach.) Eck.

Thallus dark ashy white, paler towards the border, verrucose
to areolate, rimose; hypothallus black; apothecia sunken in the
thallus, convex, disk dark brown, bordered by an entire thalline «
margin ; spores hyaline, ellipsoid, simple, “mic. On rocks.

L. CAESIO-CINEREA (Nyl.) Eck.

Thallus ashy white to darker, thick, verrucose, areolate, broken;
apothecia sunken in the areoles, concave, terminating in a white
thalline border which finally becomes more or less prominent,
spores hyaline, oblong, simple, <3 mic. On rocks.

L. gibbosa Nyl. :

L. fuscata (Schr.) Th. Fr.

Var. rifescens Th. Fr.

249

L. glaucocarpa (Wallr.) Ach.
F. distans Arn.
L. privigna (Ach.) Nyl.

RINODINA Mass.

R. sophodes (Ach.) Nyl.
R. turfacea (Wall.) Nyl.

Prertusaria DC.

P. bryantha (Ach.) Nyl.
P. velata (Turn.) Nyl.
P. panyrga (Ach.) Th. Fr.
P. multipuncta (Turn.) Nyl.
P. dactylina (Ach.) Nyl-
P. rhodocarpa Koerb.
P. communts D. C..

F. rupestris D.C.
P. letoplaca (Ach.) Schr.
Plaevigata (Nyl.) Arn. (P. letoplaca var. laevigata Th. Fr.)
P. subobducens Nyl.(P. glomerata Schr.)
P. protuberans Smf.
P. globularis Ach.

URCEOLARIA Ach.

U. scruposa (L..) Nyl.
Var. dryophila Esch.

THELOTREMA Ach.

T. lepadinum Ach.
7. subtile Tuck.
STEREOCAULON Schr.
S. coralloides Fr.
S. paschale (L.) Fr.
S. denudatum F\.
S. condensatum Hoff.
S. tomentosum Th. Fr.
S. alpinum (Th. Fr.) Laur. (5S. comentosum var. alpinum Th. Fr.)
S. pileatum Ach.
S. nanodes Tuck.

250

PILoPHORUs Th. Fr.

P. cereolus Ach.
Var. fibula Tuck.

CLaponia Tuck.
C. symphicarpa Fr.

Var. epiphylla (Ach.) Nyl.
C. cariosa (Ach.) Spreng.
C. decorticata Fik.
C. pyxidata (L.) Fr.
Var. simplex Hoff.
F. costata F},
Var. pocillum Ach.
C. fimbriata (L.) Fr.
Var. tubaeformis Fr.
Var. radiata Fr.
C. degenerans F',
C. gracilis (L.) Nyl.
Var. verticillata Hoff.
Var. verticillata f. phyllophora Eth.
Var. hybrida Schr.
Var. elongata Fr.
F. macroceras Tuck.
F. chordalis Tuck.
F. amaura F\,
F. aspera FI.
C. cornuta (L.) Fr.
C. turgida (Ehr.) Hoff,
Var. conspicua (Ach.) Nyl.
C. papillaria (Esch.) Hoff.
C. cenotea (Act.) Schs,
Var. furcellata Fr.
C. squamosa Hoff.
‘F. turfacea Rehm.
F. ventricosa Fr.
F. densicollis Hoff.
F. asperella Fk.
C. furcata (Huds.) Fr,
Var. crispata Fl,

251

Var. racemosa F\. »
Var. subulata F\.
Var. sguamulosa Schr.
Var. adspersa F1.
C. rangiferina (L.) Hoff.
C. syévatica L.
Var. alpestris L.
C. Botrytes (Hag.) Hoff.
C. carneola Fr.
Var. cyanipes Somf.
C. amaurocraea (F1.) Schr.
C. uncinalts (L.) Fr.
Var. adunca Auct.
Var. Caroliniana Tuck.
Var. turgescens Fr.
C. Boryi Tuck. (C. lacunosa Bory.)
C. chlorophea L.
F. semplex Hoff.

C. MULTIBRACHIATA (FI.) Eck.

Thallus ashy brown, squamulose, mealy ; podetia erect, slender,
mostly smooth with repeated proliferations or branches, pervious ;
ant is somewhat allied to C. Floerk-

spores curved,” mic. This pl
3 nsidered by

eana Fr., from which it is not easily separated, but co
Dr. Arnold as distinct.
C. Floerkeana Fr.
C. cristatella Tuck. -
Var. ochrocarpia Tuck.
C. pulchella Schw.
C. macilenta (Esch.) Hoff.
F. clavata Ach.
C. digitata F\.
F. drachytes Ach.
F. monstrosa Ach.
C. deformis (L.) Hoff.
C. coccifera L. (C. cornucopioudes (L.) Fr.)
F, pleurotica Ach.
C. bellidiflora (Ach.) Schr.
Var. Hookeri Nyl.

252

THAMNOLIA Ach.
T. vermicularis (Sw.) Schr.

Baromyces Fee:
B. aeruginosus Scop.
B, byssoides (1.) Schr.
B. roseus Pers.

Var. fungoides (Sw.) Ach. (Sphyridium fungiformis Scop.)

Biatora Fr.

B. granulosa (Esch.) Poetch.

Var. escharoides Esch. Thallus very minutely granulose, yellow
or ashy white ; apothecia confluent, diffiform, strongly convex and
immarginate, dark brown to reddish chestnut; spores simple, =
mic. On clay soil.

: B. coarctata Sm.
Var. elascista Ach.
Thallus white or greyish, very thin, leprous and effuse, apothecia

sessile, quite innate, concave or plane with a weil defined promi-
nent white coarctate margin. Spores similar.

B. flexuosa Fr.

B. russula (Ach.) Mont.

B. cinnabarina (Somf.) Fr.

B. vernalis (L.) Fr.

Var. helvola Koerb.

B. sanguineo-aira (Fr.) Tuck. Spores about "=" mic.

b. Berengeriana Ny.

This plant is allied to B. sanguneo-atra Fr. but may be readily
distinguished by the absence of violet or bluish granules found
among the paraphyses in that species. Spores ae mic.

B. rufo-fusca Anzi.

B. turgidula Fr.

B, rwulosa (Ach.) Fr.

B. ARCUATULA (Arn.) Eck.

Thallus flat and thickened, areolate, rimulose, olivaceous to

fuscescent; apothecia brownish-black to very black, margin ele-

vated concolorous and shining, epithecium brown, spores hyaline,
simple, 2—4-guttate, somewhat curved and obtuse at the apex,

“=;' mic. A species closely related to B. rivulosa (Ach.) Fr. On
rocks.

ii
ee

253

B, SCRUPULOSA n. sp.

Thallus of thickened coalesing granules, areolate, rimulose,
pale olive to yellowish brown, areoles adnate, contiguous, mingling
into a continuous uneaven crust; apothecia scattered, diffiform,
erect, black, plane and somewhat depressed, surrounded by a tor-
tulous erect concolorous margin; spores simple, broadly ellipsoid,
hyaline, = mic. A well marked species which seems to approach

4. Kochiana Hepp.

B. ALBO-FUSCESCENS (Nyl.) Eck.

Thallus thinly diffused and even over the surface, plane and
slightly granular or furfuraceous, or at length quite smooth and
glaucous; epithecium pale; apothecia very sparse, rounded and
elevated, at length flat; disk brown and prominent, reddish, mar-

gin elevated. Spores ellipsoid, pointed, i mic. On rocks.

B. mollis Wahl.

B. Nylanderi Anzi.

B. uliginosa (Schr.) Fr.

B. varians Ach. ‘B. exigua Chaub.)

B. mixta Fr. (B. tricolor Ny).)

B. Laureri Hepp.

L. Heeria Hepp. Parasitic on Solortna saccata.

B. STEREOCAULORUM (Th. Fr.) Eck. (Biaéorima Lich. Miquelon,
Arnold.) Thallus mostly wanting; apothecia very small, black,
plane; epithecium brown, hymenium colorless to bluish, para-
physes loosely disposed; spores hyaline, bilocular, 8 in thekes, a8
mic. Parasitic on Stercocaulon alpinum.

B. sphaeroides Dick.

B. hypnophila Turn.

B. artyta Ach.

B. rubella Esch.

B. rupEstrIs (Sch.) Eck. Thallus cinerascent, thin and closely
adnate, apothecia flat, innate, smooth, rufescent with a raised mar-
gin around the sunken disk. Spores immature. On rocks.

B. muscorum Sw.

B, umbrina Ach.

B. opscuraTa (Sm.) Eck. Thallus composed of minute pale
ashy to white rugose granules; apothecia minute, rounded and
flat, dark brown to black, smooth and shining with a receding
Margin, very numerous. Spores broadly ellipsoid 4-locular, ea
mic. On dead moss.

254

B. PALLIDA (Arn.) Eck.

Thallus thin, chinky and minutely granulose, sparsely scattered
over a thin but even surface, yellowish brown to fuscous ; apothecia
small, rounded, black, prominent, slightly flattish or convex, with a
concolorous thalline margin; hypothallus mostly wanting.
Spores fusiform, 6-locular, pee mic. On smooth barks.

B. CAESIO-RUFA (Ach.) Eck.

Thallus thin, white, scattered irregularly, of rounded and closely
adnate granules, but forming an even uniform crust; apothecia
sessile, minute, quite black, turgid, and becoming flat, with a per-
sistent regular elevated margin; spores mostly 4-locular, ue mic.
On smooth barks.

HETEROTHECIUM Flot.

fT. grossum Pers,
HI sanguinarium (L.) Flot.

Var. endorhoda Th. Fr.

Var. effusa Ach.
H, alpina Ach.
fT, porphyrites Tuck.
H. leucoxanthum (Spreng.) Mass.
HT, pezizoideum (Ach.) Flot.

Lecipea Ach.

L. panaeola (Ach.) Fr.
L. platycarpa Ach.

Var. superba Ach.
L enteroleuca (Ach.) Fr.

Var. diasemoides Ny).
L fusco-atra L.
L fuscescens Somf.
L. polycarpa Fr.

Var. declinans Nyl. Thallus mostly crustaceous; hypothe-
cium fuscous.

Var. sudblactea Somf.

L. CRENULATA (Dicks.) Eck.

Thallus thin, evanescent, cinerascent to pale yellowish grey >
apothecia black, plane and simple, naked, with a raised flexuous

crenulate proper margin; spores ellipsoid, hyaline, simple, + mc-
On rocks. ;

255

L crustulata Ach.

Thallus pale to brownish or often grey, adnate, thin, tartareous
effuse, subrimulose to areolate; apothecia numerous, dispersed,
sessile and simple, black with a distinct thin margin; hypothecium
swollen, nearly brown; spores 8 in the thekes, simple, oblong, *
mic. On rocks.

L albocoerulescens (Wulf.) Schr.
Var. flavocoerulescens Schr.

Var. cinercoatra Ach.

. variegata Fr. (L. pantherina Th. Fr.)
. macrocarpa D.C.

. lessellata F 1. (L. cyanea Th. Fr.)
. lapicida (Ach.) Fr.

. Leucothallina Ach.

. empetrea Nyl.

. tenebrosa F\.

L. latypea Ach.

L. DISTANS n. sp.

Thallus thin, evanescent, but at length becoming minutely
granulose and frequently continuous over a scurfy surface; apo-
thecia mostly subsessile, elevated, large, flat, black with a depressed
disk surrounded by a conspicuous granulose and crenate margin ;
disk covered by a delicate evanescent thin bloom; hypothecium

pale ; spores long, ellipsoid, simple, =, mic. On rocks. Labrador

L. contigua var. metospora Ny}.
Thallus thin, ashy white, areolate, rimulose; apothecia black,
plane, with a proper margin, disk somewhat pruinose, spores sim-

ple, hyaline, 2° mic. On rocks.

L. Kochiana Hepp.

Thallus pale ashy brown to fuscescent, rimose, areolate,
broken, areoles sunken, plane, bordered by a black margin; apothe-
cia innate, black, immarginate, flexuous or slightly angulose, diffi-
form; disk plane, polished and smooth; spores 8 in the thekes,

oblong, simple, =" mic. On rocks.

L. dispansa Nyl. (L. expansa Ny.)

Thallus furfuraceous, rimulose, thin, black; apothecia very
numerous, minute, sessile, scattered, black, plane, the margin very
smooth; hypothecium thin, fuscous; epithecium hyaline; spores
about 8 in the thekes, simple, ellipsoid, “~~ mic. On rocks.

L. auriculata Th. Fr.

L. sylvicola (Flot.) Nyl.

» id
7-8

HANNAN

256

L. CONFERENDA (Nyl.) Eck.

Thallus verruculose, granulate, obscurely cinerascent ; apothecia
very small, black, convex and glaucous; spores oblong, simple,
hyaline, ay mic. On rocks.

BuEtuia De Not.

B. capitulata Th. Fr. var. erudbescens (Flot.) Eck.

Thallus of thin smooth flat discrete granules, becoming at
length areolate; areoles irregular and evanescent at the outer mar-
gin; apothecia scattered, more or less sessile, small and very
black, flat and bordered by a well raised margin; spores ellipsoid,

bilocular, fuscescent, oy mic. On smooth barks.

B. punctiFrormis (Hoff.) Eck.

Thallus very thin, scurfy, minutely granular, grey or whitish,
becoming at length nearly obsolete or with a delicate coloration ;
apothecia small, flat, granular and the disk quite rugose, brownish-
black to very black, with a raised stout thick granular margin ;
_ spores bilocular, +? mic. On smooth barks.

B. albo-atra (Hoff.) Th. Fr.
B. parasema (Ach.) Fr.

B. disciformis Fr.

B. spunia Schr.

B. lepidastra Tuck.

B. myriocarpa D. C.

B. aTRATA (Sm.) Eck.

Thallus blackish to ashy brown, areolate, broken, areoles plane,
small, smooth, convex, hypothallus black; apothecia springing
from the hypothallus, usually innate, small, appressed, margin thin,
entire ; spores 8 in the thekes, bilocular,fuscous, 2-7 mic. On rocks.

B. colludens Ny}. ne
B. ExcENTRICA (Nyl.) Eck.

Thallus brownish, white or gray, thin, sparingly more or less
broken; apothecia pale, black, sessile, plane with a thickened ob-
tuse margin. Spores we mic., the cells murilocular.

B petraea (Flot.) Koerb.

Var. grandis Fk.
Var. Montagnei Tuck. (B. atro-alba Fr.)

F. empetraca Nyl.

257

B. conropsoipEuM (Hepp.) Eck.

Thallus consisting of scattered white irregular flat scales, which
are diffused over a black hypothallus; apothecia arising from the
hypothallus, sparingly scattered, black, flat and somewhat promi-
nent, with a raised rugose margin; disk roughened and finely pa-
pillose; spores ellipsoid, 4-locular, sat mic. On rocks.

B. geographica (F1.) Tuck.
B. pertusaricola Willey.

B. parmeliarium Som.

B. saxatilis (Sch.) Koerb.
B. scabrosa (Ach.) Koerb.

B, opscurata (Ach. Koerb.) Eck.

Thallus pale to fuscesent or rufofuscescent, thin, finally areo-
late, continuous, areoles plane, simple; apothecia black, naked,
plane, sessile, innate or strongly adnate with a thicker obtuse pale
margin; spores 8 in the thekes, ellipsoid, murilocular, ss mic.
On rocks. pies

B, r1vuraris (Flot.) Eck. ‘

Thallus pale olive brown, areolate, diffiform, areoles flat upon a
black hypothallus; apothecia large, flat, sunken in the areoles, black
with a prominent raised waving margin; spores broadly ellipsoid,
bilocular, fuscous, os mic. On rocks.

B. Copetanp1 (Koerb.) Eck.

Thallus composed of large irregular coarse whitish granules,
becoming areolate, dispersed, seated upon a black hypothallus;
apothecia large, black and prominent, more or less finely turbu-
culate, but becoming flattish and concave, with a persistent mar-
gin; spores ellipsoid, bilocular, fuscescent, aa mic. On rocks.

B. badioatra (F 1.) Schr.

B, concreta (Koerb.) Eck.

Thallus minutely granulose, closely adnate, pale ashy to
whitish, bordered by a flexvous hypothalline line; apothecia ses-
sile, minute and innate, immarginate with a thickened brown
border; spores ellipsoid, murilocular, 4a mic. On rocks.

B, cALcaREA (Weis) Eck.

Thallus determinate, white, roundish, of mealy or tartareous
granules, areolate, rimulose towards the centre, configurate at the
border ; apothecia large, black, innate, plane, bluish, pruinose, con-
vex, surrounded by a white thalline margin, proper margin dark,
persistent; spores ellipsoid to oblong, 4-locular, = mic. On
rocks.

258

B. RUBESCENS (Arn.) Eck.

Thallus very thin, white, uneven and broken up into areole-
like flat scales; apothecia scattered, sessile, small, from flat to con-
cave, with a prominent raised margin but frequently wanting, from
reddish-brown to black; spores broadly ellipsoid, bilocular, =
mic. On smooth barks.

LecaANnactis (Esch. Kbr.) Tuck.

L. abtetina Ach.
L. premnea Ach.

OPEGRAPHA (Humb.) Ach.
O. zonata Kbr.

Thallus rufous to ferruginous, thin, subtartareous, smoothish,
covered by nnmerous yellow or pale whitish soredia, marked at
the border by conspicuous thick erect dark lines forming the
hypothallus ; apothecia fuscous to black, scattered, sparse and ses-
sile; spores hyaline, contracted, fusciform, pointed, °° mic. On
rocks. Sie

O. atra Ach.
_O. vulgata Ach.

XYLOGRAPHA Fr.
X. opegraphella Nyl.
X. parallela Fr.
GrRaAPHIS Ach.

G. scripta (L.) Ach.

Var. recta Schr.

Var. varia Ach.

Var. limitata Schr,

Var. pulverulenta Pers.

F. radiata Leight.

F. flexuosa Leight.

F. typographa Willd.

ARTHONIA Ach.
A. radiata Pers.

Var. Swartzoidea Nyl.
A. spectabilis F\.
A. punctiformis Ach.
A. patellulata Nyl.
A. raunidia Ny).

259

SPHAEROPHORUS Pers.
S. fragilis (L.) Pers.
a corallordes Pers. (S. globiferus (L.) D.C.)

Acotium Fee.
A, tigillare (Ach.) DLN.

Caticrum Ach.
C. subtile Fr.

C. turbinatum Pers.
ENDOCARPON Hedw.

£. mintatum (L.) Schr.
Var. complicatum Schr.
Var. fulvofuscum Tuck.
£.. cinereum Pers.

SEGESTRIA Fr.

S. majusculum Ny1.

TRYPETHELIUM Ach.

T. virens Tuck.

SaGEpIA Mass. Kbr.

S. Cestrensts Tuck.
S. oxyspora (Nyl.) Tuck.

VERRUCARIA Pers.

V. maura Wahlb.

Thallus dark reddish or jet black, tumid, polished, areolae
smooth covered with minute points; apothecia immersed and
enclosed in the thallus, scattered, roundish ; epithecium conspicu-
ous, poriform ; perithecium spreading at the base, internally black;

12-16

spores oblong, simple, 7 mic. On rocks.

V. epigaea Pers.

V. theliodes Smf.

V. bryophila Lonnr. (Polyblastia).

V. rimosicola Leight.

Thallus wanting; apothecia black, minute, sessile, rounded,
shining and polished; perithecium entire, black; epithecium pori-

on
‘ «
*,

260

form; spores 8 in. the thekes, brown, oblong to linear, 4-locular,
constricted, 5-2 mic. Parasitic on Buellia excentricum.

PYRENULA Ach.
P. punctiformis Ach.
P. glabrata Ach.
P. lactea Mass:
P. thelaena (Ach.) Tuck.
P. nitidella Mull.

A Diatomaceous Deposit from an Artesian Well at Wildwood, N. J.

By CHARLES S. BOYER.

An artesian well sunk recently at Wildwood, N. J., exhibits at
certain depths diatomaceous deposits of unusual interest. Mr.
Woolman, whose researches into the geology of artesian borings
are well known, has sent me samples of earths with the request that
I enumerate the diatoms found therein. The accompanying list
includes specimens occurring in a bed from 78 to 180 feet deep, of
which Mr. Woolman remarks in the annual report of the Geolog-
ical Survey of New Jersey for 1893 (page 401) that “a correspond-
ing clay bed does not exist beneath the beaches to the northward,
if we may judge by the specimens of borings furnished from the
various wells or by the records where no specimens were ob-
tained. It was probably in some way associated with the deposits
of the Delaware River delta in a somewhat recently past geologi-
cal age, and before the present peninsula of Cape May was formed.”

It is not the purpose of the present paper to give a list of the
forms obtained from the entire series of the well boring which has
reached the depth of 1245 feet, passing through beds apparently
identical with the Miocene deposits noticed at Atlantic City and
which have already been described, but as the fresh water forms
are very numerous and as there are associated with them certain
marine and brackish water species not heretofore noticed in North
America, the enumeration of all the diatoms thus far seen at the
depths of from 78 to 180 feet, is here given.

261

The occurrence of Polymyxus coronalis is of peculiar interest,
as it has been hitherto considered as growing exclusively at the
mouths of the Para and the Amazon. It is not a mere accidental
form, but is abundant in the deposit in all its numerous variations.
Several years ago I found one specimen in material from one of
the Atlantic City wells, but supposed at the time that it might
have been a waif cast upon the shore. As Polymyxus now
flourishes only in warmer waters the conclusion must be reached
that the Delaware River delta formed the deposit under conditions
quite different from those existing at the present time. It is at
any rate now extinct along the North Atlantic coast.

The nomenclature of the following list is based upon DeToni’s
Sylloge Algarum, except in a few cases.

Achnanthes Hudsonis Grun.

A. inflata (Kiitz.) Grun.

A. subsessilis Ehr.

Actinocyclus Ehrenbergit Ralfs.

A, subtilis Greg.

Actinoptychus heliopelta Grun. forma minor.

Only one specimen has been noticed.

A, undulatus Ehr.

A. vulgaris Schum.

Amphora ovalis (Bréb.) Kiitz. var. gracilis (Ehr.) V. H.

Aulacodiscus Argus Ehr.

Auliscus pruinosus Bail.

Biddulphia Rhombus Wm. Sm.

Brebissonia Boecku (Kiitz.) Grun.

I have noticed this form in material from the Saguenay River,
Can.

Campylodiscus echenets Ehr.

The habitat of this species is usually given as marine or brack-
ish water. Van Heurck is the only authority, as far as I have
noticed, who states that it occurs in fresh water. I have found

several specimens in mud taken from a supply reservoir in Phila-
delphia, the water of which is drawn from the Schuylkill River.

Cerataulus laevis Roper.
Cocconets placentula Ehr.
Coscinodiscus Argus Ehr.
C. excentricus Ehr.

262

C. fasciculatus A. Schm.

C. marginatus Ehr.

C. minor Ehr.

C. nitidulus Greg.

C. Oculus-Iridis En.

C. radiatus Ehr.

C. subtilis Ehr.

Cyclotella Kitzingiana Thw.
Cymbella affinis Kiitz.

C. cistula (Hempr.) Kirchn.
C. cuspidata Kiitz.
C. cymbiformis Ehr.

C. Ehrenbergu Kitz.

C. gastroides Kiitz.

C. lanceolata (Ehr.) Kirchn.
C. tumida (Breb.) V. H.
Lncyonema ventricosum Kiitz.

Cystopleura (Epithemia) Argus (Ehr.) Kunze.

An abnormal form with flexuose outline has been noticed.

C. gibba (Ehr.) Kunze.

C. gibberula (Ehr?) Kunze.

C. Musculus (Kiitz.) Kunze.

C. Musculus constricta (Bréb.) V. H.
C. Sorex (Kiitz.) Kunze.

C. Zebra (Ehr.) Kunze.

Eunotia Arcus Ehr.

£:, diodon Ehr.

E. impressa Ehr.

£. major (W. Sm.) Rab.

E. parallela Ehr.

E. pectinalis (Dillw ?) Rab.

E. praerupta Ehr.

E. robusta Ralfs.

E. tetraodon Ebr.

E. triodon Ehr.

Gomphonema acuminatum coronatum Ehr.
G. Augur Ehr.

G. capitatum Ralfs.

263

G. geminatum (Lyngb.) Ag.
G. gracile Ehr.

G. lanceolatum Kitz.

G. olivaceum (Lyngb.) Kiitz.
G. turgidum Ehr.

G. Vibrio Ehr.

Fyalodiscus stelliger Bail.
fT, subtilis Bail.

HyprosERA (TERPSINOE ?) NovAE-CAESAREAE Boyer n. sp.

At first sight this species might appear to be a variety of Hy-
arosera (Triceratium) trifoliata Cleve, but a close comparison will
show that the two are distinct.

Triangular, sides concave, angles broad at the base, equally ai-
vided into three projections, surface sparsely punctate. In Cleve’s
species the angles are cuneate and the middle lobe or tooth is nar-
rower than the two outer, while the punctae are quite evident except
at the center of the valve. There is a marked difference in gen-
eral appearance, the New Jersey form being much less robust than
that from New Zealand. It is quite common in the deposit and
is of interest, as there is no form similar to it except that from
New Zealand with the exception of two specimens noticed by
Mr. Heinrich Reis in clay found near Cold Spring, Long Island,
which discovery, however, was antedated by that made in the
Wildwood material. I have not seen Mr. Reis’ specimens, which
he identifies as Zriceratum trifoliatum and do not know, therefore,
whether the Wildwood and Cold Spring forms are identical.

Melosiva granulata (Ehr.) Ralfs.
Navicula acrosphaeria Rab.
N. affinis Ehr.

NV. Americana Ehr.

NV. bicapitata Lagerst.

N. Bombus (Ehr.) Kiitz.
NV. Brebissonit Kiitz.

NV. columnaris Ehr.

NV. Crabro (Ehr.) Kiitz.

N. Dactylus Ehr.

N. Dariana A. Schm.

N. decurrens Kitz.

NV. distans (W. Sm.) Ralfs.
NV. elliptica Kiitz.

264

N. Fischeri A. Schm.

N. formosa Greg.

N. gibba Ebr.

N. Hitcheocku Ehr.

N. humerosa Breb.

N. Iridis amphirhyncus Ehr.
N. Kamorthensis Grun.

N. latissima Greg.

N. Lewisiana Grev.

N. Liber linearis (Grun.) V. H.
N. limosa Kitz.

N. Lyra Ehr.

NV. major Kiitz.

N. mesolepta Ehr.

LV. mesolepta nodosa Ehr.
LV. mesostyla Ebr.

N. nobilis (Ehr.) Kiitz.

XN. pachyptera Kitz.

NV. permagna (Bail.) Edw.
NV. peregrina (Ehr.?) Kiitz.
N. placentula (Ehr.) Kitz.
NV. polyonca Breb.

NV. pusilla W. Sm.

NV. rhomboides Ehr.

NV. sphaerophora Kiitz.

N. Smithi Breb.

NV. stauroptera parva Grun.
NV. tabellaria Kitz.

N. termitina Ehr.

N. trinodis inflata Schultze.
NV. viridis (Nitzsch) Kiitz.
Nitzschia Campeachiana Grun.
NV. cirumsuta (Bail.) Grun.
NV. granulata Grun.

NV. salinarum Grun.

N. scataris (Ehr. ?) W. Sm.
NV. Sigma (Kiitz), W. Sm.
XV. tryblonella maxima Grun.

265

Odontidium mutabile genuinum Grun.

Flagiogramma tessellatum Grev., rare.

Pleurosigma eximium (Thw.) Grun. and Cl.

P. Sctotoense Sulliv.

P. Spencerit (Quek.) W. Sm.

Polymyxus coronalis L. W. Bail.

Pseudauliscus radiatus Bail.

Pseudocunotia fiexuosa (Breb.) Grun.

Rhaphoneis amplaceros Ehr.

R. Belgica Grun.

R. gemmifera Ehr.

R. Rhombus Ehr.

Stauronets acuta W. Sm.

S. gracilis Ehr.

S. Phoenicenteron Ehr.

Surirella angusta Kiitz.

S. diseriata (Ehr.) Breb.

S. cruciata A. Schm.

S. crumena Bréb.

S. elegans Ehr.

S. Febigerti Lewis.

S. oblonga Ehr.

S. ovalis Bréb.

S. ovalis ovata (Kiitz) V. H.

S. splendida Ehr.

S. striatula Turp.

S. fenera Greg.
SURIRELLA WooLMANIANA Peticolas, n. sp.

Mr. Peticolas, who discovered several specimens, remarks that
it differs from S. Gemma, of which I had at first considered it a
variety, in “ size, outline, areolation and the hyaline centre.”

Valves broadly obovate, rounded at both ends ; costae slightly
twisted, not reaching the median line, thus forming a pseudoraphe
broadening at the centre. Costae and intercostate striae much
more robust than in .S. Gemma. It somewhat approaches certain
varieties of S. striatula.

Synedra delicatissina W. Sm.

S. investiens W. Sm.

Terpsinoe Americana (Bail.) Ralfs.

266

Tetracyclus emarginatus (Ehr.) W. Sm.
T. lacustris Ralfs.

Tnceratium alternans Bail.

T. favus Ehr.

T. sculptum Shadb.

Of the above about 80 are exclusively fresh water forms, 47 ex-
clusively marine, while the others are found in fresh water and
brackish or in brackish and marine.

Preliminary Notes on Nelumbo lutea.

By Benjy. HERITAGE.
(PLATE 23%.)

In August, 1890, being desirous of investigating the root
growth of Nelumbo lutea, the late Isaac Burk, and self visited the
mill-pond at Sharptown, Salem County, N. J., for that purpose.

There were about eight acres thickly covered with the species,
which presented a most gorgeous sight.

We procured a boat, and after considerable research, we found
a place at which the water was but a few inches in depth, over a
very soft mud. He managed the boat, and seating ourself on its
bottom, with an arm stripped to the shoulder we selected one of
the large leaves which had a flower stalk in close proximity.

These we traced with the hand, down into the ooze, to their
common point of attachment, which brought the arm up to the
elbow in the mud. There we found a very dense cluster of fibrous
roots which were loosened, but this did not release the plant; as
there was a horizontal portion, the size of a finger extending from
it in opposite directions. The truth then dawned upon us that
this majestic plant is stoloniferous!

We traced this horizontal stolon or stem until we accidentally
broke it, before reaching its termination in either direction. Its
course was quite direct, and lay at a uniform depth of about one
foot beneath the surface of the mud.

At short distances we encountered very many other similar
subterranean vines or stolons—portions of other plants perhaps

267

lying mostly in the same plane and crossing the pathway of our
plant at various angles.

Such as were above ours had to be severed in order to liberate
the one we were in quest of. At varying distances we found
other clusters of roots, from each of which a single, large, peltate.
leaf rose about two feet above the surface of the water, while in
the axil of several of them there was a flower stalk as tall. At
many of the nodes we found a branch, each of which we traced
until it, like the main stem, was accidentally broken, except in two
instances, in which we secured the growing points. Upon finding
our plants disconnected with the earth at all points, after about
four hours’ assiduous labor, we carefully took it on board, rowed
ashore, spread it out upon the grass, and with the miller’s “ten-
foot pole” accurately measured it. The main stem was forty-
seven feet long, and the combined length of the branches forty-
three; in all ninety feet! It was to us a revelation, and exceed-
ingly interesting, but it would have been even more so had we
succeeded in unearthing the exézre plant which, as it lay upon the
ground before us, proved itself to be an aquatic ve of gigantic
proportions.

The internodes were smooth, dull-white and of a uniform size
throughout the main stem; they were about half an inch in diam-
eter and were furnished with seven large air passages arranged in
a circle equi-distant from a small central one and the epidermis.
They were plentifully supplied with spiral tissue which could be
drawn out a quarter of a yard before complete separation took
place. These internodes varied in length from two feet, which
was the shortest one in the main stem to five feet three inches, the
longest in our specimen. ‘Those of’the branches were much
shorter and their diameter less. Zong internodes insured the sep-
aration of the leaves so that they could fully develop without
coming in contact with each other, and perhaps the nature of the
soil favored their growth, in confirmation of which we have seen
Carex vestita Willd., growing in compact soil with stolons only a
few inches long, whereas in an open porous soil they sometimes
exceed two feet in length between the plants.

The diameter of the nodes was considerably greater than that
of the internodes and it was from these alone the roots originated.

268

Later examination has shown the roots to be arranged in six-
usually-circular clusters placed side by side and extending com-
pletely around the node, those growing from the upper side of
the node also follow the general law of root growth, 7. ¢., descend.

In those examined the number in each cluster ranged from 14
to 21, averaging 110 roots at a node.

The branches occurred regularly at several consecutive nodes,
but irregularly at others. They sometimes extended to the right
and to the left alternately like those of a Cucurbitaceous vine; at
_ an estimated angle with the main stem of about 60° upon an
average.

During the course of our investigation, the queries arose
whether those long internodes are perennial or survive but a
single season? Whether the plantlet at each node has a perma-
nent character or otherwise; and, if the former prove true,
whether each node becomes the centre from which new growth
radiates the following year?

_ We contemplated a further inquiry the succeeding spring, hop-
ing to solve those questions; but, during the interval, our friend

was stricken with paralysis and intapacitated for additional re- .

search, and the matter rested.

In November last and again a month later, in company with
Chas D. Lippincott, we visited the locality to inquire into the
winter status of the plant, as well as to determine more fully its
method of growth; and perchance to throw some light upon the
above questions. The results thus far obtained are here sub-
mitted.

We secured many specimens containing buds, but in every
instance they were at or near the end of a stem or branch, and
consisted of one or generally two tuber-like enlargements of the
stem following each other consecutively. The internodes of these
thickened stems had failed to develop longitudinally more than a
few inches, while transversely their diameter was greatly in-
creased. The general structure of the stem was maintianed in the
tubers, and the leaf buds were invariably found at their ends—the
nodes—which had undergone but a slight modification. The tubers
obtained varied from three to eleven inches in length, and very
closely resembled a banana in appearance, both in regard to shape

+

|

269

and proportions; except that the color was creamy-white, marked
with purplish dots. They were generally somewhat flattened on

the side from which the lateral bud grew at the next lower node,
which might indicate that the growth was directed to the develop-
ment of the bud at that point rather than into that portion of the
tuber in line with and beyond it.

Their texture is crisp, and it cuts with that peculiar grating
which we hear and feel while cutting a raw potato with a thick
knife; and which is doubtless owing, as Prof. Halsted has shown
with relation to the winter buds of trees, to the presence of large
quantities of starch stored during the growing season, for the rapid
development of the embryo leaves in early spring, before they are
capable of assimilating their nourishment.

There are at least two kinds of buds shown at the tubers;
First, lateral leaf buds, developed at the nodes; and secondly, ter-
minal buds, which contain an embryo vine. They are not uniform
in size; the largest of the former measured five and one-half
inches in length, and consisted of a single petiole surmounted by
an involute blade two inches in diameter; the whole completely
enveloped by a whitish, brittle succulent sheath, the edges of
which overlap.

We obtained some specimens in which growth had extended
just beyond the full capacity of the sheath, and it had been torn
completely asunder below the blade, both portions having turned
black.

The severed part would doubtless have continued to envelop
the blade, and it would have been carried up through the mud by
the lengthening petiole—as the calyptra of Musci is borne up on
the apex of the capsule—and when its office of protection shall
have been fulfilled the unfolding leaf will cast it aside.

_The terminal buds are shorter and thicker than the others, and
include a portion of the future vine. An internode and node, to-
gether with its young leaf, are all well formed; also a growing
point beyond, and, like the leaf buds, they are protected by a
similar sheath.

_ We also obtained the black shrunken shells of old tubers, from
which all the nutriment had been drawn, which, with contiguous
portions of the vine, were lifeless.

270

The roots at the nodes, so far as observation has thus far ex-
tended, all die in the fall; but we found much vitality still existing
in the nodes. Portions of the internodes were discolored, had
lost their rigidity, and were dead; such might have grown early
in the season, and were the first to die. Other portions appeared
full of life, and their cells, as well as those of the nodes, were filled
with starch grains; but not one of the many nodes examined ex-
hibited a bud, except as above stated, those at or near the ex-
tremity of the vines. This absence of buds, and the dead roots,
suggest the early dissolution of all parts of the plant except those
last formed. Although other portions of this wonderful plant
may survive the winter, yet if this prove true it is presumed that
after growth re-commences in the buds of the tubers, the starch
in the vines behind them will be utilized, after which they will
probably die. Let investigation be directed to this, as well as to
- other points of interest.

The living buds are at the ends of the tubers. Back of the
tubers we have. a long vine in which starch is stored, and which
contains no buds, and show no signs of further growth. From
this it appears that both the. vines and tubers after being fully de-
veloped serve merely to store nutritive materials, and to transmit
them to the growing points.

We now behold this noble plant not only as a true aquatic,
subterranean vine, but it is metamorphosed into a migratory vine.
Why migratory ? Simply because the next year’s buds are so far
removed from the location of those of the last. Just how far a
plant removes its situation in a single season can only be deter-
mined by locating one in early spring, tracing it throughout its
entire length in the fall, and noting the position of the next year’s
buds. Our specimen furnished ocular demonstration that this re-
moval must have been more than forty-seven feet! Is this method
of growth found in any other genus than Nelumbo? we ask
for information. The annual character of the growth from each
particular node is a most wise provision. If all those plantlets
survived the winter, and became the centre from which new growth
proceeded, there soon be an overcrowding ; and none would have

room to develop naturally when deterioration and extinction would
eventually ensue.

271

We are here furnished with another illustration, among many
seen on every side around us, of unmistakable evidences of per-
fected thought in their creation, each being peculiarly adapted to
the position it holds in the divine economy.

I am indebted to Dr. Ida A. Keller for the accompanying
drawings and explanation of figures.

MICKLETON, N, J., 1894.

Explanation of Plate 23r.

I, Diagram of vine of Nelumbo /utea Pers.

St, St—main stem 47 feet long.

X—unknown dist. to tubers with living buds—T.

xy— «old tuber shells—O. T.

II, End of stem ¥ of natural size.
St.—unthickened stem.
St/—two tubers terminating the stem.
Sh.—remaining portions of sheaths (black).
B—terminal bud which will develop into a stem.
B/,—axillary bud (sheath which covered it removed).
L. B/.—leaf bud, subtending terminal bud. It has a sheath of its own, which
has not been removed, is distinct from the sheath marked Sh, The former is
not black, the latter is.
L. B’.—leaf bud, upper portion exposed by removal of sheath.
R—points from which roots will emerge, these arranged in groups as indicated
in the drawing.
R/—dead roots showing their articulations.
P—petiole of the last leaf of the season (now dead).
III.—Cross section of vine, tiatural size.

A—air passage. °
IV. Cross section of tuber, natural size (shows the flattening).
vi id * involute leaf bud enlarged.

A—air passage,

VI. Starch grains. The largest represented (’) being .0492><.0328 mm.

On the Carpels of Opulaster malyacea (Greene).

This species was originally described by Prof. Greene in Pitt.
2: 30, 1889, as Weillia malvacea, from specimens collected by the
author himself at the north shore of Lake Pend d’Oreille, in
Idaho. In the diagnosis of the species it is referred to a section
of the genus characterized by indehiscent carpels.

272

Recently I had occasion to investigate the fruit characters of
this Opulaster and find that the carpels do rupture along well-de-
fined sutures, although it takes place tardily. The fruit of the
species is usually 2-carpellary, very rarely 3-carpellary. Each carpel
is from 1—3-ovuled, developing as many or fewer seeds; the usual
number is I or 2. At maturity’the carpel is nearly triangular,
much flattened, not at all inflated, and when well developed
it measures about 4.5 mm. in length, and 3.5 mm. in width across
the broadest portion. The seeds are oblong, somewhat com-
pressed, nearly 2 mm. long and 1.3 mm. wide, grayish in color,
with a firm polished testa and extremely bitter taste. The two
carpels seen together bear a great deal of resemblance to the
silicle of a Lepidium as Prof. Greene notes.

The carpels are connate except at the divergent apices. They
usually separate along a lateral line at maturity. Occasionally
this line of demarcation does not form and they remain united.
The pedicels commonly fall away from the axis of inflorescence
in autumn or early winter by the development of a constriction at
their bases, carrying the unopened fruit with them. The dehis-
cence of the carpels does not usually occur until after they reach the
ground, but if the pedicels are not detached from the axis of the
corymb in the fall, which sometimes happens, the carpels will
rupture in the spring while retaining their original position and
enfolded by the persistent calyx.

The dehiscence of the carpels takes place along two sutures, a
ventral and a dorsal. In the majority of the cases that have come
under my observation the inner or ventral suture opens first, the
fissure beginning near the apex or at the point of juncture of the
carpels, and is complete from base to summit. The outer or dorsal
suture opens immediately after the rupture of the inner, but the
line of dehiscence extends across the top of the carpel only.
Owing to this circumstance the carpel is never two-valved in de-
hisence, apparently a new character in our North American
Opulasters, and therefore, clearly, to be considered as follicular.
When the carpels are so firmly united that no lateral separation
between them takes place the inner suture opens through both
simultaneously. Joun B. LEIBERG.

Hope, IDAHO, March gth, 1895.

273

Two new mountain Plants.

By MERRITT LYNDON FFRNALD,

“AsTER HENDERSONI n sp.

Stem slender, 3 or 4 feet high, cinereous-pubescent, almost la-
nate, except toward the glabrate base, branching above the mid-
dle, the densely cienerous branches bearing single terminal heads,
or themselves divided into naked or scarcely leafy branchlets;
leaves thin, cinereous on both surfaces, especially on the mid-rib,
or becoming glabrate above, the entire margins often ciliate; the
upper cauline oblong or oblong-lanceolate, 2 or 3 inches long,
with auricled clasping bases, the lower oblanceolate, conspicuously
narrowed above the clasping bases, 4-6 inches long; leaves on
the branchlets few, scarcely an inch long, often so few as to give
the appearance of almost naked peduncles; heads large, an
inch or two across, 4-6 lines high; involucre of two or three
loose rows of cinereous linear-attenuate bracts, mostly herbaceous,
but the inner sometimes scarious below, rarely with one two nar-
row foliaceous bracts; the fifty or more blue rays %-3¢ inch
long, a line wide.

Collected by Prof. L. F. Henderson (No. 2798) in rich moist
meadows along the St. Maries River, Kootenai county, Idaho,
August 5, 1894.

Closely related to puniceus and Cusichit. The involucre is like
the former, but the plant is more slender, with no trace of the stiff
pubescence and harsh serrate leaves ‘of that species, while the
lower cauline leaves are contracted above the clasping bases as in
Cusickii. Hendersoni has the same pubescence as Cusickii var.
Lyalli Gray, but this latter plant has much broader leaves, and the
outer bracts of the involucre are very broad and foliaceous, and,
according to Prof. Henderson, it grows in more open and drier

bottoms than the plant here described.

CAREX SCABRATA X CRINITA n. hyb.

Either stout or slender, the leaves and culm harsh as in sca-
brata; spikes 5~7, mostly androgynous, varying from % to 1%
inches in length, the upper nearly sessile, the lower on peduncles
an inch or more long, slightly spreading; scales lanceolate or
ovate-lanceolate, with brown scarious margins, and strong green
mid-veins sometimes continued into rough awns 2-3 times as long
as the perigynia, sometimes not equalling the perigynia; peri-
gynia broadly ovate, with the few nerves either obscure or well

.

274

marked, some of them puncticulate, others slightly puberulent;
the beak short and entire.

Collected by Dr. Geo. G. Kennedy in a damp hollow near the
Crawford Bridle Path, on Mt. Clinton, N. H., August 20, 1891.

Cryptogamic Notes from Long Island. III.
By SMITH ELy JELLIFFE, M. D,

DIATOMACEAE.
Amphora ovalis Kutz.
Cymbella Cistula Hempr.
Encyonema ventricosum Kutz.
Stauroneis acuta W. Sm.
Stauronets anceps Ehrb.
Stauroneis gracilis Ehrb.
Stauronets Phoenicenteron Ehrb,
Navicula Americana Ehrb,
Navicula ambigua Ehrb.
Navicula flamma A. Sch. var.
Navicula cuspidata Kutz.
Navicula dilatata Ehrb.
Navicula firma Kutz,
Navicula laevissima Kutz,
Navicula gibba (Kutz.) Ehrb.
Navicula Hitchcockti Ehrb,
Navicula apis Kutz.
Navicula lata Breb.
Navicula Lyra Ehrb.
Navicula major Kutz,
Navicula marina Ralfs.
Navicula radiosa Kutz.
Navicula rhyncocephala Kutz.
Navicula varians Greg.
Navicula viridis Kutz.
Pleurosigma angulatum W., Sm.
Pleurosigma Balticum W. Sm.
Pleurosigma elongatum W. Sm.
Pleurosigma Spencerti W.Sm,
Amphiprora ornata Bailey.
Gomphonema acuminatum Ehrb.
Gomphonema capitatum Ehrb.
Gomphonema constrictum Ehrb.
Rhotkosphenia curvata (Kutz.) Grun.
Achnanthes brevipes Ag.

275

Achnanthes longipes Ag.
Achnanthes subsessilis Erb.
Cocconets Pedicularis Ehrb.
Cocconets scutellum Ehrb.
LEpithemia gibba (Ehrb.) Kutz.
Epithemia turgida (Ehrb.) Kutz.
Lunotit lunaris (Ehrb.) Grun. ‘
LEunotia tridentula Ehrb.
Eunotia major (W. Sm.) Rab.
Synedra affinis Kutz.

Synedra fulgens (Kutz.) W.S.
Synedra pulchella Kutz.

Synedra longissima Kutz.
Synedra lanceolata Kutz.
Synedra Ulna (Nitzsch.) Ehrb.
Fragilaria capucina Desmaz.
Asterionella formosa Hass.
Meridion circulare Ag.

Tessela interrupta Ehrb. ?
Tabellaria fenestrata Kutz.
Tabellaria flocculosa (Roth.) Kutz.
Grammatophora marina Kutz.
Rhabdonema Adriaticum Kutz.

_ Cymatopleura elliptica (Breb.) W. Sm.
Cymatopleura Solea (Breb.) W. Sm.
Surirella elegans Ehrb.

Nitzschia fasciculata Grun.
Niteschia gracilis Hautzsch.
Nitzschia scalaris (Ehrb.) W. Sm.
Niteschia sigmoidea (Ehrb.) W. Sm,
Niteschia tabellaria Grun.
Melosira Borrerti Grev.

Melosira granulata (Ehrb.) Ralfs.
Melosira varians Ag.

Biddulphia laevis Erb.
Biddulphia pulchella Gray.
Rhizosolenia gracilis H. L. S.
Triceratium alternans Bailey.
Eupodiscus radiatus Bailey.

Botanical Notes.

Hough's American Woods. Part VI. of this valuable series of
thin sections of North American woods, together with the 458
press to accompany Parts IV. and V., have recently been

276

tributed to subscribers. The six parts now issued contain tangen-
tial, radial and transverse slices of 150 pieces of trees, and form an
nvaluable part of the equipment of any botanical museum. Cross
sections of these woods mounted as lantern slides are also pre-
pared by Mr. Hough. Descriptive matter and specimens of the
work may be obtained from him by addressing R. B. Hough,
Lowville, N. Y.

Photographs of Fungi. We have received from Mr. C. G.
Lloyd, of Cincinnati, the first set of a series of photographs and ©
photogravures of the larger fungi, prepared by him for distribu-
_ tion among a limited number of students. The execution of these
photographs is excellent and they cannot fail to be of great aid to
mycologists. The species are determined by Mr. A. P. Morgan,

of Preston, Ohio. Mr. Lloyd informs us that the sets are not for
sale.

Reviews,

Guide to the Study of common Plants. An Introduction to Bo-
tany. V.M. Spaulding. 2nd edition, pp. 287. Boston, D. C.
Heath & Co. 1895.

The second edition differs from the first mainly in the addition
of a glossary and index of botanical terms, an index of plant
names, and a chapter on fungi.

The text has undergone some alterations and a number of ad-
ditions have been made to the reviews and summaries at the ends
of chapters. The chapter on Fruits has been completed by a few
pages on “ The Organs of Flowerless Plants.”

The chapters on ferns and club mosses have been simplified by
the omission of the anatomy and developmental history, although
the latter reappears in a review and summary of the Vascular
Cryptogams. Many additions have been made to the “ special

studies,” particularly in the portion of the book “devoted to the
families of flowering plants. E. A. S:

Ai preliminary List of the Mosses of Minnesota, John M. Hol- |
zinger. (Minn. Bot. Studies, Bull. No. 9, March 5th, 1895).

This list includes 156 species, arranged according to Renauld
and Cardot’s list, with the addition of one new variety, Amblyodon
dealbatus var. Americanus, R. & C. ined., which has been distrib-

277

uted as No. 180 of their Musci. Am. bor. Exsicc., with description
and notes in their observations. These specimens should be com-
pared with JZ, acount’ Aust. which has been referred to Amdélyo-
dan dealbatus in the Manual. Gymnostomum curvirostrum var.
scabrum is also an addition to the flora, not having previously
been reported. We find several typographical errors, one of
which is guilty of making a synomym for Coscinodon Raui. We
have two sets of specimens from the Bluffs at Winona, and have
not found C. Wright? among them, but C. Rau does occur, and
the fact that M. Cardot has determined it as C. Renauldi, adds
another point to my argument that the species are identical.

The citation of authorities for Cynodontium Wahlenbergit
(Brid.) Hartm. is incorrectly given, and Physcomitrium pyriforme
is listed on Cardot’s determination. We have not yet seen an
American specimen which agreed with this species, and the ones
sent to us by M. Cardot bearing this name are not excepted.
Physcomitrella patens (Hedw.) Br. & Sch. should be added as hav-
ing been collected by Miss Sheldon at Fort Snelling, Minn., Octo-
ber, 1894. BGS.

On new Species of Cretaceous Plants from Vancouver [sland,
J.W. Dawson. Trans. Roy. Soc Canada, sec. 4: 53-72. pl. 5-14.
1893.

In this paper are included descriptions of twenty-eight new
species, some of which are, however, certainly referable to pre-
viously described species. The figures are poor and some of the
material upon which new species are founded is too fragmen-
tary to be satisfactory. In deference, doubtless, to certain critics
of palaeobotany the author finds it advisable to use these words:
“T think it proper to say that I cannot be expected to pledge my-
self for the accuracy of the generic names attached to mere leaves.
When the fruit shall be found connected with them, they may re-
quire very different reference. At present they merely stand as
forms of certain types characteristic of a certain geological age,
and admitting of more or less accurate comparison with modern
plants,” which sentence he sums up quite concisely all that the
palaeobotanists claims for his determinations. A chapter on the
value of fossil plants as indices of climate in the past completes
the paper. _ we. 1.

278

Field, Forest and Garden Botany, by Asa Gray, revised and ex-
tended by L. H. Bailey.

This once popular little manual, first published in 1869, had
never been revised nor re-edited by its author, and, in conseqence,
had, in time, lost much of its value and become somewhat obso-
lete. Prof.C.R. Barnes began a much needed revision which was
later taken up and has just been successfully carried through by
Prof. Bailey. Considering the nature of the task it is doubtful
whether anybody else was as well equipped for it.

The reviser states that his first aim was to preserve, as far as
possible, the method of the original, attempting “ nothing more
than to bring it down to date.’ The work, however, has been
more thorough and extensive than those words would imply ; not
only were the nomenclature and definition corrected, but the an-
alytical keys and grouping of species into sections have been re-
arranged and much new matter added, so that the original of 374
pages has been increased to 503 pages. The added matter con-
sists of no less than 82 genera and 533 species, the total number
of species being 3203, of which 1784 are indigenous and 1419
extra-limital (in cultivation). To give a few examples taken at
random: Clematis has now 17 described species instead of II in
the original ; Magnolia, 8 species and hybrids instead of 3 ; Bras-
sica, 8 instead of 5; Zilia, 6 instead of 3; Prunus, 29 instead of 19;
Pyrus, 16 instead of 10; Canna, 11 instead of 5; Palms, 17 instead
of 4, &c., and the quality has kept pace with the quantity. The
typography is also very much improved, being even better than
that of Gray’s Manual, and, indeed, about as perfect as one could
desire.

This book is intended to remain, as before, a companion to the
Manual, and the nomenclature and definition are made to conform
strictly with it; whatever shortcomings, therefore, the Manual is
guilty of in these respects are shared by its companion work. A
very welcome innovation is the citation of the authority after each
name; this, in our day, has become a necessity in a work with any
pretention to exactness.

As would be expected, special attention was devoted to culti-
vated plants, whether ornamental or useful, native or introduced ;
in this respect the revision is remarkably complete, including even

279

such comparatively recent introductions as Akedia guinata, Acti-
nidia polygama, Solanum muricatum, etc. It is not only the best,
but, I may say, the only work descriptive of our domesticated
flora. It will be heartily welcome by the many who have neither
time nor facilities for the pure study of systematic botany, but
who, nevertheless, love flowers and takes an intelligent interest in
the wealth of decorative and useful plants which surround them on
on ail sides. VA,

Phlanzenkrankheiten durch kryptogamen Parasiten verursacht
Karl Freiherr von Tubeuf. Berlin, 1895.

This book is a condensed treatise on plant “parasitism” or
“symbiosis” in its widest sense. Unfortunately the term plant-
disease (Pflanzenkrankheit) is not defined, but the reader is led to
assume that any change produced in a plant due to a “symbiotic”
or “parasitic” relation with another plant is considered a plant
disease.
The attempt is made to treat the physiological and morpho-
logical relations of parasitism from a comparative standpoint.
Physiological and anatomical details are not entered into as that
would be both impossible and unnecessary because of the copious
citations of special authors whom the specialist interested may
consult. All the authorites quoted are recent and standard. With
few exceptions the figures are excellent. The numerous photo-
graphs are especially interesting.

The student of general botany will no doubt find Part I. the
most interesting. Here the author has very briefly outlined his
conception of parasitism in the wider sense. Here he also shows
his greatest originality. Especially interesting are his distinctions
between Mutualism (“Mutualismus”) and Nutricism (‘ Nutri-
cismus”). By the former is meant that form of parasitism in which
the two symbionts mutually benefit each other. As the most im-
portant examples are to be mentioned the lichens. Here two or-
ganisms, an alga and a fungus live together for mutual benefit.
He emphasizes the fact that this symbiosis has so changed the
life history of the two organisms that they combine to form a mew
organism. This union of two originally distinct organisms to
form an independent organism he designates “individualism.” By
nutricism is meant that form of parasitism in which one of the

280

symbionts is not benefited because no assistance is required. As
an example may be mentioned the mycorhiza of certain trees and
the mycodomatiae (rhizobia) of Leguminosae. Here the author
supposes that the infecting fungus works in the interest of the
plant infected without receiving any benefit in return.

In Part I. are also given various approved methods and means
for guarding against infection of pernicious parasites and how to
to destroy them after infection has taken place.

Part II., which is by far the most extensive, treats of “ phyto-
pathogenic fungi and algae.” It is essentially a systematic de-
scription of the infecting fungi and algae based upon the most re-
cent investigations and conclusions.

Taken all in all, this work is certainly a most valuable contri-
bution to the science of botany. It will prove of great benefit to
all botanists. The condensed retrospect of the subject will suffice
for the general student, while the citations will be found very useful
by the special student.

Language and style are scientifically clear and simple. Only a
a few of the figures are borrowed. ALBERT SCHNEIDER.

A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Poly-
gonum, by John Kunkel Small. This work, a folio of 183 pages
(not counting the plates), was issued on the 23d of April, 1895, as

the first volume of Memoirs from the Department of Botany of
Columbia College.

In the introduction, after discussing the position of the family

to which it has given a name, the relation of the genus Polygonum
to its allies is taken up and considered. Then follow chapters on
the geographical distribution of the species, the general morphol-
ogy of the genus, the anatomy of the stem and general anatomy.

Natural and distinct as the genus appears, it admits of division
into well-marked sub-genera, nine of which contain representa-
tives in the New World, viz.: Bistorta, Aconogonon, Persicaria,
Amblyogon, Tovaria, Avicularia, Duravia, Tiniaria and Echino-
caulon. These, as described and figured by Dr. Small, including
a fossil species from the Miocene Tertiary of Colorado, number 71.
Each of them is illustrated by an uncolored outline-drawing on a
separate sheet, so admirably executed as to make the salient charac-

281

ters clear to the eye, and the descriptions on the opposite pages
are models for their terse and accurate use of botanical termi-
nology.

The new species, 9 in all and the varieties 8, form a large
addition to the genus.

The latter part of the volume is devoted to the comparative
anatomy of the stems of certain species, accompanied by 15 ex-
cellent plates, which exhibit such diversities of internal structure
as to afford essential aid in support of sub-generic and even specific
distinctions.

To withhold recognition, so fairly earned and so worthy of
acknowledgment, from a work like this would be wrong. It is
highly creditable both to the author and to the college whose
ample resources and friendly help enabled him to produce it.
The fruit, not of a hasty and rapid incursion, but of persistent,
patient and thorough study of the field which it covers, the con-
tribution it has made to science is solid and will endure. What
Dr. Engelmann did for /uxcus has now been done for Polygonum,
and more of just this kind of labor is needed for the better eluci-
dation of our North American Flora. eG. P:

Proceedings of the Club.

Turspay Eventnc, May 14TH, 1895.

The President in the chair and 22 persons present.

Mr. A. Ruth and Mr. W. A. Bastedo were elected active
members.

The editor announced the publication of the third part of Vol.
4 of the Memorrs, and stated that the fourth part would contain a
paper by Mrs. Pettit on Arachis hypogaea.

Mr. Lighthipe reported excellent progress in the rearrange-
ment of the herbarium.

The announced papers of the evening were then presented.

1. By Mr. George V. Nash, “‘ The North American Species of
the Genus Cenchrus,” illustrated by specimens.

2. By Mrs. Anna S. Pettit, « Notes from a Study of the Pea-
nut, Arachis hypogaea.”

282

Dr. N. L. Britton exhibited a series of lantern-slides of cross-
sections of North American Woods, prepared by Mr. R. B. Hough.

WEDNESDAY EVENING, May 29TH, 1895.

Vice-President Lighthipe in the chair and 32 persons present.

Miss Rose T. Roux, Mr. James A. Graves and Mr. Frederick
King Vreeland were elected active members.

Mr. Barnhart reported the occurrence of Azalea lutea L. (A.
calendulacea Michx.) in an apparently native state near Tarrytown,
N. Y., and remarked on the distribution of this spccies, which is
not recorded in recent writings from further northeast than the
mountains of Pennsylvania. Dr. Britton called the attention of
the Club to the recorded occurrence of a yellow-flowered Azalea
in southern New York by Governor Cadwallader Colden about
the middle of the last century, and that Colden’s account of it had
been made a part of the citations by Linnaeus of his Azalea lutea
in 1753. Linnaeus later abandoned the name /ztea on account of
having received specimens of the pink-flowered species which he
described as A. nudifiora in 1762, supposing them to be the same.
Mr. Barnhart’s discovery is an interesting confirmation of the posi-
tion taken in the recently issued “List of Northeastern North
American Plants” that the name A. /utea L. must sekgeeeas A. calen-
dulacea Michx.

Mr. Barnhart also reported that A/iaria Alliaria, found by him
last year at Hastings, N. Y., had this year spread over a consider-
able area and was well established.

The announced paper of the evening was read by Mr. A. A.
Tyler on ‘Stipules in the Family Rosaceae,” illustrated by speci-
mens and drawings. It was discussed by Dr. Schneider and Dr.
Britton.

The Club then adjourned to the second Tuesday evening in
October.

283

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany,

Arthur, J. C. Joseph Schroeter. Bot. Gaz. 20: 230-232. 20 My.
1895.

Atkinson, G. F. Intelligence manifested by the Swarm Spores of
khisophidium globosum. Bot. Gaz. 19: 503, 504. 1894.

Atkinson, G. F. On the Swarm Spores of Pythium and Ceratiomyxa.
(Abstract.) Proc. Am. Assn. Adv. Sci. 43: 290, 291. Mr. 1895.

Atkinson, G. F. Relations between the Functions of the Vegetative
and Reproductive Leaves of Onoclea. (Abstract.) Proc. Am. Assn.
Adv. Sci. 43: 290. Mr. 1895.

Atkinson, G. F. The Exoascaceae of Stone Fruits. Gard. & For. 7:
463, 464. 1894.

Atkinson, G. F. The Extent of the Annulus and the Function of the
different parts of the Sporangium of Ferns in the Dispersion of
Spores. Int. Journ. Micros. and Nat. Sci. Ap. 1894. (Reprinted
from Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, N. £893).

Barnes, C. R. Vitality of Warsitia quadrifolia. Bot. Gaz. 20; 229.
20 My. 1895.

Bastin, E.S. Structure of Sassafras. Am. Journ. Pharm. 67: 312-
318. 7. 7g. Je. 1895.

Benedict, A. L. Tabular Review of Organography prepared for the
Use of Classes in Botany. Pamph. pp. 21. [Buffalo] 1895.

Bessey, C. E. Botany of the Plums and Cherries. Ann. Rept. Ne-
braska State Hort. Soc. 1895: 163-178. 1895.

Descriptions and illustrations of various species of Prunus, mostly North Ameri-
can,

Bessey, C. E. The Botany of the Grape. Ann. Rept. Nebraska
State Hort. Soc. 1895: 7-26. f. 72. 1895.

Descriptions and figures of various species of Vitis, mostly North American.

Bicknell, E. P. Hypericum boreale (Britton) and related Species.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 211-215. 15 My. 1895.

Blight, R. The Origin of the Orange. Rural Californian, 18: 224-
226. My. 1895. (Reprinted from N. Y. Evening Post.)

Historical resumé,

Britton, E. G. A. Hybrid Among the Mosses. (Abstract.) Proc.

Am. Assn. Adv. Sci. 43: 292. Mr. 1895.

284

Britton, N. L. New and noteworthy North American Phanerogams.—
IX. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 220-225. 15 My. 1895.
New species in Carex, Allionia and Ranunculus,
_ Britton, N. L. Notes on the Primary Foliage and the Leaf-scars of
Pinus rigida. (Abstract.) Proc. Am. Assn, Ady. Sci. 43: 293-
Mr. 1895.

Budd, E. M. Laws of Floral Colors. Rep. Iowa State Hort. Soc.
28: 53-56. 1894.

Bush, B. F. Notes on the Mound Flora of Atchison county, Mis-
souri. Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 6: 121-134. 1895.

Card, F. W. Two wild Vegetables of Merit. Gard. & For. 8: 223.
5 Je. 1895.
The two plants in question are Lactuca Canadensis and Astragalus crassicarpus.

Chamberlain, C. J. The Embryo-sac of Aster Novae-Angliae. Bot.
Gaz. 20: 205-212. p/. 15, 16. 20 My. 1895.

Chalmot, G. de. The Influence of Nitrates on Germinating Seeds.
Agric. Sci. 8: 463-465. Mr. 1895.

Cook, A. J. Parthenogenesis among Plants. Rural Californian, 18:
237-238. My. 1895.
Discusses effect of pollen on development of fruits.

Coulter, J. M. Some Affinities Among Cactaceae. (Abstract.) Proc.
Am. Assn. Ady. Sci. 43: 286-287. Mr. 1895.

Crozier, A. A. What is Common Millet? Agric. Sci. 8: 449. Mr.
1895.

Davenport, G.E. <Asfidium simulatum Dav. Bot. Gaz. 20: 229,
230. 20 My. 1895.

Dietel, P. New North American Uredineae. Erythea, 3: 77-82. 1
My. 1895.
New species in Aecidium, Uromyces and Pu:cinia,

Franceschi, F. Agaves in Southern California. Gard. & For. 8:
228. 5 Je. 1895.

Galloway, B. T. Some Factors influencing the Health of Plants
under Glass. The Florists’ Exchange, 468-469. Ap. 1895.

Ganong, W.F. Present Problems in the Anatomy, Morphology and
Biology of the Cactaceae. Bot. Gaz. 20: 129-138. 20 Ap. 1895:
213-221. 20 My. 1895.

Greene, E.L. Corrections in Nomenclature.—VII. Erythea, 3: 75,
76. 1 My. 1895.

285

Greene, E. L. Novitates occidentales.—XIII. Erythea, 3: 69-73.
t My. 1895.

New species in Ranunculus, Braya, Erysimum, Ribes, Mentzelia, Dodecatheon,

Solanum, Mimulus and Crepis.

Greene, E. L. Problems in modern Botany. Bull. Catholic Univ.
I: 200-212. Ap. 1895.

Halsted, B. D. Notes upon a Root Rot of Beets. (Abstract.) Proc.
Am: Assn. Adv. Sci. 43: 293. Mr. 1895.

Halsted, B. D. Notes upon Chalara paradoxa. (Abstract.) Proc.
Am. Assn. Adv. Sci. 43: 293. Mr. 1895.

Halsted, B. D. Notes upon Poisonous Plants. Gard. & For. 8: 1
My. 1895.

Hariot, M. P. Algues du Golfe de California. Journ. de Bot. g: 167-
170. 1 My. 1895.

New species are described in Lithothamnion and Lyngbya.

Havard, V. Further Remarks on Family Nomenclature. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 22: 216-219. 15 My. 1895.

Havard, V. When is Rhus Zoxicodendron most active? Gard. &
For. 8: 203. 22 My. 1895.

- Hollick, A. A new fossil Zzriodendron from the Laramie at Walsen-
berg, Colo. and its Significance. (Abstract.) Proc. Am. Assn. Adv.
Sci. 43: 225. Mr. 1895.

Hollick, A. Descriptions of new Leaves from the Cretaceous (Dakota
Group) of Kansas. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 225-228. pl. 236,
237. 15 My. 1895.

Hooker, J. D. <Argylia canescens. Curt. Bot. Mag. 51: pl. 7474.
My. 1895.

A native of Chili.

Hooker, J. D. Vaccinium erythrocarpum. Curt. Bot. Mag. 51: fv.
7413. My. 1895.

Hue, l’Abbé. Lichens de Californie. Journ. de Bot. g: 108-113. 16
Mr. 1895.

Enumeration of a small collection made by M. Diguet in 1894 in the Sierra de la

Laguna at an altitude of 1800 m.

Jack, J. G. Some unusual androgynous Flower-clusters. Gard. &
For. 8: 222. f. 33. 5 Je. 1895.

Keener, A. E. -Collinsia bicolor. Bot. Gaz.20: 232. 20 My. 1895.

Keffer, C. A. Bull Pine in the West. Gard. & For. 8: 163. 24

Ap. 1895.

286

Keffer, C. A. Conifers in the West. Gard. & For. 8: 182. 8 My.
1895.

Lloyd, F.E. A new Violet. Ervthea, 3: 74. 1 My. 1895.
Viola Macloskeyi from Oregon.

- Maxwell, C. F. Some morphological Relationships of the Cactaceae.
Trans. Texas Acad. Sci. 1: 29-31. f. 7-5. 1895.

Meehan, T. <Amorpha canescens, Meehans’ Month. 5: 101-102.
Je. 1895.

Newcombe, F. C. Regulatory Growth of Mechanical Tissue. (Ab-
stract.) Proc. Am. Assn. Adv. Sci. 43: 287, 288. Mr. 1895.

Nicholson, G. The Magnolias. Gardn. Chron. 17: 515, 516. 27
Ap. 1895.

Pammel, L. H. Diseases of Foliage and Fruit. Rep. Iowa State
Hort. Soc. 28: 467-474. 1894.

Pammel, L..H. Diseases of the Cherry. Rep. Iowa State Hort.
Soc. 28: 248-253. 1894.

Pammel, L. H. Is Parsnip Poisonous? Gard. & For. 8: 228. 5
Je. 1895.

Pammel, L. H. Results obtained in crossing Cucurbits. Rep. lowa
State Hort. Soc. 28: 320-322. 1894.

Patterson, Mrs. F. W. Species of Zaphrina parasitic on Populus.
(Abstract.) Proc. Am. Assn. Ady. Sci. 43: 293, 294. Mr. 1895-

Peck, C. H. New Species of Fungi. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22:

198-211. 15 My. 1895.

New species in Lefiota, Clitocybe, Collybia, Mycena, Omphalia, Hygrophorus,
Entoloma, Leptonia, Eccilia, Pholiota, Hebeloma, Flammula, Tubaria, Pluteolus,
Cortinarius, Agaricus, Stropharia, Hypholoma, Panaeolus, Coprinus, Boletinus,
Boletus, Polyporus, Sparassis, Battarrea, Tylostoma, Lycoperdon, Excipulina,
Melasmia, Caeoma, Aspergillus, Leptoglossum and Vaisa.

Philippi, R. A. Plantas nuevas Chilenas. Ann. Univ. Chil. 54-57:
1893-1894.
Enumeration and description of a large number of new species.

Pollard, C.L. The genus Zenobia Don. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22:
231, 232. 15 My. 1895.

Rolfe, R. A. New Orchids. Kew Bull. 98. F. 1895.
Three new species are described from South America. :

Rose, J. W. A blue Water-Lily from Mexico. Gard. & For. 8: 205-
jf. 31. 22 My. 1895.
Illustrating a species supposed to be Castalia elegans (Hook.) Greene.

287

Rothrock, J. T. The Beech (Fagus ferruginea Ait.). Forest Leaves
5? 40-41. Je. 1895,

With two illustrations.

Sargent, C.S. An Arizona Agave. Gard. & For. 8: 184. f. 28. 8
My. 1894.

Mlustration of Agave Huachucacensis.

Sargent, C. S., Editor. Rhododendron Vaseyt. Gard. & For. 8:
214. 29 My. 1895.

Sargent, C.S., Editor. Sanguinaria Canadensis. Gard. & For. 8:
214. f. 92. 29 My. 1895.

Schneider, A. The biological Status of Lichens. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 22: 189-198. 15 My. 1895. _

Smith, E. F. The Watermelon Disease of the South. (Abstract. )
Proc. Am. Assn. Ady. Sci. 43: 289, 290. Mr. 1895.

Smith, J. G. Notes and Observations on new or little known
Species. Am. Rep. Mo. Gard. 6: 113-119. f/. 48-56. 25 Ap.
1895.

_ New species are described in Sedum, Zephyranthes, Sagittaria and Eragrostis.

Smith, J. G. Revision of the North American Species of Sag7tfaria
and Lophotocarpus. Am. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 6: 27-64. pl. 7-29.
24. My. 1894.

Sprenger, C. Beitrag zur Kentnis der Agave Americana. Monats.
Kakteenk. 5: 51. 20 Ap. 1895.

Stephani, F. Hepaticarum species novae.—VII. (Schluss). Hed-
wigia, 34: 49-65. 8 Ap. 1895.

Describes new species in /sotachis, Fungermania, Kantia, Archilejeunea and
Brachiolejeunea mostly from South America.

Stone, G. E. Plant Diseases. Rep. Mass. Agric. Coll. 1894. [reprint.]

Sturgis, W. C. Report of Mycologist. Rep. Conn. Agr. Exp. Sta.
17: 72-111. f/. 2. 1894.
Treats of apple scab, grape mildew, quince rot, celery bli ght, tobacco rots, etc., with

remedies,

Thomas, M. B., and Dudley, W. R. A Laboratory Manual of Plant
Histology. 8vo. pp. 300. Crawfordsville, 1894.

Tight, W. G. Notes from the Botanical Laboratory. Bull. Sci. Lab.
Denison Univ. 8: part 2, 7-12. f. 7-9. F. 1894.
Notes on Phallus Daemonum and on some floral monstrosities.

Toumey, J. W. £chinocactus Wislizent and some related Species.
Gard. & For. 8: 154. f. 2g. 1 My. 1895.

288

Tracy, S. M., and Earle, F. S. New Species of parasitic Fungi.

Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 174-179. 18 Ap. 1895.

New species in Puccinia, Ustilago, Dimerosporium, Asteridium, Laestadia,
Sphaerella, Lembosia, Vermicularia, Diplodia, Hendersonia, Pestalozsia, Scoleco-
trichum, Cercospora and Tetraploa, mostly from Mississippi.

Uline, E. B., and Bray, W.L. Synopsis of North American Ama-

ranthaceae.—II. Bot. Gaz. 20: 155-161. 20 Ap. 1895.

The genera Acnida and Gomphrena. Describes A. tamariscina prostrata as
new.

Underwood, L. M. The Evolution of the Hepaticae. Proc. Am.

Assn. Adv. Sci. 43: 259-274. J/lust. Mr. 1895.

Vail, A. M. A preliminary List of the North American Species of
Malpighiaceae and Zygophyllaceae. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 228-
231. 15 My. 1895.

Establishes the genus Covz//ea in place of Larrea Cay. (nom. praeoc).

Webber, H. J. Studies on the Dissemination and Leaf Reflexion of
Yucca aloifolia and other Species. Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 6:
QI-112. pt. 45-47. 1895.

Weed, C. M. The Cultivation of Specimens for Biological Study.
Pamph. pp. 22.7. 77. 1895.

Wilder, Burt G. Evidence as to the former Existence of large Trees
on Nantucket Island. Proc. Am. Assn. Ady. Sci. 43: 294. Mr. 1895.

Zenetti, P. Das Leitungs system im Stamm von Osmunda regalis L.
und dessen Uebergang in den Blattstiel. Bot. Zeit. 53: 53-78, A/. 2.
16 Ap. 1895.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY al CLUB. aa, 238

Lari Ths bs : 4
Cie

NELUMBO LUTEA.

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

No. 4.
No. 5.
No. 6,

No. 7.
No. 9.

[The numbers omitted from this list are out of print. J
A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By

N. L, Britton and H. H. Rusby (1887), . 2... 0), ۤ cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
CERES): ery oe ee a es eee _ , 25 cents,

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed. )

The Genus /icorta of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . 25 cents.

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
ence and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888, By N, L.

ritton.

and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888), . 25 cents.
Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus Zissa,
Adans,. -By.N...L. Briton (1889), 666 5 . . . 25 cents,
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
CRO ec EE ES ak ee eee 25 cents.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
OCR n( 1890), 420 eg ee ae ee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
CROOYs. aa ee ee ee 25 cents.

The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.

(ISG Rice OB ee aos Sag ee rg alg 25 cents.
Notes on the North American Species of Eriocaulese. By Thos. Morong
CLE ye ial eR Ae Gee | ON ai oe 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
(iS6tj Se ee ere Oe Sos. 25 Comte,
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
MNOe CBr i a Et ee eg 25 cents.

A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus A/eibomia occurring in the
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents.
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North

America... By: N, E. Button. (1692),:05 oe Se ace : +. , 25 cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
kn BUG (180A oe ns ee OS ._ ._. 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. L. Britton
Cigar ey PRE OE Ba SE he 25 cents.
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Alhes. By N. L.
PUEINOME RAOOB Sy hr 8 eg gk ie eas 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of American Species of Solygonum. By agg ro
1892 Pe eek a ed elas ete Wee C8 a why ert hey away .

a New ees of Listera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong
Ra ear ee a . 25 cents.

Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), Die Cig Gp iiem saber: ot $1.50
Further Notes on American Species of /olygonum. By John - Bante:
(1893) SA OR SESE one ee Sie airy “Sie aes cri AN ae SE Medes Sane Sie OA Me Oth, CMS CaN SE TR ct Is Fé -
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. L. Britton
(1893), ere yee rea . 25 cents,

tem.’ By John K. Small (1893). 6s 6c sh eee ee 25 cents-
Notes icons ore Species of Iridaceze and other Orders. By Thomas
Wras Fos), a a ek _ 25 cents,

Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
fo) ee Gerke Se leet ate ee eS hs 4) 6 te + a COMES.

No. 44. Contributions to American Bryology, 1V. Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum—II. By Elizabeth G, Britton (1894), . 25 cents.
No. 45. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, 1. By John K.
SINE CLSOA I i ry eos eke we ee As ge ng ey es ee
No. 46. Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other
species. By A.A. Heller (1594) og bicu, o ns hae 25 cents.
No. 47. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit-
THE CEOUANS (oes hoa 3 eb he hase ace en Re 25 cents.
No. 48. Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American
Species of Weissia (Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents.
No. 49. A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of

. Custuta.. By W. D. Matthew (1893),: . . . - + 6 6 35 cents.
No. 50. A Study of the Genus Psoralea in America, By Anna Murray Vail
i oS PIS RE PSaS pac de Sara Gam ae ar ane om Reg er a 25 cents.

No. 51. Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution.
eG Dis Perr CLOOA pico fide, a es gk ee oe Ee OS

No. 52. Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum.
By Elizabeth. GC, Britton (8894)5) 5 6-46 i ne ca et eat

No. 53. Newand interesting Species of Polygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents.
No. 54. Contributions to American Bryology, VII. A revision of the Genus Phys-
comitrium. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . . .. +: 25 cents.

No. 56. A Revision of the Genus Lechea. By N. L. Britton (1894), . . 25 cents.
No. 57. New Sa little known Plants of the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
CRN se hs 8 ate ee AGN ee sr a:

No. 58. A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By
* Carlton C. Curtis (1894),

Small (1894), agen nae po eel oiee pray raters
No. 60. Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus
Sruchia, with Descriptions of Types and one new Species. By Elizabeth
Gr Bitton (ibo4y, 6 a ce er a Be

No. 61. The Smilacez of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894)

No. 62, A preliminary Revision of the Genus Lat¢hyrus in North America. By

MOS Teo WOME LIGDA Yok eS his, wes eee 25 cents.
No. 63. Two Species of Oxalis. By John K. Small (1894)... - 25 cents:
No. 64. Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small

Oe eas ep Ger) a es Ca es 25 conte.
No. 65. Some new Florida Plants. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . . . 25 cents.
No. 66, Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby(1894), 25 cents.
No. 67. Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), ._ - 25 cents:

No. 68. A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus Cracca. By

WR PER VAlt CEOS es ce gh a ae ee ae

No. 69. Contributions to American Bryology, IX. A Revision of the Genus Scou-

Sif ies Description of one New Species. By Elizabeth G. Britton

PO ee a OO ie en Pas ng 4, a Pr

No. 70. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, III. By John K.
Small (1895), . . . GE IOS OP ED" oieay eee ates

No. 71. An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U.S.

serrata Sull. 3. On a European Hybrid of Physcomitrelia patens. By

Penber: G. Park (iMaey csis S 25 cents.
No. 73. Some new hybrid from the Southern States, By John K. Small
Uy iti a a ae Re 25 cents.

PROF. N. L, BRITTON,
Columbia College,
NEW YORK CITY:

~ ie

-- # LIST OF*-:-:-
Pteridophyta aud Spermatophyta of Northeastern North America,

A few copies in paper binding remain
unsold. Price, $1.00.

EDITORS,
ddecclslnsd Botanical Club,

THE BOTA NICAL GAZETTE.

A monthly journal embracing all departments of the science.
Well illustrated. Contributions from eminent investigators. In-
teresting news column relating to botanists and their writings.

$3.00 a Year. 25 Cents a Single Number.

PUBLISHERS AND EDITORS:
JOHN M. COULTER, Lake Forest, Ill, CHAS. R. BARNES, Madison, Wis.
J. C. ARTHUR, ee Ind.

Summer School of Cryptogamic Botany,

IN OUR LABORATORY.
Five Weeks, Beginning July 5, 1895. Laboratory Work and Lectures,
General Cryptogamic Botany for teachers, covering recommendations of
“Committee of Ten.”

Economic Mycology for investigators, with special attention to culture method
and literature.

Fee $25.00 in advance. Write early.

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.,

CAM BRIDGE, MASS.

- WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J,

MANUFACTURER OF

SSRIS Neg aE

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL-
WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

CHARACE OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characez of America is
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of JVited/a, as fol-
lows: Witella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
shipit, Allen; Missouriensis, Alen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
glomerulifera, A. Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates can be prepared ; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

a dtu
10 East 36th St., N. Y-

MEMOIRS.

-- FROM THE ...

Department of Botany of Columbia College.

A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus
Polygonum. Quarto, pp. 178, 85 plates. Price, $6.00.
For copies address,

PROF. N. L. BRITTON,
COLUMBIA COLLEGE, NEW YORK CITY.

ESTABLISHED 1851.

EIMER & AMEND,
MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, ‘

205, 207, 209 & 21 Third Ave, . 5

Corner of 18th Street, : NEW Y ORK. ae

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES
&
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR

E. March’s Szline Chemical Ston
Ware. See

Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically
Pure and Common Filter Paper.

Doce C. Scheibler’s ‘Saccharome-

ters (Polariscopes). ree
Prof. Jolly’s Specific ia Bale
| ances, etc. EN:
‘Le Broek: Desmontes & Cou, “
Paris, Platinum. ‘

J H. *Trovdedort’s Cc. P. Chemicals.

: ‘SPECIALTIES: -iteatcinecapial ippacatn: Normal Graduated Glass-
ware, Porcelain from the misses Berlin and Memon — ee:

S : _ Chemists =
"LABORATORY ouTr Ts

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(x) THE BULLETIN.
“This journal has been published consecutively simce 1870, beginning with four
; monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1894 over 45 pages monthly with —
y full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.
Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, ro shillings. Agents for
3 Messrs, Dutau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England.

Back Numpers.—The But.etin was published from 1870 to 1875 inclusive
year! volumes, and was indexed. at the end of the five years. The price of these —
aes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to

; one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
price of “this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 17 have been indexed sepa-
ly, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had for —
5 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20 and 21 are indexed sepa-_—
ely. Price of each $2.00. _ Vol. 8 cannot now be moron complete, but it is
to come some of its numbers.

ta) THE MEMOIRS.

: subscription price i is fixed at $3.00 per. volume in advance. The numbers
1 also be pucheeten yy A an invariable price will be fixed for each.

1.—Studies of the Types of various Species of the Genus Carex,
_ This cannot now be had separately.

2. of the Marine Alge hitherto observed on the Coasts of New
paien Eales, by Isaac

Hepatice agen by Dr. HH. nay

?

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY

_ EDITED BY

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUB.

OFFICERS FOR 1895.

; Fresident,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice Presiaents,
T. F. ALLEN, M. D. +L, H. LIGHTHIPE,

“Recording Secretary, : Corresponding Secretary,
HENRY H, RUSBY, M.D, JOHN K. SMALL, —
- College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia College, New York City.
as Editor, ESAS i ‘Treasurer,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., ~ HENRY OGDEN,
oe iag New York City. : 42 Pine Street, New York City,

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
Vol. 22. Lancaster, Pa, July 31, onic ‘ ‘idan ts v.

Some new and rare Desmids of the United States.—II,

By L. N. JoHNsON.
(PLATES 232, 233.)

Since the publication of the first paper of this series! I have
examined a number of collections of desmid-bearing material
from various parts of the country. The results of this examina-
tion have been to extend very greatly the known range of many
species, and to add more than a score to the number reported
from the United States by previous writers. Many species are
still undetermined and held for further study. Material is also
being accumulated which will illustrate the great variability of
many species, but this subject will be discussed at another time.

The present paper is based on collections made in New Hamp-
shire, Connecticut, New York, North Carolina, Florida, Louisiana,
Michigan, Kansas and California. From some of these States
Material representing several localities has been examined. I
wish to acknowledge my indebtedness to the friends who have
responded so kindly to my request for material, and to Prof. Nord-
stedt, who has aided me greatly by his criticism and advice.

I have thought it best to make one change in the manner of
reporting additions to our flora. After every such species is given
a number in parenthesis. This refers to a numbered specimen in

my herbarium. Thus if any species is incorrectly determined it

1 Bulletin of Torrey Botanical Club, 21: 285. Je. 1894.

290

will be possible to see the particular specimen on which the re-
port was based.

The limits of genera among desmids are so unsettled that
hardly any two writers agree in all points. Especially is this true
of the genus Cosmarium. No attempt has been made to settle
the points in dispute. In nearly every case the specimens have
been compared with the original figuresand descriptions. Where
the variation from the type is slight varietal names have not been
used, as it seems useless to encumber our literature with a long
list of varieties, many of which represent simply forms of a vari-
able species.

In the enumeration of species only the more noteworthy ones
from the various localities are mentioned, although careful record
has been made of ail species observed, and specimens have been
preserved. Species new to the United Statcs are marked with an
asterisk.

Pleurotaenium nodosum (Bail.) Lund. Near Tallahassee, Fla.
Scarce. Surface of cell smooth; ends ornamented with a circle
of conical-rounded granules.

Docidium verrucosum (Bail.) Ralfs. Frequent in various col-
lections from Florida. Walle’s figures do not give a correct idea
of this beautiful species. The elevations are nearly square, except
those of the terminal circle, which are elongated. The apex of
the semi-cell bears a crown of rounded granules. The Florida
specimens resemble the figures of Joshua’s D. tesse//atum*, and it
seems to me that the latter must be regarded as a synonym of D.
verrucosum,

D. coronulatum Griin. Occasional at Meredith, N. H. Sev-
eral cells were often found joined in series. Diam=—=25-35 ps

This is apparently the same species figured by Wolle under
this name. Griinow’s original measurements are larger, and the
cells as figured by him were slightly different in shape.

Penium annulare West. Baton Rouge, La. Frequent. Found
by W. West in material from Maine, and described by him’. The

2 Joshua, W. Burmese Desmidieae, with descriptions of new species occurring in
the neighborhood of Rangoon. Journ. Linn. Soc. 21 : 650. pl, 25. f. 15. Je. 1886.

3 West, W. The Freshwater Algae of Maine. Repr. from Journal of Botany
1894: (2) pl. 775. f. 5.6. D. 1891.

291

present discovery extends its range more than a thousand miles.
My specimens agree with his description, except that the undula-
tions are less numerous and the cells rather shorter. Diam.=20 p;
length=110 ». Fig. 1.

* P. Cylindrus (Ehrb.) Breb. var. Silesiacum Kirch. (532). Wake
Forest, N.C. Scarce. Agrees well with the description. Diam.
=14 #; length=42 p. Fig. 2.

Closterium maculatum Hast. Bridgeport,Conn. Rare. Nearly
twice as large as Hastings’ measurements, but otherwise agreeing
with his description. Striae of minute granules and interrupted
irregularly. Diam.=50 yp. Prof. Nordstedt suggests that this
Species may possibly be a form of CZ. arcolatum Wood. Fig. 7.

Cl. angustatum Kiitz., var. clavatum Hast. Bridgeport, Conn.
Scarce. Diam.=25 ». This seems well marked, but only a few
Specimens were found. Fig. 6.

* Cl. abruptum West. (395). Holderness, N. H. Frequent. °
Variable in length. Occasionally a specimen is longer than
West’s measurements. Diam=12 »; length=84-200 p. Fig. 5.

* Cl. Cynthia De Not. (537). Wake Forest, N. C. Frequent
and typical. Striae very fine and numerous. Diam =12-14 p;
length=100-120 p. Fig. 3.

Cl. tumidum nov. nom. (416). (C2. Cornu 3 of Ralfs.t; Cl.
cornu of Wille’, but not of Ehrenberg®). Burlington, Kansas. Fre-
quent. Diam. usually 12 »; length= 116-120 p#. Occasionally a
specimen reaches a diameter of 18-20 yp, representing Wille’s
forma major®, West found the latter in Maine. Fig. 4.

Gonatozygon aculeatum Hast. Meredith, N. H. Occasional.
Seems to be a well-marked species. Diam.=16 yp; length 300 p.
Aculeae 6-8y long. Fig. 9.

G. asperum (Breb.) Cleve. (460). Tallahassee, Fla. Rare. West
reports it from Maine. The single specimen found was about
twice as long as the type, but otherwise the same. Diam.—6 p;
length=260 p». Fig. 8.

4 Ralfs, J. British Desmids. 176° p/. 30. f 64 and é, 1848. : :

5 Wille,N. Ferskvandsalger fra Novaja Semlya. Ofversigt af Kongl. Veten-
skaps. Akademiens Forhandlingar, 1879, //. 24. f, 80,87. 1879.

6 Ehrenberg, C. G. Die Infusionsthierchen als volkommene Organismen. 94.

B16. f. 5. 1838.

292

Micrasterias Nordstedtiana Wolle. Meredith, N. H. Rare.
Diam —170 p. These specimens differ from Wolle’s description
and figures in that the lobes terminate in two spines instead of
three or more. The end lobe is not so emarginate, and the projec-
tion on the sides of the neck is larger and nearly cylindrical, end-
ing in two spines. Fig. 14.

M. Mahabuleshwarsensis Hobs. Meredith,N. H. Rare. In
same material as the preceding. Rays more slender than in
Wolle’s figure.

* Euastrum Sibiricum Boldt (5€8). Duval county, Florida.
Agrees well with Boldt’s description and figuyes. Diam=18y5
length=2on; thick.=11y. It is interesting to find this Siberian
species in Florida. Probably it will be found to have a wide dis-
tribution, escaping notice because of its small size. Fig. 13.

Dysphinctium viride (Corda) De Toni. (Cosmarium Cordanum
(Breb.) Wolle.; Desmids of U.S. 1892 edition). Reported from
Nova Scotia, and by West from Massachusetts. I find it common
in material from Bridgeport, Conn., and Staten Island and Ithaca,.
N.Y. Diam.26p.

Cosmarium amoenum Breb. Frequent in collections from Flo-
rida, and from Meredith, N. H. Typical.

C. cyclicum Lund. Meredith, N. H. The specimens come
close to var. sudtruncatum Hansg.

C. elegantissimum Lund. Duval county, Fla., and Meredith, N.
H. The specimens resemble Lundell’s figure 7, though the gran-
ules are most commonly only faintly emarginate. Wolle’s figures
are singularly incorrect in showing a deep linear sinus, though he
describes it correctly in this particular. Usually about seven
longitudinal rows of granules are visible at onee in front view-
Diam.=22y; length=soy. Fig. 27.

C. Minneapolitanum Hansg.(C. protuberans Lund. var. granite
latum WWolle) (489). Ithaca, N. Y. Rather larger than Wolle’s
specimens (diam.= 34-36 2), but similar in form.

C. margaritatum (Lund.) Roy and Bissett (388). Meredith, N.
H. Rare. The drawing does not show the granules well. They
should be much larger and closer together. The position of the

7 Lundell, P.M. De Desmidiaceis quae in Suaecia inventae sunt. 53- p13 f-
20, 3571,

293

hyaline punctations is difficult to make out. They seem to be be-
tween the granules in the longitudinal rows. Diam.=72 y; length
=90n. Fig. 32.

C. pseudoprotuberans Kirch. New Baltimore, Mich. Rare.
Typical. Diam=32y; length=36; isth—1op. West re-
ports this from Maine. Fig. 24.

* C. costatum Nordst. (522.) Wake Forest, N.C. Scarce.
Diam.= 32 #; length=42 ; thick.=21 y; isth—=12y. This bears
some resemblance to C. sub-speciosum var. validius Nordst., but is
much smailer and with less numerous and larger crenae on the
margin. Fig. 31.

* C. Gotlandicum Wittr. Burlington, Kans. Occasional.
Diam.= 28 ; length= 36; isth—=9oy. This may be the same as
C. rectangulare Grun. (in Rab. Fl. Eur. Alg.),and in that case the
latter name should prevail by the right of priority, but it seems to
me that the identity of the two is not positively proven. This is
reported as occurring in Nebraska’. Fig. 26.

* C. granatum Breb. var. sub-granatum Nordst. (341.) Ann
Arbor, Mich. Occasional. Diam.—25 p; length=36y; isth—
Sp. Fig. 16.

* C. Paulense (Borgesen). (C. polymorphum Nordst. subsp.
Paulense Borgesen). 277. Duval Co., Fla. Scarce. At the sug-
gestion of Prof. Nordstedt I raise this to specific rank, as it seems
to differ sufficiently from C. polymorphum Nordst. Diam.= 36 p;
length=50 y; isth—10y. Slightly smaller than Borgesen’s speci
mens and differing slightly in the position of the granules, but
seemingly not distinct. In very clear specimens one can see that
the wall is hyaline punctate between the five large granules on the
front. Fig. 17. :

*C. pericymatium Nordst. (445). Ithaca, N. Y. Occasional.
Differing from Nordstedt’s figures’ in its deeper constriction in
side view, but otherwise the same. Diam.=28y; length=5op;
thick=26y; isth—24y. Fig. 28.

*C. porrectum Nordst. (360.) Burlington, Kans. Frequent.

‘8 Contr. from Bot. Dept. of Univ. of Nebraska. New Series III. 46. 14 Je. 1892.
9 Nordstedt,O. Desmidieae Arctoae. Ofvers. K. Vet. Akad, Forh. 1875: pi.

7. f. 26. 1875,

294

Slightly smaller than the original specimens from Brazil. Diam.
=50y; length=50y; isth=13y. Fig. 30.

* C. quadrum Lund. forma. (359.) Plymouth, N. H. Seems
to be near var. minus Nordst. Semi-cells decidedly reniform at
base; sometimes slightly retuse at the apex. Diam.—40 4;
length=44 yp; isth—=14 yp. Fig. 22.

* C. Raciborskii Lagerh. (365.) Meredith, N. H. Very rare.
The membrane seems faintly granulate in the upper part of the
semi-cell, but as the granules were not distinct they were not
shown in the drawing. This agrees with the type in shape and
surface, but differs slightly in the inner part of the sinus. Diam.
=50y; length=44 y; isth—=21y. Fig.20.

* C. subspectosum var. validius Nordst. (433.) Whitmore Lake,
Michigan. Occasional. Diam.=48 »; length=62 y; isth—14/-
Differs from the original description in having seven vertical rows
of granules on the inflation and in the fact that they are in more
or less definite horizontal rows also. This hardly seems sufficient
ground for separating it as a new variety. Fig. 33.

*C. synostegos Schaarschm. (437). Bridgeport, Conn., and
Sisson, Cal. Common but very minute. The specimens from
Bridgeport average 10 » in diameter, the others 8 » with length=
11, thick=5 ». The angles in the Californian specimens do not
appear cuspidate. In most cases the sinus gapes little, if at all-
This may prove to be a distinct species. Fig. 29.

*C. tetragonum Naeg. var. Lundellii Cke. (512). Ithaca, N. Y-
Occasional. Diam.=24y; length=42; th.=16y. Fig. 21.

*C. Turpini Breb. var. podolicum Gutw. (346). Baton Rouge, |
La. Slightly smaller than Gutwinski’s measurements, but other-
wise the same. Diam. 4o #; length=46p; th.=264 isth.=
124. Fig. 18.

Staurastrum brachiatum Ralfs. Duval Co., Fla. Rare.

St. brevispinumBreb. Staten Island, N. Y., and Sisson, Cal.
Frequent.

St. commutatum Kiitz. (349). Duval Co., Fla. Rare.

Sz. grande Bulnh. Bridgeport, Conn., and Meredith, N. H.
Diam.=68-78 p.

St. irthedrale Wolle. Frequent in collections from Florida,
also from Staten Island and Ithaca, N. Y. Diam.=28—30 /-

295

Apex of semi-cell sometimes shows three slight elevations corre-
sponding to the three lobes.

ST. PROTRACTUM nov. nom. (.S¢. grallatorium forma Wolle")
(428). This is certainly not a form of St. grallatorium. WVolle
gives no note on it, but merely figures it. It may be described as
follows: Length slightly less than breadth. Sinus shallow, linear,
gaping widely in the outer half. Semicells nearly square with
basal angles rounded and armed with two minute spines. Sides
nearly parallel. Near the apex each is produced into a stout ser-
rate ray tipped with three spines. Apex of semi-cell truncate,
projecting above the rays and bearing several serrations. End
view triangular, sides concave, angles drawn out into rays. Sur-
face marked by several rows of serrations. Around the centre of
the semi-cell (in end view) six larger bifid or trifid projections.
Diam.=50-52 p; length=44 ». Whitmore Lake, Mich. Fig. 35.

* St. leve Ralfs. (450). Whitmore Lake, Mich. Frequent.
Diam.—14y; length=18y. Fig. 34.

De Toni cites among the localities for this species “ Americae
borealis (Wolle),"” but I cannot find that Wolle ever reported it,
and believe this must be a mistake.

* St. Reinschit Roy (348). Duval county, Fla. This does not
agree exactly with Roy’s description, but it comes so near it that
I place it here provisionally, The spines are short but distinct.
It is smallerthan the type. Diam.—24,; length—20p. Fig. 15

* Xanthidium antilopaeum Kiitz. forma _Javanicum Nordst. (324).
Ann Arbor, Mich. Diam.—52p; length=52 4; thick.— 30 p; isth.
=1I2y. The position and number of spines on the end of the
semi-cell is variable, even in the same individual, but they show a
tendency to arrangement in a single series. Fig. Io.

X. concinnum Arch. var. Boldtianum West. (422). (Arthrodes-
mus hexagonus forma Boldt.) Duval county, Fla. Occasional.
Very minute. Diam.—12y; length—14y; thick—6y; isth.—
4y. Nearly like Boldt.’s Fig. 17, but with sharper angles. In
front view this looks like an Arthrodesmus, but in vertical view it

10 Wolle, F. Desmids of the United States. 7.57. f 20.27. 1892. :

"De Toni, J. B. Sylloge Chlorophycearum omnium hvcusque cognitarum.
1227. 1889. 2

12 Boldt, R. Bidrag till Kannedomen om Sibiriens Chlorophyllophyceer. Ofvers.
K. Vet. Akad. Forh. 1885: 109. 74 5. 7.77. 1885.

296

shows a marked papilla on each side. It seems to be truly a
Xanthidium.

X, Tylerianum West. (X. antilopaeum Kitz. var. truncatum
Hast. Wollein Desmids of the U.S. 1892 edition.) Ithaca, N.Y.
Commonand typical. Although first described by Hastings, West's
name must take precedence, since Hastings published the species
merely in a local newspaper.

The following species are believed to be new :

ARTHRODESMUS MICHIGANENSIS n. sp. Fig. 12.

Size medium. Length about one-third greater than breadth.
Sinus gaping, broadly rounded, semi-cells being connected by a
short neck. Semi-cells sub-elliptical, with the apex of the cell
drawn out into a broad truncated lobe, and each end armed with
a long slightly recurved spine. In vertical view rhombic elliptical
with a long spine at each end. Side view circular. Diam.=24-
30 #; length= 36-40 ; thick=16-18 yp; isth—=7-9 p. Whitmore
Lake, Mich. Frequent. Type in herb. Johnson, 427.
COSMOCLADIUM TUMIDUM n. sp. Fig. 23.

Minute. Length and breadth nearly equal. Cells usually
joined in fours by a hyaline, mostly unbranched filament. Great-
est diameter of cell placed at right angles to the connecting fila-
ments. Sinus deep, linear; semi-cells hexagonal elliptic, with
apex flattened. In vertical view elliptical with slight but distinct
median inflation. $ide view nearly circular. Diam=8 yz; length
=9p; thick=5; isth—=2y. Whitmore Lake, Mich. Type in
herb. Johnson, 455.

This resembles C. subramosum Schmidle, but differs from it in
its shorter cell, and in the median inflation of the semi-cell. j

_ Ido not feel perfectly sure that Cosmocladium should be sepa-
rated from Cosmarium.

Cosmarium Paciricum n. sp. Fig. 25.

_ Small. Length about one-fourth greater than the breadth.
Sinus strongly gaping. Isthmus narrow. Semi-cells sub-ellipti-
cal. Sides curving regularly from the base to above the middle,
then converging by a sharp angle to form the rounded end. End
view elliptical, with no inflation. Side view nearly circular. A
single pyrenoid in each semi-cell. Membrane punctate. Diam.
=25-28 ; length= 32-34 4; thick=15-17; isth=6y. Sisson,
Siskiyou county, California. Altitude 3000 feet. M. A. Howe
coll. Type in herb. Johnson, 402.

297

This resembles Staurastrum bientanum Rabh. var. connectens
Boldt, but is much smaller, and lacks the short spines near the
base of the semi-cells. It seems to be a true Cosmarium. It re-
sembles C. zxflatum Wolle, differing chiefly in length of cell and
curvature of the sides. Wolle’s figures are not aiways accurate,
and it may be that this is a form of his species.

COSMARIUM DISPERSUM n. sp. Fig. 109.

Size,medium. Length and breadth about equal. Sinus deep,
narrowly linear. Semi-cells semi-circular, with the apex some-
times slightly flattened. Margin gently undulate with about
eighteen elevations, often less distinct toward the apex. End view
elliptical ; side view nearly circular. Two pyrenoids in each semi-
cell. Membrane finely punctate. Diam.=40-44 4; length=4o p;
thick.=20 1; isth=11y. Found in material from Baton Rouge,
La., and from Meredith, N. H., at about the same time. Type
(from Louisiana) in herb. Johnson, 347.

BOTANICAL LABORATORY, UNIV. OF MICHIGAN.

Description of Plates 232 and 233.
(Reduced one-fourth in Photographing.)
a=front view, vertical view, c—side view of cell.

. Penium annulare West’ 560.

F. cylindrus (Ehrb.) Breb., var. Silesiacum Kirch. 750.
. Closterium Cynthia De Not. X 560.

. C. tumidum nov. nom. < 560.

. C. abruptum West « 560.

C. angustatum Kiitz., var. clavatum Hast. 320.

C. maculatum Hast. < 320 (a semi-cell).

. Gonatozygon asperum (Breb.) Cleve. X 320, @ 759.

. G. aculeatum Hast. < 320.

. Xanthidium antilopaeum Kiitz. forma Favanicum Nordst. 560.
. X. concinnum Arch., var. Boldtianum West. % 759.
Arthrodesmus Michiganensis, n. sp. X< 560.

- Luastrum Sibiricum Boldt. 750.

. Micrasterias Nordstediana Wolle. 320.

15. Staurastum Reinschit Roy. < 750.

. Cosmarium granatum Breb., var. subgranatum Nordst. % 560.
C. Paulense (Borgesen). < 759.

C. Turpini Breb., var. podolicum Gutw. > 750.

C. dispersum n. sp. X 750.

C. Raciborskii Lagerh. > 750.

. C. tetragonum Naeg., var. Lundellit Cke. X 750.

C. guadrum Lund, forma. > 750.

Pw hb

Cor an

ttt ttt
Pw by HO

2 eee « y
Se ee

298

23. Cosmocladium tumidun n. sp. XX 750.

24. Cosmarium pseudoprotuberans Kirch. X< 750.
25. C. Pacificum n. sp. 750.

26. C. Gotlandicum Wittr. X 750.

27. C. elegantissimum Lund. > 750.

28. C. pericymatium Nordst. X 750.

29. C. synostegos Schaarschm. X 750.

30. C. porrectum Nordst. 560.

31. C. costatum Nordst. X 750.
32. C. margaritatum (Lund.) Roy and Bissett. 560.
33. C. subspectosum var. validius Nordst. < 750.
34. Stavzrastrum leve Ralfs. % 750.

35. S. protractum nov. nom. 560.

The Genus Cenchrus in North America.

By Gero. V. NASH,

Cenchrus is a small genus of grasses containing about a dozen
species, found principally in tropical and sub-tropical regions.
In the United States it extends into the temperate zone. One
species, C. tribuloides, the common bur-grass, occurs frequently in
sandy soil along river banks, and has a very wide distribution, €x-
tending from Massachusetts to Ontario, Minnesota and Nebraska,
south to Mexico. It is also found in South America and in Cuba.
The other species occurring in the United States are confined to
the southern parts of the country, one, C. echinatus, extending as
far north as North Carolina.

The genus in the United States is readily divided into two
well-marked groups, the first containing those forms in which the
involucre consists of two spine-bearing valves, more or less con-
cealing and enclosing the 2-6 spikelets, as illustrated in the com-
mon C. tribuloides ; the second has only one species, the involucre
consisting of 2-4 rows of erect bristles, the outer shorter than the
inner, the single spikelet merely surrounded by the bristles and
not enclosed. The single species belonging to this group is C.
myosuroides, which ranges from Georgia and Florida to Texas,

and south through Mexico to South America, where it is very
common.

-

299

Key to the Species.

Involucre consisting of two spine-bearing valves, enclosing the 2-6 spikelets.
Involucre armed at base.
With shorter, generally reflexed spines; pedicels smooth; involucre 2-flow-

ered,
Involucre globose, pubescent. 1, C. tribuloides.
Involucre ovate, smooth, 2. C. gracillimus.

With erect barbed bristles; pedicels villous; involucre 4-6 flowered.
3. C. echinatus.

Involucre naked at base. 4. C. incertus.
Involucre consisting of 2-4 rows of erect slender spines and bristles, at the base of the
single spikelet. 5. C. myosuroides.

I. CENCHRUS TRIBULOIDES L. Sp. Pl. 1050. 1753.

C. Carolinianus Walt. Fl. Car. 79. 1788. Teste Pursh.

Stems erect or ascending, generally decumbent at base, robust,
2-6 dm, long, branching freely, sheaths generally strongly inflated,
smooth, striate, compressed, the lower ones overlapping, the upper
shorter than internodes, 3-8 cm. long; leaves 6-12 cm. long, 4-8
mm. wide, smooth or scabrous, flat or slightly complanate ; spikes
3-6 cm. long, generally partially included in upper sheaths, densely
6-20-flowered; internodes of scabrous rachis 3-5 mm. long; invo-
lucre 2-flowered, globose, pubescent to villous, yellowish to light
green in color, smooth at base, spines 3-4 mm. long, slightly to
Strongly ciliate at base, acutely barbulate at apex; spikelets 6-7
mm. long, generally not exserted beyond the involucre; Ist glume
hyaline, triangular, acute, about one-half as long as spikelet, spar-
ingly scabrous, strongly I-nerved; 2d glume of firm texture,
ovate, obtuse, about three-fourths as long as spikelet, scabrous,
faintly 5-nerved at base, strongly so at apex; 3d glume firm,
ovate, somewhat acute, about equaling spikelet, scabrous, 5-nerved;
4th glume chartaceous, broadly ovate, acuminate, 5-7 mm. long,
scabrous at apex, 5-nerved ; palet of first flower about as long as
glume, 2-nerved, strongly scabrous between the nerves especially
toward the apex, empty or enclosing 3 stamens; palet of per-
fect flower chartaceous, broadly ovate, slightly shorter than glume,
faintly 2-nerved, scabrous toward the apex; seed oblong-obovate,
3 mm. long, 2—2.5 mm. broad, compressed.

Extensively distributed in the United States ranging from
Massachusetts to Ontario, Minnesota and Nebraska, south to Flor-
ida and Mexico. Extremely variable, but its robust habit, gener-
ally strongly inflated sheaths and light colored globose involucres
will distinguish it from its nearest relatives.

300

“2, CENCHRUS GRACILLIMUS 0. sp.

Stems ascending or erect, 3-6 dm. high, simple or occasionally
sparingly branched above, slender; sheaths smooth, striate, the
lower overlapping, the upper shorter than internodes, 6-7 cm.
long, but slightly inflated; leaves complanate, 5-8 cm. long,
about 2 mm. broad, acuminate, scabrous on margins and mid-
nerve; spike finally long-exserted, 3-5 cm. long, loosely 3-6
flowered, internodes of scabrous rachis about I cm. long; in-
volucre 2-flowered, smooth, ovate, purplish, deeply furrowed and
smooth at base; spines purple, 5-6 mm. long, 1 mm. broad at
base where they are sometimes ciliate, acutely barbulate at the
apex; spikelets about 8 mm. long, exserted beyond involucre
for one-third to one-half their length; Ist glume triangular, hya-
line, acute, one-half as long as spikelet, strongly 1-nerved, slightly
scabrous; 2d glume firm, ovate, acute, 7-nerved, scabrous ; 3d
glume of firm texture, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, slightly shorter
than spikelet, 5-nerved, scabrous especially toward apex; 4th
glume chartaceous, 7~8 mm. long, ovate-lanceolate, long-acumi-
nate, strongly 5-nerved at apex, scabrous for upper half; palet of
first flower equaling glume, strongly scabrous, 2-nerved, empty or
enclosing three stamens; palet of perfect flower ovate, long-acu-
minate, chartaceous, a little shorter than glume, 2-nerved, strongly

scabrous toward apex; seed oblong, 2.5 mm. long, I.5 mm.
broad.

Florida, occurring in the high pine land, together with C. ¢7i-
ulotdes and C. echinatus, flowering a little earlier than the former
and later than the latter. It is readily distinguishable from either,
especially when growing in the field, by its long slender purple
spines, smooth involucre, very slender habit and closely compla-

nate leaves. Begins to flower early in April. My Nos. 188 and
288, collection of 1894..

3. CENCHRUS ECHINATUs L. Sp. Pl. 1050. 1753.

‘ Stems creeping, erect, 3-6 dm. long, branching ; sheaths smooth,
striate, inflated, lower ones overlapping, upper shorter than inter-
nodes, 8-12 cm. long; leaves 1-4 dm. long, 5-15 mm. wide, smooth
or scabrous, flat; spikes 4-12 cm. long, finally more or less €X-
serted, very densely 20-50 flowered, internodes of the scabrous
rachis 2-3 mm. long; involucre 4-6 flowered, globose, green to
purplish, more or less pubescent, villous at base; spines 3-4 mm.
long, barbulate at apex, more or less ciliate at base ; bristles at base
of involucre numerous, slender, distinctly barbed for their whole
length; spikelets 6-7 mm. long, more or less exserted from in-
volucre; Ist glume hyaline, lanceolate, obtuse or acute, one-half
as long as spikelet, strongly 1-nerved, sparingly scabrous at apex;

‘

301

2d glume firm, ovate, obtuse, three-fourths as long as spikelet,
5-nerved, scabrous; 3d glume firm, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate,
slightly exceeded by fourth glume, 5-nerved, scabrous; 4th glume
chartaceous, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, 6-7 mm. long, 5-nerved,
scabrous at apex; palet of first flower about as long as glume, 2-
nerved, strongly scabrous ; palet of perfect flower as long as glume,
chartaceous, ovate-lanceolate, faint!y 2-nerved; seed obovate to
elliptical, 2.5 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide, compressed.

This plant is well marked by its broad flat leaves, and the
slender barbed bristles surrounding the base of the involucre,
which contains double the number of spikelets found in the other
species.

North Carolina to Texas, along the coast.

4. CENCHRUS INCERTUS M. A. Curtis, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 1:

135) 1837.

Stems erect or decumbent at base when young, finally creep-
ing, 3-6 dm. long, smooth; sheaths smooth, inflated, compressed,
striate, lower ones more or less overlapping, upper shorter than
internodes, 5—9 cm. long; leaves smooth, flat, 4-15 cm. long, 3-5
mm. wide; spike generally exserted, 3-6 cm. long, 8-20-flowered,
internodes of the scabrous rachis 2-5 mm. long; involucre 2-
flowered, pubescent, ovoid, smooth at base; spines about 3 mm.
long, very broad at base, ciliate; spikelets 5 mm. long, more or
less exserted from involucre; 1st glume hyaline, triangular, acute,
strongly 1-nerved, one-half as long as spikelet; 2d glume of firm
texture, ovate, obtuse, about three-fourths as long as spikelet, 5—7-
nerved, scabrous; 3d glume ovate, acute, 5-nerved, somewhat
shorter than fourth glume, scabrous; 4th glume chartaceous,
broadly ovate, acute, about 5 mm. long, strongly 5-nerved and
scabrous at apex; palet of first flower about equaling glume,
strongly scabrous, 2-nerved, empty or enclosing three stamens;
palet of perfect flower chartaceous, ovate, acute, about equaling
glume, scabrous at apex; seed oval, 2 mm. long, 1.5 mm. broad.

Ranges from South Carolina to Florida and Texas, The
smaller involucre, naked at base, with fewer and shorter spines,
readily distinguish this plant from C. triéuloides which it some-

what resembles.

5. CencHrus myosuroives H. B. K. Nov. Gen. 1: 115. 1815.

Panicum cenchrotaes EN. Bot. S. C. and Ga. 1: 111. 181 7.

Perennial from a running rootstock. Stems 6-14 dm. high,
simple, or branched above, terete, smooth; sheaths somewhat in-
flated, 7-14 cm. long, striate; leaves smooth, 1-3 dm. long, 3-8

302

mm. wide; spikes included in upper sheath, or more or less ex-
serted, densely many-flowered, 5—20 cm. long, internodes of the
scabrous rachis 2-5 mm. long; involucre consisting of I-2 rows
of barbed spines as long as the spikelet, subtended by 1-2 rows of
barbed bristles one-fourth to one-half as long; spikelet about 5
mm. long, resting on the involucre and equaling its spines;
glumes all more less short-pointed by the excurrent midnerve;
ist glume hyaline, triangular, acute, about one-half as long as
spikelet, I-nerved; 2d glume firm, ovate, acute, about three-
fourths as long as spikelet, 5-nerved, sparingly scabrous; 3d
glume as long as the fourth, firm, ovate, acute, strongly 5-nerved
at apex; 4th glume chartaceous, ovate, acute, 5 mm. long,
5-nerved at apex; palet of first flower from one-quarter to one-half
as long as glume; palet of perfect flower equaling glume, strongly
2-nerved and scabrous at apex.

Ranges from Georgia (Elliott) to South Florida, western
Texas and Mexico.

Juncus scirpoides and its immediate Relatives.

By FREDERICK VERNON COVILLE.

In the year 1868 Dr. Engelmann grouped under /uncus scir-
poides several closely related plants which, from the data now at
hand, seem to require separation into four species. In 1880 Dr.
Franz Buchenau described one of these as J. Engelmanni, and in
1890 another as /. crassifolius. 1 am now convinced that still an-
other should be separated specifically under the name of /. mega-
cephalus, published sixty years ago by M. A. Curtis, of Wilming-
ton, North Carolina.

After examining the earlier literature of these plants it has
been found necessary to change the current names of three species,
in two cases substituting older names, and in one case supplying
a newname. The first requirement for a proper disposition of
the many published names was the positive identification of
Michaux’s /. polycephalus, published in 1803, which, at different
times, has been attached by various authors to nearly a dozen
different plants, and has therefore fallen into disrepute and conse-
quent disuse. With our present knowledge of the group, however,
the name is capable of positive identification. The current dis-

503

position of /. polycephalus has been to treat it as a synonym of /.
scirpoides Lam., a species published in 1789; but upon examina-
tion of Michaux’s work it is found that he described two varieties
of /. polycephalus, variety crassifolius and variety tenutfolius, re-
spectively, giving to the former the diagnosis: « Major, foliis
multo crassioribus et conspicue compressis.” It is clear that this
variety, which is the type form of /. folycephalus, is one of the
two plants known at the present time as /. Enge/manni Buch. and
J. crasstifolius Buch. Since the latter species, however, is a plant
of the Arkansas-Texas region there can be no doubt that
Michaux’s /. polycephalus, accredited to Georgia and the Caro-
linas, is the species now known as /. Engelmanni, which is abundant
in these States, and it is necessary, therefore, to so treat it.
Michaux’s second variety, Zenuifolius, was diagnosed simply as
“foliis subfiliformibus.” Dr. Buchenau, examining a flower from
Michaux’s specimen! of this variety, has pronounced it true Juncus
Scirpottes.
Key to the Species.

Capsule with a true beak, the valves in dehiscence united above by the beak, their

margins usually involute. .

Uppermost cauline leaf with an almost obsolete blade rarely exceeding I or 2 cm.
in length. 1. F. megacephalus,
Uppermost cauline leaf with a normal blade, few to several cm. in length.

Stamens as long as the inner perianth parts, the anthers exserted between
them ; leaf-blades slender and terete. 2. F. scirpotdcs.
Stamens considerably shorter than the inner perianth parts, their anthers in-
cluded; leaf-blades usually stout and laterally compressed or even gladiate.
3. F. polycephalus.
Capsule without a true beak, the valves in dehiscence flat and separating throughout,

their apices spreading or rarely loosely attached. 4. F. validus.

I. JUNCUS MEGACEPHALUS M. A. Curtis.*

Funcus megacephalus M. A, Curtis, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 1:
092, '1835.

1 Buchenau, Monog. Junc. 325. 1890.
* After examining a large number of herbarium specimens and observing both
plants in the field for several years, I am convinced that Torrey’s Funcus nodosus
megacephalus does not intergrade with ¥. zodosus proper. In view of the earlier
Funcus megacephalus of Curtis, Torrey’s plant is named as follows:
Juncus Torreyi nom. nov.
Funcus nodosus var. megacephalus Torr. Fl. N. Y. 2: 326. 1843

Funcus megacephalus Wood, Classbook Bot. Ed. 2: 724. 1861. Not Curtis.

304

Juncus scirpoides var. echinatus Engelm. Trans. St. Louis Acad.
2: 468. 1868.

Juncus scirpoides Carolinianus Coville, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club,
5: 107. 1894.

Plant 30 to 100 cm. high; blade of the uppermost cauline
leaf only in very vigorous specimens exceeding I or 2 cm. in
length ; fruiting heads 8 to 12 mm. in diameter; perianth reddish
brown above; stamens one-half to two-thirds the length of the

perianth, the anthers included; capsule equaling the perianth, its
valves united above in dehiscence.

Specimens have been examined only from the southern coast
region from North Carolina to Florida, although the plant was

accredited by Dr. Engelmann with a range as far north as Mary-
land.

2. JUNCUS SCIRPOIDES Lam.

Juncus scirpoides Lam, Encycl. 3: 267. 1789.

Juncus polycephalus tenuifolius Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer. 1: 193.
1803.

Juncus echinatus Muh\, Descr. Uber. Gram. 207. 1817."

Juncus echinatus “ Muhl.;”’ Ell. Bot. S. C. & Georg. 1: 410.
18172

Juncus macrostemon J.Gay ; Laharpe Monog. Junc. 140. 1825.

Juncus scirpoides var. macrostemon Engelm. Trans. St. Louis
Acad. 2: 467. 1868. Includes the forms macrostylus and
brachystylus.

Juncus scirpoides genuinus Buch. Monog. Junc. 323. 1890.

Plant 20-70 cm. high; leaf-blades terete, 2 mm. or less in
thickness, with perfect septa; fruiting heads 8-11 mm. in diame-
ter; perianth 2.5-3.5 mm. long, green throughout ; stamens equal-
ing the inner perianth parts, the short anthers exserted ; capsule
exceeding the perianth, its valves united above in dehiscence.

A species of the coastal plain from New Jersey and eastern

Pennsylvania southward through the Atlantic States to Florida
and westward to Texas.

1Buchenau (Monog. Junc. 323) has recorded his critical examination of flowers
from Muhlenberg’s specimen,
2 There is nothing to indicate that Elliott distinguished ¥. megacephalus from

7. scirpoides, He undoubtedly included both, if indeed he ever saw the former,
under F. echinatus.

305

3. JUNCUS POLYCEPHALUS Michx,

Juncus polycephalus Michx. Fl]. Bor. Amer. 1: 192. 1803.

Juncus polycephalus crassifolius Michx. Fl]. Bor. Amer. 1: 193.
1803.

Juncus nodosus polycephalus Pers. Syn. Pl. 1: 384. 1805.

Juncus echinatus Muhl. Cat. 36. 1813.*

Juncus scirpoides var. polycephalus forma minor Engelm. Trans.
St, Louis Acad. 2: 468. 1868.

Juncus Engelmanni Buch. Krit. Verz. Junc. 67. 1880.

Plant robust, about 1 meter high; leaf-blades in most cases
gladiate, 3-8 mm. broad and with incomplete septa, sometimes
merely compressed, narrower and with complete septa; fruiting
heads 8-12 mm. in diameter; stamens one-half to three-fourths as
long as the petianth, the anthers included; valves of the capsule
united above in dehiscence and usually with conspicuously involute
margins; the beak well defined, commonly 2 mm. in length and
not splitting at maturity.

From North Carolina to Florida and westward through the
Gulf States to Texas. This species, on account of its gladiate
leaves, has been placed by Dr. Buchenau in the group with
Juncus xiphioides and J. oxymeris, but its true relationship is un-

questionably with /. scirpoides, as indicated by its flowers and fruit.

JUNCUS VALIDUS nom. nov.

Juncus scirpoides polycephalus forma major. Engelm. Trans. St.
Louis Acad. 2: 468, 1888.

Juncus crasstfolius Buch. Monog. Junc. 326. 1890. Not /.
polycephalus crassifolius Michx. 1803.

Plant 40 to 100 cm. high, stout and stiff; leaf-blades com-
pressed, but never gladiate, 2 to 4 mm. wide, the septa complete ;
fruiting heads 12 to 15 mm. in diameter; perianth 4 to 5 mm.
long; stamens about one-half as long as the perianth, the anthers
included; capsule exceeding the perianth, its valves flat, separat-
ing throughout in dehiscence or sometimes slightly united above;
no well defined solid beak present. :

A plant of the southern prairie region, extending from Arkan-
sas to Indian Territory, Oklahoma, and Texas on the west, and
_to Mississippi on the east.

* Muhlenberg based his name upon the ¥. folycephalus of Michaux, evidently
not distinguishing the two varieties which Michaux included therein.

306

New Species of Physalis.

By P. A. RYDBERG.

Ina recent study of the North American species of Physalis the
following new species have been determined. Since the material
is widely scattered in herbaria, I deem it best to publish the de-
scriptions pending the completion of the final monograph.

” PHYSALIS SUBULATA N. sp.

Fruiting calyx sharply 5-angled, more or less acuminate, calyx-
lobes (at flowering time) lanceolate or acuminate, as long as the
tube or longer; plant more or Jess villous or viscid-pubescent,
erect, dichotomously branched, 2-4 decimetres high, stem angular
and striate; leaves round-ovate, somewhat oblique at the base,
generally coarsely dentate ; pedicels shorter than the small corolla,
which is 2-3 millimetres in diameter ; calyx-lobes shorter than the
corolla; fruiting calyx sharply angled and purple-veined, heart-
shaped in section.

This is intermediate between ?. Barbadensis and the South
Mexican P. nicandrioides Schlecht. From the former it differs in
the more glandular pubescence, and the long acumination of the
calyx-lobes; from the latter in its smaller rounder leaves,
in its calyx-lobes, which are shorter than the corolla, and in the
fruiting calyx, which is smaller and not of a firm texture.*

P. subulata has not yet been within the United States, but
" comes near to its border.

Mexico. State of Chihuahua: C. G. Pringle, No. 1344, 1887

(type). It is in the following herbaria: Columbia College, Uni-
versity of Minnesota and Professor Greene.

Si
PHYSALIS COMATA nN. sp.

Perennial, erect, about 0.5 metre high; pubescence fine and
short, that on the calyx, pedicels and upper branches mixed with
long white flat jointed hairs ; like P. heterophylla Nees (P. Virginiana
Gray, not L.), but leaves smaller, blade not over 0.5 decimetre long,
rounded, ovate, scarcely at all cordate at the base, about 5 centi-

* Another related Mexican species is P. hirsuta Mart. & Gal., not Dunal. It dif-
fers from P, subu/ata in its larger, less veiny fruiting calyx, from P. nicandrioides by
the calyx, which is not of a firm texture, and from both by its subentire leaves. It
most resembles P. pubescens, but differs in its subulate calyx-tips.

507

metres long, thin, somewhat repand-dentate or nearly entire ; peti-
oles as long as.the leaves; corolla greenish-yellow with brown
centre; fruiting calyx as in P. hederaefolia Gray, but of thinner
texture.
The validity of this as a species may be doubted. It is inter-
mediate between P. heterophylla and P. hederaefolia and might be

placed as a variety of either with about equal right. It, perhaps,
most resembles the latter, but differs in the thinner texture of the
leaves and the fruiting calyx, in the larger flower and in the long
white hairs.

The following localities are recorded :

Nebraska: P. A. Rydberg, No. 269, 1891 (type).

Kansas: E. Bartholomew, No. 2, 1892; E. A. Popenoe, 1875.

Texes: G. Jermy, No. 618, 1890.

“PHYSALIS VERSICOLOR Nn. sp.

Finely pubescent, in age glabrate; stem from a stout perennial
root, much branched, at first erect but later spreading, slender, ob-
tusely angled; lower leaves reniform-cordate, the upper ovate,
all more or less oblique at the base, sinuately toothed, 2-4 centi-
metres long, on slender petioles which are generally a little longer
than the blade; pedicels slender, about the length of the petioles ;
calyx-lobes taiangular-ovate, shorter than the tube; flowers about
I centimetre wide, yellow or drab with brown spots in the centre,
turning bluish in drying; fruiting calyx thin, ovoid-cylindrical,
reticulate, decidedly 10-angled, 2.5-3.5 centimetres long, gener-

ally open at the mouth.
The specimens collected within the United States are more

erect, have larger leaves and fruiting calyces than the Mexican.
Rare within the United States. ,
New Mexico: C. Wright, 1851 (Mo. Bot. Gard. herb.).
Arizona: Treadwell, 1879 (Cal. Acad. Sci.).
Mexico, Guaymas: Ed. Palmer, 621 and 622. 1887.

“ PHYSALIS VERSICOLOR MICROPHYLLA N. var.

Like the species, but leaves only about 1 centimetre long, del-
toid, coarsely toothed, peduncles about twice the length of the
leaves; fruiting calyx nearly spherical, 1.5 centimetres long,
tinged with purple.

Mexico, Guaymas: Ed. Palmer, No. 94, 1887 (herbaria of iB
Donnell Smith, of Columbia College, Professor Greene, etc).

308

’ PHYSALIS MACROPHYSA N. sp.

Perennial; root somewhat thick and fleshy ; stem erect, 0.5-1
metre high, comparatively slender, angled, perfectly smooth, or
the upper parts sparingly pubescent with very short hairs ; leaves
large, thin, 4-8 centimetres long, 2-5 centimetres wide, the lower
obtuse, the upper acute or acuminate, on slender petioles 2-4
centimetres long; pedicels 1-1.5 centimetres long, erect, in
fruit reflexed; calyx smooth, lobes ovate-triangular or broadly
lanceolate, generally a little shorter than the tube; corolla yellow
with a dark centre, about 2 centimetres in diameter; anthers gen-
erally yellow, sometimes tinged with purple; fruiting calyx large,
3-4 centimetres long, 2.5-3 centimetres in diameter, pyramidal
to ovoid-conical, indistinctly 10-angled, deeply sunken at the base;
berry small, in the centre of the calyx.

This is nearly related to P. longifolia and P. Philadelphica, but
differs from both by its very large and inflated fruiting calyx
and its broader leaves. The following specimens have been ex-
amined :

Arkansas: A. E. Heacox, 1889.

Kansas: E. A. Popenoe, No. 68, 1875.

Texas: Lindheimer, 1828; A. A. Heller, No. 1756. 1894.

North Carolina (?): Small and Heller, No. 389. 1891.*

Ohio (?): T. H. Horseford,* 1879; C. W. Short,* garden (?)-

UNIVERSITY OF NEBRASKA.

The Nomenclature Question,

By Lester F. Warp.

The German who was asked why he called his boy Hans re-
plied:

“ Pecaus it vas hees name.”

The story is an old one, but no one has ever questioned the
conclusiveness of the reply. It is the same answer that must be
made to the question why a botanical name should be changed
to make it conform to the law of priority. When a child is
christened the name he receives is the one that he is supposed to
have during life. A man with several aliases is always an object

* These specimens lack fruit and may belong to the preceding, but the leaves
most resemble those of P. macrophysa.

309

of suspicion. Is there any reason why the first name: that is
given to a plant or animal should not always be its name as well
as in the case of a human being? It is true that there is this dif-
ference, that the poor plant or animal has no choice at any time,
while the child after it becomes a man or woman might have
something to say if an outsider should attempt to impose a differ-
ent name. Still it does not seem that the principle is fundament-
ally changed by this circumstance. If a lost child were to be
found and named and brought up by the finder, and he should
afterwards learn who his parents were and what his name was, he
would very likely insist on being called by that first name. I re-
member that one of my boyhood playmates was called ‘ Ed.
Wheelock,’ but even when I knew him he was aware that Whee-
lock was not his name, but that of the person who had adopted him,
and afterward, having lost him for many years from view, on meet-
ing him again, it was Mr. Edgar Currier with whom I had to do.

Now it seems to me that all we are trying to do is to find out
what the name of a plant is. It has happened in so many cases
that plants have strayed, as it were, from home, been lost, adopted
by strange persons, and given different names, lost for a time
again and again found and renamed, and so on, that for us who
now know them it is an exceedingly difficult matter to trace their
history back and find out who they are. All this is due to the
well known vicissitudes of all modern branches of natural history,
especially of botany. In this general search for the true parentage
and the true names of plants there should certainly be no differ-
ence of opinion on the main question and all should admit that
what is wanted is to ascertain the real name, for all synonyms are
simply aliases, and the only real name is the first name.

Nothing can certainly be more confusing than the existence of
a large number of different names for the same thing, and it is no
wonder that a movement was set on foot near the beginning of the
present century, to endeavor to trace up the true history and find
the true names of plants. It is a significant fact that this move-
ment was initiated by a botanist, the great Augustin Pyrame de
Candolle, in 1813, in his “ Théorie élémentaire de la botanique,”
from which I translate ihe following paragraphs :

Page 228: “In order that a nomenclature become universal it

310

must be fixed, and the fixity of that of natural history is founded
onthis . .. principle . . . that the first one who discovers an
object, or who records it in the catalogue of science, has the right
to give it a name, and that this name must be necessarily ac-
cepted, unless it already belongs to another object or transgresses
the essential rules of nomenclature.”

Page 241: “It may be said in general that any name which
does not involve a contradiction with the plant, and especially
which does not belong to any other species, is sufficiently good
to be preserved. The impropriety of a specific name or the pos-
sibility of finding more suitable ones is not sufficient to authorize
a change.”

Page 250, conclusion: “All this scaffolding of botanical
nomenclature would crumble at its base and inevitably fall if the
great majority of naturalists did not recognize the principle of
which I have spoken, viz., the necessity of accepting the name
given by the discoverer of a plant whenever that name is con-
formable to the rules. A name cannot be changed because it has
little meaning ; for on the same principle the second could be sup-
pressed if a third better one was found, and the third if a fourth
should present itself, etc.; thenceforward there would be no longer
any fixity in nomenclature, or rather, there would be no longer
any scientific nomenclature. The author himself who has first es-
tablished a name has no more right than any one else to change
it for the simple cause of impropriety. Priority, on the contrary,
is a fixed, positive limitation, which admits of nothing arbitrary oF
partial ; the most ancient name must therefore be always < admitted.”

De Candolle, it is true, made five exceptions to this universal
rule, some of which would not now be regarded as valid, such, for
example, as his exception according to which the name Lunaria
annua* might be changed because the plant is not an annual; but
it has not been pretended that de Candolle fully grasped the im-
portance of the movement, but only that the movement is itself in
the nature of an evolution to which de Candolle, even that early,
gave the initial impetus.

The English mind did not become fully aroused to the subject
until nearly thirty years later, but the movement in that country

ET ean

* This name is accepted in the « Kew Index.” [ED.]

311

was much broader and embraced not merely botany but all
branches of natural history. |

Such was the “Stricklandian code,’ adopted in 1842 and
otherwise known as the “Rules of the British Association.”
Among the great names connected with this Stricklandian code
are those of Mr. Charles Darwin and Professor Henslow. In
1860 this code was reénacted with only a few changes, all looking
to greater success in attaining the same object. Mr. Darwin still
served on the committee, likewise Mr. A. R. Wallace, Mr. P. L.
Clayton, Professor Balfour, Professor Huxley, and among botan-
ists proper Dr. J. D. Hooker and Mr. George Bentham. AA still
further revision of the same was made in 1865, and this code now
stands, but, strangely, has been supposed to be applicable only to
zodlogy, although its provisions were equally applicable to the
vegetable kingdom. In the preface of this code occurs this
sentence:

‘No one person can subsequently claim an authority equal to
that possessed by the person who is the first to define a new genus
or describe a new species.”’

In 1867 Alphonse De Candolle presented to the Inter-
national Botanical Congress, held at Paris, a system of laws of
nomenclature, upon which he had been long engaged and which
with very few changes was adopted by that Congress. No one
certainly could have felt more forcibly the evil effect of the multi-
plication of plant names than the author of the Prodromus, and in
the introduction to these rules he says “ in the four volumes of the
Prodromus published from 1824 to 1830 the proportion of ad-
mitted genera to synonyms was approximately 100 to 55; that is
to say, there were at that time about half as many synonyms as
admitted genera. In the Genera Plantarum of Bentham and
Hooker, fascicles 1 and 2, published from 1862 to 1865, which
comprise about the same series of families, I have found in mak-
ing the same approximate calculation 117 synonyms for 100 ad-
mitted genera. Therefore, the proportion of generic synonyms
Must have doubled in 36 years.” This Candollean code was
based, like the Stricklandian, on the law of priority and Article
15 of that code is as follows :

“Each natural group of plants can bear in the science only

312

one valid designation, namely, the most ancient one adopted by
Linnaeus, or given after him on condition that it be conformable
to the essential rules of nomenclature.”

It was a noticeable fact that the Botanical Congress of Paris,
which adopted these rules, was not attended by the English
botanists, and Mr. W. B. Hemsley in an article in “« Nature” for
December 24, 1891, says of this Congress:

“In 1867 a Botanical Congress was held in Paris, to which
botanists of all countries had been invited, and the most important
subject discussed was botanical nomenclature. Mr. A. de Can-
dolle had drawn up a most carefully considered code of rules to
govern botanists in their writings; and this code was submitted
to the assemblage of botanists, each rule being formulated and
modified as the majority deemed wise. Finally the whole was
printed and circulated. The fundamental principle of these laws
was priority of publication with adeguate descriptions, and unfor-
tunately it was made retrospective without any sufficiently defined
statute of limitations. For reasons of their own the Kew botan-
ists took no part in the proceedings of this Congress ; whether
wisely or not it would be difficult to determine and fruitless to
discuss.”

It would be fruitless for me to discuss the reasons which have led
the botanists of Kew to manifest so little sympathy with the gener al
movement in favor of reform in nomenclature. Most of these
reasons are well known to readers, but, as has already been
said, this indifference was not due to any lack of appreciation of
the importance of this reform, or of general sympathy with it,
on the part of the two great leading systematists of England, Dr.
Hooker and Mr. Bentham, who, as we have seen, both signed the
Stricklandian code. In fact, no systematist has ever squarely ap-
proached the question and given it due attention without arriving
at substantially the same conclusion. Dr. Asa Gray in his Struc-
tural Botany, page 348, says: “ For each plant or group there can
be only one valid name and that always the most ancient if it is
tenable, consequently no new name should be given to an old
plant or group except for necessity. That a name may be bet-
tered is no valid reason for changing it.” And on this principle
it is worthy of note that against his convictions he maintained

513

our common blue violet under the name Viola palmata L., var.
cucullata Gray, because he admitted the necessity of taking up an
older name if the plant should be given specific rank, saying:

“ Viola cucullata Ait. ought to have been referred, as an entire-
leaved variety, to the Linnaean Viola palmata. I am the more
constrained to do so now by the fact that the name cucullata
would have to give way to the much earlier published V. odligua
Hill, well figured and unmistakable in his Hortus Kewensis.”"*

Dr. David Starr Jordan, President of Leland Stanford Univer-
sity and a well-known ichthyologist has said, “ There are only
two ways of naming plants or animals, either to give them their
oldest names or to give them any names you please.”+ Not-
withstanding the general agreement among zodlogists to the
principle of the Stricklandian code it was found difficult to en-
force these principles unanimously, and in 1876 the question came
up afresh at the Buffalo meeting of the American Association for
the Advancement of Science, and a new and slightly modified
code which had been drawn by Professor Dall was adopted one
year later.t It deals largely with the multitudinous details of
zological science and makes no concessions, but holds the gen-
eral law of priority as the basis of all sound nomenclature, which
is there reénacted and amplified. This code is now, I believe,
almost unanimously enforced by zodlogists within the United
States.

It does not, however, seem to have covered the case of orni-
thology, and the ornithologists were still in the worst possible con-
dition in relation to the multiplication of names. At last, losing,
as it would seem, all patience with the system in vogue, they met,
and bya unanimous action of the American Ornithologists’ Union
the most stringent code of nomenclature was adopted that has
ever been proposed. This is known as the code of nomenclature
of the American Ornithologists’ Union, published in 1886. The
ornithologists had the advantage of perfect unanimity, which is
one of the most important conditions to making any code a com-
plete success. The condition of affairs that prevailed before this

*Asa Gray, Botanical Gazette, 11: 254. 1886.
+Botanical Gazette, 20: 163. 1895.
tProc. A. A. A. S., 26: 1877. Appendix.

314

list (1886) is well shown by comparing the lists that preceded it,

that is, the lists of North American birds published by Baird in
1859, Coues in 1874, Ridgway in 1881 and Coues in 1882. By
taking the first fifty genera given in the American Ornithologists’
Union check-list it is found that in only five cases has the generic
name remained the same from 1859 to 1886. That is, 45 of the
50 generic names (90 per cent.) have been unstable. Since the
American Ornithologists’ Union list xot one of these fifty names
has changed. The accompanying tabular statement will show
more clearly than words the changes in these fifty genera. This
complete list embraces 322 genera and about one thousand spe-
cies and sub-species. In the ten years that have elapsed since its
publication it has been found necessary to change only three gen-
era, one sub-genus, three species and one sub-species by action of
the law of priority. (See opposite table.)

This truly astonishing result must certainly be highly gratify-
ing to the ornithologists, and the question arises whether botan-
ists can bring about any such result in their department. A feel-
ing in favor of such a movement has been growing stronger and
stronger for a number of years, and has at last taken shape in the

appointment of a committee of the Botanical Club of the Amer-

ican Association for the Advancement of Science at Rochester, in
1892, who proposed a set of rules of botanical nomenclature with
which all are now familiar. The Club also authorized the. publi-
cation, as an earnest of what the enforcement of these rules might
be expected to accomplish, of a list of the plants of northeastern
North America. This list is also too familiar to require com-
ment. Of it Professor Bessey has said: «‘ This book is the sign
that the day of ‘ authority ’ as such, is ended, and the day of law’
has begun.* All that it seems necessary to say is that there seems
to be a misapprehension on the part of some botanists as to the
method by which this list was prepared, it being imagined by a
few persons that the particular individuals who had most to do
with it were in some way personally responsible for the result. It
should be known to all that they were merely the instruments in
the hands of a large committee, and that every question was sub-
mitted to all the members of that committee, even when not in

—$——$——

* American Naturalist, 29: 350. 1895.

Podiceps.
Podiceps.
Podilymbus.
Colymbus.
Mormon.
Mormon.
Cerorhina.
Ptychorhamphus.
Ombria.
Phaleris.
Brachyramphus.
Brachyramphus.
Uria.

Uria.

Alca.

Alca.

Mergulus.
Stercorarius.
Stercorarius.
Pagophila.
Rissa.

Blasipus.
Rhodostethia.
Xema.

Sterna.

Sterna.
Hydrochelidon.
Sterna.
Rhynchops.
Diomedea.
Diomedea.
Diomedea.
Procellaria.
Procellaria.
Puffinus
Procellaria.

Daption.

Thalassidroma.
Thalassidroma.
Thalassidroma.
Fregetta.
Phaéton.

Sula.

Plotus.
Graculus.

COUES RIDGWAY. CouEs. A. O. U. CHEcx-
1874. 1881. 1882. ake a
|
Podiceps. Aechmophorus. | Aechmophorus. Aechmophorus.
Podiceps. Podiceps. Podiceps. Colymbus.
Podilymbus. Podilymbus. Podilymbus. Podilymbus.
Colymbus. Colymbus. Colymbus. Urinator.
Fratercula. Lunda. Fratercula. Lunda.
Fratercula. Fratercula. | Fratercula. Fratercula.
Ceratorhina, Ceratorhina. | Ceratorhina. Cerorhinca.
Ptychorhamphus. Ptycorhamphus. | Ptychorhamphus. Ptychorhamphus,
Phaleris. Phaleris. Simorhynchus. Cyclorrhynchus.
Simorhynchus. Simorhynchus. ' Simorhynchus. Simorhynchus,
Synthliborhamphus. Synthliborhamphus. | Synthliborhamphus. Synthliboramphus.
Brachyrhamphus, Brachyrhamphus. | Brachyrhamphus. Brachyrhamphus.
Uria. Uria. | Uria. Cepphus.
Lomvia. Lomvia. | Lomvia. Uria.
Utamania. Utamania. , Utamania. Alca.
Alca. Alca. | Alea. Plautus.
Mergulus. Alle. | Alle, Alle.
Stercorarius. Megalestris. Stercorarius. Megalestris.
Stercorarius. Stercorarius. Stercorarius. Stercorarius.
Larus. Pagophila. | Pagoph la. Gavia.
Larus. Rissa. | Rissa. Rissa.
Blasipus. Larus. | Larus. Larus.
Rhodostethia. Rhodostethia, Rhodostethia. _Rhodostethia.
Xema. Xema. Xema. Xema.
Sterna, Sterna. Sterna. Gelochelidon.
Sterna. Sterna. Sterna. Sterna.
Hydrochelidon. Hydrochelidon. Hydrochelidon. Hydrochelidon.
Anous. Anous. Anous. Anous.
Rhynchops. Rhynchops. Rhynchops. Rhynchops.
Diomedea. Diomedea. Diomedea. Diomedea
Diomedea. Thalassogeron.
Diomedea. Diomedea. ~ Phoebetria. Phoebetria.
Fulmarus. Ossifraga. | Ossifraga. Ossifraga.
Fulmarus. Prioculla. - | Priocilla. Fulmarus.
Puffinus. | Priofinus. Priofinus. Puffinus.
Aestrelata. Oestrelata. | O<cstrelata. Aestrelata.
Oestrelata. | Oecestrelata. Bulweria.
Daption. Daption. | Daption. Daption.
Halocyptena. Halocyptena, | Halocyptena. Halocyptena.
Procellaria. Procellaria. | Procellaria. Procellaria.
Oceanodroma. Oceanodroma. | Oceanodroma. Oceanodroma.
Oceanites. Oceanites. | Oceanites Oceanites.
Fregetta. Fregetta. | Fregetta. Cymodroma.
Phaéthon. Phaéthon. _ Phaéthon. Phaéthon.
Sula. Sula. Sula. ne
Plotus. Plotus. | Plotus. Anhinga.
Graculus. Phalacrocorax. | Phalacrocorax Phalacrocorax.

515

session, by sending out circulars, and that the deliberate vote of
each member was taken in each case and the questions settled,
where not unanimous, by a majority vote. For my own part I
confess that I voted with the minority on a number of minor
questions, but always with the feeling which I observed to prevail,
not only among the members of the committee, but apparently
throughout the Botanical Club itself, that minor questions were to
be ignored in the presence of the great necessity for the adoption
of rules to which all would subscribe. This list, prepared under
many disadvantages, is, of course, imperfect in many respects and
contains a few features which are especially irritating to those who
attempt to use it. I have never known a botanist who was not
irritated at the changing of names, yet we have all been obliged
during the entire course of our studies to submit to wholesale
changes of names at periodical intervals. This is no new thing,
as any one may learn by reading the preface to the sixth edition
of Prof. Amos Eaton’s Manual of Botany, published in 1833. He
says:

“It may be asked, why I do not follow De Candolle, servilely,
since so many distinguished botanists have borne testimony to
his great merit? Perhaps no one is a more devoted admirer of
his discriminating talents, great learning and untiring assiduity
than myself. But he imposes on his readers the labor of learning
a multitude of new names without even a shadow of pretence,
* * % * As far as I have any influence I pledge it here that
the embarrassing innovations of De Candolle and others are of no
possible use to the science of Botany. All new discoveries, how-
ever (which are not a few), should be adopted; and they are
adopted in this edition. And the mecessary new names and new
nomenclature are also adopted and fully explained.” (Italicized
as in the original).

No one can doubt Professor Eaton’s high motive in giving
utterance to what he considered so conservative an expression of
his views regarding the changes in classification and nomenclature
made by De Candolle, and doubtless he considered De Candolle’s
researches as ill-advised and ephemeral as do some of our esti-
mable contemporaries the Association code of to-day, yet I am
constrained to look upon their protests as belonging to no differ-
ent category than Professor Eaton’s.

¢

316

The botanical world has submitted to frequent changes like those
we have known in the past fifty years with very little remonstrance
compared to the great annoyance which they produce. In this work
a new set of changes is thrust upon us, some of them very great
and calculated to appeal strongly to our sense of veneration for
the older names which we have so long known, and it is not to
be wondered at that those who do not understand that there is
any difference between this movement and the long series of
changes that have been introduced in times gone by, in the differ-
ent editions of our manuals and the new botanical works that
have appeared, should strongly resent this last proposition to com-
pel us to memorize a new set of names. In America the princi-
pal reasons for submitting as tranquilly as botanists have done to
the changes that have been imposed has chiefly been the great re-
spect in which all American botanists have held the authors of
these books. In the case of Dr. Asa Gray that respect amounted
in avery large number of cases to something more—to a real
sentiment of personal affection; but this condition of things no
longer exists. The argument at best was an unsound one, but
one which was nevertheless effective. At the present time botan-
ists must be convinced that any wholesale changes that are to be
introduced in the botanical nomenclature of America are made
for good reasons.

But, on the other hand, there is now far greater necessity for
the adoption of some fundamental rules of nomenclature than
have heretofore existed. Formerly there was one high seat from
which the botanical decrees emanated, and there was far less dan-
ger that unreasonable things would be done by one or two per-
sous than by many. At the present time there are large numbers
of botanical centres, and if matters are to be left to the individual
judgment of publishing botanists, there will be no comparing the
confusion that is in store for us with that which we have had in
the past. Heretofore we have only had the differences which one
man or one class of men in close codperation thought best to in-
troduce at different periods in their own work. Now we shall
not only have the changes that each individual is likely to make
at different dates, but as many differences as there are different
sources from which our works are to emanate. It is difficult

GRAY, MANUAL, GRAY, MANUAL,
ED:: 1. Ep: 2

GRAY, MANUAL,
ED. 4.

GRAY, MANUAL,
ED. 5.

Lappa major Gaertn.|Lappa Major Gaertn.

Nabalus Fraseri DC. |Nabalus Fraseri DC.

Diplopappus amygda-|Diplopappus amygda- Diplopappus amygda-

linus T, & G. linus T, & G.

Solidago serotina Ait.|Solidago serotina Ait.

me gigantea Ait.) « gigantea Ait.) gigantea Ait.

Lappa major Gaertn.
Nabalus Fraseri DC.

linus T, & G.
Solidago serotina Ait,

Lappa officinalis All.
Nabalus Fraseri DC.

Diplopappus amygda-
linus T & G.
Solidago serotina Ait,

MK gigantea Ait.

Gray, SYNOPT.
FL. N. Am.

Arctium Lappa L.
Prenanthes serpenta-
ria Pursh.
Aster umbellatus Mill.
var. latifolius G.
Solidago serotina Ait.
var. gigantea G.
Solidago serotina Ait.

GRAY, MANUAL, —
Ep. 6.

Arctium Lappa L.
Prenanthes serpenta-

ria Pursh.
Aster umbellatus Mill. ©

var, latifolius G.
Solidago serotina Ait.
var. gigantea G.
Solidago serotina At:

Smilacina bifolia Ker. Smilacina bifolia Ker, Smilacina bifolia Ker,

| var. Canadensis G.
|
|

var. Canadensis G,

Smilacina bifolia Ker,
var. Canadensis G,

Maianthenum Cana-
dense Desf.

Gray, MANUAL, Gray, MANUAL,
ED. 1. Ep. 2.

Gray, MANuaL,
ED. 4.

Pulsatilla patens Mill.|Pulsatilla Nuttalliana/Pulsatilla Nuttalliana
. Gray.
Ranunculus Purshii/Ranunculus Purshii Ranunculus Purshii

Rich.| — Rich.

Ranunculus aquatilis Ranunculus aquatilis Ranunculus aquatilis
L. L.

var. divaricatus Gr.
Viola Muhlenbergii Viola Muhlenbergii

Torr.| Torr,
- Elodea Virginica Nut. /Elodea Virginica Nut.

Lechea thymifolia Lechea thymifolia
Pursh.

Gray, MANUAL,
ED. 5.

Watson, BIBLIOG.
INDEX.

GRAY, MANUAL,
Ep. 6.

Gray.

Rich.

L.

var. divaricatus Gr.
Viola Muhlenbergii
Torr.
Elodea Virginica Nut.
Lechea thymifolia

Anemone patens L.
var. Nuttalliana Gr.
Ranunculus multifidus
Pursh.
var. terrestris Gray.
Ranunculus divarica-
tus Schrank,

Viola canina L.
var. sylvestris Regel.

Elodes Virginica Nut.
L echea hymiglia

Pursh.
Spergularia media
Presl.

Nuphar luteum Smith.|

var, macrocarpa Gr.)

Anemone patens L.
var. Nuttalliana Gr,
Ranunculus multifidus
Pursh.
Ranunculus aquatilis
L.
var. stagnatilis D.C.
Viola canina L,
var. sylvestris Regel.
Elodes Virginica Nut.
Lechea_ thymifolia

als

See ed '

Anemone patens L.
var. Nuttalliana Gr.
Ranunculus multifidus

var. — Gray.
Ranunculus circinatus
: Sibth.

Viola canina L.
var. Muhlen

Elodes

317

under such circumstances to imagine what the condition of things
would be were this to go on for several generations. If this ist
was as complete and general as that of the Ornithologists’ Union
adopted in 1886, there is no reason to suppose that the result in
botany may not be practically the same as it has proved to be in
ornithology, and that with the publication of this one last set of
changes,'which would be simply a serious attempt to actually find
what the true names of our plants are, the long continued process
of bandying these plants about from one name to another must
cease and each plant would have at last found its true and per-
manent resting place.

To illustrate in botany as has been done in ornithology we
may take several of the editions of Gray’s Manual, Sereno Wat-
son’s Bibliographical Index and Gray’s Synoptical Flora, and
make a few comparisons to show the fluctuations that species of
American plants have undergone. (See opposite table.)

These are only a few samples taken almost at random of the
extensive changes that were made at the different dates given.
To mention my own personal experience, I began with the fourth
edition of Gray’s Manual only a short time before the appearance
of the fifth, yet long enough for me to have wasted many precious
hours in memorizing names destined to be changed. And then
came the Bibliographical Index for the Polypetalae, introducing
large numbers of other changes, followed by the Synoptical Flora,
Carrying the work into the Gamopetalae. The sixth edition of
Gray’s Manual edited by Mr. Watson often differs from any of
the preceding, showing that the general work of wholesale alter-
ation was still going on. Many botanists supposed, as I did at
first myself, that all this was necessary and often the authors
stated that the reasons for their changes were because the names
formerly published were not the original names, thus directly ap-
pealing to the law of priority and defending themselves under this
law, but a general glance at the whole affair shows there never
was really any systematic attempt to base these changes upon any
permanent and consistent scientific principles, but that to a large
extent it was left to the individual judgment of the author at the
particular time at which he was writing. The utter chaos into
which this system has thrown the science of botany is the real
cause of a movement for a stable nomenclature.

318

But it would seem that notwithstanding the general spirit of
harmony that prevailed in the Botanical Club, and especially in the
large committee that it appointed, the work that has thus far been
done does not receive the unanimous approval of the working
botanists of the country. <A circular has recently been sent out
bearing the signatures of a considerable number of men whom the
science of botany justly honors, which is, in fact, in the nature of
a protest against the movement. In urging the “ postponement
of any radical measures of reform” these gentlemen seem to ad-
mit the possibility of reform and perhaps the need of it, but,
after a careful reading of this paper, I am obliged to conclude that
it is in the main the result of the temporary irritation, already
mentioned, which any new attempt to change the names of our
plants is certain to produce. Of course, there are other causes
arising out of the respective claims of rival universities, etc., etc.
Especially is the argumentum ad verecundiam very prominent, and
I might almost say justly so, since I yield to none in the profound
respect which is generally shared for the great and good Dr.
Gray, and for the unrivalled work in systematic botany that has
been done at Harvard University. But still I am disposed not to
permit mere sentiment to stand in the way of the settlement of so
momentous a question as the one now before the botanical world,
and I must say frankly, with all due respect for the eminent names
that are appended to this circular, that I do not regard their gen-
eral argument as a sound one, and I look upon the circular as
little more than an appeal to botanists to preserve the status quo.
In other words, it seems to be the product of that natural conser-
vatism which always goes hand in hand with the spirit of progress
and has its true function of preventing rash actions and hasty
revolutions. With this spirit of order I fully sympathize, but at
the same time I believe that the time has come for the completion
of the reform movement which has merely been arrested, although
gradually gaining ground since the date of the Stricklandian and
of the Candollean codes. I do not regard the present movement
in any sense revolutionary. It is merely an attempt on the part
of botanists to secure a uniform system which has not thus far
been actually put in practice, except to a limited extent. It is
now proposed to practice what has been preached.

319

Before attempting to discuss any of the so-called principles
laid down in this circular, it may be premised that the advance
movement should be regarded as essentially one of disinterested —
principles which only has to oppose what is really prejudice, but
may be called by the milder names of sentiment and conservatism.
The botanists who approve of these rules have just as much to
lose as those who oppose them, and the difference is that they are
willing to make this sacrifice, not for their own sakes, but for the
sake of the future of botany. Their work is therefore a labor of
love. It is opposed to their personal interest, and they represent
the class of botanists who are willing for the sake of the future,
in which they will have no part, to make a great personal sacri-
fice. Very few of the older ones will ever be able to rid them-
selves of the older names with which they are now familiar. Only
the very young workers can hope that this action will redound to
their personal advantage. Those who oppose this movement, if
there be any (and I have no doubt there are) who really see that
it might be the last time that serious changes would have to be
made in botanical names, would seem to do so purely from a per-
sonal disinclination to incur the annoyance of accustoming them-
Selves to a new set of names. It must be admitted that this mo-
tive is not as high as we might ‘hope botanists generally to be
actuated by. It is probable that some of the signers of this cir-
cular think that no stable nomenclature is possible. It is for the
benefit of such that I have introduced the argument showing the
action of the Ornithologists’ Union, and surely no one can deny
that it is equally applicable to botany. In so far as any personal
rivalry or rivalry between different institutions is concerned I take
no interest in it, and arguments of that nature are not only un-
worthy of an answer, but really admit of no answer.

As regards the familiarity of names and their sanctity on that
account, much more is made of it than it deserves. For exam-
ple, I have been obliged to familiarize myself with no less than
four different sets of botanical names in the course of my own
work, . The first name I learned for a common plant was felt by
me to be sacred, and it seemed a sacrilege to substitute another,
but when convinced that it was necessary I submitted, and soon
the second name became equally sacred with the first, and so on

320

to the end. Now this is the case with us all in learning the names
_of our familiar plants. The particular name that we learn for a
a plant is all that makes it sacred, and the rising generation of
botanists, who will have only before them the actual first name or
the real name of the plant, instead of some false synonym that
occurs in the present books, will look upon that name with the
same veneration as we did upon the false one, and the names that
we have learned to cherish will be to them nothing but worthless
synonyms. In their case this will be true, whereas in ours we
were simply cherishing the names that did not properly belong to
the objects to which they were applied.

I have said that the new movement is not only not revolutionary,
but is simply in the nature of an evolution which has long been
going on. On the contrary, it might be maintained that the so-
called principles embodied in this circular, which are alleged to be
an expression of conservative views, are really, on the contrary,
revolutionary in their character. The following are the principal
codes which have been proposed by responsible organizations for
the guidance of writers in zodlogy and botany :

De Candolle’s Théorie élémentaire de la botanique, 1813.

British Association for the Advancement of Science, 1842.

Association of American Geologists and Naturalists, 1845.

International Botanical Congress, Genoa, 1865.

American Association for the Advancement of Science, 1877-

Societe Zodlogique Internationale, 1882.

American Ornithologists’ Union, 1883-85.

International Botanical Congress, Genoa, 1892.

Botanical Club, American Association for the Advancement of
Science, 1892-93.

The codes adopted by these associations show a steady ad-
vance from the idea of giving genera and species names to suit
individual taste toward the idea of giving them strictly their old-
est names. And the history of nomenclature shows an advance
in stability and uniformity corresponding exactly with the thor-
oughness with which these codes have been carried out. The
_ circular to which reference has been made proposes a new de-
parture in nomenclature, revolutionary in its character and, judg-

ing from the history of the science, capable of producing most
chaotic results.

321

It may be said to embody four rules or principles which are
opposed to those adopted by the Botanical Club of the American
Association. These, which may for convenience be designated
the Harvard rules, afford a good opportunity for the comparison
of the two codes, which every botanist should make for himself
deliberately and judicially. It seems eminently desirable that
those who have not yet given thought to the subject should un-
derstand the full significance of the problem with which the As-
sociation botanists have been dealing. The first of them, that
relative to ordinal names, it is unnecessary to discuss from the
standpoint of the new nomenclature, for no official action on this
matter has as yet been taken by the botanical club committee.

The Harvard rules are promulgated after a distinct statement
of belief* that no stability in nomenclature is possible, and that
the decision as to what names shall be used for genera is to be
left to the judgment of individual botanists and not decided by
the principle of priority.+

These rules represent the system which for many decades
botanists all over the world have been trying to escape, a system
which renders the nomenclature of a book thirty or forty years
old largely unintelligible, except to the systematist, and which
gives every promise of repeating its own history. It is preémi-
nently a /azssez faire system, and the most that can be claimed for
it is that it has served « fairly well.” .If at the beginning of the
present century botanists had adopted a system based on priority,
how great would be our obligation to them! Instead of a hun-
dred years of heterogeneous and largely unrecognizable names, we
should have had a botanical literature in which a plant would al-
ways have had the same name, and ready intelligibility of this lit-
erature would be possible to every reader. The botanists of the
next century will not, it is hoped, have such a hundred years of
constant change to look back upon as we in our time have had.

Some botanists are prone to pin their faith to the arbitrary
authority of a standard book, and are holding up that truly mag-
nificent work, the Index Kewensis, now nearly completed, as the
safe and only guide in nomenclature. But history shows that the

* Robinson, Botanical Gazette, 20: 103. Ap. 1895.
+ Harvard Rules, No. 2 (May, 1895).

322

influence of such a work is only temporary at best. Where now
is the authority of Steudel’s Nomenclator, of Pfeiffer’s Nomencla-
tor, and to what extent have they contributed to uniformity in
plant names? Both these works have filled an important place in
the literature of botany, but for the simple reason that they did
not bring forward the oldest name as the valid one they have
added little to the stability of our nomenclature. It is greatly to
be regretted that at the time when the Index Kewensis was in
preparation the demand for a stable nomenclature had not yet be-
come sufficiently strong to lead its authors to add principle to
prestige and thus insure its permanency as a nomenclator in addi-
tion to its inestimable value as an index.

In the prelude to the Harvard rules reference is made to the
calling, at an early date, of an International Botanical Congress,
presumably for the purpose of ‘settling’ the nomenclature ques-
tion. It may not be out of place here to urge upon every one
who may be a delegate to that Congress, or who may aid in the
selection of a delegate, the careful consideration of the fact that no
law is stronger than the authority that makes it, and that no au-
thority is stronger in the end than the principle upon which it
rests.

A specialist in fungi recently made the admission in conver-
sation, not only that the objections to the new code did not apply
in the case of the lower cryptogams, but that the actual applica-
tion of the code itself would be desirable. The reason given for
this was that these orders are not popularly known and hence
their nomenclature has not become established by usage. . There
is the same tacit admission in the language of the Harvard circular:

‘These rules [the Harvard rules] are designed to apply only
to phaenogams and vascular cryptogams.”

In all the lower orders of plants, then, we are to be guided by
the law of priority; but as soon as the Pteridophyta are reached,
principle is cast aside in favor of sentiment, and because Swartz’
name of Asfidium happens to be in common use among fern-
gatherers, we are enjoined from taking up the perfectly valid de-
signation Dryopteris given years previously by Adanson !

Relative to international action it is a matter of gratification to
note that recent legislative change has been in conformity with the

*

323

American Association principles. The adoption of the first edi-
tion of Linnaeus’ Species Plantarum, 1753, as the starting point of
our system of nomenclature was carried through the Genoa Con-
gress immediately after its adoption at Rochester in 1892. The
Austro-German botanists in a meeting held last September
adopted another fundamental principle of the American code, the
retention of the oldest specific name, under whatever genus pub-
lished, a principle already put in practice in the later numbers of
Engler and Prantl’s Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien.

There are some botanists who hold that the Association rules,
although sound, should not be made retroactive. Even in the
Harvard rules, three of the four Association rules are expressly ad-
mitted to be desirable in future practice. It should be evident to
every thoughtful person that if these principles are not made
retroactive the desired reform will in no sense be secured. A
gardener might with equal wisdom propose to improve a weedy
garden simply by preventing the introduction of any more weeds.
In the view of the reformers it is necessary to remove the old
weeds as well as to keep out the new.

In some respects nomenclatural reform will escape in botany
the difficulties that formerly beset it in zodlogy. We have the
gratifying assurance that we are not trying an experiment, that
the plan is not a merely theoretical one, and that its complete
success will unquestionably be attained in botany as it has already
been attained in zodlogy. Furthermore, we are able to do ina
few years, in one stroke, as it were, what zoodlogists, feeling their
Way over new ground, were many years in accomplishing. All
botanists dislike changes in names, and the sooner they can be
properly made the better.

There are doubtless some botanists who believe that by gen-
eral agreement any set of names may be made permanent—that,
for example, an International Congress may decide arbitrarily that
certain generic or certain specific names are to be considered the
Proper ones, regardless of any principle. If this were feasible it
would be an easy solution of the question, but those who have
confidence in such a solution surely cannot have taken into con-
sideration the fact that naturalists and other scientists usually
have very little respect for mere authority and very great respect

324

for principle. This sentiment is constantly growing stronger, and
there is every reason for believing not only that a large percentage
of botanists would refuse to be influenced by an arbitrary agree-
ment of this kind, but that the ever-growing younger element
would within a few years absolutely reject it.

One of the statements made under the second head in this
circular deserves special eonsideration. It is as follows: “ While
the scope of this rule is left to the discretion of writers, it is
urged that generic nomenclature should not at present depart far
from that of the three important works, Bentham and Hooker's
Genera Plantarum, Baillon’s Histoire des Plantes, and Engler and
Prantl’s Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, from which for some time to
come our most complete and accurate information as to generic
limits and affinities is to be derived.” Nothing could better illus-
trate the present chaos of botanical nomenclature than a compar-
ison of these three great works. It would be interesting to make
such a comparison throughout their entire extent, but of course
space will not permit of this. We may, however, refer to a few
cases, taken principally at random, to show how widely these
alleged standard authorities differ in the case of generic names.

|

BENTH. & HOOK, ENGL. & PRANTL, | BAILLON, HIST.
Stellaria L. Alsine L. | Stellaria L.
Wistaria Nutt. Kraunhia Raf. Wistaria Nutt.

- Petalostemon Michx. Kuhnistera Lam, | Petalostemon Michx.
Centrosema DC.* Bradburya Raf. | Centrosema DC.*
Shepherdia Nutt. Lepargyraea Raf. | Shepherdia Nutt.
Spergularia Pers. Tissa Adans, ‘Lissa Adans,
Senebiera. Coronopus Gaertn. | Coronopus Hall.
Nelumbium Juss. Nelumbo Adans, | Nelumbo Adans.
Cirsium DC, Cirsium Scop. | Carduus L.
Echinospermum Sw. Lappula Moench. | Lappula Moench.

Any one who has the patience to carry out such a comparison
to a much greater extent will readily see how little effort has been
made by the great systematists named to arrive at the original
names of genera, and so long as authorities are privileged to adopt

* Bradburya Raf. is included by Benth. & Hook. and Baillon in a list of “ genera
dubia.” The plants in question are placed under Centrosema DC.

It will be seen that all but one of these names cited from Engler and Prantl ac-
cord with those accepted by the Botanical Club’s committee.

325

the names that best please them, there never will be any end to
these wide variations.

Here again, as in the more general case above mentioned, it
seems to me that the present circular is based wholly upon senti-
ment. The time has gone by when it was regarded as the im-
portant consideration to give special credit to the person who
becomes the author of a name. It is no longer a question of
credit, but a question of practical utility. The namer of a plant
has done nothing more than his duty and while his name should
of course stand as the author of that name, botanists are not called
upon to violate the rules of nomenclature for the sole purpose of
doing him some special honor. The argument that the more im-
portant service is that of fixing a species under its proper genus,
and that therefore the binomial combination should bear the name
of the one who established it falls to the ground, and it becomes
of far greater importance that the original namer of the species, or
even of the variety, if there be such, be accredited with that name,
no matter how many vicissitudes it may subsequently undergo.
The rule that the namer of the combination may append his nam®
for the author of the combination, although the last term of that
combination may have been named long before by another, seems
to be very vicious from a number of points of view. In the first
place, if the question of justice were worth considering, it would
certainly be a gross injustice to the original namer for another
botanist to usurp his rights and take credit for his name; but this
is not the chief objection. When I see the names Nuphar kal-
miana Pursh and Nuphar kalmianum Ait., I at once assume that
the last name refers to a different plant from the first and that the
words “non Pursh” or “ not of Pursh” are understood; and when
I see written Spergularia media Presl. var. macrocarpa Gray in one
book and Lepigonum medium Fries var. macrocarpum Wats., | am
entirely at a loss who the true author for the variety macrocarpa
is. What seems to be most needed is some clue to the history of
these names, and the particular name should always bear the au-
thority of the one who first wrote it.

But I would like to say here that this whole matter of quoting
authority is one of the worst evils of botanical writing. Any one
who has the least respect for style must be infinitely annoyed by

396

the necessity of tacking on one or two abbreviations at the end of
a name in order to give his reader an idea of what he is talking
about. It makes an ugly cacophony that should not be tolerated
any longer than is absolutely necessary. Now, as I understand
it, one of the chief objects of this whole movement is, not to lum-
ber up botanical writing with more things of this kind, but to get
rid at the earliest possible moment of the whole of it. The orni-
thologists in adopting one set of names for all birds, the same
name always meaning the same bird, and all agreeing that that
shall be the case, have already reached the point at which they
can write popular articles about birds and omit the authority, thus
lending smoothness and grace as well as clearness to their discus-
sions. This should be one of the great aims of botany. Botanists
ought to draw up a list, international in its scope and based ona
thorough application of the principle of priority, of all the plants
known to the world, and all agree that this list should henceforth
and forever be adhered to as the authoritative list of all known
plants. This once done and subscribed to by all, it would no
longer be necessary in any mention that botanists wish to make
of any plant known to science to append the abbreviations of the
_ various persons who have had to do with naming it. This surely
would be a consummation devoutly to be wished. Of course, in
all subsequent names the authority must be given as heretofore,
and supplementary lists could from time to time be prepared to
embody the results of current research.

But it may be said, and is said by some as a matter of fact,
that advocates of the new rules of nomenclature do not adhere to
the law of priority, that it has always been necessary to fix a limit
or earliest date back of which it is not permissible to go. It
seems superfluous to argue this question because the reasons are
so thoroughly well known to all, but it may be said in general
that in going back to Linnaeus, the founder of binominal nomen-
clature, and to the particular work of his which is regarded as con-
taining the most complete expression of his law of binomials, we
are practically going back, as in the case of the individual, to the
birth or first christening of a genus or species. We may go back
in language to the time when there were no common nouns and all
nouns were proper names. We are told that some rude languages

327

are still in that condition. Now in ante-Linnaean days there were
no true names of plants, certainly not systematic names. All
such names may be regarded as trivial or common names, and
at the time when Latin was generally written and largely spoken
they were scarcely more than vernacular names. Moreover, bot-
anists commenced describing them before they commenced nam-
ing them, and the binominal nomenclature is a direct descendant
of a system of describing plants. It resulted from the dropping
more and more of the adjective terms contained in the character
until at last the description consisted of only two names, that of
the genus and that of the species. In later times trinominals
came more or less into vogue, and as the science advanced it be-
came apparent that the name had little to do with the description,
so that although up to this day many or most specific names have
a greater or less descriptive value, still large numbers of them pus-
sess no such value whatever, and the combination has become
simply a name or symbol by which the plant may be known.
Elementary as these remarks are, it is upon such facts that is
based the reason for fixing some specific standard for the origin of
systematic nomenclature, and to all who clearly understand the
fact this reason is wholly conclusive.

Since I have commenced the study of fossil plants I have
found the same difficulty, and although the science scarcely dates
back of the beginning of the present century the nomenclature is
in a condition of great confusion. M. R. Zeiller in 1877 encoun--
tered this difficulty and expressed himself on the subject in the
following clear and trenchant language :*

“The unfortunate confusion that results from these successive
changes in the name of one and the same object has taken place
the same and in a much greater degree in other older branches of
natural history, and to-day the necessity for some remedy is recog-
nized. The only equitable and rational basis that can be adopted
is the one that was proposed in 1813 by [A. P.] De Candolle in
his Théorie elémentaire de la botanique, in the chapter on Phy-
tography, viz., the maintenance throughout all changes in the

*R. Zeiller, Ingénieur en chef au corps national des mines. Explication de le
carte geologique de la France, Tome IV., 2me Partie. Végetaux fossiles du terrain

houiller, 1879, Pi 5:

328

genus of the oldest specific name, or, more generally, the absolute
principle of the right of priority. In order that the nomenclature
may be invariable and universally accepted it must rest upon fixed
principles whose application is not subject in any way to arbitrary
judgment; thus we should adhere without exception in the case
of each genus or species as De Candolle had established it, to the
name first in date, even where this name has been recognized as
improper and in contradiction with such and such characters of
the object or group to which it is applied. Generic or specific
names are in fact only designations and not definitions, and if it is
admitted that they may be changed because improper, the door is
opened to arbitrary action, each author interpreting differently the
propriety or impropriety of a name.”

I have been engaged for over fourteen years, as time would
permit, upon the bibliography and synonymy of fossil plants, and
hope ultimately to publish a complete catalogue of all the names
that have ever been given to the extinct vegetation of the globe,
fully exposing the confusion referred to and adhering strictly in
the final revision to the law of priority.

Inasmuch as the representative character of the Botanical Club
of the American Association has been called in question, it is of
interest to know that some of the opponents of the Rochester
movement formerly thought otherwise, as is seen by the following
extract from the Proceedings of the Washington Botanical Club
of May 7, 1892, which were published in the Botanical Gazette
for June, 1892. These resolutions were duly signed by each mem-
ber of the committee and are preserved in the minutes of the Club.

“Ata meeting of the Botanical Club of Washington, held
April 23, 1892, a committee was appointed to consider and report
upon the questions of botanical congress and nomenclature. Ata
special meeting called May 7, this committee presented the fol-
lowing report, which was unanimously adopted by the Club:

* Your committee, appointed to consider the questions of a botanical congress
and botanical nou:enclature, held a meeting on the second of May and prepared the
following resolutions :

“Resolved, That, while favoring the final settlement of disputed questions by
means of an international congress, we do not regard the present as an opportune
time, but we recommend the reference of the question of plant nomenclature first to a
representative body of American botanists.

329

“We suggest the consideration, by such body, of the following questions, among
others: the law of priority; an initial date for genera; an initial date for species ;
the principle once a synonym always a synonym; what constitutes publication; the
form of tribal and ordinal names; the method of citing authorities; capitalization.

“We recognize the Botanical Club of the A. A. A, S. asa representative body
of American botanists and commend to that body for discussion and disposal the sub.
ject of nomenclature as set forth in these resolutions,”

Respectfully submitted,
LesTer F, Warp,
GEO, VASEY,
F. Hi. Know tron,
B. T. GALLoway,
ERWIN F. SMITH,
Gro, B. SupworTtH,
FREDERICK V. COVILLE,
Committee.

Missouri Botanical Garden,”

The attention of botanists is called to the facilities afforded for
research at the Missouri Botanical Garden. In establishing and
endowing the Garden, its founder, Henry Shaw, desired not only
to afford the general public pleasure and information concerning
decorative plants and their best use, and to provide for beginners
the means of obtaining good training in botany and horticulture,
but also to provide facilities for advanced research in botany and
cognate sciences. For this purpose additions are being made
constantly to the number of species cultivated in the grounds and
planthouses and to the library and herbarium, and, as rapidly as
it can be utilized, it is proposed to secure apparatus for work in
vegetable physiology, etc., the policy being to secure a good gen-
€ral equipment in all lines of pure and applied botany, and to
make this equipment as complete as possible for any special sub-
ject on which original work is undertaken by competent students.

A very large number of species, both native and exotic,
and of horticulturists’ varieties, are cultivated in the Garden
and Arboretum and the adjoining park, and the native flora
easily accessible from St. Louis is large and varied. The her-

[* This article has recently been issued as a leaflet. We take pleasure in placing
it more permanently on record and in calling the attention of botanists to the valuable
facilities for research afforded.—Ens. ]

330

barium, which includes nearly 250,000 specimens, is fairly
representative of the vegetable life of Europe and the United
States, and also contains a great many specimens from less
accessible regions. It is especially rich in material illustra-
tive of Cuscuta, Quercus, Coniferae, Vitis, Juncus, Agave, Yucca,
Sagittaria, Epilobium, Rumex, Rhamnaceae and other groups
monographed by the late Dr. Engelmann or by attachés of the
Garden. The herbarium is supplemented by a large collection of
woods, including veneer transparencies and slides for the micro-
scope. The library, containing about 8,000 volumes and 10,000
pamphlets, includes most of the standard periodicals and proceed-
ings of learned bodies, a good collection of morphological and
physiological works, nearly 500 carefully selected botanical vol-
umes published before the period of Linnaeus, an unusually large
number of monographs of groups of cryptogams and flowering
plants, and the entire manuscript notes and sketches representing
the painstaking work of Engelmann.

The great variety of living plants represented in the Garden,
and the large herbarium, including the collections of Bernhardi
and Engelmann, render the Garden facilities exceptionally good
for research in systematic botany, in which direction the library
also is especially strong. The living collections and library like-
wise afford unusual opportunity for morphological, anatomical and
physiological studies, while the planthouse facilities for experi-
mental work are steadily increasing. The E. Lewis Sturtevant
Prelinnean library, in connection with the opportunity afforded
for the cultivation of vegetables and other useful plants, is favor-
able also for the study of cultivated plants and the modifications
they have undergone.

These facilities are freely placed at the disposal of professors
of botany and other persons competent to carry on research work.
of value in botany or horticulture, subject only to such simple
restrictions as are necessary to protect the property of the Garden
from injury or loss. Persons who wish to make use of them are
invited to correspond with the undersigned, outlining with as
much detail as possible the work they desire to do at the Garden,
and giving timely notice so that provision may be made for the
study of special subjects. Those who have not published the re-

331

sults of original work are requested to state their preparation for
’ the investigation they propose to undertake.

Under the rules of Washington University, persons entitled to
candidacy in that institution for the Master's or Doctor’s degree
may elect botanical research work asa principal study for such
degrees, if they can devote the requisite time to resident study.

WILLIAM TRELEASE,

Director.
St. Louts, Mo., May 8, 1895.

Botanical Notes.

Lhe Pignuts. There is some question as to the exact distribu-
tion of the Common Pignut (Carya porcina or Hicoria glabra) and
the related Carya or Hicoria microcarpa, and the undersigned will
be grateful for herbarium specimens and especially nuts with their
husks, representing both. In the recently published seventh vol-
ume of Professor Sargent’s Silvaa, the range of g/aéra is given as
southern Maine to southern Ontario, through southern Michigan
to southeastern Nebraska, southward to the shores of the Indian
River and Peace Creek in Florida, and to southern Alabama and
Mississippi, through Missouri and Arkansas to eastern Kansas and
the Indian Territory, and to the valley of the Nueces River in
Texas. H. microcarpa (treated in the Silva as a variety of g/aéra,
under the varietal name odorata) is said to occur in eastern Mass-
achusetts, Connecticut, eastern and central New York, eastern
Pennsylvania, Delaware, the District of Columbia, central Michi-

gan, southern Indiana and Illinois and Missouri.
WILLIAM TRELEASE.

Reviews,

A Monograph of the Mycetozoa. Arthur Lister, F. L. S.
London. Printed by order of the Trustees of the British Museum.
Rostafinski’s monograph of the Mycetozoa appeared in 1875,
and with the appendix described about 230 species. Massee’s
“Monograph of the Myxogastres” was published in 1892; it

332

enumetates 430 species. Lister’s volume comes to us dated 1894;
it furnishes descriptions of 174 species “taken from specimens I
have personally examined,” and a list is appended at the end of
each genus of “species not met with in the quoted collections ;”
this comprises about 100 species.

The basis of work in all three of these monographs is the
same, viz.: the types of the species of Rostafinski’s monograph in the
collections at Kew, in the British Museum and at Strassburg. Of
course the continued accession of specimens to these herbaria has
augmented the material of each succeeding author, and important
contributions appear to have been made to Mr. Lister's resources
by several parties on this side the water.

Rostafinski, by reason of his original method, which involved a
complete reorganization of the classification, necessarily reduced
numerous species of the old writers to the condition of synonyms.
Massee in general accepted the species as established by Rosta-
finski, while at the same time making numerous additions to this
list from descriptions and material derived from American sources
and elsewhere. Lister, however, while professing to follow in the
main the arrangement of orders and genera given by Ros-
tafinski, opens up afresh the question of species and proceeds to
make a thorough and complete revision of the works of his prede-
cessors. Upwards of ezghty of the species of Rostafinski’s mono-
graph have disappeared in synonomy, united with other species,
becoming reduced two, three and four or more into one. This
involves at the same time the abolition of five of the Rostafinskian
genera.

The manner in which species and genera are disposed of is
sometimes remarkable. For example, it is suggested that the
single species of the genus Crateriachea is but a variety of P/ysa-
rum cineream Batsch, and “a careful examination of the type
specimen of Heterodictyon mirabile Rost. leads to the conclusion
that it is a form of Dictydium umbilicatum Schrad.” On page
89 eight Rostafinskian species are excluded from the genus C/on-
drioderma, four of them being unceremoniously dumped into
Inichamphora pezizoidea Jungh; the single species of this genus
is composed of five species of Rostafinski and one of Massee.

Of the numerous American species of Berkeley and Curtis, all

333

but two or three subside into synonomy. Peck and Rex come off
a little better, a paltry half dozen or so being graciously allowed
to remain to each. It is George Massee, however, who has to
bear the brunt of the crush and to suffer the most acutely. Out
of upwards of fifty new species named and described by him, only
a single one is allowed to live, with the exception of two or three
which are permitted to linger along until Lister can lay his hands
on the types. This, too, it will be observed, is in addition to the
Rostafinskian squeeze, the sum of which leaves Massee’s volume
in a sad state of collapse. ‘

If the details of Lister’s book are accurate and reliable, and the
work is to be accepted as authoritative, then Massee’s volume is a
tissue of mistakes and blunders and a monument of ignorance—
and vice versa. There is scarcely an agreement in spore measure-
ments under any of the species, and the discrepancies are often im-
mense. For example, the spores of Lamproderma irideum Massee
are given in one volume as II-I5 y, in the other as 6.5-8 ». The
measurements of sporangia exhibit the same diversity. Species
appear under one genus in the one volume and under an entirely
different genus in the other. Didymium flavicomum of Massee be-
comes Physarum Berkeleyi of Lister. The difference in treatment
of the elegant genus, 777chia, by the two is something appalling ;
the number of species described by Massee is c/zrty, while Lister
recognizes but ¢ez. Massee’s single genus, Heterotrichia, the only
one he ventured to establish, is incorporated in Arcyria ferruginea
Sauter. Two of Massee’s species of Lycogala are excluded from
the Mycetozoa! And Zudulina spumarioidea Cooke & Massee is
declared to be nothing but the common fungus Sepedonium chrys-
ospermum k.! The number of species that are occasionally got
together sometimes rivals the synonomy of Rostafinski, and pos-
sibly a righteous retribution has now fallely on him for having
made such havoc with the species of the old writers. For ex-
ample, in Physarum compressum A. & S.are dumped four of Rosta-
finski’s species, two of Berkeley’s, three of Massee’s and one each
belonging to Balfour, Phillips and McBride. Olgonema nitens
Libert is made a dumping place for eight different species, and he
seems to have seriously considered whether he shouldn’t dump the
whole into Ziichia affinis De B.

834

Mr. Lister has made a few attempts at novelties himself, which
in the main are unfortunate. It is doubtful if Physarum murinum
Lister is anything different from Fhysarum puichripes Peck, as he
has it. Physarum calidris Lister, on his own showing should be
called Physarum pusillum B. & C., and the pretext for not doing
so is perfectly flimsy. At any rate Physarum nodulosum Cke. &
Balf. has priority; it was published as Badhamia nodulosa in the
Journal of Mycology in 1889. If Hemiarcyria stipitata Mass. is
to be absorbed in H. c/avaza Pers., with more reason should H.
intorta Lister be included in the same species. The definition of
his new order Margaritaceae is illogical; in fact, the order is un-
necessary and the genera may easily be distributed elsewhere.
The theory of the tubules in Lycogala is questionable; but if true
the tubules are not a capillitium traversing the zzterior of the spo-
rangia, but only “air-spaces’’ between them, in which case Lycogala
goes to Reticulariaceae. The placing of Chondrioderma and Dia-
chaea in Physaraceae is awkward indeed, and willreceive the approval
ofnoone. Hemiarcyria isa good Friesian designation much older
than Hemitrichia. Something is said in the introduction concern-
ing the “laws of botanical nomenclature,” but it will be seen
that the nomenclature remains a purely personal one, and that re-
vision of the generic and specific names in the Myxomycetes is
still a thing greatly needed.

We are of the opinion that Mr. Lister has shown too little re-
spect for the labors of his predecessors and has exhibited a great
want of consideration for the views and opinions of his contempo-
raries. We have a lurking suspicion that he is influenced by
some strong personal bias greatly to the discredit of many of his
statements ; possibly it is only a yearning for notoriety. And we
are inclined to look upon him as a narrow specialist, disqualified,
by reason of his limited studies, for forming a proper judgment
concerning genera and species. AF Me:

Untersuchungen uber die Starkekorner. By Dr. Arthur Meyer:
With 99 cuts in the text and 9g plates. Jena, 1895.

This treatise will no doubt be welcomed by all scientific
botanists. The author has made an earnest, conscientious effort
to clear up some of the mysteries concerning the life history of

the individual starch-grain. He admits that some of his conclu-

*

335

sions in regard to structure, imbibition, stratification and growth
are yet theoretical. Our knowledge concerning the chemistry of
starch is especially imperfect. It would be impossible to attempt
to give a full summary of the author's investigations and results.
The following are perhaps the most important conclusions:

1. The starch-grain consists of amylose, which separates into
a-amylose and #-amylose, amylodextrin, dextrin, isomaltose, and
maltose. Of these substances amylose is perhaps the true starch-
substance ; the others are the result of processes of inversion.

2. Starch-grains are sphaero-crystals of amylose and amylo-
dextrin. This is evident from their optical behavior.

3. Amylose is split up by the starch-ferment diastase as fol-
lows: with the aid of water, the amylose molecule is converted
into two or more molecules of amylodextrin; this is converted
into dextrin and isomaltose ; a further process of splitting up con-
verts dextrin into maltose, while isomaltose may also revert into
maltose.

4. The starch-grain is porous. The pores are scarcely per-
ceptible with the highest magnifying powers. The author makes
a special attack upon Biitschli’s « Wabenstructur” theory. Among
other things he says, ‘Es ist héchst interessant zu sehen wie ein
So vortrefflicher Beobachter (Biitschli) die Schaum und Waben-
structur mit welcher er sich eingehend beschaftigt, in die Ob-
jecte hinsieht,” which, I think, expresses it rightly.

The following are some of the more important conclusions in
regard to the biology of the starch-grain.

1. Starch-grains occur exclusively in the chromatophores.
They may occur in any kind of chromatophore. The starch-grain
of angiosperms originates and grows from the beginning until its
final solution within a chromatophore.

2. Every starch-grain is entirely enclosed by the substance of
the chromatophore. The author points out the difficulty of de-
monstrating the presence of the chromatophore substance.

3. The form of the starch-grain is more or less dependent
upon the form of the chromatophore. The chromatophore sub-
Stance does not always form an even layer over the starch-grain.
The thickest portion of the chromatophore always lies in contact
with the thickest stratifications of the starch-grain.

336

4. Several starch-grains may develop in one and the same
chromatophore,

3. Solution of the starch-grain within the cell is due to the
ferment diastase.

6. Stratification of starch-grains is still not well understood,
it is perhaps due to a periodicity of growth (deposition of new
layers), and to the action of diastase.

Part IV. comprises monographs on the biology of the starch-
grains of Adoxa moschatellina, Hordeum distichum, Dieffenbachia
Seguine, Pellionia Daveauana, Hyacinthus orientalis, Oxalis Origiest
and Cyrtodeira cupreata.

The treatise, which comprises 318 large octavo pages, is written
in clear scientific style. Some of the cuts are poor. Taken asa
whole, it is certainly the standard work on starch. It shows a
great advance made since Nageli’s memorable communications on
the same subject. ALBERT SCHNEIDER.

Catalogue of Ohio Plants. WW. A. Kellerman and William C.
Werner (Geology of Ohio, 7: Part 2, 56-406. 1895).

Since: the publication of Dr. Beardslee’s “Catalogue of the
Plants of Ohio” in 1874, a great amount of botanical exploration
and critical study of the flora of the State has been accomplished,
no less than 110 published papers and references to the plants of
the area, during that period, being cited in the work here noticed.

It was therefore highly desirable that these records should be
' brought together and incorporated with the unpublished results of
the recent work of Professor Kellerman, his students and associates
in the region. The duty has been discharged in a thorough and
painstaking manner, as evidenced by the fine volume which lies
before us, and we tender its authors the cordial congratulations of
American botanists upon its completion.

The chapter on bibliography cites the titles of 132 papers and
references, all but, two or three of which have been examined.
The arrangement of the families is that of Engler and Prantl, but
in a reverse sequence, beginning with the Compositae and ending
with the Myxomycetes. The nomenclature is based on the prin-

_ciples adopted by the Botanical Club of the American Association
for the Advancement of Science. N. L. B.

337

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.

Alwood, W.B. Ripe-rot or Bitter-rot of Apples. Bull. Va. Exp.
Sta. 4o: 56-82. f/. 2. My, 1894.

Atkinson, G. F. Damping Off. Bull. N. Y. (Cornell) Exp. Sta.
94: 230-272. f. 55. My. 1895.

Treats at length of Artotragus Debaryanus (Hesse), A. intermedius (De Bary),

Completoria complens Lohde and Volutella leucotricha Atkin.

Baker, J.G. LZupatorium clibadoides, Aspilia Glaziovi, Senecio arctit-
folius. Kew Bull. ror: 105, 106. My. 1895.

New species from Brazil.

Britton, N. L., and Vail, A. M. An Enumeration of the Plants col-
lected by M. E. Penard in Colorado during the Summer of 1892.
Bull. Herb. Boiss. 3: 197-221. My. 1895.

Brown, N. E. Cynanchum formosum. Kew Bull, tor: 112. My.
1895.

Native of Peru and Ecuador.

Burt, E. A. A North American Azthurus. Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist. 3: 487-505. fl. 49, 50. 1894.

A. borealis, from East Galway, N. Y., described as new.

Card. F. W. Garden Herbariums. Gard. and For. 8: 242. 149 Je.
1895.

Christ, H. Fougéres nouvelles ou peu connus. Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg.

33: part 2, 92, 95. 27 Je. 1895. .
Gymnogramme Eggersii from Cuba (Eggers, 4882a), and Alsophila monosticha

from British Guiana,
Christ, H. Un cas d’androgynie dans le genre Pinus.

Bot. Belg. 33: part 2, 88-92. 27 Je. 1895.
P. Cubensis Griseb. from Bluffton, S. C.

Clark, H. L. Studies in Plant Development. Folio, Chicago, 1895.
Blanks for recording studies in comparative morphology.

Corbett, L. C. Squashes. Bull. S. Dak. Exp. Sta. 42: 77-92. Fa:
Fb. 1895.

Demonstrates the desirability of artificial pollination in fiel@ culture.

Coulter, J. M. The Botanical Work of the Government. Bot. Gaz.
20: 264-268. 17 Je. 1895.

Coulter, J. M., and Rose, J. N. Musineon of Rafinesque. Bot. Gaz.
20: 258-260. 17 Je. 1895.

Enumeration of the species of Musineon; M. alpinum is described as new.

Bull. Soc.

308

Coville, F. V. Directions for collecting Specimens and Information
illustrating Aboriginal Uses of Plants. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 39:
1-8. 1885.

Dietel, P. Uber Quellungserscheinungen an den Telenutosporenstielen
von Uredineen. Pringsheim’s Jahrbiicher, 26: 49-81. A/. 4. 1894.
Refers to a number of North American species.

Eggleston, W. W. Astragalus Blaket. Bot. Gaz. 20: 271. 17
Je. 1895.

A new species from New England.

Greene, E. L. Novitates occidentales.—XIV. Eryth. 3: 98-101. 1
Je. 1805.

Describes new spacies in Astragalus, Psoralea, Streptanthus, Erigeron, Micro-
servis, Hieracium and Bolelia.

Greene, E. L. Observations on the Compositae—IX. Eryth. 3: 89-98.
I Je. 1895.

Establishes the genus Arintonia for Solidago discoidea; enumerates the species of

Chondrophora and Chrysothamnus; describes C. elegens as new.

Greene, E. L. Phytographic Notes and Amendments.—II. Eryth. 3:
Io2-105. 1 Je. 1895.

Describes new species in Lithophragma and Gilia.

Harrison, W.H. The Poison Ivy. Gard. and For. 8: 268. 3 ji.
1895.

Harshberger, J. W. When is Rhus Toxicodendron most active ?
Gard. & For. 8: 239. 12 Je. 1895.

Hillman, F.H. Early Flora of the Truckee Valley. Bull. Nevada
Exp. Sta. 24: pp. 96. N. 1894.
Account of the commoner flowering plants occurring within the Truckee Valley by

midsummer.

Hooker, J. D. Peraphylium ramosissinum, Curt. Bot. Mag. f/.
7420. Je. 1895.

Hooker, J. D, Ribes bracteosum. Curt. Bot. Mag. f/. 7419. ji.
1895.

Jack, J.G. Hybrid Birches. Gard. and For. 8: 243, 244. f. JO. 19
Je. 1895.

Illustrations are given of Betula pumila X< lenta,

MacDougal, D. T. Experimental Plant Physiology. 8vo, pp- 88.
Jigs. New York, 1895.

Meehan, T. Ocxadis violacea, Meehan’s Month. 5: 121-122. f/
7. Jy. 1895.

339

Nichols, M. A. Abnormal Fruiting of Vaucheria, Bot. Gaz. 20:
269-270. pl. 27. 17 Je. 1895.

Putnam, B. L. Poison Ivy. Gard. and For. 8: 249. 19 Je. 1895.

Reiche, K. Die Vegetations-Verhiltnisse am Unterlaufe des Rio
Maule, Chile. Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 21: 1-54.
General account of the flora and enumeration of 664 species.

Renauld, F., and Cardot, J. Musci exotici novi vel minus cogniti,—
VI. Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 33: Part 2, rog. 1895.

Includes descriptions of Calymperes Nicaraguense from Nicaragua, Prionodon
Haitensis from Haiti, and Hypnum Baréeyi from Bolivia.

Robinson, B. L. The Nomenclature Question. Bot. Gaz. 20: 261-
263. 17 Je. 1895.

Rose, J. N. Notes upon Corylus rostrata and C. Californica, Gard.
and For. 8: 263. 3 Jl. 1895.

Sargent, C.S., Editor. The Live Oak at Drayton Manor. Gard. &
For. 8: 233. f. 35. 12 Je. 1895.

Illustrating Quercus Virginiana in South Carolina.

Sargent, C. S., Editor. The New York Botanical Garden. Gard. &
For. 8: 261. 3 Jl. 1895.

Sargent, C.S., Editor. The Persimmon. Gard. & For. 8: 262.
J. 38. 3 Ji. 1895.

Stapf, O. Zrlouchina metodon n. sp. Kew Bull. 100: 104. Ap. 1895.
Native of Brazil.

Stewart, F.C. Witches’ Brooms on Cherry trees. Gard. and For.

8: 269. 3 Jl. 1895.

Note concerning the occurrence of Axoascus Cerast on Prunus Avium and P.

Cerasus in America.

Strasburger, E. The Development of Botany in Germany during the
Nineteenth Century. Bot. Gaz. 20: 193-204. 20 My.; 249-257.
17 Je. 1895.

Ten Bosch, J. Does Poison Ivy discriminate? Gard. & For. 8:
239. 12 Je. 1895.

Tricker, W. Mexican Water-lilies. Gard. & For. 8: 237. 12 Je.
1895.

Waugh, F. A. Cnotheras on the Prairies. Gard. & For. 8: 253.
26 Je. 1895.

Waugh, F. A. Phlox divaricata on the Plains.
239. 12 Je. 1895.

Gard. & For. 8:

340

Wetherill, H. E. List of Plants obtained on the Peary Auxiliary Ex-
pedition of 1894. Bull. Geogr. Club, Philadelphia, 5: [reprint pp.

Io].

Wood, A. H. The Flow of Maple Sap. Bull. N. H. Exp. Sta. 24:
pp. 8. Feb. 1895.

Wright, F. W. Oregonian forms of Umbellularia. Eryth. 3: 97-
1 Je. 1895.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 232.

eR Stree he es SS

ese Tr aad a) shigicesan. fee a
wings bak Comid*
Oe Laat

NEW AND RARE DESMIDS.

acQ? O°9°Ooq) ye “poho: OO
rr? ©°O°0°0a5/ 0-000
209 02020209 620° +0°O? OQ
20-0 FOOXKD O°9° 9903)

O.O0c0°Q Coo OOO

Oe, 9-920. Oo0.0

*9-9.9:9.9.0%

Sob oo0o%
00%

NEW AND RARE DESMIDS.

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

No. 4.

[ The numbers omitted from this list are out of print. ]

VotumE I.
A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By
N.-L, Britton ond TH. BH. Rusby (1887), op sk ee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
CESBS eS re ee ee es . . 25 cents,
An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)
The Genus Acoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . 25 cents.
A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L.
Britton.
The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains
and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . .. 25 cents.
Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa,
Adans:> By N. 3, Britton (3880); oa ea se 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
C3880) es eS ae eee ae 25 cents.
A Peace List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. na Wm. E. Wheel-
ME (NBO 9 S62 i a AERA REE ES Gry en Bees . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
CRUG eS a a a eis 25 cents.
The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.
(6th sa ee eG ee re ay . . .25 cents.
Notes on the North American Species of Eriocauleze. By Thos. Morong
CUBE Ser ep ee ss 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
CN es a ee a eS 25 cents,
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
RICS | (ESO) Se see ee ee We ie ad ee 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus A7eisomia occurring in the
United States and British America, By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents.
VotumeE II.
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospfora occurring in North
America: By Ns Ds Batten (1902) oor ee ae a 25 cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
he, BUMLOU CI BOR ais eens Cee a etek ieee ace Wee: 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. ByN. L. Britton
CARON ey ee ae Maea: wh wane 25 cents.
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Alles. By N. L.
Per TBO gs iy a etal 6 kia eee oe 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small
CIDOB Yo ic ee ag ea a Oe ee ae me 25 cents,
A New Species of Listera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong
ESUOS eos sk eek ks So ae aS Fo ke . 25 cents.
The N. American Species of Lespedeza. By 'N. L. Britton (1893), 25 cents.
An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay,
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the assistance of
Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), .. -- +++ +> . . $1.50
Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small
SNOT 6S is i ee ota SG ee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. L. Britton
COMO ree ge See . , , 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, II1I.—Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton,. . . . . 25 cents.
New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H, H. Rusby (1893), . 25 cents.
The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Appalachian Mountain Sys-

tem, < Be Goh Kc Swill. (4907)6 0 i 4 sos es 25 cents.

ee ee

No. 73.
No. 74.

Notes upon various Species of Iridacee and other Orders, By Thomas
Meret i OS 25 cents.
Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.

Species of Orthotrichum—Ill. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, I. By John K.
Wn CP ek ces A a area .. . 25 cents.
Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other
Species: Dy A. ‘A: Heller’-(1994)) ae
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit-
Kol GIO) pce ere ie ts 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American
Species of Weissia (Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents.
A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of
Cuscuta. By W. D. Matthew (1893),. ......- . . . 25 cents.
A Study of the Genus Psora/ea in America, By Anna Murray Vail
a |e ee EE ae Tae ere ne ae ; 25 cents.

Stee ee hee Oe Re nt ee

a el Oe ee

By N. L. Britton (1894), . ee aE aes re te ie SrA ert ie
Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum.

eat Pe ei. dean eat Weeks Vier MR RG, SOARES rset

Oo Boe eR ER Se ®.

New or little known Plants of the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
CRON yoo ta Ohad ey! ah eh ras acces Breit atts acasgees 25 ,ceGts:
A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By
Carlee; Carta (3866 a ak acs Ce oe fy 25 COR
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K.
Small (1894), Gis Stee ary as of aun ON 6 ee 25 cents.
Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus

Reet PRE ge, Wits! Sock: ANGE ince! PO ARR ae ane SOO. AT a Sele. APNE Bead

A preliminary Revision of the Genus Za¢hyrus in North America. By
Ree TEU CIN Se eS Ga cece 25 cents.
Two Species of Oxadis. By John K. Small (1894)... .. - 25 cents:
Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. By John K. a
ape eee 25 cents.

Some new Florida Plants. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . . - 25 cents.
Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby(1894), 25 cents.
Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), ._. 25 cents:
A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus Cracca. By

Ce Lash gta Mel Win, ie ae ieee) eae cane a Coe ae eee Se

Cie ee Oh iaiigat ceisiea: wate 25 cents:
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, III. By John K-
Small CERN a ae _ 25 cents.

A. and others, in Southeastern Arizona during the years 1892-1894-
LAE , . 50 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, X. 1. The Systematic Position of
Physcomitrella patens. 2. On a Hybrid growing with Aphanorhegm@
serrata Sull. 3. Ona European Hybrid of Physcomitrella patens. By

ihe he putas po leer ge gh Die sg ie; Maite ee ey ee OE

No. 75. An Enumeration of the Plants collected by M. E. Penard in Colorado during
the summer of 1892. By N. L. Britton and Anna Murray Vail (1895).
50 cents.

VOLUME IV,
No. 76. The Biological Status of Lichens. By Albert Schneider (1895), . 25 cents.
No. 77. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IX. By N. L. Britton
CIOOS ec See ae oe We ee ee 25 cents.
Title-pages for Vols, II. and III. can be supplied.
The series as above listed will be supplied for $12.
Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton,

may be had for $2. Address
PRoF. N. L. BRITTON,

Columbia College,
NEW YORE CITY.

--# LIST OF®:-

Pieridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern North America.

A. few copies in paper binding remain
unsold. Price, $1.00.

EDITORS,
Torrey Botanical Club.

THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE.

A monthly journal embracing all departments of the science.
Well illustrated. Contributions from eminent investigators. In-
teresting news column relating to botanists and their writings.

$3.00 a Year. 30 Cents a Single Number.
PUBLISHERS AND EDITORS:

JOHN M. COULTER, Lake Forest, Ill. CHAS. R. BARNES, Madison, Wis.
J. C. ARTHUR, Lafayette, Ind.

Summer School of Cryptogamic Botany,
IN OUR LABORATORY.
Five Weeks, Beginning July 5, 1895. Laboratory Work and Lectures.

General Cryptogamic Botany for teachers, covering recommendations of
“ Committee of Ten.”

Economic Mycology for investigators, with special attention to culture method
and literature.

Fee $25.00 in advance. Write early.

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.,

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.

WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J.

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL-
WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

peer ae

CHARACEA: OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characeze of America is
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of /Vite//a, as fol-
lows: LVitella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, A\\len; Blankin-
ship, Allen; Missourtensis, Allen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
Slomerulifera, A, Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates can be prepared; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

at u/s ='. ALLEN,
10 East 36th St., N. Y-

MEMOIRS

+ FROM THE ..,

Department of Botany of Columbia College.

Polygonum. Quarto, pp. 178, 85 plates. Price, $6.00.
For copies address,

PROF. N. L. BRITTON,
COLUMBIA COLLEGE, NEW YORK CITY.

205, 207, 209 & 2m Third Ave,

Corner of 18th Street,

Ware.

‘Schleicher & Schuell’s -Chemicalh
Pure and. Common Filrer Paper.

Doctor i Scbeibler’s ‘Saccharome
ters (Polariscopes). é :
Prof. Jolly’s Specific, Gravy
; ances, Pa ee : . a
Le Bron x, Desmontes ® Co

- Paris, Platinum. ;
eet “Tronesdorfi’s c P. Cherie

Caos Normal aati

%

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(1) THE BULLETIN.

This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with ies
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1894 over 45 pages monthly with
many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.

Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 1o shillings. Agents for
England, Messrs. Dutau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England.

Back Numsers.—The BuLLeTIN was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
run on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 17 have been indexed sepa-
rately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had for
50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols, 18, 19, 20 and 21 are indexed sepa-

‘rately. Price of each $2.00. Vol. 8 cannot now be supplied complete, but it is

planned to reprint some of its numbers.

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers
can also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. Those
omitted from this list cannot be had separately.

Volume 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts
of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C, Martindale. Price, 50 cents.

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Hepaticz collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby
South America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce. Price,
75 cents,

No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 50 cents.

Volume 2, No. 1.—-On Reserve Food. Materials in Buds and Surrounding
Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents.

No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna
Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents.

No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygata.
By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents.

Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous ter-
ritory. By John K, Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents.

No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadacee with illustrations of all
the species. By Thos. Morong. Price $2.00.

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang-
By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents.

Vol. 4. No. t.—Index Hepaticaram Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien M.
Underwood. Price, 75 cents. nt

No. 2.—Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season of
1892. By John K. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, 50 cents.

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang—II.
By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents,

No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea 1, with three plates. By Anna Stockton Pettit. .
Price, 50 cents.

Vol. §. List of Northeastern American Plants of the Botanical Club, American

Association for the Advancement of Science. Price, $3.00.

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyta reported
growing within one hundred miles of New York, 1888, Price, $1.00.

AUGUST, 1895.

_ BULLETIN

OF THE -

*,.

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

OFFICERS FOR 1895.

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice Presiaent:,

T. F. ALLEN, M. D. L. H. LIGHTHIPE.
Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary,
HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D., JOHN K. SMALL,
College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia College, New York City.
Editor, Treasurer,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., HENRY OGDEN,
Columbia College, New York City. at Pine Street, New Vor City,
Associate Editors,
EMILY L. GREGORY, Ph. D., ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. B.,
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, BYRON Db. HALSTED, Se. Dy

A. A. HELLER.

Curator, Librarian,
JOSEPHINE E, ROGERS, EFFIE A. SOUTHWORTH.

Commitiee on Finance, :
J. L. KANE. . WM. FE. WHEELOCK.

Commitiee on Admissions.
CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, MISS JEANNETTE B. GREENE,
3tg E. s7th Street, New York City. sq W. s6th Street, New York City.

Library ana Herbarium Committee,

JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, HELEN M. INGERSOLL,
__ EFFIE A. SOUTHWORTH, Rev. L. H. LIGHTHIPE.
Committees om the Local Flora,
PHANEROGAMIA, CRYPTOCAMIA,
Pror. THOS. C. PORTER, ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D., MARIA 0. LE BRUN,
H. H. RUSBY, M, D., SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M. D.

The Club meets regularly at Columbia College, agth Street and Madison Ave
nue, New York City, on the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month,
except June, July, August and September, at $ o'clock, r m. Botanists are cor
dially invited to attend. Bo

MEMBERS OF THE CLUB will please remit their annual dues for 1895, 1OW
payable, to Mr, Henry Ogden, Treasurer, 11 Pine St., New York City. .

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Daniel Cady Eaton,
1834-1895.

By WILLIAM ALBERT SETCHELL.
(With portrait.)

The death of Prof. Daniel C. Eaton, at his home, in New
Haven, on June 30, 1895, removes from among us the last link in-
timately connecting the systematic botany of the present with
that of the past. During the first half of the present century the
most influential writer upon, and teacher of, botany in this country
was Amos Eaton, Senior Professor of the Rennselaer Institute at
Troy, N. Y., and grandfather of the subject of our sketch. His
Manual was the inspiration and guide of our earlier botanists, and
continued to be until supplanted by the works of Torrey and
Gray. The botanists earlier than and contemporaneous with
' Amos Eaton were writers of Floras, but Amos Eaton, himself,
was a teacher of great ability and awakened, even among the
members of the New York Legislature, so it is said, a deep and
widespread interest in natural history. From him John Torrey
learned the rudiments of botany, and was able to broaden and
deepen the knowledge and interest in botanical things of Asa
Gray, whose first knowledge of the subject came from Amos
Eaton’s text-books, Of Gray’s influence upon the botany, not
only of this country, but of the world, it is needless to speak, so
present is it with all of us. Of Gray’s associates and pupils two
were more intimately thrown together than any others, and these

342

were Daniel C. Eaton and Sereno Watson. With them we may
say, perhaps, that the direct line of succession ends. Others
there are, no less illustrious, but they have departed more widely
than these two from the direct line of work, and the mantle, while
it has fallen upon most worthy shoulders, yet lacks the accumu-
lated traditions which were a precious heritage in themselves.

Daniel C. Eaton, as he was called to distinguish him from his
cousin, D. Cady Eaton, was the son of Amos B. Eaton and Eliza-
beth Selden, and was born at Fort Gratiot, Mich.,on February
12, 1834. His father was an officer in the Regular Army of the
United States, had served with distinction in the Seminole and
Mexican Wars, had risen to the office of Brigadier General, and
was entrusted with the very important work of supervising the
Commissary Department as Quartermaster General during the
Civil War. Although he never had any special scientific educa-
tion, as had a sister and a brother who became teachers in these
lines, yet he possessed a keen interest in natural history and
helped to direct his son’s education whenever the roving life of an
army officer allowed him to do so. Mrs. General Eaton was a
sister of Samuel K. and Henry R. Sheldon, two distinguished
jurists of Rochester, N. Y.

Daniel C. Eaton’s early training was obtained in different places.
For a time the family resided in New York City, and during the
Mexican War the mother and children remained at Rochester.
Later he attended the Rennselaer Institute for a short time and
General Russell’s Military School in New Haven, while prepat-
ing for college. His final preparation was made with a private
tutor, and he entered Yale in the autumn of 1853.

During his college course he distinguished himself particularly
in Latin, and he retained during the rest of his life an especial
fondness for this language and its literature. But his chief inter-
est lay in botanical pursuits, and this distinguishing trait is 4
prominent feature in the recollections of his classmates with
whom he was a great favorite. He never had a doubt as to his
future vocation, and his ambition was to become the professor of
his favorite subject in his alma mater, the institution where his
grandfather had received a part of his own botanical and chemi-
cal education under Professors Silliman and Ives.

545

a

During his undergraduate days he derived much pleasure and
profit from his correspondence with Torrey, Gray and. Sullivant,
to whom he sent his specimens and to whom he applied for
counsel. His herbarum still contains many of these specimens
with notes from these distinguished authorities. Such was his
advancement even then that in his junior year he published a short
paper in “ Silliman’s Journal” on three new ferns from California,
his first contribution to science upona group to which he devoted
later his chief attention.

He obtained the degree of B. A. from Yale College in 1857,
and spent the three succeeding years in the Lawrence Scientific
School of Harvard University in special botanical studies, under
the direction of Professor Asa Gray. He devoted himself partic-
ularly to the study of the ferns and produced several papers. He
enumerated and described the new species of ferns from the col-
lections made by Charles Wright of the Rodgers Exploring Expe-
dition in Cuba and Japan, for Torrey’s Flora of the Mexican
Boundary Survey and for Chapman’s Flora of the Southern United
States. Finally, in 1860, he presented to the faculty of Harvard
University, as his thesis for the purpose of obtaining the degree
of Bachelor of Science, his “ Filices Wrightianae et Fendlerianae.”

During the Civil War his botanical studies were interrupted and
he held the position of clerk and inspector of stores in the Com-
missary Department of the United States Army in New York City.
He, however, had an opportunity of associating more intimately
with Professor Torrey and of increasing his store of botanical
tradition.

After the war, in 1864, he was elected to the chair of botany
in Yale College, which had been established by some of his friends,
and his duties were assigned to the Sheffield Scientific School,
with which he continued to be principally identified. A few years
later he was appointed University Professor, and continued to give
instruction in both departments until the end of his life. He took
up his residence in New Haven in the fall of 1864, and in 1866 he
married Caroline, daughter of Treadwell Ketcham, of New Haven.
Mrs. Eaton, a son, and a daughter survive him.

Professor Eaton made two trips to Europe, one early in 1866
and another in 1887. As the later trip was taken for the benefit

344

3

of his health, he visited little and indulged in practically no botan-
ical study. In 1866 he visited the botanists and botanical collec-
tions at Florence, at Geneva, at Paris, and in London at the
British Museum and the gardens at Kew. At the latter place he
spent two weeks in the careful study of ferns, working assiduously
among the collections, every courtesy and every assistance being
rendered him by Sir Joseph Hooker, then Director of the Royal
Gardens.

He took many collecting trips, especially into New Jersey,
with Gray, Canby and others, to the White Mountains of New
Hampshire, and a portion of the last summer of his life was spent
at Shelburne, N. H., with Professors Farlow and Penhallow in col-
lecting the Sphagna of that region. During the summer of 1869
he spent a month botanizing among the mountains of Utah, as the
guest of Clarence King, who was in charge of the geological sur-
veys of the fortieth parallel.

Even in his undergraduate life his preference for the cryptoga-
mous plants was marked, and he will be remembered chiefly for
the work he did among them. His knowledge of the phaenoga-
mous species, nevertheless, was very extensive and exact. He
preferred, however, to entrust the work of publishing upon these
plants to Professor Gray. His attainments in this line are shown,
however, in the masterly way in which he has treated the Com-
positae of King’s Expedition, and the additional material and other
aid afforded by him in the preparation of the whole of the botany
of that expedition is gracefully and effectively set forth in Wat-

son’s general introduction. Besides this work his published ob-
' servations on the flowering plants are few, although he retained
much interest in them even until the last.

His chief work from the beginning (1856) until about 1883
lay among the ferns and their immediate allies. His first several
papers were devoted to enumerations of various collections of
ferns and descriptions of new species. He contributed the ac-
counts of the Vascular Cryptogams to Torrey’s Botany of the
United States and Mexican Boundary Survey, to Chapman’s Flora
of the Southern United States, to Gray’s Manual of Botany of
the Northern United States (both to the 5th and the 6th editions),
to Gray’s Field, Forest and Garden Botany, to the Botany of

345

King’s Survey, to that of Wheeler’s Survey, and to the Botany of
California.

In 1873 he began a series of notices of “ New or Little
Known Ferns of the United States,” directly leading up to his
great work on ‘‘ The Ferns of North Amcrica.” This classic and
and well-known work consists of two royal octavo volumes con-
taining 683 pages and illustrated by 81 colored plates, after draw-
ings by Emerton and Faxon, representing 149 species, all that
were known at the time from North America north of Mexico.
They were issued in 1879 and 1880, but the notes on ferns in the
BULLETIN of the Torrey Botanical Club were continued actively
until 1883, after which there were very few articles from his pen on
this subject.

He was for many years much interested in Algz and spent a

- considerable time upon them. He spent a portion of one summer

with the United States Fish Commission at Noank, engaged in
the study of this group. He published very little upon them,
however, limiting himself to a list of Eastport Algz, another of
those collected by Edward Palmer in Florida and the Bahama
Islands, and directions for mounting and preserving specimens.
He was associated with Professor W. G. Farlow and Dr. C. E.
Anderson in issuing the Algae Americae-Borealis Exsiccatae.

The later years of Professor Eaton’s life were devoted to the
Study of the mosses and liverworts. His interest in these plants
Was well advanced even in his undergraduate days. He collected
much and carried on a considerable correspondence with W. S.
Sullivant in regard to the determination of his specimens. His
knowledge of the New Haven Moss and Hepatic Flora was very —
extensive, and he contributed the account of these plants to the
Catalogue of Plants growing within 30 miles of New Haven, pub-
Published by the Berzelius Society of the Sheffield Scientific
School in 1878. His other publications on these groups are con-
fined to lists of Patagonian species and a few notes on new or rare
Species of the United States.

He spent a great deal of time in the study of the Hawaiian
Species, both of Mosses and Hepatics, and had almost completed
the determination of the species of the various collections in his
Possession. He spoke to the writer only a few weeks before his

346

death of issuing a list with notes and descriptions of new species.
His collection of Polynesian Mosses is very large and complete.

For-a number of years he had been collecting and studying
the various species of the genus Sphagnum. In 1893 he issued a
list of the North American species and a prospectus of a proposed
distribution, undertaken in connection with Mr. Edwin Faxon, to
be called “Sphagna Boreali-Americana Exsiccata.” He spent
much time in collecting, preparing and determining sets, and was
very particular about the excellence and homogeneity of his speci-
mens. Many of the sets are practically ready for distribution,
and it is to be hoped that these, at least, may be issued at some
future time.

Professor Eaton prepared the botanical definitions for Web-
ster’s International Dictionary, and contributed many reviews of
botanical books to the various periodicals. During the last four
or five years he has contributed the botanical reviews to the ‘‘ Na-
tion”’ and to the “ New York Evening Post,” touching upon cur-
rent botanical changes and opinions in the graceful and discerning
way characteristic of him.

Professor Eaton was one of the original members of the Tor-
rey Botanical Club, and remained an active member for a number
of years. Later he became a corresponding member. He was a
regular and active contributor to the BuLierin, especially during
the earlier years of its existence.

Besides his botanical interests Professor Eaton had many
others. He was an enthusiastic lover of athletic sports, of archery,
of baseball and football, and of fishing and hunting. He was an
ardent student of anthropology and genealogy. He was a mem-
ber of several genealogical societies and made a considerable study
of the genealogies of the Eaton and Selden families, and published
the results in several papers. He was also Governor of the Con-
necticut Society of the Colonial Wars for some years.

In politics Professor Eaton was a Republican until 1884, but
from that time took an active part in the independent movement
in Connecticut.

His interest in the classics, both of the Latin and of the
Greek, was very great, and he much deplored the present lack of
facility and even use of proper Latin, both in the choice of generic

347

and specific names and in descriptions. He strongly advocated
the publication of a Latin description in the case of a new species.
He was very impatient of the use of barbarisms in Latin nomen- .
clature.

As a man, Professor Eaton was possessed of a most pleasant
personality, winning the esteem and love of all who had the privi-
lege of acquaintanceship with him. He was generous to the ex-
treme and counted neither time nor trouble when performing
any act of friendship. :

As a botanist he was careful to an extraordinary degree. No
work of his was ever slovenly or hastily done, and he had little
sympathy with work of that kind on the part of others. His in-
struments were most carefully kept in order, his microscopic
preparations most neatly prepared, finished and labelled, and all
the results of his study compared and worked over and over
again. His extraordinary severity in these matters led him to
publish much less than he otherwise might well have done.

Professor Eaton was very conservative in regard to changes in
scientific methods and views. He was loth to part with what he
considered good until he was absolutely convinced that he might
obtain something better. But when the better had really been
demonstrated he lost no time in changing either views or methods.
His attitude toward. the various proposed changes in the rules for
governing the nomenclature is a good case in point. While
anxious that there should be no blind adherence to rules already
established, and perfectly ready to accept such changes as might
lessen such confusion as already really existed, he viewed retroac-
tive measures overturning hosts of names already long and firmly
established in the literature as productive of great immediate con-_
fusion without giving by any means a certain promise of surer
criteria upon which to establish stability in the future; in fact as
giving no greater certainty, if as great, as that given by the rules
already existing and followed for years by the best workers.

Asa teacher he was kindly and inspiring, not suited to manage
large classes of unwilling students, such as often fell to his lot,
where much sternness and rigor was needed to compel the
wavering attention and to force the stubborn mind to effort, but
especially fitted to encourage and to train those desirous of pur-

348

suing either some especial line or even of obtaining a general bo-
tanical education. To these he tendered the privileges of his
library and collections, which had to be supported by himself
alone, and opened to them not only all the material resources at
his command, but unlocked for them all the treasures of his own
experience, the results of the patient study of many years.
Professor Eaton’s religious views were shown rather in the
earnestness and simplicity of his life than by any profession of
faith. Where he could not thoroughly understand and believe he
was contented to hope, and his last months, even during intense
suffering, were hopeful and peaceful, and he left this life calm in
his trust in the good to come. He was a communicant of the
Episcopal Church, and attendance upon divine worship was to
him a pleasure and an inspiration rather than a duty. At his
particular request, his funeral services were of the nature of simple

religious consolation to his relatives and friends, with an entire ab-
sence of official ceremony.

Bibliography,
1856. On three new Ferns from California and Oregon. Amer. Journ. Sci. (II.)
2a 138.

1858. Characters of some new Filices, from Japan and adjacent regions, collected
by Charles Wright in the North Pacific Exploring Expedition under Captain Jehn
Rodgers, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. 4: 110, 111.

1859. Enumeration of Ferns collected by Mr. Charles Wright in Eastern Cuba
in 1856-7. Amer. Journ, Sci. (II.) 27: 197-201.

Equisetacex, Filices, etc. U.S. and Mexican Boundary Surv. f Botany by John
Torrey.] 233-236.

1860. Filices (Ferns). [In: Chapman’s Flora of the Southern U. S., 1st Ed.,
- 8, New York.] 585-599.

[Reprinted without change in the 2d Edition, 1885. ] :

Filices Wrightianae et Fendlerianae, nempe Wrightianae Cube nses et Fendlerianae
Venezuelanae (nonnullis Panamensibus, etc.,ex coll. A, Schott et S. Hayes interjectis)

* The basis for the present list was taken from the “ Bibliographies of the present
officers of Yale University,” edited by Prof. Irving Fisher (New Haven, 1893). The
list of works there given was written out by Prof, Eaton. This has been followed
the main, but the greater part of the references have been compared and some changes
and additions made. The writer is very much indebted to Mrs. Eaton, to Mr. George
F. Eaton and to Prof. W. H. Brewer for much help, both in connection with the de
tails of the bibliography and of the sketch of the life of Prof. Eaton.

549

enumeratae novaeque descriptae: dissertatio inauguralis, quam in auditorio botanico
Universitatis Harvardianae ad gradum baccalaurealem in scientiis legitime obtinendum
die XIV. Jul. MDCCCLX., habuit Daniel C. Eaton, A.M. Mem. Acad, Amer,
Scient. et Artium. (II.) 8: 193-218.

1861. Statistics of the Class of 1857 of Yale College, collected by Daniel C.
Eaton, Class Secretary. New York, 8°, pp. 93.

1865. On the Genus Woodsia. Canadian Naturalist, (n. s.) 2: 89-92,

Two new Ferns of California. [In: Botan, Contrib. of Asa Gray.] Proc. Amer.
Acad. of Arts and Sci., 6: 555, 556.

1867. Filices (Ferns), {In: Manual of the Botany of the North United States,
ete., by Asa Gray, 5th Ed., 8°.] 655-672. pl. 25-79.

1868. Acrogens [In: Field, Forest and Garden Botany, etc., by Asa Gray. New
York, 8°.] 359-374.

1869. Ein neues Adiantum von Cuba (Adiantum sericeum.) Botan. Zeitung,
27: 361-362.

1870. Biographical Record of the Class of 1857 of Yale College during twelve
years from graduation with an account of the decennial meeting of the class. New
Haven, 8°, pp. 54.

1871. Compositae, Equisetaceae and Filices. Exploration Fortieth Parallel, 5:
136-208. f/. 15-20; 395-397. pl. go; 422-425.

1872, Plain Directions for collecting Algae. New Haven, 8°, pp. 4.

1873. Characters of new Ferns from Mexico. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci.,
8: 618-619, ;

List of marine Algae collected near Eastport, Maine, in August and September,
1872, in connection with the work of the U. S. Fish Commission under Prof. S. F.
Baird. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., 2: part 2, 343-350.

1873-1883. New or little known Ferns of the U.S, Bull. Torrey Botan. Club,
4: 11-12, 1873; 4: 18-19, 1873; 6: 33, 1875; 6: 71-72, 1876; 6: 263-265, 1878;
6: 306-307, 1879; 6: 360-361, 1879; 7: 62-64, 1880; 8; 4-5, 1881; 8: 99-100,
1881; 8: 111, 1881; 9: 49-50, 1882; 10: 26-29, 1883; 10: 101-102, 1883.

1874. Townsendia Parryi and 7. condensata. [In: Botanical observations in
Western Wyoming by Dr. C. C. Parry.] Amer. Naturalist, 8: 212, 213.

1875. A List of the marine Algae collected by Dr. Edward Palmer on the coast
of Florida and at Nassau, Bahama Islands, March-August, 1874. New Haven, June,
8°, pp. 6.

1877. A Moss new to the U. S. (Lilotrichum undulatum Beauv.) Botan.
Gazette, 2: 98,

Calvin Selden, of Lyme, and his children. (An address delivered at a meeting of
the Selden Family at Fenwick Grove, Saybrook, Conn, Aug. 22.) New Haven, 8°,
Pp. 15.

1877-1889, Joint editor of Farlow, Anderson and Eaton’s Alge America-
Borealis Lxsiccate, Fasc. 1-5, Boston.

1878, Ferns of the Southwest. An account of the ferns which have been col-
lected in so much of the territory of the United States of America as is west of the
Tosth degree of W. Longitude, and south of the goth degree of N. Latitude. U.S.
Geog. Surveys West of the One Hundredth Meridian. First Lieut. G. M. Wheeler,
Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army, in charge, 6: 299-340, f/. 30.

390

« Introduction” and « Anogens.” [In: A Catalogue of the flowering Plants and
higher Cryptogams growing without cultivation within thirty miles of Yale College.
Published by the Berzelius Society. New Haven, 8°.] V.-VII.; 61-71.

Hybrids and hybridism. Rept. Sec. Conn. Board Agric., pp. 19.

Conomitrium Fulianum at Hamden, Conn. Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 6: 244.

1878 and 1880, Fendler’s Ferns of Trinidad. Botanical Gazette, 3: 89-91; 5:
I0g—L1O (121-122).

1879. A new Hawaiian fern (Hymenophyllum Baldwinii). Bull. Torrey
Botan. Club, 6: 293.

A new Hawaiin fern (Aspidium Boydie). Ibid. 361, 362.

1879-1880, The Ferns of North America. Colored figures and descriptions,
with synonymy and geographical distribution of the ferns (including the Ophioglos-
saceae) of the United States of America and the British North American Possessions.
The drawings by J. H. Emerton and C, E, Faxon. 2 vols., 4°, 1: XIV.+-35% pl.
I-45; 2: XXXI.+ 285,, p/. 46-Sz. :

1880. Vascular Acrogens. [In: Botany of California, by Gray, Brewer and
Watson, 4°, Cambridge, Mass.] 2: 329-352.

Systematic Fern-list : a classified list of the known ferns of the U. S., with the
geographical range of the species. New Haven, 8°, pp. 12.

1881. Anew American Cynaroid Composite (Saussurea Americana). Botan,
Gazette, 6: 283.

1882. Vegetable Fibres in an Oriole’s Nest. Bull. Torrey Botan Club, 9: 57-

1883. Plants new to the Connecticut Flora. Ibid. 10: 102.

1884. Tea, Coffee and Chocolate : their nature and their effects, West. Farmer's
Almanac, 36-38.

Another Florida Fern ( Phegopteris tetragona Mett). Bull. Torrey Botan. Club,
II: 67.

Teratology in the Ox-eye Daisy. Ibid, 11: 67.

The Dedham Eatons from 1635 to the fifth generation. New Haven, 8°, pp- 8.

1887. Asplenium rhizophyllum var. Biscaynianum, Bull. Torrey Botan.
Club, 14: 97.

1888, The Family of Nathaniel Eaton, of Cambridge, Mass, (read April 22
1884). Papers of the New Haven Colony Histor. Soc. 4: 185-192.

Report of the Secretary. [In: Rept. Eaton Family Assoc. New Haven. ] 1-6.

The family of John Eaton, of Dedham. Ibid. 11, 12.

1890. Vascular Acrogens or Pteridophytes. [In: Manual of Botany of the
Northern United States by Asa Gray; 6th Ed., by Sereno Watson and John M. Coul-
ter. New York and Chicago, 8°.) 675-701. /. 76-27.

An undescribed Heuchera from Montana (H. Williamsii), Botan. Gazette.
15: 62.

A new Moss of the genus Bruchia. Bull. Torrey Botan. Club, 17: 100, 101. p/. 407+

On Buxbaumia indusiata Bridel. Ibid, 126, 127.

A new Fern ( Chetlanthes Brandegei), Ubid. 215. pl. 104.

A new Fern from Lower California (Asplenium blepharodes). Zoe, 1: 197+

Botanical definitions in Webster’s Internat. Dict., Springfield.

1891. Report of the Secretary and report on the Eatons of Dover, England,
[In: Rept. Eaton Family Assoc. 1890. New Haven.) 1-14.

301

1892. List of Ferns from Southern Patagonia. List of Mosses from Fuegia and
Patagonia. Contrib. U. S. National Herbarium, 1: 1 38-139.

1893. A Check-list of North American Sphagna, arranged mostly in accordance
with the writings of Dr. Carl Warnstorf. New Haven, 8°, pp. Io.

Sphagna Boreali-Americana Exsiccata. [ Prospectus, with directions for collect-
ing and preparing specimens.] New Haven, 8°, pp. 3.

Reviews. Amer. Journ. Science (III.), 7: 520-522, 1874; 15: 75, 1878; 17:
487-488, 1879; 18: 76-77, 1879; 21: 330-332, 1881; 22: 158-160, 1881; 24:
156, 1882; 39: 240-243, 1890. The Nation, 51: 488, 1890; 52: 36-37, 1891; 52:
326, 1891; 52: 466, 1891; 53: 55» 1891; 53: 130-131, 1891; 53: 320-321, 1891;
53: 336, 1891; 54: 193, 1892; 54: 197, 1892; 54: 267, 1892; 55: 114, 1892;
55+ 360, 1892; 55: 482, 1892; 57: 271, 1893: 57: 287, 1893; 57: 373, 1893;
57: 474-475, 1893; 58: 155, 1894; 59: 146-147, 1894; 59: 176, 1894; 59;
195~196, 1894; 59: 216, 1894; 59: 234, 1894; 59: 407, 1894; 60: 12, 1895; 60:
147, 1895; 60: 258, 1895; 60: 306, 1895.

The Genus Sanicula in the eastern United States, with Descriptions
of two new species.

By EvuGENE P. BICKNELL.
(PLATES 241-245.)

It has been generally received as a settled fact of our geogra-
phical botany that the genus Sanicula had but two representatives
in the flora of eastern North America. These plants, S. Mary-
landica and S. Canadensis, though coming down to us as well-
accredited species from the time of Linnaeus, have proved a recur-
ting source of confusion to our botanists and, as now appears,
have never been rightly understood. In 1824 Dr. Torrey reduced
Canadensis to a variety of Marylandica (F\. U.S. 302), and in 1838
Torrey & Gray (Fl. N. Am. 1: 602) discredited the plant altogether
naming it as a synonym of the latter species. A few years later,
however, Dr. Torrey took occasion to restore the plant to its
Original status, remarking that he had become persuaded that the
two species were quite distinct (Fl. State of N. Y. 1: 265); not-
withstanding this, recent authorities have reverted to Dr. Torrey’s
€arlier view. In the “Review of North American Umbelliferae,
Coulter & Rose” (1888), S. Canadensis finds recognition only as a
Slightly differentiated form of S. Marylandica, a disposal of the
Plant which is followed in the sixth edition of Gray’s “ Manual”

352

(1893). Dr. Britton, however, in his ‘Catalogue of Plants found
in New Jersey” (1889), again accords both plants full specific
rank. That this understanding of the problem is the only one
which the facts allow does not admit of any question whatever.
The most zealous reductionist need have no trouble in assuring
himself of this, provided only that ordinary eyesight and an open
mind be not wanting to his equipment. Indeed, as species present
themselves, these two plants must be regarded as not even very
closely related within their common genus. The trouble all along
has been that we have unwittingly been seeking to force four dis-
tinct species into the limits defined for two. As an inevitable re-
sult these two, though wholly distinct, have been seen under such
confused outlines as to make it appear quite impossible to assign
any constant characters to either. It thus becomes necessary to
diagnose them anew in connection with the description of their
long over-looked congeners.

It has not been ventured to define two new eastern species of
this difficult genus without considering very carefully their rela-
tionships with the species already known, at the same time keep-
ing in mind the harmfulness of distinctions too finely drawn. The
danger of fallacious distinctions, however, proves not to press at
all closely in the present case. A critical study from herbarium
specimens of the four plants here presented, which has supple-
mented an intimate acquaintance with three of them in the field,
enables me without any reservation to subscribe them all as
authentic and well-defined species.

Sanicula Marylandica LL.

. Commonly two or three feet high—one-and-a-half to four feet;
stem single, or two or three together from the same rootstock, tet
minating in a general umbel which is usually but 14 to 4 the length
of the entire plant; there is frequently also a short, imperfectly um-
bellate lateral branch. Leaves thickish, dull bluish green, two Of
three on the stem between the basal leaf and the involucre; basal
leaves several, on long erect petioles, only one of them cauline, the
others rising separately from the rootstock; free stem-leaves near ly
or quite sessile, or the lowermost short-petioled ; involucral leaves
usually much reduced, sometimes under an inch long, cleft or
parted, not divided into separate leaflets; larger leaves five-divided,
appearing seven-divided from the deep partition of the basal leaf-
lets; upper leaves five-divided, or appearing so. The leaves ge

353

erally are large, spreading from three or four to eleven inches, the
leaflets reaching a size of six inches by three; leaflets variable in
shape and marginal pattern; cuneate-obovate, to oblanceolate, or
sometimes elliptic, obtuse or acute, irregularly doubly serrate, ser-
rate or dentate-serrate, with mucronately-pointed teeth, usually
more or less incised-lobed towards the apex. Branches of umbel
rather rigid, usually sharply ascending, normally three—two to
four—and sub-equal, two to eight inches long; ultimate rays three,
an inch long—3’”-18/’—(abnormally longer and bearing a pair of
minute bracts) sometimes divaricate; rarely the umbel may be
unevenly three times compound; secondary involucres of firm foli-
aceous bracts, either cut-lobed or merely serrate, often minute,
rarely reaching a length of one inch. Sterile flowers numerous,
with the perfect flowers, or in separate peduncled capitate clus-
ters; pedicels 2” long; calyx 1”, cleft nearly to the base into
narrowly lanceolate attenuate-cuspidate lobes; petals oblanceo-
late, equalling or slightiy exceeding the sepals, greenish-white, as
are the anthers; filaments exserted, 2” long; umbellets at anthesis
5-7” wide. Fruits large, 3-6 in each umbellet, somewhat ovoid,
sessile, spreading, the body 2” long and nearly as broad or,
through the bristles, 3-5” wide, 3-314" high; bristles numer-
ous, crowded, arranged in no regular order, very straight to the
minutely hooked apex, prominently corky-bulbous below, rudi-
mentary at base of carpel, above becoming 2” long, ascending,
the uppermost erect, parallel with and about equalling the erect
calyx-lobes; styles long, at first erect-spreading but early recurv-
ing from the top of the closed calyx sometimes quite outside of
the bristles. Transverse section of seed somewhat oblong, seed-
face plane or slightly concave, dorsal surface more or less fluted
or grooved for the partial accommodation of the five large oil-
tubes ; frequently a slight separation of the wall of the pericarp
from the middle of the seed-face leaves a cavity having the ap-
pearance of an additional oil-tube ; pericarp corky-thickened, pale
brown; commissural scar broad, elliptic. Root perennial, of
very coarse fibres fasciculate from a short knotted contractedly-
branched rootstock, which, when cut, has a distinct terebinthine
odor.

Newfoundland and Canada, southward to the mountains of
Georgia, west to the Rocky Mountains. (Plate 241.)

A specimen of a Sanicula which, for the present, must be re-
garded as an aberrant form of this species was gathered on Look-
out Mountain, Tennessee, June 21, 1894. The plant is small and
has two very unequal branches, one capped by a single umbellet,
the other bearing an umbel of four divaricate rays; the leaves are
trifoliate, with obovate nearly simply-serrate leaflets, the lateral

304

ones deeply cleft ; the three stem leaves are slender-petioled, even
the involucral leaves are short-petioled. The immature fruit when
crushed exhales an odor much like that of the herbage of the
carrot, and very different from that of true Jarylandica. The
styles are shorter than normally, and not recurved, and with the
stylopodium are perfectly developed in all the infertile flowers,
which are further noteworthy from their rigidly spreading sepals.

I have observed no other instance of styliferous sterile flowers —
in any of our eastern Sawicudae, though an examination of speci-
mens of Sanicula Europaca show that they occur normally in that
species.

So far as an inference may be drawn from this single specimen,
we may suspect the existence in the Southern Alleghenies of still
another form of Sanicula meriting definite recognition.

The plate of S. Marylandica in “The Flora of the State of
New York” well illustrates the confusion that has prevailed with
regard to this species. The large leaf in outline, together with
the single bristle, the mature carpel and the fruit section, are of
S. Marylandica; the figure of the upper part of a fruiting plant,

and the detached umbellet, are good representations of S. gregaria
as here distinguished.

SANICULA GREGARIA N. sp.

~ Stems rather weak, often clustered, from one to three feet high,
commonly two to two-and-a-half feet, naked to the first branch or
with a single petioled leaf, above dividing into a freely branched
three or four times compound general umbel which takes up US-
ually 14 to % the length of the plant. Basal leaves usually
more numerous than in Marylandica, sometimes nearly as large
and as long-petioled, only one of them truly cauline, the others
rising from the rootstock near the base of the stem. Leaves thin,
bright green, digitately five-divided, the divisions all petiolulate, or
the lateral pairs slightly united at base; leaflets varying from
cuneate-obovate, through rhombic, to elliptic and lanceolate,
sharply doubly-serrate with bristle-tipped teeth, often regularly
serrate-lobed along the margins, sharply incised-lobed above,
acutely-pointed ; involucral leaves scarcely reduced, trifoliate, the
petiolulate leaflets commonly lanceolate, often somewhat curved or
sub-falcate ; involucres of the second, and even of the third, series
conspicuously foliaceous, the former three-divided, and sometimes
spreading four or five inches, the latter merely lobed. Branches
of general umbel, with their divisions, commonly in sub-equal

305

series of three, sometimes of two, slender, straight, ascending, the
ultimate rays 6’’-15’’ long or, occasionally, much longer in effort
to branch again for an umbellate division of the fourth series,
which may be perfectly realized. Frequently the primary
division of the stem is only sub-umbellate owing to the displace-
ment of one of the branches; on many plants there is a well-
developed lateral flowering branch. Staminate flowers with the
fertile, or in separate heads peduncled in the forks of the stem or
main branches; pedicles slender, 1-24” long, four or five times
times the length of the minute campanulate calyx, which is cleft
little more than half way down into somewhat triangular-ovate
rather obtuse lobes; flowering umbellets small, about 3/4” in dia-
meter; petals obovate, heart-shaped, fully twice the length of the
sepals, yellowish-green, filaments exserted, anthers bright yellow.
Fruits very small, 3-5 in each umbellet, broader than long, and
somewhat obovate in outline, measuring through the bristles 114’”—
2” high, by 2-214” wide, evidently pedicelled, pedicels not over
1” long, papillose with rudimentary bristles; bristles of the fruit very
small and weak, rudimentary at base of pericarp, gradually length-
ened above, but not exceeding 1”, and commonly half that size,
not crowded, arranged in eight or ten rows which may be evident
or obscure, curved at tip into a more open hook than in Mary-
landica ; though sometimes slightly depressed-dilated at base, they
commonly rise abruptly from the nearly even surface of the ma-
ture carpel, which is of a dark or blackish color; fruit reflexed at
maturity; styles abruptly spreading and recurved among the
bristles, sometimes extending more than half way around the fruit.
Seed rounded-oblong in cross-section, dorsal surface even, not at
all sulcate or angled, commissural face plane; pericarp thin and
membranous, closely investing the seed ; oil-tubes five, very small ;
commissural scar linear. Rootstock much as in Marylandica, but
not so stout and contractcd, the fibres less fasciculate, much more
slender and fibrillose, and of a blackish instead of brownish color.
The substance of the rootstock hasa fainter and altogether differ-
ent odor. (Plate 242.)

This plant when once known is in no danger of being con-
fused longer with either Marylandica or Canadensis. It is clearly
a perfectly distinct species, not even to be regarded as inter-
mediate between the other two, nor as related to them by any
nearer ties than those of acommon genus. Its nearest affinity is with
Marylandica, with which it has been mainly confounded, notwith-
standing that the general aspect of the two is strikingly dissimilar.
To compare the superficiary characters, S. gregaria is a less robust
plant, more widely branched and more leafy above, but with less

356

leafy stem, quite missing the general appearance presented by
Marylandica of a tall strict plant stiffly umbellate at the top of a
simple stem. The general umbel of gregaria is more compound
and much more slenderly branched and foliaceous; the leaves are
thin and bright green, in contrast with the firm and dull or bluish-
green leaves of Marylandica; furthermore the leaves of gregaria
are never seven-divided, nor are the basal leaflets parted or deeply
cleft, as seems always to be the case with both Marylandica and
Canadensis; the leaves, too, are more pointed, and more sharply
incised and serrate-lobed than in Marylandica, and never assume
the narrowly oblanceolate form with long tapering base so often
seen in that species. In the early spring the plant forms dense
clusters of leaves which may number forty or more rising from
one compound rootstock, At flowering time the bright yellow an-
thers and yellowish-green petals of gregaria give the plant a char-
acteristic appearance and distinguish it conspicuously from our
other species. The flowers, moreover, have a slight fragrance
faintly suggestive of those of the spice bush.

This plant seems to have escaped the observation of every one
of our botanists except Dr. Darlington, who, in his “Flora Ces-
trica,” makes an unmistakable allusion to it. Speaking of S. Mary-
landica, he says, “It also presents a variety, with dullish yellow
flowers.”

As already remarked, a good figure of this species appears in
“The Flora of the State of New York,” in the plate of S. Mavy-
landica.

S. gregaria usually grows in close leafy often extensive com-
munities, in damp low woods and thickets; S. Marylandica is much
less gregarious, scattering itself in loose colonies through rich, often
hilly or rocky woods; S. Canadensis often grows in a still more
scattered way, and seems to prefer a simpler more earthy soil than
Marylandica. Sometimes, however, in damp thickety spots in
somewhat rocky woods all three plants may be found near
together.

S. gregaria is the first of the three to flower in the spring:
coming into bloom at New York from the second to the fourth
week of May; S. Marylandica follows a week or two later, more
or less; S. Canadensis is much later, not flowering before the
third or fourth week in June, in some seasons not until July.

357

S. gregaria is perhaps the most common Sanicula near New
York City, and is described from specimens collected in Van
Cortlandt Park. In the Herbarium of the Torrey Club is a speci-
men labeled « New Durham, N. J., June 6, 1862, W. H. L.
[eggett].”” The specimens contained in the Columbia College
Herbarium are as follows: « Virginia, Asa Gray, 1840,” also
bearing the stamp of the Meisner Herbarium; “Southwestern
Virginia, slopes of White Top Mountain, 2600-5000 feet, col-
lected May 28, 1892, by N. L. and E. G. Britton and A. M. Vail;”
“Southeastern Virginia, Greenville County, June 19, 1893, A. A.
Heller;” « Fort Riley, Kansas, May 27, 1892, E. E. Gayle;”
“Arkansas, Dr. Pitcher ;” « Northeastern Nebraska, June 15, 1893,
Fred Clements.”

SANICULA CANADENSIS L.

~ Usually lower and more slender than S. Marylandica, but some-
times even stouter and taller, one to over four feet high. Stem
always single, widely branched above, and readily putting forth
alternate axillary branches which, sometimes beginning at the
base of the stem, may number six or more up to the terminal
fork ; branches ascending, naked below, their upper divisions often
widely spreading, even horizontal, the whole forming an open
panicle which may spread to a breadth of two feet. General plan
of branching dichotomously or paniculately-umbellate, often ap-
pearing widely dichotomous throughout from the constant
Suppression of a third branch in each ascending series ; the um-
bellate character of the branching is thus much less obvious than
in our other species, realizing itself definitely only in the distal
ramifications or in the terminal umbels; above the involucres the
branching varies from definitely dichotomous and two or three
times compound, to indefinitely decompound, with somewhat
fasciculate umbellets; the fruit-bearing rays are only I ie 2 '
long, much shorter than in any other one of the eastern species.
Basal leaves from two or three to six or more, erect on long
petioles, all strictly cauline ; free stem leaves commonly four to
eight on petioles of gradually decreasing length above, but not
becoming obsolete even in the involucral leaves, or indeed, in the
Secondary involucres; leaves three-divided appearing pentafid
from division ofthe lateral leaflets, or the upper stem leaves, more
rarely the lower, sometimes simply trifoliate ; leaflets dull green,
cuneate-obovate, oblong or elliptic, often oblique, with less pro-
nounced tendency to narrowly obverse development than is shown
by Marylandica, and never, apparently, assuming the oblanceolate
forms so frequent in that species; also, as a rule, less coarsely ser-

358

rate, and much smaller, though occasionally reaching a breadth of
six inches, with leaflets over 314” 14’; involucral leaves more
or less reduced, even sub-bracteal, three-divided, those of the
succeeding series very small and bract-like, divided or cut-
lobed. Umbellets very small at anthesis, few-flowered; sterile
flowers with the perfect ones, never in separate heads, few, often
only one or two in each umbellet, 1%” long, on pedicels not over
1’’ long, often less; calyx deeply parted, sepals narrowly lanceo-
late, acute or cuspidate, exceeding the minute white petals ; an-
thers white, little exserted. Fruit subglobose, three together =
one plane, the lateral spreading or slightly reflexed, very small, 1 >
1%” long and broad, or, measured through the bristles, about 2
long by 2’-3’’ wide; short-pedicelled, more distinctly so when
young ; pedicels 4””-'%4”” long, wrinkled, striate ; bristles numer-
ous, dilated below, somewhat regularly arranged in longitudinal
rows, well developed to the very base of the carpels, of more unl-
form length throughout than in Marylandica,and more Syren
rarely exceeding 1’ in length, the uppermost closely parallel
with and equaling, or slightly exceeding, the erect calyx-lobes ;
styles small and difficult to observe, shorter than the calyx-lobes;
mature fruit dull brown; commissural scar linear. Seed more
rounded in cross-section than in Marylandica, the dorsal surface
more prominently sulcate-fluted, the face convex, sometimes
sharply so, and bevelled off on either side to permit a more interior
position of the commissural oil-tubes than is seen in Marylan
Root consisting of rigid horizontal fibres, which taper slenderly
from a strong woody base.
Massachusets to Florida and Texas, west to Kansas and Ne-
braska. (Plate 243.)
The genus Sanicula is set down as consisting of “ perennial
herbs,” yet this plant, in the vicinity of New York at least, 1S
not perennial but apparently biennial. Unlike Marylandica and
Sregaria, the mature plant is readily puiled up from the soil, and
in the autumn, while these species are still green, is to be found
completely dead throughout, with the roots beginning to decay.
This species stands sharply apart from both Marylandica and
gregaria, not only in the characters of leaves, flowers and fruit,
but in fundamental differences in the root and the plan of branch-
ing. It is indeed hard to understand how such obviously distinct
species could ever have been confused.
The species shows two main lines of variation which, in their
extreme manifestations, present plants of somewhat dissimilar o
pect. On the one hand the result is a slender plant with sma

359

fruit and leaves, the latter with finely-cut marginal pattern, the
branching widely dichotomous and confined mainly to the upper
part of the stem; the opposite form is coarser and stouter, with
ascending or even-suberect, often simpler, branches and larger
fruit; the leaves are much larger with coarser serration, and more
trifoliate tendency, those of the upper stem sometimes perfectly
trifoliate. An extreme example of this form in the Columbia Col-
lege Herbarium, labelled «« Massachusetts ” in Dr. Torrey’s hand-
writing, is the only specimen seen in which the character of
short styles does not hold strictly true; in this specimen, which
is in the flowering stage, the styles are longer than the sepals, and
somewhat spreading, though not recurved. It is to be said, how-
ever, that this particular plant is pretty certainly abnormal; the
branching is unusually coarse, and the rays and pedicels some-
what thickened, apparently indicating a tendency to fasciation.

SANICULA TRIFOLIATA n. sp.

About two feet high; branches several, alternate, ascending,
or the lower often longer and suberect, simple, terminating either
in the flowering umbel or in two frequently widely-spread-
ing umbel-bearing rays, with a shorter simple ray between ; rays
of flowering umbels three to five, about an inch long; involucres
and involucels of small serrate leafy bracts. Cauline leaves petioled,
large, five to seven inches broad, conspicuously trifoliate, the
broad leaflets petiolulate, ovate, elliptic-ovate or rhombic, coarsely
doubly serrate with rather open, almost spinescently-mucronate
teeth, or even incised-lobed, acute, the lateral leaflets mostly not
at all cleft, except sometimes in the lower leaves; basal stem-
leaves long-petioled, smaller than the main cauline leaves, the
leaflets even slightly united at base, often obtuse, the lateral pair
Narrowly cleft on the lower side, but not sufficiently so to destroy
the trifoliate character of the leaf. Sterile flowers few, 14” or less
long, on slender pedicels about 2’ long ; sepals lanceolate, acumi-
nate-cuspidate with slightly incurved points. Fruits sessile, three
to five together, somewhat reflexed at maturity, ellipsoid or
globose-oblong, large, becoming 3%” high to tip of the erect
Sepals, the greatest spread of the bristles under 3’’; prickles
Stout, swollen below, not crowded, small and reflexed at the
base of the carpel, above becoming 114” long, and spread-
ing or ascending; sepals on mature fruit 1” long, united at
base, appressed, echinate with sharp, slightly incurved points,
raised on a slight prolongation at the apex of the fruit, and
forming a conspicuous beak-like projection quite distinct from the

360

surrounding prickles and usually a little exceeding them; styles
short, nearly erect, strictly included; commissural scar elliptic,
occupying most of the face of the mericarp. Seed somewhat cres-
centic in transverse section, the dorsal surface even, the face con-
cave, sometimes almost sulcate; oil-tubes of two kinds, one set
consisting of a pair of large vittae latero-commissural in the peri-
carp; the other set a series of minute ducts lining the inner face
of the pericarp, especially along the commissural concavity, where
they may number as many as twenty. In the dried fruit the
hardened secretion of the large tubes is nearly colorless, that of
the minute ducts of areddish-amber color. Root somewhat similar
to that of S. Caxadensis and likewise, apparently, not perennial.
(Plate 244.)

While in its general aspect this plant stands out clearly enough
from our other species, the crucial test of fruit characters shows it
to be indeed profoundly different. In fact, its fruit, in the
numerous minute oil-tubes, supplemented by a large outer pair
having, apparently, a different secretion, presents characters hith-
erto unreported in the the genus so far as I have been able to dis-
cover.

I find three specimens of this plant in the Columbia College
Herbarium, and one in the Herbarium of the Torrey Club, now at
the College of Pharmacy in New York. Of the former, one is €S-
pecially interesting as having passed through Dr. Torrey’s hands
and bearing his note: “Intermediate between S. Marylandica and
S. Canadensis,” it is labeled simply «‘ Ohio.” The other specimens
are all named S. Canadensis ; one is No. 835 of the Geological and
Natural History Survey of Canada, and is labeled “ dry, rich woods,
Ontario, Amherstburg, Macoun, 5, 10, 1892;” another was col-
lected by Dr. Britton at Indianapolis, Aug. 25, 1890. The speci-
men in the local Herbarium is of a complete fruiting plant and
bears witness to Mr. Leggett’s careful methods in botanical
work; it is labeled “ Canaan, Conn., ’68, W. H. L.” The label,
however, is not in Mr. Leggett’s handwriting, and, as it was doubt-
less copied and affixed after his death, is perhaps open to doubt
as applying to the identical plant which now bears it. The locali-
ties of Ontario, Ohio and Indiana suggest a more exclusively
central distribution than limits our other species, though the plant
may well occur further east. I feel almost certain of having myself
seen it in Alleghany County, New York, in 1891, in a flora
strongly characteristic of the northern Alleghenies.

361

In this connection it is interesting to note that when, in 1824,
Dr. Torrey reduced S. Canadensis to a variety of S. Marylandica
he evidently based his conclusion upon the examination of a spec-
imen of the very plant here described as S. *#ifoliata. This is
made pretty clear by his description of his var. Canadensis, which
was drawn up, by the way, from a Specimen collected at Litch-
field, Connecticut. As already remarked, Dr. Torrey afterwards
revised his opinions in regard to Canadensis and a plate of the
species occurs in his flora of the State of New York.

Descriptive Key to the eastern Species of Sanicula.

Styles long, recurved ; branching definitely uméellate throughout; sterile flowers
often in sepirate heads; perennial.

a. Fruit large, 3’’ or more high to tip of sepals, ovoid, sessile, spreading ; pericarp
corky-thickened ; bristles stout, bulbous at base, becoming 2/’ long, but not exceeding
calyx-tubes ; sterile calyx 1// long, deeply parted; sepals lanceolate, cuspidate-acute ;
general umbel twice compound, ¥% to ¥ the length of entire plant; stem-leaves two or
three; larger leaves 7-divided; involucral leaves cleft; petals and anthers greenish-white,
the petals oblanceolate, equalling the sepals; commissural scar elliptic; seed furrowed
dorsally ; oil tubes large. Marylandica.

6, Fruit very small, under 11%4’/ somewhat obovoid, short-pedicelled, reflexed ;
pericarp membranaceous; bristles weak, not bulbous xt base, 14// to 1// long, but exceed-
ing calyx-lobes, sterile calyx 34’! or less, cleft only half way down, sepals ovate, obtuse;
general umbel three times compound, & to % the length of plant; stem naked or with
a single leaf; larger leaves 5-divided ; involucre of distinct leaflets; anthers deep yel-
low; petals yellowish-green, obovate, twice the length of sepals; commissural scar
linear ; seed not furrowed, oil tubes very small. gregaria.
Styles short, included; branching mostly alternate and dichotomous, sterile flowers

not in separate heads; biennial at least as toc.

_ ¢ Fruit small, under 2//, subglobose, short-pedicelled, scarcely reflexed ; bristles
weak, under 1// long, dilated below; sepals on mature fruit inconspicuous among the
longer erect bristles; pedicels of sterile flowers 1/’ or less; calyx deeply parted ;
larger leaves mostly 5-divided; branching more or less decompound; commissural
Scar narrow; oil tubes five, large; seed furrowed on dorsal surface ; seed-face convex.

Canadensis.

@, Fruit large, becoming 3 14’, ellipsoid, sessile, reflexed ; bristles stout, becoming
1¥4/’ long; sepals on mature fruit forming a conspicuous beak-like projection free from
the somewhat spreading bristles; pedicels of sterile flowers 2/’; leaves large, conspicu-
ously trifoliate ; branching once or twice compound ; commissural scar broad ; oil tubes
of two kinds, a pair of large ones and numerous small ones; dorsal surface of seed
not furrowed; seed face concave. trifoliata,
Plate 245 is a conventional representation illustrating the plan of branching and

foliar arrangement of each of the four eastern species of the genus.

362

New Fungi, mostly Uredineae and Ustilagineae from various Lo-
calities, and a new Fomes from Alaska.

By J. B. ELtis AnD B, M. EVERHART.

Fomes Tincrorius E. & E.

(On hemlock trees or logs ?)

Admiralty Island, Alaska. Collected by James G. Swan, no.
20, 851. Comm. Frederick V. Coville, Botanist, U.S. Dept. Agr.

Pileus dimidiate, sessile, subunguliform, convex below, slaty
brown, witha few elevated concentric zones, the surface of which
is more or less cracked, substance flocose-fibrous, deep red, some-
what friable, superficial layer indurated, slate color, margin ob-
tuse, 6-7 cm. long and broad, by 4-5 cm. thick. Pores large, I-2
cm. long, 1%-2 mm. thick, same color as the inner substance of
the pileus, filled with grumous matter and spores. Spores sub-
globose or short elliptical, red, 5-6 x 31%4-4 4p.

Resembles somewhat F. /ateritius Cke., but pores much larger
and not stratose. When ground up it looks like madder, and 13°
used for dyeing.

UstiraGo ARENARIAE E. & E.
In the inflorescence of Avenaria congesta Nutt., North Park,

Colo., July, 1894. Alt. go00 ft. (Prof. C. S. Crandall, no. 119-)

Spore mass purplish-black. Spores oblong-elliptical, opaque,
14-17X 8-10, with a minute hyaline appendage at the base.
The spores resemble the sporidia of Musmmularia Bulliardi Tul.
Usti-aco Murrorpiana E. & E.

Infesting and destroying the panicles of a species of Festuca
_ while still enclosed in the sheath. Near Boise City, Idaho, June,
1892. (A. I. Mulford.) ,

Mass of spores nearly black. Spores when moistened glo-
bose or nearly so, 10-14 diam., epispore minutely roughened;
when dry many of them become oblong or short-cylindrical, 10-
14x 6-8 p.

UsTILaGo MONILIFERA E, & E.

In ovaries of Heteropogon contortus. Tucson, Arizona, May,
1893. (Prof. J. W. Toumey, no. 2.)

Mass of spores tobacco brown. Spores concatenate, lying 1”
parallel chains, subglobose, subcubical or subangular, hyaline at
first, then brown, 8-12y in the longer diameter, and very ™
nutely echinulate when highly magnified.

363

Sorosporium Souipacinis E. & E.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. February, 1893: 156.

This is the same as S. cuneatum Schofield, in the 2d Ed. of
Webber’s Appendix to the Cat. of Flora of Neb., published June,
1892.

Puccinta Licusticr E. & E.

On leaves of Ligusticum scopulorum Gray. Sangre de Christo
Mts., Colo. Alt. 10,000 ft. July, 1888. (Rev. C. H. Demetrio,
no, 201.)

III. Sori hypophyllous, minute, chestnut-colored, erumpent and
surrounded by the ruptured epidermis, densely crowded in subor-
bicular clusters 11%4-2 mm. diam. on small, pallid spots mostly
near the margin of the leaf. Teleutospores, elliptical or oblong-
elliptical, obtusely rounded at both ends, pale brown, scarcely or
only slightly constricted, 22-30 x 15-20 yp, epispore slightly
roughened but not distinctly thickened above.

Puccinia NESAEAE (Ger.).
Aecidium Nesaeae Ger. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 6: 47.
On leaves of Nesaea verticillata near Concordia, Missouri.

(Rev. C. H. Demetrio, no. 145.)

III. Sori orbicular, minute, bordered by the upturned epidermis,
collected in dense clusters or also scattered singly, usually clus-
tered on the tubercular-thickened parts of the leaf previously oc-
cupied by the Aeczdium. ee

Teleutospores oblong, clavate oblong or oblong-elliptical,
deeply constricted, strongly thickened at the apex, usually with a
hyaline papilla, pale yellowish brown, 30-45 x 12-15 p. Pedicels
Stout, subhyaline, about as long as the spore.

Ravenetia Arizonica E. & E.
On living leaves of Prosopis julifora. Tucson, Arizona, Aug.,

1894. (Prof. J. W. Toumey, no. 37.)

Amphigenous; sori erumpent, soon naked, small, black; heads
not compact in the sori, orbicular, 75-85 » diam., deep chestnut
browh, hemispherical, spiny, marginal spores about 20 “18—25) in.

number, inner spores about as many more, 18-22 x 7-8 #; number
of spores in a cross section through the center of the head 7-9.
Cystidia ovate-globose, swelling out so as to be visible around the
Margin of the head viewed from above. Stipe short, straight, con-
Sisting of only a few hyphae. The short, nearly hyaline spines
are distributed over the entire surface of the head, about as in &.
echinata D. & L., from which this differs in the larger orbicular

364

heads, containing a much greater number of spores. 4. Holwan
Dietel on the same host, has no spines. Uredospores in the same
sori with the teleutospores, obovate or elliptical, rough, 23-30
15-18 », pale yellowish-brown.

DOASSANSIA AFFINIS Ell. & Dearness.

On Sagittaria variabilis. \ondon, Canada, July, 1895. (Dear-
ness, 2269.)

Sori hypophyllous, pustuliform, globose or elliptical, 200-300 p
in the longer diameter, dark-colored and collapsing above, grega-
rious in elongated groups, the part of the leaf occupied being at
first yellowish. Spores globose or elliptical, 8-1o y in the longer
diameter, epispore comparatively thin.

Differs from D. Sagittariae on the same host, in its larger sori
and smaller less angular spores with thinner epispore. From D.
obscura Setchell it differs in habit and character of the sori; J.
opaca Setchell differs in its larger spores as well as in some other
respects.

AECIDIUM SPHAERALCEAE E. & E.

On leaves of Sphaeralcea angustifolia. Las Cruces, New Mexico.
June, 1895. (Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell.)
Hypophyllous, densely cespitose in clusters 2-8 mm, diam.
Aecidia deep orange color, cylindrical, closed at first, then open,
margin toothed, becoming entire, cups about % mm. high, 350-
400 » broad. Spores subglobose or elliptical, smooth, 15-20 # 19
the longer diameter, orange-yellow. Spermogonia on yellowish
spots on the upper side of the leaf.
Differs from A. Callirhoes E. & K. in its cylindrical aecidia
and deep orange color.

PERONOSPORA WHIPPLEAE E, & E.

On leaves of Whipplea modesta, Ukiah, Mendocino Co., Cal.,
May, 1894 (W. C. Blasdale),

Mycelium hypophyllous, effused, dirty gray. Fertile hyphae
250-350 » high, 3-4 times dichotomously branched, the ultimate
divisions simple or bifid and usually bearing on one side a short,
straight, lateral branchlet 6-8 7 long. Conidia short-elliptical,
brownish, smooth, 18-22x 12-15 ». Ovdspores not seen.

This appears to be distinct from P. ribicola Schrtr., the only
other species recorded on Saxifragaceae.

365

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States.—IV,
By JoHn K. SMALL.

(PLATE 246.)

SIEGLINGIA CHAPMANTI nN. sp.

Wiry, slender, glabrous (except the tops of sheaths and parts
of the inflorescence), bright-green, perennial by a horizontal root-
stock. Culms solitary or two or three together, erect, strict, 9-15
dm. tall, mostly purple about the nodes; lower leaves rather
numerous, nearly erect, 4-6 dm. long, the upper few, divaricate,
somewhat shorter, all firm, flat when young, soon involute and al-
most filiform, 7—11-ribbed, smooth and glabrous; lower sheaths
about 1 dm. long, upper ones often 2 dm. long, all %—% shorter
than the internodes; ligule a short fringe of rigid villous hairs,
above which, on the upper surface of the leaf, is a tuft of longer
villous hairs; panicle averaging about 2 dm. high, viscid above,
broadly ovoid, its branches rigid, filiform, divaricate (not drooping
at the ends), the nodes tufted with bunches of silvery-villous more
or less viscid hairs ; spikelets very slender-pedicelled, rather few,
7-8 mm. long, tinged with purple, almost linear (when dry oblong)
5-flowered; empty glumes lanceolate, one-nerved, the lower one
34 longer than the upper; flowering glumes oblong-elliptic, 3-
nerved, 3-pointed by the excurrent nerves which are villous for
\% their length; palet 2-nerved, scabrous on the two nerves,
slightly curved.

A species of southern distribution separable from Steglingia
seslerioides by its more slender and wiry habit, the very slender and
diverging branches of the panicle and the usually conspicuous
tufts of viscid hairs at the nodes throughout the panicle.

I found it last season growing in sand on the slopes of Cur-
rahee Mountain, near Toccoa, Georgia, and along theYellow River,
Gwinnett County, in the same State. Its range may be given
as follows: Georgia, as just cited, to Texas: J. Reverchon ; Bige-
low, Camp No. 4, between Ft. Smith and the Rio Grande, south
to Florida: Chapman, Curtiss (3454) Duval County.

Quercus GeorciAna M. A. Curtis; Chapm. Fl. S. States, 422
(1860). Although heretofore supposed to be confined to a single
Station and to exist only in shrub form, Q. Georgiana is now
known to have a considerable range and also to reach a develop-
ment which allows it to be classed as a tree.

366

Stone Mountain, Georgia, is the original locality of this
species. There it is more plentiful than at any of the new sta-
tions, but seldom attains the form of a tree. During the last two
years I have found this interesting oak at four new places, and at
all of these it grows plentifully and the tree form predominates
instead of the shrub.

Along the Yellow River, about six or seven miles east of Stone
Mountain, there are several large groves on the sides of the cafions
where the granite rocks outcrop. Six or seven miles east of the
Yellow River there occurs another outcrop of granite, and here
two fine trees stand and bear fruit in great abundance. Travel-
ling between the last mentioned station and the Oconee Mountain,
a little to the south of east, I came upon another granite outcrop
just west of the Oconee River. There the species again appears,
and it is interesting to note that whenever found it is confined to
granite outcrops. A fifth, or fourth, new locality is Little Stone
Mountain, situated about nine miles south of Stone Mountain.
There the species reaches its greatest development in size, meas-
urements showing a height varying from twenty to thirty feet
and a maximum trunk diameter of fourteen inches. The follow-
ing map will give an idea of the geographic distribution of this oak.

GWINNETT

NXE Gatres S117

Granite outcrop &
Granite oulcrop

WALTON

Stone / &

DE KALB

Little Stone (te.

eT

PHORADENDRON FLAVESCENS (Pursh) Nutt.; A. Gray, Man. Ed. 2,
383. 1856.

This plant is quite plentiful in the vicinity of Stone Moun-

367

tain, Georgia. At all the places where I found it in that region
its host was Quercus Georgiana, although there were numerous
other deciduous-leaved trees growing with the latter species.

‘RUMEX FASCICULARIS n. sp.

Perennial by a cluster of fusiform tuberous roots, glabrous, of
a dull, rather dark or olive-green color. Roots in clusters of from
3-5, 5-10 cm. long; stem lax and weak, 5-6 dm. long, de-
cumbent and ascending, strongly grooved, abruptly thickened at
the base and slightly thickened at the nodes; internodes 1-6 cm.
long; leaves mostly oblong, occasionally a few oblong-ovate or
Ovate, 7-17 cm. long, 4-7 cm. broad, of much the same size
throughout and clustered at the shortened end of the stem near
the inflorescence, acute or obtuse, somewhat undulate and crisped,
mostly truncate or cordate at the base, sometimes obtuse, thick
(drying very thin), petioled; petioles stout, 3-7 cm. long, strongly
dilated at their bases; ocreae thin and brittle, fugacious; panicle
12-16 cm. long, rather dense in fruit; racemes ascending, 1-5 cm.
long; pedicels slender, narrowly clavate, winged at the summit,
deflexed in fruit, 1-2 cm. long, articulated at the base; wings of
the calyx broadly deltoid, 4 mm. long, 5 mm. broad, undulate,
strongly nerved, each bearing an ovoid rugose callosity: style-
segments reflexed on the angles of the achene; achene broadly
Pyramidal-ovoid, triquetrous, 2 mm. long, chestnut-colored,
smooth and shining, the faces concave, the angles slightly mar-
gined. Plate 246.

A peculiar and striking species on account of its clustered
leaves. The shape of the latter is different from that of any other
North American member of the genus. By its inflorescence,
wings and achene it is related to R. Floridanus and R. verticillatus,
but the achene is broader and shorter than that of either of those
two species. The stem is unable to support the weight of the
leaves and inflorescence and bends over, endeavoring to rise again
at the end.

The specimens were collected by Mr. Geo. V. Nash, on his re-
cent excursion to Florida, in cypress swamps, on the marshy shore

of Lake Harris, near Eldorado, in the central part of the peninsula.

“ACER LEUCODERME nN. sp.
Acer Flovidanum acuminatum Trel.

A shrub, or small tree reaching a height of eight meters and
a trunk diameter of from one to five dm., clothed with a smooth
white bark. Trunk very short, sometimes almost wanting;
branches (secondary trunks), two to eight together, erect or as-

368

cending, conspicuous by their white bark ; branchlets clothed with
a gray or reddish bark; leaves depressed-orbicular (2. é., broader
than high), or rarely orbicular in outline, mostly three-lobed,
sometimes imperfectly five-lobed, 4-9 cm. in diameter, cordate or
truncate, petioled, with a rather open and shallow sinus, dark green,
glabrous and marked with light nerves above, greenish, tinged
with red, prominently nerved and very velvety (to the touch) be-
neath, the lobes acute or acuminate (the 4th or 5th when present
obtuse), each (or the terminal one only) bearing two obtuse teeth ;
petiole slender, reddish, 3-6 cm. long; flowers not seen; wings
of the samaras oblong-spatulate, 1-2 cm. long, red, conspicuous,
parallel or nearly so (more or less spreading when the fruits sepa-
rate at maturity); seed oblong, its covering prominently veined.

A very handsome maple, characteristic on account of its habit
of branching near the base into from several to many second-
ary trunks, and the white bark. The bright green color of its
foliage and the usually bright red fruit render it conspicuous,
and while the velvety pubescence on the lower surfaces of the
leaves is not prominent it is remarkably soft and dense to the
touch. ;

As far as I have observed, the tree is confined to the bottoms
of two rocky cafions, that of the Yadkin River, in Stanley county,
North Carolina, and especially that of the Yellow River, in Guitt-
nett county, Georgia. Dr. Trelease has reported the tree from

further south, where it doubtless occurs, but I do not know the
character of the localities.

KOELLIA VERTICILLATA (Michx.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl, 520. 1891.
Pycnanthemum Torreyi Benth. Lab. Gen. & Sp. 329. 1834:
This species of Koellia has never been recorded as growing

further south than Southwestern Virginia,* and consequently it has

not been credited to the Southern Flora. In August, 1893, I

found the plant growing in Northern Georgia, in Rabun county,

near Estotoah Falls. It was quite plentiful in the valleys and
ravines, at about 2000 feet altitude and inhabited localities much
like those in which it was found in Southwestern Virginia.

/ SOLIDAGO YADKINENSIs (Porter).
Solidago Boottii var. Yadkinensis Porter, Bull. Torr. Club. 1892:
Perennial, slender, wand-like, glabrous and of an olive-green
* Mem. Torr. Club, 4: 146.

369

color throughout. Rootstock long, chaffy, horizontal ; stem 5—15
dm. long, erect, simple below the inflorescence ; basal leaves tufted,
lanceolate or linear-lanceolete, the blade 10-30 cm. long, acute at
_ the apex, acuminate at the base, the petiole 0-15 cm. long, winged ;
cauline leaves lanceolate, linear-lanceolate or linear-oblong, 3-15
cm. long, erect and appressed, acute at the apex, sessile, the lower
ones like the basal, serrate with a few distant appressed or spread-
ing teeth ; inflorescence consisting of a simple terminal secund ra-
ceme or thyrse; heads campanulate, stalked, 3-4 mm. high, 25-35
flowered ; involucral bracts in four to five series, oblong or linear-
oblong, 1-2 mm. long, ciliate, obtuse, with a dark-green midrib
and tip ; corolla slightly longer than the pappus, more or less pubes-
cent; rays yellow, oblong-spatulate, entire, 2—3-apiculate ; achene
columnar, obtuse at the base, 10-14-ribbed, pubescent with a few
Spreading hairs.

This species was first described as a variety of Solidago Boottit
by Prof. Porter, from collections made by Mr. Heller and myself
in middle North Carolina in 1891. On first meeting with the
plant it seemed to me a good species, and field observations on it
each succeeding season have convinced me of its specific validity.
It grows only in rather open meadows scattered through the
pine woods. The first specimens seen were of the simple type
(z.é, in which the inflorescence consisted of a simple terminal
raceme) and not over six dm. tall. They were found near Gold
Hill, N.C. Last season I found this type near the base of Dunn’s
Mountain, in the vicinity of Salisbury, N.C. However, a more
robust and branched form is the more common state, and this oc-
curs at many localities in middle North Carolina. Up to last
Season Solidago Vadkinensis was not known to grow outside the
last mentioned region, but in September (1894) I met the plant
growing luxuriently at two stations in middle Georgia; the one a
botanically prolific meadow near Loganville, Walton county, and
the other meadows near the base of Little Stone Mountain, De-
Kalb county. The Georgia specimens are a little more robust
than those from North Carolina, but otherwise they are almost
identical. The variation that does exist is due to the less exposed

conditions under which the Georgia plants grew.

370

Botanical Notes.

Tumble mustard. A species of mustard that promises to be
one of the most formidable tumbleweeds yet introduced in the
United States has been found by Mr. J. H. Sandberg and Mr. J.
M. Holzinger, well established as a roadside weed in the side
streets of Minneapolis. It is Sisymdrium altissinum L. This
species was collected on ballast ground at Philadelphia in 1878,
and in 1885 it was found near Castle Mountain on the western
boundary of Alberta. During the past five years it has become a
troublesome weed in the vicinity of Indian Head, Assiniboia. It
is there known by the very appropriate name of “tumble mustard.”
It has also been found at Ottawa, Canada.

The tumble mustard may be distinguished from the other
mustards by its slender siliques, 3 to 5 inches long, and by its
characteristic tumbleweed habit, making a rather dense bush-like
plant at maturity. If discovered elsewhere than in the five places
mentioned, the undersigned will be grateful for reports of the lo-
calities. In case of doubt as to determination franks will be sent
for mailing and the specimens will be determined at the National
Herbarium. Lysrer H. DEWEY.

WasuincTon, D. C., August 14, 1895.

Reviews.

A Manual for the Study of Insects. John Henry Comstock
and Anna Botsford Comstock. 8vo., pp. 7o1. Ithaca, N. Y-
Comstock Publishing Company. 1895.

The entomological sky has become much cleared, so far as
the student or beginner is concerned, by the publication of this
Manual for the Study of Insects. There should be no difficulty
now in determining in nearly every case the native insects as far
down the scale of classification as the families to which they
scientifically belong. This is made possible by numerous figures
and tables of classification for each order, coupled with a general
clearness of statement that does not bristle with an array of
scientific terms. The book is essentially about insects and not

371

their describers, for no authorities are given. This matter is no
doubt left to the check lists and other more special works.

The first chapter deals with classification and nomenclature;
the second with crabs, spiders, centipedes and other near relatives
of the true insects, and the remaining nineteen with the six leg-
ged insects or Hexapoda, each chapter being devoted to a sepa-
rate order. This number of orders, as Prof. Comstock says,
slightly exceeds that commonly adopted. The difference, as will
be seen by the reader, results from dividing the Platyptera of
recent classifications into four separate orders. Those adopted in
the work are the following:

RTORNORA ee Bristle-tails, Spring-tails.
PPUMMERIDA 5 33+ 4s | May-flies.

2s a hi re Sia Dragon-flies,

PERCOPTERAS 2) 2.8 4" . . . Stone-flies.

NSORPTER A C8 st Peck tee White-ants.

WORRODENTIA® | .' 5 2 oy ges Procids and Book-lice.
WEATLOPHAGAT Eo Sore oe Bird-lice.

EUPLEXOPTERA®, 22 8 Earwigs.

ORTHOPTERA. . . . . . . . Cockroaches, Crickets, Grasshoppers, etc.
NNN Fe ary Thrips.

RIERA Bugs, Lice, Alphids and others.
WIROROPTEBA oo 5 SS Aphis-licris, Ant-licris and others.
MOP TERA a Scorpion-flies, etc.

SeiOHOPTERA 5 Caddice-flies.

PRPIDPIBRA (ss se ee Moths and Butterflies.

PRR Flies

DEPHONAPTERA 2 Sy, Fleas

CA MNTERA Go a Beetles.

ELYMENOPTERA 6 ok SS Bees, Wasps, Ants and others.

It is not supposed that this sequence is altogether a natural
One, but the best that can be expressed in a linear series, and
indeed, it does not make any difference whether, for instance, the
Lepidoptera immediately precede or follow the Diptera.

The greatest space is given to the chapter on Lepidoptera,
which occupies 222 pages, and it is chiefly in this much collected
order that changes of classification are noticed. They are based
upon the venation of the wings; the character of the antenne,
Vestiture, etc., not holding so prominent a position as in other sys-
tems. This classification seems to be very good so far as clear-

372

ness is concerned, and is easily comprehended by the general
reader, but perhaps specialists will not take to it so kindly.

In the chapter on Coleoptera the tiger beetles are mentioned
first and the Scolytidae last. In some recent classifications running
from the lowest to the highest this system is reversed.

The book is finely illustrated, containing 797 figures and six
plates, the frontispiece (Plate I.) being colored. On page 154 is
a picture of four grotesque leaf-hoppers sitting in a row on a grass
blade, who rival in absurdity of expression the famous Brownies.
Some of the illustrations include the plants on which the insects
feed, and the food plants are also often mentioned in the text.
Entomology as a rule does not form a conspicuous part in books
on botany, but the botany of an entomology is a more important
matter, many of the insects taking their names from the plants
upon which they feed. The illustrations of the wing-veins are
particularly numerous, and it is these, and the tables for determin-
ing the families and higher groups, that contribute largely to the
clearness of the book. W. T. Davis.

Studies in Plant Deackimen Henry L. Clark. Chicago.
1895.

One is at a loss to know just what to say on examining this
outline of plant analysis, for such it is, neither more nor less.
Judging from its mechanical construction and arrangement one
would conclude that it was intended to serve as an aid in teaching
young children the first principles of systematic arrangement, but
the terminology, which is that of Vines (see his recent text-book
on botany), will at once condemn it for such a purpose. The
terminology used would lead one to suppose that it was intended
for the use of advanced students and specialists in botany. Any
one sufficiently advanced to comprehend the meaning and applica-
tion of such terms as gametophyte, apogamy, germ-plasm, body-
plasm, microspore, macrospore, etc., etc., certainly does not require
an outline in the study of plant types. It is detrimental to teach
students that such outline-study is botany. It is true, the author
recommends a “ constant use’’ of Vines’ Text Book of Botany in
connection with this outline work, which is good as far as it goes.
It is, however, wholly wrong to teach students that they can be-
come systematists without having first studied morphology and

373

physiology. This prevailing idea has already done an inestima-
ble amount of harm to the advance of botany. No student « may
quickly be taught the small amount of technique (of the compound
microscope) necessary to do outline work.” It requires years of
patient toil to learn how to use thecompound microscope. Any per-
son can look down the tube of a compound microscope, but whether
said person knows and comprehends what he sees, or whether he
sees anything at all, is another question. My advice is that the
student should lay aside the «‘ Studies in Plant Development” un-
til he has mastered the rudiments of plant morphology and physi-
ology by years of patient work in some well equipped laboratory
and by consulting not only Vines but all other standard authori-
ties on plant physiology and morphology. After this is accom-
plished the “Studies” may be permanently stored away in the
garret along with other similar analyses.

As far as the make-up of the “ Studies”’ is concerned it lacks
nothing. Binding, paper and print are excellent. There is space
for the “study” of fifty types. A short list of modern (Vines)
botanical terms with etymology and meaning is added. In his
classification we are pleased to note that lichens are recognized as
adistinct class. It may be that the “ Studies” could be made use of
by advanced students in our universities, provided it was thought
advisable to take the time for making the records. Of what use
these records might be afterwards is more than we can understand
at present because there are already printed records of all the
known plant species.

It is with regret that we make this adverse criticism, but we
firmly believe that any mistaken tendency should be checked
early. The mistaken idea of what constitutes plant study has
already gained such a strong footing that we must put forth every
effort to check its progress. Let us sincerely hope that pernicious
“plant analyzing” may never be substituted for Botany in our
higher institutions of learning. Let us hope that in the future the
author will expend his time and talent on some work which will
Prove a real benefit to the advance of botanical science. _

ALBERT SCHNEIDER.

374

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.

Atkinson, G. F. Some Observations on the Development of Cod/eto-
trichum Lindemuthianum in artificial Cultures. Bot. Gaz. 20: 305-311.
pl. 22. 15 Jl. 1895.

Avé-Lallemant, Prof. Briefe aus Argentinen. Mitteilungen d.
Geogr. Gesellsch. u. d. Naturhist. Mus. i. Liibeck, 7: 53-91. 1895.

Contains a few notes on the flora.

Bailey, L. H. The Plant Individual in the Light of Evolution. Sci-
ence (p. 8.)) 1: 281-292. 15 Mr. 1895.

Bates, J. M. A new Astragalus. Am. Nat. 29: 670, 671. Jl. 1895-

A, lotiflorus Hook. var. Nebraskensis, from Brown County, Nebraska.

Beal, W. J. Notes from a Botanic Garden.—I. Gard. & For. 8:
20%.:. 31 J1, 1898.
Notes from Agricultural College, Michigan.

Beal, W. J. Teaching Botany one Topic at a Time, illustrated by

suitable Materials at any Season of the Year. Science (n. s.), I: 355:
29 Mr. 1895..

Bennett, A. Notes on the Pofamogetons of the Herbarium Boissier.
Bull. Herb. Boiss. 3: 249-260. Je. 1895.

Memoranda ona number of American species.

Bessey, C.E. Some Features of the native Vegetation of Nebraska.
Am. Nat. 29: 486,487. My. 1895.

Bessey, C. E. The Division of Agrostology. Am. Nat. 29: 487)
488. My. 1895.

Boyer, C. S. A Diatomaceous Deposit from an Artesian Well at
Wildwood, N. J. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 260-266. 25 Je
1895.

Describes new species in Hydrosera and Surirella.

Britton, N.L. Daniel Cady Eaton. Science (n. s.), 2: 57, 58- 19
Je. 1895.

Britton, N.L. The generic Name of the Water Weed. Science (0-
S.), 2: 5. 5. Jl. 1895.
Proposes Phtlotria Raf. 1818, for Udora Nutt. 1818, but later.

Bush, B.F. A list of the Trees, Shrubs and Vines of Missouri. Rep-
State Hort. Soc. 37: 353-393. Je. 189s. Reprinted.

375

Clarke, C. B. On certain authentic Cyperaceae of Linnaeus. Journ.
Linn. Soc. London, 30: 299-315. 6 O. 1894.

Contains numerous notes on American species.

Curtis, C. C. Interesting Features of well-known Plants of New York
Harbor. Journ. N. Y. Micros. Soc. 11: 63-73. pd 50, 57. Ji.

1895.
Davy, J.B. Plants hitherto undescribed.—I. Erythea, 3: 116-118.
Describes new species in Lupinus, Senecio and Triglochin.

Didrichsen, A. Om Tornene hos Aura crepitans. (Sur les épines de
! Hura crepitans), Bot. Tidskr. 19: 189-200. 1895.

Eastwood, A. On heteromorphic Organs of Seguota sempervirens.
Proc. Cal. Acad. (II.) 5: 170-176. pl. 15-18. 13 My. 1895.

Eckfeldt, J. W. An Enumeration of the Lichens of Newfoundland
and Labrador. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 239-259. 25 Je. 1895.
New species in Pannaria, Lecanora, Biatora and Lecidea,

Fernald, M. L. A red-seeded Dandelion in New England. Bot. Gaz.
20: 323,324. 15 Je. 1895.
Note on 7araxacum erythrospermum.

Fernald, M. L. Supplement to the Portland pone of Maine
Plants. Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist. 2: 73-76. 1895.

Fernald, M. L. Two new mountain Plants. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,

22: 273,274. 25 Je. 1895. :

Describes Aster Hendersoni and Carex scabrata X crinita new hybrid,

Ganong, W. F aLboratory Teaching of large Classes in Botany,
Science (n. s.), 1; 230-234. 1 Mr. 1895.

Gerard, J. N. American /rises. Gard. & For. 8: 286. 17 Jl. 1895.

Goodale, G. L. The New York Botanic Garden. Science (n. s.), 2
1,2. 5 Jl. 1895.

Greene, E. L. Novitates Occidentales—XV. Erythea, 3: 118-121.
I Jl. 1895. :
Describes new species in De/phinium, Botsduvalia, Aster, Linanthus and Sisy-

rinchium,

Greene, E. L. Observations on the Compositae—X. Erythea. 3:
YO7—115,-- 1 Jl. 1895.

Enumerates the species of Cérysothamnus ; establishes the genus Neosyris for

Sigelovia hypoleuca and B, fuliginea.

Harshberger, J. The Origin of our vernal Flora. Science (n. s.),

Ti 92-98. 25 Ja. 1895.

376

Heritage, B. Preliminary Notes on Welwmbo /utea. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 22: 265-271: .p/. 2377. 25 Je. 1865.

Hill, E. J. The Saguenay Region—I.-III. Gard. & For. 8: 182-
183; 193; 213. My. 1895.

Holm, T. On the Validity of some fossil Species of Liriodendron.
Bot. Gaz. 20: 312-316. p/. 23. 15 Jl. 1895.

Hooker, 1; D. “Senecio Hualtata. Curt. Bot. Mag. fl. 7422. ji.

1895.
Native of Chili and Argentaria.

Jelliffe, S. E. Cryptogamic Notes from Long Island.—III. Bull.
- Torr: Bot.Club, 22: 274~275. “25 Jé. 1895.

Kellerman, W.A. Ohio Forest Trees. Pamph. pp. 16. Columbus.
1895.

Keys to and descriptions of the native species.

Kellerman, W. A. Poisoning by Shepherd’s-purse. _ Bot. Gaz. 20:
325, 326. 15 Jl. 1895.

Kellerman, W. A. Spring Flora of Ohio. 8vo. pp. 128. ‘Colum-
bus, 1895.

A concise descriptive flora. .

Knowlton, F. H. Use of the initial Capital in specific Names of
Plants. Science (n.s.), 1: 423, 424. 19 Ap. 1895.

Kranzlin, F. Eine neue Pleurothailis-Art. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 3!
359, 360. Jl. 1895.

P. Autraniana n., sp.

Leiberg, J. B. On the Carpels of Dtecdaiie malvacea (Greene)
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 271,272. .25 Je, 1895.

Lemmon, J. G. Handbook of West American Cone-Bearers. Ed. 3:
Pp- 104. Jigs. Oakland. 1895.

Masters, M.T. The Guadeloupe Cypress. Gard. Chron, (III) 18
62. f. 9. 20 Jl. 1895.

- Description and illustration of Cypressus macrocarpa Guadeloupensis (S- Wats.)

Mast.

Minot, c 5 The fundamental Difference between Animals and
. Plants. Science (n. s.), 1: 311, 312, 22 Mr. 1895.

Mottier, M. D. Contributions to the Embryology of the Ranuncula-

ceae.» Bot. Gaz. 20: 241-248. pl. 17-20. 17 is ate 15
Jl. 1895.

377

Pammel, L. H. Conifers in Iowa. Gard. & For. 8: 279. 10 Jl.
1895. :
Patouillard, N. Aplittopsis, nouveau geure d’Hyménomycetes
hétérobasidiés. Journ. de Bot. g: 245-247. 16 Jl. 1895.

: Description of the genus, and of 1/7. Langloisit from Louisiana.

Pollard, C. L. Viola sagittata Hicksit, var. nov. Bot. Gaz. 20: 326.
15 Jl. 1895.

Robertson, C. Harshberger on the Origin of our vernal Flora. —Sci-
efice (N.:s.), £:.371~375. 5 Ap. 1895.

Sargent, C.S. Carpinus cordata. Gard. & For. 8: 294. f. ¢J.
24 Jl. 1895.

Sargent, C. S., Editor. A northern Forest. Gard. & For. 8: 282.
J gO. - 17.31. 1805;

Sargent, C.S., Editor. <Xadmia latifolia var. myrtifolia. Gard. &
For. 6:..315. f. gg. 7 Aus 1895.

Sargent, C. S., Editor. The Tree Yuccas in the United States. Gard.
m@ For. 8: 301. f. 2. 31 Jl. 1898:

Illustrating Y. macrocarpa.
Smith, E.F. The Botanical Club Check List. Pamph. pp. 16. No
date.

Smith, Y.D. Undescribed plants from Guatemala and other Central
American Republics. —XV. Bot. Gaz. 20: 281-295. 15 Jl. 1895.
Tracy, W. A. The simultaneous Origin of similar (or identical) —

Varieties from different Stock. Am. Nat. 29: 485, 486. My. 1895.
Toumey, J. W. Notes on the Tree-Flora of the Chiricahua Moun-

tains—I.-II. Gard. & For. 8: 12, 13; 22. figs. Ja. 1895.
Trelease, W. The Missouri Botanical Garden. Am. Nat. 29; 668-

670. Jl. 1895; Science, n. s. 1: 716, 717. 28 Je. 1895.
Trimble, H. On the tanning Properties of the Bark of three North

American Trees. Gard. & For. 8: 293. 24 Jl. 1895.

Notes on the tannin of Castanopsis chrysophylla, Quercus densiflora and Ostrya
Virginiana,

Underwood, L. M. An interesting Zguisefum. Bot. Gaz. 20: 320.
(figs. 15 Jl. 1895.

Abnormal form of £. hyematle.
Vail, A. M. The June Flora of a Long Island Swamp. Gard. &

For. 8: 282. 17 Jl. 1895.

378

Vance, L. J. The Future of the Long-leaf Pine Belt. Gard. & For. 8:
278. 10 Jl. 1895. ;

Ward, L. F. The Mesozoic Flora of Portugal compared with that of
the United States. Science, n. s., 1: 337-346. 29 Nov. 1895.

Williams, T. A. Notes on Mexican Lichens—I. Am. Nat. 29:
480-485. My. 1895.

Wolley-Dod, C. Cone-flowers. Garden, 47: 418-419. pl. roré.
15 Je. 1895.

Descriptions of the cultivated Rudbeckiae, with illustrations of R. maxima and
R. pinnata.

Surplas Books for Sale from the Library of Dr. M. C. Cooke.

146 Junction Road, London N., England.

Balfour, J. B. Botany of Socotra, 4°. 100 plates. Edinburgh.
Hedwig. Theoria generationis and Hist. Nat. Muscorum. 4°.
Lamarck and DeCandolle. Flore Francaise. 6 vols., 8°.
Steudel. Nomenclator Botanicus. 8°, board.
Linnaeus. Flora Suecica. First Edition.
Leers. Flora Herbornensis. 16 pl., 8°
Acharius. Synopsis Lichenum.
Marsilius. Dissert: de generatione Fungorum.
Retz, Observationes Botanicae. Folio.
Vaillant. Botanicon Parisiense. Folio.
Queckett. Histological Catalogue. 4°. 2 vols., cloth.
Luerssen. Medico-Pharmaceutik Botanik. Vol. 1, Kryptogamen, 8°, paper.
Lindley, Dr. Flora Medica. 1 vol., cloth.
Waring, Dr. Pharmacopaeia of {ndia. 8°, cloth.
_ Fluckiger, Dr., and Hanbury, D. Pharmacographia. 8°.
Hanbury, D. Notes on Chinese Materia Medica.
Hanbury, D. Science Papers. 1 vol., 8°
Waring, Dr. Bibliotheca Therapeutica. 2 vols., 8°.
Christison, Dr. On Poisons. 8°, 1 vol.
Allen and Thomson. Expedition to the Niger. 8°, 2 vols.
Farlow, W. G. Marine Algae of New England. 8°, paper.
Toni and Levi. Flora Algologica Venezia. Parts I. and III.
Toni and Levi. L’ Algarum Zanardini. 8°.
Underwood. Catalogue of N. Am. Hepaticae. 8°.
Tuckerman, Synopsis of Lichens of New England.
Bescherelle. Prodromus Bryologiae Mexicanae. 8°. :
_, Harvey, Dr. Phycologia Britannica. 4 vols. in 2 half morocco, gilt tops. Splen-
did copy, first issue. te
: rs English Botany, 2d Edition, Vol. XIL, only containing Algae. 8°,
cloth.
Goebel, K. Morphologische und Biologische Studien. 8°, 15 plates.
Queckett, J. Lectures on Histology. 2 vols., 8°, cloth.
Queckett, J. Treatise on the Microscope. 8°, cloth.
Humboldt. Flora Friburgensis. 4°, board.
Ardissone. Enum. della Alghe della Marca di Ancona. 4°
De Notaris. Epilogo della Briologia Italica, Roy. 8°, half calf.
Wahlenberg. Flora Suecica. 2 vols. 8°.
Bauhin. Theatrum Botanicum. Folio.
Meyer. Primitiae Florae Essequeboensis. 4°, calf.
Sullivant. Musci and Hepaticae of U.S. 8° :
Kickx, J. Flore cryptogamique des Flandres. 2 vols. in 1, Half calf. 1867,
Roth, A. G. Catalecta Botanica. 3 vols., 8°, half calf. 1806.
Schrader, H. Spicilegium Florae Germanicae. 8°. 1794.
Haller, A. Flora Jenensis. 12°. 1745.
Weigel. Flora Pomerano Rugica. 12°. 1769.
Olhaff. Elenchus Plantarum. 12°. 1656.
Sprengel, C. Florae Halensis. §°. 1806 and 2 suppl.
Schumacher. Plantae Saellandiae. 2 vols., 1801. :
Schlechtendal. Flora Berolinensis, Part 2, Cryptogamia. 1824.
Wulff, J.C. Flora Borussica, 12° 1765.
Schrank. Florae Salisburgensis. 12. 1792. _
Weinmann. Enum: Stirpium in Agro Petropolitano. 8°. 1837.
Martius. Flora Erlangensis Crypt. 8, 6 pl., 1817.

‘

}

Nuovo Giornale Botanico Italiano, 1872 to 1891. 20 years complete, 18 in 9%,
calf, rest in parts. !

Michelia. Ed. P. A. Saccardo, 1879 to 1882 in 2 vols., half calf (all published).

Hedwigia (Ed. Rabenhorst, etc.), 1852 to 1891 (Vol. II. imperfect) together in
15 vols., cloth).

Flora (Regensburg), vols. 34 to 47, 14 vols., cloth, :

Notarisia, Commentarium Phycologiae, 1886-1891. Parts 1 to 25 (wanting part
21).

) La Nuova Notarisia. 1890-1891. 7 parts,
Revue Mycologique (Roumeguere). 1888-1891. 13 vols. in 6, cloth.
Rabenhorst’s Algae Europaea Aquae dulces. 3 parts in 2 vols., half calf, com-
plete, 1864.

Monthly Microscopical Journal, (Ed, Dr. Lawson.) 18 vols., cloth. 1869-1877.

Grevillea (Ed. M, C, Cooke), Complete set in parts, 20 vols, 1872-1892.
Complete sets out of print.

Hassalls, Dr. British Fresh Water Algae. 2 vols., cloth,

Smith, W. British Diatomaceae. 2 vols., cloth.

Ralfs, J. British Desmidiae. 1 vol., half calf.

Bornet et Thuret. Notes Algologiques, part 2 only, folio, plates.

Flora of Herefordshire. Mosses by Aug. Ley. Fungi by M. C. Cooke, 1 vol.
8, cloth. 1889.

Hooker, W. J.,and Baker, J. G. Synopsis Filicum. Colored plates, 8°, cloth.
1868.

DeBary, A. Morphologie und Biologie der Pilze. Mycetozoen und Bacterien.
8°, uncut. 1884.

Natural History Review. Vols. I. to VI., 1854 to 1859 and 1861 to 1865, II
vols. (wanting Vol. VIL.).

American Naturalist, 1867 to 1886 (wanting 1876), in 17 vols., half calf, 2 vols
in parts. Also 1887-8 complete; 1889 (wanting 266, 270, 274, 275); 1890 complete;
1891 (wanting 298, 300).

American Entomologist, and American Botanist and Entomologist. 1868-1879.
2 vols. in one, half calf.

Ray (John). Historia Plantarum. 3 vols., folio. ;

Mitten, W. Musci Indiae Orientalis, 8°, with Griffith’s Muscologia Itineris AS
ora pe Griffith’s Notulae ad plantas Asiaticas, part 2. Cryptogamia in 1 vol., 8°,

calf.

Buxbaum J.C. Plantarum minus cognitarum. Complete in 2 vols, 4°.

. __ Girod Chautraus. Recherches chimiques et micro, sur les Conferves. Fol. 36 pl.
half calf. 1802.

Gerarde’s Herbal. Old folio, wanting title and last page of index, otherwisé
good condition.

Botanical Tracts, chiefly Cryptogamia, many vols, requiring separate list.
Greville’s Scottish Cryptogamic Flora. 6 vols., half morocco, gilt. Colored

plates,
Many other works, specially on Fungi, not enumerated here.
In applying for details of price, etc., quote the headings here written.

Lonpon, July, 1895.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 239.

NEW AND RARE DESMIDS.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 240.

-O G28.

BQ0

oe Oxy

020° BLO:0

NEW AND RARE DESMIDS.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 241.

SANICULA MARYLANDICA L.

Co ee ~—

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB—.PLATE 242.

SANICULA GREGARIA BICKNELL.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 243.

SANICULA CANADENSIS L.

—

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 244.

SANICULA TRIFOLIATA BICKNELL.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 245.

ie
"_

Le.
<4 5 Nx

BRANCHING OF EASTERN SANICULAS. (DIAGRAMMATIC,)

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 246.

f ) UN RY .

ANAS Nie \ SS \
BD = CaN

ESR JX

oe

.y
SARIS
SS Se
SE NESS
ny NS » a 1;
Shy oe Le,
S .

> Sk
rae BN
y ANS

RUMEX FASCICULARIS SMALL.

—

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

No. 37.
No. 38.

No. 39.

No. 40.
No, 41.

[The numbers omitted from this list are out of print, ]

VoLuME I.
A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By
N.'L, Britton and H..H Rusby (18$7)5 0. ok oe wea 25 cents.

New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
Se Me ee age Oa 25 cents,
An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed. )
The Genus /icoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . 25 cents.
A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
ss See and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L.
ritton.
The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains

and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . . . 25 cents.
Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7?ssa,
Adam... By Nv. Britton (1889) ) 4. oss sis ww Sw ae 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
CEEB Og ok pss ie oe eae pe wip ie a) ete ae 25 cents.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
OR ON 6 sh cet eee I ae iy ese wy Se ed 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
Bat Se ree Dr ee ee eT ee 25 cents.
The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.
CSCO E ie hea: weet oh & no oe ee enemas core 25 cents.
Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong
RUNGE, os chy Seg ie ee at Gy + cal ot . . . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
CR dg ae cae pig a ah eign tp a be a Ca wee Se 25 cents,
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
Ries (1892),: 4s grote ie siawter a centah eww) ceo 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus J/ezdomia occurring in the
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents.
VotumeE II.
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North
Americ. By N: 1. Britto (1908), oe sce _ , 25 cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
ba Ben (eee ae ts ew epee ee
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. ByN. L. Britton
CERN a ce te ew lane Riga Sg pg se 25 cents
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L.
Britton (1892), oe cae eel ULe og © sl wrine a anon baw ecco a 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small
REE Ere oe gee we oe 25 cents,
A New Species of Zzstera, with Noteson Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong
ROO A ws ncaa de ik eon ee ane . 25 cents,
The N. American Species of Zespedesa. By N. L. Britton (1893), 25 cents.
An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay,
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the assistance of
Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), .. . - +--+ + +: $1.50
Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small
CN ake ae Ue OT ee aeias ees oa 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. L. Britton
CONG en sd es te ae ee . . 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, III.—Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, . . 25 cents.
New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby (1893), . 25 cents.
The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Appalachian Mountain Sys-

Notes upon various. Species of Iridaceze and other Orders. By Thomas
MMU AOU T IS Shee oe ee ee oa ol 25 ee
Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.

(TSQR} yc Fo ‘ ; 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American

SAE ©. ee es ee ee ee) eee

PR hi cke Ue ko ion sain wae Bla 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American

fess welt ha ties eee ct 25 Cente:
A Study of the Genus Psoralea in America. By Anna Murray Vail
ROS ren eee eas Se ccd hadi! Oech _ 25 cents.

Spake gee es 25 cents.
The Genus Cassia in N. America, By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents.
A Revision of the Genus Lechea. By N. L. Britton ( 1894), . . 25 cents.
New or little known Plants of the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.

Fitim (se COWGE TL SBGG) So) sas So EM 60 G0 6p he BG OES
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K.

Gein Speen, dl ME TE, What: ite, ae eke ai eas oe ea eden ae

ae 25 cents.
A preliminary Revision of the Genus Lathyrus in North America. By
Aeotote: GC. White: (18g 7 ai 25 cents.
Two Species of Oxalis. By John K. Small (1894) ... > 2. . 25 Conte.
Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small
POOR Sere es” ins sseanas a , «85 RENE

Some new Florida Plants, By T.-H. Kearney, Jr. ( 1894), . . . 25 cents.

ee he ee ee ee ee

(1895) LO ee a es GE ic LER eek cae Wea . 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, III. By John K.
Small (1895), : _ 25 cents.

La apie mie eee Ua pees ets?

ae ge ae eee wy

Elizabeth G. Britton (1895), w . . et le 25 cents
Some new hybrid from the Southern States. By John K. Small
CBOSS es Gi, 1 ee aN Oe rie nk aed ees age di

No. 75. An Enumeration of the Plants collected by M. E. Penard in Colorado during
the summer of 1892. By N. L. Britton and Anna Murray Vail (1895).
50 cents.

VoLUME IV.

No. 76. The Biological Status of Lichens. By Albert Schneider (1895), . 25 cents.
No. 77. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IX. By N, L. Britton
EBQG Yo 5 eed SR Es name ami ee at 25 cents.

No. 78. Ti Genes Cenchrus in North America. By Geo, V. Nash (1895), 25 cents.
Title-pages for Vols. II. and III. can be supplied.
The series as above listed will be supplied for $12.
Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton,

may be had for $2. Address
PROF. N. L. BRITTON,

Columbia College,
NEW YORK CITY.

+ #* LIST OFF: -

Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern North America

A few copies in paper binding remain

unsold. Price, $1.00.
EDITORS,
Torrey Botanical Club.

Semitic ie et 2

THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE.

A monthly journal embracing all departments of the science.
Well illustrated. Contributions from eminent investigators. In-
teresting news column relating to botanists and their writings.

$3.00 a Year. 30 Cents a Single Number.
PUBLISHERS AND EDITORS:

JOHN M. COULTER, Lake Forest, Il. CHAS. R. BARNES, Madison, Wis.
J. C. ARTHUR, Lafayette, Ind.

Summer School of Cryptogamic Botany,

IN OUR LABORATORY.
Five Weeks, Beginning July 5, 1895. Laboratory Work and Lectures,

General Cryptogamic Botany for teachers, covering recommendations of
“Committee of Ten.” ‘ . 1 thod
Economic Mycology for investigators, with special attention to culture me

and literature,

Fee $25.00 in advance. Write early.

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.,

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.

WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J.,

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL-
WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

Fin RE Poet Con Oe a |

CHARACEZ OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characez of America is
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of JVitel/a, as fol-
lows: JVitella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
shipit, Allen; Missouriensis, Allen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
Slomerulifera, A. Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates can be prepared; price of each part $1, the ~
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

Lf. ALLEN,
10 East 36th St., N. ¥-

MEMOIRS

-» FROM THE ...

Department of Botany of Columbia College.

VOLUME 1.

A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus
Polygonum. Quarto, pp. 178, 85 plates. Price, $6.00.
For copies address,
PROF. N. L. BRITTON,
COLUMBIA COLLEGE, NEW YORK CITY.

JAMAICA FERNS.
Herbarium Specimens for Sale.

Two hundred species collected during the past winter and determined in accord-
ance with Jenman’s “Ferns of Jamaica” as far as that is published, Numbered and
labeled. The list comprises 34 genera, and includes about a dozen tree ferns, two
dozen filmy ferns, a large number of choice Polypods and Asplenia, together with
many rare and desirable species in other genera. The specimens are fresh, green and

well preserved. Address
B. D. GILBERT,
Clayville, N. Y-

ESTABLISHED 185 tas

<

IMER & A

&

ANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(z) THE BULLETIN.

This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with foes
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1894 over 45 pages monthly with
many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.

Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for
England, Messrs. Dutau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England.

Back Numpers.—The BuL.etin was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 187 5 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
run on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
The price of this volume is $5.00.. Volumes 7 to 17 have been indexed sepa-
rately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had for
50° cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20 and 21 are indexed “er
rately. Price of each $2.00. Vol. 8 cannot now be supplied complete, but it is
planned to reprint some of its numbers,

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The sage
can also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. Those
omitted from this list cannot be had separately,

Volume 1, No. 2—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts
of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents.

No, 3.—An Enumeration of the Hepaticz collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby ‘
South America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce. Price,
75 cents.

No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents.

Volume 2, No. 1.—On Reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding
Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, 50 cents.

s No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna
Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents.

No..4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygala.
By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents.

Vol. 3.__No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous ter
ritory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents.

No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadacez with illustrations of all
the species. By Thos, Morong. Price $2.00,

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang-
By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents.

Vol. 4. No. 1.~Index Hepaticarum Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien M.
Underwood. Price, 7 5 cents.

No. 2.—Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season rs
3892. By John K. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, 50 cents.

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang—Il.
By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents, :

No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea 1. with three plates. By Anna Stockton Pettit
Price, 50 cents.

Vol. §. List of Northeastern American Plants of the Botanical Club, American
Association for the Advancement of Science. Price, $3.00,

sts Bee =.
3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyta report
gue, within one hundred miles of New York, 1888, Price, $1.00.

- BULLETID

OF THE ©

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANY.

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

nue, New York City,

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
OFFICERS FOR 1895.

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Vice Presiaents,
T. F. ALLEN, M. D. L, H. LIGHTHIPE.
Recording Secretary,

HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D.,
College of Pharmacy, New York City.

Corresponding Secretary,
JOHN K. SMALL,
Columbia College, New York City-
Editor,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D.,
Columbia College, New York City.

Treasurer,
HENRY OGDEN,
1x Pine Street, New York City.

Associate Editors,
EMILY L. GREGORY, Ph. D., ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. B.,
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, BYRON UD. HALSTED, Se. D.,
A. A. HELLER.

Curator,

JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS,

Librarian,

EFFIE A. SOUTHWORTH.
Committee on Finance,

J. I. KANE. WM. E. WHEELOCK.

Committee on Admissions,
CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, MISS JEANNETTE B. GREENE,
319 E. 57th Street, New York City. 54 W. 56th Street, New York City.

Library ana Herbarium Committee,

JOSEPHINE E. ROGERS, HELEN M. INGERSOLL,
EFFIE A. SOUTH WORTH, Rey. L. H. LIGHTHIPE.

Committees on the Local Flora,
PHANEROGAMIA,
Pror. THOS. C, PORTER,
N. L. BRITTON, Ph. D.,
H. H. RUSBY, M., D.,

CRYPTOGAMIA,
ELIZABETH G. BRITTON,
MARIA O. LE BRUN,

SMITH ELY JELLIFFE, M. D.

The Club meets regularly at Columbia College, 49th Street and Madison Ave-

on the second Tuesday and Jast Wednesday of each month,

except June, July, August and S.

eptember, at 8 o’clock, p M. [Botanists are cor-
dially invited to attend.

‘MEMBERS OF THE CLUB will

Please remit their annual dues for 1895, now
payable, to Mr, Henry Ogden,

Treasurer, 11 Pine St., New York City.

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Antidromy of Plants.*

By GEORGE MACLOSKIE,

During the summer of 1893 I made observations on Indian
corn, which were published in abstract in the Princeton College
Bulletin of November, 1893. It was then shown that, if we judge
from the modes of overlapping of the leaf margins of Maize and
of other Gramineae, there must be two kinds of plants of every
species of the order; the one kind or “caste” has its lowest foliage
leaf (the leaf next above the pileolus in the embryo) with the
right margin of its sheath overlapping the left margin, “ dextrally
infolded” as I term it; and the other caste has the left margin
Overlapping the right, “ sinistrally infolded.” The leaves at sub-
sequent nodes are alternately sinistral and dextral. In order to
aScertain the origin of this duplicity I read Van Tieghem’s re-
_ Searches on the Cotyledons of the Gramineae (Ann. des Sci.
re Naturelles, 1872), which stated that the leaves of the plumule
within the seed are alternately enfolded on each other, but failed
_ to indicate the direction of the enfolding of the first leaf The
_ dissection of one or two seeds revealed a dextral initial folding;
, end soon other grains were found with sinistral folding. Thus

it became manifest that as there are two castes of maize-plant, so
“* 3 —..
* Read before Section G., A. A. A. S., Springfield meeting, September, 1895.
+ He states that the direction of the evolution of the leaves is determinate, but
_ there is variation as to the first green leaf, and he had not been able to discover its
Cause,

380

there are two castes of grains, the one being the “ anudrom” of
the other, the leaf-folding starting diversely, and the leaves of suc-
cessive nodes, running contrariwise in the plumule of one grain
as compared with that of another grain.

The next problem was to orientate the grains of each caste in
the ear of Maize. The ear consists of columns each containing 4
pair of rows of grains; we may designate the row opposite our
right hand dextral and the other row (opposite our left) as sinis-
tral. It was soon made out that in the particular ear examined,
the grains of the dextral row were all with dextral embryos, and
those of the sinistral row had sinistral embryos. Whether this
law would apply to all the ears on one plant, or whether the order
would be inverted between the ears arising from successive nodes,
or between the ears of different plants, is yet to be determined.
On examining the very young ear of maize I found the grains of
the paired rows of each column orientated close to each other,
almost face to face, the young styles running up together, and a
gap between the adjoining two-rowed columns.

From this discovery the inference was obvious that the seeds
of corn differ from each other antidromically, according to the side
of the placenta or axis from which they arise; that their embryos
vary in consequenee, and determine the caste of the future plant.
Whilst it was easy to see that the same rule will include all the
Gramineae, I hazarded the suggestion that it may be found in
some measure to dominate other orders of plants. The dis-
covery as to the corn .disposes of Sachs’s crowning argument
against phyllotaxy, which he supposed could have no significancy
as to Gramineae, on account of their distichous leaves.

Early in August, 1895, 1 was struck by the graceful inflores-
cence of Ladies’ Tresses (Spiranthes praecox Watson, S. £ ramined
var. Walteri Gray). Its spiral rows of pure white flowers are anti-
dromic as between different individual plants; about half the
specimens have dextral spirals (viz., turning in the direction of the
thread of a common screw), and the same number have sinistral
spirals. Another interesting point was that the phyllotaxy, or
arrangement of the distichous leaves in a primitive spiral, of each
of the plants of Sprranthes follows the order of the inflorescence,
dextrorse phyllotaxy invariably accompanying the dextrorse an-

381

thotaxy, and conversely.* The numerous seeds of these plants
are too small to be easily compared together ; but the phyllotaxy
or even the inflorescence serves as our best guide when other
indications fail. A similar remark will apply to Oenothera bt-
eunis, whose inflorescence curves to the right or left in the same
direction as the leaves; though not always so easily determined
as in Ladies’ Tresses. In some cases the seeds form a ready
guide. For example, the Lima-bean is found on examination to
have its cotyledons right and left, and two foliage leaves respec-
tively dorsal and ventral (towards the dorsal and ventrai sutures
of the pod). Now I found that the right margin of the dorsal
leaf of the plumule of one seed overlaps the right margin of the
ventral leaf, but the left margin of the dorsal leaf is overlapped by
the left margin of the ventral leaf; and in another seed these
relations are reversed. I also found that the seeds growing on
one valve of the pod, being Nos. 1, 3,5, were all similar; whilst
the seeds on the other valve, being Nos. 2, 4, were reversed.
Thus the seeds on one margin of a carpel are found to be antidrom-
ically related to those on the opposite margin. (I have not ex-
amined whether successive pods from the same plant reverse these
characters or not.) The pea showed its antidromy best when
germinating, the emerging plumules of different seeds appearing
under careful orientation to come up with opposing twists. The
large plumule of the Almond seed can be seen by dissection to
have two modes of torsion in different seeds. The akenes of Caf
Sea exhibit antidromy, an interesting point in this plant as the op-
Posite leaves render the determination otherwise difficult. The
deeply enfolded endosperm of the coffee-bean is seen on a cross-sec-
tion of different seeds to be in opposite directions; a mark which
is a sure indication of similar diversity in the minute embryo.
Even from the outside the two kinds of akenes are easily distin-
Suishable, the figure of one reversing that of the other like one’s’
tight and left hand, thus proving that the two mericarps are rela-
tively antidromic; and confirming the evidence already derived

from the corn and Lima-bean, as to the origin of this character.

* sep vaeeaa mane eee ee
oo + Dextral phyllotaxy has the primary spiral traced by the insertion of the leaves
directed like the thread of a common screw. With leaves overlapping at the margins,

: dextral overlapping may produce sinistral phyllotaxy.

382

The case of Banksia of Proteaceae further illustrates the subject.
Judging from the figure in Engler and Prantl’s Pflanzenfamilien,
(3: part I, 152) it has a pair of flowers, situated back to back, with
bractlets, stamens, ovary and seeds, all antidromic; in this case
the diversity of the seeds seems to be anticipated by the structure
of the ower. The flowers on the same branch of Althaea have
their petals twisted in contrary directions.

In connection with the explanation of antidromy as depending
on the origin of seeds along the margins of a bilateral organ, it
would be interesting to examine the few cases in which seeds are
represented as terminal on the floral axis, a view which may be
confirmed or refuted by this law. It is likewise interesting to note
that in specimens of Bryophyllum calycinum (kindly furnished me
by Prof. S. T. Maynard, of Amherst Agricultural College), I was
able in this opposite-leaved flower to make out the marginal buds
on the leaves to be antidromous. The Calla lily (Richardia) has
both the alabaster spathe and the arrangement of the akenes on
the spadix antidromic as between plants which grow from the
same rootstock. The Iris also when growing by bifurcation of the
rootstalk gives antidromic plants; how they are when propa-
gated by lateral branching I cannot say. Rushes growing to-
gether in clumps are antidromic as between the individuals
united at the base of the rootstalk (I do not find it so in Carex or
grasses growing in tufts; all of the same tuft seem to me to be
homodromic, but this subject requires more careful examination
than I have made).

Phyllotaxy is a particular outcome of antidromy, and in very
many cases is the readiest evidence of the antidromic organiza-
tion of the plant. But whilst antidromy is a primitive character,
influencing the general morphology of the plant, yet each part -
the evidence, and most frequently the order of the leaves, the in-
florescence and the perianth, may be modified by secondary
changes, which send us back to the mother-seed and its germina
tion as the only remaining proof of the primitive character. Twin-
ing of stems, contortion of perianth, accumulations of flowers 1?
complex ramifications, leaves becoming opposite, or being spread
out to the sunlight, and even difficulties of orientation of seeds
disguise the truth and explain why it has so long remained 4

383

secret. The distortions of phyllotaxy misled the early students
on the subject, so as to nearly banish the term and the theme
from botanical science. Old books spoke vaguely of some plants
being homodromous and others heterodromous, without attempting
to find any law to explain these apparent irregularities. We now
See its significancy and find its anomalies all reduced to order, and
we must welcome it back to its rightful place. So far as I have
been able to find, all plants are homodromic within the indi-
vidual, and heterodromic as between different individuals of the
Same species. Apparent exceptions to these rules are no more
than apparent, and if anybody will set himself to look up the evi-
dence, it will soon be so overwhelming, and nothing against it, as
to render his work monotonous. Go into the nearest orchard
and you will find two kinds of every species of fruit tree, two
kinds of every shrub, two kinds of common flowers, having the pri-
Mary spirals of the leaf-insertions dextral in one set and sinistral
in the other set. In case of plants with opposite leaves this evi-
dence will fail you, for you can make out two crossing primary
spirals in the same branch; in other cases you are baffled by the
leaves assuming new positions for the sake of the light, though
Sometimes even in these plants you may find the primitive traits
in branches not exposed to the sunlight.

With a few weeks’ observation I have found double phyllotaxy,
4S a mark of antidromy in the following plants representing the
More important orders of Phaenogams: De/phinium (Ranuncula-
Ceae), Liriodendron (Magnoliaceae), Bocconia (Papaveraceae), mus-
tard (Cruciferae), Aéutilon and Hibiscus (Malvaceae), Pelargonium
and Jimpatiens (Geraniaceae), bean and pea (Leguminosae), apple,
Pear, peach (Rosaceae), Ocnothera (Onagraceae), carrot (Umbelli-
ferae), sunflower and other Compositae, Lodelia (Lobelieae), Myosotis
(Borraginaceae), Verbascum (Scrophulariaceae), tobacco (Solana-
ceae), Polygonum (Polygonaceae), Ricinus (Euphorbiaceae), Salix
(Saliaceae), Quercus (Cupuliferae),and among monocotyledons, lily
(Liliaceae), Musa, Ladies’ Tresses (Orchidaceae), species of Aroi-
deae, Iridaceae, Juncaceae, Cyperaceae, Gramineae. To the above
we have to add from the perianth and arrangement of stamens
Ny mphaeaceae ; and by the courtesy of Mr. Everett H. Barney,

of Springfield, Mass., I was furnished from the Forest Park Ponds

384

with seeds of Nelumbium which on being opened, showed the
embryos rich in chlorophyll, with their leaves in one seed folded
round in the inverse order of those in another seed; besides this
the insertion of the stamens in the flower of different individuals of
Nelumbium form antidromic spirals. A special case among the
Liliaceae is Convallaria majalis, whose two leaves are at the usual
angle among the Monocotyledones of 120°, and as one of the
leaves forms a sheath around the other, it is instructive to observe
how in a bed of Lily-of-the-Valley, all the plants being regarded
under the same orientation, the inner leaf in half the plants bends
over 120° to the right, and in the other half to the left. Arthur
K. Harrison of Lebanon Springs, N. Y., informs me that before he
heard of my work he had taken note of the double phyllotaxy of
Veratrum viride. ;

With a little care we can make out the general law as applying
to the Gymnosperms; both the phyllotaxy and the spirals of the
cones of Coniferae show it; and it may be expected to manifest its
presence in the relative position of the cotyledon, during germina-
tion; also in the embryo and its suspensor in Cycas. (See figures
in Engler & Prantl, 2: 1. 17.)

I have not yet tried the opposite-leaved orders, further than
the case of Caffea, and that of Bryophyllum, as insufficiently
tested by the marginal buds on the leaves; if this last observa-
tion be verified, it may reinforce the old doctrine that ovules are
the homologues of such marginal buds. Acer platanoides shows
it by the antidromic folding of the cotyledons of the seeds of ad-
joining carpels; also Aesculus by the contrary curvature of its
radicles and by its plumules. Nor have I tried the twiners
and climbers, saving that I have partially succeeded with
Morning-glory (Convolvulaceae). Its embryo resembles that of
some Cruciferae in having the radicle folded “ incumbently’’ upo”
the cotyledons ; and again (unlike the Cruciferae) its orientation
is changed so that the radicle lies next the floral axis and the
cotyledons lie towards the periphery. Now if we reduce the
orientation back to that of Cruciferae, we shall find a very close
correspondence of the embryonic structures in the two orders;
and the same antidromic difference will be found in Convolvu-.
laceae that is readily shown by the phyllotaxy of Cruciferae.

385

The embryo of Lepidium Virginicum has its cotyledons twisted
So as to be erroneously described in the books as accumbent;
something similar occurs in Sesymorium officinale. In these cases
the adjoining seeds have the embryos twisted in contrary direc-
tions, so that the apparent anomalies are explained as cases of
Pronounced antidromy. Whilst the pericarp of akenes follows
the torsion of the enclosed seed, capsular pericarps seem to
follow the phyllotaxy of the mother plant; thus the pods of
mesquit (Prosopis) are similarly twisted in the same plant, as are
those of Medicago, those of balsam (Impatiens fulva and I. bal-
samina) spring open with a right or left twist in harmony with the
dextral or sinistral phyllotaxy of the bearing plant.

Amongst the peculiar cases that occurred was that of Saéix
Babylonica, of which only the female plants are known; and con-
Sequently there is no reproduction by seed, and we expected to
find no antidromy. Specimens growing about Princeton appear
to be sinistral in their phyllotaxy, and as tradition derives
them from the tree growing by Napoleon’s grave at St. Helena
the inference arises that the St. Helena willow also was sinistral.
This inference is confirmed by a young tree in Forest Park, at
Springfield, which Mr. Barney knows to have come from St. He-
lena. But other specimens of the same species with dextrat phyl-
lotaxy are common. Thus we learn that whilst all representatives
of the male line of this species have probably perished, there are
at least two independent branches of the female line perpetuated
by cuttings,

Another interesting case is that of Canna. The leaves of all
the Specimens which I have found at Northampton, Mass., and at
Princeton, are when young spirally folded, right flap uppermost,
and when expanded have a slightly dextral phyllotaxy. I am
told that this is usually propagated from bulbs; but that it is
sometimes grown from seeds; if this last statement be true we
should expect individuals of both castes; but I have been unable
to find any except the one caste (even a second variety bearing
reddish leaves is by coincidence of the same cast as the common
One). Doubtless the other caste occurs through the country.

The scape or flower-stalk of Canva may cast light on the
a Structure of Gramineae. Whilst all the foliage leaves of the Canna

Re ne

386

(so far as I have seen it) are dextral, the flower-stalk is provided
with a succession of sheathing bracts, the edges folding over each
other in reversed order at every succeeding node. This is ex-
actly as in Maize, being a special kind of phyllotaxy, which de-
pends not on a primary spiral, but on a reciprocating overlapping
of the margin of sheathing organs; also a double leaf between
each branch and the mother-axis is present as described by Van
Tieghem in Maize. Thus it appears that the whole corn-plant,
culm, leaves and flowers is the counterpart of the flower-stalk of
canna and of its bracts and flowers, but having no representative
of its foliage-leaves. According to this view one part of the re-
duction of the Gramineae is the non-development of proper foli-
age leaves, and by way of compensation the excessive development
of the bracts with a green lamina for assimilation. It is of special
advantage to gregarious plants to have their assimilating organs
lifted up to the air and sunshine. * (No notice is taken of the pecu-
liar alternancy of leaves of gramineae by Pax, Vines or the other
recent writers on Morphology).

Among the results of this account may be mentioned the
extension of unity of primitive structure thus shown to exist
among all the Phaenogams; a unity that may yet be found to
include some of the Cryptogams; also the relative simplicity of
the Monocotyledones, which show few secondary distortions,
though they are often reduced. A new problem of heredity 1s
started, running differently through two sides of the carpel; yet
each seed transmits both castes, one to appear forthwith in its im-
mediate offspring, and the other to appear ultimately in a moiety
of its successors. The objection that the discontinuity betwee?
carpel and ovule negatives the possibility of such transmission of
characters is of no weight; the discontinuity is only apparent, for
characters of secondary acquirement are carried across the g4P»
and @ fortiori we may expect such a primitive law of organization
as antidromy to be inherited. This law is also useful to suggest
discovery. It suggested to me at the outset diversities betwee"
the stalks and inflorescence of Iris that had escaped Arnold Do-
del in his study and illustration of /ris Sibirica, which was the work —
of some years; it has also opened problems about the significancy
of opposite leaves, the real direction of leaf-traces in stem-struc”

387

ture (hitherto assumed to be entirely symmetrical) and other sub-
jects bearing on vegetable anatomy, and the difficulties which
brought discredit on phyllotaxy all vanish. Perhaps it may fur-
nish a solution of the problem why wooden poles split in anti-
dromic spirals, for which phenomenon some people have sug-
gested the stress of wind on the living tree.

My work has been necessarily hurried; and I shall be glad
if others will verify or amend it, and help to fill the many lacunae
which I am compelled to leave unsupplied. ~

PRINCETON COLLEGE, Sept. 7, 1895.

Description of a new problematical Plant from the Lower Creta-
ceous of Arkansas.

By F. H. KNow ton.

PALEOHILLIA ARKANSANA gen. et. sp. nov.

Stems hollow, . 5-.75 cm. in diameter, several centimetres long,
roken; wall two or three layers of cells thick; cells of epider-
mis of two kinds: 3-5 longitudinal rows of elongated, thin-walled
Cells that are two or three times longer than wide, alternating with
broad bands of shorter and more irregular cells; stomata numer-
©us, confined to the broad bands of irregular cells, arranged in
three rows, two next to the rows of elongated cells with a row of
distant ones between; stomata with apparently 4-6, usually 5,
guardian cells.

The material upon which this description is based was collected
by Prof. R. T, Hill, of the United States Geological Survey, dur-
Ing the season of 1888, while engaged under the auspices of the
Arkansas Geological Survey in making a general investigation of
the geology of southwestern Arkansas. It came from a gulch on
One of the smaller branches of the Muddy Fork of Little River,
about six miles northeast of Center Point, Howard county. The
deposits containing these fossils were referred by Prof. Hill to the
Trinity Division of the Lower Cretaceous. The beds are described
aS consisting of basal ferruginous sands, succeeded by firm white
°r yellow sand often filled with small concretions of iron pyrites,
and mixed with clay. This clay is in sufficient quantity to bind
the sandy material together “so that in drying it often becomes

388

almost as hard as burnt brick.” It was in this clayey material
that these plant-stems were found. 4
The stems are very abundant and scattered in all directions
through the mass, They appear to have been much rolled about
and broken up, it being difficult to find a piece three centimetres
in length. They were originally hollow, but most of ae are
now pressed perfectly flat, although an occasional one is found
that was filled with clay when probably in a fresh state and conse-
quently retains nearly its cylindrical form. When liberated by
the crumbling of the sandy clay, the stems are very dark brown,
almost black, in color and perfectly opaque. By boiling them for
a few moments in dilute acid, a large part of the coloring matter
was discharged and the cellular structure could then be made out.

Fig. 1.—Epidermis of Paleohillia Arkansana X< go.
a, a, bands of long, narrow cells. a
b, b, bands of short irregular cells, with three longitudinal ©
stomata, 4
¢, c, stou ata with four and six guardian cells respectively.
Fig. 2.—Stoma with four guardian cells X 300.
Fig. 3.—Stoma with five guardian cells xX 300.

389

This curious plant, as already stated, was hollow, with the walls
consisting of three or four, or possibly more, layers of cells. The
epidermal cells are markedly separable into two kinds: first, narrow
bands of three or four rows of thin-walled cells which are two to
four times longer than broad, separated by broad areas or bands
ten or twelve cells wide, of short irregularly quadrangular cells.
In figure 1 a, a, represents the bands of narrow cells, and b, b, the
short irregular cells. Under the microscope the two kinds of cells
divide the surface longitudinally in very clearly mark parallel lines.

The stomata are the most remarkable feature about this plant.
As may be seen by the drawing, the guardian cells are quite irreg-
ular in shape and appear to vary in number from four to six, the
most frequent number being five.* The opening is in all cases
large and in some instances appears even larger than either of its
guardian cells. It is difficult to see how so large an orifice could
be completely closed by them.

The stomata, it will be observed, are confined to the broad
bands of irregular cells, and are also arranged in longitudinal rows,
those next to the bands of long cells being numerous, while in the
central row they are scattered, there being only about one-third as
Many as in the others. The orifice between the guardian cells is
approximately circular. The guardian cells are themselves ar-
Fanged in a more or less regularly circular manner, their shape de-
Pending on the number present. When there are only four they
are rectangular with rounded outer sides; when there are five or
More they are keystone-shaped, or broadly wedge-shaped.

Iam at the present time unable to suggest any satisfactory re-
lationship, either living or fossil, for this anomalous plant. The
first thought when seeing the numerous fragmentary stems
throughout the clay mass, and finding that they are hollow, is that
they belong to Aguisetum. But on examining large numbers of
fragments, not a single joint with the characteristic teeth could be
detected, and moreover the stomata are entirely different. It is of

Course well known that the stomata of living Aguise¢um have two
; atk as pidermal

*In figure 1 the guardian cells appear to be in the same plane as the e
“ig They are of course below them, but the lines of the overlying epidermal cells
have not been drawn in, so that there may be less confusion in following their eee

* Figures 2 and 3, much enlarged views of single stomata, make the real condi

tion plain,

390

pairs of guardian cells, but they are not all in the same horizontal
plane, one pair, the “subsidiary cells,” of Strasburger being below
the other. The guardian cells are usually ornamented by silicified
ridges radiating from the orifice, not a trace of which can be found
in the fossil under discussion.

Some of the Bryophytes, notably the liverworts, have stomata
with more than two guardian cells, but they are loosely cellular
plants quite unlike this hollow-stemmed plant.

In the absence of more specific information as to its affinities,
I have decided to describe this plant under a tentative name, Te
cognizing the fact that this provisional name may be changed at
any time provided the fossil can be more definitely placed. I
had at first given it the name of //i//ia, but as there is a genus of
this name in Rubiaceae, I have called it Paleohillia, It com-

memorates the collector and is not intended to imply relationship
with the Rubiaceous genus.

Observations upon some Oklahoma Plants.

By Epcar. W. OLIVE.

| The botany of Oklahoma is exceedingly interesting, because
this territory is a borderland region between the Gray's Manual
and Western Texas Manual regions. Until about five years 48°
the plants of this district were but little known to botanists, and
the results of recent collections disclose a flora rich in interesting
forms. Especially valuable is a “ List of Plants collected by .
S. Sheldon and M. A. Carleton in the Indian Territory in 1891,
published as a contribution from the National Herbarium in 189?
The months of July and August, 1893, were spent in and about
Payne county, in the very northeast of Oklahoma, about 9° miles
south of the Kansas line through the Cherokee strip, and about
150 miles west of Arkansas. This is in lat. 97° W. and is bul?
few miles south of the parallel bounding on the north Tennessee
and North Carolina, so that the collections were made just south

391

of the line of the extreme southwestern limit of Gray’s Man. 6th
Ed. About 175 species of Phanerogams and Pteridophytes were
collected, about 60 of them new to Messrs. Sheldon and Carleton’s
list, most of these, however, the commoner plants, and 12 of
which are not reported in Gray’s Manual. Of these 12, 3 are not
included in Dr. Coulter’s Martual of the Texas Flora, nor 8 of
them in his Botany of the Rocky Mountain region.

These 12 plants are Zalinum calycinum Engelm., found abund-
antly on the red sandstone rocks outcroping in ravines and along
the Cimarron River; Desmanthus Jamesti T. & G., very abundant
on dry prairies; Galactia mollis Michx., in sand along the river
banks; Acacia Jiliculoides (Cav.) Trel., abundant in the sandy
woods; Gaura villosa Torr., showing gradations into forms ;
Sesuvium Portulacastrum L., in sand along the saline banks of
the river; Crnoscitadium pinnatum DC., but one plant collected
by a roadside; Aster patens Ait. var. gracilis Hook., the va-
riety not in Gray’s Manual, very abundant in rich sandy ground
Near the river; Baccharis glutinosa Pers., the fertile plant conspic-
Yous by its very long and white pappus along the sandy river
banks ; Lriogonum longifolium Nutt., on dry prairies; Aphanoste-
phus ramosissimus DC., found in abundance in the sand of rich
river bottoms; Cooperia Drummondii Herb., near Stillwater on rich
Prairies.

The flora of Oklahoma is very similar to that of southern
Kansas. The climatic and geologic conditions are very similar in
both regions, and this fact, combined with the fact of the prox-
imity of the Cimarron and Arkansas rivers flowing southward
_ through the territory from Kansas, tends to make the floras alike.
Outcropping “red-beds” (whence probably the name Oklahoma—
“home of the red earth”) occur in both regions associated gener-
ally with a very sandy soil. Rich, sandy land, well timbered, oc-
curs along the rivers and creeks, while back some distance on the
uplands, prairies supplant the forests. The farther west one goes,
the observer can readily notice the dwarfing of the trees as the
Tegions of less rainfall are passed through, and many plants show
Stadation into dwarfed forms. Most of the plants of this whole
: district, moreover, present the characteristics of the plants of dry
Sterile regions, viz., thickened leaves and epidermis, sunken sto-

392

mata, absence or narrowness of leaves, or an unusual amount of
wooliness or hairiness.

There are quite a number of common oaks in some portions
of this eastern part, Spanish oak, Post oak, but most abundant in
the upland reduced forests is Quercus nigra L., the dwarfed,
gnarled “ black jack.” There are some hickories, black walnuts,
cottonwoods, and elms along the river and creeks, the elms bearing
abundantly large bunches of mistletoe.

A few observations as to the occurrence and habitat of some
plants may be interesting. In the rich sandy land along the river
bottoms the commonest shrubs are Cephalanthus occidentalis L.,
Stillingia sylvatica L., Rhus copallina L. On Stillingia was found
an Aecidium which has not been yet reported on this host, as far
as can be determined. Somewhat abundant in similar places were
Argemone platyceras Link and Otto, Callirhoe involucrata (Nutt.) A.
Gray, Parosela enneandra (Nutt.) Britton, /roelichia Floridana
(Nutt.) Moq., /udigofera leptosepala Nutt., Aphanostephus ramosisst-
mus DC. In wet, salty sand near the river were Pluchea campho-
vata (L.) DC., Sesuvtum Portulacastrum L., and in the dry sand,
Cycloloma atriplicifolium (Spreng.) Coulter, Baccharis glutinosa
Pers., and Parosela /anata (Spreng.) Britton. The latter is reported
in Gray’s Man. to have “3-4 pairs” of leaflets, while 6-7 pairs were
usually present on the specimens collected. On the high bluffs of
the river Yucca glauca Nutt. was not infrequent.

In the woods which extend back from the river bottoms tw°
or three miles are Cassia Chamaecrista \.., C. nictitans L., or “ sen-
sitive plant,” Desmanthus Jamesii T. & G., Clitoria Mariana L,
Gaura villosa Torr., Onagra biennis (L.), Scop., grandiflora Lindl.,
a beautiful passion-flower, Passiflora incarnata L., Lacinaria squat
rosa (L.) Hill, Chrysopsis villosa Nutt., in many of its variable
forms, Asclepias verticillata L., and Acerates angustifolia (Nutt.)
_ Dec.; also low shrubs of Busmelia lanuginosa (Mx.) Pers. and sev"
eral species of plum. A perhaps noteworthy point was the occur-
rence of Ludwigia alternifolia L. in sandy but perfectly a t4-
vines. Gray’s Manual reports the habitat of this as “ swamps.”

The whole prairie region is characterized by an abundance of
plants belonging to the orders Leguminosae and Compositae. Par-
ticularly abundant on the prairies are Kuhnistera multiflora (N utt.)

393

Heller, K. purpurea (Vent.) MacM., Amorpha canescens Pursh,
Parosela aurea (Nutt.) Britt., Solidago Missouriensis Nutt., Helian-
thus mollis Lam., Hieracium longipillum Torr. The fact is signifi-
cant that of the 175 species collected, 33 were Leguminosae and
32 were Compositae. Sadbdbatia angularis (1..) Pursh, S. campes-
tris Nutt. and Buechnera Americana L. give bright colors to the
Prairies during June and July; Linum sulcatum Riddell, Ceanothus
Americanus L.., Jatropha stimulosa Michx., Euphorbia corollata L., E.
petaloidea Eng., E. marginata Pursh, occur on the richer prairies,
while Megapterium Missouriensis (Sims) Spach, Houstonta anguste-
Solia Mx., Stenosiphon linifolium (Nutt.) Britton, Opuntia poly-
acantha Haw., and Gerardia densiora Benth., are found on dry
sterile prairies. A very severe case of poisoning was incurred from
collecting Euphorbia corollata.

A very paradise for a collector of aquatic vegetation is a large
Pond near Perkins, Oklahoma. Several Sagittarias, Nelwmdo lutea
Pers,, Potamogeton lonchites Tuckerm., the latter growing “rarely
in ponds” (Gray’s Man.), P. diverstfolius Raf., are most abundant
throughout, while near the edges Heteranthera limosa (Sw.) Willd.,
Ludwigia glandulosa Walt., Monniera rotundifolia Mx., and Mar-
silia vestita Hook. & Grev. grow rank. Some of the specimens of
this Marsilia growing both in and along the banks of the pond
have petioles 7-8’ long, the type being reported in the Manuals
1-4’. Dr. Underwood, however, pronounces this undoubtedly
MM. vestita,

As suggested above, the special interest of this region lies in
the fact of the meeting of two floras and the sometimes abrupt,

-S€nerally gradual, transition of one into the other. The flora can-
not be studied comprehensively except by an extended period of
field work and by carefully noting all the environmental conditions.
The farther west one goes into the territory the more sandy and
desert the regions become; and such are the variations from some of
the more eastern forms that many are classed as varieties, no
doubt the result of a change in habitat. According to Mr.
Coville’s suggestions in his “ Botany of Death Valley Expedition,”
the shrubs and trees and on the prairies the perennials should
age be noted to determine the characteristic plants of the
ora,

394

Grateful acknowledgments are due to Dr. John M. Coulter and
Professor E. B. Uline for kindly determining some of the species
and checking most of the list of collections.

WABASH COLLEGE, CRAWFORDSVILLE, IND.

On the two Editions of Emory’s Report, 1848,

For some time past I have been aware of the fact that there
were two editions of Lieut. W. H. Emory’s “ Notes of a Military
Reconnoissance,” both bearing the same date (1848); but I sup-
posed they were identical, except that one had appended to it the
reports of Abert and Cooke and the journal of Johnston. But I
now possess copies of both of these books, and find that they dif-
fer in various details, which are of importance on account of Prof.
Torrey’s reports on the botany of the expedition.

Both editions are Executive Documents of the 30th Congress,
Ist session, and they are numbered 7 and 41, respectively. No. 7
was issued for the Senate. It contains nothing but Emory’s re-
port, with its seven appendices, and consists of 416 pages. Each
age has[* ]in the upper external corner. No. 41 was issued
for the House. It contains the reports of Emory, Abert and
Cooke, and Johnston’s journal, and consists of 614 pages. “ Ex.
Joc, No. 41," appears in the middle of the top of each page, with
the exception of pp. 145-158, in the botanical portion, which have
[7] in the upper external corner. This is evidently a tyP?
graphical error, and not a mistake in binding, for the pages af
not the same as pp. 145-158 in No. 7.

In both of these volumes Professor Torrey’s report on Emory’s
plants occupies pp. 135-159, constituting Appendix No. 2. My
copy of No. 41 bears the following manuscript note at the top of
page 135. “ This appendix is full of gross typographical errors—
the printer having refused to send me proof sheets according to
agreement. J. Torrey.” The same remark would apply with
equal force to No. 7. Both books show evidence that they were
published either carelessly or in very great haste. The principal

differences between the two documents in the botanical portions
are as follows:

395

I. In No. 7 Prof. Torrey’s general report occupies pp. 13-5
155; page 156 contains an “ Explanation of the Plates; and on
PP. 157-159 is a letter from Dr. Geo. Engelmann describing (from
drawings only) the Cactaceae of the Expedition, in fine print. In
No. 41 Prof. Torrey’s general report occupies pp. 135-155 (but
the matter on the various pages is differently distributed); Dr.
Engelmann’s letter extends from page 155 to page 159; and chere
#s no “« Explanation of the Plates.”

2. In No. 41 three species are entirely omitted which are
given in No. 7, viz.: (a) Zinnia grandiflora Nutt., (6) Convolvulus
Nuttallii,and (c) Alternanthera? (Endotheca)lanuginosa. Of these (a)
and (c) are described, and (4) and (c) are published as new names.
A person having reference to these in “ Emory’s Mil. Rec.” and
looking them up in No. 41, would be puzzled at their absence,
and conclude that the references were incorrect.

3. The fourteen plates in No. 7 were lithographed by E. Weber
& Co., Baltimore. Those in No. 4! are similar, but were litho-
8taphed by C. B. Graham, Washington. The latter are somewhat
better (or less bad), from an artistic standpoint, but there seem to
be no differences of importance—save that in No. 41 plate VI. is
labeled Baileya multiflora instead of B. multiradiata.

4. In both documents Appendix No, 6, occupying pp. 386-—
414, consists of Lieut. Abert’s “ report of such objects of natural
history as came under my observation while I was attached to the
topographical party * * * during the journey from Fort Leaven-
Worth to Bent’s Fort. The plants which were collected were sub-
mitted to the inspection of Dr. Torrey, to whom I am indebted
for their names.” Prof. Torrey’s list, to be found on pp. 406-414,
differs somewhat in the two books, but this is of little importance,
for it is a mere catalogue of names, without descriptions.

I hope that this note, published in the BULLETIN, may help to
Prevent trouble and confusion in the future.

Joun HEenDLEY BARNHART.

Tarrytown, N: Y., April 20, 1895.

396

Teratological Notes.

By Francis E, Lioyb.
PLATE 247.

The many germinating acorns which were to be seen during
the past winter in western Oregon afforded a good opportunity

teratological interest have been noticed.

One of these is an acorn which, after having pushed its radi-
cle out some distance, had met with a misfortune. Presumably a
snail or other depredator, judging the young plant a tender mor-
sel, had bitten into it just at the juncture of one of the petioles
and the hypocotyl (Fig. I). The mouthful included the little plu-
mule, so that further development of any or all of the remaining
parts would have been in vain. The hypocotyl, nevertheless, con-
tinued to grow, the wound healing. Furthermore, the detached
petiole healed and produced an incipient rootlet of its own.

In order to determine experimentally the power of the detached
petiole to produce rootlets, three partly germinated acorns were
chosen and a petiole and the hypocotyl in each were separated by
cutting. Ina few days the scars healed over, and in two of the
acorns rootlets were formed, two in one (Fig. Ila) and four in the
second. The third failed to grow.

Another acorn was found, from the ruptured apex of which
three lengthened petioles had followed the protruding radicle.
Two of these were more slender than the third, and were closely
approximated at their bases. These the plumule had spread apart,
pushing its way up between them. The relative positions of the
three petioles can be understood from the diagram (Fig 1Va) of
a transverse section through the base of the plumule. It is evi-
dent that the two cotyledons with the approximated petioles are
the equivalent of one in the normal seed. The earlier leaves ar©
reduced to mere subulate bracts, and in their number and arrange-
ment vary greatly. In these I observed no difference, except that
they are more crowded in one region of the young stem, and this
probably had no relation to the number of cotyledons.

397

A number of acorns have been found with two fertilized and
developed ovules. The presence of the supernumerary seed is
betrayed by the unsymmetrical shape of the acorn. The rightful
occupant—if might makes right—is usually well developed, and
pushes out its radicle earlier than does the intruder, which is cor-
Tespondingly smaller and flattened and twisted out of shape.
Occasionally, when the supernumerary seed is large, if its position
is favorable it gets its radicle out of the ruptured apex first. At
all events it makes a brave effort to reach soil and sunlight. A
few acorns have been found in which the two plantlets had de-
veloped into two well-formed seedlings. Acorns containing more
than one seed have all been found under young trees. In no case
have I found such under aged trees.

BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY, PACIFIC UNIVERSITY.

Explanation of Plate 247.

Fic. 1.—«¢,” cotyledon ; « f,” foliar appendages; “p,” petiole; “ pl,” plumule ;
“h,” hypocotyl. The dotted lines indicate the portion excised.

Fic. 2.—The seédling after the wound had healed and the second root-tip had
formed. R—original radicle; R,—the rootlet of the cut petiole.

Fic. 2a.—A seed, the petiole of which was cut. After healing the separated
Petiole (p) produced two rootlets. The plumule continued to develop as seen.

Fic. 3.—Shows the end view of the seedling with three cotyledons, the petioles
of which are shown in situ. The plumule (pl) projects through the smaller, paired
Petioles p, and p..

Fic. 4.—The same with the husk removed, and the three cotyledons outspread.
The cotyledons c, and c, belong to the petioles p, and p, (in Fig. 3) respectively.

Fic. 4a.—Transverse section through the base of the plumule of Fig. 4.

_ Fic. 5.—An acorn with the husk removed showing the supernumerary seed in
Situ. Its hypocotyl (h) had grown, the radicle partially decayed and thrown off two
new rootlets (a and b).

Contribution to the Characeous Plants of Maine—t.

By Fy Lu. FEARVEY.

So far as we know but little attention has been given to the
Plants of this order by collectors in Maine; the species named
in Redfield & Rand’s Catalogue of the Plants of Mt. Desert being
the Only record we know of regarding them. We have recently
been considering the few species found in the Blake Herbarium of

398

the Maine State College, and, adding our own observations, bring
the record to date.

Research will no doubt bring to light many more species. We
are under obligation to Dr. Allen for professional courtesies. We
will be pleased to learn of other species occurring in the State,
or to know of Maine collectors of these interesting plants.

ORDER CHARACEAE.

Famity I. NITELLAE.

1. Nitella opaca Ag.

Blake Herb. Aroostook River (Blake), Sept., 1878.

Redfield & Rand’s Cat. Plants of Mt. Desert, p. 227.

Common in small streams about Orono (Harvey).
2. NV. flexilis Ag.

Western Maine (Kate Furbish.)

Rand & Redfield’s Cat. Mt. Desert, p. 227.

Miss Furbish’s plants show the monoecious fruiting and the
abruptly acuminate leaves. The plants from Mt. Desert are
doubtfully placed here by the editors of that catalogue.

Famity II. CHARACEAE,

3. Chara coronata A. Br.
Aroostook R., Me. (Blake) Sept. 1878.
4. C. contraria A. Br.
Caribou, Me., Sept., 1878.
The stream not mentioned in Blake’s notes.
5. C. fragilis Desv.
Very common in various streams in Penobscot Co. (Harvey-)
In Sunkhoze Stream, occurring on gravelly and rocky bottoms
for a distance of ten miles, the patches sometimes covering the
bottom of the stream for rods.

399

Teratological Notes,

1. On the Stipules of Lathyrus poly-
phyllus. Dr. Masters* only mentions
additional stipules in the case of Sa-
4x fragilis. On a specimen of La-
thyrus polyphyllus collected in California
by Kellogg and Harford in 1868-1869,
the lowest pair of leaflets is replaced by
two stipules identical with those that
subtend the rachis. The leaflets are
normally alternate, but the additional
stipules are opposite, as are the lower
ones. About one-half of the leaves of
the specimen are thus modified.

== )

2. Polyphylly of the andrcecium.
__3. Polyphylly of the gyncecium.

*Veg, Teratol, 387.

-
QZ

eer
eZ

2. On Polyphylly of
the Flower of Dirca
palustris. A specimen
y of this species from

one of the European
botanic gardens shows
this abnormal state in
three ways.

1. Polyphylly of the

calyx.

400

Many instances of the multiplication of parts in the different
whorls of a flowerhave been recorded. This takes place in
different ways, and one or more whorls may be affected. In
the present case there seems to be a union of two flowers, mak-
ing. a duplication of each whorl, or polyphylly of the calyx,
the andrcecium and the gyncecium, The undulation-like teeth of
the margin of the calyx are increased from four to eight, the
stamens from eight to sixteen and the pistil from one to two.
The change dccurs in all the flowers on the specimen and
modifies the shape of the calyx from “tubular-funnelform” to
campanulate.

Joun K. SMALL.

Reviews.

Systematische Phylogenie der Protisten und Pflanzen. Exnst
Haeckel. Ist Portion. Berlin. 1894.

As the author states in his preface, he has been engaged for
the past thirty years upon questions pertaining to the subject-
matter of this volume. All are acquainted with the “ History of
Creation” and have enjoyed its generalizations, and the present vol-
ume offers a rare treat to those who would advance a step and en-
ter into generalizations based upon more specific and detailed
data.

He opens with a chapter upon Phylogenie, defining it, and
giving Paleontology, Ontogony and Morphology as the sources
for the working-out of the problems. He rapidly and skillfully
sums up the positive and negative in the geological record; dis-
cusses the value of Ontogeny and outlines the principles of
Morphology. <A brief review of the methods is followed by #
summary of the geological systems and the first chapter, including
thirty-two pages, closes with a critical review of the monophyletic
and polyphyletic theories of Phylogeny.

The second chapter, fifty pages, deals with the phylogeny of
the Protista, where the beginnings of life are taken up.
Haeckel’s familiar Monera, “Structureless organisms without OF
gans,” again does service as a starting point from which the pil
tista arise, in which class he groups all those organisms “ which

401

do not build tissues;” calling those of a solitary turn of mind
“ Monobionten” and the more social “Coenobionten.” F ollowing
the definition of the Protista, a paragraph or two is devoted to the
differences in the plant and animal kingdoms. Here much stress is
laid upon the synthetic character of the one and the analytic char-
acter of the other class of organisms. The plants are rechristened
“Plasmodomen”’ and the animals “ Plasmophagen” or plasma
builders and plasma destroyers.

The Protista are then divided into three main groups, the
atypical Protista; the plant type protista or Protophyta and the
animal type protista or the Protozoa. In the first of these are in-
cluded those organisms that show no particular affinity to either —
Stroup, on account of an indifferent growth or because they may
be at times either animal or vegetable in their functions, and are
to be divided purely upon artificial grounds according to what
seems to the author to be the predominant physiological activity.
We note that the botanists gain the Peridineae and the zoologists
the Bacteria, which latter are said to be lacking a nucleus which,
_ if we are not sadly mistaken, is somewhat “ behind the times.”

The typical Protophyta include those organisms in which

I. The cell-wall is surrounded by a special membrane which
is entirely closed or has only a few openings; this membrane con-
Sisting of cellulose.

2. The cell-body is either entirely motionless throughout its
life history, or, at rare intervals and in small degrees, moves about
by means of flagellae, as in the swarm spores.

3. The cell is always colored, generally green or gold, and
Contains chromoplasts which generally contain chlorophyll, also
at times diatomin, haemochromatin, etc.

4. The metabolism is entirely vegetable ; the cell is “ plasmo-
domen” and assimilates CO,; it takes up no formed organic matter
and possesses no mouth opening.

In this group are included (1) Algarien, (2) Algetten.

The pages following are too solid for abstracting, but are of
interest with much philosophic thought; the phylogeny of the soul
of the Protista forming an interesting extravaganza on pages 75,
76. The third chapter deals with the systematic phylogeny of the
Protophyta; in this the starting point is with those atypical Pro-

402

tista that have a “vegetable tendency.” Those without a cell
nucleus, including many of the Cyanophyceae, under the name of
Chromaceae begin the family tree. We can give here only the
main lines of ascent, as the work is an abstract itself, and to further
abstract it would out-Herod Herod. Through the Chromaceae the
Algariae are reached in Palmella, from which Diatoms and Des-
mids diverge and represent radiating extremes of development in
their respective lines. The Algetten, the second main class, in-
cludes many forms hitherto reckoned under the care of the zodlo- °
gists; many of the flagellate infusoria for instance. It includes all
those single cell forms that have zoospores and flagellae move-
ments: Luglena, Protococcus, Peridinium, Volvox, Botrydium and
Caulerpa are included in order.

The fourth chapter treats of the Protozoa, already reviewed by
the zodlogists in “Science.”

The fifth chapter takes up the general morphology of the
Metaphytes or those plants which are many-celled and tissue
builders, including (a) Thallophyta, (b) Diaphyta, (c) Antho-
phyta. This chapter we consider the finest in the book and can
be read by all botanists to some advantage independent of their
interests, morphological, systematic or physiological. Chapters
six, seven and eight take up the three classes respectively.
The Thallophytes ascending through the Chlorophyceae, Proto-
coccus to Confervales and branching in several directions; the
Florideae, the highest branch, through Bangia ; Fucus, through
Ectocarpus and Laminaria. The Characeae a special branch
through Nitella, The Ulvaceae to the form similar to Riccia and
from them to chapter seven on the Diaphytes. Among the Thal-
lophytes the fungi are represented as on offshoot from the Chloro-
phyceae, which is hardly tenable after Professor Farlow’s well-
founded suggestions upon this group, and the lichens are regarded
_ in the Schwendenerian sense.

The Diaphytes include the Hepatics and Mosses. These are
made to arise through a primitive Riccia, from thence through
Pellia to the foliose forms and to Haplomitrium when a true axis
is first reached and forni this, through Sphagnums and Andreaceaé
or their common ancestor to the true mosses. Marchantiales and
Anthoceratales are made blind alleys of growth.

403

The Pteridophyta are made to rise from the same ancestral
Riccia-like form as the “ Diaphytes,” to a hypothetical “ Archi-
pterides,” thence through the Hymenophyllaceae, when the stem di-
vides into three lines, the Filices, the Equisetaceae and Lycopodi-
aceae, which last make the way for the Anthophyta.

These, in the closing chapter, through the Cycads and some
forms similar to the fossil Noeggerathia split into a forest of stems.
The Gymnosperms representing a growth through the Arau-
carieae, while through some forms resembling the Australian
“ Casaurineae” the Angiosperms were developed.

The critic would need to be a specialist in many branches, and
could write a book equalling, in size, the original, if all of the in-

. teresting points touched upon were to be discussed, but to give an
opinion of the work in a word, we can heartily say that a good
and mighty work has been accomplished.

Upon points of classification varying points of view must
always be borne in mind. Possibly the author has made a mis-
take in a fundamental point, upon which he devotes much space
and thought to elucidate for having cautioned others not to con-
found Homology, form: with Analogy, function: he deliberately
makes his most sweeping classes and distinctions upon a purely
Physiological, hence functional basis.

The numerous points of difference which would interest
Workers in special fields can not be discussed here, but the work

is to be recommended to all readers as one of more than common
interest. Situ Evy JELLIFFE.

Volume I., of Anton Kerner von Marilaun’s Pfhlanzenleben,
translated by Prof. F. W. Oliver as Ze Natural History of Plants,
has recently been issued from the press of Henry Holt & Co.
This work will be warmly received by all lovers of nature. In
a Style simple, attractive and still thoroughly scientific, Professor
von Marilaun considers in this first volume: The Living Principle
in Plants, Absorption of Nutriment, Conduction of Food, Forma-
tion of Organic Matter from the Absorbed Inorganic Food, Meta-
bolism and Transport of Materials, Growth and Construction of
Plants and Plant-forms as Completed Structures.

Under there captions are discussed in a most charming man-

404

ner hundreds of interesting biological questions that have been
practically excluded from the attention of very many people
through the technicality of authors. Now, indeed, for the first
time, are thrown open wide the gates to the natural history of
plants and all may enter and enjoy the wide range of the whole
field. The above mentioned seemingly unattractive subjects are
invested with a charm that must arouse the enthusiasm of all.
Thus under the rather unattractive title of Absorption of Nutri-
ment, is discussed, among many other subjects, the adjustment of
leaves to the welfare of the root; plants with traps and pitfalls to
ensnare animals. So also under conduction of food a chapter is
given to all those wonderful adaptations whereby the plant may
suffer no inconvenience from untoward external conditions that »
would interfere in any way with its life current; and then again
are taken up those adjustments of branches and that exquisite
moulding of leaf forms and their relation to the branches where-
by the best interests of the plant are subserved, and in this con-
nection follows a discussion of the protection of leaves against
the attacks of animals. The work is in a sense exhaustive,
copiously illustrated, the wood engravings especially being ¢*~
cellent, and the translator reflects most happily the spirit of the
author. Cc: C. Curt.

The London Catalogue of British Plants. The recent publica-
_ tion of the ninth edition of the list of higher plants growing natu-
rally in Great Britain and Ireland (the Characeae are appended),
affords opportunity for ascertaining just how widely British bota-
nists differ from our recently issued “List of Pteridophytes and
Spermatophytes” in the nomenclature of genera. From the
statements of some writers one might be lead to infer that the dis-
agreements would be very numerous, but it appears that this 1S
not the case.

The total number of genera listed in the English publication,
exclusive of the Characeae, is 538. The «List of Pteridophyt#
and Spermatophyta growing without cultivation in eastern North
America” contains 970. Allowing for differences in generic limi-
tations, the London Catalogue sometimes uniting genera which
the “Check-list” holds distinct, and vice versa, there are about

405

440 genera in common, all but 18 of which bear the same names.

I have indicated these in the following table:

CHECK-LIST.

Capnoides Adans. 1 703.
Roripa Scop. 1760,
Alsine L. 175 3,

lissa Adans. 1 763.
Spiesia Neck. 1 790.
Sanguisorba L.. 1 75%:
Stlybum Gaertn. 1 788.
Legousia Durand, 1782.
Limonium Adans. 1 763.
Statice L.. 1753:

Udora Nutt. 1818.

Leptorchis Thouars, 1808.

Gyrostachys Pers. 1807.
Peramium Salish. 1812.
Juncoides Adans. 1763. .

LONDON CATALOGUE.

Neckeria Scop. 1777 (1).
Nasturtium L. 1735 (2).
Stellaria L. (3).

Buda Adans. 1763 (4).
Oxytropis DC. 1802 (5).
Fotertum L. (6).

Mariana Hill, 1762 (7).
Specularia Heist. 1748 (8).
Statice L. (9).

Armeria L. (10).

Elodea Michx. 1803 (11).
Liparis L. C. Richard, 1818 (12).
Spiranthes L.C. Richard, 1818(13).
Goodyera R. Br. 1813 (14).
Luzula DC. 1805 (15).

Hierochloe 8.G.Gmelin, 1747. (16).
Glycerta R. Br. 1810 (17).
Polystichum Roth, 1794 (18).

Savastana Schrank, 1789.
Panicularia Fabric. 1763.
Dryopteris Adans. 1 763.

Notes.

1. Both lists thus reject Corydalis Vent. 1803. While the British botanists were
taking up another name, it seems strange that they could not accept Capmotdes, which
18 quite as well defined as any of the rest of Adanson’s genera, and of these they have

: admitted a considerable number : A/eum, Arctostaphylos, Cicendia, Epipactis, Poly-
Senatum, Mibora, Apera, for example.

2. The Linnaen use of Vasturtium is confined to the first edition of his « Sys-
tema,” published in 1735. He did not use it subsequently and it was only again taken
up by R. Brown in 1812, Meanwhile Roripa had been published and well defined.
The American rejection of Vasturtium is thus based on the Rochester agreement,
adopted by the Genoa congress, and more recently approved by the Austro-German

tanists, to begin generic nomenclature at 1753.

3- Here, again the “starting-point” for generic names comes into consideration,
and 4/sin. has precedence of place in the first edition of the “Species Plantarum,” both
genera being recognized in that work. It appears possible to me that both. genera
will again be recognized, Alsine for A. media and its relatives and Ste//aria for

Such types as S. graminea. :
4. Both lists thus reject Spergularia Presl, and Lepigonum Wahl. Tissa has

406

precedence of place in Adanson’s “ Familles des Plantes” and is accepted by Baillon
in his “ Histoire” and by Pax in Engler-Prantl’s « Natiirliche Pflanzenfamilien.”

5. Necker’s name for this genus is satisfactorily identified by the description; I
have been unable to discover any reason under any set of principles which really
warrants its rejection. The authors of the London Catalogue have admitted oretta
proposed by him, Why not Sfzesia ?

6. Poterium L. is considered, and in my opinion correctly, by European authors,
as monotypic, including only P. sfinosum L. of southern Europe. :

7. This is a case in which the London Catalogue is right, and the American list
wrong, under all rules, and we should be grateful for the correction. The citations
are MARIANA Hill, Veg. Syst. 4: 19. 1762. Mariana Marianum (L.) Hill, Hort.
Kew. 61. 1769. Hill’s use of duplicate binomials is the earliest which has come to
my attention; he proposed a number of others in the same publication.

8. Speculavia Heist. was taken up by no subsequent author until employed by AL
phonse DeCandolle in 1830. The 1753 “starting point” excludes it. Meanwhile
Legouzia had been published and the genus defined, :

9-10. In adopting Statice L, for S. Armeria L, and its allies, and Limo-
nium Adans. for Statice Limonium and its congeners, the American list returns
to the use of Statice in the “Species Plantarum” of 1753, in which the genus Ar-
meria was not taken up. The use of these generic names, as adopted in the London
Catalogue, dates only from their publication by Willdenow, 1809.

11. Elodea was regarded by the American committee as a homonym of Elodes
Adans, 1763. I have recently discussed this point (Science, n. S., 2: 5- 1895),
showing that PAz/otria Raf., has a few months’ priority over Udora. It will be
noted that both lists reject Anvacharis.

12, The validity of publication of Du Petit Thouars’ genera of Orchidaceae has
been questioned, but also ably defended. I have not had access to his paper.

13. There can be no doubt as to Persoon’s intention in proposing the name
Gyrostachys ( Gyrostachis in original), as he refers to Ophrys spiralis L., to illus-
trate it; this species is included in Spiranthes by recent authors. 4

14. There can be no possibility of mistaking Salisbury’s meaning in the publica
tion of Feramium, for he bases it on one of the same species cited by R. Brown under
Goodyera a year later. It is true that Salisbury published no description of the
the genus; but many other widely accepted genera rest on just this form of pub-
lication,

15. My remarks under Capmoides apply equally well to this. Perhaps the com
pilers of the London Catalogue objected to the termination odes, but they have good
authority for its use in the publication by Benthan and Hooker (Genera, 2: 301) of
Mniodes A. Gray, and this is also accepted in the Kew Index.

16, Gmelin’s name antedates the first edition of « Species Plantarum” and was
not again used until after the publication of Sevastana.

_ 17. I have not seen the original publication of Fabricius, but Famicularta and
Glyceria are cited as equivalent by Kuntze.

18, Both lists thus reject Aspidium Sw. 1800, It should be added that the Lon

don Catalogue recognizes Polystichum Roth, and Lastraca Presi, as genera.

The percentage of difference in the two lists is 4.09 per cent.

407

The changes of generic names in the ninth edition of the Lon-
don Catalogue, from those used in the eighth edition, published
in 1886, and which agree with the American catalogue, are as
follows:

Nymphaea 1.., 1753, for Nuphar Sibth. & Smith, 1808.

Castalia Salisb., 1805, for Nymphaea J. E. Smith, 1806.

Bursa Weber, 1780, for Capsella Medic., 1792.

Coronopus Gaertn., 1791, for Senebiera DC., 1799.

Schollera Roth, 1788, for Oxycoccus Pers., 1805.

Pueumania Hill, 1762, for Mertensia Roth, 1797.*

Homatocenchrus Mieg., 1768, for Leersia Sw., 1788.

Weingaertneria Bernh., 1800, for Corynephorus Beauv., 1812.

Steglingia Bernh., 1800, for Ziiodia Beauv., 1812.

It would appear, from a consideration of these comparisons, that
the British botanists were, after all that has been said, gradually
coming to recognize the validity of the principle of priority, in at
least generic nomenclature. There also appears to be no good
feason why this process should not continue, so that by the time
of the issue of the tenth edition of their useful list the percentage
of difference might be reduced to 2 per cent. or perhaps less.

For, if the recognition of this principle had been complete, and
the 1753 « starting-point” had been accepted, not more than six
of the genera would have borne different names. Noi, S :

Among Rhode Island Wild Flowers. By W. Whitman Bailey.
Providence, R. I. Preston and Rounds. 1895. Cloth. 16 mo.
Pp. 105.

Under the above title, Prof. Bailey has grouped a number of
chapters which we may well designate as bits of floral poetry,
Written in prose. The author does not attempt to give a list of
Rhode Island plants, but to call attention to the fact that the
flowers of the State are of surpassing beauty and interest. Rhode
Island lies on the line dividing our northern and southern floras,
and hence contains many interesting forms. Does

After an introduction, we have a scheme of plant distribution,
showing the wide variation of plant life, in plants of the salt water,
the salt marsh, the river, the sea beach, the bog, the forest and the

* The American publication maintains Pneumaria and Mertensia as distinct
enera,

408

like. Nearly half the book is taken up with a description of ule
Favored Spots, and this constitutes the chief charm. A few choice
plants are mentioned in each case, while a delightful picture of
the locality is presented, enticing the botanist to visit the spot
and search for the treasures growing there. Especially interest-
ing is the chapter on Wild Flowers of Block Island, where the
presence or the absence of certain forms is suggestive of specula-
tion as to the distribution of plants. The weeds of the State
claim a separate discussion. Interesting to a botanist they are, as
Prof. Bailey says, “A flower garden is lovely ; but for vital, every-
day, continual interest, a weed-grown yard is far-and-away more
fascinating.”

A list of Rhode Island trees is appended. We welcome the
little book, for it cannot fail to fill its readers with a love for our
wild flowers in general. WALTER DEANE.

Proceedings of the Botanical Club, A. A. A. S., Springfield Meet-
ing, August 29th to September 2d, 1899.

The meetings were held in the room assigned to Section “G,
in the State Street Baptist Church.

Tuurspay Morninc, AUGUST 29TH.

In the absence of the President, Prof. D. H. Campbell, and of
the Secretary, Prof. F.C. Newcombe, the meetings of the Club
were placed in organization by Prof. Geo. F. Atkinson. Hon.
David F. Day was made Chairman pro tem. and Prof. H. L. Bolley,
Secretary.

On motion-of Professor Atkinson, those having papers to pre
sent were requested to hand titles of the same to the Secretary
upon the day preceding that upon which it was wished the pape
should be read.

The meeting adjourned at 11:30 to meet at 9 A. M., Friday,
August 30th.
Fripay Morninc, Aucusr 30TH.

The Club met as ordered, with President D. H. Campbell ae
the chair. In order to facilitate the reading of papers, the titles 0

409

which for the first time in the history of the Club now appeared
Printed in the regular daily program of the A. A. A. S., the
reading of the minutes of the previous meetings was dispensed
with.

The first paper presented was on “Crimson Clover Hair-balls,”
by Mr. F. V. Coville. These balls, composed of the hairs of the
Crimson Clover, Trifolium incarnatum, had been found in the
stomach of ahorse. Mr. Coville exhibited specimens, also mounted
slides showing their composition.

Professor Byron D. Halsted reported the results of field ex-
Periments with beans. He had found that 25 per cent. of plants
stown on soil previously occupied by beans were affected by spot,
Whereas when grown on new soil only 6 per cent. were diseased.

Mrs, Elizabeth G. Britton reported corrections upon descrip-
tions of Coscinodon.

Mr. O. F. Cook remarked upon “A peculiar Habit of a Li-
berian Species of Polyporus,’ and exhibited specimens showing
various degrees of prolification, one pileus arising from another
upon very extended delicate stalks, due perhaps, to the extreme
Moisture of their environment.

An apparatus for the bacteriological sampling of well-water
was described and illustrated by Professor H. L. Bolley, the merits
of which were facilities afforded for sterilization in toto, and in
general accuracy of work afforded without contamination by air
and water.

Mr. C. L. Pollard described the methods of work in the Na-
tional Herbarium. The colored labels in use to designate type
Specimens were of especial interest, because of the new range offered
for convenience of reference.

Passing to order of unfinished business Dr. Trelease called for
the report of the committee appointed at the Rochester meeting
to prepare and print a check list of the plants of northeastern
North America. Dr. N. L. Britton, as chairman of the committee,
Submitted the appended report:

_ “The committee reports that it has completed the task as-
Signed it by the Club at its Rochester and Madison meetings, by
Preparing, to the best of its ability, a list of plants in accordance
With instructions received at those meetings. The committee

410

herewith presents a printed copy of such list, which has been pre-
pared and published without expense to the Club.
« For the committee,
“«N. L. BRITTON,
“ Chairman.”

Mr. O. F. Cook, seconded by Dr. F. H. Knowlton, moved the
acceptance of the report. After some discussion as to the scope of
the term “acceptance” as here moved, an adjournment was taken
until afternoon without action being taken upon the motion.

Fripay AFTERNOON, AUGUST 30TH.

Following the regular session of Section “G” the Club, upon
further discussion, adopted the motion of Mr. Cook to accept the
report.

On motion of Prof. L. H. Bailey the Club then proceeded to
the discussion opened in the morning by passing the regular pro-
gram.

On motion of Mr. F. V. Coville, seconded by Prof. E. L.
Greene, and carried, it was resolved that the meeting proceed to
a discussion of the principles on which the list was based.

Dr. B. L. Robinson then alluded to certain generic names which
he thought had been inconsistently employed in the list. He also
discussed the admission of specific names first published as syn
nyms; the practice of admitting such names was defended by
Prof. Greene, who maintained that the practice of “ taking up of
synonyms” as used by the committee was a principle established
by Gray.

Professor N. L. Britton also maintained that the principles
adopted by the Club at the Rochester meeting required the admis-
sion of such synomyms as those cited by Dr. Robinson.

After much rambling discussion the following resolution
offered by Professor Britton, and seconded by Professor L. H.
Bailey, was adopted :

Resolved, That in view of the opinions which have been eX-
pressed at home and abroad on principles of nomenclature, during

the progress of the work of the committee, the matter be referre

to the committee for consideration and report at the next meeting
of the Club.

Prof. Britton also introduced the following resolution :

411

Resolved, That the committee be increased to eleven members
by the additions of Dr. B. L. Robinson and Dr. C. S. Sargent.

At this point Dr. B. L. Robinson stated that because of the
radical difference of opinion existing between himself and the ma-
jority of the present committee upon certain vital points, it was
plain to him that he must decline to serve upon the committee.
In compliance with these wishes, the Club reluctantly accepted Dr.
Robinson’s withdrawal, and upon motion, Professor L. H. Bailey’s
name was substituted in the resolution, and the same adopted as
amended. The Club then adjourned to meet at the same place at
9 A. M., Monday, September 2d.

Monpay MorninG, SEPTEMBER 2D.

Prof. N. L. Britton, Dr. W. H. Seaman and Mr. Walter Deane
were appointed a committee to nominate officers for the next
meeting,

The report of Treasurer F. C. Newcombe, showing the bal-
ance in hand, $6.57, was read and accepted, as here appended:

ANN ARBOR, MICH., August 26, 1895.

BOTANICAL CLUB, A. A. A. 5S.
Report of the Treasurer for the year ending August 26, 1895.

1894, RECEIPTS.
August 17, Voluntary contributions from members present at Brooklyn... . $7.32
1895. DISBURSEMENTS.
August 26. Express charges on records, Ann Arbor to Springfield. . . . . 75
Balance ow hand, 9). 6. ee 6.57

The first paper was read by Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton, entitled
“Some Notes on Dicranella heteromala and allied Species.”

Prof. J. C. Arthur described a new form of clinostat, and re-
marked on its advantages over similar machines previously con-
structed, its great superiority being multiple arms for holding
Plants, allowing of checks upon tests made.

A paper by Mr. A. B. Seymour describing the Mary A. Gil-
breth collection illustrating the dissemination of seeds, now the
Property of Radcliffe College, was read by Mrs. Flora W. Pat-
terson.

412

Judge David F. Day described the dissemination of the seeds
of Zinnia by means of the persistent ray-flowers.

Mr. Walter Deane mentioned the expulsion of the seeds from
the capsules of the Witch-hazel, Hamamels Virginica, stating that
he had observed them strike a pane of glass fourteen feet away with
almost force enough to crack it.

Judge Day spoke also on the desirability of further observa-
tions on climbing plants, referring to his observations on the genus
Dioscorea, some species of which twine in one direction, others in
another. He mentioned Aconitum uncinatum as a twining plant,
and had observed a secondary peduncle in Anemone Virginiana
twining around the primary one.

The following papers were read by title during the meetings:

« Notes upon Pig-nut Hickories,” by William Trelease.

« Experiments with Lime as a preventive of Club-root,” by B.
D. Halsted.

“Notes on the alkaline Reaction of the vascular Juices of
Plants,” by Erwin F. Smith.

“Continuation of Experiments upon the Relation between the
fertile and sterile Leaves of Onoclea,’ by George F. Atkinson.

“A Hybrid between an Egg Plant and Tomato Plant,” by P.
H. Rolfs. :

‘‘A Method of using Formalin Gelatine as a Mounting Me-
dium,” by A. F. Woods.

The committee appointed to nominate officers submitted the
following names and they were unanimously elected :

President, Frederick V. Coville, Washington, D. C.

Vice-President, Conway MacMillan, Minneapolis, Minn.

Secretary and Treasurer, J. F. Cowell, Buffalo, N. Y.

The Secretary was requested to append to the minutes for
future reference, a list of persons who have been officers of the
Club, since its formation. :

The Club then adjourned to meet as usual during the meeting
of the Association in 1896,

Fifty-three botanists were registered during the different ses-
sions.

H. L. Bo.tey,
Secretary pro tem.

413

Titles of Papers read before the Section of Botany, A. A. A. S.,
Springfield Meeting.

The following were presented either in full, in abstract or by
title. A summary of the proceedings may be found in the Sep-
tember issue of the « Botanical Gazette.”

A Leaf Rot of Cabbage. By H. L. Russett.

The Southern Tomato Blight. By Erwin F. Suita.

Observations on the Development of Uncinula spiralis. By
B. T. Gattoway,

The Effect of Sudden Changes of Turgor and of Temperature
on Growth. By Ropney H. True.

Recording Apparatus for the Study of Transpiration of Plants.
By Atzert F. Woops.

Pressure, Normal Work and Surplus Energy in Growing
Plants. By Grorcr M. Hourerty.

Notes on the Ninth Edition of the London Catalogue of Brit-
ish Plants. By N. L. Brirron.

Obolaria Virginica L. A Morphological and Anatomical Study.
By Turo. How.

Botany of Yakutat Bay, Alaska. By Freperick V. CoviLte.

Variation after Birth. By L. H. BatLey.

Rejuvenation and Heredity. By Cas. S. Minor.

The Distinction Between Animals’ and Plants. By J. C.
ARTHUR.

Fungous Gardens in the Nests of an Ant, Ata tardigrada
Buckl., near Washington, D.C. By WatrTer T. SWINGLE.

Poisoning by Broad-leaved Laurel, Kalmia latifolia. By FReD-
ERICK V. Covitte.

The Physiology of Jsopyrum biternatum L. D. T. Mac-
Doveat.

The Transmission of Stimuli-effects in Mimosa pudicaL. By
D. T. MacDoveat.

Personal Nomenclature in the Myxomycetes. By O. F, Coox.

A New California Liverwort. By Doucras H. CAMPBELL.

The Number of Spore Mother Cells in the Sporangia of Ferns.
By Witus L. JEPson.

414

The Constancy of the Bacterial Flora of Fore Milk. By inf
L. BOLLEY.

The Watermelon Wilt and other Wilt Diseases due to Fusarium.
By Erwin F. Situ.

Antidromy in Plants. By GrorGe MACLOSKIE.

Proceedings of the Botanical Society of America, Springfield Meet-
ing, Aug. 26th and 27th, 1895,

The botanists conducted their sessions at the meeting of the
Botanical Society of America with Prof. Wm. Trelease, President,
in the chair, and Prof. C. R. Barnes, Secretary. They elected
Prof. C. E, Bessey, President; Prof. W. P. Wilson, Vice-President;
Prof. C. R. Barnes, Secretary, and Mr. Arthur Hollick, Treasurer,
for the ensuing year. They also elected Dr. A. W. Chapman an
honorary member; and Mr. M. S. Bebb, Prof. W. R. Dudiey, Prof.
D. P. Penhallow and Prof. W. A. Setchell as active members. It
was decided to deposit such books and pamphlets as may be re-
ceived for the Society, in the Library of the Missouri Botanical
Garden.

Most of the papers presented were brief summaries of larger
works and enterprises, on which the authors ‘are engaged.

_ Mrs. N. L, Britton read a paper on ‘Some Notes on a Revision
of the genus Mnium,” in which an attempt was made to show how
nearly the American specimens correspond with European types
and descriptions.

Dr. N. L. Britton gave a brief account of the history of the
founding of the New York Botanical Garden, describing the site
in Bronx Park and outlining the plans of the board of managets-

Prof. L. H. Bailey presented the following resolution which
was passed unanimously :

« Resolved, That the Botanical Society of America express its
thanks to Dr. N. L. Brinton for his account of the condition an
progress of the movement for a botanical garden in the City of
New York, and congratulate the people of that city on the pros”
pect of its rapid development; and, furthermore, that the Society
commend the board of managers of the garden and its board 0

_ scientific directors for their wisdom in securing a broad foundation
and an assurance of liberal management.”

415

Prof. George F. Atkinson presented a paper as a contribution
to the knowledge of North American phycophilous fungi.

Mr. Arthur Hollick exhibited a series of plates illustrating the
fossil leaves of Liriodendropsis, contrasting them with the stages of
development of the leaves in Lirtodendron, showing that there is a
parallelism between the shapes of the earliest rudimentary leaves
of the living species with that of the development of the fossil
ones.

Prof. Roland Thaxter exhibited the plates of a monograph on
the Laboulbeniaceae which he is preparing, explaining the struc-
ture of these minute fungi, which grow on living insects, and de-
Scribing several new genera and species. He also made a few
remarks on the phycomycetous fungi, and showed diagrams of
one new genus and species.

Mr. F. V. Coville gave a brief abstract of his revision of the
genus Funcus, subdividing it into subgenera, and recognizing
seventy-six species in North America.

Prof. Chas. R. Barnes made remarks on a revision of the genus
Dicranum which he is preparing, with the assistance of Mr. Rod-
ney H. True, recognizing thirty-three North American species,
and explaining his reasons for rejecting several recently described.

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.
Anderson, A. P. The Grand Period of Growth in a Fruit of Cucur-
bita Pepo, determined by Weight. Bull. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn.
9! 238-279. pl. rz7-20. 5 Mr. 1895.
Bessey, C. E. A Protest against the ‘‘ Rochester Rules.” Am. Nat.
29: 666-668. Jl. 1895.

Opposes the Harvard herbarium recommendations.

Bessey, C. E. Progress of the Botanical Survey of Nebraska. Am.
Nat. 29: 580-582. Je. 1895.

Bolander, H. N. Anew Erythronium, Eryth. 3: 127. 15 Au. 1895.
Erythronium Fohnsonii from southern Oregon.

Coulter, J. M. and Rose, J. N. Deanea, a new Genus of Umbelli-
ferae from Mexico. Bot. Gaz. 20: 372. f/ 27- 15 Au. 1895.

416

Coville, F. V. Juncus scirpoides and its immediate Relatives. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 302-305. 31 Jl. 1895.

Davenport, G. E. Daniel Cady Eaton. Bot. Gaz. 20: 366-369.
pl. 26 A. 15 Au. 1895.

Greene, E. L. Novitates occidentales.—XVI. Eryth. 3: 123-126.
15 Au. 1895.

Describes new species in Clarkia, Eriophyllum, Erigeron, Allocarya and Callt-
préora.

Holm, T. A Study of some anatomical Characters of North American
Gramineae.—IV. Bot. Gaz. 20: 362-365. p/. 26. 15 Au. 1895.

Describes the leaf-structure of Leersia.

Holzinger, I. M. A Preliminary List of the Mosses of Minnesota.
Bull. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. 9: 280-294. 5 Mr. 1895.

Jack, J. G. Another Herbarium Pest. Gard. & For. 8: 323-324-/-

45. 14 Au. 1895.
Hlustrating and describing Zphestia interpunctella.

Jack, J.G. The Hazels. Gard. & For. 8: 344-346. f. 8. 28 Au.
1895.
Notes on Corylus rostrata.
Johnson, L. N. Some new and rare Desmids of the United States.
—II. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 289-298. p/. 2379, 240. 31 Jl. 1895-
Describes new species in Arthrodesmus, Cosmocladium and Cosmarium.
Kellerman, W. A. On Plant Names. Journ. Columbus Hort. Soc.
10: 7-10. Mr. 1895.
Maintains the necessity of adherence to priority.
La Mance, L. S. Jris hexagona. Gard. & For. 8: 329. 14 Au.
1895.
Recording the discovery of /ris hexagona La Mance Gerard, in Benton County,
Arkansas,
Lotsy, J. P. Some Euphorbiaceae from Guatemala. Bot. Gaz. 20:
348-355. pl. 24, 25. 15 Au. 1895.
Describes a number of new species.
Magnus, P. Die Teleutosporen der Uredo Aspidiotus Peck. Ber.
Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 13: 285-288. f/. 27. 25 Jl. 1895.
Mez, C. Einige Bemerkungen iiber Midudariopsis. Ber. Deutsch.
Bot. Gesell. 13: 236-239. 25 Jl. 1895.

Nash, G. V. The Genus Cenchrus in North America. Bull. Tort-
Bot. Club, 22: 298-302. 31 Jl. 1895.

417

Pammel, L. H. Some troublesome Iowa Weeds. Rep. Iowa Agric.

Soc. 1894: 523-539. 1895.

Figures of Salsola Kali var. Tragus, Arctium Lappa, Xanthium Canadense,
Ambrosia trifida, Hordeum jubatum, Capsella Bursa-pastoris,Cuscuta Epithymum,
with accounts of these weeds,

Pammel, L. H. The Geographical Distribution of Plants. Rep.

Towa State Hort. Soc. 29: 324-433. 1895.

Penhallow, D. P. Rhus Poisoning. Gard. & For. 8: 359. 45S. .-

1895.

Robinson, B. L. The Nomenclature Question. Bot. Gaz. 20: 370-

371. 15 Au. 1895.

Rolfe, R. A. New Orchids. Kew Bull. 104: 191-195. Au. 1895.

Tropical American species in Pleurothallis, Batemaria, Maxillaria, Notylia and

LPelexia,

Rolfe, R. A. Vanillas of Commerce. Kew Bull. 104: 169-178.
Au. 1895. ae
An historic and descriptive account of the species yielding aromatic fruits. Two

are described as new.

Rydberg, P. A. New Species of Pfysalis. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,
22: 306-308. 31 Jl. 1895.

Pca fe. Bue aa Beobachtungen und kritische Bemerk-
ungen iiber die Exoascaceae. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 13: 265-
280. p/. 27, 25 Jl, 1895.

References to many American species. :

Sargent, C. S. The American White Birches. Gard & For. 8: 355.
J. 50. 48. 1895.

Note on Betula populifolia and B. papyrifera. oo

Setchell, W. A. On the Classification and Geographical Distribution
of the Donenene Trans. Conn, Acad. Arts and Sci. g: Part 2,
333-375. 1895.

Sheldon, E. Pp. Compilation of Records of some Minnesota ayia
ing Plants. Bull. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. 9: 223-227. 5 Mr.
1895.

Smith, J. B. Why certain Hickories died. Gard. & For. 8: 352-
353-7. 49. 48. 1895.
Tilden, J. E. List of fresh-water Algae collected in eee eg

1894. Bull. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. 9: 228-237. 5 Mr. 1895.

Toumey, J. W. Opuntia fulgida, Gard. & For. 8: 324-326. f. 46.

14 Au. 1895.

418

Toumey, J. W. Vegetal Dissemination in the Genus Opuntia. Bot.
Gaz. 20: 356-361. 15 Au. 1895.

Uline, E. B., and Bray, W. L. Synopsis of North American Ama-
ranthaceae—Ill. Bot. Gaz. 20: 337-344. 15 Au. 1895.

Ward, F. L. The Nomenclature Question. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club,
22: 308-329. 31 Jl. 1895.

Wilcox, E. M., Chairman. Report of the Committee on Botany.
Journ. Columbus Hort. Soc. 10: 5. Mr. 1895.

Record of species of Folyforus near Columbus, Ohio.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB—PLATE 247.

“ee INY sete
DY Nea
«tee

TERATOLOGY IN QUERCUS GARRYANA.

Surplus Books for Sale from the Library of Dr. M. C. Cooke.

146 Junction Road, London N., England.

Balfour, J. B. Botany of Socotra. 4°. 100 plates. Edinburgh.
Hedwig. Theoria generationis and Hist. Nat. Muscorum. 4°.
Lamarck and DeCandolle. Flore Francaise. 6 vols., 8°.
® Steudel. Nomenclator Botanicus. 8°, board.
! Linnaeus. Flora Suecica. First Edition.
Leers. Flora Herbornensis. 16 pl., 8°.
Acharius. Synopsis Lichenum.
Marsilius. Dissert: de generatione Fungorum.
Retz. Observationes Botanicae. Folio.
Vaillant. Botanicon Parisiense. Folio.
Queckett. Histological Catalogue. 4°. 2 vols., cloth.
Luerssen, Medico-Pharmaceutik Botanik. Vol. 1, Kryptogamen, 8°, paper.
Lindley, Dr. Flora Medica. 1 vol., cloth.
Waring, Dr. Pharmacopaeia of India. 8°, cloth.
Fluckiger, Dr., and Hanbury, D, Pharmacographia. 8°.
Hanbury, D. Notes on Chinese Materia Medica.
Hanbury, D, Science Papers. 1 vol., 8°.
Waring, Dr. Bibliotheca Therapeutica. 2 vols., 8°.
Christison, Dr. On Poisons. 8°, 1 vol.
Allen and Thomson. Expedition to the Niger. 8°, 2 vols.
Farlow, W.G. Marine Algae of New England. 8°, paper,
Toni and Levi. Flora Algologica Venezia. Parts I. and III.
Toni and Levi. L’ Algarum Zanardini. 8°.
Underwood. Catalogue of N. Am. Hepaticae. 8°.
Tuckerman. Synopsis of Lichens of New England.
Bescherelle. Prodromus Bryologiae Mexicanae. 8°. 4
__ Harvey, Dr. Phycologia Britannica. 4 vols. in 2 half morocco, gilt tops. Splen
did copy, first issue, o
_,_., 5owerby’s English Botany, 2d Edition, Vol. XII., only containing Algae. 8

a

cloth
Goebel, K. Morphologische und Biologische Studien. 8°, 15 plates.
Queckett, J. Lectures on Histology. 2 vols., 8°, cloth.
Queckett, J. Treatise on the Microscope. 8°, cloth.
Humboldt. Flora Friburgensis. 4°, board. :
: Ardissone. Enum. della Alghe della Marca di Ancona. 4°
De Notaris. Epilogo della Briologia Italica, Roy. 8°, half calf.
Wahlenberg. Flora Suecica. 2 vols. 8°.
Bauhin, Theatrum Botanicum. Folio.
Meyer, Primitiae Florae Essequeboensis. 4°, calf.
Sullivant. Musci and Hepaticae of U.S. 8°. ;
Kickx, J. Flore cryptogamique des Flandres. 2 vols. in 1, Half calf. 1867.
Roth, A.G. Catalecta Botanica. 3 vols., 8°, half calf. 1806.
Schrader, H. Spicilegium Florae Germanicae. 8°. 1794.
Haller, A. Flora Jenensis. 12°. 1745.
Weigel. Flora Pomerano Rugica, _ 12°, 1769.
Olhaff. Elenchus Plantarum. 12°. 1656.
Sprengel, C. Florae Halensis. 8°. 1806 and 2 suppl.
umacher, Plantae Saellandiae. 2 vols., 1801. :
Schlechtendal. Flora Berolinensis. Part 2, Cryptogamia. 1824.
Wulff, J.C. Flora Borussica, 12° 1765.
Schrank. Florae Salisburgensis. 12, 1792. |
einmann, Enum: Stirpium in Agro Petropolitano. 8°, 1837.
Martius. Flora Erlangensis Crypt. 8, 6 pl., 1817.

Nuovo Giornale Botanico Italiano, 1872 to 1891. 20 years complete, 18 in 9%
calf, rest in parts. :
Michelia. Ed. P. A. Saccardo, 1879 to 1882 in 2 vols., half calf (all published).
Hedwigia (Ed. Rabenhorst, etc.), 1852 to 1891 (Vol. II. imperfect) together in
15 vols., cloth).
Flora (Regensburg), vols. 34 to 47, 14 vols., cloth. :
Notarisia, Commentarium Phycologiae, 1886-1891. Parts 1 to 25 (wanting part
21).
La Nuova Notarisia. 1890-1891. 7 parts.
Revue Mycologique (Roumeguere). 1888-1891. 13 vols. in 6, cloth.
Rabenhorst’s Algae Europaea Aquae dulces. 3 parts in 2 vols., half calf, com-
plete, 1864.
Monthly Microscopical Journal. (Ed. Dr. Lawson.) 18 vols., cloth. 1869-1 877.
Grevillea (Ed. M. C. Cooke). Complete set in parts, 20 vols., 1872-1892.
Complete sets out of print. :
Hassalls, Dr. British Fresh Water Algae. 2 vols., cloth.
Smith, W. British Diatomaceae. 2 vols., cloth.
Ralfs, J. British Desmidiae. 1 vol., half calf. '
Bornet et Thuret. Notes Algologiques, part 2 only, folio, plates.
Flora of Herefordshire. Mosses by Aug. Ley. Fungi by M. C. Cooke. 1 vol.
8°, cloth. 1889.
PO plies W. J.,and Baker, J.G. Synopsis Filicum. Colored plates, 8°, cloth.
I

DeBary, A. Morphologie und Biologie der Pilze. Mycetozoen und Bacterien.
8°, uncut. 1884.

Natural History Review. Vols. I. to VI., 1854 to 1859 and 1861 to 1865, II
vols, (wanting Vol. VII.).

American Naturalist, 1867 to 1886 (wanting 1876), in 17 vols., half calf, 2 vols
in parts. Also 1887-8 complete; 1889 (wanting 266, 270, 274, 275); 1890 complete;
1891 (wanting 298, 300).

American Entomologist, and American Botanist and Entomologist. 1868-1870.
2 vols. in one, half calf.

Ray (John). Historia Plantarum. 3 vols., folio. Ren:

_Mitten, W. Musci Indiae Orientalis. 8°, with Griffith’s Muscologia Itineris As-
resp ae Griffith’s Notulae ad plantas Asiaticas, part 2. Cryptogamia in 1 vol., 8,
calf.

Buxbaum J.C. Plantarum minus cognitarum. Complete in 2 vols, 4°.

Girod Chautraus. Recherches chimiques et micro. sur les Conferves. Fol. 36 pl.
half calf. 1802, i

Gerarde’s Herbal. Old folio, wanting title and last page of index, otherwise
good condition.

Botanical Tracts, chiefly Cryptogamia, many vols. requiring separate list.

Greville’s Scottish Sr Flora. 6 vols., half ek gilt. Colored

plates,
Many other works, specially on Fungi, not enumerated here.
In applying for details of price, etc., quote the headings here written.

Lonpon, July, 1895.

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

[The numbers omitted from this list are out of print. ]

VoLuME I.
A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By
N. L., Brittonaml HH, Rasby (6887); «oo es | 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
CTSRR Shee ee ee 25 cents,

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)

The Genus Hicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . 25 cents.

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L.
Britton. :

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains

and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . . . 25 cents.
Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7éssa,
Adans.- Hy Nol. Ritan t1860), 0 a . . . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
CISCO), 2 8) rs er ee ee . . 25 cents.

CeOOT a a ee ee . 2. . 25 cents:
Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocaulez. By Thos. Morong
RAE ee eee ee oe .. 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
. 25 cents,

VotuME II. :
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North
Pierica: By N: 1. Britton, (1892); - 2. ae ow
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
ti ition (esi a Oe ee a Fig ore
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. L. Britton
Sco dont. Hae eR ia ne rs Las 5S Oem
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Alhes. By N. L.
PW Pi a er ee
A Prethininass List of American Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small
hg it Cone wee FO ee
A New Saas of Listera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong

72893) ee CG re eee eC Sore,

Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), «s+ tt ttt ee $1.50
Further Notes on p errhan Species of Polygonum. By John ce ae
C3993) 5 ee a ae i ae PO
New or Notew rthy North American Phanerogams, Vil. By oe — eso

No. 65.

Yo. 66,
No. 67,
No. 68.

No. 69.

No. 70,
No. 71.

No. 72.

No. 73.
No. 74.

Notes upon various Species of Iridaceze and other Orders. By Thomas
Morong (1893),.. . . . ot eae ee Sg) 3 Se 2a5 Gee
Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
ISR : é Sree aie a a
Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American

Cuscuta. By W. D. Matthew (1893), Wo Ss ee oe
A Study of the Genus Psoralea in America. By Anna Murray Vail
Ce ke Os ee a5 cents.

VoLuME III.
Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution.
By N. L, Britton (1894), at fa
Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum.
By Elizabeth G. Britton inde oN oh ee
New and interesting Species of Polygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, VII. A revision of the Genus Phys-
comitrium. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), .. . . . . 25 cents.
The Genus Cassia in N. America. By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents.
A Revision of the Genus Lechea. By N. L. Britton (1894),. . 25 cents.
New or little known Plants of:the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
Ciopa), ieee a, : Speen ae _ 25 cents.
A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By
Carlton C. Curtis CRORB a one ae
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K.
Small (1894), ree Bett AY alg
Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus

WAS A SEE RE Se oon ee le Cee

A preliminary Revision of the Genus Lathyrus in North America. By

Theodore G. White OP a Se ata 25 cents.
Two Species of Oxalis, By John K. Small (1894). ws js. 25 pcre
Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. By John K. Smal

(1894), . . ; st 4 oe ee

Some new Florida Plants. “By TH, Kearney, Jr. ( 1894), a ge Centee
Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby(1894), 25 pea

Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), 25 egy
A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus Cracca. PY
Anna Murray Vail (189s), BE octane

Cae boar. see oe eae 4

A. and others, in Southeastern Arizona during the years 1892-1894. By
N. L. Britton and T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . oe

Soro ee) ee ee ee

Elizabeth G. Britton (1895), . . . . . . gg a oe
Some new hybrid One (las the Southern States. By John K. saa’
(1895), Dre idee Pan - , 25 cen

i .
Se Ae RS ae aie eS i re LO

No. 75. An Enumeration of the Plants collected by M. E. Penard in Colorado during
the summer of 1892. By N. L. Britton and Anna Murray Vail (1895).
50 cents.

VOLUME IV.

No, 76. The Biological Status of Lichefs. By Albert Schneider (1895), . 25 cents.
No. 77. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IX. By N. L. Britton
er chee ee 25 cents.

1895), rer;
No. 78. The a Cenchrus in North America. By Geo. V. Nash (1895), 25 cents.
Title-pages for Vols. II. and III. can be supplied.
The series as above listed will be supplied for $12.
Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton,

may be had for $2, Address
PRoF. N. L, BRITTON,

Columbia College,
NEW YORK CITY.

-* @ List: Ge -

Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern North America.

A few copies in paper binding remain
unsold. Price, $1.00.

EDITORS,
Torrey Botanical Club.

THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE.

A monthly journal embracing all departments of the science.
Well illustrated. Contributions from eminent investigators. In-
teresting news column relating to botanists and their writings.

$3.00 a Year. 30 Cents a Single Number.
PUBLISHERS AND EDITORS:

JOHN M, COULTER, Lake Forest, Ill. CHAS. R. BARNES, Madison, Wis.
J. C. ARTHUR, Lafayette, Ind.

ee CRs

Se

Just Received from the West Indies,
EXCELLENT MATERIAL TO ILLUSTRATE

The Structure of the Marattiaceae

We can supply from stock or obtain to order many valuable materials.

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY CO.

CAMBRIDGE, MASS.
me Everything Useful to Botanists.

WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J.,

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL-
WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

: a Gracias =

CHARACEZ OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characeze of America is
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of JVitedla, as fol-
lows: WVitella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
shipii, Allen ; Missouriensis, Allen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
Slomerulifera, A. Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates can be prepared ; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

TE. ALLEN,
10 East 36th St., N. Y.

MEMOIRS

Department of Botany of Columbia College

VOLUME 1.

A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus
Polygonum. Quarto, pp. 178, 85 plates. Price, $6.00.
For copies address,
PROF. N. L. BRITTON,
COLUMBIA COLLEGE, NEW YORK CITY.

JAMAICA FERNS.
Herbarium Specimens for Sale.

Two hundred species collected during the past winter and determined in accord-
ance with Jenman’s “Ferns of Jamaica” as far as that is published. Numbered and
labeled. The list comprises 34 genera, and includes about a dozen tree ferns, eae
dozen filmy ferns, a large number of choice Polypods and Asplenia, together with
many rare and desirable species in other genera. The specimens are fresh, green and

well preserved. Address
B. D. GILBERT,
Clayville, N. Y-

ESTABLISHED 1851,

EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

NEW ee

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR

EB. March’s Szline Chemical Stone
Ware.

Schleicher & Schuell’s Cresedr:
Pure and Common Filter Paper.

Doctor C. Scheibler’s. Saccharome,
ters (Polariscopes). ae
Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bale

ances, etc. th

Le Brun F. Desmontes & Con, ol of x
Paris, Platinum. ®

a, Tronesdorff 5 C. P. Chcuseal : .

ALTIES cc pcesnecepeat Apparatus, Norma! Graduated Gis
: ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem-.
an and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure
Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’s

Burners, and Combustion: Furnaces a aod Chemicals. for *

ee

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.
(1) THE BULLETIN.

‘This Sharsai has been published consecutively smce 1870, beginning with four
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1894 over 45 pages monthly with
“many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.
Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for

England, Messrs. DuLau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England.
eu Back Numpers.—The BuLLetin was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these
volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to

on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 17 have been indexed sepa-
rately, and a. general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had for
50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20 and 21 are indexed sepa-

Price ‘of each $2.00. ‘Vol. 8 cannot now be supplied complete, but it is
lanned Dinan some of its numbers,

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

The snbisipt 1 ion_ price is fixed at $3.00. per volume in advance. The numbers
pure singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. ba
ths lst cannot be had separately. e:
1, 2.—A List of the Marine Algeze hitherto observed on the Coasts
taten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents.
3—An Enumeration of the Hepatica: collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby

with rai ini am Konan a By Richard ee Price
: sy E. yeas Sturtevant. “Price, 75 cents.

| byron ste Sl gyi, co ctiin
ib tions to the. Botany of Virgin, wns two fates : By Anna

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE cLu

THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
OFFICERS FOR 189s.

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

fy Rae grea Vice Presiaents, -
7, F. ALLEN, M.D. -L, H. LIGHTHIPE.

Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary,
HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D., JOHN K. SMALL, :
College of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia College, New York City.

Editor, Treasurer,
E N. ‘: BRITTON, Ph. By ae HENRY OGDEN,
By ; Cobsambbia aes New York City. es ax Pine Street, New York City,

Associate Editors,

sry. Ee GREGORY, Ph. 1) ee ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. B.,

ANNA MURRAY eepa! | BYRON Db. HALSTED, Se. ty
a A. A. HELLER.

Librarian,

JOSEPHINE 1 E. ROGERS. re ‘EFFIE A. SOUTHWORTH.

| Committee on Penance Z
WM. E. WHEELOCK.

ney § w. + sth ‘ake: New York City.

xe : ana Herbarium Committee,
ERS ye _ HELEN M. INGERSOLL, ee

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

toy a eee

New or noteworthy American Grasses.—I.

By Gero. V, NAsH.

_ ERIANTHUS COMPACTUS 7. sp. Culm erect, 4°—8° tall, stout,
its nodes barbed, its summit and the axis of the panicle densely
pubescent with appressed long rigid silky hairs. Sheaths glabrous
or pubescent at the apex; leaves scabrous above, sparingly ap-
Pressed-pubescent beneath, 6’-2° long, 3/’-6” wide, long-acumi-
nate, narrowed toward the base; panicle narrowly oblong, 4'-6/
In length, about 114’ wide, branches erect, 1/-2’ long; spikelets
Crowded, the internodes of the rachis about 1’ long; outer
Scales of the spikelet about 21%” long, exceeding the pedicels
and about equalling the basal hairs, lanceolate, acuminate, pubes-
cent with long spreading hairs; inner scales shorter, the awn
5,-10” long, straight, scabrous.

In moist or wet soil, New Jersey to North Carolina and Ten-
nessee. The compact panicle composed of short erect branches,
the short internodes of the rachis, and the crowded small spike-
lets readily distinguish this plant from the other straight-awned

Species,

SYNTHERISMA Walt. Fl. Car. 76 (1788). :
[Digétaria Scop. Fl. Carn. Ed. 2, 1: 52.1772. Not Heist.
1763].

_ The Digitaria section of Panicum is certainly sufficiently dis-
tinct to take generic rank and it has been so regarded by many
authors. Panicum as now generally understood comprises too
‘Many forms. It would seem preferable to restrict the genus to the

Eupanieae.

iis: hela ia Bag Oi

420

The name Digitaria was originally applied by Heister (Adans.
Fam. Pl. 2: 38. 1763),to the Zripsacum ot Linnaeus, and ante-
dates by nine years the Digitaria of Scopoli (FI. Carn.'Ed. 2,1: §2.
1772), who applied it to a group of plants that have since been
considered by many as only a section of Panicum. This name 1s
therefore a synonym of Zripsacum and not available. The oldest
available name appears to be Syxtherisma of Walter. A partial
sysonymy of the three species occurring in the north-eastern
United States would be as follows:

1. SYNTHERISMA SANGUINALIS (L.).

Panicum sanguinale L. Sp. Pl. 57. 1753.

Digitaria sanguinalis Scop. Fl. Carn. Ed. 2, 1: 52. 1772.

Syntherisma praecox Walt. Fl. Car. 76. 1788.

Paspalum sanguinale Lam. Tabl. Encycl. 1: 176. 1791.

2. SYNTHERISMA LINEARIS (Krock.).

Panicum lineare Krock. FI. Sil. 1: 95. 1787.

Syntherisma serotina Walt. Fl. Car. 76, 1788.

Digittana humifusa Pers. Syn. 1: 85. 1805.

Syntherisma glabra Schrad. Fl. Germ. 1: 163. 1806.

Panicum glabrum Gaud. Agrost. 1: 22. 1811.

3. SYNTHERISMA FILIFORMIs (L.).

Panicum filiforme L. Sp. Pl. 57. 1753.

Paspalum filiforme Sw. Prodr. 22. 1788.

Syntherisma villosa Walt. Fl. Car. 74. 1788.

Digitaria filiformis Muh\. Gram. 131. 1817.

Panicum PorTERIANUM nom. n.

Panicum latifolium Walt. F\. Car. 73. 1788. Not Linneus,
1753.

Panicum Walteri Poir. in Lam. Encycl. Suppl. 4: 282. 1816.
Not Pursh, 1814.

Panicum latifolium var. molle Vasey, Bull. Bot. Div. U. 5.
Dept. of Agric. 8: 33. 18809.

Search has failed to disclose an available published name Aer
this plant. The Linnaean name belongs to a tropical Specie®:
The P. Walteri of Poiret is antedated by two years by Pursh's
name which was applied to an entirely different plant, the F- Crus-
galli vax. hispidum of Torrey. The varietal name of Vasey has

421

already been used. It is necessary, therefore, to give this well-
known plant a name, and the above is proposed in honor of Prof.
Thos. C. Porter.

Panicum ScRIBNERIANUM nom. n.

Panicum Scopartum S. Wats. in A. Gray, Man. Ed. 6, 632.
1890. Not Lam.

Panicum scoparium var. minor Scribn. Bull Univ. Tenn. 7: 48.
1894. Not P. capillare var minor Muhl. 1817.

This plant is certainly not the P. scoparium of Lamarck.
That is found only in the southern mountains and is a tall large-
leaved grass with a few-flowered panicle. There seems to be no
available name published for this plant, and so the above is pro-
posed, in honor of Prof. F. L. Scribner, who was the first to indi-
Cate its difference from P. scoparium Lam.

“Panicum minus (Muhl.).

Panicum diffusum Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept, 1 : 68. 1814.

Panicum capillare var. minus Muhl. Gram. 124. 1817.

Panicum capillare var. sylvaticum Torr. Fl. U.S. 149. 1824.

Panicum Philadelphicum Bernh; Nees. Fl. Bras. 198. 1829.

This plant is readily distinguished from P. capillare, of which
it has been considered a variety by its more slender habit, and
smaller spikelets in pairs at the extremities of the ultimate divi-
Sions of the smaller and less branched panicle.

PANICUM BOREALE n.sp. Culmsat first erect and simple, 1°—2°
tall, later sometimes decumbent and somewhat branched, smooth
and glabrous. Sheaths shorter than the internodes, smooth and
glabrous, ciliate; ligule short, ciliate; leaves 3’—5’ long, yy'-¥4!
Wide, erect, truncate or rounded at the sparsely ciliate base, acumi-
hate; panicle 2/—4’ in length, ovate, branches 1/~2’ long, spread-
Ing or ascending; spikelets 1’ long, about equalling the pedicels,
ellipsoid, pubescent; first scale ovate; obtusish, about one-third the
length of the spikelet; second and third ovate, 7-nerved, pubes-
cent, equalling the fourth; fourth oval, chartaceous, acute, slightly

exceeding 3/” in length.

Moist soil, Newfoundland and Ontario to New York, Vermont
and Minnesota. This plant was first noted by the writer in 1893
in the Catskill Mts., near Cario, N. Y. The smaller forms some-
what resemble P. laxiflorum, but the glabrous sheaths and shorter.
leaves, and the different shaped spikelets readily distinguish it

422

from that species. No. 222, Robinson and Schrenk, 1894, and
Macoun’s plant, collected at Windsor, N.S., June 29, 1883, be-
long here.

PANICUM SPHAGNICOLUM n. sp. Culms 2°—3° long, at first
simple, later repeatedly dichotomously branched, the branches
very divergent. Primary sheaths hirsute, those of the branches
glabrous; ligule a ring of short hairs; leaves smooth and glabrous,
the primary 2/-3% long, 2’’-5’” wide, those of the branches é
long or less, %4/’-114” wide, appressed ; primary panicle about 2
in length, the branches 1%4’-1’ long, spreading; secondary pan-
icles about 14’ long, raceme-like; spikelets 11/’” long, few and
appressed, pubescent; first scale ovate, acute, I—3-nerved, about
half the length of the spikelet; second scale broadly ovate,
7-nerved, somewhat shorter than the 7—9-nerved third one, the
fourth chartaceous, smooth, elliptic, acute, slightly exceeding 1
in length and equalling the third.

The late and much branched state was collected by the writer
this summer in a sphagnum bog at Lake City, Florida, and will
be distributed as No. 2500. The main stem rises through the
sphagnum and then divides dichotomously, the branches spread-
ing. out over the surface of the moss, the ends being erect. The
early and simple form was found by A. W. Bitting in a cypress
swamp at the same place, on April 2, 1892.

IXOPHORUS Schlecht. Linnaea, 31: 420. 1861-62.

[SerariA Beauv. Agrost. 113. 1812. Not Ach. 1798.]

Otto Kuntze (Rev. Gen. Pl. 767) has referred these grasses to
the genus Chamaeraphis R. Br., and this disposition of them has
been accepted by several writers. But Chamaeraphis 1s a tropical
genus in which the spikelet and bristle fall attached, while in the
plants in question the spikelet articulates above the bristles, hence
‘leaving them persistent when it falls. Feeling confident that the
two groups are generically distinct, I have sought for a published
name for the latter, and find /xophorus of Schlechtendahl to be the
earliest one available. It is based on Uvochloa uniseta Presl, which
is Se¢aria uniseta Fourn. The forms occurring in the northeastern
United States are as follows:

1.“ IXOPHORUS VERTICILLATUs (L.).
Panicum verticillatum L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 82. 1762.
Setaria verticillata Beauv. Agrost. 51. 1812.

423

2. IxoPHORUS GLAUCUS {Lay
Panicum glaucum L., op. PL 56: 1753.
Sefaria glauca Beauv. Agrost. 51. 1812.

3. Ixopnorus Iraricus (L.).
Panicum Ttalicum L. Sp, Plog6: 1753.
Setaria Italica R. & S. syst. 47 493, 1817.

4. IXOPHORUS ViRIDIS uy
Fanicum viride L. Sp. Pl, Ed. 2, 835 170.
Setaria viridis Beauv. Agrost. 51. 1812.

“STIPA AVENACIOIDES n. sp. Culms 2°-4° tall, simple, erect, slen-
der, smooth or puberulent below the lower nodes. Sheaths about
half the length of the long internodes, smooth and glabrous; ligule
obtuse or acute, I’” long or less; leaves involute-setaceous, smooth
and glabrous, the basal about 1° long, those of the culm eed
long, the uppermost often nearly wanting; panicle simple, 4-10
in length, finally long-exserted, the scabrous branches 1’—3/ long,
the lower in pairs; spikelets few ; lower halves of the empty scales
Purple, 5-nerved below, acuminate, the lower 8’”—10” in length, the
upper slightly longer; flowering scale with a ring of short brown

airs at the apex, brown, otherwise glabrous, 7’’—8’ long, includ-
ing the callus which is 3/’-4’’ long, and covered with appressed
brown silky hairs increasing in length toward the top; awn 3'-4
long, pubescent below, twisted for about half its length, tightly so
at the base, twice bent.
Collected by the writer in 1895 in the pine lands near Cassia,

Lake Co., Florida, No. 2051.

Camputosus CHapapensis Trin. Spec. Gram. P/. 30}.

Ctenium Chapadense Doell, Mart. Fl. Bras. 2: Part 3, 7 3. 1878.

This plant was found growing plentifully by the writer this
Summer in the flat woods at Lake City, Florida, no. 2212. A. H.
Curtiss collected the same in East Florida in 1875; his no. 4058
also appears to be this plant. It was also secured by Fredholm
in Duval Co., Fla., in 1893, no. 313. :

It differs from C. aromatica (Walt.) Scribn. (Ctenium —"*
canum Spreng.) in its more slender habit and narrower spikes ;
smaller spikelets divergent from the rachis, not oe the
Scales narrower and very acute; the awns more delicate and much
longer.

“Cutoris neciecta n. sp. Culms 2°-4° tall, erect, much oe
Pressed, smooth and glabrous. Sheaths glaucous, compressed,

424

those at the base of the culm crowded and equitant; ligule a ring
of short hairs ; leaves smooth and glabrous, glaucous, 4’-15’ long,
2-4” wide, abruptly acute, the uppermost culm leaf short, and
usually remote from the infloresence, or often wanting ; spikes
4-6, 3'-5’ long, erect or slightly spreading ; spikelets divergent to
the triangular rachis, which is scabrous onthe angles ; empty scales
of the spikelet 1-nerved, scabrous on the keel, the first ovate,
acute, about two-thirds as longas the second; second 2-toothed,
the teeth obtuse and erose at the apex, oblong, 11%4’’—2” long, 1n-
cluding the scabrous awn which is 14” long; third scale about
144” long including the awn which is 14” in length, brown, ovate,
3-nerved, the nerves pubescent with long ascending hairs; fourth
scale empty, 1” long, elliptic in outline, cucullate, remote from the
third, bearing an awn about 14” long just below the apex; seed

34’’ long, narrowly oval in outline, triangular, translucent, yellow-
ish streaked with purple.

Resembles C. Floridana Vasey; that species differs in having
only 1 or 2 spikes; larger spikelets having 5 scales and 2 flowers,
the upper one staminate; second empty scale broad and rounded
at the erose apex; the hairs on the nerves of the third scale
shorter; the fourth scale obovate and obliquely truncate at the
apex.

Collected by the writer near Orange Bend, Lake Co., Florida,
during the past summer, in low pine lands, no. 2149. It was also
secured by A. H. Curtiss at Jacksonville in 1875 ; his number 3445
is the same. Fredholm obtained it along the banks of the St.
John’s River in Duval Co., Florida, in 1893, no. 319.

Notes on some Cyanophyceae of New England.

By WILLIAM ALBERT SETCHELL.

The-Cyanophyceae or Blue-Green Algae of the United States
are little represented in collections and exsiccatae, and their occut-
rence and distribution is in great need of more careful study. For
many years there has been a lack of good monographs relating to
the group, and the redescribing under many different names of
the same form made the matter of the identification both of gen-
era and of species so difficult that there has been little temptation

to the ordinary student to pay any attention at all to any of the
forms.

425

Recently, however, there have been published two monographs,
the results of the patient working over of abundant materials by
men of such experience and insight that the filamentous species of
the Cyanophyceae are now arranged and defined in a most satisfac-
tory fashion.

The heterocysted forms, multiplying by means of hormogonia,
are given in the “ Revision des Nostocacées Heterocystées” by
Bornet and Flahault (Ann. Sci. Nat. (VII.)3: 323-381, 1886;
4: 343-373, 1886; 5: 51-129, 1887; 7: 177-262, 1888), and the
homocysted forms with the same kind of reproduction are given
in the “ Monographie des Oscillariées” by Gomont (Ibid. VII.
15: 263-368, p/. 6-74, 1892; 16: 91-264, pl. 1-8, 1892.)

In both of these works a considerable number of species are
credited to America, chiefly from specimens collected by Farlow,
Collins, Holden, Wolle and the writer, but many more are to be
expected and the writer hopes to be able to supply at some future
time a full list of all found within our boundaries.

The marine forms have been much more studied than those of
the fresh waters, and have been mentioned in the papers of Far-
low and Collins. The account of the species of the fresh waters
found in Wolle (Fresh Water Algae of the United States, Bethle-
ham, 1887) is, however, so confused and inexact as to allow no de-
pendence to be placed upon it. Consequently we must, for the
Present, accept as a summary of the knowledge of our species the
information contained in the two monographs mentioned above
and proceed to work out from them and with their aid.

The following species, occurring for the most part in New
England, seem to deserve mention.

Calothrix Juliana (Menegh.) B. & F., known only in this coun-
try from Mill Brook, Shelburne, N. H., where it was collected by
Prof. W. G. Farlow, has occurred to the writer in Massopoag
Brook, Sharon, Mass., and in Trading Cove Brook, Norwich, Conn.
tt grew upon stones in small tufts consisting of a few erect paral-
"lel filaments and could easily be distinguished by the touch, even
©n stones thickly covered with diatoms and other forms. It is
fasily distinguished from any other of our species by the absence
of heterocysts. It grows upon wood as well as stones in the

Quinebaug River, in Lisbon, Conn.

426

C. Braunii B. & F., credited by Bornet and Flahault to Ger-
many and Denmark, was first found in this country by the writer,
growing upon stones in a small brook at Sharon, Mass. Later it
was found near Bridgeport, Conn., by Mr. Isaac Holden, growing
upon wood and stones. It also forms extended patches on rounded
stones in a small rivulet at Cataumet, Mass. It is of rapid growth,
forming patches which are at first small and orbicular, but later
enlarging and confluent into broad expansions of indefinite ex-
tent and shape, and often becoming decidedly verrucose on the
surface. In color the patches vary from dark green to nearly
black. The filaments are short and parallel and the structure of
the patch resembles that of /sactis plana, but, of course, lacks the
common enclosing matrix of that form.

RIvuLaRIA BorNETIANA n. sp. This curious species was found
growing on the stems and leaves of Ruppia maritima, forming
solid spherical thalli varying from somewhat less than a milli-
meter to something over a centimeter in diameter, according to
age. Frequently a row of closely-placed spheres coalesce into a
cylindrical mass 5-8 centimeters long. The thalli are of fairly
firm consistency and vary in color from a deep bluish-black when
young to a light olive green or pale yellow when old. They are
not at all incrusted with lime. The filaments radiate in a regular
fashion from the center, becoming, however, decidedly flexuous in
the older thalli. They vary in diameter from 8-20 yz, and separate
readily from one another on crushing. The sheath is wide and con-
conspicuous, colorless to deep brown in color, and very much
lamellose and ocreate above. It varies in width below from 2-4 /”
sometimes becoming as wide as 20 ». The trichome is usually about
4 » in diameter, but occasionally reaches 16». It is usually very
much torulose when young, but very little so when older. The cells
are from one-halfto five times as long as broad. The cell limits are
distinct in younger but very obscure in the older specimens, and
the cell contents are light blue and provided with a few scattered
granules. The heterocysts are basal, from depressed globular to
ellipsoidal in shape, and from 6-8 pin diameter. The terminal
hairs are long and slender in the younger plants, but are almost
wanting in the older ones.

For several years this species has been found in abundance !?

427

shallow water ahout the edges of Watch Hill Pond, in southwest-
ern Rhode Island. The pond is separated from the open Atlantic
Ocean by only a narrow line of sand dunes, through and over
which the autumnal and winter storms often dash the surf. Con-
Sequently the water of the pond has a distinctly saltish taste.
The Rivularia is associated with Anabaena variabilis, Phormidium
Valderianum, Microcoleus chthonoplastes, Chara aspera, Chara crin-
aa and various species of Closterium, Scenedesmus, etc.

This species approaches &. iasolettiana in structure, but dif-
fers from it decidedly in habit, and it was thought at first it might
Perhaps be an epiphytic form of that species. But the globular
shape of the thalli is exceedingly constant, and although carefully
sought for, typical R. Aiasolettiana was not found anywhere in the
Same vicinity. It seems best therefore to regard it as a distinct
Species, and the writer takes great pleasure in dedicating it to Dr.
Edouard Bornet, of Paris, who has done so much toward furthering
our knowledge of this group of plants.

R. Biasolettiana Menegh. occurs in fairly typical form in per-
fectly fresh water at Gardner's Lake, in eastern Connecticut. It
forms small flattened thalli on stones along the shores of the lake.

Capsosira Brebissonit Kuetz., occurring in Sweden, France and
Germany, grows also in this country upon a large rock on the
eastern side of Round Pond at Lantern Hill, near Mystic, Conn-
It forms small hemispherical black thalli from 1-2 mm. in diam.
eter. They are crushed with some difficulty, but then show the
Stigonema-like filaments with lateral heterocysts very plainly. It
©ccurs sparingly also upon submerged dead wood.

Nostochopsts lobatus Wood, found near Philadelphia by Wood
and in Vermont by Faxon, has occurred to the writer in some
abundance at Mt. Carmel, about seven miles north of New Haven.
The thalli grew upon stones in more or less rapid water in a brook
just west of the “ head’ of the mountain.

Microchaete tenera Thuret, not hitherto credited to this coun-
tty, grows in various localities in Connecticut. Specimens collected
hear Norwich and examined by Dr. Bornet, have cylindrical
Spores in a series, exactly corresponding to those described for
M. diplosiphon Gomont. This species much mixed with various
Selatinous algae occurs upon dripping rocks near Norwich and
New Haven, Conn.

428

Scytonema crispum (Ag.) B. & F. This species, known as
Scytonema cincinnatum or Lyngbya cincinnata, although not credited
to North America by Bornet and Flahault, is probably not un-
common in the Eastern United States. Wolle had it from Penn-
sylvania or New Jersey, as is evidenced by a specimen in the
writer's possession. Mr. Isaac Holden has found it near Lanes-
ville, Conn.; Mr. W. J. V. Osterhout finds it in abundance near
Providence, R. I.; Mr. Wesley R. Coe, in Florida; Dr. J. E.
Humphrey, in Jamaica, W. I., and the writer about New Haven,
Conn. The filaments vary very much. Sometimes both branches
and heterocysts are rare and the species looks very much like a

Lyngbya, very often the scanty branches occur single and adjacent
toa heterocyst and it resembles greatly a 7Zolypothrix, while the
geminate branches midway between two heterocysts, characteristic
of Scytonema are generally found only after long and careful search.

Scytonema Javanicum (Kuetz) Bornet, one of the species with
erect branches agglutinated into Symploca-like fascicles and pre-
viously credited chiefly to the tropics (Java, Brazil and Guyana),
but also found in France, according to Bornet and Flahault, reap-
pears in this country in small quantity, growing on the trunks of
trees in Middlesex Fells, Melrose, Mass. :

Hassallia byssoidea Hassall is a very variable species and is
credited to South Carolina only in this country by Bornet and
Flahault. A form of it, not exactly typical, grows on rocks at the
water’s edge along the Quinebaug River in Lisbon, Conn. It
forms small tufts nearly black in color. It is characterized, a5 4
form, by its regular, erect branches given off at an acute angle.

Desmonema Wrangelii (Ag.) B. & F. is a curious genus of the
Tribe Scytonemaceae, characterized by having several filaments
inclosed in a common sheath and also by having basal heterocy Sts
It is very abundant in Roaring Brook, a mountain rivulet 10
Cheshire, near New Haven, Conn. It grows upon stones and
rocks in the swiftest currents and forms slippery, bluish black ex-
pansions. On being detached from the substratum it falls apart
into small penicillate tufts. It is present during the month of
June at least.

Nostoc parmelioides Kuetz. is one of the most readily recog”
nized species of the genus. The frond is erect and attached at

429

one point. It is generally strongly flattened and orbicular, with
edges more or less strongly crenate. Within, the central filaments
radiate from the attached portion, but the cortical filaments are
convolute and twisted. It is the WV. cristarum of Bailey and the
NV. alpinum ot Wood and Wolle. Bailey found it in New York, and
Wood and Wolle in Pennsylvania. The writer has it from near
Harrisburg, Penn., collected by Harry M. Kelley, and has found
it in abundance in brooks at Mt. Carmel, Conn.

Anabaena variabilis Kuetz., which may be distinguished from
any other species of the genus occurring in this country by its
oval, seriate spores remote from the heterocysts, occurred to the
Writer in the autumn of 1894 in the brackish pond near Watch
Hill, R. I., mentioned above. There was a great abundance of it,
forming a dark greenish-brown, gelatinous layer on the floating
leaves of Ruppia. The species is new to North America.

Schizothrix lardacea (Ces.) Gomont. Of the twenty-seven
Species of this homocysted genus given by Gomont in his mono-
graph, only four are credited to North America north of Mexico.
S. lardacea was found in some abundance on dripping vertical
faces of trap at East Rock, New Haven, Conn. It formed masses
of a dirty brown color. It has previously been found only in
Germany, France and Italy.

Sch. fr agilts (Kuetz.) Gomont was found at Brookfield, Conn.,
forming reddish crusts on stones kept moist by the spray from a
Waterfall. The red color was due to a unicellular organism asso-
ciated with it. Hitherto it has been credited only to Switzerland.

flydrocoleum homoeotrichum Kuetz. The species of the genus
ydrocoleum are distinguished by their caespitose habit and calyp-
trate terminal cell. No one of the four fresh water species is cred-
ited to North America. A. homocotrichum, however, was found
by the writer growing in small short tufts on the posterior ends of
shells of living fresh water mussels (Axodonta) in Trading Cove
Brook, N orwich, Conn.

Symploca muralis Kuetz., collected in New England by Farlow
8Tows also on moist soil about the public pump in East Falmouth,
Mass., and what appears to be the same species occurs abundantly
On flower pots in greenhouses in New Haven, Conn.

Lyngbya versicolor (Wartm.) Gomont, not credited to North

430

America in the “ Monograph,” has been found by Dr. Humphrey
in Jamaica, W. I. (cf. Phyc. Bor. Am., No. 54), and by the writer
at Salisbury, Conn., and in two localities near New Haven, Conn.
(cf: ibid., No. 54). It grows attached at first, but later floats free.

L. Lagerheimii (Moeb.) Gomont. A very slender species dis-
tinguished by being fairly regularly twisted into a loose spiral,
previously found only in Brazil, has reappeared in Southern New
England. The species grows in brackish water in a small pool
near Norwich, Conn., and in Little Pond, Falmouth, Mass. In
each case it was growing upon Cladophora expansa and in one
case was associated with Scenedesmus caudatus and various des-
mids, while in the other it grew with Chara crinita and Glocotrichia
Pisum. It also grows somewhere near New Haven, as consider-
able quantities of it appeared in an aquarium in the Biological
Laboratory of the Sheffield Scientific School.

Phormidium Valderianum (Delp.) Gomont. This is another in-
teresting species found in Watch Hill Pond, R. I. It grows in
fresh water in Europe and forms expanded, lamellose strata on
rocks and plants. In this locality, it forms a verdigris-green gela-
tinous cylindrical covering to the elongated stems of Ruppia mart
tama. It is common to find along the shore of the pond Ruppia
stems partially dried and then the Phormidium layer is papery 19
texture.

Arthrospira Jenneri Stiz. is not credited to this country by
Gomont. It is a large form and unmistakable. It has been found
by Mr. Isaac Holden in some abundance near Schenectady, N.Y.

ARTHROSPIRA GOMONTIANA n.sp._ For several years Mr. Isaac
Holden and the writer have found in the vicinity of Bridgeport,
Conn., scanty material of an Arthrospira which appeared to be
different from any previously described. In June, 1895, howevet,
a considerable quantity was found and sufficient material was Pre
served for future distribution and study.

This species makes its home in a pool of fresh water near
Factory Pond in the northern part of Bridgeport, and floats ase
the surface in verdigris-green patches of comparatively small size,
resembling very much the so-called « Wasser bliite” of Anabaena
flos-aquae, Gloiotrichia Pisum, etc. The floating masses are made
up of small flocculent bits, each of which contains a considerable

431

number of the trichomes of the Arthrospira held together by a
common jelly.

The diameter of the trichome is from 2.5-3 4. It is regularly
twisted into a rather lax spiral, the distance between the turns
being 16-18 m, and the width of the turn about 6 yw. Caduceus
forms are not uncommon. The cells of the trichome vary from
4-5 » in length; the cell divisions in vigorous trichomes are in-
distinct with few granules and with the cell contents light bluish
green by transmitted light. In the majority of the cells large
vacuoles are present.

This form is decidedly smaller than either A. Jenneri or A.
Platensis and with a laxer spiral. From A. mintaza it differs both
in habitat and habit, and in the fact that the extremities are not
at all capitate. As the species appears to be new, the writer de-
Sires to dedicate it to M. Maurice Gomont, of Paris, as a token of
his esteem and respect.

The writer wishes also to express his deep obligation to Dr.
Bornet and M. Gomont for assistance in determining the above-
mentioned forms, as well as others, without which no certainty
Would have been possible.

Personal Nomenclature in the Myxomycetes.
By O. F. Cook.

As has been said, there are two ways of naming plants, ac-
cording to the system of priority, or according to the personal
System, which is no system at all. The alleged object of both
methods is to secure uniformity of nomenclature, and opinion upon
their relative merits depends on whether uniformity with the past
is looked upon as more important than uniformity with the future.
That the personal system does not always secure uniformity even
With the immediate past is evidenced by two recent books, both
Purporting to be monographs of the same group of organisms.
They are based, practically, on the same collections and are pub-
lished Only two years apart. Massee’s “ Monograph of the Myxogas-
“res” recognizes 41 genera. Lister’s “ Mycetozoa”’ describes 38, but
13 of these are different from those of Massee. Massee has 430
Species, of which nearly one-third are not recognized as valid by
Lister, while another third have their names changed, so that of

432

the 430 binomial specific names in Massee’s book just 160 are to
be found in Lister’s. The student who would compare or make
use of both works must spend much time in more or less fruitless
attempts at cross-references, for the indexes are defective.

No charge of adhesion to the laws of priority can be made
effective against either Massee or Lister, any more than against
their great predecessor Rostafinski. The indications are that all
three have believed that variety in names would add a pleasant
synonymical spice to the study, with the advantage of discourag-
ing beginners not accustomed to much seasoning of this kind.

Thus to judge from the past the personal system will not give
us uniformity, for the recent works differ in nomenclature as much
or more than the older. A most radical change, however, must
follow any attempt at an application of the law of priority, for it
will remove nearly all the names used for the last twenty years, Or
since the publication of the works of DeBary and Rostafinski.
Nearly all the Rostafinskian generic names must be replaced by
others now disused for half a century or longer. If, however,
these sweeping changes will bring us at once into uniformity with
all the future, the wisdom of making them is evident—the soonef
the better. Apparently, however, the application of the rules
through which uniformity is expected for the higher plants does
not give the same promise in the case of the Myxomycetes. A
large number of old generic names exist, and their authors in-
cluded under them forms now recognized as belonging to several
different families, for the older writers had absolutely no idea of
genera as we understand them. The classification in this group
is by no means settled, and the principle that a genus is a nega
tive conception merely, and consists of what may be left under a
generic name after subsequent genera are withdrawn, will bring
about in the Myxomycetes the result that with changes of view on
the relative importance of characters, changes in nomenclature
will be necessary. To illustrate by a simple case, the genus

Physarum was described by Persoon (1 797) on four species, aS
follows:

Physarum columbinum=Lamproderma.

“eé

bivalve=Angioridium,

“ . | —Tilmadoche, ween

433

Thus all the original species of Physarum have at one time or
another been removed from the genus, and we are brought to the
alternative of dropping the old name or of preserving it by slip-
ping it around over the different generic groups, representatives
of several of which were included under most of the old names.
If we adopt Lister’s characterization of Fuligo we must abandon
the genus Physarum in the sense in which recent authorities have
used the name, for, as Lister himself states, the generic character
of Fuligo depends on the presence or absence of a bell-jar over
the ripening plasmodium. Physarum would then either be
dropped or passed back to what is now called Lamproderma, a
genus of a distinct family. What would then be the confusion if
the next writer should find characters on which Fuligo, Tilma-
doche and Angioridium might be held distinct ?

That there will be immediate uniformity of view on the classi-
fication of the Myxomycetes is not to be expected, and if we are
to have an arbitrary system of rules by which the law of priority
is to be applied in nomenclature it seems that one might be made
which would at least fix a generic name to a certain natural group
which varying views of classification could change only in size or
Supposed importance. To follow a principle which may necessi-
tate that a name be passed back and forth between different fami-
lies or natural orders is to create confusion by law. To drop
names based on species which represented new generic types in-
volves a principle so manifestly unjust that continued acceptance
of it is not to be expected.

One method by which both these difficulties could be forever
avoided is to agree that unless the author of a genus designates a
Specific type in connection with his original description, the first
Species referred to the genus may be looked upon as the genéric
type, the genus to stand only if its type is found distinct from pre-
Viously named genera. In the Myxomycetes this principle would
Probably necessitate fewer changes than either of the others.
Such a simple method of settling nomenclatorial problems may be
thought to smack of empiricism. Its utility and practicality can-
Not, however, be doubted, and it seems to be in general and grow-
ing favor among zodlogists. The only serious objection to its
8eneral application seems to be that a large number of names

454

would be changed. Whether the subsequent stability of generic
names would not entirely overbalance this objection is a question
worthy of careful consideration, for if botanists are to follow arbi-
trary rules for the sake of uniformity in nomenclature, it is not
probable that they will be satisfied until a system is framed which
shall insure the uniformity.

New Species of Fungi.

By J. B. ELLIs AND B. M. EVERHART.

I. SANDWICH ISLAND FUNGI.

Collected by Mr. A. A. Heller, in the Island of Oahu, during
the summer of 1895.

MELIOLA Sanpicensis E. & E.

Mycelium amphigenous, but mostly hypophyllous, forming
suborbicular black patches 2-4 mm. diam. with a well defined
outline. Mycelium abundant, with opposite spreading branches
6-7 thick. Capitate hyphopodia abundant, opposite, small (12-
15 X 6-7 p), short-stipitate, the upper cell ovoid or subglobose ;
mucronate hyphopodia very scarce, ampulliform with a short,
straight neck, found occasionally standing opposite a capitate hy-
phopodium. Bristles abundant, both on the mycelium and sut-
rounding the lower part of the perithecia, 300-500 yp long, 8-10 /4
thick, generally with slight swellings at intervals, translucent-
brown at first, finally almost opake, septate at intervals of about
40 p, gradually attenuated above toa point. Perithecia scattered on
the mycelium, subglobose, of coarse, cellular structure, papillose-
roughened, ;50-200 yz diam. subostiolate, finally collapsing. As-
ci clavate-elliptical, 50 X 25-30 yp, sessile, 2-3-4-( mostly 2- )
spored. Sporidia oblong-cylindiical, 4-septate and constricted at
the septa, rounded at the ends, 33-40 X 12-15 p, brown.

The bristles are so abundant that the patches of mycelium Te
semble dense tufts of black hair, almost entirely hiding the pet
ithecia. This character, with the greater length of bristles and
the comparative absence of mucronate hyphopodia, with the ed.
spored asci, distinguish this from M. malacotricha Speg., MV. amphi-
tricha Fr., and the other species having similar sporidia.

On leaves of some plant of the Family Rubiacez. No. 2369-

455

ASTERINA GLOBIFERA E. & E.

Epiphyllous. Perithecia scattered, ovate, becoming more or
less depressed and collapsed, small, 100-200 p diam., astomous,
membranaceous, overrun and surrounded by an obscure mycelium,
consisting of yellowish-hyaline prostrate, septate, branching
threads and erect or ascending moniliform, brown threads. Peri-
thecia at first filled with yellowish-brown, globose cells, 6-9 7
diam, among which, later on appear the obovate or subglobose
asci 20-30 x 15-20 y containing 8, elliptical hyaline spordia 15—
20 < 8-10 » composed of two globose cells with a constriction
between them.

On Grevillia sp. No. 1946.

SCIRRHIA LOPHODERMIOIDES E. & E.

Stromata narrow-elliptical or linear, 44-2 mm., long, or by con-
fluence 4-1 cm., long, raising and splitting the epidermis, black.
Ascigerous cells globose, 150-200 p diam., lying in a single series.
Ostiola inconspicuous. Asci oblong, sessile, 80-90% 20-22 p, 8-
Spored. Sporidia crowded-biseriate, cylindrical, curved at the lower
end (with a septum where the curve begins)? greenish-hyaline,
35-40x7-8 uw. Differs from S. striaeformis, Niessl., in its longer,
cylindrical sporidia.

_ On dead culms of some grass. No. 2368.

Puccinia Oanuensis E. & E.

II. & III. Sori mostly hypophyllus, erumpent, naked, orange-
yellow, pulverulent, subconfluent, not margined by epidermis.
Uredospores obovate, orange-yellow, coarsely and strongly echinu-
late, 22-30 X 20-22 p. ce

Teleutospores mixed with the uredospores, obovate-elliptical,
smooth, yellow-brown, slightly constricted, darker at the apex
and slightly thickened, but without any distinct papilla, 27-40
* 15-20 pv. Pedicles shorter than the spores.

Remarkable for its almost permanently yellow sori, which
only become a little darker after the leaves become dead and dry.
P. Windsoriae Schw., has spores on longer pedicels, more dis-
tinctly thickened above and scarcely constricted.

On leaves of some unknown grass (resembling Panicum or
ffolcus). No. 1976.

Urepo verara E, & E.

Sori amphigenous but mostly epi hyllous, pluvinate, scat-
_ tered, Gate 141 mm. diam., Ae pen Te by a reddish-
Purple discoloration, covered by the epidermis which is finally
ruptured in the center or cracks across, but still remains covering
_ Me sori. Spores elliptical, pale, with a thick epispore, faintly
_ aculeolate, 22-30 «x 18-20 p. Paraphyses sparingly developed.

436

Differs from U. euphorbicola B. & C. and U. tordillensis Speg. in
its larger spores and does not seem referable to any of the eu-
phorbicolous species of Uromyces hitherto described.

On Luphorbia cordata. No. 2027.

PHYLLOSTICTA SCAEVOLA E. & E.

Spots orbicular, light brown, 2-3 mm. diam. Perithecia
hypophyllous, innate-superficial, black, 60-80 y diam., pierced
above. Sporules clavate-ob‘ong, 2-3-nucleate, hyaline, 10-12 x
214-3 pp. :

The perithecia in the specimens examined were mostly sterile.

On leaves of Scaevela Chamissoniana. No. 2124.

HENDERSONIA NITIDA E. & E.

Perithecia epiphyllows, scattered, innate-prominent, globose,
90-110 y diam., black and shining, perforated above, about one-
half buried in the substance of the leaf. Sporules oblong, I—-3-
septate, not constricted, hyaline at first, then pale brown, 12-15
x 3%-4% yp, on slender basidia shorter than the sporules.
On living leaves of Myrsine sp. No. 2305.

ASCHERSONIA MARGINATA E. & E.

Stromata amphigenous, carnose, sessile, adnate, hemispher ical
or strongly convex, mostly narrowly marginate, 2—3 mm. diam,
nearly black outside (yellow when fresh)? light-yellow within and
of sclerotoid structure. Perithecia (ascigerous cells) sunk in eid
stroma in groups or clusters, of 4—8, minute (75—I10 yz) irregular in
shape from mutual pressure. Ostiola slightly prominent, soon pet
forated. Sporules fusoid, 2~-3-nucleate, hyaline, 5-7x1% acute
at each end. Basidia slender, longer than the sporules.

Differs from A Tahitenis Mont., and A turbinata Berk., in its
clustered perithecia and smaller sporules.

On living leaves of Psidium No. 1945.

II. FLORIDA FUNGI.

Collected by Mr. Geo. V. Nash, in Florida, during the sum
mer of 1895.

ASTERIDIUM DOTHIDEOIDEs E. & E.

Perithecia epiphyllous, scattered or loosely grouped, and often
3-4 confluent, flattened-convex, 300 » diam., or elongated an
hhysteriiform, 500 X 200 y, fringed around the base with a pros
trate radiating sparingly anastomosing mycelium, of brown sub-
continuous threads about 5 y thick with obovate or globose one”
celled hyphopodia about 7 » diam. at distant intervals. As¢l

437

obovate, sessile, 30-40 y 18-21 yp. Sporidia crowded, oblong-
elliptical, about 20 x 7-8 », often slightly curved, obtuse, yellow-
ish-hyaline and mostly uniseptate at first, finally brown and bisep-
tate, the septa hyaline.

Very different from A. depidigena E. & M. on the same host.

On leaves of Andromeda Jerruginea. No. 1939.

SEPTORIA QUERCICOLA Sacc. Mich., 1: 174; Syll. 3: $05.

_ Spots orbicular, 1-2 mm. diam., dirty-white with a dark mar-
gin, or ferruginous, larger and irregular. Perithecia amphigenous

ut more distinct above; on the white spots, mostly only one in
the center of the spot; on the larger ferruginous spots, more
Numerous and _ scattered. Sporules cylindrical, curved,, sub-
attenuate at the ends, 3-septate, 25-40 X 3, w. Var. cinerceaE. &

+» On leaves of Quercus cinerea, differs only in its longer (40~-
60), 3-6-septate sporidia.

On Quercus sp. No. 2091.

Dartuca arcuata E. & E.

Perithecia globose, 75-100 » diam. Sporules arcuate-fusoid,
hyaline, 3-septate, not constricted, 14-162 Ya-3 pe.

Distinguished from the other species of this genus by its
arcuate sporules.

Parasitic on Uredo, on leaves of Andropogon? No. 1837.

CoLterorricnum CoMMELINAE.
Spots dark brown, suborbicular, 2-3 mm. diam., sub-indefi-
Nite, paler and more obscure below. Acervuliabout 100 # diam.,
tinged with dark brown, obscurely septate hairs 4-5 p thick
below and tapering above, 60-75 » long. Conidia oblong, hyaline
Continuous, 12-164-5 p, a little narrower at one end.

On leaves of Commelina angustifolia. No. 1798.

Cotterorricnum Eryturinak E. & E.
_ Spots orbicular, rust-color, with the margin darker, y% cm.
lam. Acervuli epiphyllous, erumpent-superficial, 150-200 4,
diam. loosely clothed with simple, brown, sparingly septate hairs
70-100 X 3-4 p. Conidia oblong—cylindrical, hyaline, continuous,
14-16 X 3%, fhe
Differs from C. Commelinae in its larger spots and narrower
Sporules,
On leaves of Exythrina herbacea. No. 2123.

Cotterorricuum Azae& E. & E. ab cette
Spots dark rusty-brown, orbicular, 3-8 mm. diam., definite, wi

438

the margin concolorous. Acervuli mostly epiphyllous, erumpent,
120-” diam., sparingly clothed with slender, black, slightly
curved, septate bristles 50-70 X 3-3%p. Conidia oblong, 8-13
X3-3% yp
Sporules shorter than in either of the two preceding species.
On leaves of Asalea viscosa. No. 1991.

Crrcospora CAssaAvaE E, & E.

Spots orbicular, light-rusty brown, 3-5 mm. diam. definite, with
a narrow, darker margin. Hyphae cespitose, continuous, slightly
toothed above, yellowish-hyaline, 30-40 x 4. Conidia cylindri-
cal or clavate-cylindrical, 3-5-septate, hyaline, 20-50 y% 5-6 p.
Amphigenous.

On leaves of Cassava. No. 1950.

CERCOSPORA CHRYSOBALANI E. & E.

Spots deep red-brown, definite, mostly irregular in shape, 1-6
mm. diam. Hyphae amphigenous; cespitose, brownish, continu-
ous, slightly narrowed and subundulate above, 20-30x31%2-4 /-
Conidia, slightly narrowed above, subhyaline, 3-8-septate, 30-70"
X3 p-

On leaves of Chrysobalanus oblongifolius. Nos. 1949 and
1793. :

Gercospora GALACTIAE E, & E.

Amphigenous. Spotsnone. Hyphae densely tufted, 100-110"
<6 p, septate, dark-brown, subgeniculate, and subundulate above;
the tufts of hyphae forming loose floccose patches 4-114 mm.
across, scattered over the entire surface of the leaf. Conidia ob-
clavate cylindrical, slightly colored, 2-8-septate, 30-70 ~ 5-6 p.

Very distinct from C. flagellifera Atk., on Galactia pilosa.

On Galactia Nuttallii. No. 1987.

IsARIOPSIS PENICILLATA E, & E.

__ Stipe about 1% mm. high, composed of simple, pale yellow
threads closely compacted at base and 10-15 yp thick, relaxed
above and spreading in a brush-like manner, the fusoid yellowish-
hyaline 22-25 5 y (obscurely 1~3-septate)? conidia term'n
on the fibers composing the stipe. ;

Parasitic on mycelium of Meliola on leaves of Gordonia lasian-
thus. No. 1956.

Urebo ScHOENOCAULI E. & E.

Sori erumpent, mostly elliptical, %4-34X\% mm., at first COV-
ered by the epidermis, soon exposed, yellow. Spores globose

439

Is p diam., oftener obovate or elliptical, 19-22 14-16 p, slightly
aculeate.

On Schoenocaulon gracilis, No. 2015.

Ill. MEXICAN FUNGI.

Collected in the vicinity of Monterey, Mexico, by Dr. B. F. G.
Egeling.

SCHIZOPHYLLUM EGELINGIANUM FE. & E.

Pilei_imbricated, reniform, margin entire or lobed, 1% cm.
long, 2 cm. wide, white-tomentose, the margin cleft, white-pilose,
depressed behind around the short lateral stem, zoneless; flesh
about I mm. thick, white, carnose-coriaceous. Lamellae pale
flesh-color, unequal, with a row of very short ones around the
Margin, narrow. Spores colorless, globose-elliptical, about
3 X 21% yw, borne on clavate-cylindrical basidia, 18-20 X 3% yp.

The pilei are borne on a white, subcoriaceous subiculum
€rumpent through the epidermis in patches 3-4 mm. across, often
becoming confluent for 1-8 cm. in extent and nearly surrounding
the stem.

On dead, hollow stem of Magnolia Mexicana, June, 1895.

Roseciinta pourosa E. & E. :
Perithecia hemispheric-prominent, 134-2 mm, diam., covered
y a thin, ashen-gray coating, which also overspreads the surface
of the wood, and may be only accidental. Ostiolum papilliform.
Asci_ cylindrical, 150-200 X 13-16 yw, (paraphysate) ?, 8-spored.
Sporidia broad oblong-fusoid, brown, finally nearly opake, but
When young the extremities are paler, 25-35 12-15 pv.
On dead wood, June, 1895.

Dipymospuarrra SPHAEROPHORA E. & E.
: Perithecia scattered, buried, 1 mm. diam., finally more or less
distinctly collapsing, leaving the erumpent apex and broad papilli
°rm ostiolum prominent in the center of the depression. Asci
Cylindrical, stipitate, paraphysate, 8-spored, p. sp. 100-1I10X 10—
12 Sporidia uniseriate, oblong, uniseptate, dark brown, con-
_ Stricted, more or less distinctly roughened, 16-20X6-8 yz. with a
_ “epressed-globose, yellowish-hyaline appendage at each end.
Differs from D. appendiculosa Speg. in its larger perithecia,
Smaller asci and sporidia, and the different character of the append-

ages,

On Agave sp.

440

PHYLLACHORA? YuccaE E. & E.

Stromata gregarious, elliptical or oblong, %-1%4 % mm., sub-
seriate, sunk in the substance of the leaf, and covered above by
the blackened epidermis. Ascigerous cells 80-90 » diam., finally
confluent. Ascioblong—cylindrical, narrowed above, aparaphysate,
50-60 X 7-8 yw, filled with granular matter and oil-globules.
Sporidia not yet formed.

On Yucca angustifolia. June, 1895.

HAPLOSPORELLA MexIcAna E. & E.

Stromata numerous, purplish-black, erumpent, subseriate, often
confluent for I or more cm. and 2—3 mm. broad, entirely covered
at first, soon visible through cracks in the ruptured epidermis, of
soft, carnose texture, flat-pulvinate, the mycelium blackening the
inner substance of the stem. Perithecia (ascigerous cells)? closely
packed, 190-230 yp. diam., becoming subconfluent. Sporules obo-
vate at first, and hyaline, finally brown and mostly elliptical, 15-
2211-13 y., on stout basidia mostly shorter than the sporules.

On account of the carnose stroma this should perhaps be
referred to the genus Aschersonia in the Fam. Nectrioideae, but
the sporules and the dark color would make it Hap/osporella.

On dead stem of Magnolia Mexicana. June, 1895.
MeEvocraAmMa Ecetinoeu E. & E.

_ Stroma subcuticular, 1-2 mm. diam., ovate, the apex erum-
pent, substance white, granular and finally crumbling. Perithecia
(14-20), peripherical, ovate, 200 w high, 150 yw broad, black, im-
mersed in the surface of the stroma which finally crumbles away,
leaving them partially free, narrowed above into an acute ostlo-
lum, which is finally porforated and obtuse. Asci clavate-cylin-
drical, short-stipitate, paraphysate, p. sp. 75-85 12 Sporidia
biseriate, cylindrical, obtusely rounded at the ends, 5-septate
and more or less constricted at the septa, one cell near the mid-
dle generally swollen, yellow-brown, becoming opake, 20-
23 X 6 ps.

On dead leaves of Agave. May, 1893.

Proceedings of the Club.

TuEsDAY EvENING, OcToBer 8TH, 1895.

The President in the chair and 27 persons present.
Prof. Arthur M, Edwards, M. D., Mrs. C. Rice and Mr. Charles
Ericson were elected active members.

441

A communication was received from the Secretary of the Coun-
cil of the Scientific Alliance, announcing the opinion of the Coun-
cil that it would be advantageous for the secretaries of the socie-
ties forming the Alliance to transmit abstracts of the proceedings
for publication in Science. Upon motion of Dr. Allen, it was
unanimously resolved that the Club concur in the above opinion.

Dr. ‘I’. F. Allen reported a visit to the islands lying near Lands
End, and spoke of the peculiarly equable climate, and its effects
upon the flora and productions. He had found Hooker's British
Flora an unsatisfactory book for field work.

Mr. Lighthipe spoke of his observations in the pine barrens,
especially with reference to Schizaea and Chrysopsts.

Dr. Small exhibited a map upon the blackboard, indicating his
travels in Georgia in securing a forestry exhibit for the Atlanta
€xposition. He also briefly described the form of the exhibit,
which was in duplicate. He promised a farther report at a subse-
quent meeting.

Dr. Britton announced collecting Panicum colonum L., a tropi-
cal species related to P. Crus-galli, in Virginia, and the discovery of
a large patch of P. verrucosum on Staten Island by Mr. Tyler. He
also announced that the organization and actual commencement
of work on the New York Botanical Garden had taken piace.

Brief remarks were also made by Miss Ingersoll and Messrs.
Tyler, Van Brunt and Van Sickle. Mr. Van Sickle referred par-
ticularly to the occurrence of the Russian Thistle in northern
Jersey and of Azolla Caroliniana at Passaic.

The President reported upon his observations upon the western
slope of the Catskills, a few miles from the locality of the old
Mountain House, speaking particularly of a white flowered form
of Impatiens aurea. He brought a number of sets of some of his
More interesting collections which were distributed among the
members.

442

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.”

Andrews, F. M. Development of the Embryo-sac of /effersonta
diphylla, Bot. Gaz. 20: 423-425. p/. 28. 25 S. 1895.

Arthur, J. C. Development of Vegetable Physiology. Bot. Gaz. 20:

. 381-402. 25S. 1895.

Aubert, A. B. Liste partielle des Diatomées d’Orono, Maine, U. S. A.
Le Diatomiste, 2: 150-151. Mr. 1895.

Aubert, A. B. Liste partielle des Diatomées de Somesville, Seal Har-
bor, et Northeast Harbor, Etat du Maine, U.S. A. Le Diatomiste,
2: 140-143. D. 1894.

Baker, S.G. Prochynanthes Bulliana, Curt. Bot. Mag. 51: p/. 7427-
Au. 1895.

Native of Mexico.

Barnhart, J. H. Onthetwo Editions of Emory’s Report, 1848. Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 394, 395. 30S. 1895.

Bastin, E. S. Structure of our Cherry Barks. Am. Journ. Pharm.
G7: 435-452: f. r—74. S. 1895.

Bastin, E.S. Structure of our Hemlock Barks. Am. Journ. Pharm.
67: 356-362. f. 7-5. Jl. 1895.

Bicknell, E. P. The Genus Sanicu/a in the eastern United States,
with Descriptions of two new Species. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22:
351-361. pl. 247-245. 31 Au. 1895.

Blasdale, W.C. Observations on Puccinia mirabilissima. Erythea,
3: 131-135. pl. z. 3S. 1895.

Brotherus, V. F. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der brasilianischen Moos-
flora. Hedwigia, 34: 117-131. 19 Je. 1895.

Describes new species in Ephemerum, Systegium, Trematoden, Leucobryum, Oc-

toblepharum, Fissidens, Syrrhopodon, Calymperes, Pottia, Hyophila, Bar bula,

Macromitrium, Tayloria, Physcomitrium, Bryum, Garovaglia, Sigmatella and
Sphagnum.

oe es
* At the Springfield meeting of the American Association for the Advancement -
Science, the Section of Botany adopted the following limitations of the contents of this
Bibliography : i
1, That all bacteriological, horticultural and agricultural titles be omitted, but
any case of doubt the title is to be included.
2. That all references to exsiccatae be excluded.
3. That all references to reviews be excluded.
The Bibliography Committee and the Editors of the BULLETIN would renew their
request that omissions from this record be communicated.

443

Burrill, T. J. Rhws Poisoning. Gard. & For. 8: 368. 11S. 1895.

Bush, B. F. Quercus Phellos X rubra in Missouri. Gard. & For.
8: 375. 18S. 1896.

Cheney, L. S. Sphagna of the Upper Wisconsin Valley. Trans.
Wisc. Acad. Sci. Arts & Lett. 10: 66-68. 1894-95.

Cheney, L. S. Parasitic Fungi of the Wisconsin Valley. Trans.
Wisc. Acad. Sci. Arts & Lett. 10: 69. 1894—95.

Cheney, L. S. Hepaticae of the Wisconsin Valley. Trans. Wisc.
_ Acad. Sci. Arts & Lett. 10: 70-72. 1894-95.

Cleve, P. T. Les Diatomées de l’Equateur. Le Diatomiste, 2: 99-
103. Je. 1894.

Cleve, P. T. Sur quelques Especes nouvelles on peu connues. Le
Diatomiste, 2: 143-147. D. 1894.

Descriptions of several new American diatoms.

Comes, O. Sulla sistemazione botanica delle specie e delle razze del
genere Wicotiana. Atti Ist. Incor. Napoii (IV.) 8: [reprint, pp.
32]. 1895.

Coville, F. V. Dr. Robinson and Homonyms. Bot. Gaz. 20: 320-
322. 15 Jl. 1895.

Coville, F. V. The Nomenclature Question ; theoretical objections to
a stable nomenclature. Bot. Gaz. 20: 428, 429. 25S. 1895.

Davis, W. T. Botanical Notes. Proc. Nat. Sci. Assoc. Staten Island,
4: 83. 148. 1895.

Davy, J. B. Transcripts of some Descriptions of Californian Genera
and Species.—V. Erythea, 3: 136-138. 3S. 1895.

Deane, W. Notes from my Herbarium.—III. Bot. Gaz. 20: 345-
348. fig. 15 Au. 1895.

Dewey, L. H. Laphamia ciliata sp. nov. Bot. Gaz. 20: 425. 25
S. 1895.

Dewey, L. H. Tumble Mustard. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 370.
31 Au. 1895.

Note on the distribution of Sisymébrium altissimum.

Ellis, J. B., and Everhart, B. M. New Fungi, mostly Uredineae
and Ustilagineae from various Localities, and a new /omes from
Alaska. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 362-364. 31 Au. 1895. :
Describes new species in /omes, Ustilago, Sorosporium, Puccinia, Ravenelia,

Doassansia, Aecidium and Peronospora.

444

Engelhardt,.H. .Uber neue Tertiairpflanzen Stid-Amerikas. Abh.
Senckenb. Naturforsch. Gesellsch. 19: 1-47. p/. 1-9. 1895.

Ganong, W.F. Botanical Nomenclature and Non-systematists. Bot.
Gaz. 20: 317-320. 15 Jl. 1895.

Gerard, W. R. Origin of the name Saméucus. Gard. & For. 8:
368. ..11S, 1895.

Grevillius, A. S. Ueber Mykorrhizen bei den Gattung Botrychium,
nebest einigen Bemerkungen ueber das auftreten von Wurzelsprossen
bei B. Virginianum Sw. Flora, 80: 445-453. 1895.

Harvey, F. L. Contribution to the Characeous Plants of Maine.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 397, 398. 30S. 1895.

Hieronymus, G. Bemerkungen iiber einige Arten der Gattung S/go-
nema. Hedwigia, 34: 154-172. 19 Je. 1895.
New species from South America and notes and redescriptions of North American

species.

Hollick, A. Identification of fossil Leaves. Bot. Gaz. 20: 332- 15
Jl. 1895.

Hooker, J. D. Helianthus debilis. Curt. Bot. Mag. 51: p/. 7432+
S. 1895.

Hooker, J.D. Rumex hymenosepalus. Curt. Bot. Mag. 51: f/. 7433-
S. 1895.

Jenman, G. 8. Polypodium (Phegopteris) Trinidadensis. Gard.
Chron. 18: 235. 31 Au. 1895.

A new species from Trinidad.

- Knowlton, F. H. Description of a new problematical Plant from the
Lower Cretaceous of Arkansas. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 387-399:
Je F-3. 30S. 1895.

Lloyd, F. E. Teratological Notes. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 399
397. pl. 247. 30S. 1895.

Lindau, G. Acanthaceae Americanae. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 3: 361-
3723 479-493. Au. S. 1895. |
Descriptions of many new species from South and Central America.

Lodeman, E.G. Poisoning from Rhus. Gard. & For. 8: 398- ?
O. 1895.

Lueders, H. F. The Vegetation of the Town Prairie du Sac. Trans.
Wisc. Acad. Sci. Arts & Lett. 10: 510-524. f/. 77. 1894-95-

Macloskie, G. Antidromy of Plants. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22:
279-387. 30S. 1895.

445

MacDougal, D. T. Irritability and Movement in Plants. Pop. Sci.
Month. 1895: [reprint pp. 10]. Je. 1895.

McClatchie, A. J. Flora of Pasadena and Vicinity. Reid’s History
of Pasadena (Cal. ) 605-649. 1895. Reprint.

A list of 1056 species and varieties, from Myxomycetes to Compositae,

Meehan, T. TZvrichostema dichotomum. Meehan’s Month. § 2. 261.
Pl.9. S. 1895.

Meehan, T. Arethusa bulbosa. Meehan’s Month. ge. 1 oe oe
Au. 1895.

Micheli, M. Contributions a la Flore du Paraguay. Pipéracées par
C. de Candolle. Mem. Soc. Phys. et d’Hist. Nat. de Genéve, 32.
no. 2, 1-10. pl. 52-54. 1894-95.

New species and varieties described and figured are Peperomia psilostachya, Piper
cinerascens, P. amplecteus aromaticum, P. fulvescens C. DC. from Morong and
Britton’s Enumeration, p. 214, is also figured.

Millspaugh, C. F. Decapitalization. Bot. Gaz. 20: 429. 25 S.
1895.

Mobius, M. Ueber einige brasilianische Algen. Hedwigia, 34: 173-
176. 19 Je. 1895. 177-180. pl. 2. 1 Au. 1895.

Describes and figures Mougeotia Uleana.

Muller, J. Lichenes exotici.—IV. Hedwigia, 34: 139-145. 19 Je.
1895.

Describes several species from both North and South America.

Muller, J. Lichenes Ernstiani a cl. Prof. Dr. Ernst prope Caracas
lecti quos enumerat. Hedwigia, 34: 146-153. 19 Je. 1895.

Olive, E. W. Observations upon some Oklahoma Plants. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 22: 390-394. 30S. 1895.

Pettit, A.S. Arachis hypogaea L. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 4! 275~
296. p/. 83-85. 5 Je. 1895.

Philippi, R. A. Plantas nuevas Chilenas. Ann. Univ. Chil. 87-90.
1895.

Descriptions of many new species of Sympetalae.

Robinson, B. L., and Greenman, J. M. On the Flora of the Gala-
pagos Islands as shown by the Collections of Dr. G. Baur. Am.
Journ. Sci. (III.) 50: 135-149. 1 Au. 1895.

Robinson, B. L., and Greenman, J. M. New and noteworthy
Plants, chiefly from Oaxaca, collected by Messrs. C. G. Pringle, L.
C. Smith and E. W. Nelson. Am. Journ. Sci. (III.) 50: 150-168.
1 Au. 1895.

446

Robinson, B. L., and Greenman, J. M. A synoptic Revision of the
Genus Zamourouxia. Am. Journ. Sci. (III) 50: 169-174. 1 Au.
1895.

Robinson, B. L., and Greenman, J. M. Miscellaneous new Species.
Am. Journ. Sci. (III.) 50: 175, 176. 1 Au. 1895.

Unona Panamensis, U. bibracteata, Malvaviscus Pringlei E. G. Baker and Lap
hamia Toumeyi.

Rodrigues, J. B. Hortus Fluminensis on Breve Noticia sobre as
Plantas Cultivadas no Jardim Botanico do Rio de Janeiro. 4to. pp.
307. pl. I-23. Rio de Janeiro. 1895.

Rothrock, J. T. Our Pennsylvania Forests. Journ. Frankl. Inst. 140:
105-117. Au. 1895.

Rothrock, J. T. The Sugar Maple. Forest Leaves, 5: 56-58. Au.
1895. ,

Rothrock, J. T. The Locust Tree. Forest Leaves, 5: 72,73. O-
1895.

Rowlee, W. W. The Aeration of Organs and Tissues in AZihania
and other Phanerogams. Proc. Am. Micros. Soc. 15: 143-166. A/.
I-6, Mr. 1894.

Rusby, H. H. An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by
Miguel Bang, with descriptions of new genera and species. Part 2.
Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 4: 203-274. 27 Ap. 1895.

Describes 97 new species of Spermatophytes.

Rydberg, P. A. Flora of the Sand Hills of Nebraska. Contr. Nat.
Herb. 3: 133-203. pd. z. 14S. 1895.

Annotated catalogue of species. Carduus Plattensis is described as new and

figured,

Sargent, C.S. Litsia geniculata. Gard. & For. 8: 374./- 52: 18
S. 1895.

Sargent, C.S. Cladrastis. Gard. & For. 8: 372. 18S. 1895.

Sargent, C. S., Editor. Agave Utahensis. Gard. & For. 8: 384-
S53: 25 S. 1895.

Saunders, C. F. Scolopendrium Scolopendrium. innaean Fern
Bull. 12: 1, 2. .O. 1895.

Schumann, K. Redutia minuscula. Monats. Kakteenk. 5: 102- ji.
1895.

Setchell, W. A. Daniel Cady Eaton, 1834-1895. Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 22: 341-351. 31 Au. 1895 (with portrait).

Surplas Books for Sale from the Library of Dr. M. ¢. Cooke,

146 Junction Road, London N., England.

Balfour, J. B. Botany of Socotra. 4°. 100 plates. Edinburgh.

Hedwig. Theoria generationis and Hist, Nat. Muscorum. 4°.

Lamarck and DeCandolle. Flore Francaise. 6 vols., 8°.

Steudel. Nomenclator Botanicus. 8°, board.

Linnaeus. Flora Suecica. First Edition.

Leers. Flora Herbornensis. 16 pl., 8°.

Acharius. Synopsis Lichenum.

Marsilius. Dissert: de generatione Fungorum.

Vaillant. Botanicon Parisiense. Folio.

Queckett. Histological Catalogue. 4°. 2 vols., cloth.

Luerssen. Medico-Pharmaceutik Botanik. Vol. 1, Kryptogamen, 8°, paper.
Lindley, Dr. Flora Medica. 1 vol., cloth. :
Waring, Dr. Pharmacopaeia of [ndia. 8°, cloth.

Fluckiger, Dr., and Hanbury, D. Pharmacographia. 8°.

Hanbury, D. Notes on Chinese Materia Medica.

Hanbury, D. Science Papers. 1 vol., 8°.

Waring, Dr. Bibliotheca Therapeutica. 2 vols., 8°.

Christison, Dr. On Poisons. 8°, 1 vol.

Allen and Thomson. Expedition to the Niger. 8°, 2 vols.

Farlow, W. G. Marine Algae of New England. 8°, paper,

Toni and Levi. Flora Algologica Venezia. Parts I. and ik;

Underwood. Catalogue of N. Am. Hepaticae. 8°.

Tuckerman. Synopsis of Lichens of New England.
Bescherelle. Prodromus Bryologiae Mexicanae. 8°. FS a

Harvey, Dr. Phycologia Britannica. 4 vols. in 2 half morocco, gilt tops. Splen

did copy, first issue,

cloth

calf, rest in parts,

Sowerby’s English Botany, 2d Edition, Vol. XII., only containing Algae. 8°
Queckett, J. Lectures on Histology. 2 vols., 8°, cloth.

Queckett, J. Treatise on the Microscope. 8°, cloth.

Ardissone. Enum, della Alghe della Marca di Ancona. 4°

De Notaris. Epilogo della Briologia Italica. Roy. 8°, half calf.

Wahlenberg. Flora Suecica, 2 vols. 8°.

Bauhin. Theatrum Botanicum. Folio.

Meyer. Primitiae Florae Essequeboensis. 4°, calf.

Sullivant. Musci and Hepaticae of U.S. 8°.

Roth, A. G. Catalecta Botanica. 3 vols., 8°, half calf. 1806.

Schrader, H. Spicilegium Florae Germanicae. 8%. 1794.

Haller, A. Flora Jenensis. 12°. 1745.

Weigel. Flora Pomerano Rugica. 12°. 1769.

Olhaff. Elenchus Plantarum. 12°. 1656.

Sprengel, C. Florae Halensis. 8°. 1806and 2 suppl.

Schlechtendal. Flora Berolinensis. Part 2, Cryptogamia. 1 824.

Schrank. Florae Salisburgensis. 12. 1792.
Martius. Flora Erlangensis Crypt. 8, 6 pl., 1817.
Nuovo Giornale Botanico Italiano, 1872 to 1891.

n 2 vols., half calf (all published).
891 (Vol. II. imperfect) together in

20 years complete, 18 in 9%,

Michelia. Ed. P. A. Saccardo, 1879 to 18827
Hedwigia (Ed, Rabenhorst, etc.), 1852 to I

15 vols., cloth).

21),

Flora (Regensburg), vols. 34 to 47. 14 vols., cloth.

Notarisia, Commentarium Phycologiae, 1886-1891. Parts 1 to 25 (wanting part

La Nuova Notarisia. 1890-1891. 7 parts.

Revue Mycologique (Roumeguere). 1888-1891. 13 vols. in 6, cloth.

Rabenhorst’s Algae Europaea Aquae dulces. 3 parts in 2 vols., half calf, com-
plete, 1864.

Monthly Microscopical Journal. (Ed. Dr. Lawson.) 18 vols., cloth. 1869-1877.

Grevillea (Ed. M. C. Cooke). Complete set in parts, 20 vols, 1872-1892.
Complete sets out of print,

Hassalls, Dr. British Fresh Water Algae. 2 vols., cloth.

Smith, W. British Diatomaceae. 2 vols., cloth.

Ralfs, J. British Desmidiae. 1 vol., half calf.

Bornet et Thuret. Notes Algologiques, part 2 only, folio, plates.

Flora of Herefordshire. Mosses by Aug. Ley. Fungi by M. C. Cooke. 1 vol.,
8°, cloth. 1889.

Hooker, W. J.,and Baker, J.G. Synopsis Filicum. Colored plates, 8°, cloth.
1868.

DeBary, A. Morphologie und Biologie der Pilze. Mycetozoen und Bacterien.
8°, uncut. 1884.

Natural History Review. Vols. I. to VI., 1854 to 1859 and 1861 to 1865, 11
vols, (wanting Vol. VII.).

American Naturalist, 1867 to 1886 (wanting 1876), in 17 vols., half calf, 2 vols
in parts. Also 1887-8 complete; 1889 (wanting 266, 270, 274, 275); 1890 complete;
1891 (wanting 298, 300).

American Entomologist, and American Botanist and Entomologist. 1868-1870.
2 vols. in one, half calf.

Ray (John). Historia Plantarum. 3 vols., folio. ;

Mitten, W. Musci Indiae Orientalis. 8°, with Griffith’s Muscologia Itineris As-
ao Griffith’s Notulae ad plantas Asiaticas, part 2. Cryptogamia in 1 vol., 8°

calf,

Buxbaum J.C. Plantarum minus cognitarum. Complete in 2 vols, 4°.

Girod Chautraus. Recherches chimiques et micro. sur les Conferves. Fol. 36 pl.
half calf. 1802. :

Gerarde’s Herbal. Old folio, wanting title and last page of index, otherwise
good condition.

Botanical Tracts, chiefly Cryptogamia, many vols. requiring separate list.

' Greville’s Scottish Cryptogamic Flora. 6 vols., half morocco, gilt. Colored
plates.

Many other works, specially on Fungi, not enumerated here.
In applying for details of price, etc., quote the headings here written.

Lonpon, July, 1895.

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

No. 7.
No. 9.

No. 38,
No. 39.

No, 40.
No. 41,

[ The numbers omitted from this list are out of print, ]

VoLuME I.
A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By
N. 1. Britton and: H.-H. Rusby (i889), oy bes. Sao’, 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton
CRO ee oe ee eee ee eee ,, . 25 cents,

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)

The Genus Hicoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . 25 cents.

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N.L.
Britton.

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains
and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . 25 cents.

Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7issa,
Adans. By N. L. Britton €1889),.. 0 00 PS, . . . 25 cents,

New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton

(8885), 05-8 SSA Ge yaa eae DE 25 cents.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Hewchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
ock (1890), . . ore: A a i amet ine orga 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
CISGO), so ESE 8 PES IE Ee Le ae 25 cents.

(BOGE Sg Se ey ie ae Rete . . . 25 cents.
Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong
(1891), . . ge AST pe AN Se aie ._. 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
C1SG Te ee ee ; . 25 cents,

Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
Ries (1893)5 004 : ee aoe OS See
A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus A/eibomia occurring in the
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents.

VotumE II.
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North
America, By N. L. Britton (1892),. . . . . See ae 25 cents.

Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, oe uc
L. Britton (1892), . . een c eos e poe eee i ._. 25 cents.
New or Nec North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. L. Britton

CPOGRY re es Dc pe ee pe > ae eee.
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L.
Britton (1892), sie Se a erin an eee 25 —
A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum. By ini
(1892), . . Cee et ear er :
A New ines of Listera, with Noteson Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong
CVNet See 4 _ 25 cents.

The N. American Species of Lespedesa. By N. L. Britton (1893), 25 cents.

Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), . - 0 - - +e ele ee $1.50
Further Notes on pica es Species of Folygonum. By John os jaca
a1 > ee RE ee ie, Seo Pare Pe ek A mS eh ee we nee . s *
ene otew rthy North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. L. Britton
(1893), can, Gay eR hahah ee igs ore , _ 25 cents.

25 cents,

No. 42.

Notes upon various Species of Iridaceee and other Orders. By Thomas

WR IMRT oD Way ae ie: 25 cents,
No. 43. Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr
(1893), . . + 5 : Be eee Gaede ee ee ee
No. 44. Contributions to American Bryology, 1V. Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum—I{. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . 25 cents.
No. 45. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, I. By John K.
SING CISO4N Cec ot 55 ; oo 25 cents.
No. 46. Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other
Species. By A. A. Heller (1894) . . . . - aoe . , 25 cents.
No. 47. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit-
ton (1894), . nes : ge et . . 25 cents:
No. 48. Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American
Species of Weissta (Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents.
No, 49. A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of
Curcuia. By. W. D. Matthew (1393), . . ... - ee
No. 50. A Study of the Genus Psora/ea in America, By Anna Murray Vail
ROM es ye ae tig aS re 25 cents.

VoLuME ITI.
No. 51. Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution.
By N. L. Britton (1894),. . . eae See Oe cod a a) ae eee
No. 52. Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum.
By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), ..... pe. ee ee
No. 53. Newand interesting Species of Polygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents.
No. 54. Contributions to American Bryology, VII. A revision of the Genus /hys-
comitrium. By Elizabeth G, Britton (1894), .. .. . . 25 cents.
No. 55. The Genus Cassia in N. America. By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents.
No. 56. A Revision of the Genus Lechea. By N. L. Britton (1894), . . 25 cents.
No. 57. New or little known Plants of the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
Co ee ee hs | ae ha at oho ok
No. 58. A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By
Carlton G. Cartis (IRQ) ee ees 25 cents.
No. 59. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K.
Suall Ci8og\ 8 ee aS 25 cents.
No. 60. Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus
Sruchia, with Descriptions of Types and one new Species. By Elizabeth
So SNR CPO rat eh gles aie sn ct oe ea * 25 cents.
No. 61. The Smilacez of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894)
25 cents.
No. 62. A preliminary Revision of the Genus Lathyrus in North America. By
Theodore G. White (1894), Cis Sos ee er ee 25 cents.
No. 63. Two Species of Oxadis, By John K. Small (1894) .. . . =: 25 cents.
No. 64. Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small
(1894), . . . esac oa te «gf 1 aS COD
No. 65. Some new Florida Plants. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . . 25 cents.
No. 66. Two new Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H. H. Rusby(1894), 25 cents:
No. 67. Family Nomenclature. By John Hendley Barnhart (1895), 25 cents.
No. 68. A Revision of the North American Species of the Genus Cracca. By
: Anna Murray Vail (1895), : Bee Ge oe aan? a Coan
No. 69. Contributions to American Bryology, IX. A Revision of the Genus Scow-
feria with Description of one New Species. By Elizabeth G. Britton
gp} eee OE ee
No. 70. Studies:in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, III. By John K.
Small (1895), . | oS EE i: . 25 Cone.
No. 71. An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U. 5.
A. and others, in Southeastern Arizona during the years 1892-1894. °Y
N. L. Britton and T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894),. . . . - _. , 50 cents.
No. 72. Contributions to American Bryology, X. 1. The Systematic Position ©
Physcomitrella patens, 2. On a Hybrid growing with Aphanorhegma
serrata Sull, 3. Ona European Hybrid of Physcomitrella patens. By
Biitabeth.G. Betton (3896), oa kg eee py 5 we co
No. 73. arr hse hybrid from the Southern States. By John K. roa!
ee a a ed cer
No. 74. Notes on sone Florida Plants. By Geo. V. Nash (1895),-. . - 25 cents.

No. 75. An Enumeration of the Plants collected by M. E. Penard in Colorado during
the summer of 1892. By N. L. Britton and Anna Murray Vail (1895).
50 cents,

VOLUME IV.

No. 76. The Biological Status of Lichens. By Albert S i
No. 77. New or Nonewbbtine North Rinehtben Phionopton te Bee 1. Batios
No. 78. The Ga Cenchrus in No i i eae
_ Jen i h rth America. By Geo. V. Nash (1895), 25 cents.
0.79. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, By John K, Small
(1895), : Bi ee 25 cents.

Title-pages for Vols. II. and III. can be supplied.
ed Series as above listed will be supplied for $12.
optes of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton,

may be had for $2. Address
PROF. N. L. BRITTON,
Columbia College, NEW YORK CITY.

rete Ce

0 * @ LIST Oe © 2

Fteridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern North America

A few copies in paper binding remain

unsold. Price, $1.00.
EDITORS,

ee Torrey Botanical Club.

THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE.

A monthly journal embracing all departments of the science.
Well illustrated. Contributions from eminent investigators. In-
teresting news column relating to botanists and their writings.

$3.00 a Year. 30 Cents a Single Number.
PUBLISHERS AND EDITORS:

JOHN M. COULTER, Lake Forest, lil. CHAS. R. BARNES, Madison, Wis.
J. C. ARTHUR, Lafayette, Ind.

Gray's Synoptic Flora of Mort fer.

Vou. /., PT. 1., FASCICLE 1.,
RANUNCULACEAE TO FRANKENIACEAE.
PUBLISHED OcrT. 10, 1895, BY

CAMBRIDGE BOTANICAL SUPPLY CO.

1286 MASSACHUSETTS AVENUE,
CAMBRIDGE, MASS.
Sent Postpaid on receipt of $2.60.

WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J.

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AI-
WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

-CHARACE& OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characez of America is
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of JVite//a, as fol-
lows: Witella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
shipit, Allen; Missouriensis, Allen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
glomerulifera, A. Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). ‘These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates can be prepared ; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

Tree. ALULEWN,
10 East 36th St., N. Y-

MEMOIRS

+ FROM THE ...

Department of Botany of Columbia College.

VOLUME 1.

A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus
Polygonum. Quarto, pp. 178, 85 plates. Price, $6.00.
For copies address,

PROF. N. L. BRITTON,

Herbarium Specimens for Sale.

Two hundred species collected during the past winter and determined in accord-
ance with Jenman’s “Ferns of Jamaica” as far as that is published. Numbered and
labeled. The list comprises 34 genera, and includes about a dozen tree ferns, two
dozen filmy ferns, a large number of choice Polypods and Asplenia, together with
many rare and desirable species in other genera. The specimens are fresh, green and

well preserved. Address
B. D. GILBERT,
Clayville, N. Y-

ESTABLISHED 1851.

-EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR

E. March’s Saline Chemical Stone _
Ware. Pe Syst a
Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically —
Pure and Common Filter Paper. |

Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome=
ters (Polariscopes).

Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity, Bale
ances, etc.

Le Brun F. Desmontes & oe

Paris, Platinum. ee eS < :

222 H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. ‘Chemicals, :

: ALTIES b Beceioeapttal Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass-

eigee Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem-
ano i German: a Filter cnetae Agate Mortars, but

FOR”

swine, Ercuinc, GRINDING AND REPAIRING.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.
_ (1) THE BULLETIN,
This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four
_ pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1894 over 45 pages monthly with —
many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.
Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 1o shillings. Agents for —
England, Messrs. Dutau & Co., 37 Soho-Square, London, England.

Back Numpers.—The BuLietin was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these _
ve volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
run on as one yolume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years,
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 17 have been indexed sepa-_
rately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had for :
‘cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20 and 21 are indexed sepa- —
ly. Price of each $2.00. Vol. 8 cannot now be supplied carne, but it is

d to spear) some of its numbers.

‘-

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

The subscription. price is fixed at $3.00 per volume in advance. The numbers —
1 also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. Those
ed from this list cannot ‘be had separately.
ume 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algze hitherto observed on the Coasts
New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents.
No. aeiseratint Enumeration of the Hepaticz collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby

iptions of toed new pees By Richard Spruce. Price,

- | labios: By ‘Byron D. Halsted. igs 50 cents. —
1 ices. to ina Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna
rap! h of the North ‘American ae of the Genus Polygata.

AL ae new "tanta at

OFFICERS FOR 1895.

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN.

Le at Vice Presiaents,
af T. F. ALLEN, M. D. L. H. LIGHTHIPE.

: | Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary,
HENRY H. RUSBY, M. D., . JOHN K. SMALL, |
% coe of Pharmacy, New York City. Columbia College, New York City.
. cRditer, Re Treasurer,
oN i BRITTON, Ph. D., HENRY OGDEN,
Columbia College, New vas City. 11'Pine Street, New York City,

a.
"

: a | Associate Bablors,
EMILY iL GREGORY, PhD, = ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. B.,
ANNA } MURRAY VAIL, =~ ~—C&BYRON D, HALSTED, Se. Dy
; A A. HELLER.

: one, Librarian,
HINE 1 E ROGERS, _EFFIE A. SOUTHWORTH.

| Committe on i iinbaes ant

JEANNETTE. B. GREENE, M. D.,
Aue: w. oe He, New York City.

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

Neti a |

Contribution to American Bryology—XI.

By EvizAsetH G, Britton.
I, COSCIN ODON RAUI AND COSCINODON RENAULDI.
(PLATE 248.)

Owing to the fact that the upper part of the leaf in Coscinodon
is Colorless, it has happened that in the first descriptions of both
C. Wrightii and C. Raut, the vein has been described as ending
below the apex. In describing C. Wrightii Sullivant said of the
leaf that it was « costate half way’ (Mosses U. S. 38. p/. 4. 1856).
In the Icones (71. pl. 45. 1864), he corrected this mistake, figuring
the vein extending into and forming the awn.

Austin made the same mistake about C. Raui (Bull. Torr. Bot.
_ Club, 6: 46. 1875), describing the leaf with the vein ending below
the apex, « costa valida sub apice finienti,” yet in the type speci-
; mens preserved in his herbarium at Columbia College, the vein is
Clearly €xcurrent, forming a terete, white awn, most clearly seen in

Old abraded leaves when the blade is torn away. He recognized its
_ true character in C Wrightit, for he says of it “costa extending into
the much longer, more terete and more scabrous hair point;’’ yet
he failed to see it in his own species. This is the more remarkable,
4s he had in his herbarium an original sketch of the leaves by E.
A. Rau, on the margin of which Mr. Rau had written, “ Leaves
throughout chlorophyllose, except the long excurrent costa or tip.”
In the Manual (L. & J. Mosses of N. Am. 155, 1884) this mis-

448

take is repeated and in describing C. Renauldi (Bot. Gaz. 15; 41.
1890) M. Cardot cites this as one of the points of difference
between these two species, the other being a difference in the teeth.
These are described in the Manual as “ entire, split or merely per-
forated here and there on the line of division, erect when moist,
open when dry.” This isa translation from Austin’s original Latin
description, but it does not agree with all his specimens. The
teeth are very fragile in his species, and are seldom seen entire
and unbfoken, except on a freshly opened capsule. They are long
and slender, perforate at base, three to four parted above, and
densely papillose; later they divide into slender divisions, and on
old capsules have disappeared altogether, leaving only the annulus.
As compared with the figures of C. Renauldi, they differ only in
_ not being truncate when perfect. From C. Wrightii, as figured in
the Icones, these teeth are much longer, more acuminate, the
divisions narrower, more slender and regular, the perforations
almost continuous above, and splitting into three to four slender
divisions to each tooth. The annulus also is not like the mosaic
of flat cells figured by Sullivant, there are only two rows of cells
instead of three, and the last row has elongated vesicular cells. In
the description of C. Renauldi, the annulus is not mentioned, nor
is it figured in the plate. We have not seen a capsule of this
species, but in a recent letter M. Cardot states that the annulus is
present, but that he has not been able to determine whether it is
persistent or fugacious as all the capsules which he has examined
were too young. In the plate the teeth are figured as truncate.
M. Cardot says that they were taken from freshly opened capsules,
but we are of the opinion that if he were to search in the apex of
the lid he would find the remnants of those teeth, as we have
found in C. Rawi, that the tips often fall with the lid, and it was
with difficulty that we secured a mount sufficiently perfect for our
drawing.

In the description of C. Renauldi, M. Cardot states that he has
not seen authentic specimens of C. Raui, Aust., but this is 4 mis-
take, for the specimens I sent him were from Austin’s herbarium,
labelled Austin by “Grimmia Raui, Colorado, Mrs. Roy,” and
were probably from the same collection as those in the herbarium
of E. A. Rau, collected by Brandegee sent by Mr. Rau. These

449

are the specimens cited by Cardot under C Renauldi, and seem to
prove conclusively that the two species are the same.

The specimens collected by J. M. Holzinger on exposed sand
bluffs at Winona, Minnesota, have been determined by M. Cardot
as C. Renauldi, and by me as C. Rauz. We also have specimens
collected by Mrs. T. A. Williams at Rapid City, South Dakota,
which we have referred to this species. :

The plate of C. Raui is taken from type specimens in Austin’s
herbarium sent to him by E. A. Rau, collected by Brandegee.

Description of Plate 248.

I. Plants natural size; 2. one enlarged; 3. antheridial branch; 4. archegonia
branch with the calyptra partially exserted; 5, 6,7. outlines of leaves; 8. antheridia
and bracts; 9. basal half of leaf ; Io. apex, showing long rough awn; I1. calyptra;
12. capsule with lid; 13. capsule without lid; 14. old capsule with fragments of
teeth; 15. two teeth; 16. annulus $17. Spores.

2. DICRANELLA HETEROMALLA AND ITS
VARIETIES.
(PLATE 249.)

According to European authorities this is a very variable
Species, several of its more striking varieties having received
Names. The typical form seems to be according to Schimper
and Limpricht, the one having the pedicels erect but more or less
sinuous, Braithwaite, however, states that the pedicels may be
curved, and Boulay says that owing to the variability of the flexion
Of the pedicel at its summit the capsule assumes very diverse atti-
tudes.

Several of the European varieties have been recognized and
distributed in American exsiccatae; but we have been surprised
to find that even in this common species there still remain some
Points to be cleared up, and possibly two allied species to be
€rased from our lists.

The common lowland form ranging along the Atlantic plain
from Newfoundland to Florida, west to Dakota, which grows
abundantly along sandy roads in dense cushions at the roots of
trees and on dry banks, seems to be typical, having the seta erect,
— flexuose and glossy yellow, agreeing with European specimens
- and exsiccatae, It was distributed in Drummond’s Mosses, 2d

450

Ed. No. 54, in Sulliv. & Lesq. Musci Bor. Am. No. 67, and Aus-
tin Musci App. No. 79.

DicRANELLA HETEROMALLA ORTHOCARPA (Hedw.).

Dicranum orthocarpum Hedw. Sp. Musc. 131. p/. 30. 1801.

Dicranella Fitageraldi Ren. & Card. Bot. Gaz. 13: 197. pl. 13.
1888.

This variety is not recognized as distinct by Limpricht, but is
given as a synonym of the species, into which it merges insensi-
bly, having the same range. The type locality was at Lancaster,
Pennsylvania, but we have not seen the type specimens. The
capsule, as the name implies, is not only erect but straight, in the
most depauperate forms being so small and black as to suggest
Ditrichum tortile. This is true of the specimens distributed in
Drummond’s Southern Mosses as No. 53, and in the original
specimens of D. Fitzgerald, from Florida, as described and figured
in the Gazette. M. Cardot has sent us four of these typical speci-
mens ; all are old and deoperculate, and represent, in our opinion,
a very depauperate state of this variety. Quite recently we have
received No. 156 of Ren. & Cardot Musci Am. Sept. collected by
J. M. Holzinger at Rock Creek, near Washington, D.C. These
specimens are in fine condition, and contradict the original de-
scription of D. Fitzgeraldi in several points, the old capsules when
deoperculate being contracted below the mouth, which is slightly
oblique ; the walls also are often sulcate, so that we have no hesi-
tation in saying that these are D. heteromalla var. orthocarpa.
They agree with Sull. & Lesq. Musci Bor. Am. No. 68, and Aus-
tin Musci Ap. No. 80.

The variety ixterrupta Schimp. has also been recognized and
distributed in American exsiccatae, and the var. séricta occurs
abundantly on decomposing sandstone rocks in the Dells of the
Wisconsin. Recently I have made the acquaintance of what may
be called the mountain form of this species ( Plate 249 ) for which
we have not yet discovered a name, but which we think has been
figuring in the Manual as D. curvata. It first puzzled me by
growing in the dense mats of Campylopus Virginicus Aust., raising
false hopes that it might be the fruit of this species, which has
thus far only been collected sterile. The pedicels were strongly
recurved, and the capsules when fresh, ovoid and smooth; but

451

when dried they changed to the characteristic cinnamon color of
Dicranella heteromalla, with its twisted mouth and sulcate walls,
and the pedicels became erect. These specimens grew at an
elevation of 5678 ft. on the summit of White Top, Virginia, on
rocky ledges in shade, and were in young fruiting stage on June
26, 1892. Later in the same year, September 20th, I collected a
few small plants in the trail up Mt. Marcy, in the Adirondack
Mountains, New York. These also were small plants, with plump,
ovoid, green capsules and yellow curved seta. But when dried
the pedicels became erect, the capsules turned yellow, and showed
unmistakably that they were only Dicranella heteromalla, It was
also found at other points in the vicinity, usually in shade under
or on the roots of trees in steep, sloping paths, often in very damp,
black soil. Along the roadside, near the Lodge, the pedicels’ were
seldom recurved, though the plants were small. In 1894 the form
with recurved pedicels was very abundant both on Mt. Marcy and
Mt. McIntyre, and formed large patches at considerable elevation
on both these mountains. I had also collected it near Stowe,
Vermont, in 1884, and been puzzled by the straightening of the
pedicel in drying. In 1893 it was found growing with Dicrano-
dontium longirostre on shady sandstone ledges of the Wisconsin
: Dells, and it surprised me to learn from Dr. Barnes that it was
the common form of Dicranella heteromalla in that vicinity. It
has recently been sent to me by D. A. Burnett, collected in the
Mountains of Pennsylvania on sandstone rocks at Bradford, asso-
ciated with Dicranodontium longirostre, and it was collected in
Similar habitat and the same association by Mr. D. A. Hopkins in
West Virginia. We also have specimens collected by F. L. Har-
vey in Maine, by Edwin Faxon on the bridle path at 3,500 feet
elevation and on the summit of Mt. Lafayette ; also from the Lake of
the Clouds on Mt. Washington. Pringle collected it on Mt. Mans-
field, Vermont, and A. C. Waghorne in Newfoundland. I find
three specimens collected by Austin in 1872 in the White Moun-
tains, which had been sent to T. P. James for determination; ac-
companying them is an autograph slip from James stating that
they “ must be a Dicranum, but I do not make it subulatum.”
Now it is a curious fact that Dicranella curvata, though re-
Ported from two stations in North America, does not occur in any

452

North American herbarium, as far as we can determine. We
have searched diligently for it both in the field and in several col-
lections, and have come to the conclusion that this mountain form
of D. heteromalla with curved pedicels has been mistaken for it.

It is recorded in the Manual from two localities only:

“On sandstone rocks, Lancaster, Pennsylvania (T. C. Porter),
and from the White Mountains (James). Very rare.”

Dr. Porter very kindly sent us a bit of his specimen, and it
does not match European specimens of D. curvata. It seems ref-
erable to depauperate specimens of D. heteromalla var. orthocarpa.
The White Mountain specimens cited have not been found in the
herbarium of T. P. James. Macoun does not record it from any
locality in Canada, nor have we any other record of its having
been collected by anyone else.

3. NOTES ON THE GENUS LEERSIA, HEDW.

Leersia Hedw. Fund. Musc. 2: 88. 1782.
ENcALypTa Schreb. Gen. 2: 759. 1791.

This genus is much in need of revision, but we have not been
able to take the time to do more than set right two or three gla-
ring mistakes which have come to our notice, in studying the
Eastern species, and to call attention to collectors in our Western
and Northern States to the importance of securing good and
abundant specimens.

There are five species known to occur in the eastern part of
the continent, L. extinctoria (E. vulgaris) L. laciniata (E. ciliata) L.
rhabdocarpa, L. procera and L. contorta (E. streptocarpa). One of
the Eastern species LZ. rhabdocarpa has been found in Quebec,
but not yet credited to the United States, it is hoped that it will
be found in the mountains of New England if attention is called
to the genus.

Of the additions in Macoun’s catalogue, £. subspathulata, E.
leiomitra, E. leiocarpa and E, cucullata are from British Columbia,
or Athabasca, and although Prof. Macoun has generously furnished
us with all his collection of this genus, and allowed us to keep
duplicates, yet we have not felt warranted in taking the time .
present to compare the specimens carefully. We have thought rf

453

very important, however, to correct Kindberg’s confusing remarks
regarding £. Macounii Aust. and E. ciliata Hedw.

Encatypta Macouni Aust. Bot. Gaz. 2: 97-1877. hai BF
Man. 182, 1884. Macoun’s Cat. 6: 94-95 only in part (1892).

The type of this species is preserved in Austin’s Herbarium
at Columbia College. The specimens are abundant though im-
mature. They have been compared with the original description,
Which is copied in Lesquereux and James Manual. All the state-
ments but one have been verified; the seta is described as “ min-
utely papillose, rather densely so above the middle.” They have
been examined with a magnification of 330 diameters, and out of
a dozen pedicels on none of them has been found a trace of
roughness.

Austin compared it to Z. affinis Hedw. (EZ. apophysata, N. & H.).
We have also made the same comparison with No. 816 of Raben-
horst’s Bryotheca Europaea, and find that Austin was right. The
calyptra agrees exactly in having pale irregular papillae to the
fringed base, though we should call it rather minutely scabrous
than « densely papillose.” But the leaf characters are also very
plain, the margins being strongly revolute, the vein ending below
the apex, and very rough on the back with double papillae; the
basal cells are clear with the short transverse walls, yellow and
thickened into ridges and also papillose. This is true also of £.
affinis, but the vein in that species is excurrent into an awn. The
Peristome is described by Austin as “single, the teeth of medium
length, very narrow and filiform, red, more or less split into two
€qual segments, nodulose and granulose.” This agrees with the
figures of £. apophysata in the Bryologia Europaea, but Lim-
Pricht says the peristome is double and has a short basal mem-
brane, one-third the length of the teeth, which he figures as 247,
Page 118. We have been able to detect this in No. 816 of Rab.
Byoth. Eu. even when the peristome is old, but not in Austin’s
specimens. This would add another distinction between £. apophy-
Sata and E. Macounit, though they are evidently closely allied.

The type locality is «On rocks, Stewart's Lake Mountain, B.
C., collected by Macoun, June 21, 1875. ue

On consulting Macoun’s Catalogue, I find this locality is not
given the first place as it should be, and that the specimens sent

454

by me from Mount Mackay and Kakabeka Falls, named F£. celzata,
duplicates of which I have in my herbarium, are also referred to
this species, I have re-examined them lately, and still insist that
the name I originally gave them is correct. Number 133 of Ma-
coun’s Canadian Mosses was distributed as /. MJacouniz, collected
“on rocks at Wellington Mine,” Vancouver Island, by Macoun.
These specimens in our set prove to be Excalypta vulgaris vat.
pilifera. If these are the specimens on which Kindberg bases
his remarks, it is not surprising that he could not find the charac-
ters indicated by Austin.

Under the heading of £. ciliata he says (Macoun Cat. 6: 94):

“Encalypta ciliata Hedw. and £. Macounii Aust. are very
difficult to distinguish apart. The descriptions of the best authors
are also not consistent.” He then quotes from them to show that
the position of the teeth does not agree in all the descriptions.
From this he says: “It is probable that the authors are confound-
ing both species, also occurring in Europe. F#. ciliata is princi-
pally found in the lower mountain districts. /. Macounii seems
to be an alpine species also collected by Kindberg in the Nor-
wegian Alps and considered a new species, &. dorealis Kindb.
Laubm. Schwed. & Norweg., but exactly agreeing with the orig!-
nal specimens of &. Macounii sent by Prof. Macoun.”

It is interesting to know what Norwegian bryologists think
about this, and we would refer to the remarks by Chr. Kaurin in
the Bot. Centbl. 41: 358 (1890). He states that in the contribu-
tion referred to by Kindberg the specimens which were called £x-

calypta Macounii are found to differ from the portion of the type
which I sent him.

_ To continue the quotation from Macoun’s Catalogue, page 95+
“The description made by Austin, cited by Lesq. & James, 15,
however, not completely exact; ‘calyptra densely papillose, pedi-
cel reddish, papillose, the leaves muticous ;’ such characters are
not to be found, the calyptra and the yellow pedicel are nearly as
smooth as in the true &. ci/iata, to which the descriptions of the
peristome by Schimper and Braithwaite probably belong. The
descriptions by Lesq. & James and Boulay could partly be re-
ferred to £, Macouni, although all authors agree that in the
description of £. ciliata,‘ without a distinct collum;’ £. Macount
has a distinct collum and the margins of the leaves distinctly Te
flexed. I possess no specimens of the true £. ciliata from No
America. It may not occur there.”

Now it seems evident from all this that Macoun has sent Kind-

455

berg a specimen of Excalypta closely allied to £. ciliata, wrongly
named £. Macounii, and from this false premise he has arrived at
the above conclusions. Whether all the specimens cited in Ma-
coun’s Catalogue as E. Macounii were sent to Kindberg is not
clear, but probably this is not the case. It is likely that only a
few of them were, and that the rest have been transferred without
examination by Prof. Macoun in making up the list.

We note one that was not transferred, for No. 132 Canadian
Mosses is cited under £&. ciliata, with the label locality reading:
“Crevices of rocks, common from Ottawa westward.” These
specimens have been examined and compared with the types of
£. Macounii, They are quite distinct in the excurrent vein, plane
Margins, smooth calyptra, and the mouth bordered by 5-6 rows of
hexagonal cells projecting above the base of the teeth. We have
also examined all the other specimens in Austin’s herbarium sent
to him by Macoun and named by Austin £. cata. These in-
clude specimens collected at Stewart’s Lake, date and locality the
same as type of 4. AMZacounit, but distinctly FE. ciata; also those
from Lake Athabasca, August 29, 1875; Cascades, May 17, 1875 ;
and Hastings county, August, 1874. All of these agree with the
characters of E. ciliata as described by Limpricht, even to the size
of the spores, but in many cases it is difficult to distinguish the
Preperistome as described by him. The deep projecting border
of the mouth is quite distinct, as well as the scattered stomata,
with the surrounding cells not differentiated, but long and thick-
ened longitudinally, The neck also is short, but always distinct,
and sometimes stomatose, though usually the stomata are above
the base of the sporesac.

ENcatypra ciLiaTa (Hedw.) Hoffm.

We find in the Jaeger Herbarium all the exsiccatae cited by
Limpricht, and have critically compared No. 19 of his Bryotheca
Silesiaca, with our specimens of Macoun’s Canadian Mosses No.
132. and Sull. & Lesq. Musci bor. Am. No. 165, Ed. 2. We find
they agree in all the characters described, with a certain amount
of variation in the length of the awn, and the vein which is also
Sometimes serrulate on the back for a short distance below the
apex of the leaf; the margins are more or less undulate and
slightly revolute below, erose papillose above, and the basal cells

456

are clear and smooth, with the short transverse walls often brown
but not projecting. The seta varies somewhat in length, but is
smooth and yellow, often red at the junction with the capsule;
there is a distinct neck measuring .2 mm., that is the sporesac
does not reach the base of the capsule, the stomata are scattered
above its base, and the cells of the walls are long and thickened, but
not radiating around the stomata; those of the mouth are shorter
and hexagonal in 3-6 rows, and project above the base of the
orange-red teeth, the last rows falling in fragments with the lid.
The beak of the lid is shorter than the capsule, 1-1.5 mm. and
the calyptra is fringed at base and generally entirely smooth,
though occasionally scabrous at apex. The peristome is erect
when dry, and strongly incurved when moist; the teeth are com-
posed of 5—7 joints, and are paler and smoother at apex. Lim-
pricht describes a “ preperistome of 32 isolated, smaller, brownish-
red plates half the length of the teeth, falling off, or occasionally
lacking.” We have had great difficulty in distinguishing these
plates, both in our specimens and the Europeon ones, but find the
teeth are irregularly papillose, that is some joints will be and
others not, especially the upper ones, which are generally lighter
colored, and presume that is only under very favorable circum-
stances, on fresh young teeth, that the preperistome can be seen.
The Bryologia Europaea indicates this in figures 14 and 15, as
well as a certain amount of irregularity in the teeth which we have
also observed. The spores are quite alike in American and
European specimens, in size and the peculiar lines due to shrink-
ing which give them the aspect of a rose-cut diamond with a flat
central facet and six radiating around it.

If there are two species mixed under Encalypta ciliata, as
Kindberg seem to think, we have not yet been able to detect it in
American specimens, as compared with authenticated European
ones. It has been distributed as Drummond's No. 50 PP-
“ Rocks and banks along the Mountains,” mixed with £. rhabde-
carpa in Sull. & Lesq. Musci Bor. Am. Ed. 2, No. 165, in Austin’s
Musci App. No. 174 (1870) and Macoun’s Canadian Mosses No.
132. It ranges in the Eastern States from the mountains of New
York and New England to Illinois, Wisconsin and Minnesota,
Ontario, Quebec, New Brunswick, and north to Greenland. In the

457

Rocky Mountains from New Mexico to Idaho, also in California,
Oregon and Washington, through British Columbia, to Behring
sea.

Var, microstoma (Bals. & DeNot.) Sch. Br. Eu. Index, p. 7.
1855. LEncalypta microstoma Bals. & DeNot. Pugill. No. 18. 1836.

We received from the Department of Agriculture specimens
collected by Wolf and Rothrock in Colorado, 1873, which agree
with the description given by Limpricht of this variety in the
short seta, small capsule, with a small mouth, short teeth, lacking
on some of the capsules, and the cells of the walls broader and
much thickened, with very distinct stomata. The spores, how-
‘ver, seem to be smooth as in the species.

ENcALypPTa LONGIPES Mitt. Journ. Linn. Soc. 8: 29. 1865.

We quote the original description:

Dioica ? caule brevi ramoso, foliis patentis concavis ambitulate ellipticis acutis
Paulo supra basin angustatis nervo percurrento obtuse carinatis, margine minute eroso,
cellulis basi infima oblongis hyalinis inde viridibus mox abbreviatis quadrato-rotunda-
tis papillosis, perichaetialibus parvis vaginulam vix superantibus latissime ovatis acutis
theca in pedunculo longissimo rubro ovato-cylindracea basi apophysata, operculo subu-
lato subaequilongo-peristomo dentibus angustis elongatis, calyptra basi nuda apice
laevi.”

“Seta an inch and a half long, slightly flexuose. Capsule too

immature to show if it is furrowed.”
Lesquereux and James, in their Manual, on page 183, say ina

foot note:

“Upon examination of the specimens of £. /ongipes Mitt. in all

of Drummond’s sets the characters have been found identical with

ose of LZ. procera; the plants monoecious ; the calyptra papil-
lose, its borders emarginate, erose or fimbriate at base; perichae-
tal leaves piliferous ; capsule spirally striate,etc. The differences
that appear in the characters indicated by Mitten result from the
Unripeness of the specimens he had for examination.”

We were permitted by Dr. Watson to examine the type of
this species at the time that Mitten’s types were still at Cam-
bridge, and we have compared them with the original description
and with the above remarks. We can corroborate Mitten’s state-
ments, with additional evidence that this is not the same species
as £. procera.

The calyptra is smooth throughout, and so is the vein of the
Narrow leaf, which, moreover, as the description says, has a

Pere Ort a ee

458

minutely erose margin, formed of projecting cells which appear
smooth, not densely papillose as in E. procera. The upper cells
of the leaf, in fact, are not papillose but mamillate, projecting on
both surfaces of the apex of the leaf, but slightly. Not only is
the peristome also described as simple, but a drawing is preserved
with the type, showing a single row of teeth, with 2-3 appendicu-
late basal segments. Kindberg in Macoun’s Catalogue says that
he too has seen authentic specimens of Drummond’s in the col-
lection of Dr. C. Mueller, and states that the “costa is very rough,
the calyptra regularly laciniate, very rough and subspinulose
above.”

It is evident from these remarks, however, that the specimens
could not have been authentic, for this is a direct contradiction of
the original description, verified by a reéxamination of the type
specimen.

We do not like to venture an opinion without careful com-
parisons, especially as this species is so meagrely represented in
the type, which is also immature, so that it is rather unsatisfactory
for purposes of comparison; yet it seems to be very closely re-
lated to £. leiomitra Kindb., belonging to the group of £. rhabdo-
carpa Schwaeg., from which it differs presumably in its smooth
capsule (?), although the original description states that the speci-
mens are too young to show this character.

Two undescribed Species of Rhynchosia.

By ANNA MuRRAY VAIL,

/ RHYNCHOSIA MICHAUXII.

Perennial. Stems prostrate 6-9 dm. or more long, twining above,
angled, channelled, clothed, especially on the angles, with a short
matted pubescence; stipules 2-5 mm. long, ovate-lanceolate, spread-
ing, persistent ; petioles angled, striate, pubescent, 2-4 cm. long,
leaves 2.5-5 cm. long, depressed orbicular, much dilated, broader
than long, obtuse, sometimes obscurely mucronulate, rugose an
minutely hirsute above, sparingly resinous-dotted, reticulated and
softly hirsute beneath; the upper ones rarely 3-foliolate with
obtuse obliquely sub-orbicular lateral leaflets; racemes 1-several
flowered; peduncles 1~2.5 cm. long, angled; calyx I-1.5 cm.
long, pubescent, resinous-dotted, the oblong-lanceolate acuminate

459

lobes conspicuously foliaceous; corolla pale yellow; vexillum
minutely pubescent above ; legume about 1.4 cm. long, 6 mm.
broad, obliquely acute, seed 2-5 mm. in diameter, red-brown.
March-September.

Dry pine barrens, Florida.

Charlotte Harbor, Blodgett; Tampa, A. H. Curtiss, No. 659;
DeLand, Hulst ; Sanford, Lake Co., G. V. Nash, No. 2314, in

Herb. Columbia College.

A species with the leaf-form of R. simphicifolia, but the habit
of R. menispermoidea. It has passed under the above names and
also under that of R. tomentosa var. volubilis, but is very distinct
from all forms of the type of the latter species. The lateral leaflets
of R. tomentosa are always acutish, those of R.Michauxi being ob-
tuse and rounded. The leaves are largerthan those of A. menis-
permoidea, less conspicuously veined, and apparently never cordate,
the flowers more numerous, the calyx larger and more distinctly

foliaceous.

“ RHYNCHOSIA TORREYI. ©

Rhynchosia latifolia 8 Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 285. 1838.

Perennial. Stems slender, branched, prostrate, spreading and —
and possibly twining, angled, obscurely striate, minutely pubes-
Cent; stipules 4-6 mm. long, lanceolate, slender, ec a
petioles angled, channelled, minutely pubescent, 3-5 cm. ong
leaves 6-10 cm. long, 3-foliolate ; leaflets 2.5-3.5 cm. long, orbi-
Cular-obovate or oblong-obovate, obtuse with a short abrupt
acumination, narrowed at the base, minutely and sparingly pubes-
Cent on both surfaces, or nearly glabrous, beset with scattered
Tesinous dots beneath, the terminal ones larger, the others inequi-
lateral ; racemes 5~8 cm. long, slender, the flowers scattered ;
flowers about 1 cm. long; calyx 8-10 mm. long, pubescent, resi-
nous-dotted, the upper lobe 2-toothed, the middle lower Nise
slightly the longest; vexillum nearly orbicular, 8 mm. long, pu a
cent along the top on the outer surface, with a very small crescen
Shaped callosity above the claw. Legume not seen.

OrIGINAL Locatity. Sand Hill, Texas, Leavenworth. Type

in Herb. Columbia College.

460

Flora of Richmond Co., N.Y. Additions and new Localities, 1891-1899.

APPENDIX, No. 7.

Ranunculus Pennsylvanicus L. New Dorp, A. A. Tyler.
Aguilegia Canadensis L.. Tottenville and Richmond Valley,
Wm. T. Davis and G. H. Pepper.

Nymphaea rubrodisca (Morong) Greene. Bull’s Head, J. V.
Leng.

Roripa sylvestris (L.) Bess. Sailors’ Snug Harbor, Dr. F. Hol-
lick,

Silene nutans L. Arrochar, W. C. Kerr.

Silene vulgaris (Moench) Garcke. Tottenville, W. T. Davis.

Tilia Americana L. Willow Brook and New Springville, W.
T. Davis.

Acer Saccharum Marsh. Moravian Cemetery and New Spring-
ville, Wm. T. Davis.

Acer platanoides L. New Brighton and Todt Hill, Wm. T.
Davis.

Acer Negundo L, Port Richmond.

Medicago sativa L. New Brighton, W. T. Davis; Princes’ Bay.

Coronilla varia L. Tottenville, W. T. Davis.

Ulex Europacus L. Ward’s Hill, Tompkinsville, Dr. F. Hollick.
(A single plant which has persisted for several years).

Amorpha fruticosa L. Egbertville, W. T. Davis.

Phaseolus polystachyus (L.) B.S.P. Egbertville, W. T. Davis.

Opulaster opulifolius (L.) Kuntze. Todt Hill, W. T. Davis;
Willow Brook (some undoubtedly seedlings).

Rubus odoratus L. Todt Hill, W. T. Davis.

Crataegus coccinea L. Karle’s Neck, W. T. Davis.

Crataegus punctata Jacq. West New Brighton.

Agrimonia mollis (T. & G.) Britton, and Agrimonia striata
Michx., replace A. Eupatoria L. in our catalogue.

Valeriana officinalis L., Gifford’s Lane (Replaces V. sylvatica
Banks, in our catalogue).

Onagra Oakesiana (Gray) Britton. New Dorp.

Ethusa Cynapium L. Streets of New Brighton, W. T. Davis.

Anthriscus vulgaris (L.) Hoffm. New Dorp.

461

Philadelphus coronarius L. Todt Hill, W. T. Davis (apparently
established from old garden waste).

Solidago Elliottii T. & G. Garrettsons and New Dorp.

Solidago patula Muhl. Garrettsons and Richmond, W. T.
Davis.

Gnaphalium purpureum L. Egbertville.

Lusstlago Farfara L. Garrettsons.

Liatris spicata (L.) Nutt. Mariners’ Harbor, W. T. Davis.

Sericocarpus linifolius (L.) B.S.P. Watchogue, W. T. Davis.

Centaurea nigra L. Moravian Cemetery.

Onopordon Acanthium L. Sailors’ Snug Harbor, Dr. F. Hollick.

Schollera macrocarpa (Ait.) Britton. Tottenville, W. T. Davis ;
New Dorp, Mrs. N. L. Britton; Kreischerville.

Azalea viscosa rosea Hollick. Arlington, W. T. Davis.

Gaultheria procumbens L. Giffords.

Kalmia angustifolia L. Bogardus’ Corners.

Pyrola secunda L. Bogardus’ Corners.

fraxinus viridis Michx. f. Clifton and New Dorp.

Cynoglossum officinale L. Arlington, W. T. Davis.

Convolvulus Sepium repens (L.) Gray. Oakwood.

Ipomoea pandurata (L.) Meyer. Mariners’ Harbor, W. T.
Davis.

Gerardia purpurea paupercula Gray. New Dorp.

Veronwa Anagallis-aquaticaL. New Brighton, Dr. F. Hollick.

Pentstemon Digitalis (Sweet) Nutt. New Dorp, Mrs. N. L.
Britton; West New Brighton, T. C. Leng.

Soechys cordata Ridd. Eltingville, W. T. Davis.

Mentha gentilis L. Egbertville, A. A. Tyler.

Mentha sativa L. New Dorp.

Mentha citrata Ehrh. Richmond Valley.

Conopholis Americana (L. F.) Wallr. Todt Hill, Mr. Stottler.

Plantago aristata Michx. St. George, in recently filled-in
ground,

Brousonnetia papyrifera Vent. West New Brighton, Mariners’
Harbor and Richmond, W. T. Davis.

Alnus glutinosa Willd. Egbertville, W. T. Davis (A number
of trees, thoroughly naturalized and apparently spreading).

Alnus incana (L.) Willd. Grant City.

462

Quercus Britton Davis. Watchogue.

Salix fragilis latifoka And. Todt Hill.

Populus heterophylla L. Huguenot, W. T. Davis.

Tipularia unifolia (Muhl.) B.S. P. Tottenville.

Calopogon pulchellus R. Br. Watchogue, C. W. Leng.

Hlabenaria blephariglottis (Willd.) Torr. Watchogue, W. T.
Davis.

Cypripedium acaule Ait. An albino form. Mrs. Heylyn.

Tradescantia Virginica L. Arlington, W. T. Davis.

Wolffia Columbiana Karst. Old Town Pond, Thos. Craig.

Potamogeton Spirillus Tuckm. Court House, Mrs. N. L.
Britton.

Udora Canadensis Michx. Clove Lake, W. T. Davis.

Pinus echinata Mill. Linoleumville and not uncommon along
the south side, W. T. Davis. Arrochar and Four Corners.

Eriophorum Virginicum L. Tottenville, W. T. Davis; Gifford’s
Mr. Twiggs.

Panicum pubescens Lam. Richmond Valley.

Panicum microcarpon Muhl. Tottenville.

Panicum commutatum Schultes. Richmond Valley.

Panicum verrucosum Muhl. New Dorp, A. A. Tyler.

Carex tenera Dewey. New Dorp, A.A. Tyler.

Carex muricata L. New Dorp.

Carex Muhlenbergiti Schk. Abundant at Richmond Valley.

Carex tribuloides Wahl. Tottenville and Grant City; A. A-
Tyler.

Dryopteris cristata (L.) Gray. Oakwood, Mrs. N. L. Britton.
Mariners’ Harber.

Azolla Caroliniana Willd. Clove Valley, Thos. Craig. (Intro-
duced some years ago by Mr. Samuel Henshaw.)
Salvinia natans(L.) All. Silver Lake and in a small pond on
Ocean Terrace, Thos. Craig. (Probably introduced.)
ArtTHUR HOLLICcK,
N. L. BRITTON.

463

New or Noteworthy American Grasses,—II.
By Gero. V. Nasu.

SPOROBOLUS ASPER (Michx.) Kunth. Enum. 1: 210. 18 33.
Agrostis aspera Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: $2. 160%

Vilfa Drummondii Trin. Mem. Acad. St. Petersb. (V1.).5¢
Nat. 4: Botanique, 106. 1845.

Sporobolus asper var. Drummondti Vasey, Contr. U. S. Natl.
Herb. 3: 60. 1892.

This grass and the next seem to have been confused. The
plant named S. asper by Dr. Vasey is the Agrostis longifolia Torr.,
and not the 4, aspera of Michaux, who apparently had in mind,
So far as can be determined from his short description, the form
with a long palet. The plant of Michaux, as here understood, has
a long-acuminate, sometimes almost awned, palet, which usually
much exceeds the scale; the outer scales narrow and acute; the
culm and panicle, which is generally exserted, quite slender.

Grows from Delaware to Illinois and Missouri, south to Florida
and Texas,

Vilfa Drummondit Trin. may eventually be separated as dis-
tinct, but at present it seems preferable to refer it to this species,
intermediate forms being very numerous and apparently connect-
ing the two,

SPOROBOLUS LONGIFOLIUS (Torr.) Wood, Class-book, 775. 1861.
Agrostis involuta Muhl. Gram. 72. 1817. Not Poir. 1810.
Agrostis longifolia Torr. Fl. go. 1824.

Vilfa Hockeri Trin. Mem. Acad. St. Petersb. (VI.) Sc. Nat. 4:
Botanique, 106. 1845.

Sporobolus asper Vasey, Contr. U.S, Natl. Herb. 3: 59. 1892.
Not Kunth. 1833.

This is usually a more robust plant than the preceding. The
Panicle js generally more or less included in the upper sheath,
SOMmetimes merely protruding from the sheath fissure. The spike-
lets are wider, with broad, obtuse scales and palet, the latter about

€qualling the third scale.
Occurs from Maine to Illinois and Kansas, south to Long Is-

land, Tennessee, Mississippi and Texas.

464

SPOROBOLUS VAGINAEFLORUs (Torr.) Wood, Classbook, 775. 1861.

Vilfa vaginacflora Torr. A. Gray, Gram. & Cyp. No. 3. 1834.

Sporobolus minor Vasey; Wats. & Coult. in A. Gray, Man. Ed,
6, 646. 1890. Not Kunth 1833.

Sporobolus filiculmis L. H. Dewey, Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 2:
519. 1894.

The type of this plant, as indicated in A. Gray, Gram. & Cyp.,
is the form with long and narrow spikelets, the scales narrow and
acuminate. Dr. Vasey took up and named as S. vaginacflorus the
form with shorter and broad spikelets, the scales merely acute.
This plant is considered below.

SPOROBOLUS NEGLECTUS nom. nov.

Sporobolus vaginacflorus Vasey, Wats. & Coult. in A. Gray,
Man. Ed. 6, 645. 1890. Not Wood. 1861.

This is the plant that has long passed as Vilfa vaginaefiora
Torr., but it is not the same, as indicated under the preceding
species. Owing to this mistaken identity this plant appears to be
. without a name, and so the one given above is proposed. The
broader and shorter spikelets, with the scales broad and merely
acute, will readily separate this plant from the S. vaginacflorus
Wood.

In the vicinity of New York it is much less common than S.
vaginacflorus, which grows plentifully in many localities.

Dry sandy soil, Massachusetts to Kentucky, Tennessee and
Kansas.

SPOROBOLUS BREVIFOLIUS (Nutt.) Scribn. Mem, Torr. Bot. Club.
5: 39. Inpart. 1894.
Agrostis brevifolia Nutt. Gen. 1: 44. 1818.

There seems to be much confusion in regard to Sporobolus de-
pauperatus and S. cuspidatus. Forms of what appears to be a
good species have been variously referred to either of the above.
They agree well with the description of Agrostis brevifolia Nutt.,
and they are here referred to that species. The leaves are short,
-1/-2' long; the empty scales obtuse or merely abruptly acute, less

than one-half as long as the acuminate and sometimes short-cuspi-
date flowering scale.

465

Grows from Anticosti Island and Maine to British Columbia,
south in the mountains to New Mexico and California.

S. depauperatus (Torr.) Scribn. is a plant of the extreme north-
west, occurring in Washington and Oregon, possibly extending
southward in the mountains. The culms are short and decum-
bent, the internodes very short, usually 14’ long or less, the nodes
often swollen; the empty scales broad, thin, white, delicate in
texture, obtuse or acutish, more than one-half the length of the
broad flowering scale, sometimes about equalling it.

In S. cuspidatus (Torr.) Wood the empty scales are acuminate
and short-awned, more than one-half as long as the acuminate
and awn-pointed narrow flowering scale. The plant is usually
taller and has much longer leaves than either of the two species
above mentioned, and ranges from Manitoba to the Northwest
Territory, Missouri and Kansas.

ERAGROSJIS TRICHODES (Nutt.).

Poa trichodes Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 5: 146. 1833-37.

Eragrostis Geyeri Steud. Syn. Gram. 272. 1855.

Eragrostis tenuis A. Gray, Man. Ed. 5, 632. 1867. Not
Steud. 1855, nor Poe tenuis Ell. 1817.

Nuttall’s name for this plant is the oldest, and is here taken
up. This grass extends from Illinois westward and southwest-
ward, and is not known to occur in South Carolina or Georgia, the
Tegion covered by Elliott’s Botany. It could hardly, therefore,
be the same as the Poa éenuis of that work, which, according to a
Specimen of that plant in the Columbia College Herbarium,
labeled as coming from Elliott, is apparently the same as
the grass now known as &ragrostis capillaris Nees, and
which well accords with the description given by Elliott of his
Poa tenuis.

“Poa BUCKLEYANA nom. nov.
Poa tenuifolia Buckley, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1862: 96. 1862.

Not A. Rich. 1851. b 1
~ No other name for this plant can be found, and so the above is.

given itin honor of Dr. S. B. Buckley, who first published a de-
Scription of it.

466

Vegetable Spiralism.

By GEORGE MACLOSKIE.

My paper on Antidromy* attempted to show that every pheno-
gamic plant produces two kinds of seeds, having their embryos
turning in opposite directions, according to the side of the car-
pellary leaf on which they originated ; also that the forthcoming
plants have a primitive twist in opposite directions, showing itself
in the histology of the stem, the dextrorse or sinistrorse phyllotaxy
and anthotaxy, and in some cases in the structure of the carpels.
The statement that the grains of Maize produce dextrorse or sinis-
trorse plants, according to the orthostichy of the ear in which they
were produced, depended on hasty dissection; and although it
seemed at first to be confirmed by the seedlings raised from the
grains, I now find that there is no apparent constancy in this matter,
My last experiment included nineteen seedlings gréwn from
twenty grains taken in order from one of the paired rows in an ear
(the row opposite my left hand) giving Nos. 1, 2, 3, 6, 8,9, 10, 12,
15, 17, 20 with sinistrally overlapping leaves (Sc. the Ist leaf
above the pileolus having its left margin external), and Nos. 4, 5,
7, 11, 13, 14, 18, 19 with dextrally overlapping leaves (No. 16
being abortive): thus giving eleven of one kind against eight of
the other kind. In the grains from another homologous row, this
proportion was nearly reversed. It is therefore necessary for the
present to regard the beautiful symmetry of the ear of Maize
(more beautiful in its early development than in its maturity) as 4
rearrangement of members at first as promiscuously arranged as
are the staminate flowers of its panicle.+

Besides cases previously cited we have significant examples of
antidromy in the seeds of Salsola (figured in Engler and Prantl,
3: 1a, 84. Y, Z), in the spirals of the Screw-pines, in the
florets on the large head of the Sunflower and other large Com-
positae, which concur with the phyllotaxy, and even in the sword-
like leaves of Acorus Calamus, those of one plant being dextrorsely

*BULLETIN, 22: 379. Correct: erratum, p- 380, three lines from foot, “ dis-
tichous,” so as to read * tristichous.”

+I am obliged to the eminent agrostologist, Prof. W. J. Beal, for friendly criticism
on this point.

467

twisted, and of another plant sinistrorsely. All the long leaves of
all plants of Lypha (both species) have a sinistral twist, in this
showing no antidromy; but the mode of overlapping of the mar-
gins of their leaves near the nodes, which is the same for all the
leaves of one plant, is contrary as between different plants. If
this is a case of genuine antidromy, it is an argument against the
view that the ovules of Typha arise terminally on the floral axis,
a view which on other grounds has been doubted.

In the somewhat decussate leaves of Paulownia, and of the
Shaded branches of forsythia, we can trace a spiral twist by fol-
lowing any one of the leaf orthostichies (they twist all in one di-
rection about Princeton, where the plants are not propagated from
seeds), But the branches of /orsytiia when exposed to the sun-
light lose their decussation and have all their leaves in two hori-
zontal rows, thus demonstrating the controlling influence of the
light. I believe that in a similar way many of our plants, as Elm,
Beech and Morning-glory, have sacrificed their primitive phyllo-
taxy to the allurements of sunshine.

The Coniferae furnish an example showing how growth may
Supersede or even reverse the primitive order of parts. The young
cones of Picea, Tsuga and other trees have the same spiral caste
as the phyllotaxy, when we estimate their spirality by taking the
longer of the two dominant curves as we do for the phyllotaxy.
But after the cones open to give exit to the seeds, there comes a
displacement of the scales, producing a false spirality in the con-
trary direction; thus the same tree, or even the two sides of a
half-opened cone may present a quasi-antidromy. This may pos-
Sibly be the explanation of published observations as to Coni-
fers having antidromic cones on the same tree.*

The cases of Arum, Jris and Juncus were previously referred
to as giving antidromic plants produced not by seeds but by divi-
Sion of the same rootstalk. A more curious case of diversity
Within the same plant is that of Bilsted (Liguidambar Styracifiua),
Which is cited in books as having opposite spirals in stem and
branches. Every branch of this tree is true to its own phyllotaxy,
with a 2 divergence, dextrorse or sinistrorse for each, and this per-
Sisting through the annual innovations, whose crowded scale-scars
Verreepe sane

* American Naturalist, August, 1873.

468

are true to their phyllotaxy. In the horizontal members even the
ridges of cork partially conform to the phyllotaxy of the particu-
lar member by a slight flexure to one side or the other. But the
branches fromthe stem, or the branches from a branch do not
necessarily conform to the phyllotaxy of the part from which they
diverge; some of the daughter-branches may be homodromic,
others heterodromic, as compared with the mother-branch, nor
have I been able to discover any law in the case.

Perhaps these instances may favor the view that what we have
in antidromy is not so much a special kind of heredity as an im-
pulse depending on physical or nutritional causes, giving a bias
to the young embryo or the young bud, which when once received
is maintained. But whatever be the explanation offered, the facts
are too important to be overlooked.

Sachs in his Astory of Botany treats Piylataxy as an ex-
ploded error, and gracefully celebrates its obsequies with the part-
ing note that though wrong, it was useful in its day, adding “ we
would as little wish to omit it from our literature as modern as-
tronomy would wish to see the old theory of epicycles disappear
from its history.’ But what he and others condemned was an
artificial or idealistic law imposed on plants in mathematical dra-
pery; the twists that will naturally result from pressure upon
young parts or from peculiarities of direction and of amount of
nutriment, and from the modifying influence of light or climbing
habits, are conceptions that were unknown to the fathers of
mathematical phyllotaxy. From inattention to these considera-
tions our botanists often miss what ought to be plain enough.
Thus among the cryptogams Sachs gives us spores of Eguisefum
with a wrong spirality for their elaters (I confess my own sin
here). Dodel-part gives odgonium of Chara wrong twisted ; Engler
and Prantl seem to require amendment as to Evodium (3: 4- 2)
and as to Flalicteres (3: 6.93); and such instances may be multi-
plied.

Homodromic spiralism is not infrequent in phenogamic as
well as in cryptogamic plants; as the dextrorse twining of some
Leguminosae, of Convolvulaceae (including the Dodders) and of
Celastrus ; and other species are sinistrorse. Whilst it was shown
in the paper on Antidromy that the mode of bursting of the car-

469

pels of Balsam is antidromic, in harmony with the phyllotaxy, we
find that the carpellary “beaks” of Geranium, Pelargonium and
Erodium, of the same natural order with Balsam, are all dextrorsely
twisted. In these cases all the individuals of a species, or even of
a suborder or order of plants, have the same kind of spiralism.
But the leaves of all these are antidromic.

As a contrast to this we sometimes find a quasi-antidromy
within the same plant, or even inthe same carpel. Thus Azdiscus
has the corollas of flowers on opposite sides of the same branch
slightly contorted in contrary directions. The pod of the Lotus
corniculatus and other Leguminosae bursts open through the forci-
ble curving of its valves into antidromic spirals. Thesame occurs
in Foosia of Rubiaceae (figure in Engler and Prantl, 4: 4. 46),
and in the opening with a spring of the cocci of Ricinus. (A
branch of this in fruit if left over night on a table may next morn-
ing have all its cocci opened and its seeds scattered about).
Doubtless this is the dehiscing mechanism of the sandbox fruit of
fTura,

The awns of Gramineae usually have secondary twists of func-
tional significancy. In Axthoranthum a brown dextrally twisted
base is surmounted by a pale straight seta ; in Danthonia, Stipa, etc.,
the base is a brown ribbon dextrally twisted, and this is sur-
Mounted by a rigid sinistrorse style. On the application of water
the basal ribbon straightens out, causing the style to screw its way
into the soil, into the wool of a sheep, or into the clothing and
skin of man (witness Captain Cook’s Crew in Australia in 1770).
This kind of double twist may be termed didromic (as suggested by
my colleague, Prof. Brackett). It is found in the sete of some
Mosses (as figured by Sullivant, /cones muscorum, supplement), for
example, Munaria Americana, Pottiariparia, Rhynchostegium; or
Some species of the mosses have the upper part of the seta dex-
trorsely, and others have it sinistrorsely twisted; but we do not
See the significance of these peculiarities.

Charles Darwin showed that in some instances this didromic
Spirality is a physical necessity, as where tendrils must be
Shortened and yet their extremities are not to be rotated. This
is the sort of spiral made by the cord-like scape of Vadlisnenia
_ Spiratis, so pulling down the fertilized carpel without having to

470

turn it round; and I find that in some plants of this species the
upper section is dextrorsely spiral, and the lower section sinis-
‘trorsely, whilst in other plants these relations are reversed. Thus
we have didromy within each plant of Valisneria and antidromy
between neighboring plants.

It would be dangerous at this stage to attempt generalizations
as to the cyptogams. I may be permitted, however, to call atten-
tion to a few points. Inthe Atlases of Vegetable Palaeontology,
by Schimper, Zeiler, Lesquereux and others, some of the figures
of Carboniferous Acrogens, as Lepidodendron, Ulodendron, cones
of Lepidostrobus, indicate a trend to one side which would indicate
antidromy if others be found trending to the other side. The
photograph of Lepidodendron lycopodioides in Plate LXX. of
Zeiler's Atlas, does give a contrary spiral to that in Schimper’s
plates, but Zeiler’s photograph may have been reversed in the
process. The segments of apical cells of Hepaticae and Pterido-
phytes seem to indicate in some cases a direct or ‘clock-wise’
order of appearance, and in other cases a reverse order ; but I do
not know whether they may not vary in the same individual plant,
or whether, on the other hand, they may not be homodromic in
the totality of a species. I have been unable to find any variation
of phyllotaxy in Lycopodium and allied forms, the great bilateral
symmetry of the leafy axis obscuring the traces that might exist.
But in two specimens of the tree-fern Alsophila the common
phyllotaxy of 2 can be made out at the apex of the stem; in both
our Princeton specimens the spirality is dextrorse (that is, after
the course of the thread of a common screw). If anybody can
produce a specimen with sinistrorse phyllotaxy, he will thereby

furnish the lacking evidentiary fact, and complete the proof of
the antidromy of the ferns.

Botanical Notes.

Two new botanical Serials. One of our esteemed contempo-
raries has recently expressed some irritation on learning of the
founding of a new serial publication. The number of opportuni-
ties for the publication of botanical papers is indeed great, but the
supply of matter evidently exceeds the space provided, for we

471

very seldom learn that any journal has suspended printing,
and most of them have had such pressure brought upon their
Space that they have been obliged to increase their number of
pages. The “ Journal of Botany” is indeed an exception to the
general rule, having continued about the same annual dimensions
for a long time.

The new channels of publication are both German. The Ber-
lin Botanical Garden began in January to issue its “ Notizblatt des
Kéniglichen botanischen Gartens und Museums zu Berlin,” pro-
posing to distribute it at irregular intervals as matter becomes avail-
able. The first number bears date January 2d, the second June
5th. They contain much interesting information on species
grown in the Garden, on additions to the Museum, and numerous
descriptions of new species in the Herbarium contributed by
Engler, Urban, Gurke, Schumann and Gilg.

_ The “Allgemeine botanische Zeitschrift, fiir Systematik,
Floristik, Pflanzengeographie, etc.,’ was also commenced in Janu-
ary and is published monthly at Karlsruhe, under the editorship
of A. Kneucker. It isa general botanical journal, containing be-
Sides original communications, reviews, notes on literature and on
; institutions, societies, exsiccatae and explorations. iM. ia

Compound Leaves in Rubus odoratus. The leaves of this species
are always described as simple. A student of mine, Mr. Millett
Thomson, has just shown me, from a plant in his garden, that the
leaf with its long petiole first falls, leaving a short stub or main peti-
ole behind, which is itself later deciduous. This, it will be recalled, is
Something like what happens in the Japanese Ampelopsis, except
that there the leaf is sessile on a long petiole, which falls after the

blade itself has separated. Both of these plants then have unifolio-
late leaves, W. WuitMAN BAILEY.

Sisymbrium altissimum Linn. in Minnesota. Mr, L. H. Dewey
has called attention, in a recent number of the BULLETIN, to the
Occurrence of Sisymbrium altissinum Linn. in the side streets of
Minneapolis,

This plant has been previously reported from Minnesota locali-
ties. The Minneapolis Daily Tribune of September 22, 1894,
Contains an account of my discovery of this species near Minne-

472

apolis. Since the first introduction of a few straggling specimens,

the plant has spread so as to become a nuisance in the elevator

districts on the outskirts of Minneapolis and St. Paul. Specimens

have been found also in several other localities in Hennepin, Ram-

sey and Dakota counties. EpmunD P. SHELDON.
MInneEaApoLis, Minn., Nov. 12, 1895.

I found this plant in considerable quantities along the railroad
at Port Arthur, Lake Superior, in September, 1889. We also
have a specimen of it collected at Danville, Quebec, in 1894.

N. L. Britton.

Reviews,

Synoptical Flora of North America: Vol. 1. Part I. Fascicle
I. Polypetalae from the Ranunculaceae to the Frankeniaceae.
By Asa Gray, LL. D., and Sereno Watson, Ph. D., continued and
edited by Benjamin Lincoln Robinson, Ph. D. (Issued October
10, 1895.)

The second volume of this work was published some years since,
in two parts, the first part appearing in the year 1884, while
the second was issued in 1878. In 1886a revised edition of these
two parts with an appendix of additions and corrections was issued
by the Smithsonian Institution. The first fascicle of part I., volume
I., has now been issued from the University press at Cambridge
after a lapse of eleven years. Dr. Robinson is to be congratulated
on the completion of the pages under consideration and we are
promised a second fascicle in the near future. The bulk of the
matter was written by Dr. Gray; Dr. Watson subsequently
took up the work and continued it until his death; since then Dr.
Robinson has completed parts left unfinished by the other authors,
besides editing their manuscripts by bringing together facts of
recent discovery, mostly in the form of foot-notes.

The pages contain a vast amount of useful and valuable informa-
tion and the book will be welcomed by everyone. Together with
the many good qualities of this issue appear the same faults that
characterize the second volume. After a general key to the
families, the Ranunculaceae are taken up, and other families fol-

473

low on the old Candollean sequence to Frankeniaceae inclusive.
It is to be regretted that so great a work must be continued on a
system of classification which has proved itself inadequate. The
want of system in the matter of nomenclature is also to be regretted,
for here, as in the former parts, sentiment is the predominating
guide in place of rule.
The generic limits as a rule are well taken; some genera, how-
ever, are too composite according to modern ideas. The interpre-
tation of species is in many cases not as good as our present
knowledge would permit. In Clematis, C. Addisonii is taken up in
its Proper place, but C. viornioides, a very distinct form, if not a
good species, is merely hinted at. Clematis ovata is reduced to
C. ochroleuca, a position not warranted by the abundant specimens
of recent collection. The author, following Coulter, has reduced
Clematis Scottii to a variety of C. Douglasti; to be consistent why
fot reduce C. Catesbiana to a variety or state of C. Virginiana? In
Ranunculus we find R. Allegheniensis Britton inserted as a species,
while R. micranthus Nutt. stands as a variety of R. adbortivus L.
In Aguilegia, A. saximontana Rydberg is published for the first
time and well distinguished from the related A. érevistyla Hook.
Very scant courtesy is paid to A. Canadensts flavifiora, but almost

. immediately following we find A. caerulea var. albiflora A. Gray,
described as a new variety (while there are at least two published

| available specific names for it),and its characters as given separate
it from the type in only just the same degree that differentiates
flaviflora from Canadensis. We can only assume that the editor
holds a color variety proposed by Gray to be valid, while rejecting
One maintained by others. On page 76, Nymphaca odorata var.
minor appears in the old stereotyped form. Why should this
State be called a variety when it is the original of the species
odorata? Ifa variety must be maintained it should be done in a
Consistent way. Little recognition is given an apparently dis-
tinct species of Castalia from Florida and adjoining territory-
The editor says ‘this form has been confidently identified with
N. rentformis Walt. by the collector, . . adisposition in no sense
Warranted by the brief and wholly dubious characterization of
Walter’s species.” If there were nothing but Walter’s description
to Support Mr, Nash’s position, it certainly would be weak, but

474

careful field observations, morphological characters separating the
form from related species, and the fact that the plant is very
common in Walter’s region, furnish pretty strong evidence in favor
of its correct identification. So other cases might be cited. The
geographic ranges of many species as given are too restricted, as
a few appended examples will show, and no data bearing on alti-
tudinal distribution are furnished.

Clematis Viorna. Common east of the mountains as far south
as middle Georgia.

Clematis Addisonii. Also in the Cumberland Mountains,
Tennessee.

Clematis Douglasit Scotti. Also in Montana and Dakota.

Clematis verticillata. Occurs in southwestern Virginia.

Clematis alpina tenuiloba. Also in Colorado.

Thalictrum cortaceum, Also in the Cumberland Mountains,
Tennessee.

Myosurus minimus. Occurs in southeastern Virginia.

Ranunculus recurvatus. Also in Montana.

Ranunculus abortivus micranthus. Common south to south-
ern Pennsylvania.

Ranunculus septentrionalis. West to Nebraska.

Caltha palustris. Also west to Nebraska.

Aconitum Columbianum. East to the Black Hills, South
Dakota.

Cimicifuga racemosa cordifoha. Occurs in the mountains of
Virginia.
_ Xanthorrhiza apiifolia. Ranges east of the mountains and as —
far south as middle Georgia.

Delphinium tricorne. Occurs as far west as Nebraska.

Delphinium exaltatum. Also west to Nebraska.

Magnolia tripetala. Grows as far south as middle Georgia.

Asimina triloba. Occurs east to New Jersey and west to
Nebraska.

Asimina angustifolia. Rather common as far north as middle
Georgia. foe

Brasenia Schreberi. Also south to Georgia and Florida.

_Menispermum Canadense. Occurs west to Nebraska.

Berberis repens. Ranges east to the Black Hills, South Dakota.

475

Argemone alba. Grows in southwestern South Dakota.

Dicentra Canadensis. Occurs in Nebraska.

Corydalis curvisiligua. East to Louisiana and Florida, also
north to Nebraska.

Corydalis aurea occidentalis. Common in N ebraska,

Arabis dentata. Occurs west to Nebraska.

Arabis laevigata. Also south to middle Georgia and west to
the Black Hills, South Dakota.

Arabis Holboellii. Ranges east to Nebraska.

Lesquerella Ludoviciana arenosa. Occurs in the Black Hills,
South Dakota.

Physaria didymocarpa. Grows in Nebraska.

Nasturtium sessiliflorum. Ranges west to Nebraska.

Cristatella Jamesii. Common in western and central Nebraska.

Cleome lutea. East to Nebraska.

Cleomella angustifolia. Also in Colorado and Nebraska.

Viola palustris Occurs in the Black Hills, South Dakota.

More or less inconsistency in the treatment of families is ap-
parent; compare, for an example, the Ranunculaceae with the
Cruciferae; in the former the genera are treated as collectives,
while in the latter they appear as segregates and are naturally
much clearer. We are pleased to note that the Cruciferae is the
best described family in the fascicle.

The book has very few typographical errors, but the often
Copious foot-notes spoil the appearance of the pages. The matter
Contained in these notes might better have been incorporated in
the text. A curious statement occurs on page 42, where we are
told that Eranthis hyemalis is “a relict of former cultivation.” On
Pape 191, Table Mountain is given as the locality for Hudsonta
montana. Table Rock is meant, as Table Mountain is not in
North Carolina, but in South Carolina and isa very different place.
Dr, Gray confused these two names many years ago and botanists
seem to have been unable to get them right since.

J. K. Smart.

Our Edible Toadstools and Mushrooms and How to Distinguish
Them is the title of a volume recently issued by the well-known
firm, Harper & Brothers, New York. The author is W. Hamil-
_ton Gibson, who has for a long time given special attention to the

476

subject here set forth. Previous American booklets, reports, etc.,
bearing on this subject have been less extensive, complete and
satisfactory, yet they have been, as it were, skirmish lines that
have made this.one possible. It contains 337 pages, and, accord-
ing to the title page, 30 colored plates and 57 other illustrations
The full-page plates are 38. An “Introduction” of 40 pages is
no less interesting and important than the body of the work,
which is devoted to the descriptions and illustrations of about 30
edible and a half dozen or more poisonous or suspected species.
The descriptions are given in a general or popular style, followed
in each case by a more condensed and systematized one, but in
both all unnecessary technical terms are avoided, inasmuch as the
work is especially designed for those who simply desire a better
acquaintance with our most common and easily-recognized escu-
lent species, so that they may feel safe in collecting and using
them for food. Great care has been taken in placing safeguards
around the genus Amanita that there might be no danger of an
invasion of its dangerous precincts. Indeed, as a concession to
the ignorance or carelessnes of such as might otherwise make
serious mistakes, this line of safety has confessedly been drawn so
rigidly as to exclude from use even some well-known edible species.
Nevertheless, the author has done well in showing the worthless-
ness of many popular rules and tests for discriminating between
the good and the bad, and in insisting upon a sufficient knowledge
for the recognition of each species to be eaten, save in a few ex-
ceptional genera.

The work is enriched by a list of the edible fungi of North Car-
olina, taken from the catalogue of Rev. M. A. Curtis, by a history
of asuccessful use of atropine, the antidote of amanitine, in a case
of dangerous mushroom poisoning, by a series of thirty-four re-
cipes for preparing, cooking or preserving mushrooms, and by
three pages of bibliography pertaining to the subject. Marginal
indices and a general index at the end of the volume facilitate
reference to any subject.

In a work so full of good things and so generally accurate and
reliable as this is, one feels like uttering only words of praise and
commendation and passing in silence the very few mistakes that
might by a critical mind be taken as blemishes. Happily those

477

that have met my notice are so few and of such a character as not
to interfere at all seriously with the design and usefulness of the
work, and perhaps would scarcely be noticed by any one except a
close student of mycology, Such a one might say there was some
mistake in the rather sweeping assertion in the description of
Russula virescens, that “a faint fluting of the edge” is “a peculiar-
ity of all the Russula ;” and also that there must be some error in
describing the spores of Boletus alveolatus in one place as “ rose-
colored” and in another as “yellowish-brown.” There is also
quite a discrepancy between the characters assigned in this work
to Clavaria formosa and Lycoperdon saccatum and those found in
European works, so that I suspect some misconception of these
species, but I do not see how these mistakes can lead the my-
cophogist into any serious danger.

The publishers have evidently done their part toward making
the book attractive. Plates, press work and paper are all good.

We believe that this very useful and creditable volume will be
the means of giving a renewed and stronger impulse to American
mycology, and that those who are fortunate enough to obtain it
will soon be demanding the means of obtaining a knowledge of
other species which will attract their notice and which are no less
desirable and available for food than those here described.

CHARLES H. PEcK.

Proceedings of the Club.

WEDNESDAY EVENING, OCTOBER 30TH, 1894.

The President in the chair and 34 persons present.
The committee on admissions reported favorably on the nomi-

Nations of Miss Annie E. Hamilton, Mrs. Archibald D. Russell,
Dr. F. C. Stewart and Mrs. Theron G. Strong, and they were
elected active members, the Secretary being directed to cast an
affirmative ballot.
The following announced papers were then presented :
“Notes on the Morphology of the Leaves in Galium,” illus-

trated by specimens and drawings, by Mr. A. A. Tyler.

478

«“ Remarks on the Luminous Moss, Schistostega osmundacea,”
illustrated by specimens and drawings, by Elizabeth G. Britton.

« Some adaptive structural Features in the Lichens,” illustrated
by specimens and drawings, by Dr. Albert Schneider. (To be
published in the December BULLETIN.)

TuEsDAY EVENING, NOVEMBER 12TH, 1895.

Vice-President Lighthipe in the chair and 37 persons present.

Dr. Britton nominated for active membership Mr. B. Heritage,
of Mickleton, Gloucester county, N. J.

Prof. Emily L. Gregory presented a paper on “ Theories of the
Origin and Nature of the Starch Grain,” giving the history of the
subject from the work of Naegeli to that of Meyer, who has re-
cently submitted evidence that the substance of the starch grain
is truly crystalline and not organized, so that all our theories of
the growth of organized substance based upon the starch grain as
a type fall, and we must begin to study the subject de ovo.

The Secretary exhibited an ear of corn showing some perfect
kernels of sugar corn distributed among those of yellow flint, as
well as many kernels of an intermediate character.

Mr. E. S. Miller remarked upon the blooming of certain Cac-
taceae in cultivation, notably Cereus Thurberi, the plant being
only a foot or two high and the flowers very small.

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.
Arthur, J.C. Development of Vegetable Physiology. Science (II.)
2: 360-373. 20S. 1895.

Arthur, J. C. Deviation in Development due to the Use of unripe
Seeds. Am. Nat. 29: 804-815. S. 1895.

Arthur, J.C. Potato Scab and its Prevention. Bull. Ind. Exp. Sta.
56: pp. 11. Au. 1895.

Bain, S. M. Notes on Utricularia inflata. Asa Gray Bull. 3: 4
Ja. 1895.

Barnes, C. R. The Botanical Society of America. Science (Il.) 2:
448, 449. 40. 1895.

Beardslee, H.C. Occurrence of Glacial Plants in Ohio. Ann. Rep”
Ohio Acad. Sci. 3: 17. 1895.

|. see

479

Bessey, C. E. Ninth Annual Report of the Botanist of the Nebraska
State Board of Agriculture. Ann. Rep. Neb. Bd. Agric. 1895: 107—
131. 27 Je. 1895.

Bolley, H. L. Proceedings of the Botanical Club, A. A. A. S.
Springfield meeting, August 29th to September 2d, 1895. Science
Prt.) 2: 445-448, 4 O. 1895.

Britten, J. American Nomenclature. Journ. of Bot. 33: 212-216.
ae Sos. 281-282. 5. 1895.

Burnham, S. H. The Ericacex in California. Asa Gray Bull. 3:
18-20. Ap. 1895.

Chodat,R. Polygalaceae novae vel parum cognitae.—IV. Bull. Herb.
Boiss. 3: 538-549. O. 1895.

New South and Central American species in Monnina, Securidaca and Polygala,
Christ, H. Zrichomanes orbiculare n. sp. Beibl. Engl. Bot. Jahrb.
1g: 25. 21 Au. 1894.

A Brazilian species,

Coe, C.H. The Floating Gardens of Mexico. Gard & For. 8: 432.
30 O. 1895.

Cook, O. F. Personal Nomenclature in the Myxomycetes. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 22: 431-434. 31 O. 1895.

Cooley, G. E. On the Reserve Cellulose of the seeds of Liliaceae
and of some related Orders. Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 5: 1-30. p/.
Z~6. Jl. 1895.

Davidson, A. Botanical Excursion to Antelope Valley. Erythea, 3:
£53-158. ‘1 N. 1896.

Dewey, L. H. Weeds, and how to kill them. U. S. Dept. Agric.
Farmers’ Bull. 28: pp. 31.f. ZZ. 1895.

Dietel, P. Zur Kenntiss der Gattung Uredinopsis Magnus.

Deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch. 13: 326-332. 28 Au. 1895.
Uredinopsis Preridis Diet. & Holw. n. sp., from California.

Dodge, C.K. Helianthus tuberosus in Eastern Mic
Bull. 3: 17. Ap. 1995.

Eastwood, A. Observations on the Habits of Vemophila.
3: 151-155. pl. 37. 1 N. 1895.

Ellis, J. B., and Everhart, B. M. New Species of Fungi. Bull.

Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 434-440. 31 O. 1895. ae
New species from Sandwich Islands, Florida and Mexico, in Asteridium, Septoria,

Ber.

higan. Asa Gray

Erythea,

Dar luca, Colletotrichum, Cercospora, Isariopsis, Uredo, Schizophyllum, Rosel.
a Ania, Didymosphaeria, Phyllachora, Haplosporelia and Melogramma,

480 a.
Engler, A. Ueber die Entwicklung des Canaigre. Notizb. bot. Gart.
Berlin, r: 37, 38.- 5 Je. 1895.

Note on Rumex hymenosepalus.

Galloway, B. T. The Springfield Meeting of the American Associa-
tion for the Advancement of Science, Section G., Botany. Science
(II.) 2: 402-406. 27S. 1895.

Galloway, B. T., and Woods, A. F. Water as a Factor in the

Growth of Plants. Yearbook U. S. Dept. Agric. 1894: 165-176. /. 72-
5: “Au, 1895.

Gilg, E. Ueber die Bliithenverhaltnisse der Gentianaceengattungen
° Hockinia Gardn. und Halenia Borckh. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch.
13: 114-126. p/. 17. 25 Ap. 1895.

South American forms considered,

Gray, A., Watson, S., and Robinson, B. L. Synoptical Flora of

North America. Large 8vo. 1: part 1: fascicler. 10 O. 1895.
Ranunculaceae to Frankeniaceae,

Gurke. Pavonia Schwackei. n. sp. Notizb. bot. Gart. Berlin, 1: 15,
19. .2 Ja. 1895.
Native of Brazil.

Hegelmaier, F. Systematische Uebersicht der Lemnaceen. Engl.
Bot. Jahrb. 21: 268-305. 6 Au. 1895.

Hennings, P. Fungi Goyazenses. Hedwigia, 34: 88-112. 8 Ap.
113-116. 19 Je. 1895.

Describes sundry new species from Brazil collecied by E. Ule.

Higgins, J. Hibernating forms of Phlox. Asa Gray Bull. 3: 35-37-
~ O. 1895.

Hill, E. J. Notes on Western New York Woodlands—I.—II. Gard. &
For. 8: 342. 28 Au. 382-385. 25 S. 1895.

Hitchcock, A. S. Note on Buffalo-gaass. Bot Gaz
O. 1895.

Hooker, J.D. Anthurium Gustavi Curt. Bot
O. 1895.

Native of New Grenada.

“90: 464. 17

» Mage 5rs: Pee 7437-

Hooker, J. D. Mormodes Rolfeanum. Curt. Bot. Mag. 51: p/. 7436:
O. 1895.

Native of Peru.

Huth, E. Monographie der Gattung Dedphinium. _— Bot. Jahrb.
20: 322-499. p/. 6-8. 9 Ap. 1895.

- 481

Kellerman, W. A. The Nomenclature Question: Some points to be
emphacized in the discussion. Bot. Gaz. 20: 468-470. 170.1895.

Lagerheim, G. Monographie der Ecuadorianischer Arten der Gat-
tung Brugmansia Pers. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 20: 665~668. A/. rz. 28
Je. 1895.

MacDougal, D. T. Botanic Gardens. Minnesota Mag. 2: Part 1,
pp. 16. [Reprint].

MacMillan, C. Current Problems in Plant Morphology—II. The
Influence of Spray and Rain on the Forms of Leaves. Science (II. )
2: 481,482. 11 O. 1895.

MacMillan, C. Current Problems in Plant Morphology—I. The
Question of Pteridophyte Phylogeny. Science (II.) 2: 183,184. 16
Au. 1895.

Meehan, T. Coreopsis grandifora. Meehans’ Month. 5: 201. 2.
qI. N. 1895.

Meehan, T. Lygodium palmatum. Meehans’ Month. 5: 181. f/. 70.
O. 1895.

Meehan, T. On the Derivation of Linnaean specific Names. Bot.
Gaz. 20: 461, 462. 17 O. 1895.

Moffatt, W. L. The Russian Thistle in Chicago. Asa Gray Bull. 3:
12,13. Ap. 1895.

Muller, F. Die Untergattung Widulariopsis Mez. Ber. Deutsch Bot.
Gesell. 13: 155-164. AZ. 25. 26 Ap. 1895.

Nash, G. V. New or noteworthy American Grasses—I. Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, 22: 419-424. 31 O. 1895.

New species in Erianthus, Panicum, Stipa and Chloris.

Newcombe, F.C. The regulatory Formation of mechanical Tissue.
Bot. Gaz. 20: 441-448. 17 O. 1895.

Norton, J.B. S. Ustlago Reiliana on Corn. Bot. Gaz. 20: 463.
17 O. 1895.

Pammel, L. H. Poisoning from Cowbane. Bull. Ia. Exp. Sta. 28:
215—228. f. 7. S. 1895.

Pammel, L. H. Two noxious Weeds. Bull. Ia. Exp. Sta. 28: 199—
214.7. 8 S. 1895.

Prickly Lettuce (Zactuca Scariola) and Buffalo-Bur (Solanum rostratum) are
considered.

Pieters, A.J. The History of the Uredineae. Asa Gray Bull. 3: 8-
to, Ja. 1895.

482

Pollard, C. L. Nomenclature at the Springfield Meeting. Erythea,
3: 158-161. 1 N. 1895.

‘Putnam, B. L. A day-blooming Cereus grandifiorus. Bot. Gaz. 20:
462,463. 17 O. 1895.

Rimbach, A. Jahresperiode tropisch-andiner Zwiebelpflanzen. Ber.
Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 13: 88-93. 25 Ap. 1895.

Ritter, F. W. EZriodictyon glutinosum. Am. Journ. Pharm. 67: 565-
572. f. Ta. N, 1895.

Rompel, J. Drei Carpelle bei einer Umbellifere (Cryptotaenia Cana-
densis). Odecsterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 45: 334-337. S. 1895.

Sargent, C. S. Kalmia cuneata. Gard. & For. 8: 434. f/f. 60.
30 O. 1895.

Sargent, C. S. Rhus Michauxit. Gard. & For. 8: 404. f. 55- 9
O. 1895.

Sargent, C. S., Editor. Pinus ponderosa. Gard. & For. 8: 392.
S: $4. ‘2 O. 1895. ;

Schinn, C. H. Observations in California Forests. Gard. & For. 8:
402. 9 O. 1805.

Scribner, F. L. Agrostology in the Department of Agriculture.
Science (Il.) 2: 151, 152. g Au. 1895.

Searing, A. H. The Flora of Long Pond. Proc, Rochester Acad.
Sci. 2: 297-300. 1805.

Seemen, O. von. Fiinf neue Weidenarten in dem Herbar des KGénig-
lichen Botanischen Museums zu Berlin. Beibl. Engl. bot. Jahrb. 21:

6-11. 6 Au. 1895.
New species of American willows.

Setchell, W. A. Notes on some Cyanophyceae of New England.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 424~431.

New species in Revularia and Arthrospira.

Small, J. K. Studies in the Botany of the southeastern United States.
—IV. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 365-369. p/. 2g6. 31 Au. 1895.
Describes new species in Sieglingia, Rumex and Acer,

Small, J. K. Teratological Notes. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 399,
400. figs. 30S. 1895.

Summers, E. California’s Flora. Asa Gray Bull. 3: 40-43- O.
1895.

Swingle, W. T. The Grain Smuts; their causes and prevention.
Year-book U.S. Dept. Agric. 1894: 409-420. f. 92-99. Au. 1895.

483

Tchouproff, O. Quelques notes sur I’anatomie systématique des
Acanthacées. Bull. Herb. Boiss. 3: 550-560. O. 1895.

Thaxter, R. Newor peculiar aquatic Fungi.—I. Bot. Gaz. 20: 433-
440. Pf. 29. 17 O. 1895. :

Two species of A/onodlepharis.

Tilden, J. E. A Contribution to the Bibliography of American Algae
Bull. Geol. Nat. Hist. Survey Minnesota, 9: 295-419. [Minn. Bot.
Stud. 1]. 26 Au. 1895.

Tracy, S. M. and Earle, F.S. Mississippi Fungi. Bull. Miss. Exp.
Sta. 34: pp. 44. My. 1895.

Enumerates 353 species collected, of which 55 are new.

Trelease, W. The Pignuts. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 22: 331. 31
Jl. 1895. Bot. Gaz. 20: 373. 15 Au. 1895.

True, R. H. On the Influence of sudden Changes of Turgor and of

‘ Temperature on Growth. Ann. Bot. Q: 365-402. 5S. 1895.

Uline, E. B. and Bray, W. L. Synopsis of North American Amar-
anthaceae—IV. Bot. Gaz. 20: 449-453. 17 O. 1895.

Alternanthera Kerberi, from Mexico, described as new.
Urban, J. Diagnosen westindischer Arten. Notizb. bot. Gart. Berlin,
I: 78-80. 5 Je. 1885.

New Jamaican species in Maytenus, Myrsine, Ardisia, Macrocarpaea, Cordia
and Saracha, and Mosquitoxylum, new genus of Asclepiadaceae.

Urban, J. Jacques Samuel Blanchet. Beibl. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 21:
I-5. 6 Au. 1895.

Urban, I. Juglans Jamaicensis C. DC. Notizb. bot. Gart. Berlin, 1:
29-31. figs. 2 Ja. 1895.

Urban, I. Ueber die Sabiaceengattung MJeliosma. Ber. Deutsch.
Bot. Gesell. 13: 211, 222. f/. 19. 26 Je. 1895.

Ward, L. F. Fossil Plants. Johnson’s Univ. Cycl. 6: 639-645.
1895.

Waters, C. E. An Analytical Key for our local Ferns based on the
Stipes. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ. 14; 74, 75- Je. 1875. [Also

reprinted.
Includes 35 species growing in the vicinity of Baltimore, Maryland.

Webber, H. J. Fertilization of Soil as affecting the Orange in Health
and Disease. Year-book U.S. Dept. Agric. 1894: 191-202. /. 7 8-19.
Au. 1895.

White, T. G. Notes on the Orchidaceae of Mt. Desert, Maine. Asa
Gray Bull. 3: 44-46. O. 1895.

484

Wiegand, K. McK. The Structure of the Fruit in the Order Ranun-
culaceae. Proc. Am. Micros. Soc. 1894: 69-100. p/. 7-8. 1894.

Williams, T. A. Native Trees and Shrubs of South Dakota. Bull.
S. Dak. Exp. Sta. 43: pp. 32. My. 1895.
Briefly describes 117 species.
Wilson, F. Variations in Viola. Asa Gray Bull. 3: 13. Ap. 1895.
Wolf, T. Die Galapagos-Inseln. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. f. Erdk. z. -
Berlin, 22: 246-265. p/. 37. 1895.
Contains references to the flora.
Zahlbruckner, A. Lobeliaceae Brasilienses. Medd. Nat. Foren.
Kobenh. 1895: 67-71. 1895.
Enumeration of the species collected by Dr. Glaziou; Lobelia Glazioviana is de-
scribed as new.
Zeissold, H. Kakteen Neuheiten. Monats. Kakteenk. 5: 69-75 ;
86-90. My. Je. 1895.

Illustrations are given of Cereus Eruca, C. Cochal, Pilocereus Sargentianus and
Mamillaria Halei,

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

No. on.
No. 39.

No, 40.

No. 4.

{The numbers omitted from this list are out of print. ]

VoLuME I.
A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By
N. L. Britton and H. H. Resby (1887)... 6 = oe oy 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. By N. L. Britton

peo 25 cents,
An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;

Cea i ee Rd Re Se, ST pen ena Hoey Comme Ate yea OMe Ra

and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888), . 25 cents.
Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7Zissa,
Agen, By N. 1, Batten (i880)... | 3s ee . . . 25 cents,
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
CSOD) oe ae ee i ee 25 cents.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Aeuchera. By Wm. E. Wheel-
ock (1890), Ot cig Seti Pee Ge a ek ee 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
CERO), ag ek ae et Stata Bs ee aes 25 cents.

The F lora of the Desert of Atacama. By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.

1) eee meng hceae ures ee ee ae 4. £6 eee
Notes on the North American Species of Eriocaulee. By Thos. Morong
CIS) 8 ee. re ee ee es 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
CRUG Rs a eS oe “5 eas Cant,
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
25 cents.

Ries (1892),,. . . . . REE, greeks Say Came
A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus J/eibomia occurring in the

United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents.
VotumeE II.
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpus and Rynchospora occurring in North
America. By N. L. Britton (1892), 005 <0 3 3h : + 25 cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi, Bolivia. By N.
}s BIUbOn TIBOR) 6 Go es Be CE la tee a, OCRae
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VI. By N. L. Britton
COR ee EO ae ee ees 25 cents.
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Allies. By N. L.
Britton (1892), a ec Me Lr SG e 3 yee
A Preliminary List of American Species of 7o/ygonum. By John K.
25 cents,

ae ee a ee

POR), Sy eee once :
New & istera, with Notes on Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong

T : or
sons — of Z napa pesapar arene groper’
The N. American Species of Lespedeza. By N. L. Britton ( 1893), 25 cents.

1888-1890, By Thomas Morong and N. I

i i Js <i@ESO
Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892~1893), . . 00+ ee es >
Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. By John a
AOS. oe ai ee ee 25 cents.
News EF North American Phanerogams, VII. By N : - pla

Pte 6 oe a ee ee
iandices to American Bryology, II1I.—Notes on the North American

tei

Notes upon various Species of Iridacee and other Orders. By Thomas

MC eeR Ne ee ae Ss vee 25 cents,
Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
ClGh 2 ee . , 25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum—II. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, I. By John Bs
Srl CIOOAY, os <i ca a betes . 26 conte:
Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other
Species. By A. A, Heller (3994). wk os , 25 Cente:
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit-
TOU CISO4 Ng oe ot de 2 et
Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American
Species of Weissia (Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents.
A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of
Cuscuta, By W. D. Matthew (1893),. . oe a ees
A Study of the Genus Psoralea in America. By Anna Murray Vail
CRN tr rg be he. my a ipa 25 cents.

VotuME III.

Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution.
By N. L. Britton (1894), ee a oa ye
Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum.
By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), .. . . . ‘ote. , oc ay eee
New and interesting Species of Polygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, VII. A revision of the Genus /hys-
comitrium, By Elizabeth G, Britton (1894), .. ..-.
The Genus Cassia in N. America. By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents.
A Revision of the Genus Lechea. By N. L. Britton (1894), ._ . 25 cents.

Sart Ss oie 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K.

Small (1894), 2... pee Ae 25 cents.
Contributions to the American Bryology, VIII. A Revision of the Genus

ae ee As aie Bile .

aa RE ile Ce NE eee Sek Oe Copa Ment ae TA eS ee, ee.

. . .25 cents.
a . oo. 25 cents.
Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small

ae pine ch dine ob a es 85 Cents.
Some new Florida Plants. By T. H. Kearney, Jr. (1894), . . . 25 cents.

Ses Sa eo aes

i REN ee ne Se ee eRe

ea Ae pe

we (1895), *. cd me ; RS Ee Am Ce @e 2 Oke ee Sere A me et epee . 25 cents.
"Notes on some Florida Plants. By Geo. V, Nash (1895), ¥.'. - 25 cents:

No. 75. An Enumeration of the Plants collected by M. E. Penard in Colorado during
the summer of 1892. By N. L. Britton and Anna Murray Vail (1895).
50 cents.

VOLUME IV.

No. 76. The Biological Status of Lichens. By Albert Schneider
No. 77. New or Noteworthy North Amebest ine. 1x. Sh ee
No. 98 mi eo) 3 NON ee . 25 cents,
moe cneGenns enchrus in North America. By Geo. V. Nash (1895), 25 cents.
79. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States. By John K. Small
Mahe ey ee Oar renee aT een ee: 25 cents.

Title-pages for Vols, II, and III. can be supplied.
— Series as above listed will be supplied for $12.
pies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton,

may be had for $2. Address
PROF. N. L. BRITTON,
Columbia College, NEW YORK CITY.

‘*'* LIST OFe--:

Pieridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern North America

A few copies in paper binding remain
unsold. Price, $1.00.

EDITORS,
Torrey Botanical Club.

THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE.

A monthly journal embracing all departments of the science.
Well illustrated. Contributions from eminent investigators. In-
teresting news column relating to botanists and their writings.

$3.00 a Year. 30 Cents a Single Number.
PUBLISHERS AND EDITORS:
JOHN M. COULTER, Lake Forest, Ill. CHAS. R. BARNES, Madison, Wis.

J. C. ARTHUR, Lafayette, Ind. ne ee

JUST ISSUED.

EDIBLE MUSHROOMS,

By W. HAMILTON GIBSON,
THIRTY EDIBLE SPECIES. THIRTY COLORED PLATES.

Price, $7.50.

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co.

1286 Massachusetts Avenue, CATIBRIDGE, MASS.
EVERYTHING USEFUL TO BOTANISTS.

Dien en

WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J.,

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJ ECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AL-
WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

-CHARACE& OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characeze of America is
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of /Vite//a, as fol-
lows: WVitella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
shipit, Allen; Missouriensis, Allen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
glomerulifera, A. Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates can be prepared ; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

TE. ALOEWN,
10 East 36th St., N. Y-

MEMOIRS

-- FROM THE ...

Department of Botany of Columbia College.

VOLUME 1.

A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus
Polygonum. Quarto, pp. 178, 85 plates. Price, $6.00.
For copies address,
PROF. N. L. BRITTON,
COLUMBIA COLLEGE, NEW YORK CITY.

JAMAICA FERNS.
Herbarium Specimens for Sale.

Two hundred species collected during the past winter and determined in accord-
ance with Jenman’s “Ferns of Jamaica” as far as that is published. Numbered and
labeled. The list comprises 34 genera, and includes about a dozen tree ferns, tw
dozen filmy ferns, a large number of choice Polypods and Asplenia, together with
many rare and desirable species in other genera. The specimens are fresh, green and

well preserved. Address
B. D. GILBERT,
Clay ville, N. Y-

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB—PLATE 248.

JBridgham.

GOSCINODON RAUI AUSTIN.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB—PLATE. 249.

MOUNTAIN FORM OF DICRANELLA HETEROMALLA,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF :

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus,

205, 207, 209 & au Third Ave.,

NEW YORK.

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STAT
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR

LB. March’ s Seline Perea Scone
Ware.

Schleicher & Schuell’s. poe
Pure and Common Filter Papers

Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome-
ters (Polariscopes). :

Prof. Jolly’s Specific | teyny Bal

ances, etc.

: Le Brun F. Desmontes. & a,
destin Platinum.

SPECIALTIES Watieteacapics! aa maine! cant G
i ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohe
Jan and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars,
‘Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Seiad 1
Burners and Combustion Furnaces, ape and ‘Chemi ls

| a Chenier o

-BLowin ExcHne, ( Gaispise AND REPAIRING. i

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(1) THE BULLETIN.

This journal has been published ‘consecutively since 1870, beginning with sous
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1894 over 45 pages monthly with
many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.

Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 10 shillings. Agents for
England, Messrs, DuLau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England.

Back NuMBERs.—The BULLETIN was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
Tun on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years,
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 17 have been indexed sepa-
rately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had for
5° cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols, 18, 19, 20 and 21 are indexed et
rately. Price of each $2.00, Vol. 8 cannot now be supplied complete, but it is
planned to reprint some of its numbers.

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

The subscription price is fixed at $ 3-00 per volume in advance. The numbers
¢an also be purchased singly and an invariable price will be fixed for each. Those
omitted from this list cannot be had separately.

Volume 1, No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algze hitherto observed on the Coasts
of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents,

No. 3—An Enumeration of the Hepaticze collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby
South America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce. Price,
75 cents. : ;

No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits, By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents.
Volume 2, No. 1:-—-On. Reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding
Parts, with two plates, By Byron D, Halsted. Price, 50 cents.

No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates, By Anna
Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents.

No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Po/ygala.
By William E. Wheelock, Price, 75 cents.

Vol. 3. No. t.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous ter-
fitory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents.

No, 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadacez with illustrations of all
the species. By Thos, Morong. Price $2.00,

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang.
By Henry H. Rusby, Price, 50 cents.

Vol. 4 No. 1.—Index Hepaticarum Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien M.
Underwood. Price, 75 cents,

No. 2.—Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season of
1892. By John K. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, 50 cents.

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang—II.
By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents.

No, 4.—Arachis hypogaea L. with three plates. By Anna Stockton Pettit.
Price, 50 cents,

Vol. 5. List of Northeastern American Plants of the Botanical Club, American
Association for the Advancement of Science. Price, $3.00,

(3) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyta reported
towing within one hundred miles of New York, 1888, Price, $1.00.

aot

BULLETIN

‘ORREY BOTANICA

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTAN

EDITED BY

NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON,

AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE CLUS.

OFFICERS FOR 1895.

President,
HON. ADDISON BROWN

a Vice Presiaents,
T. F, ALLEN, M. D. L, H. LIGHTHIPE.

Corresponding Secretary,
JOHN K. SMALL,
Columbia College, New York City.
Treasurer,
HENRY OGDEN,
‘11'Pine Street, New York City,

ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ph. By
BYRON D. HALSTED, § Se. Ds
A A HELLER.

Librarian,
_EFFIE A. SOUF ORT:

BULLETIN

TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.

New Species of Fungi.

By Cuas. H. PEcK.

AMANITOPSIS VELOSA.

Pileus at first subglobose, then campanulate or nearly plane,
generally bearing patches of the remains of the whitish felty or
tomentose volva, elsewhere glabrous, becoming sulcate-striate on
the margin, buff or orange-buff, flesh compact, white; lamellae
close, reaching the stem, subventricose, pale cream color; stem
firm, at first tomentose and attenuated at the top, then nearly
equal, stuffed, white or whitish, closely sheathed at the base by
the thick volva; spores globose, .0004 to .0005 in. broad.

Pileus 2 to 4 in. broad ; stem 3 to 4 in. long, 3 to 4 lines thick.

Under oak trees. Pasadena, California. April. A. J. Mc-
Clatchie.

This fungus is closely related to Amanifopsts vaginata, from
which it may be separated by the more adherent remains of the
thicker volva which sometimes cover the whole surface of the
pileus, and by the thicker lamellae which are somewhat adnate to

the stem and terminate with a decurrent tooth.

TRICHOLOMA SEMIVESTITUM.

Pileus thin, expanded, centrally depressed or subumbilicate,
glabrous, blackish-brown, the margin decurved or involute ; lamel-
_lae close, emarginate, often dentate or eroded on the edge, whitish
tinged with blue; stem short, solid, usually slightly thickened at
the base, the lower part clothed with a tawny-brown tomentum,
the upper part brown; spores broadly elliptical or subglobose, —
uninucleate, .00016 to .0002 in. long, .00016 broad.

* 486

Pileus 6 to 12 lines broad; stem 8 to 12 lines long, 2 to 3 lines
thick.

“On old grass roots in sandy prairie pasture,’ Rooks County,
Kansas. July. E. Bartholomew.

The small size, dark-brown pileus and semitomentose stem are
the prominent characters in this species.

COLLYBIA MICROSPORA.

Pileus thin, convex, subumbonate, glabrous, white; lamellae
broad, subdistant, nearly plane, white, changing to brown in dry-
ing; stem slender, hollow, glabrous, white, becoming brown in

drying; spores minute, broadly elliptical, .ooo16 in. long, .00O012
broad.

Pileus about 6 lines broad; stem about I in. long, 1 line thick.

Wet ground under bushes. Rooks county, Kansas. July.
Bartholomew.

This plant, in the dried state, might easily be taken for some
species of Vaucoria, since the lamellae assume a rusty-brown hue.
This change of color in the lamellae and stem is a peculiar feature

of this small species which the notes of the collector record as
“ pure white throughout.”

MYCENA CAESIA.

Pileus submembranous, campanulate, striate, glabrous, grayish-
brown, blackish or blackish-brown in the center; lamellae thin,
subventricose, grayish or bluish-gray; stem slender, hollow, glab-
rous, grayish-brown; spores subelliptical, slightly apiculate at one
end, .0003 to .0004 in. long, .00016 to .0002 broad.

_ Pileus 4 to 6 lines broad ;.stem I to 2 in. long,.5 to 1 line thick.

Among sphagnum. Newfoundland. September. Rev. A. C.
Waghorne.

I have seen dried specimens only and am not certain that the
bluish-gray hue of the lamellae is so conspicuously present in the
fresh plant. The margin of the pileus is sometimes tinged with
yellowish-brown.

HyYGROPHORUS SPHAEROSPORUS.

Pileus fleshy and thick in the center, subobconic, convex, ob-
tuse or slightly umbonate, whitish, inclining to reddish-brown, the »
_ margin incurved, flesh firm, white; lamellae rather broad, subdis-

_ tant, adnate or slightly decurrent, white; stems tufted, flexuous,

487

solid, glabrous, often slightly thickened at the base, colored like
the pileus ; spores globose, .00024 to .0003 in. broad.

Pileus 6 to 12 lines broad; stem 1 to 2 in. long, 2 to 3 lines
thick.

Iowa. October. Communicated by C. Mcllvaine.

The fresh plant is said to have no decided odor, but when
partly dried it emits a slight but rather unpleasant odor. It be-
longs apparently to the Section Camarophyllus, and is related to
flygrophorus Peckit.

MARASMIUS SUBTOMENTOSUS.

Pileus thin, at first subcampanulate, then convex or nearly
plane, even or slightly striate on the margin, minutely tomentose-
pubescent, grayish or reddish gray; lamellae broad, subdistant,
free or but slightly adnexed, ventricose, colored like the pileus ;
stem equal or slightly swollen toward the base, inserted, velvety-
tomentose, grayish or grayish-brown, white within; spores .0004
to .0005 in. long, .0002 to .00025 broad.

Pileus 5 to 9 lines broad; stem about 1 in. long, 1 line
thick.

Abundant on roots of grasses and other plants in sandy soil.
Kansas. July. Bartholomew.

The minute tomentum of both pileus and stem which gives
them a grayish hue, the inserted stem and the free subdistant

lamellae mark the species.

MARASMIUS BADIUS.

Pileus thin, convex, even, glabrous, bay-brown or reddish-
brown; lamellae narrow, subdistant, adnate, whitish ; stem gla-
brous, hollow, blackish-brown; spores broadly elliptical, .oo02 in.

long, .ooo12 broad.
Pileus 3 to 6 lines broad; stem about 1 in. long, 1 line thick.

Decaying sticks lying on wet ground. Kansas. July. Bar-

tholomew.
In the dried specimens the stem is of a darker hue than the

Pileus. This gives a peculiar appearance to the plant and makes

the species easily recognizable.

VOLVARIA STRIATULA.

Pileus thin, convex or nearly plane, minutely silky, striate on
the margin and somewhat reticulate when dry, white; lamellae

5

488

narrow, free, white, becoming flesh color; stem short, glabrous,
white, with the cup-like remains of the membranous volva at the

base; spores subglobose, uninucleate, .0003 in. long, nearly as
broad.

Pileus 6 to 9 lines broad; stem about 1 in. long, .5 to I line
thick.

Wet ground under weeds. Kansas. July. Bartholomew.

This species is allied to V. parvula, from which it is separated
by the striate margin of the pileus and the larger and nearly
globose spores. In the dried specimens there are transverse ridges
or wrinkles between the marginal striations which give a reticu-
late appearance.

PLUTEUS STERCORARIUS.

Pileus very thin, nearly plane, glabrous, pure white: lamellae
rather broad, close, free, flesh color; stem equal, solid, glabrous,
white ; spores large, even, commonly uninucleate, .0005 to .0006
in. long, .0003 broad.

Pileus about 2.5 in. broad; stem 3 in. long, 3 lines thick.

Manure heaps. Kansas, July. Bartholomew.

The habitat of this species is peculiar. Most of the species of
this genus grow on decaying wood and have smaller spores.

INOCYBE RADIATA.

Pileus thin, convex or subcampanulate, distinctly umbonate,
silky-fibrillose, slightly rimulose, distantly radiately wrinkled when
dry, yellowish-brown, the umbo commonly blackish-brown ;_ la-
mellae rather broad, close, emarginate, brownish becoming tawny-
cinnamon when old, whitish on the edge; stem equal, solid, sub-

glabrous, a little paler than the pileus ; spores subovate, slightly
nodose or angular, .0004 to .0005 in. long, .0002 to .00025 broad.

Pileus about 1 in, broad ; stem I to 2 in. long, 1 to 2 lines
thick.

In open grassy ground. Massachusetts. Aug. and Sept.
W. D. Jackson.

The species belongs to the Rimosae. In general appearance
it is similar to /. fuscodisca, I. infida and I. agglutinata, but the
radiating ridges of the dried pileus and especially the peculiar
spores easily separate it from any of these. Its spores are some-
what variable. Some are nearly even, others have one or two
nodes, and many of them are irregular or angular like the spores

489

of species of Enxtoloma. Some are nearly elliptical in outline, but
generally they are narrowed toward one end. They are mostly
‘one or two-nucleate. The radiations of the pileus are not notice-
able in the fresh plant.

FLAMMULA DECURRENS.

Pileus thin, umbilicate centrally depressed or funnelform,
Moist, minutely floccose-squamulose, pale yellow or cream color ;
lamellae subdistant, strongly decurrent, pale yellow becoming
ochraceous, the interspaces sometimes veiny ; stem equal or taper-
ing downward, minutely downy, stuffed with a cottony pith,
‘colored like the pileus; spores elliptical, .0003 to .00035 in. long,
-00016 broad.

Pileus about 1 in. broad; stem 6 to 10 lines long, 1 to 2 thick.

Wet ground in shade of bushes. Kansas. July. Bartholo-

mew. .

The species is easily known by its color being a uniform rich
‘creamy or sulphury hue in the fresh plant, and by its strongly de-
current lamellae which become ochraceous-yellow in the dried

State.
CREPIDOTUS CINNABARINUS.

Pileus thin, sessile, resupinate or reflexed, minutely tomentose
Or pulverulent, cinnabar-red; lamellae rather broad, subdistant,
Minutely reddish-flocculent on the edge, brownish-tawny in the
‘dried plant; spores broadly elliptical, .0003 in. long, .00024 to
-00028 broad.

Pileus 3 to 4 lines broad.

Decaying wood. Michigan. Sept. L. N. Johnson.

STROPHARIA C/ESIFOLIA.

Pileus convex, glabrous, white or whitish, sometimes brownish
in the center; lamellae close, rounded or emarginate behind, light
blue, becoming dingy bluish-brown ; stem equal or slightly thick-
ened at the base, solid, glabrous, white or whitish, the annulus
white; spores subelliptical, .0004 to .0005 in. long, .00024 to
-0003 broad.

Pileus 1 to 2 in. broad; stem 1 to 1.5 long, 2 to 3 lines thick.

Low sandy pastures. Kansas. July. Bartholomew. —

The collector of this plant remarks that it is much like the
common mushroom, Agaricus campester, except that its lamella
have a fine light blue color instead of pink. This is an unusual

490

and very distinctive character. In the dried specimens the
lamellae have assumed a dingy grayish-blue hue, inclining to
brown.

HyYPHOLOMA CUTIFRACTA

Pileus thin, campanulate or expanded, sometimes faintly striate
on the margin, grayish-buff, the disk sometimes darker, the cuticle
commonly irregularly rimose ; lamellae thin, close, adnate, at first
white or whitish, then rosy-brown; stem long, slender, hollow,
glabrous, white; spores elliptical, brown, .0003 in. long, .0002
broad.

Pileus I to 2 in. broad; stem 3 to 4 in. long, I to 2 lines thick..

About stumps of Lombardy poplar. Kansas. July. Bar-
tholomew.

This species is closely related to H. zncertum, but differs in its
long slender stem and in its cuticle cracking in an irregular man-
ner and revealing the thin white flesh beneath. No remains of
the veil are visible in the dried specimens. Sometimes the mar-
gin of the pileus is deeply split.

PSATHYRELLA LEUCOSTIGMA.

Pileus submembranous, campanulate, striate, bluish-white whem
fresh, changing to sepia-brown when dried, the apex remaining
whitish ; lamellae close, lead color when young, becoming black
with age, whitish on the edge; stem slender, flexuous, hollow,
white ; spores black, elliptical, .0005 to .0006 in. long, .0003.
broad.

Pileus 4 to 6 lines broad; stem 1 to 1.5 in. long, about 1 line:
thick.

Wet ground under trees. Kansas. July. Bartholomew.

This pretty little species is well marked in the dried state by

the white apical spot on the pileus. The plant is probably hygro-
phanous in the fresh state. esa

PSATHYRELLA BARTHOLOMAEI.

; Pileus thin, subconical or convex, glabrous, striate on the mar-
gin, pale brown; lamellae close, nearly plane, adnate, brownish
becoming black; stem slender, flexuous, hollow, adorned with a
few grayish fibrils, pale brown; spores elliptical, .0004 to .0005 in-
long, .0002 to .00025 broad.

Pileus 6 to 12 lines broad; stem 1 to 1.5 in. long, scarcely
line thick. Re sh

491

“ Rich ground in shade of trees.” Kansas. July. Bartholo- |
mew.

COPRINUS EBULBOSUS.

__ Pileus thin, campanulate, variegated by the cuticle breaking
into broad superficial persistent whitish scales, the surface beneath
the cuticle somewhat striate, grayish-brown, the margin at length
revolute, lacerated; lamellae narrow, thin, crowded, free, slate
color becoming black; stem equal, hollow, white; spores ellipti-
cal, .0003 to .0004 in. long, .0002 broad.

Pileus 2 to 3 in. broad; stem 3 to 6 in. long, 2 to 3 lines
thick. |

Caespitose at the base of cottonwood stumps. Kansas. July.
Bartholomew.

This plant resembles C. picaceous very closely. New York
specimens were formerly referred to it as variety edalbosus, but
having now received it from various widely separated localities
and finding that it maintains its distinctive characters with con-

__ Stancy, it seems best to consider it a good species. Its peculiar
characters are the absence of a bulbous base to the stem and its
smaller spores. It also sometimes grows in large tufts. “ About
fifty grew in a solid clump, all united at the base.”

COPRINUS LANIGER.

Pileus thin, conical or campanulate, covered when young with
numerous tawny tomentose or floccose scales which partly or
wholly disappear with age, sulcate-striate nearly to the apex,
Pallid, tawny or grayish-ochraceous; lamellae crowded, at first
whitish, then brownish-black; stem slightly thickened at the
base, minutely downy or pruinose, hollow, white; spores oblong-
elliptical, commonly uninucleate, .0003 to .0004 in. long, .00016
broad.

Pileus 6 to 12 lines broad; stem about 1 in. long, 1 to 2 lines
thick.

- Caespitose at the base of cottonwood stumps. Kansas. July.
Bartholomew.

The species resembles C. micaceus, from which it is distin-

: guishable by the floccose-squamose coating of the young pileus

and by its more narrow spores. Mr. Bartholomew remarks that

“it is of slow growth, taking three or four days for development.”

492.

TTHELEPHORA SUBUNDULATA.

Pileus thin, subcoriaceous, centrally depressed, plicate-undulate
onthe margin, subcinereous or grayish-brown; hymenium slightly
uneven, paler than the pileus, grayish or grayish-yellow; stem
firm, solid, rarely branched, colored like the pileus; spores broadly
elliptical, .0003 in. long, .0002 broad.

Pileus about 6 lines broad; stem 8 to 10 lines long, scarcely I
line thick.

Ground. Delaware. July. A. Commons.

This species appears to be related to, but much smaller than
T. undulata. It differs from it in having a glabrous hymenium
and larger spores. The stem is not polished, but tothe naked eye
appears to be priunose-pubescent. Sometimes the margin of the
pileus is more than wavy, its folds overlapping.

SECOTIUM DECIPIENS.

Peridium subglobose or depressed globose, its surface rupturing
into rather broad, loose or appressed scales, cream-colored, the in-
ferior part at first closely pressed to the stem and sometimes sep-
arating from the upper part and forming a kind of annulus, some-
times splitting longitudinally and gradually falling away, leaving
the upper part in the form of a pileus; the glebe lamelliform, but
variously united and anastomosing, forming irregular and some-
what labyrinthiform cells, free from the percurrent stem, almost or
quite black; stem stout, commonly tapering upward, abruptly nar-
rowed as it enters the peridium, firm, solid, externally colored like
the peridium, internally tinged with yellow or rhubarb color;

spores globose or subglobose, even, black or brownish-black,
0002 to .00028 in. long.

Peridium 1 to 4 in. broad; stem 3 to 6 in. long, 1 in. or more
thick at the base, 5 to 10 lines where it enters the peridium.

Streets and lawns. Pasadena, California. April. McClatchie.

The copious blackish spores are an unusual feature in the genus
Secotium. The lamelliform septa sometimes rupture in such a
way as to form coarse aculeiform processes as in the*genus Poly-
plocium, and thus the plant might easily be referred to that genus.
But [ find no filamentous capillitium in the specimens before me,
and no evidence of a volva, and have therefore referred them to
the genus Secotium, between which and Polyplocium this species

forms a connecting link,

er

~

493

MACROSPORIUM AMARANTHI.

Hyphae short, .0008 to .0012 in. long, septate, slightly nodose
at the top, forming minute punctiform blackish tufts; spores cla-
vate oblong-clavate or subfusiform, 3- to 8-septate, one to three
of the cells with longitudinal septa, .oo12 to .0024 in. long,
exclusive of the slender pedicel which is commonly shorter than
the spore.

Dead spots of leaves of Amaranthus retroflexus. Kansas.

August. Bartholomew.
The fungus appears to the naked eye to form brownish

patches on the spots.

MACROSPORIUM CLEMATIDIS.

Spots small, 2 to 3 lines broad, suborbicular, whitish, gray or
brownish, often with a more or less distinct brown border;
hyphae amphigenous, caespitose or thinly effused, colored, septate,
flexuous, .002 to 004 in. long, .00025 to .0003 broad; spores
obovate or subclavate, 3- to 4-septate, commonly constricted at
the septa, .oo1 to .0016 in. long, .0005 broad, the pedicel nearly
as long as the spore.

Living or languishing leaves of Clematis Fremonit.

September. Bartholomew.

Kansas.

HEYDENIA FUNGICOLA.

Plant scarcely half aline high, black; receptacle at first ellip-
tical, becoming hemispherical truncate or disciform above and
dusted with the spores, about .007 in. broad ; stem subcylindrical ;
spores catenulate, globose or subglobose, colored, .00016 to 0002
in. long. .

On old specimens of Polyporus adietinus green with incrusting

alge. Maine. Sept. F. L. Harvey. © oe
This was found associated with Calicium tigillare which it

_ Closely resembles.

494

Some special phylogenetic Adaptations in Lichens.—,

By ALBERT SCHNEIDER.

In a previous paper* I endeavored to show why lichens should
be considered as a distinct class of plants. It is my purpose in
this paper to discuss briefly some of the special adaptive features
which these plants have acquired since their phylogeny as lichens.
I shall preface this discussion with a few introductory statements.

Everywhere we can observe a balanced relationship between
living organisms and their environment. All structures, no mat-
ter where they may occur, or what form they may assume, serve
a definite purpose and_ perform a definite function. In many in-
stances the structural conformations are so “rudimentary” and
“imperfect” that we are unable to recognize their physiological
significance. It is however unscientific to say that such structures
perform no function, because we are unable to recognize a func-
tion. It were much more consistent to admit our ignorance and
await further investigations, which may clear up some of the diffi-
culties. J make these preliminary statements with special refer-
ence to lichens, because many of their structural adaptations have
as yet not been satisfactorily explained. I also wish to call at-
tention to the importance and special biologic significance of the
tendency among modern scientific botanists to point out the in-
terrelation of structure‘and function. There is no function with-
out structure: without structure there could be no function.

From this it becomes evident that morphological and physio-
logical investigations must go hand in hand. If we neglect one
for the other we fall into a dangerous error, dangerous to the pro-
gress of biological science. The time is fortunately slowly pass-
ing away when morphology (usually external morphology) alone
constitutes the science of life. The herbalists who go into wild
ecstacies over having “ discovered” a “new species” are slowly
giving way to the scientists who are solving or endeavoring to
solve some difficult life-problem. The fact that many scientific
efforts are fruitless in direct results is not a reason for becoming

* The Biological Status of Lichens, BULLETIN, 22: 189-198. 1895.

495

discouraged ; much less a reason why old fashioned “ empiricists ”
should gloat over these failures and make strenuous efforts to per-
petuate the old regime.

The knowledge gained from a purely morphological study of
lichens, is in itself of little practical value if we can not find the
correlated physiological interpretation. The scientific study of
lichens is of very recent origin. Our knowledge of the physiology
of these plants is especially deficient. Sufficient is, however,
known in a general way, to enable us to give fairly accurate
hypothetical physiological interpretations of most of the anatom-
ical structures.

It is perfectly consistent to suppose that the lichen, during
phylogenetic history, has undergone great adaptive changes. This
statement is axiomatic and requires no further elucidation. From
the nature of things it is also evident that the thallus has under-
gone the greatest adaptive changes.

As has been known for some time, the thallus in particular per-
forms the function of assimilation, due to the presence of the sym-
biotic algae. Within recent years, Jumelle * has made a special
Study of chlorophyllian assimilation in lichens. The special
structural adaptations which we are about to discuss are due to
the fact that the fungal symbiont, which is incapable of assimi-
lating CO,, must make suitable concessions to the position and ar-
rangement to the algal symbiont. This we find to be the case,
In this paper I shall devote myself to foliaceous thalli and shall
_ briefly consider some of the typical structures met with in such
thalli; namely, the epidermal layer, the upper cortical layer, the
algal (“gonidial” ) layer, the medullary layer, the lower corti-
cal layer and the rhizoids. A typical epidermal layer is not
Present in all foliaceous lichens. It is, however, well devel-
Oped in Svcta and Stictina. It consists of hyphal cells, two
or three layers in thickness. The cells are placed horizontal'y
and are very closely crowded, thus forming a protection against
excessive evaporation. It serves a function similar to eS ce
dermis in higher plants. In the genus Lepéogium the epider-

mis consists of a single layer of cells presenting a close resem-

ia See pena : le de Bo
*Jumalle H. Recherches Physiologiques sur les Lichens. Revue generale de Bo.

_— tanique, 4: 49-64, 103-121, 159-175) 220-231, 259-272, 305-320. 1892

496

blance to the cuticle of higher plants. We find a similar cuticular
covering in the related genera, Mallotium, Hydrothyria and Poly-
chidium. This structure not only serves the function of an epi-
dermal layer, that is, prevents excessive evaporation, but also a
mechanical function, giving greater firmness to the thallus. In
other words, the single layer of cells in the above genera of the
Collemaceae serves a function similar to the many-layered epider-
mis and cortical structure in S¢tcfa, Stictina and other genera.

The epidermal layer is generally colored, usually a yellowish
brown or dark brown. This is no doubt for the purpose of tem-
pering the influence of sunlight. We may safely assume that the
epidermal layer serves three functions. Its primary function is to
prevent the excessive evaporation of moisture; its secondary func-
tions are to reduce the injurious effect that direct isolation would
have upon the symbiotic algae and to aid in protecting the under-
lying tissues as well as to give additional firmness to the thallus.*
Below the epidermis is found the cortical layer, which is usually of
considerable thickness in the majority of foliaceous lichens. I will
not dwell upon its anatomical structure, as that is sufficiently well
known. Its primary function is mechanical. It also serves a
function similar to that of the epidermis; it prevents the evapora- .
tion of moisture.

According to the principles of mechanics and for the purpose
of protection the cortical layer should occur near the upper surface
of the thallus. But for physiological reasons the algal layer
should also be near the upper surface, that the algae may be acted
upon by the sunlight and that they may more readily come in_
contact with the CO, of the atmosphere and that they may readily
give up the O which is liberated as the result of assimilation. We
actually find such an adaptive relationship between the algal
layer and the cortical layer. In many of the foliaceous lichens
we find that the algae extend almost to the upper surface of cer-
tain circumscribed areas; that is the cortical layer is not of
uniform thickness. Such an arrangement enables the algae
to take up CO, from the atmosphere in exchange for the O

*It should be borne in mind that there is no living structure whose function is

purely mechanical or purely physiological. «Dead ” structures may have only a me-
chanical function.

497

liberated. This could, however, not take place, if the epidermis
and the upper and lower cortical layers were unbroken or without
intercellular spaces. I shall now discuss some of the structural
adaptations to meet this requirement.

On the closer examination of a thin vertical section of the
thallus, it is found that in many of the foliaceous lichens numerous
intercellular canals (intercellular spaces) pass from the algal layer
through the cortical and epidermal layers. These canals, which
resemble the stomata in their physiological function, facilitate the
interchange of the gases resulting from the activities of chloro-
phyllian assimilation. The canals (breathing pores) are much
branched and occur most frequently in the thin areas of the upper
cortical layer. Asa rule, they do not pass to the exterior in a
vertical direction. In the epidermal layer they take almost a hort-
zontal course; this is because the cells of the epidermis are elon-
gated horizontally.

In the dry state these canals are practically closed, thus reducing
the loss of moisture to a minimum. In the moist state they en-
large considerably, thus enabling assimilation, which is dependent
upon the presence of CO, and sunlight, to take place. These
breathing pores are especially numerous in Mephromium, Solorina
and Parmelia.

Other lichen genera do not have the breathing pores just
Mentioned. For example they are not noticable in the genera
Sticta and Stictina. In these two genera the epidermal layer is
distinct, as has been stated. The upper cortical layer is of uniform
thickness and consists of very compact, rather small hyphal cells.
The lower cortical layer is comparatively thin and its cells are less
closely united; yet they are sufficiently compact that no inter-
cellular spaces can be detected. The question now arises, how are
the enclosed algae * supplied with the necessary atmosphere? Inmy

opinion this is done by means of the so-called cyphellae which

Occur on the lower surface of the thallus. These structures have

long been known to lichenologists. Haller (1776) was perhaps

the first author who called special attention to them. He de-

nf! have purposely substituted the term “algae” for the term “ gonidia.” Go

nidia and related terms as “ gonimia,” “ gonidimia,” etc., are meaningless in modern
lichenology, and should therefore be rejected.

498 ~

scribed them as ‘white circular depressions.” This was about
all that was known concerning these structures at that time.
Acharius was the first to introduce the term cyphellae, which term
has been retained up to the present. Since these organs are little
known, it will be well to describe them more in detail.

The cyphellae occur almost exclusively in the genera Sécta
and Stictina and are primarily breaks in the continuity of the
lower cortical layer. The hyphae of the medullary layer immedi-
ately about the opening in the cortical layer divide more fre-
quently, producing a dense net-work of hyphae or evena semicor-
tical structure. As a rule, the cells of this secondary cyphellar
formation extend in a direction at right angles to the outer sur-
face; that is, they assume a suitable position for the conduction
of food-substances. The margin of the primary cortical layer (the
cortical layer of the thallus) is turned more or less outward. As
a rule the algae of the algal layer immediately over the cyphellar
opening multiply more rapidly, this causing them to accumulate
at these areas.

Two kinds of cyphellae may be recognized. Form 1, as
seen in Svictina damaccornis. The cyphellar depression is usually
circular, concave inward, the margin of the cortex forming an
outer constriction. The broken-down cortex of the thallus is
replaced by the secondary semicortical formation of the medullary
hyphae. Its outer surface is usually smooth, devoid of rhizoids,
and generally of a paler color than the primary cortical tissue.
They are irregularly distributed over the elevated portions of the
lower surface of the thallus; none ever occur in the grooves.
They appear first in the older portions of the thallus. In form
they are quite constant, in size they decrease toward the younger
portion of the thallus. :

Form 2, as seen in the majority of Sé#ctas and Stictinas. It is
much more common and differs from the former in the absence of
the formation of a secondary semicortical cyphellar covering.
Instead of a depression as in the former case, there is usually a
protrusion of the densely interwoven network of medullary
hyphae. Their form is usually less regular. Their position
and arrangement is the same as in the first form.

Both forms of cyphellae are sufficiently large to be seen by

499

the naked eye. No cyphellae occur near the actively growing tip
of the thallus.

Acharius applied the term cyphellae to the form first described.
Those of the second form he considered to be soredia. Ny-
lander retained the name cyphellae for the first form. The second
form he designated as psuedocyphellae. There is no morphological
or physiological reason why the latter should be designated as
“false.” Indeed it were more consistent to designate the first
form as false since they are of less frequent occurrence. Stitzen-
berger* retains Nylander’s distinction into true and false cyphellae
and further subdivides them as to color into white and yellow.
This subdivision seems to be valueless, since their color depends
upon the color of the medullary hyphae. Stitzenberger considers
_ them of special importance in his classification of the Stictei. I
am, however, opposed to adopting as primary, morphological
characters whose physiology is unexplained.

Having thus briefly treated of the morphology of cyphellae we
will now refer to their probable physiological significance. As
already stated, they very likely serve to admit air into the interior
of the thallus. Some of the older lichenologists looked upon them
as vegetative propagative organs, similar to the soredia. They
are not soredia, since they usually contain no algae. That the
second form may accidentally contain algae is possible, since we
find occasional algae throughout the medullary layer. It is, how-
€ver, unreasonable to suppose that they would normally contain
algae, since their position is not suitable for the development of the
Symbiotic algae. From the nature of the cortical layers and the
epidermis in the majority of Stictei, it is reasonable to assume
that the cyphellae serve a function similar to that of the stomata
of ordinary foliage leaves. That is, the cyphellae and breathing
Pores of lichens are functionally similar. If it is scientific to make
any comparison of the morphology of lichens and phanerogams it
may be stated that the cyphellae are analogous to lenticels.* The
tissue which closes the opening in the lower cortical layer is the
result of a special cambial or meristematic activity.

beste

*Stitzenberger, E. Die Gruebchenflechten (Stictei) und ihre geographische Ver-

breitung. Flora, 81: 88-1 50. 1895. :
> © This anal ne was pointed out by Dr. Smith Ely Jelliffe at a recent meeting of the

: -Togrey Botanical Club (November 5th).

500

There is still another adaptive structural feature in the thallus
of many lichens, especially in the Stictei, which is of undoubted
physiological importance. These lichens present a striking ap-
pearance by the numerous ridges and depressions on the upper
surface of the thallus. Morphologically and physiologically the
ridges are analagous to the vascular system in the true foliage
leaves. On microscopic examination it is found that the majority
of the medullary hyphae of the ridges extend parallel to the direc-
tion of the ridges. In this region the medullary layer is also con-
siderably thickened. It is a structure specialized to conduct the
products of assimilation. This wavy outline of the thallus also
increases surface expansion, whereby assimilation is increased.
Assimilation is most active in the depressed portions of the thallus,
which also corresponds to the position of the cyphellae on the
lower surface. Such a wavy arrangement of structures also serves
a mechanical function; according to the principles of mechanics
it affords a better support to the frequently very large thallus.

A Study of the Genus Galactia in North America.

By ANNA MuRRAY VAIL.

The genus Ga/actia was established by Patrick Browne in Nat.
Hist. Jamaica, 298. p/. 32. f. 2. 1756. It was based on the plant
figured in the illustration, a species with the stamens of Galactia
and the showy scarlet flowers of Co//aea, which forms a connect-
ing link between these two sections. Linnzus reduced the genus
to Clitoria, describing the Jamaica plant under the name of C7itoria
Galactia** Michaux in Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 61, revived the genus,
with two North American species.

The following genera have been reduced to Galactia:

Odonta Bertol. Lucub. Herb. 35. 1822.

Sweetta DC. Mem. Leg. 358. 1823.

* The synonymy of this species is as follows:
Gavactia Gatactia (L.).

Clitoria Galactia L. Sp. Pl. Ed. 2, 1026. 1763.
Galactia pendula Pers. Syn. 2: 302. 1807.
Ittusr. Lindl. Bot. Reg. fi. 269. 1818.

501

Collaea DC. Ann. Sci. Nat. (1.) 4: 96. 1825.

Betencourtia St. Hil. Voy. 25 376.. 3833.

Leucodictyon Dalz. in Hook. Kew Journ. Bot. 2: 264. 1850.

fleterocarpaea Scheele, Linnaea, 21: 467. 1850.

The genus is accepted as described by Taubert in Engler and
Prantl, Nat. Pflantzenf. 3: part 3, 369, 1894, where some fifty
species are credited to the temperate and tropical regions of both
hemispheres.

Stems erect, decumbent or prostrate, zo¢ twining.
Leaves simple; flowers 1-2, sub-sessile in the axils of the leaves.
1. G. heterophylla.
Leaves 3-foliolate, sometimes simple; flowers 1-several in short-peduncled or sub-

sessile, axillary racemes or fascicles. 2. G. erecta,
Leaves pinnately 3-foliolate or digitately 5-foliolate, with the terminal leafle
petioled ; flowers 1-4, peduncled. 3. G. Grayz.
Leaves 3-foliolate. a
Stems erect, branched; leaflets oblong-linear; flowers few, approximated
near the top of the rhachis. 4. G. brachypoda.

Stems prostrate; leaflets oval or oblong-oval; flowers numerous, showy, scat-
tered often the whole length of the rhachis, or in var. dongeracemosa
mostly near the top. 5. G. Floridana.

Stems ‘wining, prostrate or climbing on bushes.
Leaflets 3.
Racemes 2-7, usually fascicled, in the axils of the leaves.

Racemes many-flowered, single or branched, as long as or longer than
the short-petioled leaves ; leaflets round-oblong or sub-orbicular, densely
canescent. 6. G. fasciculata,

Racemes simple, 5-18 cm. long, flexuous and twisted ; leaves long-
petioled ; leaflets oblong or oblong-orbicular, canescent.

y. G, canescens. ©
Racemes solitary or with a smaller, or rarely with 2 accessory ones.

Racemes as long as the leaves, few-flowered, or the upper flowers soli-
tary in the axils; leaflets broad, oval, thinnish. 8. G. 7exana.

Racemes as long as or somewhat longer than the leaves; leaflets glab-

rate or nearly so; leaves and rigid racemes erect on the prostrate or
g. G. regularis.

climbing stem.
Racemes usually much exceeding the leaves or in some forms of G.
volubilis shorter than the leaves.
Leaflets ovate-oblong, more or less pilose on both surfaces, rarely
nearly glabrate ; in var. ¢¢ermediéa linear or linear-oblong.
10, G. voludilis.
Leaflets oval, villous; peduncles stout, hirsute, much elongated :
flowers bright rose-purple. aL G. mollis.
Leaflets ovate-oblong, coriaceous, bright yellow-green ; legume hir
sute, the broad suture glabrous at maturity. 12. G. Cudensis.

502

Leaflets oblong-linear, more or less silvery canescent.
13. G. Wrightit.
Leaflets 7-9, elliptical-oblong ; flowers white, tinged with red.
14. G. Elliottit.

1. Galactia heterophylla (Gillies).

Procumbent from a ligneous somewhat fusiform creeping
rhizome; stems sub-simple, flexuous, 1-3 dm. long, minutely re-
trorse-hirsute, becoming glabrous, obscurely angled above ; stipules
2-3 mm. long, subulate or setaceous; petioles 4-6 mm. long;
leaves few, the basal ones 2-4 cm. long, oblong, the others 3-9 cm.
or more long, oblong-lanceolate or linear, acutish at each end,
coriaceous, glabrous above, the reticulated veins confluent with the
conspicuous marginal nerve and minutely strigose beneath ; flow-
ers 1-16 cm. long, rose-purple, on 1-3 mm. long pedicels or I-—3,
minutely pedunculate in the axils of the upper leaves; bracteoles
minute, setaceous; calyx 6-7 mm. long, campanulate, strigose-
hirsute, the acuminate teeth somewhat scarious-margined, the
broadly ovate-lanceolate upper one minutely 2-toothed, the others
more slender, the middle one the narrowest and longest ; vexillum
with a conspicious indentation at the apex, minutely biappen-
diculate at the base, abruptly tapering to the filiform claw; anthers
oblong-ovoid; legume 2.5-3.5 cm. long, 4-5 mm. wide, coria-
ceous, acuminate, retrorsely hirsute and puberulous, with a some-
what raised suture. Mature seeds not seen.

Original locality, El Rio Quarto, west side of Las Pampas,
Argentine Republic.

Type, Gillies in Herb. Arnott, fide Torrey & Gray.

Eastern Texas, Central America. Uruguay and Argentine
Republic.

Synonymy: Cologania heterophylla Gillies ; Hook. & Arn. in Hook.
Bot. Misc. 3: 181. 1833. ;

Galactia marginalis Benth. Ann. Wien. Mus. 2: 126. 1838.

2. Galactia erecta (Walt).

Erect from a slender ligneous somewhat fusiform rhizome,
‘stems often several from the same root, 2-3 dm. or more high
somewhat flexuous, glabrous or nearly so, angled above ;_ stipules
2-3 mm. long, subulate; leaves few, usually remote; petioles 2-
5 cm. long, slender; leaflets 2.5—4 cm. long, often reflexed on the
rhachis, oblong, oblong-linear or linear, obtuse, rarely acutish,
coriaceous, glabrous, glaucous and the veins reticulated beneath,
_ the terminal one subsessile; flowers 8-10 mm. long, purplish, 2-

5 in obscurely peduncled, axillary racemes or fascicles; pedicels

505

1-2 mm. long; bracteoles setaceous, 1-2 mm. long; calyx turn-
ing brown, 5-6 mm. long, hirsute, scarious-margined, the lower
teeth slender, acuminate, the upper one broader, minutely 2—
toothed; vexillum round-ovate, retuse; legume linear-oblong,
about 2 cm. long, hirsute; seeds about 6, June-August.

Original locality, “ Carolinas.”
Dry pine barrens, North Carolina to Florida, Alabama and

Louisiana.

Synonymy: Evvum erectum Walt. Fl. Car. 187. 1788.
Glycine stricta Hook. & Arn. in Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. 1: 22,

1835.
Galactia sessiliflora Torr. & Gray, Fl.N. Am. 1: 288; 687. 1838.

3. Galactia Grayi.

Decumbent, canescent-sericeous throughout ; stems slender,
several from a large, thick, ligneous root, retrorsely strigose, 3-6
dm. or more long, simple or branched; stipules minute, subulate ;
petioles 1-2.5 cm. long, canescent-strigose; leaflets 7-16 mm.
long, oblong, sub-cuneate or nearly linear, obtuse, retuse, mucron-
ulate or acutish, emarginate, when 5-foliolate, the terminal leaflet
short petioluled; the accessory ones affixed to the lateral pair; .
Sessile or nearly so; racemes 1—4-flowered; peduncles 1-2.5 cm.

long; bracteoles minute ; pedicels 5-7 mm. long; flowers 1.5-1.8
cm. long; calyx 8-10 mm. long, the teeth slender, acuminate, the

slightly broader, upper one minutely 2-toothed ; vexillum yellowish,
oblong-ovate, retuse, acute at the base, the other petals rose-purple,
the keel conspicuously longer than the narrow wings; anthers
oblong ; legume about 8 cm. long, 5 mm. wide, phe eee
acute; seeds 3-4 mm. long, oblong, apparently truncate at the

ends.
Original locality, on the Llano River, Texas.

Type, Lindheimer No. 591 in Herb. Columbia College.
Texas, Llano River; San Diego (Miss Croft) ; Pena and Che-
nate Mts. (Nealley). ,
Synonymy: Galactia heterophylla A. Gray, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist.
6: 171. 1850. Not G. heterophylla (Gillies.) °

4. Galactia brachypoda Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 288.

1838.
Erect, stems slender, branched, at length decumbent, some-

: led and chan-
_ what puberulous, or nearly glabrous, slightly ang : A
Saale A pein 4-6 dm. long; stipules 2-4 mm. long ; leaflets 2

504

35 cm. long, oblong or linear-oblong, thinnish, obtuse or emar-
ginate, glabrous or minutely appressed-hirsute above, paler, some-
what strigose or glabrate beneath, the lateral ones very short
petioluled or nearly sessile; flowering racemes usually shorter
than the leaves, at length elongated ; flowers rose- purple or purple,
8-10 mm. long, sessile or very short pedicelled; bracteoles
minute ; calyx 5 mm. long, clothed with spreading, yellowish hairs,
the lower lobes acutish, the middle one somewhat the longest, the
broader upper one, minutely 2-toothed ; vexillum 7-8 mm. long,
round-ovate, apparently not indented at the apex and paler in.
color than the other petals, the filiform claw 1 mm. long; anthers
very small, round-oblong. Legume notseen. July-August.

Original locality, Middle Florida.
Type, Chapmanin Herb. Columbia College.
Dry pine barrens, Middle Florida.

5: Galactia Floridana Torr & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 228. 1838.

Prostrate, the whole plant hoary-pubescent ; stems 2dm.—I m. or
more long, simple or branched, the upper part often densely and
retrorsely white-tomentose ; stipules 2 mm. long, setaceous; in-
ternodes usually shorter than the leaves; petioles 1-2.5 cm. long,

-angled; leaflets 1.5-4.5 cm. long, oval or oblong-oval, obtuse,
rarely acutish, usually mucronulate, thick and coriaceous, reticulated
and paler beneath, the basal ones often one-foliolate; racemes 4-9
cm. long, rarely longer than the leaves, usually many-flowered ;
flowers 1.2-1.5 mm. long, showy, rose-purple, approximated often
the whole length of the rhachis; bracts minute, setaceous ; brac-
teoles close to the base of the calyx; calyx 7-8 mm. long, the
teeth scarious-margined, long-acuminate, the upper one entirely or
obscurely 2-toothed, the middle lower one considerably longer;
vexillum obovate, rounded above, acute at the base, the claw
broad and flat; anthers linear-oblong, acute at each end; legume
4-5 cm. long, 4-5 mm. wide, linear, acuminate, tomentose. Ma-
ture seeds not seen. June-August.

Original locality, Tampa Bay, Florida.

Type in Herb. Columbia College. Florida..

5¢. Galactia Floridana microphylla Chapm Fl. S. States,
108. 1884.
Smaller; petioles 5-8 mm. long; leaflets 1-2 cm. long, acutish

or obtuse, mucronulate, the few flowers almost sessile in axillary
clusters. Flowers and legumes ndt seen.

Original locality, Florida.

Type in Herb. Columbia College.
_ Florida.

505

54. Galactia Floridana longeracemosa np. var. :

Stouter, the leaves and racemes erect on the prostrate stems;
leaflets 2.5-4.5 cm. long, 2-3 cm. wide, oval-oblong, conspicu-
ously retuse, glabrate above, somewhat strigose-pubescent be-
neath; flowers 1.2-1.5 cm. long, bright rose-purple, 2-4 together
at regular intervals above the middle of the rhachis; calyx becom-
ing glabrate. Legume not seen.

Florida. J. H. Simpson. 1889.

6. Galactia fasciculata n. sp.

Prostrate or climbing high on bushes; stems I-2 m. or more
long, terete, clothed with a close fine retrorse-canescent tomen-
_ tum ; stipules minute, subulate; internodes longer than the leaves,
4-6 cm. or more; petioles 5-10 mm, long; leaflets round-oblong
or sub-orbicular, 1.5—3 cm. long, 1.5-2.5 cm. broad, retuse; finely
appressed silky-pubescent above, appressed silky-villous and paler
beneath; racemes several, fascicled in the axils of the leaves, form-
ing conspicuous clusters at the slightly enlarged nodes; flowers
pale lilac-purple, 1.5 cm. long, solitary or two together, scattered
along nearly the whole length of the somewhat flexuous rhachis;
bracts minute; bracteoles 1 mm. long, subulate, acuminate, close
to the base of the calyx; calyx 8 mm. long, ‘clothed with short,
white, silky hairs, the lobes acuminate, the upper one apparently
entire, the middle lower one the longest; vexillum 1.5 cm. long,
oblong-obovate, tapering to the base of the claw, obtuse or acutish
at the apex, the wings very slender; authers linear-oblong, obtuse.
Legume not seen.

Conspicuous for its roundish leaflets, and its numerous fascicled

Often branched and flexuous racemes.
' Type, Nash, no. 2480 in Herb. Columbia College, from

Tampa, Florida.

7. Galactia canescens (Scheele) Benth. Ann. Wien. Mus. 2: 126.
1838.

Prostrate, creeping on the ground, canescent throughout, many
of the racemes becoming subterranean and bearing globular Ir
seeded pods: stems several from the same slender, ligneous root,
branched at the base; stipules 1-2 mm. long, subulate; inter-
nodes 1-15 cm. long; petioles 3-7 cm. long; leaflets 2-4 cm.

long, 1.5—-3 cm. wide, broadly ovate or oval, retuse, thick and cori-
aceous, slightly hirsute above, silky canescent-pubescent, much
whiter and the veins reticulated beneath; peduncles slender,
_ elongated, few-flowered; bracts and bracteoles minute, subulate ;

506

calyx silky-hirsute, the teeth acuminate; corolla rose-purple ? ;
vexillum obovate; subterranean pods 8 mm. long and broad, re-
ticulated, emarginate, appressed-hirsute, the seeds 6 mm. long, 4
mm. wide, ovoid-elliptical, slightly rounded at the ends, light
brown, the other pods 2~3 cm. long, 6-7 mm. wide, linear-oblong,
acute, tapering to the base, densely pubescent or tomentose, the
seeds elliptical-oblong, mature ones not seen.

Original locality, Texas.
Type, Lindheimer, No. 370.
Sandy ground, Texas.

Synonymy: Heterocarpaea Texana Scheele, Linnaea 21: 468. 1850-

8. Galactia Texana (Scheele) A. Gray, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist.
GO: f70: . 15s.

Procumbent from a ligneous root; stems slender, long, con-
spicuously twining, retrorse-pubescent or hirsute ; stipules minute,
caducous; petioles 1-4 cm. long, slender ; leaflets 2.5-5 cm. long,
2-3.5 cm. wide, oval, retuse, mucronulate, minutely appressed-
cinereous-puberulous or glabrate above, appressed sericeous or
sparingly villous beneath, thin, becoming slightly coriaceous; ra-
cemes few-flowered, much shorter than the leaves; flowers not
seen; calyx 5 mm. long, the teeth attenuate; legume slightly fal-
cate, 4-5 cm. long, 5-6 mm. wide, acute at each end, appressed-

hirsute ; seeds 5-7, 5 mm. long, elliptical, truncate at the ends,
light brown.

Original locality, near New Braunfels, Texas.
Type, Lindheimer. Confined to Western Texas.
Synonymy: Ladlab Texanus Scheele, Linnaea, 21: 467. 1848.

9- Galactia regularis (L.) B. S. P. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 14. 1888.

Prostrate and climbing on bushes, from a stout, ligneous root;
stems 4 dm—1 m. long or more, terete, minutely retrorse-pubes-
cent, becoming glabrate; internodes about the length of the
leaves; stipules minute, subulate; petioles 1-3 cm. long; leaflets
2-4.5 cm. long, rather rigid, elliptical-oblong, or ovate-oblong, ob-
tuse, rarely acutish, often retuse and apiculate, emarginate, gla-
brous above, somewhat appressed-hirsute or pilose and lighter be-
neath ; racemes 3-9 cm. long, usually rigid, and, with the leaves
erect on the prostrate stem, the smaller accessory ones only occa-
sional; flowers violet-purple, showy, often scattered the whole
length of the rhachis; bracts small; bracteoles subulate, 1-2 mm.
long; calyx 6-9 mm. long; glabrate or with a few scattered hairs,
conspicuously acuminate in bud, the teeth slender, obscurely sca-

507

rious-margined, the upper broader one entire; vexillum obtuse or
acutish, tapering to the flat claw, with an obscure, brownish spot
below the middle; anthers linear-oblong, acute at each end; le-
gume 3.5 cm. long, 4-5 mm. wide, linear, acutish at each end, ap-
pressed-hirsute, becoming glabrate; seeds about 3 mm. long, ob-
long-orbicular, brown. June—August.

Original locality, Virginia.

Type, in Herb. Mus, Brit.

Pine barrens and sandy woods, Southern New York to Florida
and Mississippi.
Synonymy: Dolichos regularis L. Sp. Pl. 726. 1753.

Frvum volubile Walt. F\. Car. 187. 1788.

Galactia glabella Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 62. 1803.

Galactia Purshit Desv. Ann. Sci. Nat. 9: 413. 1826.

Ittusrrations: Hill, Veg. Syst. 21: pl. rg. 1772.
A slender, smaller leaved form of this species has been col-
lected at Aiken, S. C., by H. W. Ravenel.

to. * Galactia volubilis (L.) Britt. Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 208.
1894.

Prostrate and climbing on bushes, from a slender, ligneous
root; stems 4 dm.—I m. or more long, retrorsely and finely hir-
sute; stipules minute, subulate; petioles 1-5 cm. long; leaflets
2-5 cm. long, ovate-oblong or rarely lanceolate-oblong, obtuse,
often retuse, mucronulate, rarely acutish, glabrous or somewhat
pilose above, lighter, minutely pubescent or pilose beneath; ra-
cemes 2 or 3 cm.—2.4 dm. long, often slender and filiform ; flowers 8—
10 mm. long, lilac or pink-purple; bracts and bracteoles minute;
calyx 6-8 mm. long, attenuate in bud, glabrate or somewhat pilose,

* This species is based on the Dillenius plate cited below and is most variable
and difficult to define, The type specimen is evidently the larger leaved, long-
racemed form that occurs principally from North Carolina to Florida on the coast,
and has been confounded with G. mo//is Michaux. The more northern plant has usually
shorter racemes, the upper part of which often falls off before maturity of the cuit,
which gives the appearance of very short, sometimes sessile racemes. a has in its
more southern limits been confounded with G. tenuiflora (Willd.) Wight and Arn.
An original type specimen of Wight Nos. 874 and 875 from Coleman; East er
Peninsula preserved in Herb. Columbia College differs materially from the Nort
American plant. G. ¢enuiflora occurs in South America and is i in Index
Kewensis to G. dubia DC. Prod. 2: 238. Galactia Macreet, the type speci-
men of which is preserved in Herb. Columbia College, is merely a very slender fili-

form-racemed variation.

508

the lobes nearly equal, slender; vexillum obovate, rounded above,
biappendiculate at the base, claw slender; legume 3-5 cm. long,
4-5 mm. wide, acute at each end, linear or linear-oblong ; seeds
6-9, when mature nearly as wide, truncate at each end, brown,
with black markings. May—August.

Original locality, “America Septentrionali.”
Long Island to Florida, west to Pennsylvania, Tennessee and
Texas.

Synonymy: HHedysarum volubile L. Sp. Pl. 750. 1753.
Galactia mollis Nutt, Gen. 2:117. 1818. Not Michaux.
Galactia pilosa Ell. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 2: 238. 1824. Not
Nuttall. :
Galactia Macreei M. A. Curtis, Bost Journ. Nat. Hist. 1: 120.
1837.
Galactia villosa Eat. & Wright, N. Am. Bot. 248. 1840. Not
Wight & Arnott.

Ittustrations: Dill. Elth. 173. £2. BIT TIO. NFS,
Hill, Veg. Syst. 21: pl. g3.fi 4. 1772.

10a, Galactia volubilis Mississippiensis n. var.

Leaflets oval or oval-oblong, pilose on both surfaces, lighter
beneath, mostly retuse; racemes slender, varying in length;

flowers slightly smaller, pale lilac; legume 3-4 cm. long. Other-
wise as in the type.

_ Missouri, Arkansas, Indian Territory and Louisiana.
An oval, pilose-leaved form that in Missouri seems very dis-

tinct, but specimens from other localities seem to intergrade with
the broader leaved form of the type.

1ob. Galactia volubilis intermedia.

Very slender; leaflets linear or linear-oblong ; racemes fili-

form, the flowers on the upper portion often sessile in the axils of
the leaves; legume 2-3 cm. long.

Florida to Louisiana. :

Synonymy: Galactia pilosa + angustifolia Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am.
z: 287. 1838. Not G. angustifolia Kunth.
A very slender form, intermediate between the type and G.
angustifolia Kunth, or what passes as such.

509

11. Galactia mollis Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 61. 1803.

Prostrate or climbing, villous and somewhat hoary through-
out ; stems several from the same slender root, simple or branched;
the racemes and petioles mostly erect on the decumbent stems ;
stipules subulate I-2 mm. long ; petioles 2, rarely 5 cm. long ;
leaflets 2.5-5 cm. long, oval or oblong, obtuse or emarginate at
both ends, sometimes retuse, the upper ones often acutish, bright,
light green, scabrous and villous above, villous and paler beneath,
the young ones densely tomentose, the lateral ones usually
rounded at each end, the terminal one more tapering at the base;
racemes solitary I-2 dm. or more long; flowers acute in the bud,
bright red or rose-purple, short pedicelled, approximated near
the summit of the short peduncle, bracts setaceous, minute,
bracteoles subulate, 1.5 mm. long; calyx about 6 mm. long,
densely villous, the broader upper tooth entire, nearly equalling the
more slender lower ones ; vexillum obovate, rounded above, taper-
ing.to the obscurely biappendiculate base, keel-petals paler in
color and considerably smaller than the slender wings; legume
2.5-3.5 cm. long, 4.5-5.5 mm. wide, linear-oblong, acutish,densely
tomentose; seeds ovoid, acutish, brown. July—August.

Original locality, ‘ Carolina inferiore.”

Type, in Herb. Michaux. ;
Dry, sandy pine lands and swamps, North Carolina to Florida.

Synonymy: Galactia pilosa Nutt. Gen. 2: 116. 1818. Not EI-

liott.
A very slender form of the above species with narrower leaflets,

which are obscurely scabrous or glabrate above and less villous
beneath, occurs in Florida. i

12. Galactia Cubensis H. B. K. Nov. Gen. 6: 429. 1823.

Climbing high on shrubs and trees; stems terete, retrose-pu-
bescent, becoming often nearly glabrate ; stipules 2-3 mm. long,
subulate; petioles 1-3 cm. long; stipels 2 mm. long, setaceous,
2mm. long, often persistent; leaflets 2. 5-8 cm. long, oblong, ob-
: long-oval or elliptical, obtuse and emarginate at both ends, thick,
rigid and coriaceous, glabrous and finely reticulated above, pubes-
cent, paler and reticulated beneath; racemes mostly longer than

€ leaves, 5 cm.—1.4 dm. long; flowers 10-12 mm. long, pale
purple, sessile or nearly so, solitary or two, opposite at — in-
tervals often the whole length of the rhachis; calyx 5-6 mm. long,

the lobes attenuate, pubescent ; vexillum obovate see hg ea
long, 5-6 mm. or more wide, acutish, hirsute, at length gta ;
& 1 labrous; seeds 6-10, 3-4 mm.

€ conspicuous, raised sutures g

510

long, oblong, ovoid, brown, mottled with black. Very variable.
March—December.

Original locality, near Havana, Cuba.
Keys, Florida, West Indies; also in Central America.

Synonymy: Galactia spiciformis T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 287. 1838.

13. Galactia Wrightii A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 1: 44. 1852.

Sub-erect or decumbent; stems several from the same lignes-
cent root, branched from the base, cinereous with a fine, white,
appressed, retrose pubescence; stipules 1-2 mm. long, subulate
or setaceous ; petioles 1-4 cm. long; leaflets oblong or oblong-
linear, 2-5 cm. long, obtuse, mucronulate, less canescent above
than beneath, rarely becoming glabrate above; racemes many-
flowered, 5-15 cm. long, the lower ones longer than the upper
ones; flowers purplish, about 1 cm. long, sessile or nearly so, 2-3,
fascicled at mostly regular intervals along the upper portion of the
rhachis ; calyx 5-7 mm. long, sericeous, the lobes acute, the mid-
dle lower one attenuate and longer; vexillum 7-10 mm. long,
obovate, retuse, tapering to the biappendiculate base ; legume 3-4
cm. long, 4 mm. wide, sericeous, acute at each end, 4-7 seeded.
Mature seeds not seen. July—October.

Original locality, Hills near Limpia, Texas.
Type, Wright No. 111. 1849.
Extreme western Texas and adjacent New Mexico and Mexico.

Synonymy: Galactia tephrodes A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 2: 34. 1853-

.

a 14. Galactia Elliottii Nutt. Gen. 2: 117. 1818.

Prostrate and climbing high on brushes; stems branched, 1-3
m. long, from a long, branched, lignescent rhizome, angled,
channelled, striate and somewhat retrorse-hirsute ; stipules minute,
subulate; petioles 2-5 cm. long; leaflets 2-3 cm. long, elliptical-
oblong, obtuse, somewhat retuse, mucronulate, coriaceous,
glabrous and shining above, pubescent beneath; racemes longer
than the leaves, 1-3 dm.; flowers 10-12 mm. long, white, tinged
with red, 2 or 3 together, fascicled at regular intervals along the
upper part of the rhachis; bracts and bracteoles minute; calyx
about 7 mm. long, appressed-hirsute, the lobes slender, attenuate,
vexillum obovate, obtuse or acutish, obscurely biappendiculate
at the base; legume 3-4 cm. or more long, 1 cm. wide, oblong,
acutish, emarginate, tomentose; seeds 3-5, about 5 mm. long,
ovoid, blackish, smooth and shiny.

Original locality, South Carolina.

: 520 ee

511

Dry soil and pine lands, South Carolina to Florida, near the
coast,
SYNONYMY: Gadlactia pinnata Muhl. Cat. 65.1813. Not Persoon,
1807,

Lephrosia Elhotti Benth. Ann. Mus. Wien 2: 127. 1838.

14a. Galactia Elliotti Leavenworthii Torr. & Gray. Fl. N.
Am. 1: 687. 1838.
Silky pubescent or villous throughout.
Type in Herb. Columbia College.
Florida, Leavenworth ; Lake Co., Nash.

New or noteworthy American Grasses.—lI],
By Geo, V. Nasu.
EATONIA NITIDA (Spreng.).

Aira nitida Spreng. Fl. Hal. Mant. 1: 32. 1807.
Aira Pennsylvanica Spreng. Mem. Acad. St. Petersb. 2: 299.

pl. 7. 1810.

Aira mollis Muhl. Gram. 82. 1817.

Eatonia Dudleyi Vasey, Coult. Bot. Gaz. 11: 116. 1886.

Sprengel in his description of Azra nitida describes the leaves
as 1’ long and pubescent at the base. These are characters which
are peculiar to the plant known as Eatonia Dudleyi Vasey, which
is very common in Pennsylvania, the region from which Sprengel’s
plant came. The Azra Pennsylvanica Spreng. is certainly the
LEatonia Dudleyi Vasey. The figure cited above well represents
this species.

The more prominent characters which appear to separate this.
plant from the Eatonia Pennsylvanica(DC.) A. Gray, are: The almost
constant pubescence of the sheaths, at least the lower ones; the
slender culm; the short, often pubescent leaves; and the broader
first scale, which is about one-third the width of the second.

Puccrneciia arrorpes (Nutt.) Wats. & Coult. in A. Gray, Man.

Ed. 6, 668. 1890.
Poa airoides Nutt. Gen. 1: 68. 1818.

512

Glyceria distans var. airoides Vasey, Cat. Grasses U.S. 87.
1885.

Panicularia distans airoides Scribn. Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 54-
1894.

This plant appears to be specifically distinct from the P. ads-
tans Parl. The taller and more slender culms, the panicle-
branches dividing nearer the extremities, the fewer and less
crowded spikelets, and the comparative length of the empty and
flowering scales serve well to distinguish it. In P. distans, a coast
plant, the second empty scale is less than one-half as long as the
flowering ones ; while in P. airoides, a plant of the western interior,
it exceeds one-half the length of the flowering scales.

” PUCCINELLIA ANGUSTATA (R. Br.).

Poa augustata R. Br. App. Parry’s Voy. 287. 1824.

Glyceria angustata Fries, Mant. 3 : 176. 1842.

Panicularia angustata Scribn. Mem. Torr. Club, 5+ 54. 1894.

~ Bromus Porrert (Coulter).

Bromus Kalmii var. Porteri Coulter, Man. Rocky Mt. Region,
425. 1885.

Culms 1 14°-3° tall, erect, simple, pubescent below the nodes.
Sheaths shorter than the internodes, glabrous or sometimes softly
pubescent; ligule 14” long, truncate; leaves 1/’—3/’ wide, rough,
those of the culm 4’-9’ long, the basal narrow and about one-
half of the length of the culm; panicle 3/—6’ in length, its branches
drooping and flexuous, at least when old, the nodes of the axis
pubescent; spikelets 5-10-flowered, 9/’-15” long, on slender
flexuous pedicels; empty scales pubescent, the first narrower than
the second, both 3-nerved ; flowering scales 5’’-6”’ long, obtuse,
5-7 nerved, densely pubescent with long silky hairs; awn 1/-2”
long.

In dry soil, South Dakota to Montana, south to western Ne-
braska, New Mexico and Arizona.

This plant is readily distinguished from B. Kalmii by its 3-
nerved second scale and longer flowering scales. In B. Kalmit

the second scale is 5~7-nerved and the flowering scale about 4”
long.

513

Notes on Some Southern Cassias,

By CHARLES Louts PoLtaRD,.
(PLATES 250-252.)

The Chamaecristoid Cassias have always been recognized as a
group of great perplexity within a genus of otherwise clear delimi-
tations. Even Bentham, whose careful monographic work is still
our standard authority on this genus, admits that his treatment of
the Chamaecristae verae is far from satisfactory.* The difficulty
is due to the close relationship which the species exhibit, and to
the consequent fact that specific distinctions throughout the group
are hardly obvious in a superficial examination. I am convinced,
however, that differences in the periods of flowering and fruiting,
as well as in geographical range, will afford characters by which
our American species may be satisfactorily separated. The recent
collections of Messrs. A. H. Curtiss and G. V. Nash, in Florida,
have contributed much toward a clearer comprehension of this es-
sentially Southern group.

The Chamaecristae verae fall naturally into two divisions:
those with small or minute, and those with relatively large flow-
ers; and the general tendency among American botanists has been
to refer all plants belonging to the first division to C. wictitans,
while all large-flowering forms were unhesitatingly classed with C
Chamaccrista. Muhlenberg was probably the first to recognize
that the South contained more than two species and he accordingly
named the hirsute plant which grows in dry fields in Florida
Cassia aspera.+ This was reduced by Torrey and Grayf, but
has been quite generally recognized in recent years as a perfectly
valid species. Twenty years before this Michaux had described
what he took to be a new Cassia, under the name of C: fasciculata,||
but this was referred by Bentham, who had access to Michaux’s
type in Paris, to C. Chamaecrista, and it probably belongs there.

After a critical study of numerous specimens I have reached
the conclusion that the true C. nictitans of the North does not ex-
tend into Florida; a theory that seems to be confirmed by nu-
Merous field observations kindly communicated to me by Mr.

*Trans, Linn. Soc. London, 27: 536. 1871. + Ell. Bot. S. Car. & Georg. 1: 474.
1821. + Torr & Gray. Fl. N. Am. 396. 1838. | Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 262. 1803.

514

Nash. It isreplaced by C. aspera, a plant of dry barren fields and
by a multipinnate, rather tall growing plant, hitherto unnamed, dis-
tributed as zcftfans, but certainly not referable to that species.

C. Chamaecrista grows in. Florida, assuming an erect, bushy
habit, and often attains a height of from two to three feet. It is
associated with another undescribed species, of low growth and
divaricately much branched. The technical distinctions between
these two new species will be discussed in the subjoined descrip-
tions; but the differences shown in the flowering period are worthy
of special note.

Cassia nicticans flowers in August throughout the North and
somewhat earlier south of the Virginia line. Its Florida congener
is barely in flower by the middle of August, while flowering speci-
mens collected by Mr. Curtiss bear date of September 15, at which
time mictitans has withered foliage and thoroughly mature pods.
C. Chamaecrista flowers from May 1 to 15,in Florida,and through-
out June at the North; the new allied species was collected by
Mr. Nash on September 5, with no pods as yet formed.

These data are remarkable and quite conclusive. It is natural
to find a plant of northern ‘range blooming a week or even a
month earlier in a more southerly latitude ; but itis not to be sup-
posed that a plant whose flowering period extends through May
and June should assume an autumnal form in the South, especially
when we bear in mind the fact that all these Cassias are annuals,
and hence can bloom normally but once in a season. It is of
course barely possible that C. Chamaecrista ripens its fruit in June
and presents well developed plants two or three feet in height in

late August; in case careful field observations should prove this to
be a fact, we shall have a most remarkable case of dimorphism in
a single species.

The following key presents the salient characters of the Chamae-
cristae verae in North America. C. cinerea Cham. and Schlecht., a
species of Texano-Mexican distribution simulates this group, but
belongs in the series Dimidiatae.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.
Flowers large (exceeding 1 cm.).
Leaves glabrous.
Plants tall, erect. C. Chamaecrista,
Plant low, diffusely branched. C. depressa,

EE EE ES ek ae eS at eae tee ee ee ee

515

Leaves pubescent.
Leaflets linear falcate, appressed. C. procumbens.
Leaflets elliptical, spreading. C. mississippiensis,

Flowers small (not exceeding 3 cm.).
Plants strongly hirsute,

Leaves 8—-12-foliolate. C. simpsont.
Leaves 20-24-foliolate. C. aspera.

Plants glabrate or pubescent.
Leaflets narrow, 20-25. C. muttipinnata,
Leaflets broad, 8-14. C. nictitans.

CASSIA MULTIPINNATA 0. sp.

. Slender, tall, erect, more or less branched; stem slightly woody
at base, pubescent; leaves lanceolate-elliptical in outline, 20-25-
foliolate, the rhachis obscurely strigose-pubescent; leaflets 10 mm.
long, 114 mm. wide, glabrous, narrowly linear, cuspidate, the mid-
vein approximating the outer margin; petiolar gland minute, de-
pressed-cupuliform, substipitate ; stipules long-acuminate, striate,
foliaceous; flowers scattered, sessile, the corolla quite irregular,
its small yellow petals not much exceeding the narrow, scarious-
edged sepals; legume linear, compressed, pubescent or even hir-
sute, dorsally and ventrally dehiscent, elastic, 2 to 2% cm. long
_ Seeds 4 to 6, oblique. (Plate 250.)

Near Jacksonville. A. H. Curtiss, North American Plants.
No. 512, distributed as C. nictitans and C. nictitans var. aspera;
Second distribution, No. 5157, September 15, and October 27,
1894. ‘Tallahassee. G. V. Nash, No. 2403, August 12, 1895.

This is separable from victitans by the narrowly linear, very
numerous leaflets, the more hairy pod, and the late period of flow-
ering. The irregular corolla, noticeable in some other members
of this group of Cassia, but not often commented on, is here very
prominent, one petal greatly exceeding the others.

CASSIA MULTIPINNATA NASHII n. var.
Differs from the erect type in being of low, diffusely spreading

habit.
Collected in low pine woods, River Junction, Gadsden Co.,

Florida, by Mr. Nash, September 5, 1895 (no. 2577).

CASSIA DEPRESSA Nn. Sp.
Low and spreading, but not prostrate, divaricately much

516

branched; stems obscurely strigose-pubescent; leaflets 6 to 10
pairs, linear-elliptical, glabrous, 9 mm. long, 2 to 3 mm. broad,
with the excentric midrib of C. Chamaecrista ; petiolar gland small,
circular, sessile, depressed; flowers solitary on filiform mostly
supra-axillary peduncles; petals large, obovate, much exceeding
the sepals, 11%4 cm. long, 1% cm. broad; sepals linear, scarious,
strongly ciliate; legume not observed. (Plate 251.)

Low pine woods, River Junction, Gadsden_Co., Florida. G.
V. Nash, September 5, 1895 (no. 2571).

Potosi, Missouri. F. Pech.

The difference between this and C. Chamaecrista lies mainly in
its aspect, but the leaflets are smaller and less numerous and the
flowers are relatively much larger. The flowering period, more-
over, is from two to three months later than in that species.

Cassia Mississippiensts Pollard, Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 219.
1894.

This plant has not yet been collected, so far as I am aware,
outside of the State from which it was first described. Professor
S. M. Tracy, of the Mississippi Agricultural Experiment Station,
wrote me that he had four acres covered with a dense growth of
the species ; from which J infer that it is locally as troublesome a
weed as C. nictitans.

Cassia Simpsoni Pollard, Bull. Torr. Club, 21: 221. 1894.

Apparently a subtropical type, confined in the United States
to the Keys of Florida, but probably growing in Cuba. It may
_ be considered, in fact, the West Indian representative of the
Texano-Mexican species C. procumbens L. The originalspecimens,
collected by Mr. J. H. Simpson, on No Name Key, are in the
possession of the National Herbarium. I have detected it in no
other collection thus far examined.

Explanation of Plate 252.
Fig. 1. Cassia nictitans L.
Fig. 2. Cassia aspera Muhl.
Fig. 3. Cassia multipinnata Pollard, n. sp.
Fig. 4. Cassia Simpsoni Pollard.
Fig. 5. Cassia Chamaecrista L.
Fig. 6. Cassia depressa Pollard, n. sp.
Fig. 7. Cassia Mississippiensis Pollard.
Fig. 8. Cassia procumbens L.

ol7

Calamagrostis scopulorum Jones.*

Last spring, when Mr. Jones was engaged in naming his col-
lection of Utah plants at the National Herbarium, his specimens
of Calamagrostis were submitted to me for determination, as I am
engaged in revising the North American species of that genus. I
mentioned to Mr. Jones that the species in question was doubtless
an undescribed one, and requested that the specimens be left with
me for further study. Mr. Jones told me that he would have to
take the specimens away then to catalogue them, but gave me the
impression that I should have an opportunity to examine them
later on. Since then I have not seen them, and specimens of
this, as well as of Mr. Jones’ two other new species of grasses, ap-
pear to be missing from the set deposited in the National Herbar-
ium. I think it well to call attention to this as an instance of a
Species of discourtesy (to use no harsher word) too often suffered
by students of special groups.

Calamagrostis scopulorum is a pédlectie distinct species of
rather perplexing relationship. It is mo¢ closely allied to C. sy/-
vatica, being distinguished from all species of that group by its
slender, straight awn not exceeding the flowering-glume. In its
spikelets it resembles C. A/eutica, but is widely different in its
vegetative organs, habit and appearance. At first glance it ap-
pears very close to C. Cusickit, but is readily distinguished by the
shorter and more delicate awn and longer callus-hairs. The same
species was collected by Mr. Jones at Alta, Utah, in 1879 (no.
1145). Some expressions used in the description are rather pecu-
liar, such as “ spikelets appressed,” “ outer ” and “inner rays ” of the
panicle, lower empty glume and palet “simply acute,” etc. It is
not usual, in describing grasses, to mention the characters of the
palet before describing the flowering- glume.

In passing, it may be worth while to mention that, as Lamarck
published a Poa festucoides, that name is not available for Mr.
Jones’ species, for botanists of every school have practically agreed
that, from now on, at any rate, the law of homonyms shall be ob-
served, even if it be not made retroactive. An Elymus with the

*ME, Jones, Contributions to Western Botany ; Proc. Calif. Acad. (IL.) 5: 722,
1895.

518

“habit of Sporobolus airoides, but culms very different ;”’ ‘ spike-
lets single at each joint;” “loose spike like Agropyrum glaucum,
which it much resembles ;’’ and “ most of the technical characters
of Hystrix, but manifestly allied to Elymus condensatus and may
prove to be only a form of it,” may well be called a “ remarkable
plant.” T. H. Kearney, JR.

Proceedings of the Club.
WEDNESDAY EVENING, Nov. 27, 1985.

The President occupied the chair and there were about 50 per-
sons present. Benjamin Heritage and Jos. A. Hays were
elected active members.

The announced paper of the evening was then read by Dr.
Rusby, entitled, “ The Poisonous Plants of the Vicinity of New
York,” illustrated by lantern slides, mostly colored, and loaned by
Mr. Van Brunt for the occasion. The paper was discussed by the
President and Messrs. Small, Barnhart, Stewart and others. It is

printed in full in the « Alumni Journal of the New York College
of Pharmacy,” December, 1895. .

Wepnespay Evenine, Dec. 11, 1895.

Vice-President Lighthipe in the chair, and 52 persons present.

The Secretary called attention to the necessity for a new sup-
ply of copies of the Constitution and By-Laws and suggested that
a revision of this publication be made, to include a short history
of the Club. He referred also to the need of other stationery to
facilitate the work of the officers of the Club, and offered a resolu-
tion that a committee to consist of the Editor, the Treasurer and
the Secretary be appointed with the power to prepare a revised edi-
tion of the Constitution and By-Laws and such other stationery as
is required. The resolution was unanimously adopted.

A communication from Mr. Wm. H. McDonald, of 2297 First
avenue, was read, tendering a number of seeds for use in the nur-
sery of the New York Botanical Garden.

The announced lecture of the evening, by Dr. Smith Ely

Jelliffe, entitled, « Common Edible and Poisonous Fungi,” illus-
_ trated by colored lantern slides, was then delivered.

519

Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany.

Allen, C. L. Late-flowering Golden-rods. Gard. & For. 8: 458.
13 N. 1895.
Bastin, E. S. Some further Observations on Cherry barks. Am.

Journ. Pharm. 67: 595-599. f. 7-3. D. 1895.
Bequirot, A. Sulla presenza in Italia della Oxalis violacea L. Bull.
Soc. Bot. Ital. 6: 110. O. 1895.

Bigelow, C. M. Study of Glands in the Hop-tree. Proc. Iowa
Acad. Sci. 2: 138-140. A/. ro. 1895.
Glands of Prelea trifoliata.

Bioletti, F. T. Notes on the Genus Vemofhila, Erythea, 3: 139-142.
pl. 2. O. 1895.

Broadway, W. E. Cyrtopodium Woodford. Gardn. Chron. 18:
Org 93 N. 189k.

Bush, B. F. A new Hybrid Oak in the Indian Territory. Gard. &
For. 8: 463. 20 N. 1895.

Crosier, A. A. The common Names of the Clovers. Bull. Mich.
Exp. Sta. 125: 14-28. Je. 1895.

Davy, J. B. Pacific Slope Plants in English Gardens. Erythea, 3:
143-147, .O. 1895.

Elfert, W. Morphologie und Anatomie der Zimosella aquatica.
Inaug. Diss. pp. 44. Berlin. No date.

Fink, B. Lichens collected by Dr. C. C. Parry in Wisconsin and
Minnesota in 1848. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 2: 137. 1895.
List of twenty-three species.

Folsom, J. N. Autumnal Changes in Leaves—I.-II]. Gard. & For.
8: 383-384, 392-393. 25 S.-2 O. 1895.

Gibson, W.H. Our edible Toadstools and Mushrooms. New York,
PP. 337- PA 38. 1895.

Gilbreth, M. E. Dissemination of Plants chiefly ae their Seeds.
Pamphlet, pp. 15. 65S. 1895.

Gregory, E. L. Elements of Plant Anatomy. pp. oe eer 64.
Boston, 1895.

Hemsley, W. B. NVeogoesia gracilipes. Hook. Icon. Pi) age DL.
2424. N. 1895.

520

Hemsley, W. B. Neogoezia minor. Hook. Icon. Pl. 25: pl. 2425.
N, 1895.

Hieronymus, G. Plantae Lehmannianae in Guatemala, Costa Rica,
Colombia et Ecuador collectae, additis quibusdam ab aliis collectori-
bus ex iisdem regionibus necnon e Venezuela et Peruvia allatis, quos
determinavit et descripsit adjurantibus aliis auctoribus. Beibl. Engl.
Bot. Jahrb. 20: 1-72. 9 Ap. 1895.

Hieronymus, G. Plantae Steubelianae oe quas descripsit adju-
rantibus aliis auctoribus. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 21: 306-368. 6 Au.
1895.

New species from Colombia, Bolivia, Ecuador and Peru.

Hooker, J.D. Amasonia erecta var. latebracteata. Curt. Bot. Mag.
51: pl. 7445. N. 1895.

Hooker, J.D. Catasetum Lemosii. Curt. Bot. Mag. 51: pl. 7444-
N. 1895.

Hooker, J. D. Selenipedium Sargentianum., Curt. Bot. Mag. 51: pl.
7446. N. 1895.

Hoskins, T. H. An Indian on Indian Corn. Gard. & For. 8: 23
J. 3-¢. 16 Ja. 1895.

Hoskins, T. H. The Germination of Nuts. Gard. & For. 8: 448.
6N. 1895.

James, J. F. Remarks on a “Catalogue of Ohio Plants’’ by Keller-
man and Werner. Journ. Cinn. Soc. Nat. Hist. 18: 46-57. Ap.-
Jl. 1895.

Jenman, G. S. Polypodium (Eupolypodium) xiphopteroidacfolium.
Gardn. Chron. 18: 612. 23 N. 1895.

A new species from Cuba.

Kearney, T. H., Jr. Notes on Grasses and Forage Plants of the

Southeastern States. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. 1: pP-
28. f. 6. 1895.

Kranzlin, F. Masdevallia Forgetiana. Gardn. Chron. 18: 484-
26 Q. 1895.
A new species from northern Brazil.

Kuntze, O. Les Besoins de la Nomenclature Botanique. Reprint
from Monde des Plantes. 1895.

Massalongo, C. Interno ad una nuova varieta di Coll/insia bicolor
Benth. Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1895: 222-224. N. 1895.

Collinsia bicolor incisiflora n. var.

521

Meehan, T. Asfidium marginale. Meehan’s Month, B+ eat. Of, 72.
D. 1895.

Millspaugh, C. F. Contribution to the Flora of Yucatan. Contr.
Field Columbian Mus. Bot. 1: 1-56. f/ 7-¢. Au. 1895.

Morgan, A. P. New North American Fungi. Journ. Cinn. Soc. Nat.
Hist. 18: 36-45. /. 7-3. Ap.-Jl. 1895.

Nemnich, H. Ueber den anatomischen Bau der Achse und die Ent-
wicklungsgeschichte der Gefassbiindel bei den Amarantaceen. Inaug.
Diss. pp. 38. f. 7. Erlangen, 1894.

Oliver, D. Daphnopsis Beta. Wook. Icon. Pl. 25: p/. 2409. N.
1895.

Oliver, D. Lissocarpa Benthami. Hook. Icon. Pl. 25: pl. 2473.
N. 1895.

Oliver, D. Orthaea cordata. Hook. Icon. Pl. 25: pl. 2gr2. N.
1895.

Oliver, D. Ramisia Brasiliensis. Wook. Icon. Pl. 25: pi. 2404. °
N. 1895.

Pammel, L. H. Diseases of Plants at Ames, 1894. Proc. Iowa
Acad. Sci. 2: 201-208. 1895.

Pammel, L. H. Distribution of some Weeds in the United States,
especially /va xanthiifolia, Lactuca Scariola, Solanum Carolinense
and Solanum rostratum. Proc. Jowa Acad. Sci. 2: 103-127. 1895.

Pammel, L. H., and Beach, A. M. Pollination of Cucurbits. Proc.
Iowa Acad. Sci. 2: 146-152. f/. 21-14. 1895.

Plank, E. N. Botanical Notes from Texas—XIX-XXV. Gard. &
For. 7: 222, 253, 283, 313, 342, 6 Je., 29 Au. 1894. 8: 72, 193.

_F. My. 189s.

Pringle, C. G. Notes of Mexican Travel.—X. Gard. & For. 8:
272-273. f. 399. 10 Jl. 1895.

With illustration of Lamourouxia Pringlet.

Rose, J. N. A yellow-flowered Cosmos. Gard. & For. 8: 484. /. 66.
4D. 1895.

Note on Cosmos sulphureus Cav.

Sargent, C. S. Fothergilla Gardeni. Gard. & For. 8: 446. f. 62.
6N. 1895.

Sargent, C. S. The Names of some North American Tree Willows.

Gard. & For. 8: 463. 20 N. 1895.

522

Sargent, C.S., Editor. James Buckman and Plant Variation. Gard.
& For. 8: 442, 6N. 1895.

Schumann, K. Cereus Greggii. Monatss. Kakteenk. 5: 149-153.
20 O. 1895. -

Schenck, R. Botanisch-pharmacognostische Untersuchungen der
Quamacai cipo. Inaug. Diss. pp. 22. 7.4. Erlangen, 1894.
Examination of Paullinia thalictrifolia from Brazil.

Scribner, F. L. Hairy Vetch, Sand Vetch or Russian Vetch (Vicia
villosa). U.S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Circular 2: pp. 4. fig:
1895. -

Sirrine, E. Structure of the Seed-coats of Polygonaceae. Proc. Iowa
Acad. Sci. 2: 128-135. p/. 7-9. 1895.

Smith, J.D. Enumeratio Plantarum Guatemalensium necnon Salvador-
ensium, Hondurensium, Nicaraguensium, Costaricensium. 4: PpPp-
183. 1895.

Van Tieghem, P. Observations sur la structure et de la déhiscence

- des antherés des Loranthacées, suivies de remarques sur la structure et
la déhiscence de l’anthére en général. Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 34:
363-368. 1895.

Van Tieghem, P. Sur le groupement des especés en genres dans la
tribu des Psittacanthées de la famille des Loranthacées. Bull. Soc.
Bot. France, 34: 343-362. 1895.

Definitions of sixteen new genera,

Watson, W. Jubaea spfectabilis. Gardn. Chron 18: 518. f. 90. 2
N. 1895.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB—.PLATE 250.

Ui
er ap

CASSIA MULTIPINNATA POLLARD.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 251.

CASSIA DEPRESSA POLLARD.

BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.—PLATE 252.

4
Lapal
B
0
Z;
fs
x
o
5
n
te
6)
Nn
a
4
-

Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College.

No. 4
No.

No. 6
NG. 9
No. 9

[ The numbers omitted from this list are out of print. ]

VoLuME I,
A List of Plants Collected by Miss Mary B. Croft at San Diego, Texas. By
N. L, Britton and H. H. Rusby (1887), . . . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams. "By N. L. Britton
CREO ee Ae ea Seach gee Ome . . 25 cents,

An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South
America, 1886-1887. By N. L. Britton. (Twenty-three parts published ;
not yet completed.)

The Genus //icoria of Rafinesque. By N. L. Britton (1888), . . 25 cents.

A List of Plants Collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns at Fort Verde and in the
Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888. By N. L.
Britton.

The General Floral Characters of the San Francisco and Mogollon Mountains

and the Adjacent Region. By H. H. Rusby (1888),. . . . . 25 cents.
Preliminary Notes on the North American Species of the Genus 7i issa,
Adens: By No L. Britton (rS80}s or eas Se gee enn o's a5-centea,
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, II. By N. L. Britton
(1889), . . . , 25 cents.
A Descriptive List of Species of the Genus Heuchera. ” By Wm. E. Wheel-
A EN ee erg teeta bk ae ioe See ote te . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, III. By N. L. Britton
OE ey i aoa hie a Oe hme . , 25 cents.

The Flora of the Desert of Atacama. "By Thos. Morong (1891), . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IV. By N. L, Britton.

CO ee eg tas Pees i Oa eee . . 25 cents.
Notes onthe North American Species of Eriocaulez. By Thos, Morong
I a A eee a ws 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, V. By N. L. Britton
Ni et ee eu egies 3g Fe . , 25 cents,
Review of the North American Species of the Genus Xyris. By Heinrich
Me a i yee ec we tle ¢ 25 cents.

A Preliminary List of the Species of the Genus A/eisomia occurring in the
United States and British America. By Anna M. Vail (1892), . 25 cents.

VotumE II.
A List of Species of the Genera Scirpusand Rynchospora occurring in North
Ameria. by N- i. Britton (1892),° 5 es. 25 cents.
Note on a Collection of Tertiary Fossil Plants from Potosi Bolivia. By N.
L. Britton (1892),.. . ¢25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, ‘VI. " ByN. L. Britton
(1893), o>... <2 Conte.
Ranunculus repens and its Eastern North American Alles. By N. L.
Pritt ClOQRN ee ee ee ee et 25 cents.
A Preliminary List of American “Species of Polygonum. By John K. Small
1 a ee 25 cents,
A New Species of Listera, with Notes on | Other Orchids. By Thos. Morong
OMG a a OE ee . 25 cents.

The N. American Species of Lespedesa. By N. L. Britton (1893), 25 cents.
An Enumeration of the Plants Collected by Dr. Thos. Morong in Paraguay,
1888-1890. By Thomas Morong and N. L. Britton, with the assistance of

Miss Anna Murray Vail (1892-1893), . - - - - - +--+. $1.50
Further Notes on American Species of Polygonum. ' By John K. Small
a ae ae ee ca eS . 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VII. By N. L. Britton
Os he ak ane es ee . . 25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology, III.—Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum. By Elizabeth G. Britton, , cr, 25 Ceats.

“New Genera of Plants from Bolivia. By H H. Rusby (1893), . 25 cents,
.. The Altitudinal Distribution of the Ferns of the Appalachian Mountain Sys-

‘tem. By John K. Small (1893), . . . . - + + + ++ + + + 25,cents,

Notes upon various Species of Iridacez and other Orders, By Thomas

a St PC See a eee ae ea Se er 25 cents,
Notes on the Flora of Southeastern Kentucky. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
aS oe ee a Oa Se ee 25 cents.

Contributions to American Bryology, IV. Notes on the North American
Species of Orthotrichum—I1. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), . 25 cents.
Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, I. By John K.
ee CR ae st ee ees . . .25 cents.
Plants from Virginia, new to Gray’s Manual Range with Notes on other
Se ee As Peller. CIOS) gio 25 cents.
New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, VIII. By N. L. Brit-
es se er a a eee hay | , 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, V.—Notes on the North American
Species of Weissia ( Ulota). By Elizabeth G. Britton (1894), 25 cents.
A Study of the Scale-characters of the Northeastern American Species of

Guscuia: By WW. ae. Matthew (1893), . . . 25 cents,
A Study of the Genus Psoralea in America. By Anna Murray Vail
CO ae ee ak ea ae 25 cents.

VotumeE III.

Our Conception of “Species” as modified by the Doctrine of Evolution.
Gree: Maen CEMOR yo ak ta gE a tg 25 cents.
Contributions to American Bryology, VI. Western Species of Orthotrichum.
By ieustbeue Gry Dritton (LOOA), te eS 25 cents.
New and interesting Species of Polygonum. By J. K. Small (1894), 25 cents.
‘Contributions to American Bryology, VII. A revision of the Genus /%ys-
comitrium. By Elizabeth G, Britton (1894), ........ 25 cents.
The Genus Cassia in N. America. By Charles Louis Pollard (1894), 25 cents.
A Revision of the Genus Zechea. By N. L. Britton (1894), . . 25 cents.
New or little known Plants of the Southern States. By T. H. Kearney, Jr.
ig ai, Ug ny eee ae ee ee eee 25 cents.
A Contribution to the History of the Formation of the Lichen Thallus. By
Carton Gi Ca CHO er ee ee 25 cents.

Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States, II. By John K.

i ees ee eee

Gi, Briton: (1S Gay ka. eR a 8) ek ee 8's 25 cents.
The Smilaceze of North and Central America. By Thomas Morong (1894)

Two Species of Oxalis. By John K. Small (1894) oe ; ; : 25 cents.
Notes on some of the rarer Species of Polygonum. By John K, Small
25 cents.

ition Pact cers tia Ra ER ele it eek lave Soma eR nae Dene Reap Sacre Fai

Y Ga Re deat em eee” SC thee Dna Aim Rigea ciegee ae

Contributions to American Bryology, X. 1. The Systematic Position of
Physcomitrella patens. 2. Ona Hybrid growing with Aphanorhegma
serrata Sull. 3. On a European Hybrid of Physcomitrelia patens. By
Flmabeth G. Britton (aSoc), s,s 8 . . . . ag cents.

geri hybrid Oaks the Southern States. By John K. Small

i Bat, ee oes ,

_ Notes on some Florida Plants. By Geo. V.' ash (1895),-. . . 25.cents;

No. 75. An Enumeration of the Plants collected by M. E. Penard in Colorado during
the summer of 1892. By N. L. Britton and Anna Murray Vail (1895).
50 cents.
VoLuME IV.

No. 76. The Biological Status of Lichens. By Albert Schneider (1895), 25 cents.
No. 77. New or Noteworthy North American Phanerogams, IX. By N. L. Britton

(1895), eee . 25 cents,
No. 78. The Genus Cenchrus in North America. By Geo. V. Nash (1895), 25 cents.
No. 79. Studies in the Botany of the Southeastern United States. By John K. Small

(1895), aie ; ohh 25 cents.

No. 80. New or Noteworthy American Grasses—I. By Geo. V. Nash (1895).
25 cents.
No. 81. Contributions to American Bryology, XI. By Elizabeth G. Britton (1895).
25 cents,

Title-pages for Vols. II. and III, can be supplied.
The series as above listed will be supplied for $12.
Copies of the Catalogue of Plants found in New Jersey (1889) by N. L. Britton,

may be had for $2. Address
PROF. N. L. BRITTON,
Columbia College, NEW YORK CITY.

-+ # LIST OF*#--

Pteridophyta aud Spermatophyta of Northeastern North America.

A few copies in paper binding remain
unsold. Price, $1.00.

EDITORS,
Torrey Botanical Club.

THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE.

A monthly journal embracing all departments of the science.
Well illustrated. Contributions from eminent investigators. In-
teresting news column relating to botanists and their writings.

$3.00 a Year. 30 Cents a Single Number.

PUBLISHERS AND EDITORS:

JOHN M. COULTER, Lake Forest, Til. CHAS. R. BARNES, Madison, Wis.
J. C. ARTHUR, Lafayette, Ind.

For Poisoning Herbarium Specimens,

Air-Tight Cases for Carbon Bisulphide Poisoning
or for Permanent Use.
A NEW PATTERN, CAPACITY 2000 SHEETS.
PrickE, $15.00.

Another Form, Single Pigeon Holes, 85 Cents Each.

Cambridge Botanical Supply Co. |

—~*> EVERYTHING USEFUL TO BOTANISTS <“—

WILLIAM WALES, Fort Lee, N. J.,

MANUFACTURER OF

FIRST-CLASS MICROSCOPE OBJECTIVES.

MICROSCOPES FURNISHED OF ALL MAKES—ZENTMAYER’S AIL-
WAYS ON HAND. INSTRUMENTS ORDERED IN NEW
YORK CITY SENT ON APPROVAL.

DISCOUNT TO COLLEGES.

CHARACE OF AMERICA.

The first fascicle of the Second Part of the Characeze of America is a
now ready. It contains descriptions of eight species of Mife//a, as fol-
lows: JVitella opaca, Ag.; obtusa, Allen; montana, Allen; Blankin-
shipti, Allen ; Missouriensis, Allen; flexilis, Ag.; subglomerata, A. Br. ;
Slomerulifera, A, Br., with fourteen full-page illustrations (eight litho-
graphic plates and six photogravures). ‘These fascicles will be issued
from time to time as plates can be prepared; price of each part $1, the
actual cost, if the whole edition of 500 copies be sold. Address

LD. E. ALLEN,
10 East 36th St., N. Y-

et

least

-« FROM THE ...

Department of Botany of Columbia College.

VOLUME 1.

A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus
Polygonum. Quarto, pp. 178, 85 plates. Price, $6.00.
For copies address, .
PROF. N. L. BRITTON, ¥
_ COLUMBIA COLLEGE, NEW YORK CITY.

ESTABLISHED 1851;

EIMER & AMEND,

MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF

Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, —

205, 207, 209 & 211 Third Ave,

Corner of 18th Street,

NEW iy.

SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED
OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR

E. March’s Szline Chemical Stone

_ Ware. :

Schleicher ite “Schuell’s Stent

_ Pure and Common Filter |

Dee. c ‘Scheibler’s Sacch ome-

Prot ‘Jolly’ s “specie Gmviy Ral-

eee Bais E Pesos: fw
"Paris, Platinum. |

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CLUB.

(1) THE BULLETIN.

This journal has been published consecutively since 1870, beginning with four
pages monthly, gradually increasing, until in 1894 over 45 pages monthly with
many full page illustrations were issued. The subscription price is $2 per annum.

Terms for England and the Continent of Europe, 1o shillings. Agents for
England, Messrs. Dutau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, England.

Back Numpers.—The BuLLetin was published from 1870 to 1875, inclusive .
in yearly volumes, and was indexed at the end of the five years. The price of these
five volumes is $5.00. The numbers from 1875 to 1879, inclusive, were allowed to
run on as one volume (Vol. 6), and were indexed at the end of the five years.
The price of this volume is $5.00. Volumes 7 to 17 have been indexed sepa-
rately, and a general index to them printed in pamphlet form, which may be had for
50 cents. The price of each is $1.00. Vols. 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22 are indexed
separately. Price of each $2.00, Vols. 8 and 17 cannot now be supplied complete.

(2) THE MEMOIRS.

The subscription price is fixed at $3.00 per >lume in advance. The numbers
can also be purchased singly and an invariable rice will be fixed for each. Those
omitted from this list cannot be had separately.

Volume 1, No. 2—A List of the Marine Algze hitherto observed on the Coasts
of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents.

- No, 3—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby
th America, with descriptions of many new species. By Richard Spruce. Price,
75 cents.
No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents.

_ Volume 2, No. 1.—On Reserve Food Materials in Buds and Surrounding
Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. Price, 5° cents.
No, 2.-Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna

+e Gy Asaateg

Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents.

No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polyga/a.
By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents.

_ Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous ter-
ritory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. Price, 50 cents.

re No, 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadaceze with illustrations of all
the species. By Thos. Morong, Price $2.00.

No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang.
By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents.

Vol. 4. No. 1.—Index Hepaticarum Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien M.
Underwood. Price, 75 cents.

No. 2.—Report on the: Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season of
1892. By John K. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, 50 cents,

No. 3—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang—II.
By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents.

No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea L. with three plates. By Anna Stockton Pettit.
Price, 50 cents.

Vol. 5. List of Northeastern American Plants of the Botanical Club, American
Association for the Advancement of Science. Price, $3.00.

___ (g) The Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyta reported
|. growing within one hundred miles of New York, 1888. Price, $1.00.